Bibliotheque botanique EMILE BURNAT i ai;il \« Livres pmvonant de la bibliotheque botanique dXmile Burnat' 1828-1920), inserts eu octobre 1920 ,l;i«»^ la i>iiiiiniiiriiiir dii Conservatoire botanique de 111 ^ \J III DU SftiiTORKBOTANICALGARDi PURCHASED 1923 FROM GENEW^BoiAiviCAi 6ARDFW THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BEITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S late Senior Assistant, Department of Botany, British Museum. VOL. LI. HEW YUM* BOTANICAL. ILLUSTRATED WITH PLATES AND BLOCKS LONDON WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GAKDEN. X 9 1 3. LONDON : PRINTED BY WEST, NEWMAN AND CO. HATTON GARDEN, E.C. CONTRIBUTORS TO THE PRESENT VOLUME. R. S. Adamson, B.A. Eleonoea Armitage. Lilian Baker, M.Sc. Arthur Bennett, A.L.S. Spencer H. Bickham, F.L.S. G. S. Boulger, F.L.S. A. E. Bradley. James Britten, F.L.S. C. E. Britton. E. Cleminshaw. R. H. Compton, M.A. H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. E. Drabble, D.Sc, F.L.S. H. Drabble. G. C. Druce, M.A., F.L.S. R. A. DtJMMER. S. T. Dunn, B.A., F.L.S. A. H. Evans, M.A. W. Fawcett, B.Sc, F.L.S. Antony Gepp, M.A., F.L.S. E. S. Gepp. W. B. Grove, M.A. James Groves, F.L.S. Raymond Hamet. W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.S. G. HlERONYMUS. E. M. Holmes, F.L.S. A. Bruce Jackson. B. Daydon Jackson, Ph.D., Sec. L.S. D. A. Jones, F.L.S. Margery Knight, B.Sc. E. F. Linton, M.A. G. Lister, F.L.S. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S. J. R. Matthews, M.A. Spencer le M. Moore, F.L.S. C. E. Moss, D.Sc, F.L.S. Seiitchi Narita. F. C. Newton. W. E. Nicholson. W. H. Pearsall. W. H. Pearson, A.L.S. Sir David Prain, F.R.S. H. W. Pugsley, B.A. J. Ramsbottom, B.A. H. P. Reader, M.A., O.P. A. B. Rendle, D.Sc, F.R.S. H. N. Ridley, C.M.G., F.R.S. C. E. Salmon, F.L.S. Oswald H. Sargent. W. A. Shoolbred, F.L.S. A. Lorrain Smith, F.L.S. F. Stratton, F.L.S. H. H. Thomas. H. S. Thompson, F.L.S. R. F. Towndrow. C. Traaen. W. G. Travis. C. C. VlGURS. H. F. Wernham, B.Sc. G. S. West, D.Sc, F.L.S. J. A. Wheldon, F.L.S. J. W. White, F.L.S. A. Wilson, F.L.S. F. G. WlLTSHEAR. E. A. Woodruffe-Peacock, F.L.S. Directions to Binder. Tab. 523 to face page 33 „ 524) „ 525} 1 „ 526 153 „ 527 201 „ 528 317 ., 528\ 341 Portrait op Samuel Dale . frontispiece )> ii Henry Groves . 73 The Supplements (i. 'The British Willows' and n. 'Further Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire ') should be placed separately at the end of the volume. Journ. Bot. Tab. 525. ,',x* DIACH/EA CERIFERA B. Litter. West, Newman proc. Journ. Bot. Tab. 524. 1, la-C. LEPTODERMA IRIDESCENS G. Lister. 2, 2a, b. Di derma arboreum G. Lifter db Fetch, West, Newman proc. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BKITISH 4ND FOREIGN. • UB*A*T NEW MYCETOZOA. BOTANICAL By G. Lister, F.L.S. *»**wBI (Plates 524, 525.) Leptoderma, gen. n. Sporangia sessile or shortly stalked; sporangium-wall mem- branous, hyaline in the upper part, in the lower part thickened with granular deposits, and sometimes including minute crystalline scales of carbonate of lime. Stalk black, enclosing refuse matter. Capillitium consisting of rigid, branched, and anastomosing black threads. Spores purplish-grey. L. iridescens, sp. unica. Plasmodium drab-coloured. Spor- angia scattered or in small clusters, globose or hemispherical, 0*5 to 0-8 mm. diam., sessile, rarely shortly stalked, greyish- purple or purplish-brown, glossy, iridescent, dehiscing irregularly ; sporangium-wall nearly colourless in the upper part, thickened and veined below with embedded deposits of brown granules, sometimes including also scattered crystalline scales of lime from 2 to 15 /x diam. Stalk very short, stout, appearing nearly black from the dark refuse matter enclosed by its pale walls, spreading below into a membranous hypothallus which is also charged with refuse matter. Columella none. Capillitium consisting of a persistent network of slender black threads, colourless at the extremities, radiating from the floor of the sporangium ; the pale bases of the threads are often tubular and expanded, enclos- ing granular matter. Spores purplish-grey, spinulose, 10 to 11 [x diam. Habitat. On pine-bark, twigs, leaves, &c. This genus appears to be allied to Lamprodcrma, from which it differs in the thickened sporangium-wall, and the occasional presence there of deposits of carbonate of lime; also in the stalk enclosing refuse matter. It is more nearly allied to Lcpidoderma, from which it is distinguished by the sporangium-wall being membranous, not cartilaginous, and from the deposits of lime being very scanty or absent. I first found the dusky little sporangia in March, 1892, and Journal of Botany.— Vol. 51. [January, 1913.] b THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY again in December, 1S94, in fir plantations at Leigbton Buzzard, Bedfordshire, where fchey appeared on pine bark and dead leaves. The gatherings were small, and my father and I thought they might be considered an irregular sessile form of Lamproderma imbinum (see Brit. Mus. Cat. ed. 1, p. 126, and ed. 2, fig. 131 h). In November, 11*11, Miss Katherine Higgins found abundant rangia on leaves' and twigs amongst the lower parts of whortle- berry bushes at Woburn Sands, Beds; they were both in mature lit ion, and arising from dirty-looking drab plasmodium. Last bomber, Miss Hibbert- Ware and I obtained the same form in moist spruce woods near Miirren, Switzerland, and also in the ancient pine forest of Rothiemurchas, in the north of Scotland. 1 have since received it from M. Oh. Meylan, who gathered it in woods near La Vaux, in the Jura Mountains, about 4000 ft. alt., not far from Neuchatel, in October last. All the specimens show the same features, except that the minute crystalline scales of lime are present in the walls of some sporangia and absent from others. Diderma arboreum G. Lister & Petch, sp. n. Plasmodium? Sporangia scattered, discoid or saucer-shaped, 0'5 mm. diam., rile or shortly stalked, or forming irregularly expanded flattened plasiuodiocarps 1 to 3 mm. diam., white, or purplish-grey when lime-deposits are scanty, smooth or wrinkled; sporangium-wall fragile, colourless, pale purplish or brownish, usually invested with an outer crust of minute round lime granules ; these, however, may be absent, or represented by scattered irregular fragments of lime. Stalk pale reddish-brown or nearly black, rugose, stout or Blender, 0-1 mm. high. Columella convex and flesh-coloured, or ent. Capillitium consisting of simple or branched, colour- less or purplish threads, 1-5 to 3 /j. diam., often anastomosing and showing irregular expansions near the extremities. Spores 10 to 15 \>. diam., pale purplish or purplish-brown, minutely Bpinulose. Habitat. On moss, lichens, and bark, on the trunks of living This species is allied to D. effnsum Morgan, from which it differs In the stouter capillitium, the larger spores, and in the sporangia being sometimes stalked. It has been obtained from three widely separated regions— Ceylon, Japan, and Scotland. It was first found in May, 11)06, by Mr. T. Petch in Ceylon, at Pera- deniya, 1600 ft. alt., and at Talawakelle, 4000 ft. alt. ; and again I 'eradeniya in August, 190G. On first sending a specimen to my father, Mr. Petch suggested that the specific name "arboreum" might be appropriate, from the arboreal habit of the sporangia ; however, were then inclined to regard it as a sessile form of Diderma rugosum, under which name Mr. Petch refers to it in the Annals of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya, iv. 345 (1910). In Japan, Mr. Kumagusu Minakata obtained similar sporangia in the summers of 1906, 1907, and 1909, in the province of Kii, on the living trunks of Primus Mume Sieb. & Zucc, P. persica Sieb. & Zucc, and Celtis sinensis Pers. These Japanese gather- NEW MYCETOZOA 3 ings were puzzling, as the lime deposits were scanty and in the form of irregular granules and scales, showing little of the bead- like granules characteristic of Diderma ; the capillitium also was either scanty or irregularly developed, with many swellings and knob-like projections. In Scotland, thanks to the keen sight and perseverance of the Eev. W. Cran, many gatherings have been made in summer and autumn in the last three years on the living trunks of elder, sycamore, &c, both at Ehynie and Skene, Aberdeenshire. The sporangia are usually very inconspicuous objects, scattered amongst moss-tufts four or five feet from the ground on exposed trees. Although they vary much in size, shape, and the abundance of lime deposits, these numerous gatherings satisfactorily establish the constancy of the chief characters of the species. Diaehaea cerifera, sp. n. Plasmodium colourless. Sporangia scattered or in small clusters of two or three, stalked, subglobose or ellipsoid, 07 to 1*2 mm. diam., brownish-purple, shining with iridescent reflections ; sporangium-wall somewhat persistent, membranous, hyaline or with a yellowish tinge at the base. Stalk brownish -black and furrowed, yellowish-brown or nearly white, 0-2 to 0*6 mm. high, 045 to 0-5 mm. thick ; when black it may be provided at the apex with a thick yellow collar on which the sporangium rests. Columella none, or represented by the flattened summit of the stalk. Capillitium consisting of rigid, nearly black threads, pale at the extremities, 1*5 to 3 [i diam., more or less branched and anastomosing, radiating from the apex of the stalk. Spores purplish-grey, pale or dark, minutely spinulose, 10 to 18 /m diam. Habitat. On moss and liverworts on dead wood. Norway, Jura Mountains, Japan. We have three gatherings of this species. It was found first by the late Prof. Axel Blytt near Christiania, Norway, in September, 1879. A small specimen was sent to my father for determination. The nearly sessile sporangia were associated with those of Lamproderma columbinum Eost., and in the British Museum Catalogue the gathering is referred to as a sessile form of that species. It is described there in the following terms : " The globose sporangia are each seated on a yellowish horny cushion of dried plasmodium ; there is no stalk or columella : the capilli- tium rises from the iDroad base of the sporangium, and is more rigid than in the stalked form of L. columbinum; the spores measure 16 to 19 /*." (The capillitium is illustrated in Brit. Mus. Cat. ed. 2, by fig. 131 i.) The second gathering was made by M. Oh. Meylan on the Chasseron, in the Jura Mountains, at an altitude of over 4000 ft., in July, 1910. He kindly sent me a group of five or six sporangia. They are subglobose or ellipsoid in shape, on stout brownish-black glossy stalks. M. Meylan writes that the plasmodium was white, and the stalks when first formed were yellow, becoming brown on drying; and that they were still pale when the sporangia had turned black. The spores d 2 4 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY are paler than in the Norwegian gathering, and measure 11 to 13 u. In water mountings, when examined under the micro- scope ' with transmitted light, these stalks are seen to have fcranstooeni yellowish-brown walls, and to enclose refuse matter. AVh. mi subjected to moderate heat and pressure, yellow oily- looking drops exude from their upper parts. Similar drops also eared when heal and pressure were applied to the "horny i" ol l'.lvtt's sporangia. For the third gathering we are indebted to Mr. K. Mmakata, who found it on Ando Mountain, in the province of Kii, /In pan, in November, 1910. It consists of about thirty some- what weathered and mouldy sporangia on cylindrical blackish Btalks. Each stalk is surmounted by a thick yellow ring or collar, from whose margin the sporangium-wall arises. The capillitium is attached to the apex of the stalk within the collar. The spores are pale purplish, 10 to 13 /* diam. _ The collars, which are sometimes irregular and incomplete, consist of Hakes and spicules of a wax-like substance that melts into drops on application of heat. By the advice of Prof. Cavers, I treated these drops with tincture of alkannin, a dye that stains wax, but (Incs not affect oil ; from the deep crimson colour that the drops Mitly took, it seems clear that they consist of wax. I think it is also most probable that the yellow exudations in the stalks of the Swiss and Norwegian specimens also consist of wax, but the material is too scanty to experiment with. Tins remarkable species appears to have no very close allies. Perhaps it most nearly resembles the form of Diachcea subsessilis . in which the dark stalk is without lime deposits. It differs from all species of Diachcea in the absence of a columella, and appears so far to be unique among the Mycetozoa in containing deposits of wax in the stalk. Explanation of Plates, Tab. 524.- Fig. 1. Leptoderma iridescent, a group of sporangia, la. Sporan- gium with b Bhorl stalk; the upper part of the wall has fallen away, exposing the network of capillitium ; the spores are dispersed, lb. Spore, highly trifled, le. Capillitium threads from the upper and lower parts of the ingiam, and spores ; also a fragment of the sporangium-wall from near the ing deposits of granules and embedded scales of carbonate of lime. 2. Did mi. i arboreum. Two sporangia, one discoid, the other forming a winding plasmodiocarp ; the walls of the latter are broken, exposing the columella. 2a. Capillitium threads attached above and below to the sporangium-walls, and three -pores. 2b. Spore highly magnified. Tab. 525. Diacha a a rifera. 1 . Sporangia, from Japan, showing the collar at the base of the sporangium la. To the right, spicules and flakes of wax from the collar; to the felt, the same Hakes running into globules after application of heat and pressure. L6. Spores from Japanese sporangia. 2. Two sporangia with continent stalks from Norwegian gathering; in the left sporangium the capillitium and spores are to a great extent dispersed, and the broad summit of the stalk is exposed. 2a. Spores from these sporangia. 3. Three sporangia from the Jura Mountains. 3a. Capillitium threads from the same, showing attachment below to the apex of the stalk. 36. Spores from the same.' NOTES ON THE FLOEA OF DEEBYSHIEE.— III.* By E. & H. Drabble. The summers of 1911 and 1912 have been very unsatisfactory for flowering plants, the former having been too dry and the latter too wet. Nevertheless much time has been spent in field-work, and some attention has been given to the Hepatics, a class which seems to have attracted but little notice in the county since the death of the Eev. W. E. Linton. How extraordinarily careful Mr. Linton's work was can only be appreciated fully by actual workers in Derbyshire. In the following list new county records are marked with a dagger ; new records for the geological divisions are starred. We acknowledge with gratitude our indebtedness to the Eev. W. L. Coleman for several interesting notes, and to Mr. S. Steele, the Secretary of the East Derbyshire Field Club, for a list of plants found by members of the Club. Ranunculus peltatus Schrank var. floribunclus (Bab.). (*Y) Eagle Tor. — B. sceleratus L. (P) Markland Grips. This plant is strangely local in the county, particularly in the north. Berberis vulgaris L. (:|:G) Birchover; (:;:L) Ashover ; very rare in the county. Chelidonium majus L. (C) Ashgate ; (G) Birchover ; (=::Y) Matlock. Barbarea vulgaris Ait. (G) Stanton Lees. — Hesperis matro- nalis L. (C) Holymoorside. — Sisymbrium Thalianum L. (L) Castleton, Middleton Dale ; this plant is common in the rocky dales on the Carboniferous Limestone. We have not met with it on the Permian Limestone. — S. pannonicum Jacq. (Y) First seen at Eowsley in 1909 ; it still persists as a roadside alien. — Baphanus Baphanistrum L. (L) Breton. Viola Deseglisei Jord. (G) Stanton Lees. — V. agrestis Jord. (*P) Creswell ; (C) Old Brampton ; (G) Lumsdale. — V. obtusi- folia Jord. (*P) Clowne. — V. lutea Huds. (G) Birchover. Silene latifolia Eendle & Britten var. puberula Jord. (C) Ash- gate.— Arenaria serpyllifolia L. var. viscidula Eoth. (P) Mark- land Grips. — Sagina ciliata Fr. (G) Birchover. — Spergula arvensis L. (G) Stanton Lees. — S. saliva Boenn. (G) Stanton Lees. Tilia cordata Mill. (C) Ogston Park. Linum catharlicum L. (Y) Eagle Tor. Geranium pratense L. (G) Birchover ; (Y) below Winster, abundant ; (L) Grange Mill, Elton. — G. lucidum L. (*Y) This characteristically limestone plant occurs on the Yoredale shales near Eagle Tor. — G. Bobertianum L. (L) Many plants with white flowers near Elton. Genista tinctoria L. (G) Birchover. — Medicago lupidina L. var. \Willdenoviana Koch. (*PJ Clowne. • See Journ. Bot. 1909, pp. 199-207 ; 1911, pp. 313-317. 6 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Spiraa Ulmaria L. (::Y) Eagle Tor. — Agrimonia Eupatoria L. var. \sepium Breb. (:::Y) Near Birchover. — Pyrus Aria Ehrh. (G) Above Tansley. — Crataegus monogyna Jacq. var. laciniata Wallr. (::G) Stanton Lees. Parnassia palustris L. (L) Grange Mill. Hippuris vulgaris L. (P) Markland Grips. Epilobium angustifolium L. var. \brachycarpum (Leigbt). ( Yi Stanton. Most of the plants in the neighbourhood are true E. angustifolium L. — E. parviflorum Schreb. (G) Stanton Moor. This plant is rare on the Grit, but is the commonest Epilobium on the Limestone. — E. montanum L. is the commonest Epilobium on Yoredales and the Grit. Near Winster and Birchover, where all three formations occur quite near to one another, this distri- bution is very well marked. — E. roseum Schreb. (G) Tansley and near Nether Loads. — Girccea alpina L. (:;:Y) Near Wensley. Pnnpinclla Saxifraga L. (*Y) Darley. — P. major Huds. var. dissecta Druce. (G) Near Milltown. — Silaus flavescens Bernh. (L) Bakewell, Winster. — Angelica sylvestris L. (Y) Whatstand- well. — Heracleum Sphondylium L. var. angustifolium Huds. (G) Birchover ; (*Y) Whatstandwell. Cornus sanguined L. (P) Markland Grips. Galium verum L. var. \maritimum DC. (L) Plants exactly resembling the maritime sand-dune form occur on the dry lime- stone hillsides near Winster ; they pass into the ordinary form, just as they do by the sea, and are hardly worth distinguishing as a variety. Dipsacus pilosus L. (L) Mill Close. — Scabiosa succisa L. (L)Pindale. Eupatorium cannabinum L. (Y) Rowsley, Whatstandwell. This is characteristically a limestone plant in North Derbyshire ; it is carried on to the Yoredale by the streams and rivers, but rapidly becomes less frequent further from the Limestone. The localities on G given in Mr. Linton's Flora are mostly on the Yoredale ; if it occurs on the Grit at all it must be very rarely; we have never met with it there. — Solid ago Virgaurea L. var. brica Huds. ( G) Birchover.- Bidcns tripartita^. (*Y) What- standwell.— Tanacetum vulgarc L. (*Y) Whatstandwell, Matlock. — Carduus crispus L. (Y) Whatstandwell. — Serratu la tinctoria L. (C) Ilolymoorside.— Hicracium borcaleFr. ("::Y) Whatstand- well.— Lactuca muralis L. (G) Tansley; frequently with the upper leaves 2-3 in. long, entire, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse. We have not met with this peculiar state elsewhere. — \Tragopogon pratense L. (eu-pratense). (:;:L) Monsal Dale. At Boythorpe (C) and at Creswell (P) plants were found with the flowers as long as the involucral bracts, but with brown anthers. In Babington's Manual, ed. ix., T. pratense L. is described as having " inv. equalling or shorter than the flowers" and yellow anthers; T. minus Mill as having " inv. about twice as long as the flowers" and dark brown anthers. Our plants have brown anthers and involucral bracts as long as the flowers. They seem to agree fairly well with T. Lamottci Rouy in Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 28, p. liv. (see NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DERBYSHIRE ( Kouy's Fl. de Fr. t. x. p. 2). Rouy makes no mention of any yellow-anthered form in the Fl. de Fr. Unfortunately ripe fruits were not found. We hope to be able to collect more satisfactory material next year. Primula veris x vulgaris. (*P) Scarcliffe Park (E. D. Field Club). Vinca major L. (*P) Well established at Creswell Crags. Blackstonia perfoliata Huds. (P) Near Bolsover (J. Howell). This plant is nearly or quite confined to the Permian Limestone, where it is rare. The only locality for which it is recorded away from the Permian is Matlock ; this record occurs in a MS. list drawn up by Mrs. T. M. Stevens in 1864 (see Linton's Flora, pp. 37 and 213). We have never seen it at Matlock or anywhere else on the Carboniferous Limestone. \ Symphytum tuberosum L. (*L) Crich. — Echium vulgare L. (C) Barlow (E. D. Field Club), Handley {Rev. W. L. Coleman). These records are of considerable interest ; the plant has only been recorded twice previously from the Coal Measures, namely, by Glover in 1829, and by Crewe and Whittaker in 1864. We have no doubt that these plants in each case had been brought in some way from the Permian, where the plant occurs as a native, though not frequently. Hyoscyamus niger L. (C) Handley (Rev. W. L. Coleman). This plant is very rare in the county. The only previous record for the Coal Measures is in Pilkington's " Derbyshire," 1789. Verbascum Thapsus L. (G) Birchover. — Mimulus Langsdorfii Donn var. \guttatus DC. ("::Y) Eagle Tor, with yellow flowers marked with brown. Mr. Marshall has an interesting note on this name in Rep. Bot. Exch. Club, 1911, part ii. p. 109. The plant previously recorded by us from Langwith (Journ. Bot. 1908, p. 205) was the ordinary yellow-flowered plant. — Euphrasia Rosthoviana Hayne. (G) Stanton Lees, Cratcliffe Rocks ; (L) Winster. — E. campestris Jord. (L) Mill Close. — E. Kerneri Wettst. (L) Mill Close. — E. borealis Towns. (L) Winster.— Melampyrum pratense L. var. montanum Johnst. (G) Birchover. — Lathraa Squamaria L. (C) Eckington (E. D. Field Club). Verbena officinalis L. (*0) Handley (Rev. W. L. Coleman). This plant is extremely rare in the county. Mentha piperita L. (L) Grange Mill.— If. alopecuroides Hull. (:;:Y) Whatstandwell. — Lycopus europaus L. (;:Y) Whatstand- well.— Scutellaria galericulata L. (Y) Whatstandwell.— Stachys palustris L. (:;:Y) Whatstandwell. — Galeopsis Ladanum L. (P) Clowne ; there is only one previous record for the county. Chenopodium album L. var. paganum (Reichb.). (P) Clowne. Polygonum amphibium L. (*Y) Whatstandwell, Rowsley. — P. Bistorta L. (*Y) Matlock.— Rumex domesticus Hartm. (G) Birchover; (L) Winster. Daphne Laureola L. (P) Markland Grips (E. D. Field Club). Euphorbia exigua L. var. retusa L. (C) Old Brampton. Urtica dioica L. var. angustifolia W. & G. (+P) Creswell Crags. Tin: JOURNAL OF BOTANY Betula tomentosa Keith. & Abel. (G) Cathole.— Carpinus Bstulus L. (C) TaptoD ; very uncommon in the district. \iva Mill. (P) Creswell; (G) Stanton, Cratcliffe :ks. * lus tremula L. (C) Claycross. Emvetrum nigrum L. (G) Cathole. ine latifolia Druce. (:|:Y) Wensley. — Ophrys apifera | P) Bolsover Moor Quarry (J. Howell), Markland Grips !>. Field Club).—0. muscifera Huds. (P) ScarclirTe {Bev. J. Mull ins). -Habenaria viridis Br. (L) Eyam, Over Haddon. ma lanceolatum With. (:;:Y) Whatstandwell. a aquatica Beauv. (L) Winster. — Festuca elatior L. (Y) Wensley. — Agropyron caninum Beauv. (P) Markland Ophioglossum vulgatum L. (L) Grange Mill. Equisetum limosum Sm. (G) Stanage ; (*Y) Eagle Tor. HEPATICiE. The list of Hepatics given in the Flora bears witness to the well-known thoroughness of Mr. Linton's work. His general remarks on distribution are fully confirmed by our observations. The Millstone Grit and the grits of the Yoredale Series are by far the most productive in Hepatics. Of the fourteen species and varieties mentioned by Mr. Linton >und on the Limestone alone, only one has been found else- where by us — on the Coal Measures and the Grit. Of the twenty- eight given in the Flora for Grit alone we have found one on the Permian, two on the Coal Measures, one on the Carboniferous Limestone, and four on the Yoredales. It must be remembered, however, that Mr. Linton included some Yoredale districts under (Lj and others under (G). A noticeable feature of the Hepatics during the wet summer of 1912 was the green colour of the plants of many species which are usually red or purple. ElCCIACE^. Biccia glauca L. (L) Lathkil Dale. MARCHANTIACE.E. uihi hemispharica (L.) Kaddi. (P) Creswell (W. B. L.) ; (L) BradweU ( II'. B. L.), Eyam, Via Gellia. (. nocephahim txmicum (L.J Dum. (C) Tapton, Walton, Wooley M" »n; (G) Cathole; (::Y) Darley, Whatstandwell, Mat- loci ; (L) Castleton. Lunularia cruciata (L.) Dum. (:C) Wooley, Somersal, Nether Loads, Holymoorside; (G)Birchover; (*Y) Elton, Wensley, Eagle Tor, LamBdale; (L) Winster, Eyam. Preissia quadrata (Scop.) Nees. (L) Monsal Dale. Marchantia polymorpha L. (*C) Spital, Stretton, Newbold, Nether Loads; (::Y) Elton, Wensley ; (L) Castleton, Evam. NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DERBYSHIRE y JUNGERMANNIACE^] AnACROGYN^. Aneura pinguis (L.) Dum. (C) Linacre, Lower Hady ; (G) William Clough (W. B. L.), Hayfield (W. B. L.), Stanton Lees ; (:;:Y) Whatstandwell. — Var. \angustior Hook. (*G) Cat- hole. — A. muUifida (L.) Dum. (:;:Y) Edale, Back Tor. — Var. ambrosioides Nees. (:::Y) Back Tor. — A. sinuata (Dicks.) Dum. (*G) Linacre Wood; (G) Cathole. — \A. major (Lindb.) K. Mull. (*C) Spital, Sutton, Lower Hady. Metzgeria furcata (L.) Dum. (G) Hipper Sick. Pellia epiphylla (L.) Corda. (*P) Markland Grips; (*C) Tap- ton, Walton, Linacre, Holymoorside ; (G) Tansley, Hipper Sick, Cathole ; ( ;'Y) Clough Wood, Hollins. — P. Neesiana (Gottsche) Limpr. (;:P) Markland Grips ; (*Cj Holymoorside ; (G) Stanton Lees, Hipper Sick, Cathole ; (:;:Y) Clough Wood, Back Tor, Whatstandwell. — Var. \undulata Jack. (:;:Y) Eagle Tor, Back Tor. — P. Fabbroniana Eaddi. (G) Birchover, Hipper Sick ; (*Y) Clough Wood, Eagle Tor, Back Tor, Whatstandwell ; (L) Winster, Aldwark. — Var. \lorea Nees. (;:G) Hipper Sick. Fossombronia pusilla (L.) Dum. (C) Lower Hady; (:;:Y) Clough Wood. — IP7. Wondraczeki (Corda) Dum. (:;:C) Sutton Wood.— \F. ccespitiformis De Not. (:::C) Lower Hady. Jungermanniace^ Acrogyn^:. Alicularia scalar is (Schrad.) Corda. (G) Hipper Sick. — Var. \procerior Schiffn. (:::Y) Back Tor. — Var. \distans Carr. (:::Y) Back Tor. Aplozia crenulata (Sm.) Dum. (G) Hipper Sick ; (Y) Hollins, Chapel-en-le-Frith (W. B. L.), Edale (W. B. L.).— Var. gracillima (Sm.) Heeg. (G) Tansley; (L) Castleton. — A. spharocarpa (Hook.) Dum. (:|:C) Linacre Wood. — A. riparia (Tayl.) Dum. (*Y) Whatstandwell. — A. atrovirens (Schleich.) Dum. (L) Miller's Dale (IF. B. L.) — A. pumila (With.) Dum. (G) Cathole; (-Y) Clough Wood ; (L) Castleton. Gymnocolea inflata (Huds.) Dum. (G) Hipper Sick, Cathole. Lophozia turbinata (Eaddi) Steph. (*C) Lower Hady; (;;'G) Hipper Sick, Cathole. — \L. badensis (Gottsche) Schiffn. (*G) Birchover. — L. ventricosa (Dicks.) Dum. (G) Cathole, Tansley. — L.poiphyroleuca (Nees) Schiffn. (:;'G) Stanton Lees. — \L. bicrenata (Schmid.) Dum. (*Y) Back Tor.— L. excisa (Dicks.) Dum. (*Y) Whatstandwell, Back Tor. — L. incisa (Schrad.) Dum. (G) Stanton Moor. — L. Floerkii (Web. et Mohr.) Schiffn. (G) Birchover, Hipper Sick. — Var. \Naumanniana Nees. (:;:G) Birchover ; (:;:Y) Back Tor. — \L, atlantica (Kaal.) Schiffn. (*G) Hipx^er Sick ; (:;:L) Winster. — L. barbata (Schmid.) Dum. (G) Birchover. Sphenolobus exsectiformis (Breidl.) Steph. (G) Eroggatt (W. B. L.\ Little Eaton (W. B. L.)\ (Y) Whatstandwell (17. B. L.). Plagiochila asplenioides (L.) Dum. (L) Castleton, Winster.- — Var. minor Lindenb. (*P) Markland Grips ; (G) Tansley ; (*Y) Eagle Tor ; (L) Winster, Castleton. — Var. humilis Lindenb. (L) Miller's Dale (S. J. 0.). — Var. \ major Nees. (*G) Stanton 10 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY - Forma \subinteoley, Linacre, Holymoorside, Lower Hady, Tapton ; hover I [ay, J Hrcbover, Stanton Moor, Cathole ; (:;:Y) Clough Wood, Parley, Eagle Tor, Lumsdale, Hollins, Wensley, What- Btandwell, Black Tor; (L) Matlock, Fallgate, Aldwark, Castleton. — \L. alata Mitt, ex Larter. (:;:C) Lower Hady ; (*G) Birchover, Stanton Lees, Hipper Sick; (:;:Y) Eagle Tor, Lumsdale ; (;:L) Mat- lock, Aldwark. — L. heterophylla (Schrad.) Dum. (C) Walton Wood, Brackenfield, Ogston, Wooley, Linacre, Lower Hady ; (G) Stanton Moor, Stanton Lees, Tansley ; (:|:Y) Clough Wood, Eagle Tor, Darley, Wensley, Whatstandwell ; (L) Castleton, Win- ster.— L.fragans Moris et De Not. (G) Stanton Lees, Tansley. — Chiloscyphus pohjanthos (L.) Corda var. rivularis (Schrad.) Nees. (G) Cathole.— Var. \fragilis (Both) K. Mull. (*G) Cat- hole.— t C. pallescens (Ehrh.) Dum. (*C) Walton Wood ; (:::G) Cathole. halozia bicuspidata (L.) Dum. (G) Birchover, Hipper Sick; (::Y) Back Tor, Hollins. — C. Lammersiana (Hub.) Spruce. ( :C) Brackenfield ; (G) Stanton Moor, Stanton Lees, Tansley, Hipper Sick, Cathole; (:;:Y) Clough Wood, Back Tor. — Var. \scrrati flora Schiffn. (:;:G) Stanton Lees. — \C. connivens (Dicks.) Lindb. (;:C) Walton Wood; (*G) Birchover, Hipper Sick. — \C macrostacluja Kaal. (:;:G) Hipper Sick; (*Y) Back Tor. — \C. leucantha Spruce. (;hG) Stanton Moor. \Cephaloziella b i/ssa cea (Eoth) Warnst. (:::C) Wooley, Lower Hady.— \G. bifida (Schreb.) Schiffn. (*C) Lower Hady; (*Y) Back Tor.— +0. Limprichtii Warnst. (:;:Y) Back Tor. tpogeia Trichomanis (L.) Corda. (G) Cathole, Hipper Sick, Stanton Lees, Stanton Moor, Birchover ; (*Y) Back Tor. — Var. [aquatica Ingham. (*Y) Back Tor. — +C. Neesiana (Carest. et Ma8&Ed.) Massal. (*G) Hipper Sick, Stanton Lees, Stanton Moor, Birchover.— C. fissa (L.) Kaddi. (G) Ashover Hay, Stanton Lees, Stanton Moor, Tansley ; (*Y) Back Tor. Bazzania trilobate (L.) Gray. (G) Birchover. ptans (L.) Dum. (C) Walton Wood; (G) Birch- Btanton Moor.— Var. Uencm (Huben.) Nees. (:;:C) Walton Wood; ( (i) Hipper Sick, Stanton Moor, Birchover; (:;:Y) Back Tor.— Var. \jvlacea Noes. (G) Birchover; (*Y) Whatstandwell. — L. Pearsoni Spruce. (G) Hipper Sick, Stanton Moor, Birch- over; (;:Y) Back Tor. L'tilidium ciliare (L.) Hampe. (G) Birchover, Stanton Moor ; (:;Y) Back Tor. — P. pulchcrrimum (Web.) Hampe. (*G) Birch- over, Stanton Moor. THE GENUS FLAGENIUM 11 Diplophyllum albicans (L.) Duin. (C) Brackenfield ; (G) Ash- over Hay, Stanton Moor, Stanton Lees, Birchover, Tansley, Hipper Sick ; (:;:Y) Clough Wood, Back Tor, Hollins. Scapania aspera Bernet. (G) Cathole ; (L) Miller's Dale (S. J. 0.) — S. nemorosa (L.) Durn. (G) Cathole. — S. dentata Dum. (*C) Walton Wood, Holymoorside ; (*G) Cathole, Hipper Sick, Tansley; (:;cY) Clough Wood, Darley, Back Tor. — Var. \ambigua De Not. (:;:C) Walton Wood, Holymoorside, Nether Loads. — S. intermedia (Husnot) Pears. (G) Tansley, Birchover ; (*Y) Clough Wood. — S. undulata (L.) Dum. (G) Cathole.— S. irrigua (Nees) Dum. (G) Hipper Sick, Birchover, Brown Edge (W. B. L.) ; (:::Y) Back Tor; (L) Buxton (W. B. L.) — S. curia (Mart.) Dum. (G) Stanton Lees ; (*Y) Back Tor. Badula complanata (L.) Dum. (*Y) Wensley. Madotheca platyphylla (L.) Dum. (*G) Ashover Hay, Birch- over ; (* Y) Wensley ; (L) Winster, Fellgate, Matlock, Grange Mill. — \M. rivularis Nees. (*L) Castleton. In this list are included the few records for Derbyshire pub- lished in the Moss Exchange Club Eeports since 1902. We desire to express our thanks to Mr. Ingham for the loan of these Reports. Our indebtedness to Mr. Symers Macvicar's excellent Handbook of British Hepatics is too great for adequate acknowledgment. THE GENUS FLAGENIUM. By H. F. Wernham, B.Sc. Botanical Department, Natural History Museum. In the course of researches into the Rubiaceous genus Sabicea my attention has been called to the very similar genus Flagenium. The chief distinction from Sabicea lies in the aestivation of the corolla-lobes ; this is valvate in Sabicea and closely contorted in Flagenium, so that the latter is included in the tribe Gardenieae, in contrast with the former, a member of the Mussaendeae. The ovary in Flagenium is, moreover, bilocular — a rare feature in Sabicea, and the subulate-acuminate stipules of the known species of Flagenium are unparallelled in Sabicea. So far as is known at present, the latter is confined to Madagascar. The genus was established by Baillon (Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris, i. 216) on Triosteum triflorum Vahl, Symb. iii. 37 (= Sabicea? triflora DC. Prod. iv. 439). This is admirably figured by Drake in Grandidier's Hist. Phys. Nat. Pol. Madagascar, xxxvi. vi. t. 446. It is probable that Sabicea setosa Eichard, in Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. v. 228 (1829), belongs to the same genus; the description is unfortunately too scanty for definite decision in the matter ; but the words " corolla brevissima ; antheris linearibus exsertis " seem, at any rate, to exclude this plant from the genus Sabicea.^ Apart from this doubtful form, the genus appears to comprise three distinct species, as follow : — L2 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 1. Plagenium triplobum Baillon, Hist. PL vii. 444 (1880). A Bhrub 7 8 ft. high, with virgate branches and oblong-lanceolate lc;i\ Bab. Madagascar, Goudot ! in Tib. Mus. Brit. The leaves reach 10 cm. in length and over 3 cm. in width, with stalk 5 nun. long; the subulate-acuminate stipules are 8-9 mm. in length. The cymes are subsessile, and the corolla-lobes narrow triangular acuminate and very acute. The calyx-lobes are barely 1 cm. lcnuf. and subulate-setaceous, erect, tending to curl at maturity, and the calyx-tube is manifest, 3 mm. long in the fruit. 2. Flagenium arboreum, sp. nov. Arbor ramulis gracilibus, foliis minusculis oblongis acuminatis acutis supra glabris subtus puberulis brevissime petiolatis, stipulis a basi lato subulato-acumi- natis, a/ mis manifeste pedunculatis, calycis tubo obsoleto lobis elongatis linearibus planis nee subulatis demum patentibus rigidi- usculis, corolla lobis oblongis parum acuminatis. Hal). Madagascar; Port Dauphin, in woods, Scott Elliot, 2749 ! in Herb. Mus. Brit. Readily distinguished by its arboreal habit, pedunculate in- florescence, and the characters of the calyx. The leaves are from 6 6*5 cm. long and rather more than 2 cm. wide; peduncles I 5 mm. long ; calyx-lobes 11-12 mm. long and 1 mm. wide. Corolla-lobes 4-5 mm. x 1-5-2 mm., tube very short. 3. Flagenium latifolium, sp. nov. Ramulis minute strigil- losis, foliis elliptico-oblongis latiusculis utrinque nisi subtus in vena media strigillosis glaberrimis breviter acuminatis basi rotundatis nonnunquam obliquis petiolo brevissimo, stipulis brevibus acumi- natis, cymis subsessilibus, calycis tubo brevi tamen manifesto laciniis elongatis setaceo-subulatis. Madagascar: Ghapelierl ex Hb. Kunth. Hb. Berlin. At once separated from the other two species by the much broader leaves, 8-5-9 cm. long and over 4 cm. broad, and the shorter stipules — less than 5 mm. long — as well as by the almost plete glabrousness of the under surface of the leaves. The ties are about 4 mm. at most, and the stipules are the same length. The calyx-lobes exceed 1 cm. in the flower-bud and attain II 15 mm. BOTANICAL NOTES FROM PORTUGAL. By W. E. Nicholson. In M;l>' L911, ! spent a short holiday in Portugal in the company oi Mr. II. N. Dixon, F.L.S. Most of our time was spent in the southern province of Algarve, where we stayed for ten days 1 aldaa de Monchique. Our main object was to study the interesting bryology of the district, and our observations on the higher plants, being more or less incidental only, were necessarily very imperfect, hut ;ls the district is but little visited, some account of the principal plants observed may not be without interest, BOTANICAL NOTES FROM PORTUGAL 13 if only to direct the attention of British botanists to what is obviously a very rich region. Our own attention was largely drawn to the region by a perusal of Count von Solms Laubach's Tentamen Bryo-Geographice Algarvice Regni Lusitani Provincice (Hals, 1868), which, though primarily concerned with the bryology of the district, gives an interesting outline of its physical characteristics and general botany. An interesting account of a rather rapid excursion through the district earlier in the year was also recently given by Prof. E. Chodat in his Excursions Botaniques en Espagne et au Portugal (Geneva, 1909). The Serra de Monchique, towards the foot of which Caldas is situate, is a chain of rounded hills, covered with vegetation to their summits, rarely giving rise to cliffs or rock surfaces except in the barrancos, and reaching a maximum elevation of 3000 ft. in Foia above Monchique. The chain is almost exclusively com- posed of granite, and the only limestone which we came across was in the low ground near the coast at Portimao and Silves, where, in spite of more intensive cultivation, the effect on the flora was very marked. The hills are sparsely wooded, though there are remains of what was no doubt a fairly extensive chest- nut forest near the town of Monchique. They are mostly covered with a maquis of very varied composition, but rich in Cistus, especially G. ladaniferus var. macidatus, which occasionally grows in almost exclusive formations. The unspotted form, though treated by Willkomm and Lange as the type, is very much rarer ; indeed, we only saw a very few plants of this as compared with many thousands of the var. macidatus. The rare and local Myrica Faya, which may reach a height of over twenty feet, is also a prominent constituent in places. Pound the springs near the summits of some of the higher hills there are here and there small shallow formations of peat, and here Rhododendron bceticum Bss. grows freely, and is clearly native, though its specific distinctness from B. ponticum L. is less obvious. Among the rarer plants seen by us in the district was Cheilanthes hispanica Mett., which was not uncommon on rather dry rocks near Caldas de Monchique. The following is a list of the principal plants observed by us in Algarve, which have been arranged in accordance with the system adopted by Willkomm and Lange in their Prodromus Flora Hispanica. Caldas de Monchique and the surrounding Hills. Gymnogramme leptophyllaDesv. Anthoxanthum Puelii Lee. Cheilanthes odor a Sw. Andropogon hirtum L. C. hispanica Mett. var. long ear istatum Wk. Selaginella denticulata Spring. Ghceturus fasciculatus Lk. Pinus pinaster Ait. Airopsis globosa Desv. P. pinea L. Trisetum neglectum E. & S. Juniperus phcenicea L. Briza minor L. Colocasia antiquorum Schott. B. maxima L. 11 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Mr lien major Sibth. Vulpia myuros Gmel. V. alopecurus Lk. Brachypodium distachyon P.B. uinhii Schk. Scirpus Hohschamus L. Fuirena pubescens Kunth. Cyperus longus L. Gladiolus illyricus Koch. Iris Xiphium Wk. Trichoncma Bulbocodium Ker. Serapias cordigera L. S. occultata Gay. S. lingua L. Limodorum abortivum Sw. Juncus capitatus Weig. Asparagus horridus L. Asphodelus alb us W. i toftim serotinum Ker. Seilla monophyllos Lk. Urginea Seilla Steinh. Ornithogalum unifolium Gawl. Cytinus Hypocistus L. Myrica Fay a Ait. ■ vzli nli iria sambuci folia L. Antirrhinum Orontium L. Genista tridentata L. var. calycinum (Lk.) Erodium Botrys Bert. Bussaco. Potentilla splendens Eamd. LouzA. Macrochloa arcnaria Kunth. Dianthus lusitanicus Brot. Armeria elongata Hoff. Astrocarpus Clusii J. Gay. We are indebted to Mr. G. C. Druce, F.L.S., and the Baron de Soutellinho for the identification of several of the plants. NOTES ON JEESEY PLANTS. By C. E. Salmon, F.L.S. In April, 1910, I had a week's botanizing in Jersey with Mr. J. \Y. White, and we were joined on one or two excursions by Mr. G. C. Druce. I should mention, too, that, thanks to Mr. L. V. Lester-Garland we saw several interesting plants we should other- wise have missed. A good deal oi attention was given to the Cerastia of the sandhills, and some time lias been spent in working them out ; of more interest, perhaps, was the discovery of a grass new to the Channel Islands and to Britain — Poa exilis Murb.— and it is pro- posed shortly to figure and describe it in this Journal. A visit to the late Mr. J. Piquet elicited the information that lie had planted Allium sphccrocephalum at St. Ouen's Bay, as he considered the well-known station in St. Aubin's Bay doomed by building. NOTES ON JERSEY PLANTS 17 Ranunculus flabellatus Desf. Quite a respectable patch — not yet in flower — found in a new station more than twTo miles from the St. Aubin's locality, where it was also observed, and additional to those mentioned in Journ. Bot. 1910, 188. Barbarea intermedia Bor. Eoadsides south-east of St. Ouen's Pond and north-west of Becquet Servais. Cerastium tetrandrum Curt. var. nov. dunense. On the Quenvais sandhills (and on the Vazon Bay shore, Guernsey) a remarkable Cerastium attracted notice. It was robust, prostrate, very glan- dular (often with grains of sand adhering), its leaves large and fleshy, and the branching (and often purple colouring) reminding one strongly of Euphorbia Peplis. I cannot find any recorded descriptions that may apply to this sand-form, and after comparing a series of specimens with ex- amples of the type, further distinguishing characters came to light ; hence I venture to suggest that it may be convenient to name it var. dunense, with the following diagnosis : — Planta prostrata, glandulosissima, rami et folia crasso-carnosi, calyx et capsula grandiores et latiores quam in typo, capsula tertia parte usque ad dimidium sepalis longior et perspicue curvata. Specimens in Herb. Mus. Brit, labelled " S. Aubin's Bay, Jersey, 24 April, 1871, H. Trimen " are apparently identical with the above, but the collector's decision (Journ. Bot. 1871, 199) that they should be placed under C. pumilum Curt, is not a sound one, I think, nor will they match the G. pedunculatum Bab. or C. atro- virens Bab. (Mag. Zool. & Bot. ii. 200, 317, 1838). Examples distributed by F. Schultz, Herb. Norm. Cent. 7, 620, seem exactly the var. dunense ; these came, as one might expect, from the nearest French coast to Jersey, in the Manche Department. C. semidecandrum L. var. *congestum Gren. Abundant on the sandhills, St. Aubin's Bay. This is described by Grenier as follows in Monog. Cerast. 184] , 29 : — " Pedunculis brevissimis, floribusque abbreviatis, con- gesto-umbellatis, numerosis, densis, calicibus globosis, capsulaque calicem vix excedente." This description seems to fit the Jersey plant, which was quite noticeable by its crowded heads of flowers, remarkably short peduncles and short capsules, well retaining these characters in a large series gathered. It is quite glandular, and grains of sand are usually to be found adhering to the upper parts. Rouy & Foucaud (Fl. France, iii. 1896, 219) do not mention this name congestum as a synonym for any of the six varieties given under G. semidecandrum, and none of the descriptions of these seems to suit the Jersey form. Sagina ciliata Fr. Portelet Bay. Spergula arvensis L. var. nana Linton. West Mount ; Por- telet Bay. Montia chondrosperma Fenzl. Near First Tower. Trifolium suffocatum L. Portelet Bay. Anthyllis maritima Schw. Portelet Bay. Apparently quite Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51 [January, 1913. J c 18 THE JOUBNAL OF BOTANY distinct from ordinary Vulneraria, attracting notice by its fleshy, silvery-hairy leaves, large pure yellow flowers, &c. I 'run us avium L. Rocky slope near Grand Val Mill. Appar- ently new to Jersey, but perhaps planted. mcion erythrospermum Andrz. The Quenvais. V. palustre DC. var. udum (Jord.). Near St. Ouen's Pond. Anagallis arvensis L. var. carnea Schrank. A true native on the wild coast at Noirmont Point. Myosotis collina Hoffm. var. -'Lebelii (Gren.). Portelet Bay. M. versicolor Sm. var. Balbisiana (Jord.). Near First Tower. \Anchusa semper circus L. Eoadside near Brook Vale, St. John's. Scleranthus an mats L. var. caspitosus Neilr. In short turf near St. Catherine's Breakwater. Probably only a form of ex- posed cliffs. Daphne Laureola L. In a wood by stream running into Grand Vaux Valley. Apparently very rare in Jersey and unknown in the other Channel Islands. Spiranthes spiralis Koch. St. Catherine's Bay. Allium triquetrum L. Roadside north of Mont a la Brune, St. Ouen's Bay, and near Fort Regent, St. Helier's. Festuca rottbaillioid.es Kunth. Portelet Bay. Ceterach officinarum Willd. One plant seen on a wall at Bagot ; it was hoped there might be more on the other side ! Gymnogramme leptophylla Desv. This delicately fragile fern was seen in good quantity and condition in two localities. LINNiEUS'S ' FLORA ANGLICA.' A word or two may be given in further explanation of my paper in the Scottish Botanical Bevieto i. p. 154, 1912, on which Mr. Britten comments in this Journal for 1912, p. 312. I thought it would be quite evident from my statement on p. 158 that I was using the reprint which appeared as a Supplement to the Journal for 1909. In this there is no difference in the text to suggest that Salicornia fruticosa is intended as a variety, as is evident from the form in which it is stated : — " Salicornia europ. 136-1. fruticos. 136-2 " : The alignment and the type are exactly similar in the case of both names, there is nothing to indicate that the second is a variety of the first. If in the original edition it is given as a variety, the reprint should so have marked or explained it, and my contention that Salicornia fruticosa might be cited as of "Linn. Fl. Anglica " falls to the ground; but in that case a further example is added to those I have previously mentioned, which go to show that the Flora Anglica should be ignored. Mr. Britten says he reprints my note on Salicornia with "necessary corrections." The "corrections" are the addition of the figure 3 to the page, which had dropped out in the press : LINN^US'S ' FLORA ANGLICA ' 19 and he inserts in brackets " there are no additions to the synonymy." But a glance at the works alluded to show that in Ray. Syn. 136, 1724, we have "Kali geniculatum perenne fruti- cosus procumbens Syn. ii. 62, 2, and geniculatum lignosum Pet. H. Br. 9, 4," while in the Species Plantarwm, p. 5, 1762, Linnaeus has inserted " Salicomia cauls erecto fruticoso," which is not to be found in the first edition of 1753, and gives also the synonyms taken from the first edition of " Salicomia sempervirens Sauv. Monsp. 7, and Kali geniculatum majus Bauh. Pin. 289," which are not given in Ray's Synopsis, and, as I have said, do not, I think, refer to our British plant. m According to the view of Dr. Moss, which I have in no way controverted, we have in the first edition of Species Plantar um var. fruticosa meaning one plant, in the Flora Anglica another, while in the second edition of the Species Plantarum the original variety is raised to specific rank. But Linnean commen- tators cannot have it both ways ; they cannot run with the hare and hunt with the hounds. I may add that I have not associated the plant of the Species Plantarum with any name. My remarks are limited to the plant of Flora Anglica, which is based on the Synopsis 136-2, this being S. radicans Sm., which is teste Dr. Moss S. perennis Miller. If Salicomia fruticosa is written as a specific name (as in the reprint) in Flora Anglica, and assuming that the work is available for citation, it necessarily follows that it has priority over the variety in the edition of Species Plantarum mentioned. Competent botanical critics such as R. A. Pryor and, I believe, the Messrs. Groves, have interpreted such names in a specific and not varietal sense, and if the typography of the reprint is correct they are not printed in italics, as is usually the custom of Linnaeus in the Species Plantarum. But really my note on Salicomia is quite an insignificant portion of my paper, being only used to illustrate the difficulties which the acceptance of the Flora Anglica for botanical citation might lead us into, and I think Mr. Britten has blurred the issue by dwelling too much upon matters which are really irrelevant to or have only a slight connection with the point under discussion. May I reiterate that the Flora Anglica is practically a skeleton list of nomina nucla, with identifications (such as they are) based entirely on synonymy, without actual reference to plants for comparison, or even to any other works dealing with English botany; and, it is evident, was deliberately ignored by Linnaeus in all his subsequent writings. The list as I have shown bristles with errors, and much of it, especially with regard to the new plants added to the Synopsis by Dillenius, is merely guesswork. In unearthing it from oblivion, where it has remained un- quoted and unsought for more than one hundred and fifty years without any loss to botanical literature, nothing would be added to the credit of its illustrious author, but, on the contrary, I am convinced if it were brought into the arena of citation, it would c 2 20 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY lead to unnecessary changes of plant-names, which would cause additional confusion. Not only has this obscure memoir failed to arouse any serious interest among those who are concerned with nomenclature, but European correspondents have assured me that it is hardly likely to be quoted in the future in systematic works. I may just add that the determinations of the plants referred to in my paper in question are to be found in the account of The Dillenian Herbaria, issued as a volume under the auspices of the Clarendon Press in 1907. Q Claridge Druce> I publish the foregoing remarks by Mr. Druce at his special request ; I had told him that I did not think they added any- thing of value to the discussion, but he seems to think that in fairness to him they should be printed, and I have thus no alternative but to comply. His first contention rests on the " alignment and type " of the reprint of the Flora Anglica, which, he assumes, differ in some way from the original. He says that he " thought it would be quite evident from [his] statement on p. 159 " of his article in the Scottish Botanical Review that he " was using the reprint " : I can only say that I find no reference to the reprint on the page in question ; indeed, the only allusions I find to the reprint throughout his paper are on pp. 158 and 154, where he says " the figures of the references " are taken from it. There is nothing else to suggest that Mr. Druce had not the original publication before him, and I am surprised to learn that he should not have taken the trouble to consult this. Had he done so, he would have seen that his contention falls at once to the ground, for the " alignment and type" in the Journal of Botany reprint exactly follow those of the original Dissertation, which are identical with those of the reprint in the Amcenitatesr~ It is the more surprising that Mr. Druce should base any argument on the " alignment," as I had especially pointed out in my remarks (p. 313) that " the printing of the Flora in double columns necessitated the placing of the varietal name under that of the species " ; had he referred to either of the originals, which are combined in the reprint, he would have seen that this double-column arrangement occurs in each of them. Mr. Druce's statement that " it was usually the custom of Linnaeus in the Species Plantarum" to print the names of varieties in italics is true only as to the second edition, as he will see if he will turn to the plant under discussion on p. 3 of the first. Mr. Druce controverts my statement that "there are no additions to the synonymy" in the second edition of the Species Plantarum. The simplest way of settling this question seems to be to print the synonymy as it stands in the two editions. The first edition has : * I may note here that the word " herbac " has been accidentally omitted after " fruticosa " in the J. Bot. reprint. SHORT NOTES 21 " /?. Salicornia sempervivens [sic]. Sauv. monsp. 7. Kali geniculatum majus. Bank, pin. 289." In the second edition, the plant being raised to specific rank, Linnaeus adds a descriptive phrase, but the synonymy is identical: " Salicornia caule erecto fruticoso. Salicornia sempervirens. Sauv. monsp. 7. Kali-geniculatum majus. Bauh. pin. 289." Eay's Synopsis is in no way referred to in either, and the Flora Anglica, which refers to Kay and by implication includes his synonymy, is, as Mr. Druce points out, " ignored by Linnaeus in all his subsequent writings," and thus of course is not quoted in ed. 2 of the Species. I do not think I need enter upon the discussion of the further points raised by Mr. Druce, most of which appeared in his original paper, and have already been commented upon in my remarks upon that. I cannot however see that it was, as he seems to suggest, little short of criminal to reprint the Flora Anglica, although I should deprecate, at least as much as he can do, its use in creating " unnecessary changes " or combinations which would "cause additional confusion." But if it is "hardly likely to be quoted in systematic works," we may hope that this danger is not imminent. James Beitten. SHORT NOTES. Specific Names and Capital Letters (Journ. Bot. 1912, 375). — According to the present international rules of botanical nomenclature, specific names should begin with capital letters only : (1) when they are old generic names, and (2) when they commemorate some person. It is often difficult, without spending a great deal of time in searching old volumes, to be certain whether a given specific name is called after an old genus or not. Should botanists write Salix Caprea, as in the first edition of Linne's Sp. Plant, (p. 1020, 1753), or Salix caprea, as in the second edition (p. 1448, 1763) ? Dr. Jackson, in the note cited abo.ve, has gone thoroughly into the question of specific names ending in -oides, all of which, in Mr. Druce's List, are spelt with initial capitals ; but whilst we now know which of these trivials were once used as generic names, how are we to know, in any particular case, whether the name in question commemorates an old genus or is merely used in a descriptive sense? It would save much time if botanists decided to begin every specific name with a small letter ; and this is the plan which I favour. It should be remembered that at present many specific names spelt with an initial small letter are substantives, as in Vicia sepium, and that the specific names ending in -oides, some (but not all) of which should sometimes (but not always) be spelt with an initial capital letter, are adjectives. Although, at first, it would cause a slight shock to see Hieracium leyi instead of Hieracium Leyi, botanists would not be long before 22 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY becoming accustomed to the sight. In this country they already write Ulex europcea without any undue pangs of remorse, and evince no inordinate longings to revert to Ulex Eur vpcea, a usage which, though not countenanced by the rules, is still adhered to in some large modern floras. It cannot be said that the rules relating to this matter are logical, if judged by the canons of glish grammar, for a specific name must be spelt with a small letter if it is called after Wiltshire, the county, but with a capital letter if called after Wiltshire, a man. The adoption of a rule to spell all trivial names with small letters would spare us the glaring misuse of capitals in popular and semi-popular articles on botanical subjects, though botanists themselves are scarcely in a position to throw stones at the perpetrators of such errors, for who are the botanists w7ho do not live in glasshouses'? The suggested rule is already in use among some fossil botanists and among zoologists in general ; and its adoption by all other biologists would entail no sacrifice of principle, but would result in a real saving of time. — C. E. Moss. [Dr. Moss is of course aware that his proposal directly con- troverts Eecommendation x. of the Vienna Congress : it seems to us undesirable to depart from a practice which is sanctioned both by rule and custom. — Ed. Journ. Bot.] Viola calcarea Gregory. — Dr. Williams, in his Prodromus (p. 581), gives V. parvula Opiz as an earlier name for this plant. This no doubt is so, but the reference to the "Bohm. Gewachs. 1823 " is not the first description by Opiz ; this occurs in the Naturalientausch, p. 47, 1821. But even if retained only as a variety, I think the name must be quoted of Kosteletzky, Clavis anal, in Fl. Bohemise phan. p. 38, 1824, where he describes it as •• V. hirta /J parvula Opiz." Many species are only named in the Gewachs. without description. The Naturalientausch is rare as a complete work; the author's own copy in the Prague Museum has 1-722 pages (Preface dated " 26 Juin 1816"), 1819-1829. In it he describes, besides forty-two species of Mentha, ninety-five Phanerogams and twenty-seven Cryptogams. See Deseglise in Ann. Soc. Bot. de Lyon, 1879-80. — Arthur Bennett. Dlbx minor Both (nanus Forst.) (Journ. Bot. 1912, 378).— Mr. J I. W. Pugsley in his note has mistaken the record in Townsend's Flora of Hants of the occurrence of Ulex minor Roth in the Isle of Wight. Besides the localities which Mr. Pugsley mentions, and which he states are the only ones given in the Flora, four others are given, with the addition — " and in other parts freq." It is, in fact, almost equally as common as U. enropceus. — Fred. Stratton. [Mr. Pugsley tells us that he wrote "South Wight," which has been misprinted " Isle of Wight " in the passage referred to.— Ed. Journ. Bot.] BRITISH VIOLETS 23 BE VIEWS. British Violets. A Monograph. By Mrs. E. S. Gregory. With an Introduction by G. Claridge Druce, M.A., F.L.S. Cambridge : W. Heifer & Sons, Ltd. 1912. Cloth, large 8vo. Pp. xxiii. 108. Price 6s. 6d. This book, the outcome of more than a quarter of a century's special study of the Nomimium section of the genus, is well printed on good paper, with ample margins ; there are thirty-four illustrations in black and white, about half of them full-page ones, mostly drawn by Miss W. Mills : a few are photographic repro- ductions of specimens in the author's herbarium, from which the drawings have also usually been made. Twelve species are enumerated, besides twenty-seven varieties (three new), nineteen forms (one new), and seventeen hybrids; of these last, however, five are variants between V. hirta and V. odorata, one is a compound of three species, and two or three are the product of crosses between a species and a variety of another. At first sight so much subdivision may seem excessive ; it is, indeed, a general tendency of specialists to exaggerate minor differences : still, these exist in nature, and deserve recognition. The number might easily have been increased ; but, on the whole, a middle course seems to have been fairly steered, though the named varieties and forms are by no means uniform in values. Mrs. Gregory has been fortunate in her many helpers and correspondents, whose assistance is handsomely acknowledged ; her son, Mr. K. P. Gregory, did much towards the final shaping of the work, and provided several insets of single flowers and stipules. Mr. Druce, who also contributed a large and valuable amount of material, gives a useful summary of the progress of violet- study in this country from Lobel and Gerard onwards, including a comparison of the names given in Syme's English Botany, the third edition of Hooker's Student's Flora, and the ninth edition (by Messrs. Groves) of Babington's Manual. " In its general lines the arrangement follows that of Borbas in Koch's Synopsis Deutsch. u. Schioeizer Flora (1892), but the omission of such Continental violets as have not been recorded for Britain necessitates some modification of Borbas's system " (Preface, p. xvi.). The Linnean Herbarium has been studied, as well as the collections at South Kensington, Kew, and Cambridge; but the localities given are comparatively few, and scant notice has been taken of recent records in this Journal, or elsewhere. The dis- tribution in the case of V. lactea Sm., for instance, is very incomplete ; it is here credited to only six vice-counties, whereas twenty-one are specified in Topographical Botany, ed. 2, and Mr. Bennett's Supplement (1905), and two more are known for it. An identification of the numerous critical forms and alleged hybrids in the National Herbarium would have been welcome ; - I THE JOURNAL OP BOTANY still, considering the author's busy life and advanced age (which her friends would hardly have guessed), the amount of in- formation supplied and the freshness of style are remarkable: and it may be added that in this genus, owing to the fugitive colour of the blossoms, the precise determination of dried material is extremely difficult. "In the Cambridge Botanic Gardens Mr. Lynch has kindly allowed the writer to make some necessary experimental tests, especially with regard to the now exploded theory that Vwlce rely on their cleistogamous capsules only for fertile seed " (Preface, p. xiii.). It is suggested (p. 103) " that a t deal of most interesting w7ork remains to be accomplished [in connection with intermediates having the appearance of hybrids], which would be more successfully done in situ. Moving these few plants to garden soil and conditions does not tend towards a full knowledge of their characters." This may be true to some extent, and artificial cross-fertilisation affords the only real solution of many problems; yet the cultural experiments of Mr. Beeby and one or twTo others had encouraging results. Although I have paid some attention to our violets, my acquaintance with them is so fragmentary, so incomplete, and so little up-to-date, that for me to attempt a review of this Monograph is (to say the least) rather rash ; and I have only done so, faute de mieux, by the Editor's desire. It should, there- fore, be clearly understood that my comments are mere obiter'dicta, and should not be taken too seriously. Mr. F. N. Williams (Prodr. Fl. Brit. Part 10, pp. 574, &c. Sept. 1912) adopts the same nomenclature as is here adopted for his nine species of this group, reducing V. calcarea Gregory, V. rupestris Schmidt, and V. montana L. to varieties, as V. hirta /i calcarea Bab., V. silvestris f3 rupestris Maxim., and V. stagnina /i Kiitzingiana Eouy & Fouc, respectively; the remaining variations and the hybrids being, with one excep- tion, passed over. With regard to the first, Mrs. Gregory herself admits (p. 28) that, although it is a widely different plant in apppearance from V. hirta (type), the two are connected by a whole series of intermediates; but Babington's var. calcarea included forms which clearly belong to V. hirta, and (as a matter of convenience, if not for better reasons) her species may be retained with some advantage. V. rupestris var. armaria (DC), our Teesdale plant, differs greatly from V. silvestris in its habit, foliage, and downy capsules, and seems to me to be much nearer in general appearance to small forms of Riviniana, but quite distinct. V. montana (V. nemoralis Kiitz.) I only know from dried material ; Mrs. Gregory and Dr. Moss kindly took me to its only British station, last June, but we failed to see it (though it fairly plentiful a few years ago), probably owing to the dense overgrowth having prevented it from flowering. The author says (p. 102) :— " I have my doubts as to whether V. montana L. is a good species, and should not be surprised if it turned out to be a hybrid between V. canina var lucorum and V. stagnina:' Its robust habit and general appearance mark it off strongly from BRITISH VIOLETS 25 V. stagnina, which is an exquisite and delicately beautiful violet ; and I rather suspect that it is either a primary or (if hybrids of the fen-species are fertile) a secondary cross, stagnina being the subordinate parent. With regard to the intermediates between V. hirta and V. odorata (V. sepincola Jord., V. permixta Jord., &c), it may be argued, first, that such polymorphic species are likely to produce a great diversity of hybrid offspring (as, indeed, I found to be the case, when I lived in West Sussex), some scentless, others fragrant ; and secondly, that mongrels are probably not rare, as the first crosses normally bear numerous capsules, and may be fertilised by one or other of the parent species. In such a case, the multiplication of special names appears to be needless. V. imberbis Leighton, retained as ft imberbis Henslow by Mr. Williams, is reduced to a form in the Monograph. V. epipsila Ledeb., our most recent addition, has already been found in five English and Welsh counties, as well as in Kerry ; besides the type, a variety (glabrescens Asch. & Graebn.) and a form (minor Gregory) are figured, and a luxuriant, wThite-flowered hybrid with V. palustris is recorded from Dartmoor. On p. 71 the following note occurs : — " Mr. A. J. Wilmott (Journ. Bot. xlix. 289-293 (1911)) has shown that, in strict accordance with the rules of synonymy, the name V. canina Linn. ' should be used for the plant which has, since 1823, been called V. Biviniana . . .' I propose, however, to follow the arrangement adopted in the London Catalogue of British Plants, ed. 10, and in Babington's Manual of British Botany, ed. 9, revised by H. & J. Groves. Accordingly, I adhere to the tra- ditional use of the name as applying to the Dog Violet." The London Catalogue is not an authority on nomenclature, the names there adopted only representing the revisers' personal opinion ; again, the last edition of the Manual was, I believe, in print before the results of the Vienna Congress were known : nor is the traditional view uniform, our earlier post-Linnean writers having acted in accordance with Mr. Wilmott's contention. In fact, the use of V. canina L. for either species involves confusion and obscurity ; and, how7ever desirable it may be to keep up the names of the Species Plantarum, wherever possible, this one seems to be even more objectionable than Bosa villosa L. If V. ericetorum Schrader (ex Hayne Arzneygewachse) is not valid, V. flavicornis Sm. may stand. Many other interesting questions might be discussed ; but for these the book itself should be consulted. Enough has, I think, been said to show that Mrs. Gregory has rendered a real service to students of this attractive but difficult genus ; thus deserving their best thanks and hearty congratulations. Edward S. Marshall. 26 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY A Text-Book of Botany. By Drs. Eduard Strasburger, Ludwig Jost, Heinrich Schenck, and George Karsten. Fourth English Edition, revised with the Tenth German Edition by Professor W. H. Lang. With 782 illustrations, in part coloured. Pp. xi, 767. Macmillan & Co. Price 18s. net. The University student making botany a chief subject for his degree must realize that the subject is too wide to be adequately dealt with by one author or in a single volume. There are, how- ever, many other students, such as those of our medical and pharmaceutical schools, or even of the more advanced classes in general secondary schools and polytechnics, who do undoubtedly demand a single volume giving a comprehensive view of the science — or) at least, of its main divisions, anatomy, and physio- logy. It is far better that they should have this from the hands of eminent original workers than from even the best of mere compilers of other men's labours ; and, during the last decade, at least, the volume familiarly known as " Strasburger" has, by very general consent, been recognised as filling this place. That its bulk has increased from 632 pages in the first translated edition to 767 in the present one, is merely the inevitable growth with the advance of the science; but it has undergone many other im- portant changes in addition to this expansion. The student has from the first had in his " Strasburger" the advantage of the co- operation of four distinguished German scholars, Strasburger's own contribution occupying only about a quarter of the book, and the Cryptogamia being described by Professor Schenck. In the first edition, that of 1898, these two botanists had as their associates Dr. Fritz Noll and Dr. A. F. W. Schimper, and there was nothing on the face of the work to indicate the share which each of these four authors had in it. The present edition contains a new section on Physiology by Professor Jost, and one on the Phanerogamia by Professor Karsten. This means that the larger half of the book is new, which fact, coupled with other extensive changes, fully justifies Professor Lang in omitting the name of the original American translator from the title-page. We are, how- ever, still left to gather the respective responsibilities of the authors from the headings of the "Index of Literature" now added at the end of the work. We have always thought "Strasburger" a most remarkable work, as emanating from German universities, in its freedom from the national verbiage. The student may well be grateful to find here, from the hands of the much deplored master, the essentials of histology, without being burdened, for instance, with the controversial details of a stelar theory ; while nothing can well be more masterly than the notes on methods which in Strasburger's section are relegated to " lower case." Mitosis — under its longer name, karyokinesis — necessarily becomes promi- nent, for the distinction between "ordinary" and "reduction" divisions of the nucleus, or the " haploid " and " diploid " phase, underlies much of the work, much as did the distinction between A TEXT-BOOK OF BOTANY 27 sporophyte and gametophyte in the " special botany " of the higher plants in earlier editions. Another noticeable feature which strikes one on a first perusal is the belittling of the distinction between septate and non-septate multinuclear bodies, so that the term "coenocyte" does not appear, and the word "cell" is made to embrace such structures as Botryclium or Caulerpa. It might have been well in such cases as this, for the sake of students extending their reading to other works, even to include and explain a terminology which is not accepted. These are, of course, matters on which teachers are sure to differ. Personally, for instance, we see no gain in iihlc&oterma over endoderm, and we think that the sooner the prefix "medullary" is dropped in writing of the rays the better. So, too, as a question of translation, we fail to see the advantage of " translocation" over "transfer," and we are quite certain that it is less likely to cause confusion if we speak of the " dispersal" rather than of the " distribution " of seeds. It may well make us humble as to the advance of physiology since the days of Stephen Hales, that it still has to be ac- knowledged that " no generally accepted solution of the much discussed problem of the ascent of water has yet been attained " ; and we remind ourselves of some of the divagations of Euskin into botanical criticism in complaining that the term " sap," although employed, does not appear to be anywhere explained or defined. It does not appear in the index, and its use on pp. 201-2 in connection with bleeding hardly agrees with that on p. 80 as a synonym for latex. The section on the Assimilation of the Food- materials appears to us one of the most valuable accessions to the whole work, although" C02-assimilation" is certainly an awkward expression for speech, if not for writing. The section on Cryptogamia is certainly comprehensive, since it comprises descriptions, all too brief, of the Myxomycetes and Flagellata now mostly relegated to the animal kingdom. The convenient recognition of the Lichenes as a distinct Class of Thallophyta raises the number of Classes, stated as fourteen on p. 332, to fifteen. Excellent as is the summary account (pp. 470-2) of fossil Cryptogams, considering the immense importance of the questions connected with them, more space might be given to this topic. Fossil gymnosperms are somewhat more adequately treated (pp. 540-3) ; but the half page given to fossil angiosperms (pp. 714-5) seems altogether insufficient. Modern viewTs as to the probable origin of the Monocotyledons, which are well summarised, lead to the treatment of this sub-class at the close of Prof. Karsten's excellent section on Phanerogamia, under which, by the way, the once popular term " Spermaphyta," the inaccurate form of " Spermatophyta," finds only the barest incidental mention. It is chiefly in this section of the work that the beautiful coloured text-figures of official species, which must render the book peculiarly attractive to the pharmacist, occur. One of these on an earlier page, however, that of Laburnum Aclami Poit., is a lesson on graft-hybrids in itself. 28 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY It is, perhaps, can advantage to have the bibliography together at the end of the volume, instead of at the end of each section, as in the Oxford editions of Warming and Schimper; but in this case either a continuous numbering of the notes should have been adopted, or use should have been made of the page-headings to guide those using these notes to the four different sections under which they are grouped. Out of consideration for the eyesight of readers, moreover, the reference-numbers might well have been larger or in black type. We are afraid that notes placed among these references to literature are too apt to be altogether over- looked. While the printing and general get-up of the volume are of the character usually associated with the house of Macmillan, there are not a few little misprints, especially in the references to figures, which have escaped correction from the earlier editions. These may well be corrected by a page of errata in any reprint which may precede the fifth edition ; but in that edition it would add to the convenience of those using the book if the page was added to references to figures in widely distant parts of the volume. The meticulosity of our criticism is but an indication of the great value we attach to the work as a whole, and our consequent wish that it should approach yet nearer to perfection. G. S. BOULGER. A Hand-list of the Lichens of Great Britain, Ireland, and the Channel Islands. Compiled by A. E. Horwood. Pp. 45. Is. net. Dulau. This list of British Lichens has been drawn up, as the compiler states, primarily for the use of members of the Lichen Exchange Club, but will be found serviceable for cataloguing herbaria by all collectors. The nomenclature, and to some degree the arrangement, is based upon the recently completed Monograph of British Lichens by Crombieand Miss Lorrain Smith. The sequence and system of classification, however, differ rather widely from those adopted in the Monograph, the reasons for the changes made being indicated by the compiler in the introduc- tion. While assuming this arrangement is in accordance with the most recent views, it may still be thought that the sequence of a Manual which must remain par excellence the text-book for British students for many years to come might have been more conveniently adopted. One result of the change is that the 123 genera of the B. M. Catalogue are increased to 142, mainly by the raising to generic rank many of Crombie's subgenera, as in Lecanora. We do not know what authority Mr. Horwood has followed in placing all the species of Physcia under Xanthoria, especially as this name, adopted with some reason for the naturally distinct group of yellow forms, becomes meaningless when applied to the cinereous species. Some misprints are inevitable, one supposes, in long lists of hard scientific names: amongst the few observed may be instanced Anthracothcrium — a word with a very zoological sound — which should read Anthracothccium. The list is well got up, in good clear type. THE LINNEAN HERBARIUM 29 We learn froin the Introduction that a popular " account of British Lichens" is in course of preparation by the compiler: as Mr. Horwood adds to his systematic knowledge the experience of an enthusiastic field-botanist, it may fairly be presumed that this book will be of much practical use to beginners, and thus supply an existing want. H p Reader# The Linnean Herbarium. Dr. Daydon Jackson, to whose laborious compilations in various directions of bibliography botanists are so greatly in- debted, has added one more to his claims on their gratitude in the Index to the Linnean Herbarium which forms a Supplement to the Proceedings of the Society for the Session of 1911-12. The title chosen is very modest, for the Index contains not only an enumeration of the plants in the Herbarium " with indication of the types of species marked by Carl von Linne," but an explana- tion of the signs employed in connection with the specimens and a list of the contributors, with notes as to their share in the collection. These signs, some of which will have attracted the notice of those who have consulted the Herbarium, have been variously explained ; it was left for Dr. Jackson to copy them each time they occurred, with the name of the plant to which they were attached, and on the information thus brought together to base conclusions which are not likely to be disputed, and thus to clear up a point which, not itself of special importance, is at any rate of interest, as everything connected with Linnaeus must be. In like manner the system of numbering adopted by Linnaeus is explained. Each of the three earlier enumerations of the contents of the Herbarium, Dr. Jackson tells us, is faulty, although that indicated in the copy of the first edition of the Species which is in the National Herbarium was made by the usually accurate Dryander. Foreign botanists, as well as those living in this country, will thank the compiler for enabling them to ascertain readily of which of Linnaeus's species they can see authentic specimens. They will, however, do well to bear in mind that the specimens in the Herbarium cannot always be accepted as typical for the Species of 1753, as additions were made from time to time by various collectors. During the investigations " more than one hundred specimens which had been transferred by Smith to other genera have been replaced, so that the Linnean material is again brought together." In a useful bibliography Dr. Jackson gives the authorities on which his statements are based. We should have been glad if it had been thought desirable to reprint with the Index the very interesting account of the acqui- sition of the Linnean Collections which Dr. Jackson prepared for the Centenary Anniversary of the Society and published in the Proceedings for 1887-8, pp. 18-29. A slight addition to this account may be made. Dr. Jackson (p. 26, footnote) quotes from Smith's correspondence the remark that he nearly lost the collec- 30 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY tion " by a plot of Baron Alstroemer, who wanted to have them, and who procured authority to confiscate the whole after it was sold." A note from Swartz to Dryander (preserved in the volume of Dryander's correspondence in the National Herbarium) attri- butes the attempt to detain it to Dahl, whose name I think has not hitherto been mentioned in this connection. The fragment is dated by Dryander "Stockholm, 19 June, 1789," and the name Dahl is added by him. It begins " he had picked up in Germany and Copenhagen which also he gave to the Academy " ; and con- tinues : " It was just this man [Dahl] who offered 4000 ED. [rix- dollars] for the Linnaean collection, but came to late, when it was shipped and the vessel gone, but in this dilemma, went up to the king, who ordered an expres to be dispatched to the Sound — but then the vessel was already out of the reach. The money was borrowed from Mr. Maule in Gothenbourg and the interrest paid for 3 months. But the sail went on in a so clandestine manner that instead for advertising it in the public papers accord- ing to law, it was packed up in the nightime and sent away from Upsala itself, that very few knew it. Indeed I think it now much better that England is in possession of this treasure, as it wil be there of more use to Science than in any other place." Swartz wrote English fluently, but his spelling, which I have preserved, is often inaccurate. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dtc. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on November 21, 1912, the Rev. George Henslow gave the substance of his paper, " On Vegetable Mechanics," as follows : — The object of this paper is to show that plants respond to gravity, strains, and stresses, in order to resist them and so secure stability. Kerner thought that the stems of herbs and trunks of trees were constructed on a combined system of girders ; but if a tree has a heavy mass of foliage borne at the summit of a tall cylindrical stem (as of Mahogany), or even a short one (Fagus Rumphii), buttresses are often formed by the roots, which enable the tree to keep the centre of gravity over an extended base. If the stem be hollow, diaphragms are introduced to render it secure. These are in some cases cut-shaped as in East Indian Bamboos, thereby securing a greater " pull " against lateral injury. In tropical lianes, various mechanical contrivances secure strength with elasticity. In Bauhinia there are cup-shaped bulgings on either side of a flattened stem. In the Monkey-ladder (Caulotretus), besides the bulgings, flanges are added on the edges making a complete girder. In Cucurbitacea3 and Passiflora the tendril coils, after securing a hold by its curled tip, the coils being in opposite directions. This is secured by a "crank" being first formed which rotates. In leaves, the distribution of the mid-rib and veins secures the blade from transverse bending and tearing. In bananas, the leaves, being degenerate in character, are in- BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 31 variably torn to shreds by the wind. In flowers adapted to insects various mechanical contrivances enable the calyx and corolla, or the stamens, to support the insect, while others enable it to carry the pollen away. The calyx multiplies its ribs and the corolla expands anteriorly, while the stamens become levers, &c. Fruits are often subject to strains as in bursting, but if a pear hang vertically from an oblique stalk, there is a tendency to tear it away. Nature then develops a hump at the base which counteracts the resultant of the two other forces. The whole of the purposeful structures to secure strength, &c, to resist any injurious strains is the tissue of the directivity of life. At the same meeting Miss Nellie Bancroft contributed a paper "On some Indian Jurassic Gymnosperms." The fossil plants under consideration are of Liassic age, and come from Amrapara in the Eajmahal Hills in Bengal. The types represented are Gymnospermous, and include examples of B r achy phy Hum Mam- millare, Benstedtia, coniferous wood, small bilateral seeds, and Cycadean stems, leaves and fructifications. With regard to the Cycadophyte remains, stems and fructifications of Williamsonian type are associated with foliage which may be considered as identical with the English fronds Williamsonia Pecten. Portions of Dictyozamites falcatus fronds are also present. There are, however, no indications of actual attachment of leaves or fructifications with the stems. The vegetative organs show a combination of recent and fossil Cycadean characters. Exter- nally the stems resemble those of recent "armoured" Cycads, the leaf-bases being separated by ramental hairs, instead of the scales usually found in the fossil forms. The single compact woody zone of the Indian specimens, with its narrow medullary rays, is a characteristic feature of the fossil stems, differing considerably from the looser structure of recent Cycadean wood, formed in certain cases from successive cambiums. The Indian wood, however, shows multiseriately-pitted tracheides like those of recent Cycads, instead of the scalariform type usually occurr- ing in the fossil stems. Like these, the parenchymatous ground- tissue has numerous secretory sacs rather than the gum-canals of the living forms. The " closed " arrangement of the vascular bundles of the leaf-bases and rachises is similar to that seen in the American fossil Cycads, as contrasted with the open or omega type of arrangement in most recent genera. Both types of frond amongst the Indian material are Cycadean in general plan, agreeing with such living forms as some of the Zamias which show palisade mesophyll, in the possession of which there is also agreement with Cycadeoidea ingens. In the structure of the xylem and medullary rays, and of the leaf-bases with their ramental hairs, the Indian stems are exactly similar to the axis of Prof. Seward's Scottish Williamsonia fructification. The Williamsonian fructification amongst the Indian types seems to agree, so far as evidence is available, in general characters and arrangement of parts with other Williamsonian and Bennettitean forms. The structural evidence obtained, in conjunction with 32 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the external morphology of the specimens, supports the already accepted idea of a uniform Mesozoic Flora. The November number (vol. ii. no. 3) of the Journal of Genetics (Cambridge University Press, 10s. net) contains a detailed account of the experiments, in the course of which about 10,000 specimens have been examined, that have been carried on by' Dr. A. H. Trow for the last six years on the inheritance of certain characters in Senecio vulgaris and its segregates. Dr. Trow finds that the Groundsel includes many segregate or ele- mentary species, of which twelve " have been cultivated and maintained pure and true to type for at least several generations. Six of them have been studied in detail, and are distinguished by more or less descriptive names — prcecox, erectus, multicaulis, lati- folius, genevensis, and lanuginosus " — the last being radiate, the remainder non-radiate. " Lanuginosus was obtained from the Channel Islands, genevensis was collected in the vineyards near Montreux, and the others were found in the neighbourhood of Cardiff." The paper, which is of great interest and importance, is illustrated by four plates from photographs of the principal forms. Drs. Keeble and Frankland Armstrong have in the same number a paper on "The role of oxydases in the formation of the anthocyan pigments of plants," based on observations on Primula sinensis (of various flowers of which a coloured plate is given) and Dianthus barbatus. The Journal is beautifully printed. Penicillium glaucum, the blue-mould, is one of our most familiar fungi and to most botanists represents the " green " Penicillium species which have been studied in great detail by Richard Westling (Ueber die grunen Spezies der Gattung Peni- cillium. Arkiv fur Botanik, ii. n. 1, Upsala). He obtained material from decaying fruits, cheese, &c., and has made artificial cultures on different media. He has discovered a great many additional species, and gives us diagnoses of forty-four which he considers well-established, as they remained unchanged in the different con- ditions to which he subjected them. He found that Coremium formation, in which the conidiophores grow in compact, stalk-like groups, was not the result of any special nutrition, but that it was a character constant in certain species and therefore of diagnostic value. He relies largely on spore characters in the determination of species, as they are unaffected by external changes. The genus L'itromyccs has been included by Westling in Penicillium, as he finds connecting forms between the two genera. The historical and biological notes will prove to be of service in the study of other groups as well, and enhance the value of the monograph. Most of the species are illustrated in the text. — A.L.S. We understand that the Scottish Botanical Review, which completed its first volume with the number for October, will not be continued. We regret to announce the death, on December 13, of the Rev. John Gerard, S.J., of whom a notice will appear in our next issue. Journ.Bot. Tab. 523. West, Newman imp. P.Highley del. 1-3 Drosera macrantha. 4-6 D. stricticaulis. 33 DBOSEBA MACRANTHA AND D. STRICTICAULIS. By Oswald H. Sargent. (Plate 523.) The following notes are founded chiefly upon field observations made during the last five years. Drosera stricticaulis has hitherto been classed as a variety of D. macrantha ; and it was to determine the true status of the former that my observations were commenced. I am now satisfied that it is entitled to specific rank, and proceed to give my reasons, but will first tabulate the chief morphological differences between the two forms : — Stem Basal Scales Petioles Laminae Flowers Ovule Seed D. macrantha. A climber. Thin, wiry, glabrous near base, where it bears only scattered scales. j Glabrous, widely scattered, | flattened, subulate, acute, f Descending, or (rarely) hori- \ zontal. /Horizontal, facing down- { wards, yellow-green, j Odour aminoid (?) : petals ( white.* Linear, wingless. ^Angular-cylindrical with bul- bous ends, straight or slightly curved, smooth and uniformly black. D. stricticaulis. A rigid herb. Bather thick, herbaceous, hairy throughout, leafy to base. Hairy, rather crowded, linear, truncate, flat. Ascending. Vertical, facing outwards, bright green. petals Odour terpinoid (?) : pink. Linear, with crescentic wing. A broad band much flattened laterally, curved dorsiven- trally usually into a com- plete circle, somewhat wrinkled, with medial lon- Igitudinal furrow on each side, black with pale, horny- looking hilar end. The physiological and minor morphological differences will be pointed out in the life-history sketches which follow. Soon after the winter rains have commenced (about May), on careful search in its haunts, D. macrantha will be found as a slender ruddy stem, with a closely appressed tuft of leaves at its top. The earliest appearance is a small cone formed by one whorl, or quasi-whorl, of slightly imbricate scales arched protectively over the plant's apex ; but without elaborate arrangements before- hand this is not likely to be found in the bush. Two or three weeks after its emergence from the ground, when the stem has attained a height of about six inches, the petioles commence to spread out. The unfolding of the leaf is rather complicated. In the bud the filiform petioles are erect and stand Journal of Botany. * See Addendum. -Vol. 51. [February, 1913. 34 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY close against the stem, the circular shield-like laminae, which are attached by the centres of their backs to the apices of the petioles, are vertical and face inwards, and the tentacles are tightly inflexed, so that they are entirely within the hollow lamina. As the stem elongates the petiole gradually bends away until it becomes hori- zontal or inclined downwards. Simultaneously by a movement of the petiole just below its apex the lamina is carried completely over, so that when it comes to rest (at about the same time as the petiole does) its face is towards the earth. Still a third motion proceeds almost simultaneously with the other two ; as soon as the petiole lias moved a little away from the stem a few tentacles of the outer row of the then upper edge of the lamina unfold, and are soon extended in the plane of the rim. These movements are all illustrated in Plate 523, fig. 2. At this stage of its life the plant sways and gyrates in the gentlest breeze. If in its gyrations its tentacles come in contact with a twig, tree-trunk, the horizontal wire of a fence, or even a flimsy straw (the swaying stem of another example of the species is not rejected), they immediately take firm hold — it is remark- able how firmly they adhere even after only momentary contact. Having caught hold, the tentacles bend outwards until they lie in close contact with the back of the lamina ; their apical halves then bend forward sharply, and ultimately lie upon the lower halves. The final position is: the lower half of the tentacle is pressed close upon the lamina, and the upper half is pressed closely on the lower half (fig. 1). The advantage of this arrangement is obvious : the plant is fixed to its support by spring attachments. When the movement of the lamina is complete, these attachments stand upon its inner edge, next the axis of the plant. Being centrally attached, the lamina itself has considerable freedom of motion. In clinging to its support by the inner edge of such a lamina the plant secures, I think, the maximum benefit from its spring attachments ; I feel certain that attachment to the outer edge would mean considerably more risk of an occasional dead pull. The perfection of the arrangement is remarkable, and might well be thought to have been developed especially to assist the plant in climbing ; but the laminae and tentacles of D. stricticaulis behave similarly, and will hold on to objects (a neighbouring tree- trunk, e. g., is often so held), though the plant is not a climber. I see no reason for supposing that this latter species has arisen from D. macrantha, and inherited from it the tentacle movements. My impression is that both species have arisen independently from some older form. It seems probable that D. macrantha had practically all the machinery for climbing at the start ; in other words, the perfection of the arrangement is largely fortuitous. I say largely fortuitous, because I think some of the movements have become more definite and intense in D. macrantha than in D. stricticaulis ; but there are several non- climbing allies of these species, which I must fully examine before I can speak definitely. The tentacles which unfold first stand at the morphological DROSEEA MACRANTHA AND D. STRICTICAULIS 35 apex of the lamina ; the others expand when the lamina comes to rest. All of the marginal row bend back till they touch, or nearly touch, the back of the lamina in the course of unfolding. I see no reason for this strong reflexion, from which they return gradually, and finally come to rest approximately in the plane of the rim. This applies to the first few to unfold, if they do not secure work as climbing organs. The leaves which cling to supports catch and digest insects as freely as the leaves devoted entirely to assimilation. The plant soon becomes too top-heavy to stand erect without support ; so, if it fail to find one, it is compelled to lie prostrate. In such a case the apex turns upwards, continues to elongate (making a fresh erect stem, so to speak, some little distance from the first) and search for a support, which the plant may some- times attain its full length (two feet or more) without finding. When this happens, only a short portion of the stem bearing the inflorescence will be found erect at the flowering season. The mature lamina hangs horizontally facing the earth. Posi- tive geotropism seems to be the directing agent ; for, if a stem be bent away from the vertical, the young laminae come to rest normally with relation to the earth, but at an abnormal angle with the petiole, or lamina and petiole together take up an abnormal position with relation to the stem. Mature laminae are fixed in position, relatively to the rest of the plant, notwithstanding that their petioles are flexible. The only response the laminae show to light is a reddening of their more brightly lighted sides. The apparent absence of photo- tropism surprised me not a little, so I made several experiments on plants in pots, but completely failed to detect any movement of any part of the leaf in response to light incidence. The young shoot-tip is strongly positively phototropic. Eound York this species comes into bloom early in August. The inflorescence is a corymb of cincinni. The flowers are pure white and beautiful, even apart from their surroundings ; but when, as often happens, the plants grow amongst fairly dense subscrub on " sand plains " a scene of great beauty presents itself at flowering time. The corymbs are reared a few inches above the supporting bushes, and so well does the dull green background set off the snow-white blossoms, whose beauty is still further enhanced by the glistening tentacles on the leaves below them, that the sight is one never to be forgotten. The flower is strictly ephemeral ; the petals unfold soon after 9 a.m. and close up just before sunset (or about 5 p.m.) never to open again. Smelt from a few inches distance — as far from the flower as the human nose can detect — the odour is faint and mildly pleasant ; but if a strong sniff is taken close to the blossom it is quite disgusting. It recalls some definite compound, but I have not yet succeeded in recollecting what ; there is a suggestion of ammonia, so I have set it down in my table as "aminoid (?)." Soon after the flower opens the anthers dehisce. The valves roll back and each anther becomes a golden fusiform rod, rough d 2 36 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY with sticky pollen. The filaments are inclined outwards almost parallel with the petals, so that the anthers stand well beyond the utmost fringe of the feathery styles in all the plants I have yet examined. Some photographs taken by a friend at South Perth show the anthers within the periphery of the styles. The styles — three split up dichotomously into innumerable branches — form a downy-looking tuft upon the deep green globular ovary. The blossoms unfold, several simultaneously, at intervals of two or three days. The flower is without nectar. Though I have in the aggregate spent many hours among the plants in bloom, I have not yet seen a single flower visited by an insect. I believe, how- ever, that the flower is entomophilous, for which belief I will give reason later on. Flowering is over early in September, and fruits are ripe early in October. Then the aerial part of the plant vanishes as if by magic; what becomes of it I have not yet ascertained. In October 1910 I carefully examined altogether thirty-three plants in three different localities about five miles apart at the angles of an equi- lateral triangle. They had borne between them nine hundred flowers, and produced eighty-three fruits (9-23 %). The highest number of flowers borne by one plant was ninety, and the lowest two. I will now briefly outline the annual life-history of D. stricti- caulis. This species grows in clayey soil where the ground is sopping wet during the growing season. In this it differs from D. macrantha, which usually occurs on sand, but seems quite at home in almost any soil, wet or dry. In the summer months this same ground gets very dry — dust dry, in fact. So the plant is exposed to great extremes of moisture conditions every year of its life. Now, though the ground gets wet soon after the commence- ment of the winter rains (about May), the plant remains beneath the surface till early in August. It first appears as a thick green tuft of leaves closely appressed with tentacles involute (fig. 5). The stem elongates rapidly. It has attained full height (about one foot) and commenced to bloom early in September (fig. 4). Its subsequent history differs but little from that of D. macrantha. The flowers, borne in corymbs of scorpioid cymes, are pink, varying in shade, but usually bright rose. Individually the flowering plant is, I think, more beautiful than D. macrantha, but collectively I have not seen an effect produced by it even approaching the splendour of D. macrantha plants in full bloom. Its surroundings detract from rather than enhance its beauty ; it usually grows under the shelter of "Jam Gum" trees {Acacia acuminata Benth.) in places devoid, or nearly so, of under shrubs. The ephemeral pink blossom opens about 9 a.m. and closes at sunset. It exhales a faint but sweet somewhat lemon-like odour, which becomes stronger in still warm air, but remains pleasing and unaltered in character. The floral structure is closely similar to that of D. macrantha ; but the stamens are erect and the anthers always well within the periphery of the styles ; usually DEOSERA MACRANTHA AND D. STRICTICAULIS 37 they connive and form a cluster in the centre of the blossom. Nectar is wanting. In September, 1910, I saw a flower visited by a "hover-fly." I watched carefully, and saw that the insect was greedily devour- ing pollen. Its legs frequently brushed against the anthers and once plunged in amongst the feathery style-segments. This observation is merely suggestive and not conclusive ; but I believe that hover-flies are the chief, if not the only, pollinators. In 1910 I examined altogether thirty-seven fruiting plants in two localities about five miles apart. They had borne between them four hundred and three flowers, which yielded one hundred and fifty-three fruits (37-96 %). The highest number on any one plant was twenty-nine ; the lowest number was two. The remaining information I can best deal with by taking the two species together. The organs, which, following the Flora Australiensis, I have called basal " scales," appear to be phyllodes — petioles functioning as leaves, for quite frequently a fragmentary lamina with a few tentacles appears at the apex of a "scale." They differ from orthodox phyllodes in one point : they are dorsi- ventrally instead of laterally flattened. I have adhered to the term "scales" in my table, because it has been accepted by systematists, and in a general sense the organs in question certainly are scales. That they are so different (see table) in the two species under discussion is remarkable, because D. Huegelii Endl., D. heterophijlla Lindl., and several other species not# con- sidered closely allied to D. macrantha, have basal scales practically not to be distinguished from those of that species. This being so, the marked difference in this case is strong evidence, it seems to me, in favour of the specific distinctness of D. stricticaulis. The difference seems not due to environment, as a species {D. Neesii Lehm. ?) which grows in very wet soil on the edge of running water has scales precisely like those of D. macrantha. I think the primary function of these scales is protection of the terminal bud during the earliest stages, but they persist during the life of the stem and are greenish ; so doubtless they contribute their small quota to the nutrition of the plant. The colours of the aerial parts of the plants and their rates of growth are related to the time at their disposal. In D. macrantha these parts have a golden or ruddy hue and grow slowly; the plant has ample time. In D. stricticaulis they are green and grow rapidly ; this plant has but a short period of vital activity, scarcely more than half that of its ally. The tentacles of D. macrantha are strong-looking, with deep red stalks, thus differ- ing markedly from those of D. stricticaulis, which are pale-stalked and of a delicate ethereal appearance. The sticky secretion flows more freely from the leaves of the latter species, but I do not know whether it is the more effective as an insect- catcher on that account. I have made no count of the number of insects caught by either species. In both plants in the axil of each leaf there are two organs exactly similar to the leaf except that the petioles are shorter. 38 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY They extend right and left of the primary petiole. These so-called " stipules " arise within the axil, and show no connection with the leaf base, their vascular bundles being independent branches of the cauline bundle which supplies a branch to the main leaf. Finding that short branches frequently occur in the lower axils of I), heteropliyUa, it struck me that the organs under discussion might be the two lowest leaves of suppressed branches. They seem, however, to arise from opposite sides of the same node, whereas normal leaves are alternate. Diligent search has failed to discover a branching D. macrantha : but I have found several specimens of D. stricticaulis with short branches in the lower axils. In these the two doubtful organs remain in their usual position in the axil, and the branch bearing alternate leaves arises between them. I think it most probable that they are axillary leaves sui generis. Their function seems to be to increase the leaf area. They can scarcely be related to the climbing habit of the plant, because they are as well developed in the non-climbing D. stricticaulis as in the climbing D. macrantha, and climbing does not put any of the leaves of the latter out of use as assimi- latory organs. Pollination I cannot adequately deal with at present ; a few notes must suffice. I believe pollinophagous flies are the polli- nators of both species. In 1910 I observed many hover-flies, of the species which I saw visiting D. stricticaulis earlier in the year, busily devouring the pollen of an undetermined Drosera* whose pink flower looks much like that of the last named, though its odour is different, more resembling that of D. macrantha. After watching the flies I concluded that they were efficient polli- nators. These flies visit many garden flowers in search of pollen. Colour and odour seem matters of indifference, so there is reason to believe that the flowers of both the species under consideration would be freely visited should the fly be about. In our garden in 1910 the fly became more plentiful as the season advanced. This seems significant, in view of the fact that D. stricticaulis pro- duced a higher percentage of fruit than the earlier-flowering I), macrantha. In this connection I have some interesting figures. In the locality about two miles east of my home the flowers of D. macrantha examined yielded 3-66 % of fruits (twenty plants, five hundred and seventy-three flowers), and those of D. stricti- caulis 26-95 % (fourteen plants, two hundred and thirty flowers). In the locality three miles west of my home D. macrantha produced 21-48 % of fruits (six plants, two hundred and forty-two flowers), and D. stricticaulis 52-60 % (twenty-three plants, one hundred and seventy-three flowers). Flowering commences in the latter about a fortnight later than in the former place. These facts seem to indicate that later flowering plants stand a better chance of pollination ; but the relative importance of locality and * [A specimen of the plant referred to has been sent to the British Museum. In the dry state it seems to differ little, if at all, from D. stricticaulis, but the seeds are those of I), macrantha. It is probably a hybrid between the two species.— S. M.J DR0SERA MACRANTHA AND D. STRICTICAULIS 39 other factors being unknown to me, I refrain from pressing the point. The feathery styles suggest wind-pollination ; but the pollen is rather scanty and moist, and is not blown from the anthers even by a strong wind. I have frequently wondered why the flower of D. macrantha is white. A possible reason has occurred to me. I judge that of all colours (not even excepting green — though considering its immense importance to plants it is scarcely pertinent to include it in this connection) white may be produced by plants with the minimum of expenditure ; a flimsy aqueous tissue, well aerated, is all that is required, and the petals of our Drosera are of such tissue. A coloured petal must contain, in addition, some colour substance. Now D. macrantha has survived by reason of the strict economy it practises ; its stem is as slender as possible, and its leaves, in addition to their normal function of assimilation, serve as climbing organs. What wonder, then, if equally rigid economy obtains in the flower, the most expensive portion of the plant ? The flowers vary in size and number in accordance with the plant's state of nutrition or vigour. The plan seems to be to produce as large a number of flowers as possible, even at the cost of some loss of attractiveness ; and if the blossom must be ephe- meral, this is, I suppose, the best plan. My census figures show that D. stricticaulis is far more successful than D. macrantha in securing pollination. I have not previously taken a census, but I have yearly noticed that the latter is a " shy seeder," while the former fruits freely. So far as I can judge, 1910 (when my census was taken) was quite an average year with both species. Of the thirty-three D. macrantha plants fourteen (two hundred and ninety-five flowers) produced no fruit whatever, while of thirty-seven D. stricticaulis only five (twenty-four flowers) met with a similar lack of success. In both species the fruits split septicidally into three elliptical flimsy chartaceous black valves, each a boat-shaped dish full of seeds. These valves diverge as far as the persistent shrivelled corolla will allow. In the course of its growth the fruit splits the base of the corolla, so that ample openings are provided for the egress of the tiny seeds. These look like worthless chaffy scales, rather than specks of latent life. They are scattered by the wind. They germinate in about six weeks at the ordinary winter temperature (about 60° R). There is no perceptible swelling. A tiny caulicle emerges and a short root is developed ; then a slender flat arm terminated by a tiny tightly-clenched hand appears ; soon the finger-like tentacles expand, and the baby leaf is ready for work. The cotyledons remain within the seed-case. The young leaves of both species are spathulate, the flat almost linear petiole expanding at its apex into a nearly orbicular lamina. The latter is not peltate with centrally attached petiole as in the adult form. Even in the early stages the seedlings of D. stricticaulis look more green and vigorous than those of I), macrantha. I raised a few seedlings of both in 1907 ; these went to rest at the end of spring, and their pots were left dry till the advent of the 1908 wet season ; 40 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY both then received identical treatment side by side. One plant of D. macrantha quickly made its appearance, and about three months later (early in August) a solitary D. stricticaulis showed above ground. Unfortunately both these plants died during the year (1908). From a series of seedlings of D. stricticaulis found growing wild, I infer that the plant assumes the adult form in the third or fourth year of its life. The aerial plant is pre- viously a rosette of spathulate leaves : the adult form is assumed abruptly. My object in undertaking the work which has supplied material for this paper was chiefly to ascertain whether or not Drosera stricticaulis is entitled to specific rank. I believe I have esta- blished its title, and therefore append a diagnosis; but first I wish to make a few concluding remarks. A careful study of the behaviour of the tentacles should yield some interesting results. While I am not satisfied that contact with non-nitrogenous matter causes reflection, I have so far obtained no evidence that it causes inflection ; clean grains of sand, e.g., placed upon the heads of tentacles cause no movement whatever in all the experiments I have yet made. As to the value of colour to the flower, I have a scrap of evidence that it might be possible by a rather neat experiment to colour a D. macrantha flower pink. The basis of my idea is this : in September, 1907, I found a Drosera with pale pink flowers. It seemed to be a hybrid between my subject species ; the plant, which was a climber, was growing where both supposed parents were plentiful. Its stem was stouter than usual in D. macrantha, and more resembled that of D. stricticaulis. The leaves were roughly intermediate between those of the two "parent" species, but beginning from the base of the stem they alternately more resembled first those of D. macrantha, and then those of its ally. The basal scales were much like those of the first species, and the foliage just below the inflorescence closely approached that of the latter. The flower and ovules were intermediate. Though I have kept a sharp look- out I have not yet found another form like the above. My suggestion is that, by crossing, a pink-flowered form resembling and flowering synchronously with D. macrantha might be obtained. If colour and odour are separately inherited it would then be possible to test the relative value of each in attracting insects. I do not know what odour my supposed hybrid had ; indeed, at the time I found it I had not observed that Drosera flowers possess any scent, so faint and elusive is it. Drosera stricticaulis, sp. nov. Herba caulescens, caule rigido terete piloso-glanduloso internodiis basi abbreviatis ± 3 cm. longo ; cataphyllis linearibus truncatis piloso-glandulosis ; foliis petiolis filiformibus suberectis ad basin caulis + 4 mm., ad apicem 18-25 mm. longis insidentibus concavo-orbicularibus verticalibus ± 5 mm. diametro ; floribus rosaceis ; staminibus erectis ; semini- bus complanatis circularibus vel saltern hippocrepiformibus nigris cum hilis pallidis. — D. macrantha Endl. var. stricticaulis Diels in Engler, Pflanzenreich, Heft 26 (iv. 112), p. 119. DROSERA MACRANTHA AND D. STRICTICAULIS 41 A D. macrantha praecipue differt caule rigido erecto, cataphyllis pilosis nee glabris, seminibus complanatis circularibus nee rectis vel parum curvatis. My description is based upon a study of many specimens. My numbers 719, 720, and 721 in Herbb. Mus. Brit., Melbourne, and Sydney respectively well represent the species. Addendum, April, 1912. The above paper was written early in 1911, and is a record of my observations up to the end of 1910. While further observa- tions have not led me to reverse any opinion I have expressed, they have added a little to my knowledge of the plants. (1) In September last my brother Philip called my attention to some D. macrantha plants with pink blossoms, most of them paler in shade than D. stricticaulis flowers. They were growing in the Talbot district, about twelve miles south-west of York. As nature had thus performed for me an experiment I much wished to make, I made careful arrangements for estimating the relative proportions of pink flowers and white ones (they were growing close together in the same locality) securing pollination ; but owing to an unfortunate accident my labour proved fruitless. D. stricticaulis was plentiful not far away, but apart from its colour I saw no reason for suspecting the pink-flowered D. macrantha to be a hybrid. (2) Through the kindness of Dr. A. Morrison, of Perth, W.A., I have had the privilege of perusing Diels's Memoir on the Droseracecs. The figure therein given of D. macrantha admirably represents the plant as I know it, except that the attitudes of the leaves are not quite life-like. Dr. Diels is under the impression that the leaves, acting as climbing organs, give up assimiiatory work (pp. 15, 35). Such is not the case. In September last I carefully examined all the clinging leaves on twelve plants of D. macrantha, taken at random in several localities : of the one hundred and twenty-five leaves examined one hundred and fifteen contained insect remains. In no case did a plant have all its clinging leaves free from insects ; but in seven cases all such con- tained insect remains. In one instance one of the "axillary pair," which also had caught insects, was acting as climbing organ, the primary leaf being free. I note with satisfaction that Dr. Diels regards the axillary leaf-like organs as secondary leaves, as I came to the same conclusion independently. (3) Horticultural experience inclines me to believe that soil temperature begins to rise about August. It has struck me that this probably accounts for the time of the appearance of D. stricti- caulis. On this point I am making observations, which I hope to make known in due course. I wish to express my indebtedness to Professor W. B. Bot- tomley, who first directed my attention to Droseras, and to Mr. Spencer Moore, whose keen interest, especially in climbing Droseras, has kept alive and strengthened my own. But for these gentlemen the present paper would probably never have 42 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY been written ; and I should have been considerably poorer by the lack of some most instructive botanical experience." Explanation of Plate 523. Figs. 1-3. D. macrantha Endl. 1. Adult plant showing its attach- ment to a supporting stem. 2. Youug plant showing the true scales, the phyllodes or basal scales, and the successive movements of the unfolding leaves and their tentacles. 3. Eipe seeds ( x 6). Figs. 4-6. D. stricticaulis 0. H. Sargent. 4. Adult plant. 5. Young plant at a stage corresponding to that of D. stricticaulis shown in fig. 2. 6. Various forms of the ripe seeds (x 6). Figures nat. size unless otherwise stated. MYCOLOGICAL NOTES.— II.* By W. B. Grove, M.A. Puccinia Caricis. This is the best type to take for a student commencing the study of the Uredinese. If objection is made that it is not sufficiently common everywhere, it may be replied that it can easily be introduced wherever it is wTanted. The following is a record of an experiment to support this contention ; it also serves to throw light upon the question of spore- dispersal. Near Birmingham there is one locality in which this species has existed for the last thirty years ; it appears in great abun- dance without fail every year. The place is a shallow pool in a roadside spinney, filled with Carex yaludosa (acutiformis) and surrounded by a quantity of nettles. On the other side of the road, not more than one hundred yards away, in a similar spinney, is another pool, provided also with Carex and nettles, but here the Puccinia had never been seen in any of its stages, and since the place was visited regularly by a class of students it is apparently certain that the fungus had never occurred there during all these years. One can only surmise that the thick belts of trees and bushes, one on each side of the road, intervening between the pools, had hindered the conveyance of the spores. About three hundred and fifty yards away in the exactly opposite direction is another similar pool, surrounded by abundance of nettles, but having no Carex ; here, also, the Puccinia (of course in its ascidial stage) had never been seen. Let us call these pools A, B and C ; B lies to the west of A, and C to the east ; the trees are so placed that B is open to the west and A to the east, but C is surrounded by trees on all sides. In January of this year (1912) a bundle of about five hundred dead Carex stems and leaves, richly covered with sori, was removed from A and laid down by the edge of B, right in the midst of a part where the dead stems of nettles were abundant. In February a similar bundle was placed about three yards to the west of another bed of nettles, then just showing, also by B. When the spot was visited on April 27th, the nettles round the first bundle were covered with a rich abundance of the aecidium, • See Journ. Bot. 1911, 366. MYC0L0GICAL NOTES 43 which extended in a north-easterly direction to a distance of about three feet, and in other directions less. Near the second bundle no aecidium could be observed ; the nettles round A were thickly covered with it. On this same day (April 27th), a third and similar bundle of last year's Carex was conveyed from A to C and laid amidst a bed of nettles, which at this time were well above ground. The pools were examined again, after a rainy period, on May 27th, when at A and round the first bundle at B, a second crop of aecidia (arising from a second outburst of basidiospores), was seen to be just making its appearance ; on visiting the second bundle at B, a few patches of spermogones and aecidia were visible on the nettles nearest in an easterly direction, about three yards away, but nowhere else. On reaching C, at first sight it seemed as if the experiment had failed; the tall nettle-stems around the bundle showed no signs of aecidia, but on looking underneath it could be seen that a few stems had the leaves affected quite close to the bundle, to a height of about four or five inches only from the ground. In this case the effect of air-currents was hindered both by the trees and by the nettle-stems which grew around in dense array. Since the prevailing winds are westerly, it was obvious that they could not blow the basidio-, aecidio-, or uredo-spores from A to B, and the easterly winds were rendered ineffectual by the belts of trees. The westerly winds could have blown the basidiospores from A to C, but did not do so effectually on account either of the distance or of the surrounding trees. There is another pool, D, about three hundred yards to the south-east of A, having abundance of both Carex and nettles, and densely surrounded by trees. Here nothing has been done, and the nettles this year, as in all previous years, were perfectly devoid of infection. From these facts two inferences can be drawn : (1) That the chief means of distribution of the spores of the Uredineae is the wind, but the efficiency of this agent can be reduced to very narrow limits by other factors, e. g., in the case of B perhaps not one basidiospore in a billion reached a nettle-leaf and germinated successfully ; and (2) That one can introduce P. Caricis into any suitable locality, three things being given — Carex, the common nettle, and a bundle of infested leaves of the former. C. pakidosa is the best, but C. hirta, C. pendula, C. Psetidocyperus, and C. riparia will also do. The month of January appears to be the best time for the operation, which presents this advantage com- pared with some others of like kind, that the two plants affected by it are both common, and that no agriculturist or horticulturist can object to their infection, since both of them are useless or injurious. Phoma pigmentivora Mass. In the Kew Bulletin for 1911 (p. 325, with plate) is a very interesting account of this new fungus, which lives upon the oil of white paint. I have since found the fungus (which I had never seen before) at several 44 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY places where conservatories had been newly painted, and have had it sent to me from other towns. These specimens, after being examined microscopically, were put away in my herbarium. A curious sequel followed. In May the iron bath, in a room about twelve yards away from my study table, was newly painted with, I suppose, the ordinary white bath-enamel. It happens, by good fortune, that the bath is badly made, so that from a portion of the lower surface (about half a square foot in area) the water escapes very slowly. On this surface, and only on this, there appeared at the end of May a number of pinkish or rosy-purple patches, which beneath the microscope were seen to consist of mycelium, and in June these were covered with the pycnidia of the Phoma. The spores must have been carried accidentally to the bath-room, and there found the requisites of growth — warmth, continual moisture, and a newly painted surface. The mycelium grew freely in the paint, and could be scraped off in large quantity. Uromyces Loti Blytt. Since writing the note on this species (Journ. Bot. 1911, p. 367), I have received from Mr. C. Crossland some plants of Lotus angustissimtis (collected in 1907 by Dr. C. C. Vigurs near Newquay, Cornwall), on which the same Uromyces occurred. The teleutopores were, however, in this case less strongly marked with the lines of warts : the difficulty of seeing them may have been partly due to the age of the specimens, since markings of this kind are often best seen on fresh material. But it is no doubt also due to the variability of the species in this respect ; Fischer remarks that he found striped and warted teleutospores in the same sorus. In the spores from L. angustissimus the markings were rather of the nature of short, distinct, irregularly placed lines, while on L. corniculatus they frequently formed long anastomosing ridges, though also some were of the same character as in L. angustissimus. Hemileia Phaji Syd. Sir Frederick Moore has sent me from the Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin, Dublin, some slides of a Uredine on Phajus Wallichii; these were supposed to be the same as Uredo Lynchii Plowr. on exotic Spiranthes at Kew Gardens (British tjred. p. 259), but are seen on examination to be very different. They show every character of a Hemileia, and are no doubt identical with H. Phaji Syd. = Uredo Phaji Eaciborski. Herr H. Sydow informs me that Hemileia Oncidii Griff, et Mau. is a very similar species, and Sir Frederick says he has found a similar Uredine to that which he sent me, on Oncidium varicosum, 0. Forbesii, as well as on Lycaste Skinneri and Epidendrum vitellinum at the same Gardens. These may be the same, or more probably distinct, species : only the uredo stage has been found, and it appears at Glasnevin and elsewhere on freshly imported plants, although it may spread to a small extent under glass in this country. No doubt close examination would show that several Uredines are imported on orchids in this way. In the specimens of H. Phaji, as shown by the slides, the hyphae emerge from the stomata in little fascicles, becoming somewhat clavate upwards, each surmounted by a subglobose and MYCOLOGICAL NOTES 45 strongly echinulate yellow spore. There are about 20-25 in each fascicle. The spores are echinulate all over ; the character which was at first given to the genus, of having one side of the uredo- spore smooth, is now known to be not of universal application. Hemileia Phaji Syd. a, tuft of spores, emerging from a stoma, x 150 ; b, young spore ; c, mature spore, x 500. On comparison with the figure of Uredo Lynchii, given by W. G. Smith in Gard. Chron. 1885, p. 693, f. 154, it will be seen that the spores of that species form pustules which burst the epidermis and belong to some quite different genus, at present unknown. Puccinia Zopfii Winter. This species on Caltha pahistris bears a close outward resemblance to P. Caltha, but is distin- guished essentially by its teleutospores, which are provided with a few, rather distant, minute warts, mostly towards the upper end and rather difficult to see. Moreover, the spores are relatively much broader, more oblong, and not narrowed towards the summit; they are therefore easily seen to be distinct in shape, and have a darker colour and shorter pedicels. Both species have aecidia on the Caltha in May, but it is not known how these differ, if at all. I first detected this Pucci?iia on specimens sent me from Ireland by Mr. J. Adams, but on examination of others preserved in herbaria it is found to have occurred in Wales, Scotland, Shropshire, Yorkshire, and elsewhere; Mr. J. Barns- bottom has kindly examined the specimens in the Herbarium of the British Museum for me. Ascochyta Beassic^: Thum. — This and the two following species were also sent by Mr. J. Adams. Pycnidia epiphyllous, small, black, prominent, very densely crowded on pale whitish-grey spots, which are roundish, oblong, or irregular, and 12-25 cm. in diameter; sporules fusiform, acute at both ends, straight, uniseptate, 15 x 3 [x. On living leaves of cabbage, Antrim, 1906. Darluca genistalis Sacc. Pycnidia about 80/* diam., black, ovate, slightly and obtusely papillate, collected into little dense, tubercular, subhemispherical, erumpent clusters; sporules fusiform, straight, rather obtuse, uniseptate, colourless, 12-15 x 2| p. On sori of Uromyces Anthyllidis, Co. Dublin, September, 1906. Texture of pycnidia parenchymatous, pale grey below, becom- ing dark brown, but still translucent towards the apex ; sporules without any visible terminal appendages. Synchytrium Succis^ De By. et Woron. Galls hypophyllous or a few epiphyllous and on the petioles, brownish-black, minute, 46 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY J-| mm. diam., gregarious, bursting at the summit. Resting- spores broadly ellipsoid, smooth, 50-80 n diam., with a thick, brittle, yellow- brown exospore and granular orange-brown contents. On radical leaves of Scabiosa Succisa, Leixlip Station, Co. Kildare, and Magilligan, Co. Derry, end of July and August. Many of the cells which form the compound gall were filled with the bright yellow resting-spores, several in each cell; a few were found singly elsewhere in the epidermal cells of the host. According to Fischer (Phycomycetes, p. 53) and Schroter, the zoospores are produced from sorus- sporangia on the host plant about August, and enter at once into the epidermal cells of another host plant, either those which become modified to form the walls of the gall, or more rarely elsewhere ; there they form their resting-spores as on the Irish specimens. SWISS NOTES IN 1912. By H. Stuart Thompson, F.L.S. It may be worth while to put on record the finding of various curious forms, hybrids and monstrosities, which I gathered in Switzerland, mostly in the Valais, last summer, which was remarkable as elsewhere for its excessive rainfall and cold. Indeed, the damp weather may account for some of the things observed. First, pale colour forms of a number of flowers were in evidence in various places, though, on the other hand, such a plant as Sedum album was as pink as ever I have seen it, especially on a wall at Praz de Fort, in Val Ferret. Pale por- celain-blue blossoms of Campanula rotund if olio, and of C. Scheuch- zeri were observed in several places, and pure white C. excisa in one of the valleys above Binn, where this very rare species grows. In two valleys it ascends, with intervals, to above 7500 ft., and this Campanula seems to enjoy the borders of rocks and stones by mountain paths more than any other habitat. C. Scheuchzeri is very variable — usually with five corolla segments, it occasionally has eight or ten, and one was found with a bifid segment. Some very large blossoms found at Binn and Riederalp were almost saucer-shaped, and the same thing was noticed in 1911 on the Col de Balme, between Argentiere and Martigny. The hirsute variety of C. Scheuchzeri is not uncommon. C. rotund if olia is often very large and handsome in the Alps, and apt to be easily mistaken for the last species. Above the Trient Glacier, in July, at about 6700 ft., I found an obvious and well-marked hybrid between C. Scheuchzeri and C. rhomboidalis. Other pale forms observed included Cirsium acaule, pink, at Riederfurka (6800 ft.); Carduus nutans, with beautiful pale pink flowers, close to chalets, near Binn ; Lathy r us pratensis, with pale yellow petals, under fir trees, near Riederalp ; and Prunella grandijlora, mauve and white — a fine clump in the Saleinaz Valley. SWISS NOTES 47 The usual colour of this handsome weed is a rich purple, like that of Orchis Morio, and the bracts and calyx are dark madder-red. I never before saw so much of the unicolor (blue or mauve) variety of Linaria alpina, and some of the flowers were pale mauve, with white palate. They were especially fine on the Geisspfad Pass near the Italian frontier, at 7500 ft. Late in August, close to the top of the Eggishorn (9500 ft.), within a few feet of the much frequented path, were many patches of snow- white Androsace glacialis, with very few of the ordinary pale pink blossoms ; the leaves of these little cushions were entirely obliterated by the white flowers. In Langthal, Binn, was a good hybrid, Saxifraga cuneifolia X stellaris, both parents being close at hand in a damp, shady spot. A double Knautia sylvatica was not far off. On the moraine of the Saleinaz Glacier, of the extraordinary vegetation of which I have written an account for the Gardeners' Chronicle, were quantities of Lister a ovata, one of which had a double flower on one pedicel. On the same moraine, and also at Champex and Eiederalp, were monstrous growths of Cerastium triviale with green petals only. On the high ridge above Riederfurka, separating the Great Aletsch Glacier from the Ehone Valley, at about 7300 ft., are numerous pools of water, in several of which are quantities of Sparganium minimum Fries, and Callitriche vemalis var. minima (both kindly determined by Mons. G. Beauverd). There was ice at least half an inch thick on these pools one morning in the middle of August. Near the picturesque village of Ried, wheat, ash, and pear trees, flourish at about 4000 ft. Geranium sanguineum and Melam- pyrum arvense ascend to 4500 ft., the southern grass, Andropogon Ischcemum to about 3500 ft., and Vinca minor reaches 3000 ft. I also found the Andropogon nearly as high in walking up Val d'llliez to Champery. Above Belalp and Riederfurka, Arenaria rubra can be seen at 7500 ft. In descending the Eggishorn by the steep rocks direct to the glacier, at above 7800 ft., I came upon beautiful patches of Gentiana brachyphylla, a foot or more across, with a few mauve blossoms among them. I had not previously observed this colour- form ; but G. verna and especially G. nivalis are not infrequently found with mauve flowers. The colony of G. bavarica, with violet flowers, which I found in June, 1908, and which apparently was the first record for such a colour-form, has extended its area somewhat, and is now found about a mile off in the same part of the Mont Blanc massif, at about 7000 ft. Some of the flowers were a very intense violet, almost black; but I find there is a tendency in drying to revert to the normal blue colour. Near the junction of the Ober Aletsch and the Gross Aletsch Glaciers, at about 6000 ft., I came upon an extraordinary form of Trifolium pratense, with heads more resembling those of T. mari- timum, and with short pale pink corollas. Later, in Herb. Mus. Paris, I saw a very similar plant from the Grenier collection, collected by H. Loret at Gedre in the Pyrenees, in 1860. It was 48 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY numbered "61. Trifolium — nouveau?" Then at Cambridge, in Herb. Babington, I turned to the type specimens of T. pratense y:\v.parviflorum Bab., which Mr. Burkill had found "identical with T. pratense var. micropetahcm Lange." I believe the Paris plant and my own, which was divided among Herb. Boissier, Herb. Brit. Mus., and Herb. Cantab., are the same. In November, 1900, Burkill read a short, interesting paper on " Trifolium pratense var. parviflorum" before the Cambridge Philosophical Soc. (Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. xi. 29).* Finally, the wet weather probably accounted for the following abnormalities : — Bubus saxatilis, runners ten feet long, and root- ing at the nodes, below Binn, at 4700 ft. ; Malacliium aquaticum, with shoots four feet long, on a damp shady bank in Langthal, Binn ; and Fragaria vesca, with four-feet runners, falling over a damp limestone cliff above Bex. In Binnenthal, at the end of August, not a single ripe pod of the very rare Matthiola valesiaca was to be seen, though there were two lingering spikes of the pretty lilac flowers, and plenty of seedlings from last year. POPPY HYBEIDS. By E. Adrian Woodruffe-Peacock, F.L.S. Our common poppies may be roughly arranged from the general average of their stigmatic disc rays in the following order : — Argemone 4, dubium 6, Lecoqii 8, strigosum 8, Bhceas 10, Pryorii 11. Though my notes at present suggest that it is never quite safe to argue from one soil or locality to another, yet at any given place general averages from stigmatic rays can be fully depended on. At a spot which had been freshly prepared for an invasion by throwing sand out of the stream bed early in 1911, 1 found Bhceas and dubium, in the proportion of 8 and 5, growing intermixed on the bank of Cadney Beck. Though poppy seed of all kinds is regularly water-carried, it was not till September that I could detect the presence of strigosum, and then only in the smallest quantity, approximately 1 to 5000. This season (1912) by the first week in July it was there, too, in fair quantity ; roughly in proportion witli the others of 8, 5 and 1. The number of rays in Bhoeas varied from 9 to 14, a range of 6, in 200 flowers taken at random, and averaged a trifling fraction under 10. In dubium the rays varied from 4 to 7, a range of 4, in a hundred flowers, selected in the same manner, and averaged exactly 6. In strigosum the rays varied from 7 to 10, a range of 4, in fifty flowers, practically all that were to be obtained that day, and again averaged almost exactly 8. It is remarkable that though strigosum stands half- way between * [This paper is reprinted in Journ. Bot. 1901, 235, with an additional note. — Ed. Journ. Bot.] POPPY HYBRIDS 49 Bhceas and dubmm in the number of its average rays, it is exactly- like dubmm in its range of variability. This I have observed in other places. This was not the only sign of hybridity I noticed in strigosum. In a series of fifty plants from one spot the capsules will be found to vary much in length. When one approximates, though it never reaches, to the length of dubium, it has always the dubmm in contradistinction to the Bhceas stigmatic rays, both in number and kind. This distinction must be studied in a series of fresh plants to be appreciated. If it is a hybrid (and I know no means of testing hybridity except by analysis, noting the averages of mixed characteristics much as this) it most frequently approxi- mates to the predominant Bhceas in type. On the Beck bank at the same spot Pryorii was also present in fair quantity. Its stigmatic rays varied from 10 to 12, and averaged in thirty plants, not flowers, a trifling fraction over 11. Such a narrow range of variation as 3 is most unusual. Pryorii has a trifling wider range than Bhceas generally. I take it to be an improved energetic variety of the type usually found growing on a slightly richer soil. In one case only, though I looked most carefully, a trifling tinge of purple on the appressed hairs of a strigosum plant suggested that a Pryorii variety had been one of its parents. In considering the hybridity of strigosum, it is as well to remember (1) that it seems only partially fertile, and (2) that other forms approximately like it exist. The late Mr. Beeby recorded in this Journal for 1884 (p. 18) one of mixed characteristics between dubium and Lecoqii. I found another, where the types grew together, on a bank in 1909. This plant had two seeding capsules with 7 rays, and 8 rays on a flowering capsule. Mr. F. A. Lees noted in the Botanical Becord Club Beport for 1877, p. 231 (as P. Argemone var. glabrum) what looks like a hybrid on the Neocomian east of Easen. He described it in fruit from fresh specimens as having stem leaves grey and glaucous beneath when young; mature capsules often quite glabrous ; and, in conversation later to me, as "a dubium like Argemone, without bristles or with only one bristle on the capsule." It was more abundant on the spot than type Arge- mone or Bhceas. In September, 1904, I took specimens, which answered to this description, on a roadside edge where Argemone and dubium were both growing. The seeding heads were practi- cally glabrous, but some had one bristle on them in flower. Since Mr. Eeynolds first wrote to me about finding chelido- nioides (0. Kuntze), of which, pace Mr. Eeynolds (Journ. Bot. 1912, 348), I never saw a specimen, I have tried very many hundreds of plants of Bhceas on old stone heap places and road- side edges ; and on August 22nd last, at Manton on sandy lime- stone on a roadside edge, I took Bhceas with slightly yellow sap, which took time to colour, and with 10 stigmatic rays, but in all other respects quite typical. I should judge that this is his variety hybridised again with the type, or, as I am still inclined Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [February, 1913.] e 50 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY to think, till further evidence comes to hand, (Bhceas X Lecoqii) x Bhceas. The evidence of my notes does not end at this point. From the mid sixties to the later eighties of last century Lecoqii was a garden plant of light, rich soils. It then had the dark orange sap of chelidonium, which took no time to colour. Since it has become more widely distributed on poorer soils, there appears to be a distinct change in the colour of the sap, from the eliclidonioides type to a light yellow, even taking time to become that in typical Lecoqii. No doubt other workers will be able to verify this next season. Finally, P. Lecoqii is now on record for several places in South Lines. 53, where Miss Stow and I have both found it. BRITISH FUMARIA RECORDS. By H. W. Pugsley, B.A. Since the appearance of my Fumaria Supplement last year the examination of British specimens has yielded the following additional records of interest. With the exception of F. occiden- talis and two cases of confirmation of old records, all the forms are new for their respective vice-counties : — F. capreolata (v. Babingtonii). — 58. Cheshire : W. Kirby (Hb. C. Bailey, confirmation of old record). 65. N. W. Yorks : Richmond (Hb. C. Bailey). F. purpurea. — 65. N. W. Yorks : Richmond, Dr. St. Brody (Hb. C. Bailey). F. Bor^ei.— 42. Brecon : near Builth, 1902 (Hb. C. Bailey). 47. Montgomery : Breidden Hills, 1877 (Hb. J. C. Melvill, confir- mation). 64. Mid-west Yorks : Ilkley, 1860 (Hb. Mas. Manchester). F. Bastardi.— 1. W. Cormvall : St. Ives, 1909 (Hb. C. Bailey var. Gussonei). 49. Carnarvon: Llandudno, 1881 (Hb. C.Bailey Y&v.hibemica). 50. Denbigh: near Ruthin, 1895 (Hb. C.Bailey). 87. W. Perth : Tullibardy, Clackmannan, T. Drummond, 1876 (Hb. J. C. Melvill). F. occidentalis. — 1. W. Cornwall : Garden ground, Newlyn, E. G. Varenne, 1881 (Hb. C. Bailey, as F. confusa, the earliest known example). F. micrantha, f. dubia. — 8. S. Wilts : Salisbury, W. M. Rogers, 1876 (Hb. Mus. Manchester). 14. E. Sussex : Battle, E. Cresjngny, 1886 (Hb. C. Bailey). F. parviflora.— 7. N. Wilts : Aldbourn, E. S. Todd, 1912 (Hb. Druce). The occurrence of F. Bastardi var. Gussonei at St. Ives, where very fine and typical specimens were obtained by Mr. Bailey, must be attributed, I think, to accidental introduction with agricultural seeds or roots ; and its presence in Jersey, and that of F. paradoxa and F. neglecta near Penryn, are perhaps due NOTES ON SOUTH-WEST NORFOLK PLANTS 51 to a similar cause. We may, indeed, owe all three plants to early strains of seed potatoes. A friend of the late Dr. Balfs recently informed me that he remembered how Ealfs on one occasion, noticing a well-known Mediterranean plant in a cultivated field near Penzance, elicited by enquiries that the stock of that very crop had been actually brought from the Riviera. NOTES ON SOUTH-WEST NORFOLK PLANTS. By F. C. Newton. The following notes I have collected during the last five or six years while studying the flora of the district surrounding Walton, which is the southern part of Watson's west division. The soil is a chalky boulder clay, varying a great deal in consistency and depth, frequently exposing or only covering by two or three inches the underlying chalk. It is fairly well wooded, and in the south passes into the peculiar "brecklands." There are several commons and a good deal of almost undrained marshland. The result is a rich and varied flora. Three plants called casual aliens in ed. 10 of the London Catalogue occur, though Erigeron canadense can hardly be re- garded as a casual now. The others are Sisymbrium pannonicum and Melilotus indica ; neither have been before recorded for the county. The Sisymbrium was brought from Gressenhall in 1911 by Mr. W. Watson, of Chislehurst, and the Melilotus I found at Saham, and had sent me from Rockland All Saints. The woodland flora is not rich, and many common plants are absent, for instance, Euphorbia amygdaloides. Paris quadrifolia has disappeared from the area during the last twenty-five years. The most interesting plants are : — Geum urbanum L. x rivale. Carex sylvatica Huds. Daphne Laureola L. Melica uniflora Retz. Aceras anthropophora Br. Poa nemoralis L. Habenaria virescens Druce. Osmunda regalis L. Aceras anthropophora occurs in a beech-pine wood in the vicinity of Thetford, rather a surprising locality. The same wood a few years ago contained Ophrys muscifera. The fen areas vary somewhat in type, but are fairly constant in flora. Saham Fen is the only one I have noticed with a marked convexity in surface. I am indebted to Captain C. J. Randolph for permission to examine this fen, and to Lionel Robinson, Esq., of Old Buckenham Hall, for allowing me to examine Old Buckenham Fen, which is similar in type, as is Carbrooke Fen. All three are waterlogged meadow-land, dominated in various parts by Ruscus, Cladium Mariscus, and Schcemcs nigricans. In the wettest parts of Old Buckenham Fen there are also large areas of Iris Pseud- acorus and Carex paniculata. The following list contains all e 2 52 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the distinctive marsh plants I localities : — Thalictrum ffavum L. Ranunculus Flammula L. B. Lingua L. Aquilegia vulgaris L. Nymphaa lutea L. cula Nasturtium-aquati- cum Rendle & Britten. Barbarea vulgaris Ait. < lamine amara L. C. pratensis L. Polit gala vulgar is L. Lychnis Flos-cucuh L. Stelldria aquatica Scop. S. palustris Eetz. S. uliginosa Murr. Hypericum quadrangulum L. lium pratense L. Bhamnus catharticus L. Ononis rcpens L. Lathy rus pratensis L. Spircva Uhnaria L. Gettm ?'U"a/t' L. Potcntilla crccta Hampe. Parnassia palustris L. Ilippuris vulgaris L. Callitriche palustris L. C. stagnalis Scop. Ly thrum Sal i car i a L. Epilobium hirsutum L. .E. parviflorum Schreb. E. palustrc L. Ilydrocotyle .vulgaris L. Apium nodiflorum Eeichb. fil. Sttt?n lati folium L. return Huds. (Knanthe fistulosa L. CZ£. aquatica Poir. tSihuis jldvescens Bernh. Angelica sylvestris L. Peucedanum palustrc Moench. Galium palustre L. G. uliginosum L. riami dioica Sm. F. sambucifolia Mikan. Eupatorium cannabinum L. Pulicarni dyscntcrica Gray. Scnecio aquations Hill. Gnicus palustris Willd. C. pratensis Willd. have yet found in these three Sonchus arvensis L. Lysimaeliia vulgaris L. Zv. Xummularia L. Anagallis tenella Murr. Sainolus Valerandi L. MenyantJies trifoliata L. Myosotis caspitosa Schultz. M. scoipioides L. Scrophularia aquatica L. 8. nodosa L. Veronica scutcllata L. T. Anagallis-aquatica L. Euphrasia officinalis L. Bartsia Odontites Huds. Pedicular is palustris L. P. sylvatica L. Pinguicula vulgaris L. lleutlia longifolia Huds. JM". aquatica L. Lycopus europems L. Stachys palustris L. Polygonum ampliibium L. Bumex Ilydrolapathum Huds. Alnus glutinosa Gaertn. Safoc rcpens L. Listera ovata Br. Epipactis longifolia Rendle & Britten. Orchis morio L. 0. incarnata L. 0. maculata L. Habenaria conopsca Benth. iWs Pseudacorus L. Juncus bufonius L. J. squarrosus L. . J", conglomcratus L. J", subnodulosus Schrank. Luzula mult i flora DC. Typha latifolia L. T. angustifolia L. Sparganium erect um L. Alisma Plantago-aquatica L. Butomus umbellatus L. Triglochin palustre L. Potamogeton natans L. P. hcterophyllus Schreb. Zannichellia palustris L. Eleocharis palustris Eoemer & Schultes. NOTES ON SOUTH-WEST NORFOLK PLANTS 53 Bhjsmus compressus Panz. Eriophorum ang ustifoliumB.oth.. E. latifolium Hoppe. Schcenus nigricans L. Cladium Mariscus Br. Car ex dioica L. C. pulicaris L. C. diandra Schrank. C. panic u lata L. C. leporina L. C. gracilis Curt. C. Goodenowii Gray. C. flacca Schreb. C. panic ea L. C. pendula Huds. C. binervis Sm. Car ex hirta L. 0. Pseudo-cy penis L. C. acutiformis Ehrh. C. in flat a Huds. Phalaris arundinacea L. Alopecurus geniculatus L. Deschampsia ccespitosa Beauv. Phragmites communis L. Molinia coirulea Moench. Catabrosa acpiiatica Beauv. Briza media L. Poa compressa L. Glyceria aquatica Wahlbg. Hordeum nodosum L. Ophioglossum vulgatum L. Equisetum palustre L. E. limosum L. C. yZrtra L. Aquilegia vulgaris now seems to be a frequent Norfolk fen plant. The flowers vary greatly in colour — white, blue or red to nearly chocolate. Habenaria conopsea grows with its roots under water. The flowers are larger but fewer than when it grows in dry localities. Foulden and Seaming Commons, Stow Bedon and Wretham marshland. For these localities I shall only give additional uncommon plants as I have given above a typical flora. They are heath- in contradistinction to meadow-marshes. At Stow Bedon there are many marshy pools amongst sandy hillocks, Foulden is in parts similar, but hillocks are chalk, and bear a characteristic chalk flora : — Eadicula palustris Moench. B. amphibia Druce. Stellaria palustris Betz. Trifolium fragiferum L. Drosera anglica Huds. D. longifolia L. Myriophyllum spicatum L. Apium inundatum Beichb. fil. Cicuta virosa L. Peucedanum palustre L. Achillea Ptarmica L. Utricularia vulgaris L. Hydrocharis Morsus-rana L. Sparganium minimum Fr. Alisma ranunculoides L. Scirpus pauciflorus Lightf. Calamagrostis epigeios Both. C. canescens Druce. Sard us strict a L. Carex pilulifera L. Lastraa Thelypteris Bory. Osmund a regalis L. Hottonia palustris L. The Droseras grow among Hypnum and not in connection with Sphagnum, although that occurs in some quantity in each locality. At Seaming in May, 1912, I collected a monstrous form of Cardamine pratensis, in which, after seeding of the plant, each seed had produced a double flower, without stamens or pistil. Professor F. W. Oliver, to whom the matter was referred, remarked that "such a happening may be rare or even unique, but the latter 54 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY point could only be decided by examination of botanical literature." To this literature I have not access." Sahain Mere adds Bumex maritimus and Ranunculus hede- raccus, the former being usually dwarfed but often two feet high. Scoulton Mere contains, with many of the above, Cicuta virosa, Peucedanum palustrc, Nymphoides peltatum Eendle & Britten, and Calamagrostis canescens. Mr. Arthur Bennett tells me he has a specimen of Lastrcea cristata from Scoulton, dated 1883, but I could not find it there in 1910 or 1911. Senecio palustris has disappeared since it was recorded from here by Smith. This year I obtained Liparis Loeselii from the Wissey basin, a new river system for this plant. In a few places the chalk comes to the surface, notably at Saham, Ashill, and Foulden, and the following chalk species result : — Thalictrum minus L. Gentiana Amarella L. Hippocrcpis comosa L. Spiranthes spiralis Koch. Asperula cynancliica L. Orchis pyramidalis L. Campanula glomerata L. Ophrys apifera Huds. Two of the plants mentioned under woodland species are of course typical chalk plants, Aceras anthropophora and Ophrys muse if era. Trifolium subterraneum and Thymus Chamcedrys occur on the sandy hillocks at Stow Bedon and at one of the Wretham Meres. The former has not previously been recorded for the district. The following list contains the more uncommon of the re- maining plants : — Fumaria parviflora Lam. Medicago minima Desv. Iberis amara L. Melilotus officinalis Lam. Isatis tinctoriah. Prunus Cerasus L. Silcne conica L. Spircea Filipendula L. S. anglica L. Tillcea muscosa L. S. noctiflora L. Sedum Telephium L. Claytonia perfoliata Donn. S. anglicwn Huds. Geranium pyrcnaicum Burrn. fil. Sison Amomum. O, rotundifolium L. Sambucus Ebulus L. G. columbinum L. Anthemis arvensis L. O. lucidum L. A. nobilis L. Genista anglica L. Crepis biennis L. Medicago sylvestris Fries. Hypocharis glabra L. M. fa lea t a L. Campanula rapunculoides L. * [This form, far from being unique or even rare, has frequently attracted the attention of field botanists, and is indeed by no means of uncommon occurrence — we have met with it several times in various places during the last forty years. It is well described by Bromfield in his Flora Vectensis (p. 34, I860), quoted by Masters (Vegetable Teratology, p. 181, 1869), and is mentioned by Syme (Eng. Uot. ed. 3, i. 159). The fact that the equally common "phenomenon " connected with the production of new plants from the leaves attracted special attraction at a meeting of the Linnean Society last year (see Journ. liot. 1911, 238) seems to show that our ecologists have much to learn with regard to our common British plants.— Ed. Journ. Bot.] SUR UN SEDUM NOUVEAU 55 Legousia hybrida Delarbre. Galeopsis speciosa Mill. Anagallis f amino, Mill. Chenopodium rubrum L. Hyoscyamus niger L. Bumex pulcher L. Linaria Elatine Mill. Mercurialis annua L. L. ??wwor Desf. Ornithogalum umbellatum L. Antirrhinum Orontium L. Colchicum autumnale L. Mentha rotunclifolia Huds. i4_p6ra Spica-venti Beauv. ikT. alopecuroides Hull. Bromus secalinus L. Calamintha Nepeta Savi. Agropyron caninum Beauv. C Montana Lam. Lastrcea spinulosa Presl. Stachys arvensis L. L. aristata Rendle & Britten. Galeopsis Ladanum L. Isafo's tinctoria L. Two miles from Westacre on the Lynn roadside. Perhaps not truly wild. Sambucus Ebulus L. Castleacre. Trimmer gives Castle ruins, but this is probably an error for Priory ruins, as there are no plants near the Castle now. Campanula rapunculoides L. Railway bank, Saham, about forty yards from an arch. Perhaps an escape. Mentha alopecuroides Hull, is commonly cultivated here instead of M. spicata L., and is only found as an escape from cultivation. Ornithogalum umbellatum L. In parts of the Brecklands plentifully. Poly gala serpyllacea Weihe. I found a variety approaching vincoides Chodat in a meadow which had been dug for clay at Saham. Mr. Bennett kindly identified it for me, but said it did not correspond exactly with any described form. Helleborus fcetidus L. used to occur at Castle hill, Castleacre (Smith, English Flora). It has disappeared now as a wild plant, but is found in several gardens there, and one observer stated that he had dug a plant up from the Castle hill. SUR UN SEDUM NOUVEAU. Par M. Raymond Hamet. M. Hole, directeur du " Forest Research Institute and College of Dehra Dun," a bien voulu mettre a ma disposition les nom- breuses Crassulacees conservees dans l'important herbier de cet etablissement. Dans ces materiaux j'ai decouvert une curieuse espece nouvelle que je suis heureux de dedier a M. Hole en temoignage de profonde reconnaissance. Sedum Holei Raymond Hamet, sp. nova. Planta annua, steriles caules non edent. Radices fibratae. Caules floriferi gracili- // usculi, basi repentes et ramosi, deinde erecti et simplices raro ramosi, glabri. Folia alterna, sessilia, infra insertionem in calcar producta ; calcar integrum, obtusum ; lamina linearis, marginibus integerrimis, apice obtusa, longior quam latior. Inflorescentia corymbiformis, satis laxa. Pedicelli calyce longiores yel paulo breviores, glabri. Flores satis numerosi. Bracteae foliis similes. Calyx glaber, segmentis 5, infra insertionem in calcar productis ; 56 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY calcar integrum obtusum ; lamina lineari-oblonga, marginibus integerrimis, apice obtusa, longior quam latior. Corolla glabra, calyce longior vel paulo brevior, segmentis 5, tubo longioribus, oblongo-lanceolatis, apice acutiusculis et paulo mucronatis, mucrone petali apicem leviter superante, longioribus quam latioribus. Sta- mina 10, glabra; filamenta late linearia, oppositipetala infra corollas medium inserta ; anther® late reniforme apice obtusae et leviter cuspidatae, superiores petali apicem leviter superantes. Carpella 5, multiovulata, glabra, in stylos quam carpella breviores attenuata. Squamae 5, lineari-subteretes, apice leviter dilatatae et concavae, multo longiores quam latiores. Folliculi 5, multiseminati, erecti, lateribus-internis non gibbosis. Semina obovato-oblonga, testa leviter mamillata nucleum apice levissime superante. Caules rloriferi 11-18-50 cm. longi. Foliorum et bractearum calcar 1-1-20 mm. longum; lamina 4-2-17 mm. longa, 0-65-1-8 mm. lata. Inflorescentia 4-5 cm. longa, 6-9 cm. lata. Pedicelli 4-15 mm. longi. Calycis calcar 0-8-1-2 mm. longum ; lamina 3-6-83 mm. longa, 0-65-1-8 mm. lata. Corollas pars concreta 0-1 mm. longa ; pars libera 4*5-6-1 mm. longa, 1*6-2 mm. lata. Staminum alternipetalorum filamentorum pars concreta 0-1 mm. longa ; pars libera 4-5-3 mm. longa, 0-6-0-8 mm. basi lata, 0-35- 0-5 mm. medio lata. Staminum oppositipetalorum filamentorum pars concreta 1-1-60 mm. longa ; pars libera 3-2-4-6 mm. longa, 0-5-0-55 mm. basi lata, 0-25-0-35 mm. medio lata. Antherae 0-6- 1 mm. longae, 0-6-0-9 mm. latae. Carpellorum pars concreta 1-2- 1-6 mm. longa; pars libera 3-2-4-2 mm. longa. Styli 1-1-1-45 mm. longi. Squamae 1*7-1-8 mm. longae, 0-25-0-3 mm. basi latae, 0-2 mm. medio latae. Semina 0-65 mm. longa, 0*22 mm. lata. E. Kumaun, Chipla, 1888 (Baumtch, n. 7973. Specimen authenticum in herbario Dehra Dun). Obs. — Haec species, quam vis Sedo glaciale Franchet,* S. tenui- folio Franchet,- S. obtusipetalo Franchet* et S. Forresti Ray- mond Hametf valde amnis sit, distinctissima est. A S. glaciah : 1° caulibus floriferis longioribus (11-18-5 cm. et non 2-5-3-5 cm.) ; 2° foliis multo angustioribus ; 3° sepalis lineari- oblongis apice obtusis, et non obovatis, vel obovato-oblongis, apice acutis et leviter cuspidatis, differt. De S. tenuifolio : 1° petalis oblongo-lanceolatis, et non ungui- culatis, ungue sublineari, lamina ovata ; 2° seminibus testa leviter mamillata, et non e rugis in longitudinem dispositis, prominulis, instructa, discrepat. A S.obtusipetalo-. 1° foliis angustioribus; 2° petalis latioribus; 3° staminum oppositipetalorum antheris petali apicem, et non petali medium, paulo superantibus ; 4° squamis multo longioribus quam latioribus, et non yix longioribus quam latioribus distat. A 8. Forresti : 1° foliis linearibus, et non obovato-linearibus vel obovato-oblongis; 2° sepalis lineari-oblongis et non obovato- oblongis ; 3° petalis angustioribus abest. Denique ab his spociebus antheris apice cuspidatis dissidet. * Journ. de Bot. x. 289-90 (1896). f Planta Chinentes Forrestiance, p. 118, lxxv. (1912). 57 WORCESTERSHIRE PLANTS. By R. F. Towndrow. The following plants have not been recorded for the Malvern district of Worcestershire, and those marked with an asterisk are also new to the county. '■■'Fumaria Borcei Jord. var. verna Clavaud. Abundant in an arable field at Welland, April, 1912. Viola sylvestris Kit. forma leucantha G. Beck. Half Key, near Malvern. *Trifolium dubium Sibth. var. pygmceum Soy. Will. Castle- morton Common. '•'Vicia tetrasperma Moench var. tenuissima Fr. Hanley Castle. *V. Gracca L. var. argentea Coss. & Germ. Malvern Wells. Sedumpurpureum Tausch. Welland. This confirms the species as a Worcestershire plant. It is entered, with some doubt, in Amphlett & Rea's Botany of Worcestershire. Caucalis daucoides L. One plant in farmyard, Malvern Wells. ■''Callitriche obtusangula Le Gall. Abundant in ditches on the Common at Gnarlford, F. C. Morgan & B. F. T. '■'■'- Gnaphaliicm uliginosumTLu var. pilulare (Wahlenb.). Malvern Link Common, 1877. Castlemorton, 1912. "Cnicus arvensis x palustris. Castlemorton Common. '■'Hieracmm Pilosella L. var. concinnatum F. J. Hanb. Hill above Little Malvern. *H. serratifrons Almq. var. grandidens Dahlst. Grassy bank, Malvern Wells. ■'H. pinnatifidum Lonnr. var. vivarium Lonnr. Grassy bank, Malvern Wells. *H. sciaphilum Wechtr. var. transient Ley. Grassy bank, Malvern Wells. '■'H. sabaudum L. var. rigens (Jord.). Railway cutting and embankments, Malvern and Bransford. The four last mentioned species have been kindly named by the Rev. E. F. Linton. ■•'Leontodon nudicaule Banks & Soland. var. lasiolcenum Druce. Castlemorton, Barnard's Green, and Malvern Link Commons, and on a hedgebank at the Rhydd. ■L. hispiduni L. A plant which I have observed in Welland and five adjoining parishes is considered by Mr. C. E. Salmon, to whom specimens gathered at Little Malvern were submitted by Mr. A. J. Crosfield, to be the variety glabratus Gren. & Godr. It has the involucre and upper part of scape glabrous. It differs from var. hastile L. by having hairy leaves, though it exactly matches a plant I received from the B. E. C. so labelled. Chenopodium serotinum L. Abundant on a rubbish-heap at Malvern. This plant is placed in the table at the end of Edwin Lees's Bot. of Worcestershire (1867) as having occurred in the Severn District, and at p. xlvii. of that work is included with plants that have but one record each. This record, therefore, is only new for Malvern. 58 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY * Polygonum Hydropiper x Persicaria. One plant only, grow- ing with its presumed parents. Barnard's Green, Malvern. Mercurialis perennis L. var. ovata (Steud.). Malvern Wells. *Juncus effusus L. var. compactus Lej. Hill at Little Malvern. ■Bromus 'icctorum L. One plant only, on railway siding, Mal- vern, 1896. THE NOMENCLATURE OF TABENNA. By H. F. Wernham, B.Sc. Department of Botany, British Museum (Nat. Hist.). The discovery of some new African species of this genus among recent collections sent to the National Herbarium has drawn my attention to the considerable confusion which has arisen in regard to its proper designation. The genus was based on a plant named Cupi in the Hortus Malabar icus, ii. 23 (1678), and Linnaeus named it Chomelia in the first four editions of his Genera Plantarum. In the Species Plantarum (1753, p. 172) the same plant is named Bondeletia asiatica, and the name Chomelia is abandoned. The latter is, therefore, untenable, though several African species have been described by K. Schumann and others under that name. It is properly assigned to Jacquin's Chomelia, a distinct tropical American genus. The next definite reference is by Adanson in 1783 (Fam. des Plantes, ii. 358), where he uses the original name Cupi. The latter, strictly speaking, is thus the earliest name for this genus ; and De Candolle takes it up in the form Cupia, Prodr. iv. 393 (1830). The name Cupi has, however, never been used, and it seems desirable that it should be included in the list of " nomina rejicienda." In this case Tarenna Gaertn. Fruct. i. 139, t. 28 (1788) stands, and this is adopted in Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siph. 497 (1905). Schreber (Genera, n. 1733, 1791) names the genus Webera, and this name has been fairly generally used for the Asiatic species. Gaertner fil., Fruct. iii. 71, figures the fruit and seeds (t. 192) ; the former seems to differ in its erect pentamerous calyx from his father's figure (he. cit. supra) of Tarenna, in which the fruiting calyx comprises four patent lobes. These differences may not, however, be regarded as essential, for there are good reasons for supposing that Gaertner's Tarenna zeylanica and Webera cory inborn \V. are identical. J. Gaertner gives Tarennae as the Cingalese^ name for Tarenna zeylanica; Thwaites, Enum. PI. Zoylan. 158 (1864) gives Tarrana-gass as the native name for Sty locoryne Webera Rich.— i.e., Webera corymbosa W. ; Trimen, Fl. Ceylon, ii, 328, spells the same name Tarana. In any case it seems clear, in view of this association of native names, that J. Gaertner's Tarenna was founded upon a specimen of Webera corymbosa W. ( = Citpi), which is common in the island of Ceylon. IN MEMORY OF JOHN GERARD, S.J. 59 In all the circumstances it will doubtless be generally accept- able to retain the name Tarenna for this genus, and to reject Cupi, although the latter is the correct name if the rules of the Vienna Congress be strictly observed. The first African species were originally described by Bentham in Hook. Niger El. 389-90, under Stylocoryne ( = Stylocoryna), a genus comprised of species subsequently relegated to various genera, chiefly Bandia. IN MBMOEY OF JOHN GERARD, S.J. (1840-1912.) The Rev. John Gerard, S.J., who died at the Jesuit house in Farm Street on the 13th of December, was born in Edinburgh on May 30th, 1840. His father was Colonel Archibald Gerard of the 92nd Highlanders ; his brother, the late General Sir Montagu Gerard, K.C.B., was a distinguished officer of the Indian Army, and to some extent shared Father Gerard's interest in natural history — a few plants collected by him in the Western Himalayas are in the National Herbarium. Curiously unlike the traditional notion of a Jesuit, Father Gerard's association with the Society dated from early youth, as he entered the Jesuit novitiate in 1856. After his philosophical course, at the end of which in 1859 he took his B.A. degree at the London University, he was engaged in teaching and study until his ordination in September 1873 ; after this he was put in charge of the school course at St. Francis Xavier's, Liverpool, and subsequently at Stonyhurst, where he remained until his transference to London in 1893. It was at Stonyhurst that Father Gerard developed the taste for natural history which had interested him from his earliest years ; a notebook, written in a very childish hand, is devoted to phenological observations : " when I first and last saw birds, butterflies, flowers, &c." He went to Stonyhurst at the period when the public schools were devoting much attention to Natural Science. Father Gerard saw in it a powerful means of arousing interest and of encouraging observation, and soon communicated to his pupils — some of whom still speak of the pleasure of a walk with him — his own enthusiasm. The " Preliminary Flora of Stonyhurst," printed in the Stonyhurst Magazine for May, 1886, of which a second edition was published at Clitheroe as a pam- phlet in 1891, was mainly the outcome of these walks, and both, although no name is associated with them as author, are practi- cally Father Gerard's work. He became editor of The Month shortly after his arrival in London, and soon began to publish in its pages the series of papers which have been issued by the Catholic Truth Society in collected form under the title Essays in Un-natural History. At the period when they began, the writings of Grant Allen were greatly in vogue, their author, by dint of a lively imagination and an attractive style, having secured the ear of the pseudo-scientific public. Father Gerard subjected Allen's statements to examination by the light of facts, and had little 60 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY difficulty in showing that these did not support the theories which had been based upon them. This he was able to do in a style hardly less attractive than that of Allen and his followers and allies ; and even those who were opposed to Gerard's attitude and his conclusions admitted that he spoke with a knowledge which was often lacking to those whom he controverted. He was not, as was sometimes assumed, opposed to the theory of evolution in itself, for, as one of his biographers has said, "he never wished to resist any facts solidly established by scientific research"; but he applied to it the phrase familiar to courts of law in his native land, and regarded it as "not proven." Father Gerard's knowledge of British plants was general rather than critical ; he however always noted those of any neigh- bourhood in which he might happen to be, bringing or sending his specimens for comparison and identification to the Depart- ment of Botany, where he was a frequent and always a welcome visitor. In 1900 he was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society and became a frequent attendant at its meetings, often taking part in the discussions thereat; an address given before the Society in 1905 on Arum maculatum — a plant in the life-history of which in relation to insects he took particular interest — will be found in this Journal for 1905 (p. 231) ; other contributions from his pen — mostly in the form of reviews, which wTere always interesting and suggestive — range from 1897 until last year. His most important work was the volume in answer to Haeckel entitled The Old liiddle and the Neioest- Answer, which, originally produced as a six-shilling book, wTent into a sixpenny edition of which 20,000 copies have been printed. Of the other aspects of Father Gerard's work an account (with portrait) will be found in The Month for January, to which we are indebted for some of the facts given above. SHORT NOTES. Polygala Babingtonii, Druce. — In the Journal of Botany, 1912, p. 229, Mr. Arthur Bennett published a note on P. vulgaris var. (jrandiflora Bab. in which he suggests that the Irish plant from Ben Bulben should be called P. vulgaris var. Ballii (Nyman). This raises a curious point in nomenclature. P. Ballii Nyman is a nomen nudum. It is based on a specimen in Ball's Herbarium, presumably the above plant, which Ball had labelled in MS. P. I'/' rifolia, but this name had already been given by Humboldt, Bonpland, and Kunth to a South American species. Nyman's name is not only a nomen nudum, but is invalid according to the " Actes," since it is only quoted in synonymy. But the name var. Ballii had already been given to a variety of P. vulgaris which is common in the Faroes by Dr. C. H. Ostenfeld in Warming's Botany of the Faroes, 71, 1901, which he describes and figures, and which, a specimen he sent me proves, is not identical with the Ben Bulben plant. I have gathered plants SHORT NOTES 61 which may be placed under it at Inchnadamph, Sunderland ; at Ardrahan, Galway ; the Burren, Co. Clare ; and to it may perhaps go Mr. Arthur Bennett's interesting Kentish specimens, to which he refers on p. 230. It also occurs on the limestone at Ben Bulben, and this form has been by more than one botanist mistaken for Babington's plant ; it was such a misnamed specmen which induced my friend Dr. Williams to give it so subordinate a position in his Prodromus. On my first visit to Ben Bulben I only saw this form, as I did not work the cliffs on the western and seaward side of that interesting hill. When on a subsequent occasion I saw the real plant growing on the seaward-facing cliffs, I became convinced that it was a distinct species (perhaps not in a Benthamian sense), and therefore in the Bept. Bot. Exch. Club, 1909, 440, I suggested it should be called P. grandiflora, forgetting that in the Prodromus, 125, 1824, De Candolle had under vulgaris a var. grandiflora which was certainly not our plant. As P. Ballii was a nomen nudum and had as a variety already been described for another plant, I ventured (Bept. Bot. Exch. Club, 1911-12) to name it P. Babingtonu, to connect it with the veteran botanist who first brought it to our notice in the pages of his Manual. — G. Claridge Druce. " Salicornia dolichostachya sp. nov. S. (dolichostachya) colore viridi v. flavo-viridi ; decumbens, flaccida v. subflaccida, saepius ramosissima ; 5-30 cm. alta ; segmentis brevibus vel longis ; spicis longissimis (etiam 8-16 cm. longis), nonnunquam curvatis, brevibus saepe ramis praecipue ad basim, segmenta 15-30 exhibentibus. Differt ab omni alia specie annua quippe qua flores laterales inter se florem terminalem inclusum tenent perennium specierum ad instar." — C. E. Moss in New Phytologist xi. 409 (December, 1912). Scrophularia alata Gilib. in Surrey. — Lately in looking up the genus for a very odd cut-leaved specimen shown me by Mr. C. E. Salmon, I found that a specimen gathered in 1863 by the Mill Pond at Waddon, near Croydon, was the above species. At that date I had named it " aquatica " by Bentham's Handbook. Mr. Salmon tells me he has no record for Surrey. So far as I know, the only addition to the distribution since the Supplement to Top. Botany is one passed over then, i.e., 28. Norfolk W. (Journ. Bot. 1904, 313). — Arthur Bennett. Carex Pseudo-cyperus L. in North Lancashire. — I found this beautiful Carex growing well at two stations in Roudsea Wood, Low Furness, during August last. This is a new record for v.-c. 69. In the boggy shade of the same wood occurs C.paniculata L. var. simplex Gray, which has not been previously recorded for the North Lancashire portion of v.-c. 69. This also applies to G. muricata L., which I gathered on the railway bank a mile south of Ulverston Station. I am indebted to Mr. Arthur Bennett for confirming the name of the three species. — W. H. Pearsall. 62 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY REVIEWS. The Early Naturalists : Their Lives and Work (1530-1789). By L. C. Miall, D.Sc, F.R.S. 8vo, pp. xii. 396. Macmillan. 10s. net. Most of the advance which the study of nature has made during the last four centuries has unquestionably depended mainly upon the substitution of the examination of plants and animals for that of the descriptions of them handed down from ancient times. The recognition of this fact led to an opposite extreme, and not long ago some biologists spoke and wrote as if determined to ignore their predecessors, believing nothing but what they had themselves examined, and thus obviously wasting much effort in repeating observations already made, and narrowly restricting their own possible achievement. We seem now to be seeking the golden mean, and many disciples of the "new biology " are realizing that — though as Dr. Miall truly remarks in his Preface, " the discoveries, even of great men, have often been vitiated by serious mistakes, which have subsequently been corrected by men of far inferior power" — there were great men in the past, and that, if we wish to advance the cause of science, we cannot afford to ignore the history of their labours. We congratulate Dr. Miall upon the thoroughly satisfactory work that he has produced with a view of stimulating a taste for such history. He has, of course, taken the sensible view of " Natural History" as including plants as well as animals, though he owns that his own predilection has led him -to give rather more space to the early entomologists than to others. Unfor- tunately though it is true that " the classics of natural history are not very much studied in our own time," and that " the works of Malpighi, Swammerdam, Ray, Leuwenhoek, and Reaumur are still within the purchasing power of ordinary students," the dictates of fashion have put many of our earlier botanical works in a different category. We are sure that there are scores of students of biology to whom most of the contents of Dr. Miall's book will be new, and we are equally certain that none of them can fail to find his history interesting. The book is full of quaint odds and ends from these fascinating bye-paths of nature-lore, though at the same time it affords a consecutive narrative of the progress of biology during two and a half centuriesx Our main complaint of it is that we want more — some missing names, more personal biography, more direct quotations, and more bibliographical detail; but this would of course mean a much larger book, and perhaps, therefore, a smaller audience. We grudge the few pages of introduction, dealing very slightly with the time before Brunfels ; we grudge the space wasted on headings to paragraphs which might have appeared as marginal insets, and we are inclined to grudge Buffon his thirty concluding pages. References are generally given to reprints and to fuller biographies, but Dr. Miall might easily have added a list of authorities ; neither the account of the MAKERS OF BRITISH BOTANY 63 Arabic herbalists in Randal Alcock's Botanical Names nor Pulteney's Biographical Sketches are as well known as they should be, and we notice the absence of any reference to the reprint of Turner's Names of Herbes by the Editor of this Journal, or to the full life of Gerard prefixed to Dr. Daydon Jackson's reprint of the Catalogus. We are very grateful, however, for what we have ; for such clear guidance as the statement (p. 26) that the five hundred woodcuts of Fuchs's Historia Stirpium " probably surpass in artistic quality any long series of botanical figures that has ever been published," for Dr. Caius's account of British dogs, and for the historical table of botanical terms on p. 349. If Gesner is treated too briefly and Parkinson omitted, we have valuable accounts of Oviedo and Acosta and the American animals which they were among the first to describe ; whilst if Ray, Linnaeus, and the Jussieus are sufficiently well known already, we are glad to hear more of Martin Lister, Robert Hooke, Reaumur, and other lesser lights. That Dr. Miall has spared no pains in his loving research into original authorities is seen by the following amusing mare's- nest (p. 149) :— " Sprengel, Cuvier, Sachs, and perhaps other historians of Botany mention Henshaw as the discoverer of spiral vessels in walnut-wood (1661). The only ground for this statement and, so far as I can find out, the only record of Henshaw's work in botany is this minute of a meeting of the Royal Society (July 31st, 1661) : ' Mr. Henshaw exhibited the spirals of nut-trees, showing that they grow snail-wise ' (Birch, Hist, of Boy. Soc. vol. i. p. 37). These spirals must surely have been hazel-stems strangled by honeysuckle." ___ G g BouLGEK_ Makers of British Botany : a Collection of Biographies by living Botanists. Edited by F. W. Oliver. 8vo, el. Pp. 332, with numerous portraits and other illustrations. Cam- bridge, at the University Press. 1913 [1912] , Price 9s. net. The title of this interesting and attractive volume is some- what misleading : for "British Botany" is generally understood as relating to the flora of our country, and the " makers " of this, so far as investigation of the plants of Britain are concerned, are for the most part conspicuously absent. It is true that Hill, Sir William Hooker, and in a less degree Robert Brown, devoted some attention to our native plants ; that the names of Harvey, Berkeley, and Williamson are associated respectively with the seaweeds, fungi, and fossil plants of Britain ; but the long list of those who have devoted themselves to the investigation of the British flora, from Turner and the herbalists through Ray and Withering to Sir J. E. Smith and C. C. Babington, is unrepre- sented. The biographies selected are of those who may be more accurately described as British makers of Botany, for it is their influence on the science as a whole that forms the subject of the sketches ; and even from this standpoint we miss certain names, 64 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY e.g., that of Bentham— and others which, as Prof. Oliver says in his introduction, we should have expected to find.} The omission of Darwin is explained by reference to the centenary volume published by the same Press, but its absence gives a sense of incompleteness to the book. Had the contents of the volume been limited to the botanists who formed the texts for the ten lectures delivered at University College in 1911, their restriction would have appeared more reasonable, but the addition of others renders it difficult to understand on what principle the selection has been made, though we gladly allow that some of these additions are among the most interesting chapters of the book. The following list from the Introduction indicates both the subjects of the biographies : — "Kobert Morison :::John Eay :,:Nehemiah Grew "Stephen Hales John Hill "Eobert Brown "Sir William Hooker :"Bev. J. S. Henslow John Lindley . "William Griffith . "Arthur Henfrey *W. H. Harvey Eev. M. J. Berkeley Sir Joseph Gilbert . "W. C. Williamson . H. Marshall Ward . book and the order and authorship of the 1620-1683. 1627-1705. 1641-1712. 1677-1761. 1716-1775. 1773-1858. 1785-1865. 1796-1861. 1799-1865. 1810-1845. 1819-1858. 1811-1866. 1803-1889. 1817-1901. 1816-1895. 1854-1905. Prof. Vines. Mrs. Arber. Francis Darwin. T. G. Hill. Prof. Farmer. Prof. Bower. Prof. Henslow. Prof. Keeble. Prof. Lang. Prof. F. W. Oliver. R. LI. Praeger. George Massee. Prof. Bottomley. Dr. Scott. Sir W. Thiselton-Dyer. Prof. Balfour. Prof. Bower. The Edinburgh Professors 1670-1887. f Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker 1817-1911. These names give but an imperfect notion of the contents of the book, for the authors, in many cases, have devoted attention to botanists associated personally or from a literary standpoint with the main subjects of the notices. This is naturally especially the case in the earlier portion ; it was impossible to discuss the work of Morison and Bay without some reference to those who had pre- ceded them in attempting methods of classification, and the influence of Cesalpino, Bauhin, and Jung is recognized. Grew's indebtedness to Hooke, which the former duly acknowledged, is pointed out ; and, to take an example from the later biographies, fuller information (accompanied by a charming portrait) than has hitherto been published is given concerning Henry Witham, " the first Englishman," says Dr. Scott, " to investigate the internal * These were subjects of lectures in the University course. t Sir Joseph Hooker's name is omitted from the list of contents given on p. 2 of the volume. J He also thinks that the absence of "special reference to the work of Priestley, Cavendish and Setiebicr" "will not escape criticism": but what should a Frenchman do dans cette galere? MAKERS OF BRITISH BOTANY 65 structure of fossil plants." These incidental subjects are made accessible by the excellent index, which serves also to call atten- tion to the omission, to which we have already referred, of any reference to most of those to whom we are accustomed to apply the term " British botanists." From a literary standpoint the value of the biographies varies considerably, but it usually attains a high level. Mr. T. G. Hill's account of his namesake contains much that has not hitherto been brought together, and the versatility of the " Knight of the Polar Star " renders the sketch interesting and even amusing. The estimate of John Hill published by Mr. Druce in this Journal for 1908 (p. 8), and arrived at independently by those who have made themselves acquainted with Hill's work, is on the whole maintained. In this biography, however, we find examples of the carelessness in proof-reading which unfortunately disfigures the book, and greatly detracts from the pleasure of reading it. Thus on p. 104 we read of "recent editions of British Flora " — the two last words printed in italics, thus indicating the title of a book, though the footnote shows that the last edition of Babington's Manual and Hayward's Botanist's Pocket Booh are intended. "Neudramini" (p. 107) should of course be Vendramini ; "Lucinu" (p. 89) Lucina; " Theophilous " and "Lord Petn'e" (for Petre) are on pp. 84, 85. " Sir Eobert Kaue" (p. 169), " Sloan, Pet^iver " (together, p. 283), "Hewitt C. Watson" (p. 293), "Magnum Opus " (p. 312), should not occur in a volume printed by the Cambridge University Press and edited by one of our foremost botanists. The name of Mr. " Solby," to whom Griffith " always sent his papers for submission to the Linnean Society " is un- familiar to us, although he belonged to " the distinguished circle of English botanists of his [Griffith's] time.'' Even more serious slips are not absent : who could suppose that by Brown's " Kew lists, which were published under Aiton's name," Prof. Farmer was referring, as we imagine must have been the case, to Aiton's Hortus Kewensis — " well known," indeed, as we are told, " to students of systematic botany," but, one would imagine, un- known even by sight to the writer who thus describes it. If he will consult the Supplement issued with this Journal last December, Prof. Farmer will be able to understand the surprise with which we read his airy reference to a work which embodied the labours of the best British systematists of the time. It is only right to add that Prof. Farmer's account of Brown is by far the best that has appeared — that in the Dictionary of National Biography being, as pointed out in this Journal for 1888, p. 285 (which contains information additional to that given by Prof. Farmer), "little more than a clumsy paraphrase with some added errors" of J. J. Bennett's obituary notice; but we think his references to the National Herbarium, where are pre- served Brown's MSS. and collections, as well as the diary from which he quotes, might have been more definite. Among the notices of more recent botanists that of Marshall Ward, by Sir W. Thiselton-Dyer, reprinted from the Proceedings Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [February, 1913.] f 66 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY of the Koyal Society and accompanied by an excellent portrait, is one of the most attractive. That of Sir Joseph Hooker by Prof. Bower is also very well done, although we demur to the descrip- tion of the Index Keicensis as "the fourth of [his] great syste- matic works." There has always been a tendency to exaggerate Hooker's connection with this important work, for which indeed, as we pointed out in this Journal for 1893 (p. 311), his preface to the Index (in which the name of the actual compiler, Dr. B. D. Jackson, finds no place) is partly responsible. This is in no way intended to depreciate Hooker's share in the book : its inception is due to him, and he read the whole in proof, adding to or revising the geographical distribution (which however is its weakest part) ; but the bulk of the actual work fell to Dr. Jackson's share. Professor Bayley Balfour's account of "The Edinburgh Pro- fessors" from 1670 to 1887 abounds in interesting and little- known information. Much more might be written of so suggestive a volume did space permit ; but enough has been said to show its interest and value. We hope that someone may be found to prepare a com- panion volume, in which the actual " makers of British Botany " shall be adequately recognized. Sylviculture in the Tropics. By A. F. Broun. Pp. xviii, 309. Macmillan & Co. Price 8s. 6d. net. The author, formerly a Forest Officer in India, Ceylon and the Sudan, modestly apologises for the too comprehensive title of his work, he having apparently no personal knowledge of Tropical America and Australia. His book appears to us, however, as far as we have tested it, to be eminently sound and practical, espe- cially, perhaps, in Part i, dealing with the factors influencing the existence of forests, and Part iv, on special measures of mainten- ance and protection. Confessedly much indebted to Schimper, the author has also made good use of more recondite sources of information, such as the reports of various forest departments, and speaks with the unquestionable authority of one who has personally examined into the facts. Considerable lists of trees characterizing various climates, soils and situations are given, the aggravating practice of using vernacular names by themselves being avoided and the scientific names correctly spelt. The result is a very complete picture of tropical forest vegetation, its con- ditions, enemies, and influence upon climate. The soils of India, the distinctive climatic features of the tropical zone, and the effects of grazing, are topics treated with special interest in Part i ; while the tropical forest nursery, with its shadoofs, sakia, and other irrigation methods ; the discussion of the various methods of natural forest-regeneration and of fire-protection and the fixing of shifting soil, are among the more prominent subjects dealt with in the latter part of the book. The clear figures of various useful tools, which should enable any native workman to produce them, and, in fact, the book, as a whole, should prove of real value in any of our tropical colonies. q. g Boulger DIE OFFIZINELLEN PFLANZEN UND DROGEN 67 Die offizinellen Pflanzen unci Drogen. Von Dr. Wilhelm Mitlacher, a.o., Professor fur Pharmakognosie an der Universitat Wien. Carl Fromme. Wien und Leipzig. 1912. 8vo, pp. 1-136. The object of this little brochure is to give some idea of the medicinal plants and drugs that are ■" officinal " in the pharma- copoeias of Europe, Japan, and the United States. The term 11 officinal " employed by Dr. Mitlacher is used in the sense in which "official" is taken in this country. The author began the work with the view of ascertaining the number of medicinal plants that might be profitably cultivated in different countries, but at the request of various botanical teachers and medical friends was led to arrange the material in systematic order, under the families of plants to which the drugs belong. The medicinal plants and plant products of twenty-two pharma- copoeias are included. The arrangement followed is that of Engler and Prantl's Naturlicher Pflanzenfamilien and E. von Wettstein's Handbuch der systematischen Botanih. It is difficult to realise in this country how many plants are official (i.e., authorised) in foreign pharmacopoeias, which in this country are sold only by herbalists, and would here be regarded as officinal ("officina," a workshop). It will readily be understood that the number of plants is considerable, since they belong to one hundred and twenty-eight families. Under each plant brief men- tion is made of the part of the plant employed, its therapeutic uses, and the pharmacopoeias in which it occurs. Anyone interested in medical botany will therefore find this enumeration very useful for reference. But, like most works of the kind, in the first edition there is room for improvement. Thus, the Addendum to the British Pharmacopoeia has been overlooked, and several valuable Indian and Colonial drugs are consequently omitted. Indeed, it is a pity that all pharmacopoeias at present in use are not included. The idea of the work is a novel one, and worthy of further development. A few corrections might be made in a future edition. Thus (p. 25), Butua is a name applied to Chondrodendron tomentosum E. & P., but not to Cissampelos Pareira Linn., and the latter is not identical with Chondodendron platyphyllum Miers. Gynocardia odorata E. Br. is not the source of Chaulmugra oil, which was shown some years ago in the Pharmaceutical Journal (4), xii., p. 596", to be derived from Tarahtogenos Kurzii King. Ferula rubricaulis Boiss. (p. 65) cannot yield Galbanum, since the plant has the odour of Asafeetida. Siam Benzoin (p. 68) has quite recently been determined to be the produce, not of an unknown species, but of Styrax benzoides Craib. Scopolia carniolica Jacquin (p. 71) was spelt Scopola by that botanist ; Mentha canadensis var. piperascens Briq. (p. 81) does not correspond exactly to M. arvensis var. piperascens Holmes, since the former has narrower and more elliptical leaves, and yields much more menthol than the latter. The impression is conveyed in the text (p. 86) that all the 68 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY official Strophanthics seeds contain the same active principles, which is certainly not the case, and S. Kombe Oliv. is not the only species that is used in the preparation of arrow poison. Grindclia robusta Nutt. (p. 94) has been shown by Perredes not to be the species that is used in medicine, which is G. camporum Greene, although of course that species is men- tioned in the present pharmacopoeia. These criticisms show that current English literature has been somewhat neglected, and the hope may be expressed that, by remedying this omission in a future edition, the work may be rendered still more useful to those readers for whom it is intended. E. M. H. TJie Botany of Iceland. Edited by L. Kolderup Eosenvinge and Eug. Warming. Part I. — i. The Marine Algal Vegetation, by Helgi Jonsson. Copenhagen : Erimodt. 1912. 186 pp. 7 figs. It is some four years since the publication of that admirable Danish work The Botany of the Faeroes was completed. The promise then given that the Botany of Iceland should receive a like treatment is now in course of fulfilment. The present part initiates a series of monographs founded upon a thorough investigation of the entire flora of the island. The section here treated is the marine algal vegetation, and represents the outcome of the researches made during some years by the author, Helgi Jonsson. In 1887 Stromfelt published a paper, " Om Algevege- tationen vid Islands Kuster," in which he gathered together all the older records of Icelandic algae, adding to them the results of his own explorations ; his work was mainly systematic. Jonsson, on the other hand, allots but twenty pages to his systematic list, and devotes the rest of the work, nearly one hundred and sixty pages, to an account of the local ecology and distribution of the algae, treating the subject under the following heads : — (1) Life- conditions of the marine algal vegetation, in reference to the nature of the coast and to the ocean, air, and light. (2) Horizontal distribution of the species ; also the components of the flora (with reference to their respective climatic origins). (3) Comparison with neighbouring floral districts. (4) Vertical distribution of the species. (5) Marine algal vegetation, with special reference to growth-associations of various species. (6) Differences in the vegetation in east and south Iceland. (7) Notes on the biology of the algae along the coast of Iceland. The impression left by a perusal of Jonsson's work is that it has been carefully elaborated, and that it will afford much help and instruction to those who are interested in the associations and in the distribution of algae on our own coasts, especially in Scotland and Ireland. A. & E. S. Gepp. 69 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, &c. Professor Darbishire's account of Antarctic Lichens (Lichens of the Sivedish Antarctic Expedition, Stockholm, 1912) is full of interest, both on account of the large number of species recorded by him that have found a lodging on that inhospitable continent and of the questions of distribution, which he has discussed with much care. As the author remarks, " there is apparently no limit to the adverse conditions of cold and exposure which lichens can bear " ; it is only necessary that they should remain for a longer or shorter period without snow. They are able to persist by reason of their power to dry up without thereby being killed ; an important factor in their distribution and the only check to their advance over the rocks is the covering of perpetual snow. Up to the present time the most southerly point at which any plant has been found is 78° south latitude and 162° east longitude, where the lichen Lecanora subfusca was collected by members of Scott's Antarctic Expedition of 1901-1904 at a height of 5000 ft. The distribution of these plants is remarkable. As was to be expected, there is great similarity between the lichens of New Zealand and Subantarctic America and those of the Antarctic Continent, but practically half of the Antarctic plants are common also to the far-away Arctic regions. This accords well with other accounts of lichen distribution, certain identical species occurring on high altitudes over the whole planet, an argument for the great age and fixity of these cosmopolitan plants. Professor Darbishire has divided the territory of the expedition into three districts : Subantarctic America, South Georgia, and the Antarctic. In these, 86 genera of lichens are represented, with 366 species in the first district ; 55 in the second, and in the Antarctic 106, by far the largest number everywhere being crustaceous rock-forms. The hew species are illustrated by photographs. — A. L. S. Intelligence has reached us of the death of Edward Horace Swete, M.D., D.P.H., in his eighty-sixth year. Dr. Swete appears to have passed through his medical curriculum at Bristol, and he became the first Lecturer on Botany in the Bristol Medical School on its institution. At the age of twenty- seven he published the Flora Bristoliensis, which came out in 1854. This was a careful compilation, with excellent introductory matter, and mentioned about eight hundred and ten species as growing within a circle of five miles' radius. Providing the first comprehensive account of the plants known in the vicinity of Bristol, the book had considerable local interest, and so continued for many years until work on modern lines was undertaken by another generation of botanists. It is a curious fact that Dr. Swete's pursuit of botany apparently ended with the issue of his Flora. No further note on the subject is known to have been penned by this author. He left the city, practised for a long period at Worcester, and afterwards at Weston-super-Mare ; filled many public offices, and then lived in retirement in Wiltshire and 70 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY at Seaton, where he died on December 4th and was buried on December 6th.— J. W. W. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on December 19th Mr. Cecil H. Hooper gave an account of "experiments on the pollination of our hardy fruits, with observations on the insect visitors to the blossoms." He stated that strawberries, provided there is wind, set fruit well without insects. Easpberries and loganberries generally set fruit imperfect in shape if insects are excluded. Eed, white, and black currants and gooseberries, owing to the construction of their flowers and pollen (which is glutinous), cannot be pollinated and set their fruit without the visits of insects, more particularly hive and bumble bees. All the previously mentioned plants set fruit perfectly with pollen of the same variety or even of the same flower ; but in the case of the apple, pear, plum, and cherry, this is not always the case, many varieties being self-sterile, and almost all produce more abundant and finer fruit with pollen of another variety. In these trees there is very little transference of pollen by the wind, and even if a self-fertile tree is enclosed in muslin whilst in blossom (there being ample movement of the wind, insects only being excluded), it is the exception for any fruit to set ; it is the same with gooseberries and currants. In trials with apples, only 19 varieties out of 65 proved self-fertile ; in pears, 4 out of 30 ; in plums, 21 out of 41 ; in cherries, 5 out of 12 ; whilst, when cross-pollinated, in three quarters of the trials one or more fruits set on a truss. There seems to be a preference as to pollen, some varieties setting better with pollen of one variety than of that of another ; and some varieties will not set with certain pollen. The knowledge of the usual order of blossoming is useful as a guide for interplanting varieties, so as to choose varieties that flower about the same time for planting together. Out of nearly 3,000 insects observed this spring visiting the blossoms of the various fruit-bushes and trees, 88 per cent, were hive-bees, 5| per cent, bumble and other wild bees, and 6| per cent, flies, ants, beetles, wasps, and other insects ; but the latter group have not fluffy bodies for carrying and transferring pollen, and chiefly amuse themselves eating the pollen, and are not therefore proportion- ately as useful as the hive and wild bees. At the same meeting Dr. Stapf exhibited specimens of wild rice, annual and perennial. He defined " wild rice " as including all spontaneously growing forms of Oryza, which, as far as the structure of their spikelets is concerned, might be considered as conspecific with Oryza sativa, except that their spikelets are readily deciduous when mature. He showed in a map the present extension of rice-cultivation, and traced briefly its history ; whilst another map demonstrated the area of the genus Oryza, with the exclusion of cultivated rice. He then pointed out the main areas of "wild rice," as defined above: — (1) in North Australia ; (2) in India, with extensions to Cambodja and possibly Borneo ; (3) in tropical Africa, from Abyssinia to BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 71 the Niger ; (1) in Senegarabia, and possibly extending to the region of Lake Tchad ; (5) in South America. The " wild rices " of areas 1-3, and possibly some of area 5, are annual, the remainder perennial. He concluded with the suggestion that the domesticated rices are probably polyphyletic, most having originated from the " wild rices " of area 2, and some from those of areas 3 and possibly 5. The results of the International Phytogeographical Excursion in the British Isles which took place in 1911 continue to occupy considerable space in the New Phytologist. In the October issue Dr. C. Schroter contributes " Einige vergleiche Zwischen Britischer und Schweizerrischer vegetation " ; Mr. Druce iu November prints " Additional Floristic Notes " ; and in Decem- ber Dr. Moss has " Eemarks on the Character and Nomenclature of some critical plants noticed in the Excursion." The last paper contains a great deal of interesting and important matter which might have been made more easy of consultation had greater variety of type and spacing been employed ; black type is indeed occasionally introduced, but it is not easy to understand with what significance. We note that Dr. Moss is acting upon his own suggestion (see p. 21) as to the use of ignoring capitals for proper specific names — e.g., Orchis " o'kelleyi " (sic) — in which we hope he will not be followed. His paper includes many notes on Salicornia ; in the course of which he reduces to a variety of S. perennis the plant published by him in this Journal for 1911 (p. 179) as S. lignosa, and creates a new species — S. dolicho- stachya — of which we reprint the diagnosis on p. 61. In the Proceedings of the Dorset Natural History Field Club (vol. xxxiii. 1912) Mr. W. Bowley Barrett publishes " Contributions to a Flora of Portland, with special reference to Limonium recurvum," the plate of which is reproduced from this Journal for 1903. The list of Portland plants has evidently been drawn up with much care, and shows much observation. Glaucium flavum is " much destroyed by ' trippers,' " and Eryngium mariti- mum suffers in like manner ; the great increase of Diplotaxis muralis var. Babingtonii, first observed in 1876, is noted ; other rapidly increasing introductions are Coronopus didymus, Lepidium Draba, and Senecio squalidus, which first appeared in 1902. A few local names, new to us, are given : " Bruise-herb," Glaucium flavum ; " Kiss-me-quick," " Convict-grass " and " Prince of Wales's Feathers," ~Kentranthus ruber; "Sour-dogs," Rumex Acetosa. A new Flora of Shropshire is being prepared under the direction of the Caradoc and Severn Valley Field Club. It will be published by subscription, the price to subscribers being 10s. 6d. The preparation of the work was inaugurated in 1894, but nothing has so far been published. The volume will include ferns, mosses and hepatics, and the introduction will contain notices of former Shropshire botanists, of the physical features of the botanical divisions, of the geology and of the meteorology 72 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY of the county. Communications regarding the Flora should be addressed to Mr. E. S. Cobbold, Church Stretton, Salop. ^YE quote the following from The Standard : — " The Cape Peninsula and other districts in the Western Province of the Cape Colony have long been famous for the beauty and variety of their heaths and wild flowers. In recent years an alarming diminution of these treasures has become apparent, and an Act was passed by the Cape Parliament in 1905 by wdiich it was hoped that a reasonable amount of protection would be ensured. This expectation was not, however, realised, and regulations have been promulgated forbidding the uprooting, sale, and export of green ixia, pijpje, crassula, anemone, and several heaths. A close season is established for five different species of Disa, the beautiful flower which is found scarcely anywhere but on Table Mountain. The uprooting of the Silver- tree is also declared illegal. A stop has likewise been put to the destruction of the beautiful heath which is found in the Caledon district, plucking being prohibited for a term of three years. Coloured prints of all the prohibited varieties of heaths and flow7ers are to be exhibited at the various public offices in the districts concerned, so that the stereotyped excuse that the offenders ■ did not know,' will no longer avail." Mr. John Lane sends us a pretty volume on The Old Gardens of Italy : How to Visit them, by Mrs. Aubrey le Blond (5s.), the modest purpose of which is to guide the traveller to most of these delightful places, leaving it to larger works, of which a full list is appended, " to furnish him with fuller information and more numerous plans." The accounts of the numerous gardens de- scribed are necessarily brief ; a useful feature is the indication of the couditions under which it is possible to visit them, when such permission can be obtained. The attractiveness of the book is greatly enhanced by the very numerous illustrations from photo- graphs taken by the author, who has herself visited all the gardens pictured ; on the other hand, its usefulness is greatly lessened by the absence not only of an index, but of anything in the way of a table of contents. Moreover, the title "Old Gardens of Italy" appears at the head of each page, to the exclusion of any information as to the subject treated; it will thus be seen that no precaution has been neglected to make the volume unconsultable. The success of the International Phytogeographical Excursion through the British Isles in 1911 has led to the projection of a similar excursion in the United States in August and September next. The excursion will begin at Chicago on Aug. 1 and close at New York about Oct. 5 ; Nebraska, Colorado, Utah, California and Arizona will be visited for the investigation of the special features presented by these regions. Particulars may be obtained from Prof. H. C. Cowles, of the University of Chicago. The Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society for 1912 contains (pp. 473-512) an elaborate paper on pollen by Lord Avebury, wmich is accompanied by two excellent plates. ^ 73 HENEY GEOVES. (1855-1912.) (with portrait.) At Mr. Britten's request I have undertaken to write a short memoir of my late brother, feeling that I am in a better position to do so than anyone else could be, having been associated with him in all his botanical work ; but for that very reason, coupled with our close relationship, it is impossible for me to write of him as impartially as perhaps a biographer ought. My brother was born in London on October 15th, 1855. Our father's family came from Gloucestershire, and our mother's — her maiden name was Stewart — from Scotland. Early in 1863, when my brother was seven years old, we removed to God aiming, in Surrey, and for about six years he attended Godalming Grammar School. The Principal of the school, Mr. Peter Churton, who is happily still with us, though a good schoolmaster, had nothing of the dominie about him, being both in and out of school a friend rather than a master to his pupils. He was a good general naturalist, and used to take those of the elder boys who showed any interest in such things for frequent natural history rambles over the beautiful and diversified Lower Greensand and Chalk country with which Godalming is surrounded. He generously provided presses and drying and mounting paper to those who wished to preserve specimens of the plants collected, as well as other natural history apparatus. On several occasions he took my brother and one or two of the other boys away with him on summer holidays, visiting Hayling Island, the Isle of Wight, South Devon, and Cornwall. These excursions gave my brother an opportunity of seeing a great many fresh plants, besides widening his general outlook. He was, I think, Mr. Churton's favourite pupil, and I attribute his rather exceptional powers of observation, and his keen desire to get at the real meaning of any fresh facts or phenomena which presented themselves, to his early training in practical natural history ; and the development of his character was, I feel sure, largely due to Mr. Churton's example and teaching. In 1869 our father died, and our mother was left with three children and very slender means. It was necessary for my brother to begin to earn something, and when we had removed to London, he went, at the age of fourteen, to the office of a stock- broker friend of our parents, where he remained for about ten years. In the very early seventies we made the acquaintance of the family of the late John Edward Sowerby, the botanical draughts- man, who possessed a number of botanical books. I remember we used to borrow the English Botany (ed. 2) a volume at a time, and make drawings and tracings of the plants which we did not know. The Sowerbys also gave us several books, among them Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [March, 1913.] g 74 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Hooker and Arnott, and Babington's Manual. Up to that time I think we had only Withering by which to try and identify plants. We soon began to make excursions in search of specimens to the London commons and other places near at hand. Wandsworth Common was a particularly happy hunting ground for us, in the days before it had been pared down and tidied up so as to conform to municipal ideas of beauty. At that time we were omnivorous collectors, especially delighting in water creatures and keeping several freshwater aquaria. 1874 was an important year with us. Up to that time we knew scarcely any other naturalists, but during the year we made the acquaintance, personally or by correspondence, of quite a number, some of them men of considerable standing. At the commencement of the year we both joined the South London Microscopical and Natural History Club, then a very nourishing association, and my brother soon became acquainted with Dr. Braithwaite, Professor Charles Stewart, and Mr. (now Dr.) Daydon Jackson. Through the medium of the exchange column of Science Gossip we got into correspondence with a number of British botanists, among them Mr. T. B. Blow, my brother's acquaintance with whom ripened into a lifelong friendship. At that time Mr. Blow was one of the most ardent of field botanists, and we were carried away by his enthusiasm to study many critical plants of which we had previously fought shy. To Mr. Blow we were also indebted for the personal acquaintance of one whom we always felt proud to have known, Hewett Cottrell Watson. In October, 1874, in company with Mr. Watson and Mr. Blow, we went for a short excursion in the neighbourhood of Thames Ditton, when Mr. Watson showed us several interesting plants. He invited us to call on him whenever we were in the neighbourhood, and a number of our Saturday afternoon rambles terminated at Thames Ditton. He always made us very welcome, and we owed much to his help and encouragement. I think one reason why he rather took to us was that we were not afraid to disagree with him, and he dearly loved an argument. In 1874, also, we first visited the Botanical Department of the British Museum, and made the acquaintance of Mr. (now Dr.) Carruthers, the late Henry Trimen, and our good friend Mr. Britten. An early correspondent who helped us greatly was the late Andrew Brotherston, of Kelso, to whom we were indebted for specimens of a great many critical plants. We also learnt a great deal from the late Frederick Morgan Webb, an excellent critical botanist who was for some time living close at hand. In 1875, thanks to the help and encouragement of our friend Mr. Bagnall, we commenced the study of the Roses, and my brother's discovery of Rosa hibemica on Barnes Common brought us the acquaintance of another great botanist, John Gilbert Baker. We also got into correspondence with Professor Crepin and M. Deseglise. In 1875-6 we became acquainted with a large number of fresh plants. In company with Mr. Blow my brother had many walks HENRY GROVES 75 in Hertfordshire and the adjoining counties, collecting many of the rarer eastern county plants. One day I remember they set out for Hitchin with the fixed intention of finding Phleum phala- roides, although it had not previously been recorded on that side of the county, and strangely enough before evening they had found the grass in great abundance on the borders of Hertford- shire and Bedfordshire, it being a new record for the latter county. Our summer holidays from 1873 to 1879 were mostly spent at our uncle's near Southampton. This gave us the opportunity of exploring the New Forest and a great portion of the south of Hampshire, with occasional visits to the Isle of Wight. We turned up a number of plants not previously recorded for vice- county 11, and collected many notes for Townsend's Flora of the county, then in course of preparation. Our Hants botanising brought us another lasting friendship, that of the best all-round naturalist we have ever known, Mr. Ernest D. Marquand. Up to 1877 we were quite as keen hunters of the land and freshwater mollusca as of plants. My brother was particularly quick at finding those tiny creatures the Vertigos, and our discovery of V. Moulinsiana as a British species brought him the personal acquaintance of Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys. My brother assisted Mr. Eimmer in the preparation of his Land and Fresh- water Shells of the British Isles. About 1877 we began to study the CharaceaB. Mr. Hiern first suggested the group to us as a profitable field for work, but it was Professor Babington who supplied the principal incentive by kindly presenting us with several important papers on Characese, as well as the first two of Braun's Exsiccatae. We also received much assistance from our esteemed friend Professor Otto Nord- stedt. Our first note on these plants appeared in this Journal in 1878, when we recorded Chara connivens as a British plant. We collected Characese assiduously, and borrowed a large number of specimens for examination from friends and correspondents. In 1879, owing to the death of his principal, my brother left the stockbroking business, and in the interval between this and his employment at Queen Anne's Bounty Office, he spent a good deal of time at the British Museum, making extracts of all he could find relating to the Characeae, our object being in the first place to produce an account of the British species. In 1880, when my brother was twenty-four, we published our little " Eeview of the British Characese," which came out in three instalments in the pages of this Journal. Had we waited a few years longer we should no doubt have avoided some mistakes, but as the greater part of the work and all the drawings were my brother's, I may perhaps be pardoned for saying that on the whole the " Review" was a fairly satisfactory piece of work, and I think did something to stimulate the study of the group in this country. From time to time for many years we published supple- mentary notes giving extensions of distribution, &c, and describing the several fresh species added to the flora, my brother supplying g 2 7G THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the illustrations of the latter. In 1880 Henry revisited Cornwall, meeting the two veterans John Ralfs and William Curnow. In 1881 we launched out in another direction by describ- ing Spartina Tcnvnsendi and Rosa tomentosa var. Woodsiana. I well remember the late Rev. W. W. Newbould shivering at our audacity, evidently thinking it scarcely decent for young men to describe a new British plant without some first rate botanist like the late William Borrer having viewed it in situ to see that it was all right ! In 1882 my brother was placed on the regular staff of Queen Anne's Bounty Office, having for about three years been employed as a supernumerary in the reorganization of the Muniment Depart- ment, where his love of order and a certain fondness for antiquarian research made the work interesting. In later years he was em- ployed in other departments, and at his death was one of the seniors in the Office. In 1883 he made his first acquaintance with mountain plants. We had a glorious fortnight together on the Breadalbane Hills, staying at the sheep farm at the foot of Ben Laoigh. He paid many subsequent visits to Scotland, mostly to the Breadalbanes and Cairngorms, in the latter case staying at Rothiemurchus with our friend the Rev. D. McDougall. He also on several occasions visited the Welsh mountains. In 1881 he became Secretary of the South London Micro- scopical and Natural History Club, and retained that office until the Club was dissolved in 1897. For some years we had been collecting Characeae extensively with a view to issuing fasciculi of the British species, and in 1892 we brought out the first of these, making up fifty sets of thirty numbers. My brother contributed the larger proportion of the specimens. He was a careful and indefatigable collector, particu- larly of the water plants, and paid many visits to the Fen country, the Norfolk Broads, and other districts, in search of them. Our mother, though not a botanist, took the keenest interest in our pursuits, and, as well as our artist sister, helped us greatly in laying out and drying specimens. When there was a big haul of Characeae and hundreds of specimens to be floated out in a limited time, pans and dishes pervaded the house, and all hands turned to the work. In 1892 we both visited Ireland and enjoyed a positive feast of Characeae, first in Wicklow under the guidance of Mr. R. M. Barrington, then on the fine Shannon lakes with the late Mr. H. C. Levinge, afterwards in Galway, and finally at Killarney. The sight of Cham tomentosa and Nitella gracilis growing in quantity, and the finding of N. tenuissima (new to Ireland) in two provinces, were the great botanical delights of this holiday. My brother became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1892, and served on the Council from 1899 to 1902, and again in 1911 to the time of his death. His broad knowledge of financial matters and his general level- headedness rendered him a useful councillor. In this connexion I may quote from a letter written HENRY GROVES 77 to nie after his death by Dr. Scott, the former President : — " I had a great regard for your brother, whose vigorous mind and strong straightforward character made him a most valuable colleague and friend. No one was of more service to the Linnean Society." In 1896 Henry married Miss Bolton, and they had one daughter, now aged fifteen. In 1900 we brought out our second fasciculus of Characea, to which our friend Canon Bullock- Webster contributed a large number of specimens. In 1904 the ninth edition of Babington's Manual was published. Several years before, out of regard for the late Professor, and rather than that such an invaluable book should go out of print, we reluctantly undertook the task of editing it, with the limita- tions explained in the preface. We should gladly have left the work in other hands, as we felt that for some time we had been getting out of touch with British botany generally, besides having too little leisure to do the work as it ought to have been done. However, as no one else seemed to be forthcoming, we did the best we could with it. In my brother's later years other interests to a great extent crowded out botany, and the limited portion of his leisure left for it was devoted almost entirely to the study of the Characeae, especially those of extra-European countries. He prepared many hundreds of slides of these plants for microscopic examina- tion, which represented no small amount of labour, considering the draggled apologies for specimens of which so much of the available material consists. He also made micro-photographs of the membranes of the oospores of a large number of species. In 1907 he became a Trustee of the South London Botanical Institute. Though he could not quite share Mr. Hume's opti- mistic views as to its regenerative mission, he had great hopes for the future usefulness of the Institute. In 1909 he visited the South West of France, and, in company with Canon Webster, explored some of the lakes in the Landes, collecting a large series of specimens of Characeae. This was the only occasion he botanized abroad, his other visits to the Continent being confined to the towns. In 1910 Henry went to Brussels for the International Botanical Congress, acting as one of the delegates of the Linnean Society. He attended the section which dealt with nomenclature, the problems of which had a particular interest for him. He always advocated uniformity of practice, and was in favour of changes where they tended toward ultimate stability, having scant pati- ence with those who opposed them merely on the ground of inconvenience to the existing generation. In this, as in larger matters, he was thoroughly public-spirited and had no sympathy with opportunists, or with those who set their own interests before the good of the community. In 1911 we contributed an account of the Characese to Professor Urban's Symbol® Antillance. This was our most 78 THE JOURNAL OP BOTANY ambitious undertaking as regards foreign Characeae, and we hoped to have followed it up with similar papers on the species of other parts of the world. On the 2nd November, 1912, having just completed his fifty- seventh year, my brother died, after a long and wearisome illness borne with characteristic courage and patience. He was of medium height and strongly built, and until recent years had particularly good health. Our portrait is from a group taken by the late Mr. J. Guardia, and enlarged and adapted for publication by our friend Miss Charlton. At school Henry was fond of athletics, but, like many widows' sons, as very young men we took life rather seriously and spared little time for amusements. Later on my brother took to lawn tennis, which, as well as Badminton, he played up to the com- mencement of his last illness. He was always fond of rowing, and it was partly owing to this that we were attracted to the study of aquatic plants. In his earlier manhood my brother was a keen field botanist, and knew a great many critical species. Of late years he used to say he had forgotten all the British plants, but with a few minutes' examination of a doubtful specimen his knowledge revived, and his judgment was, I think, particularly sound. With the ticket- ing of varieties which has so great an attraction for some botanists he had no sympathy. If he knew a species and the directions in which it varied he was quite satisfied. On the other hand, he was much interested in discovering the causes which had brought about any form or state, and was quick in detecting abnormality in specimens sent for determination. As regards the work done by our botanical "firm," he was always the predominant partner. Though my brother did not produce a large number of finished drawings he was an excellent draughtsman, and was, I think, particularly successful in "erecting" a dried specimen into the semblance of life. His plates of Nitella Nordstedtiana and N. hyalina in this Journal, and that of N. dictyosperma in the Journal of the Linnean Society, are among the best representa- tions of plants of this genus which have been produced. The only non- botanical drawings of his which have been published were the beautiful plate of Vertigo Moidinsiana in the Trans- actions of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society, and the representations of the genus Vertigo in Rimmer's book. Though by no means lacking in a sense of the beautiful, all forms of beauty did not appeal to him. He always put truth first, and a romantic poem or an imaginative painting had no charm for him. He was not a great reader, especially latterly, but had a particularly retentive memory for what he had read. In later life especially, my brother was essentially a man of affairs, one whom it seemed natural to put on committees, to appoint as a trustee, and for his relatives and friends to turn to as a general counsellor. His knowledge of finance and property, his shrewd common sense and insight into human nature, his cool judgment and his ready sympathy eminently fitted him to FURTHER NOTES ON EPILOBIUM HYBRIDS 79 give advice in almost any difficulty, and he spared neither time nor trouble when his help was needed. My brother always took a keen interest in politics. In his young days he was a Liberal, and I remember at our Church Debating Society we were, in point of numbers, always on the losing side, sometimes I think forming a compact minority of two ! About 1886, when the Liberal Party split up, he went with the moderate section, and in later years must be classed as a Conservative. Though in a marked degree he " loved his fellow men," he had little sympathy with the ideals of modern de- mocracy, which to his robust common sense mind appeared crude and unpractical ; while a Socialist was to him either a fanatic, a visionary, or one wTho coveted his neighbour's goods. My brother used thoroughly to enjoy a parliamentary election. All his fight- ing instincts came out on such occasions, and he was an invaluable helper on polling days, his genial, persuasive manner and quick grasp of the personality of the man he had to do with standing him in good stead in bringing up the unwilling voter. He was not a fluent speaker, but was particularly quick in seeing a fallacy in an argument, and was never carried away by the glamour of oratory. Though he was always a member of the Church of England, his religious views were extremely broad. He had a great affection for Westminster Abbey, and for a great many years acted as steward for some of the services there. Of his more intimate personal qualities I cannot speak here ; suffice it to say that even I, who knew him so well, was surprised to discover after his death what a large number of people there were, in many different stations in life, who regarded him with evident affection as well as esteem, showing how widely and profoundly he is missed. J. G. FUETHEE NOTES ON EPILOBIUM HYBEIDS. By E. H. Compton (Botany School, Cambridge). The artificial Epilobium hybrids previously described have been grown on and, for the most part, preserve the characters attributed to them." Since then other artificial hybrids have been cultivated in my garden on a light river-gravel and lias soil at Tewkesbury ; and these can now be described provisionally, for the first time, in two instances, so far as I know, from authentic, experimentally produced fresh specimens. A study of the literature of hybridology in this and other genera, together with an examination of herbarium material, has convinced me that the experimental method is not only not super- fluous as an adjunct to field and herbarium work, but that it is * See Journ. Bot., 1911, p. 158. 80 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY essential to remove the confusion and vague speculation which are so rife in this part of the subject, and which have assisted perhaps more than anything else in bringing the study of plants in the field into disrepute among specialists in other branches of botany. E. adnatum Griseb. f. stenophylla Hausskn. $ xE. hirsutum Linn. 2 • This hybrid (I. c. p. 161) keeps quite constant as regards essential features, but shows a striking amount of variation in vegetative characters, especially among the young spring shoots. Some of these are much more slender than the main stems, and the leaves are narrower, relatively longer, and more deeply toothed : these characters are not permanent, however, and cannot be regarded as indicating bud- sports. E. hirsutum Linn. ? x E. montanum Linn. $ . This cross was made in 1909, and the two plants which resulted have been propagated by division and kept under observation during three summers, 1910-1912. Dried specimens of this and the two following artificially produced hybrids are being distributed through the Botanical Exchange Club. This is perhaps the most remarkable of the Epilobium hybrids which I have grown ; it is quite unlike what would be prophesied to occur from its parentage if the method of intermediates were adopted ; and in fact the herbarium specimens and exsiccata which I have seen labelled E. hirsutum x E. montanum are quite distinct from the experimentally produced hybrid. Hauss- knecht * identifies the plant known as E. purpureum Fries as this hybrid, rejecting the opinions of earlier authorities ; viz., Fries, who had named E. purpureum a plant which Hauss- knecht considers to be E. palustre x E. roseum, in addition to another plant identified as E. hirsutum x E. montanum; and Nyman, who thought E. purpureum was possibly E. montanum x E. tetragonum. The description given by Haussknecht agrees fairly well, so far as it goes, with my artificially produced E. hirsutum $ x E. montanum $ , and it seems probable that his identification of E. purpureum is correct, though there are certain discrepancies. I have not seen specimens of E. purpureum Fries, but I have no hesitation in saying that the large-flowered plants with ovate woolly leaves labelled E. hirsutum x E. mon- tanum, which I have seen in English herbaria, are wrongly identified. My two plants during their first year (1910) showed a remark- able feature which has been repeated in 1911 and 1912 ; this was the production of two kinds of shoots as follows : — (i) The first stems to appear from the rosettes are slender and twiggy, bearing comparatively closely set small lanceolate leaves, 4-5 cm. in length x 1 cm. broad ; these stems branch repeatedly, * Monographic der (rattling Epilobium, Jena, 1884, p. 63. FURTHER NOTES ON EPILOBIUM HYBRIDS 81 and a bushy little plant is produced 20-30 cm. high. The stems with their leaves are almost glabrous, less hairy even than E. montanum of the same height in the same situation. A slight down is present, however, the hairs being all short, non-glandular, and obliquely placed on the stem and on both surfaces and edges of the leaves." The leaves are broadest about half-way along ; they are usually fringed with small forward-directed teeth, but some are almost toothless. (ii) Some of the shoots, usually appearing a little later than the small twiggy ones, grow much more luxuriantly — to a height of 45-60 cm. Their leaves are more distant and much larger, an average good-sized leaf being about 7-9 cm. long x 1*5 cm. broad ; there is a slight tendency to become spathulate, the base of the leaf tapering very gradually and being almost without teeth ; but accurately lanceolate leaves also occur. The stem is often somewhat flexuose, but hard and brittle. The whole shoot is covered with a fine down, somewhat more pronounced than in type (i), consisting of a mixture of erect glandular hairs with a few longer half-erect simple hairs. The general shade of green is also somewhat lighter than in the slender shoots. These two types of shoot are possibly due to slight local differences in nutrition among the crowded rosettes ; but they are of sufficient constancy to merit description. (iii) In 1912 a third type of shoot was produced by two plants. This has the tall stature of type (ii), but differs in having the leaves more markedly ovate, broadest below the middle, and more deeply toothed ; dimensions, 6-7 cm. x 2-2J cm. The clothing of the stems and leaves is somewhat denser, consisting of mixed long simple and short glandular hairs. The most remarkable feature is, however, the relatively superior development of the flowers. (See below.) This type (iii) is specially interesting because, so far as can be seen, it is identical with plants produced by the reciprocal cross, E. montanum 2 X E. hirsutumj , which are flowering this year for the first time ; types (i) and (ii) differ very markedly from the reciprocal cross. It is difficult to account for this at present, for several possibilities are open ; the offspring of the reciprocal crosses may be normally distinct,! and type (iii) may be a bud- sport ; types (i) and (ii) may be atypical and due to special conditions of growth, and so on the other hand may be type (iii). The sharpness of distinction between the three types of shoot is against the theory that they are simply due to ordinary fluctuating variation. In any case, the phenomenon should be a warning against too hasty conclusions that reciprocal crosses give dif- ferent results. One of the most curious features of this hybrid relates to the * Cf. E. adnatum f. stenophylla $ x E. hirsutwn 2 • Compton, I. c. p. 161. t Cf. H. de Vries, " Ueber doppeltreziproke Bastarde von (Enothera biennis und (E. muricata" Biol. Centralbl. xxxi. p. 97, 1911; W. N.Jones, " Species Hybrids of Digitalis" Journ. of Genetics, ii. p. 71, 1912, (fee. 82 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY flowers. In shoots of types (i) and (ii) the buds remain extremely short and slender, large examples not exceeding 8 mm. in total length. There is no distinguishable pedicel, and the calyx is only about 1J mm. long. When examined the bud is found to contain four very small membranous bilobed petals, eight almost com- pletely aborted stamens with minute anthers, and a brown shrivelled style with four short appressed stigmas. The buds never open, but turn brown, dry up, and fall off at a touch. The whole structure is very inconspicuous, not usually exceeding half the length of its subtending bract. During 1910-1911 only flowers of this kind were produced; but in 1912 the shoots of the new type (iii) bore flowers of a different appearance, and so did the offspring of the reciprocal cross. These flowers are much larger, though still not nearly so large as those of either parent ; they just surpass the bract in length, some attaining 20 mm. The ovary is green and covered with a glandular down, and the calyx is 3-4 mm. long. The majority of the flowers do not open, but occasionally a flower protrudes from papillose stigmas which spread out at the tip of the bud, no other floral parts being exposed. Attempts to fertilise such flowers were made, and a few seeds were produced by the reciprocal hybrid when pollinated from E. hirsutum. The production of these flowers on shoots of type (iii) is a marked decrease in the degree of sterility, a phenomenon which has frequently been mentioned in the literature." Whether this process will go further in later years cannot be guessed. The summer shoots die down in the autumn, leaving basal rosettes, which are small and compact, with ovate, slightly fleshy, glabrous, untoothed leaves, closely resembling the rosettes of E. montanum : there is scarcely any suggestion of the production of the elongated runners of E. hirsutum. \ The hybrids are, like the parents, susceptible to Puccinia pulverulenta. The points in which Haussknecht's E. purpureum differs are as follows: (a) The capsule is described as 3-4 cm. long on a pedicel of 5-6 mm. ; no such development has ever been observed on my plants, but it would be unwise to prophesy that it never will occur, (b) The stem is said to be " stielrund oder stumpfkantig durch den eine Strecke weit auslaufenden, eine flache Furche verursachenden Mittelnerv der Blatter " ; no furrow has been noticed in my artificial hybrid. On other points the description of E. purpureum agrees with my plants, especially with shoots of type (iii). E. montanum Linn. $ x E. parviflorum Schreb. $ . The cross was made in 1911, and I had fourteen plants flowering and forming good capsules in 1912 ; all were uniform, * Cf. R. Wettstein, " Ueber sprungweise Zunahme der Fertilitat bei Bastarden." Wiesner Festschrift, p. 368, 1908. f Cf. E. adnatum f. stcnophyllag xE. hirsutum J . Compton, I.e. p. 161. Also E. hirsutum^ x E. parviflorum £ (below). FURTHER NOTES ON EPILOBIUM HYBRIDS 83 except for slight differences in the shade of the petals, some being lighter, some darker rose, the darker coloured flowers being borne on plants of slightly darker foliage ; a similar variation being also met with in E. montanum. The rosette leaves are oblong-ovate, obtuse, some being relatively shorter and approaching those of E. montanum : the ones formed in the autumn are glabrous and shining, the spring leaves being hairy. The plants grow to about 90 cm. high ; they are copiously branched and flower profusely. The stem is terete ; where it is slightly decumbent adventitious roots are produced. The leaves are ovate-lanceolate, mostly opposite and connate, rounded at the base, but not at all cordate and not so broad as in typical E. montanum ; the large leaves towards the base of the stem are 8-9 cm. long x 3^-4 cm. broad, broadest at one-third of their length from the base ; the upper leaves are of a similar shape but smaller. The leaves are toothed, not so deeply as in E. montanum, but much more than in E. parviflorum. The general aspect of the plant is a dull light green, owing to the dense short down with which it is clothed. At the base this consists of simple hairs, larger than those of E. montanum, shorter than those of E. parviflorum ; in the inflorescence there are many glandular hairs mixed with the simple ones, and the latter are set obliquely or appressed. Leaves and stem are alike in this character, which is, on the whole, similar to E. parviflorum. The flower-bud is 3| mm. long x 2 mm. in diameter, oval, scarcely apiculate, with glandular and simple hairs, in general appearance most like that of E. parviflorum; the pedicel is 5 mm. long ; the ovary 2|-3 cm. long, square, furrowed, with much oblique simple and glandular down. The calyx is divided to two-thirds of its length, the segments slightly incurved (cf. E. parviflorum). The petals are elliptical (as in E. parviflorum), of the same length as in E. montanum but broader, notched. The anthers produce good pollen. There are four stigmas which spread out, but do not roll back. The capsule is 6-7 cm. long on a pedicel of 2 cm., and contains a few good seeds, but most of the ovules are abortive. Haussknecht (I. c. p. 79) gives a description of this hybrid, which he himself produced experimentally, both reciprocal crosses being made and the offspring being found identical : " wenigstens fiihle ich mich nicht in Stande, die unbedeutenden Nuancen durch Worte auszudriicken " (I. c. p. 27). The description he gives accords well with my own plants. The ~F± may therefore be considered a well-known hybrid. It is probably also a frequently occurring plant, for Haussknecht gives many records, and since the Eev. E. S. Marshall turned his attention to Epilobia in Britain :|: several specimens have been recorded as this hybrid. Since the J?x appears to be fertile to some extent, it is to be expected that F2 will show a large number of varieties ; the analysis of this generation promises to be an interesting piece * Journ. Bot. 1889, p. 143 ; 1890, p. 2, &c. 84 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY of work this summer, as it may be possible to isolate unit- characters — a result which would immensely simplify the task of classifying such a " variable hybrid " as the present. E. hirsutum Linn. ? x E. parviflorum Schreb. $ . The cross was made in 1911, and F1, consisting of three plants, was growing in 1912. As is to be expected, this hybrid has been reported frequently, the parents growing together very commonly and intermediates occurring with them. But as E. hirsutum and E. parviflorum are exceedingly variable species according to conditions of life, and as some of their forms closely resemble one another in certain particulars {e.g., hairiness, shape of leaf, terete stem), the determination of a supposed hybrid is a matter of special difficulty. Moreover, as some of the ovules are appar- ently fertile, we have to consider not only 'F1, but subsequent generations — a fact which may account for the reputed variability of this hybrid (apart from growth-forms). Haussknecht's description (/. c. p. 64) of this hybrid was made apparently from wild specimens so identified ; it accords so well in essential points with experimentally produced plants that it may be taken as correct. The colour of the flower is stated to be somewhat lighter than that of the common form of E. hirsutum ; I find, however, that the two flowers are indistinguishable in colour. The most important features of the F1 may be subjoined : — (a) The anthers are completely contabescent ; the capsules are of a good size (5-6 cm. long), and contain a few good seeds through cross-fertilisation, though the great majority of the ovules abort. (b) There are no long runners such as E. hirsutum produces. (c) The clothing is of the type of E. parviflorum; i.e., the plant is thickly beset with long simple hairs below, and with a mixture of long simple and short glandular hairs in the region of the inflorescence. E. hirsutum has the admixture of glandular hairs throughout. (d) The flower is smaller than that of well-grown E. hirsutum, much larger than that of E. parviflorum, purple. (But many forms of E. hirsutum with smaller flowers occur.) (e) The leaves are not so prominently toothed as in E. hirsutum, but much more so than in E. parviflorum. They are connate at the base but not decurrent. Thus most of its characters are shared with E. parviflorum, and the only critical features are the size and colour of the flower, the intermediate toothing of the leaves, the emptiness of the anthers, and the semi-sterile ovules. I hope to study the off- spring of the crosses 'F1xE. hirsuUnn and F ± x E . parviflorum as well as some others this summer. Some interesting points of comparison may be made between this hybrid and E. adnatum i. stenophylla $ x E. hirsutum 2 . In the former purple flower colour is dominant over rose ; in PARNASSIA PALUSTRIS VAB. CONDEN8ATA 85 the latter rose is dominant over purple. In the former the Fx flowers are intermediate in size ; in the latter small flowers are dominant. In both cases long runners are recessive. The varying degrees of sterility in these Epilobium hybrids offer an interesting field for study, and cytological investigations are already in progress. PAENASSIA PALUSTEIS var. CONDENSATA. By J. A. Whbldon, F.L.S., and W. G. Travis. As our previous paper (Journ. Bot. 1912, 254), describing the above-mentioned variety, has elicited some interesting comments and criticisms, it seems desirable to supplement it by the following notes, in which one or two points raised by correspondents can be dealt with, and further information given as to the ecology of the plant, its variability, and so forth. Several correspondents have pointed out the occurrence of exceptions to the characters we attributed to the type and variety when contrasting them. We should have stated in our original description (loc. cit. p. 256) that the characters, proportions, &c, there cited are average ones, such as are found in typical well- grown examples. For instance, as regards the number of scapes, we quote one to three for the type, and four to twenty for the variety. We do not deny that the type has occasionally more scapes, but this is exceptional. Young plants of the variety in their early flowering period, or starved plants, may frequently be found with a single scape. On the other hand, very luxuriant examples have been seen bearing as many as forty scapes, but these also are exceptional, and correspond to examples of the type which bear a few more scapes than usual. The habitat of the plant in the Lancashire dunes is very variable in character ; and in response to local modifications of its environment the plant undoubtedly exhibits in certain respects a not inconsiderable range of variation. But however extreme these variations may be, they never obliterate, although they may weaken, some of the characteristic features of the variety. In no instance, however, have we seen the typical Parnassia palustris of the upland moorland districts either amongst the dunes or in their immediate vicinity. It may be of interest here to discuss more fully some of the modifications to which the dune variety is subject, and point out, as far as we can, their causes. The " slacks," or wet hollows among the dunes, in which the plant grows, vary considerably in their edaphic and other ecological conditions, the controlling factor being the amount of moisture present. The most favourable situations for Parnassia appear to be among the spongy moss-cushions and low herbage in slacks w7here there is a liberal and fairly regular supply of water, and where the soil, to a depth of several inches, consists of sand with a large admixture of humus, due to the decay of 86 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY mosses and other plants. Under these conditions the variety occurs as a moderately tall, thickly tufted plant, bearing a large number of flowers. In less favourable slacks, where the degree of moisture is slight and fluctuating, and the layer of decayed vegetation is consequently thin and scanty, such plants of Pamassia as occur are squat in habit, with fewer flowering stems, but the flowers are often remarkably large. The older slacks containing dense herbage, and especially those yielding thickets of Salix repens, supply other ecological conditions wrhich modify the habit of the Pamassia. The plants here become " drawn up," being usually taller, having longer leaf -petioles, and the bract placed higher on the scapes. As the " drawing up " effect, of course, acts uniformly on both scapes and petioles, the leaves and bract maintain their relative positions, and do not become separated by a considerable interval, such as usually occurs in elongate specimens of the typical plant of the uplands. The variety is therefore still readily distinguishable, though its normal facies is slightly altered. The size of the flowers, again, a feature wmich strikes the casual observer at once, has been remarked to be inconstant. The flowers do, as a matter of fact, vary a good deal in size, both under normal and abnormal conditions. Normally, the first flowers to open are always large, and they may continue to be so until a dozen or more have opened ; by this time the earliest ones will have been fertilized, and the fruit will have commenced to develop. As the fruit ripens and becomes elevated above the younger flowers, the latter begin to show signs of diminution in size, accompanied by a reduction in the thickness of the scapes ; and the plant ultimately becomes so exhausted that the latest blooms may be as small as in typical P. palustris. A similar de- crease in the size of the flowers occurs naturally in many other plants in which the flowering period is protracted, and continues simultaneously with the formation of fruit. It is well exemplified in several varieties or subspecies of Pansies. More abnormally, the flowers may be reduced in size by starvation, due to lack of nourishment. Sometimes the seeds germinate where the soil is little but loose sand. Or the plant may commence luxuriant growth in an inundated slack, and throw up many steins. A period of drought supervening while the flower-buds are still very young may dry up the slack, and leave the plant with an inadequate supply of moisture. The more stems the plant has, the less now is the prospect of its flowers attaining their normal size and beauty. We have seen plants when left thus in an exceptionally precarious situation with flowers about half the usual size, and of a sickly greenish-white colour, very different in appearance from the usual handsome w7hite blossoms. Even then, the stout rigid stems, much divided crowns, and squat foliage, wrould be sufficient to indicate the sand-dune variety to anyone familiar with the plant. That the var. condensata should so well maintain its indi- PARNASSIA PALUSTRIS VAR. CONDENSATA 87 Fig. la and lb, Parnassia palustris (type). Reduced. Fig. 2a and 2b, var. condensata, Travis & Wheldon. About half natural size. The figures are drawn from dried specimens, and do not show the underground part of the plants quite accurately. 88 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY viduality under the very variable ecological conditions of the dunes indicates the attainment of a high degree of fixity of character. Notwithstanding the variations pointed out, we are still of opinion that on the dunes its diagnostic characters are never so obliterated as to render it unrecognisable. When the conditions of growth are normal, the plants may be seen growing in hundreds, and showing little or no variability. Mr. Melvill suggests the desirability of cultural experiments in order to test its permanence and its status. As to its permanence under its proper environment, wye adduced evidence in our previous paper of the long existence of the plant in its present form. The cultivation of all new varieties for several years before being described is, however, a counsel of perfection which has not always been observed in the past, and will probably never in the future become a universal rule. Such a proceeding would, perhaps, be most necessary where a few odd plants showing variation occurred amongst a crowd of normal ones. The var. condensate,, to our personal knowledge, occurs in a long tract of country extending into three counties, and in no instance have we seen it assume the appearance of the type. It is not an easy plant to cultivate, but one of us has succeeded in getting it to seed in a plant-pot filled with sphagnum, standing in a dish constantly supplied wTith water. It did not thrive well, and never seemed really healthy, probably because of the absence of mineral salts. The flowers were small, but otherwise it retained the habit of var. condensata. Our plant came under the observation of the botanists taking part in the International Phytogeographical Excursion, and we have learned since putting together our previous notes that Prof. Graebner, impressed by its distinct appearance, took examples to grow in his Berlin garden. According to Mr. Druce, in the New Phyto- logist, up to date it had maintained its characteristic features. All these points afford strong presumptive evidence of its permanency. The question of its status raises a very debatable subject indeed, on which each individual botanist may be expected to have diverse opinions. If we grant the existence of plants somewhat intermediate between the variety and the type, it will hardly be contended in these days that the existence of sucli connecting links extinguishes the claim of the former to varietal rank. If this were so, very few varieties at present widely accepted would stand the test. Mere erratic abnormalities and accidental pathological states have, even in recent times, been accepted as good varieties by eminent botanists. P.palustris var. condensata does not belong to that category. We regard it as a descendant of the typical plant, wmich became isolated in its present situation as thoroughly as if on an island, where it has undergone modification by the combined influences of the peculiar ecological conditions of the dunes, the mild climate, and constant inbreeding, until its divergences from the ordinary plant have become sufficiently marked and fixed as to render it recognisable as a variety. SAGINA SCOTICA 89 We have seen the effects of a boreal climate in specimens from sands at Spiggie, Dunrossness, Shetland (W. H. Beeby), kindly lent to us by Mr. A. Bennett. These are very small plants with short scapes, small flowers, and microphylline foliage, the petioles being very elongate, and the bracts dis- tinctly elevated above the leaves. The effect of a milder climate is seen in the luxuriant foliage and larger flowers of our variety, but any tendency to tall growth is severely checked by lack of shelter and exposure to strong winds. To this may probably be attributed the stoutness, great relatively, of the scapes and petioles. In attempting to gauge the influences which have determined the production of the var. condensata, its prolonged vegetative and flowering period, as compared with that of boreal and upland forms, must not be overlooked. Odd plants have been seen in flower by the second week of June, but the bulk of the blossoms are seen in July, and the latest ones may be found in open seasons towards the middle of October. Mr. Bennett has shown us examples of the var. condensata from Largo Links, Fife, which were collected by Syme, and Mr. Druce has gathered it also on the Forfar coast, and at Whitepark Bay, Co. Antrim, thus considerably extending its range. We have seen no Continental examples, but Dr. Moss, in the New Phytologist, xi. 404 (Dec. 1912), says he has seen what he believes to be the same form in similar situations in Brittany ; and he understands from Dr. Ostenfeld that it occurs in Denmark. We may add that a good supply of specimens has been distributed through the Botanical Exchange Club, and that a plate figuring both type and variety will be found in the Lanca- shire Naturalist for August, 1912, which by the kindness of the editor we are enabled to reproduce. SAGINA SCOTICA Deuce.* By G. Claeidge Druce, M.A., F.L.S. While ascending Ben Lawers on the hot sunny day of August 17th, 1911, with the members of the International Phyto- geographical Excursion, this interesting Sagina attracted my attention ; it seemed to me a new Sagina, which had somewhat the appearance of a petaloid pentamerous procumbens. As we proceeded up the hill the attention of the other botanists was directed to it, and it was observed in plenty over a range of from 1200 to 3500 ft. The consensus of opinion was against its being procumbens, but Dr. Ostenfeld, whose critical acumen carries great weight, suggested that it was a hybrid of procumbens with saginoides ; Dr. Graebner, on the other hand, thought it was a distinct species and perhaps a form of glabra. I may say that, although I know Ben Lawers very well — this being my twenty- * In Eeport Bot. Exchange Club for 1911, 14 (1912). Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [March, 1913.] h 90 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY first ascent— I had never been on the hill so late in the year, nor on such a sunny day. Little time was at my disposal for any- thing like a thorough study of the plant, but from the descriptions in the European Floras and from comparison with a Tyrolean specimen labelled qlabra by Huter, I recorded it as S. glabra var. scotica in New Phyt. 1911, 310. Subsequently Prof. Schroeter sent me a specimen of the true S. glabra from Switzerland, which proved that our plant could not come under that species ; nor could I fall in with the views of Dr. Ostenfeld as to its hybrid origin, as I failed to find evidences of the presence of saginoides, and moreover the plant is fertile and widely spread. There is more to be said for the view taken by him later, when in New Phyt. 1912, 117, he gave reasons for identifying it with the S. nedia Briigg = S. procumbens x saginoides. Meanwhile the plant had been cultivated in the Berlin Botani- cal Garden, and in July of last year Dr. Graebner wrote to me saying that " the Ben Lawers Sag ina grows well and develops ripe fruits ; I mean it is right to take it as a species, it is very characteristical, and it cannot be a hybrid." In answer to certain points I raised, he wrote: "It is impossible that S. scotica is a hybrid ; we cultivate it with S. saxatilis (saginoides), but I cannot find anything of this plant in scotica ; it is without doubt near procumbens, but a quite different plant. It has had good fruits." In cultivation it certainly becomes nearer procumbens, and this was the opinion arrived at by Mr. F. M. Webb, the Curator of the Edinburgh Gardens, whose specimens, I believe from Craig Cail- leach, were first labelled as saxatilis or Linncei; afterwards he said he felt inclined to name them procumbens : this latter view was my own first impression, and has been pertinently suggested by Dr. Moss (New Phyt. 1912, 402). On the other hand, there are specimens in Babington's herbarium which he first named procumbens and then altered to S. saxatilis. In our British Floras — e. g., Syme's English Botany, Hooker's Student's Flora, and Babington's Manual — references are made to p>rocumbens being occasionally pentamerous, but even Syme says that the longer petals (" half as long as calyx ") of saxatilis distin- guish it. In scotica the petals are more than half as long and are usually as long and occasionally longer than the sepals, and although my experience is not wide enough to say if it is a characteristic point, yet I find on my specimens that the sepals do not spread from the capsule as in procumbens. The peduncles, too, are longer, and the leaves relatively longer and more attenuated than in procumbens, although in that species when it grows in moist shady places an approach to scotica may be observed. It is quite possible that scotica may have been before the describers of 8. procumbens in our Floras, as in dried specimens the petals easily escape attention. Syme (E. Bot. ed. 3, ii. 121, 122) alludes to the difficulty in separating the pentamerous form of procumbens from saxatilis, and says the larger capsule is the only important character. From this statement it may be conjectured he had scotica before him ; specimens of both scotica and saginoides are ARCTIUM PERSONATA 91 on the same sheet in Herb. Brit. Mus., gathered by him on Stuich an Lochan, Perth. But there are still more interesting specimens in the same rich herbarium, collected by Robert Brown on the ground at great heights all over Ben Lawers in August, 1794. He had distin- guished it as a new species and given it a manuscript name, and had appended the following excellent description, which may serve to diagnose S. scotica: — "Nimis affinis Saginae procumbenti, differt praecipue floribus quinquefidis, decandris, pentagynis, cap- sulis longioribus, statura majore, pedunculis longioribus et denique statione alpina." S. scotica is not confined to Ben Lawers ; I have seen speci- mens from Clova, Forfar ! Glen Callater, S. Aberdeen ! Glen Ennich, Easterness ! Glas Thulachan, E. Perth, in Herb. Mus. Brit. ; Craig Cailleach, Webb ; Stob Choire an Easain (in Herb. Mus. Brit.) ; Ben Dothaidh ! Ben Loaigh, Argyll, Herb. Mus. Brit. A large percentage of herbarium specimens of saginoicles really belong to scotica, while a few specimens of scotica are also to be found on sheets of proctimbens. ARCTIUM PERSONATA Mill, non L. By James Britten, F.L.S. An accidental reference to Miller's Gardeners Dictionary ed. 8 (1768) resulted in a somewhat curious discovery which, so far as I am aware, has escaped the notice of botanists, British and other, and to which it may be worth while to call attention. Of the genus Arctium Miller describes three species — A. Lappa, A. Per sonata, and A. Tomentosis (corrected later to Tomentosujn). " The two first," he says, " are common weeds, growing on the sides of roads and footpaths in most parts of England. . . . The second is by many supposed to be only a variety of the first, but I have for several years sown the seeds of both sorts in the Chelsea garden, where they have constantly retained their difference, so may be allowed to be distinct species. . . . The third sort is not a native of England. . . ." The description of the two first runs as follows : — •• 1. Arctium {Lappa) foliis cordatis inermibus petiolatis capitulis majoribus sparsis. Burdock with heart-shaped leaves without prickles, having footstalks, and large heads growing scatteringly. " 2. Arctium {Per sonata) foliis cordatis inermibus, capitulis minoribus compactis. Burdock with heart-shaped leaves without spines, and small heads growing close together." These two names correspond with those of the two species proposed by Linnaeus (Sp. PI. 816) and it may be assumed that Miller intended them to apply to the same plants. But apart from the fact that he does not (for either) quote the Sp. PI. in accordance with his usual practice, it is obvious that in the case h 2 02 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY of the second he could not have so intended, for A. Per sonata L. ( = Carduus Per sonata Jacq.) is described by Linnaeus as " foliis decurrentibus ciliato-spinosis ; radicalibus pinnatis : caulinis oblongo-ovatis." This latter description is given by Martyn in his edition of the Dictionary (1807) under A. Personata. Moreover, Miller says of his A. Personata : " The second is titled by Vaillant, Lappa vulgaris capitulo minorc. Act. Par. 1718. Common Burdock with a small head " — this could not apply to .1. Personata L. It would seem from what has been said that Miller's name should l)e restored for one of the plants known collectively as A. minus. It is not a " still-born," for the reduction of A. Personata L. to Carduus having been universally accepted, the name is left free. The matter will no doubt be duly considered by Mr. A. H. Evans in the notes on the genus which he is preparing for this Journal in connection with the monograph he has under- taken for The Cambridge Flora. NOTES ON STATICS* By C. E. Salmon, F.L.S. X. — The Nomenclature of British Sea-Lavenders. The following revision of the nomenclature of our British Sea-Lavenders has been rendered necessary by the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, according to which (Art. 45) the original name of a genus which is divided into two or more genera must be applied to that part of it which contains the larger number of species. When I adopted the name Limonium, following the practice then largely accepted (see Journ. Bot. 1901, 193), this Rule had not been promulgated, but it seems desirable to conform to it, and the following list is drawn up in accordance therewith : — 1. Statice Limonium L. Sp. PL 274 (1753), excluding vars. non Herb.; Hudson, Fl. Angl. 114 (1762), excl. vars. ; Smith, Eng. Bot. ii. 102 (1793) ; Fl. Brit. i. 341 (1800), excl. vars. ; Babington, Man. 244 (1843) ; Reisland und Brand in Koch. Syn. ed. 3, iii. 2187 (1903), excl. vars. Limonium vulgare Miller, Gard. Diet. ed. 8, no. 1 (1768). Statice maritima Lamarck, Fl. Fr. iii. 64 (1778), excl. var., non Miller. Limonium commune Gray, Arr. Brit. PI. ii. 296 (1821), excl. vars. Statice j^eudo-Limonium Reichenb. Fl. Germ, excurs. 191 (1831). •V Behen Drejer, Fl. Hafn. 122 (1838). 8. scanica Fries, Mant. ii. 17 (1839). * See Journ. Bot. 1903, 65 ; 1904, 361 ; 1905, 5, 54 ; 1907, 24, 428 ; 1908, 1; 1'KV.i. 286; lull, 73. NOTES ON STATICE 93 S. Limonium L. var. Behen Boiss. in DC. Prodi*, xii. 645 (1848). S. Limonium L. subsp. Behen Drej. var. genuina Syme, Eng. Bot. ed. 3, vii. 161 (1867). 8. Limonium L. var. pseudo -Limonium Eouy in Eev. Bot. Syst. i. 167 (1903). forma pyramidalis, comb. nov. 8. Limonium L. var. genuina Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xii. 644 (1848). S. Limonium L. subsp. Behen Drej. var. pyramid alls Syme, loc. cit. Limonium vulgare Mill. var. pyramidale Druce in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxv. 77 (1901). 8. Limonium L. var. typica Eouy, loc. cit. Limonium vulgare Mill, forma pyramidale C. E. Salmon in Journ. Bot. xliii. 12 (1905). Dr. L. M. Neuman told me, in 1903, that he calls this form in Sweden "f. pinguissima" but I have not seen the name published. Mr. F. N. Williams (Prodr. El. Brit. i. 438, 1910) considers S. Limonium forma pyramidalis to be identical with the Limonium narbonense of Miller (Card. Diet. ed. 8, no. 2, 1768) but Miller's description and herbarium show that no British Sea-Lavender was intended by that name. 2. Statice humilis, comb. nov. S. Limonium L. herb. S. Limonium L. var. y Huds. op. cit. 115 ; Smith, El. Brit. i. 341 (1800). Limonium humile Miller, op. cit. no. 4. L. commune Gray, var. serotinum Gray, loc. cit. Statice bahusiensis Fries, Mant. ii. 17 (1839), excl. syn. S. Limonium L. var. longifolia Henfrey in Phytol. i. 563 (1843). S. rariflora Bab. Man. 245 (1843), non Drej. S. bahusiensis Fries, var. borealis Fries, Summa Veg. Scan. i. 200 (1846). 8. Crouanii Lenorm. hb. ex Nym. Consp. 609 (1881). Limonium rariflorum O. Kuntze, Eev. Gen. ii. 395 (1891). forma nana comb. nov. S. rariflora Drej. Fl. Hafn. 121 (1838), partim. S. bahusiensis Fries, var. danica Fries, Summa Veg. Scan. i. 200 (1846), partim. S. bahusiensis Fries, forma nana Neuman, Sveriges Fl. 205 (1901). Limonium humile Miller, forma nanum C. E. Salmon in Journ. Bot. xliii. 59 (1905). L. humile Mill. var. rariflorum Williams, Prodr. Fl. Brit. i. 440 (1910). Boissier in DC. Prodr. xii. 644, mentions 8. rariflora Drej. as a " forma minor" of bahusiensis, but the expression is apparently used as a descriptive phrase and not as a name. It has been 94 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY pointed out before in these pages (1905, 55) that Drejer's "rariflora" embraced really two plants, one a small state of S. humilis, the other a hybrid between this and S. Limonium. Hence the name rariflora cannot be used without confusion arising. Statice humilis x Limonium. S. rariflora Drej. Fl. Hafn. 121 (1838), partim. S. bahusiensis Fr., var. danica Fries, Summa Veg. Scan. i. 200 (1816), partim. x Limonium Neumani C. E. Salmon in Journ. Bot. xlii. 362 (1904). X Statice Neumani Eouy, Illus. PI. Eur. Ear. 161 (1905). 3. Statice lychnidifolia Girard in Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 2, xvii. 18 (1842). Limonium hjchnidifolium O. Kuntze, Eev. Gen. ii. 395 (1891). Var. cobymbosa Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xii. 647 (1848). Limonium hjchnidifolium O. Kuntze, var. corymbosum C. E. Salmon in Journ. Bot. xxxix. 193 (1901). As far as our lists are concerned, only the variety has been observed in the Channel Isles, the sole " British " locality. 4. Statice binervosa G. E. Smith in Eng. Bot. Supp. 2663 (1830). S. Limonium L. var. /3 Hudson, loc. cit. ; Smith, Fl. Brit. i. 341 (1800). Limonium commune Gray, var. minus Gray, loc. cit. Statice cordata G. E. Sm., Cat. PI. S. Kent, 18 (1829) ; non Willd. S. spathulata Hooker, Brit. Fl. 145 (1830), partim; Bab. Man. 245 (1843) ; non al. S. occidentalis Lloyd, Fl. Loire-Inf. 212 (1844). S. Bubanii Girard in Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, ii. 326 (1844). S. Dodartii Bab. Man. ed. 3-4 (1851-56) ; non. Gir. S. binervosa G. E. Sm., var. occidentalis Syme, op. cit. 164. S. binervosa G. E. Sm., var. intermedia Syme, loc. cit. partim. S. auriculafolia Hook. Stud. Fl. 306 (1870) ; non Vahl. Limonium occidental O. Kuntze, Eev. Gen. ii. 395 (1891). Statice occidentalis Lloyd, forma elongata and forma compacta Corbiere, Fl. Norm. 480 (1894). Limonium occidentale var. intermedium Druce in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxv. 77 (1901), partim. L. binervosum C. E. Salmon in Journ. Bot. xlv. 24 (1907). Var. procera Eouy in Eev. Bot. Syst. i. 162 (1903). S. binervosa G. E. Sm., var. intermedia Syme, loc. cit. partim. Limonium occidentale var. intermedium Druce, loc. cit. partim. L. occidentale O. Kuntze, var. procerum C. E. Salmon in Journ. Bot. xli. 73 (1903). L. binervosum C. E. Salm. var. procerum C. E. S. in Journ. Bot. xlv. 24 (1907). Var. humilis, comb. nov. Statice reticulata Hooker, Fl. Scot. 97 (1821) ; non al. NOTES ON SWISS MYCETOZOA 95 S. spathulata Hook. Brit. Fl. 145 (1830), partim, non al. S. Dodartii Gir. var. liumilis Gir. in Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 2, xvii. 33 (1842). Limonium binervosum C. E. S. var. humile C. E. S. in Journ. Bot. xlv. 25 (1907). 5. Statice eecueva, comb. nov. S. Dodartii Bab. Man. eds. 5-8 (1862-1881) ; non Gir. Limonium recurvum C. E. Salmon in Journ. Bot. xli. 67 (1903). Statice binervosa G. E. Sin., var. recurva Kouy in Rev. Bot. Syst. i. 162 (1903). 6. Statice bellidifolia DC. Fl. Fr. iii. 421 (1805); Poir. in Lamarck Encyc. vii. 402 (1806). S. reticulata Huds. Fl. Angl. 115 (1762) ; With. Nat. Arr. 193 (1776); Smith, Eng. Bot. 328 (1796), Fl. Brit. i. 342 (1800) ; Hook. Brit. Fl. 146 (1830) excl. pi. Hibern. ; Bab. Man. 245 (1843) ; non L. S. Limonium L. var. bellidifolia Gouan Fl. Monsp. 231 (1765). Limonium reticulatum Miller, Gard. Diet. ed. 8, no. 9 (1768) ; Gray, Arr. Brit. PI. ii. 296 (1821). Statice caspia Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 336 (1809), et Herb. Limonium reticulatum cited by Linnaeus (Sp. PI. 275, 1753) as of "Raj. hist. 396" is not a British species, and the name has been misapplied by later botanists, such as Miller, Hudson, Smith, &c, to indicate our plant. The name Limonium bellidifolium of Dumortier's Flor. Belg. 27, 1827, which I used in Journ. Bot. (1907) 431, cannot be quoted as a synonym. The plant is not known as a Belgian species, and the reference given indicates that in all probability a state of S. Limonium was intended. NOTES ON SWISS MYCETOZOA, 1912. By Gulielma Listee. The wet summer of 1912 afforded unusually favourable condi- tions for the development of Mycetozoa. M. Charles Meylan, who for the past seven years has made a special study of this group in the Jura Mountains, wrote on August 1st last, "Les myxomycetes sont extremement abondants cette annee." During a holiday spent in the neighbourhood of Lucerne, Meiringen, and Miirren in the last three weeks of August, my friend Miss Hibbert- Ware and I found fifty different species, some of which were in great abundance. This was in striking contrast to the poor success we had on the previous dry year, when a month's visit to the Tyrol yielded us only four specimens of common species, in spite of diligent search. The woods on the steep hills near Lucerne were chiefly of spruce, with some larch, and with an undergrowth of brambles, &c. About Meiringen and Reichen- bach (alt. 1960 ft.) and on the neighbouring heights of Hohfluh 96 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY (alt. 3440 ft.) the principal trees were limes, sycamores, hazels, and alders. Near Mu.rren (alt. 5390 ft.) our hunting grounds were steep spruce woods with an undergrowth of bramble, Adenostyles, Mulgedium, kc. ; and also the exposed turf of the higher Alps, where dead scapes of Cirsium spinosissimum yielded abundance of several alpine forms of Mycetozoa. In the following list of the species found the abbreviation L. indicates that the species was obtained near Lucerne, E. near Reichenbach, H. at Hohfluh, and M. near Miirren. A dagger precedes the names of those species not given in the lists of Swiss Mycetozoa published by Prof. Schinz * and M. Meylan,! and which, as far as I know, have not before been recorded for Switzerland. Ceratiomyxa fruticulosa (Mueller) Macbr. L., M. Physarum nutans Pers. L. — \P. auriscalpium Cooke. H. Two groups of both very shortly stalked and sessile sporangia were found on twigs and dead leaves. — P. sinuosum (Bull.) Weinm. L., H. — P. contextum Pers. R. Very abundant on leaves and twigs of lime. Crater ium minutum (Leers.) Fries. L., R. Fuligo septica (L.) Gmel. L., R., M. Both yellow and white aethalia were found. Leocar pus frag His (Dickson) Rost. R., H. Diderma effusum (Schwein.) Morgan. R. — D. hemispliericum (Bull.) Hornem. H., R. — D. radiatum (L.) Lister. H. Diderma globosum Pers. R. Very abundant both in the Plasmodium and fruiting stage, spreading over leaves, twigs, moss and lichen, and even over rocks, under shady trees. The sporangia are clothed with an egg-shell-like crust of granules of calcium- carbonate, which separates at a touch from the membranous inner walls. In these specimens the spores are not quite so dark or so large as in typical I), globosum, measuring 9 to 11 jx, instead of 11 to 12 [x or more; in this respect they approach D. spumarioides Fr., to which D. globosum is nearly allied. Didjjmium difforme (Pers.) Duby. R., M. Abundant on dead Cirsium on the high Alps. — D. clavus (Alb. & Schw.) Rost. H. On moss on shady rocks. — D. nigripes Fr. L., H. — D. melano- spermum (Pers.) Macbr. L., M. — D. squamulosum (Alb. & Schw.) Fr. L., H. Didymium Wilczekii Meylan. M. Found in moderate abun- dance on dead scapes of Cirsium spinosissimum on the high Alps. Some of these gatherings are interesting for showing stages inter- mediate between this species and Lepidoderma Carestianum Rost. The typical sporangia are covered with a continuous layer of minute crystals of calcium-carbonate ; other sporangia have the investing crystals clustered to form flat closely set scales ; while * See Schinz, Die Myxumxjceten oder Schleimpihe der Schtceiz, 1906. f See Meylan, " Contributions a la Connaissance des Myxomycetes du Jura" in Bull. Soc. Vaud. xliv. 285 (1908), and xlvi. 49 (1910). NOTES ON SWISS MYCETOZOA 97 other sporangia again have discoid scales consisting of closely compacted crystals scattered over the membranous or slightly cartilaginous wall. The last form cannot well be distinguished from L. Carestianum var. Chailletii (a variety in which the sporangium- wall is less stout than in the typical form). The dark rigid capillitium and dark rough spores, 12 to 13 /x diam., are alike in both species. Similar intermediate forms were collected by Herr 0. Jaap, on old stalks of Cirsium, at the Furka Pass, in June, 1910, and appear as No. 93 in the fifth series of his pub- lished "Exsiccata," under the name Lepidoderma Carestianum. The sporangia in these, as in the Miirren specimens, sometimes have convex orange-coloured columellse ; this form has been described by M. Meylan as var. flavescens of L. Carestianum (in Bull. Soc. Vaud. xliv. 292). Mucilago spongiosa (Leysser) Morgan. R., H. ILeptodeema iridescens G. Lister in Journ. Bot. 1913, tab. 524, figs. 1, la to c. M. Two groups of the sessile iridescent sporangia were found on sticks in a spruce wood on Sept. 1st. This is the first Swiss record. Since then M. Meylan has also found the species in the Jura Mountains ; it has been recorded elsewhere from Bedfordshire and the North of Scotland. tCoLLODEEMA oculatum (Lippert) G. Lister. A few small olive-brown sporangia were found associated with Licea pusilla Schrad. and Trichia Botrytis Pers. on old fencing in a spruce wood on Sept. 1st. A few weeks later M. Meylan obtained a con- siderable nnmber of sporangia on dead wood at La Vaux, in the Jura Mts. ; some were glossy olive-brown and had their walls completely invested with a layer of refuse matter and mucilage ; other sporangia were purple-brown and shining with iridescent colours ; in these the upper walls were entirely free from refuse matter. This species was first obtained in 1892 by Christian Lippert on dead wood brought from the Tyrol ; within the last two years it has been found also in the North of Scotland, in Epping Forest, Essex, in Portugal, Japan, and New England. Stemonitis fusca Both. L., H. Two gatherings made in the Gutsch woods above Lucerne have rather ill-developed sporangia and spores marked with a continuous reticulation of shallow raised bands ; they therefore belong to the var. trechispora ; this style of spore-marking seems to be often associated with imper- fectly formed capillitium in S. fusca. In the Hohfluh gathering the sporangia are stunted and barely 2 mm. high ; the spores are marked with typical close spinulose reticulation. 8. ferruginea Ehrenb. L. Comatricha nigra (Pers.) Schroeter. L., H., M. Comatricha pulchella (Bab.) Rost. var. tenerrima. M. On decaying scapes of Adenostyles alpinum in spruce woods. In one specimen the pale reddish-brown capillitium threads are combined to form a complete though uneven net on the surface of the sporangium ; in another the capillitium threads are less flexuose, and end in free tips on the surface; the two specimens are 96 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY (alt. 3440 ft.) the principal trees were limes, sycamores, hazels, and alders. Near Murren (alt. 5390 ft.) our hunting grounds were steep spruce woods with an undergrowth of bramble, Adenostyles, JIulgcdium, ^c. ; and also the exposed turf of the higher Alps, where dead scapes of Cirsium spinosissimum yielded abundance of several alpine forms of Mycetozoa. In the following list of the species found the abbreviation L. indicates that the species was obtained near Lucerne, E. near Reichenbach, H. at Hohfluh, and M. near Murren. A dagger precedes the names of those species not given in the lists of Swiss Mycetozoa published by Prof. Schinz ':; and M. Meylan,! and which, as far as I know, have not before been recorded for Switzerland. Ceratiomyxa fruticulosa (Mueller) Macbr. L., M. Physarum nutans Pers. L. — \P. auriscalpium Cooke. H. Two groups of both very shortly stalked and sessile sporangia were found on twigs and dead leaves. — P. sinuosum (Bull.) Weinm. L., H. — P. contextum Pers. R. Very abundant on leaves and twigs of lime. Crater ium minutum (Leers.) Fries. L., R. Fuligo septica (L.) Gmel. L., R., M. Both yellow and white aethalia were found. Leocarpus fragilis (Dickson) Rost. R., H. Didcrma cffusum (Schwein.) Morgan. R. — D. hemispliericum (Bull.) Hornem. H., R. — D. radiatum (L.) Lister. H. Diderma globosum Pers. R. Very abundant both in the Plasmodium and fruiting stage, spreading over leaves, twigs, moss and lichen, and even over rocks, under shady trees. The sporangia are clothed with an egg-shell-like crust of granules of calcium- carbonate, which separates at a touch from the membranous inner walls. In these specimens the spores are not quite so dark or so large as in typical D. globosum, measuring 9 to 11 //, instead of 11 to 12 fx or more; in this respect they approach D. spumarioides Fr., to which D. globosum is nearly allied. Didymium difforme (Pers.) Duby. R., M. Abundant on dead Cirsium on the high Alps. — D. clavus (Alb. & Schw.) Rost. H. On moss on shady rocks. — D. nigripes Fr. L., H. — D. melano- svermum (Pers.) Macbr. L., M. — D. squamulosum (Alb. & Schw.) Fr. L., H. Didymium Wilczekii Meylan. M. Found in moderate abun- dance on dead scapes of Cirsium spinosissimum on the high Alps. Some of these gatherings are interesting for showing stages inter- mediate between this species and Lepidoderma Carestianum Rost. The typical sporangia are covered with a continuous layer of minute crystals of calcium-carbonate ; other sporangia have the investing crystals clustered to form flat closely set scales ; while * See Schinz, Die Myxomyceten oder Schleimpihe der Schiceiz, 1906. f See Meylan, " Contributions a la Connaissance des Myxomycetes du Jura" in Bull. Soc. Yaud. xliv. 285 (1908), and xlvi. 19 (1910). NOTES ON SWISS MYCETOZOA 97 other sporangia again have discoid scales consisting of closely compacted crystals scattered over the membranous or slightly cartilaginous wall. The last form cannot well be distinguished from L. Carestianum var. Chailletii (a variety in which the sporangium- wall is less stout than in the typical form). The dark rigid capillitium and dark rough spores, 12 to 13 yut diam., are alike in both species. Similar intermediate forms were collected by Herr 0. Jaap, on old stalks of Cirsium, at the Furka Pass, in June, 1910, and appear as No. 93 in the fifth series of his pub- lished "Exsiccata," under the name Lepidoderma Carestianum. The sporangia in these, as in the Mivrren specimens, sometimes have convex orange-coloured colurnellae ; this form has been described by M. Meylan as var. flavescens of L. Carestianum (in Bull. Soc. Vaud. xliv. 292). Mucilago spongiosa (Leysser) Morgan. R., H. +Leptoderma iridescens G. Lister in Journ. Bot. 1913, tab. 521, figs. 1, la to c. M. Two groups of the sessile iridescent sporangia were found on sticks in a spruce wood on Sept. 1st. This is the first Swiss record. Since then M. Meylan has also found the species in the Jura Mountains ; it has been recorded elsewhere from Bedfordshire and the North of Scotland. fCoLLODERMA oculatum (Lippert) G. Lister. A few small olive-brown sporangia were found associated with Licea pusilla Schrad. and Trichia Botrytis Pers. on old fencing in a spruce wood on Sept. 1st. A few weeks later M. Meylan obtained a con- siderable number of sporangia on dead wood at La Vaux, in the Jura Mts. ; some were glossy olive-brown and had their walls completely invested with a layer of refuse matter and mucilage ; other sporangia were purple-brown and shining with iridescent colours ; in these the upper walls were entirely free from refuse matter. This species was first obtained in 1892 by Christian Lippert on dead wood brought from the Tyrol ; within the last two years it has been found also in the North of Scotland, in Epping Forest, Essex, in Portugal, Japan, and New England. Stemonitis fusca Eoth. L., H. Two gatherings made in the Gutsch woods above Lucerne have rather ill-developed sporangia and spores marked with a continuous reticulation of shallow raised bands ; they therefore belong to the var. trechispora ; this style of spore-marking seems to be often associated with imper- fectly formed capillitium in S. fusca. In the Hohfluh gathering the sporangia are stunted and barely 2 mm. high ; the spores are marked with typical close spinulose reticulation. S. ferruginea Ehrenb. L. Comatricha nigra (Pers.) Schroeter. L., H., M. Comatricha pulchella (Bab.) Bost. var. tenerrima. M. On decaying scapes of Adenostyles alpinum in spruce woods. In one specimen the pale reddish-brown capillitium threads are combined to form a complete though uneven net on the surface of the sporangium ; in another the capillitium threads are less flexuose, and end in free tips on the surface; the two specimens are 100 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY thick-walled with a narrow lumen, and are so numerous that they form a dense felt, ten or twelve series thick, which binds the athalium firmly to the wood on which it rests. A similar felt may be developed at the base of the gethalium in L. epidendrum, and walls may be further thickened by many layers of rounded vesicles ; these not only penetrate between the adjacent cells of the wood, but occur also in the cavities of the wood cells. These cysts or vesicles were obviously developed from those veins of plasmodium that failed to become included within the sethalium when it was first formed. Somewhat similar cysts are sometimes found at the bases of sporangia of other species when they have matured rapidly in dry weather. Trichia favoginea Pers. L. — T. persiviilis Karsten. L., H., K., M.—T. ajfinis DeBary. L.— T. contorta (Ditmar) Eost. H. Trichia contorta var. alpinum E. E. Fries. M. The in- conspicuous vermiform sporangia of this robust alpine form were abundant on the dead scapes of Cirsium spinosissimum on the alps above Miirren, and were also found on old herbaceous stems in the spruce woods. They vary in colour from reddish-brown to black ; in the brown sporangia the wall consists of a single layer without external deposits of refuse matter, and is often embossed by the impression of the spores ; the black sporangia have a stout, cartilaginous, rich brown outer wall, thickened with deposits of refuse matter, and an almost colourless membranous inner wall. The elaters are bright yellow ; the spores measure from 15 to 18 fx diam. The crystals of calcium-oxalate which are usually present among the deposits on the sporangium-walls of typical T. contorta do not seem to occur in the var. alpinum. TricJiia decipiens (Pers.) Macbr. E., M. — T. Botrytis Pers. M. — T. Botrytis var. later itia. L. Hemitrichia abietina (Wigand) Lister. M. Found on old fencing and on a fir-stump. In some sporangia the capillitium is marked with three or four spiral bands, in others the threads have only two spirals ; the latter number occurs most frequently. 'II. leiotricha Lister. H. A single group of about five sporangia was found on a fallen twig. The capillitium in this specimen is practically that of a Trichia, consisting of very long sparingly branched coiled and twTisted threads which are either free or attached at one end to the sporangium-wall ; the four spiral bands with which they are marked are distinct but not prominent. Arcyria cincrca (Bull.) Pers. L., H. — A. incarnata Pers. L. Pcrichcena chrysosperma (Currey) Lister. H. IPerich^na vermicularis Eost. M. Found on old thistle- stalks on the alps. Three sporangia only were found ; their walls are strongly papillose ; the capillitium is sparingly developed. Margarita metallica (Berk. & Br.) Lister. M. The sporangia were found on chips in a spruce wood. They form curved plas- modiocarps, and are lilac-grey in colour with iridescent reflections. 101 AUTHORSHIP IN THE ' AMCENITATES ACADEMIC^.' By B. Daydon Jackson, Ph.D., Sec.L.S. Few subjects have been more discussed by librarians and bibliographers than the authorship of many of the academical theses and dissertations which are met with in large collections of books. I may quote a sentence from Mr. H. B. Wheatley's volume Uoid to Catalogue a Library : — "In the ' title-taking ' of these dissertations the difficulty is not in their subjects, which are sometimes confined to a single word, but it is in the choice of their author's names : whether the prseses, the respondent, the proponent, or defendant is to be chosen." In many cases there can be no room for doubt, as in the present day, when each thesis may be taken to be the work of the graduate who maintains it. But formerly in Germany and Scandinavia, the prseses ranked as author, a practice continued in Sweden almost to our own times. The difficulty arises when some novel ascription is made in the title of the dissertation, when, in place of the opposed prseses and respondens, some such title as " auctor " or " auctor respondens " makes its appearance, or still more embarrassing when we find such as these: — "Quarn deo ter optimo maximo Praeside ex auctoritate D. Rectoris exam, sub- jicit J. G. W.," or " Quam praeside summo numine ex auctoritate D. Rectoris subjicit . . ." My object is, however, not to discuss the subject as a whole, but to confine my remarks almost exclusively to the dissertations which were printed with the name of Linnaeus as praeses, and subsequently reissued in the volumes of the Amoenitates Academicce. If these are held to be the work of the prasses, they must be quoted as of Linnaeus, with all the authority attaching to his name, but if, as some of recent years have held, the respective respondents are the actual authors, then the names of many obscure individuals will stand as sponsors in place of the hitherto reputed author. Prof. T. M. Fries has given an account of these dissertations, and it will be best to give his statement concerning them. According to the existing regulations, down to 1850, everyone who wished to be examined in the faculty of philosophy had to dispute 'pro exercitio, and, after the examination, another thesis pro gradu, before the degree was conferred. The former in most cases was entirely or chiefly the work of the professor, who took the chair at the function as praeses, and also assumed the lion's share in defending the thesis. On the other hand, the respondens took but little part in the composition or defence. To determine how many of these one hundred and eighty-six dissertations entirely proceeded from Linne's pen is impossible. That such was the case with certain essays, we have his own word, and their con- tents also show that; others, such as Lofling's De gemmis ar- borum, Soderberg's Pandora et Flora Bybyensis, Tillaeus's De varia febrium intermittentium curatione, are, on the contrary, exclusively the result of the respondent's own study and observations. But 102 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY even these have certainly to some extent received the stamp and imprimatur of Linne, who completed and corrected them through- out before they were printed. As to what happened in most cases, one of his pupils, J. G. Acrel, supplies the information. " All disputations," he relates, 11 he wrote by dictating, partly in Swedish, partly in Latin, which it was the task of the respondens to reduce to method and order ; and although he did not trouble himself about the Latinity in them, he took care to intimate his opinion as to whether they were well written or the contrary. To write an essay thus needed scarcely three hours, for it was for him nothing but a lecture on the subject, which the respondent took down." But that all could not be so easily dealt with is apparent from even a hasty perusal, and often they demanded from the respondent a fair amount of trouble and knowledge, though the most requisite thing was to provide a passable Latin translation. It was also the custom that he should appear to be the real author and to add some flattering phrases praising the learning and acuteness of the praeses. In the library of the Linnean Society there are many duplicate copies of the original theses, corrected and annotated by Linnaeus himself, and the later revision is that printed in the Amcenitates Academicce. That Linnaeus regarded most of these exercises as his own may be learned from such instances, as where he cited plants from Centuria 1 {-2) Plantar-urn in the second edition of his Species Plantarum as first described in those parts, but without naming any author whatever. He plainly looked upon these pro- ductions as entirely his own. There is, however, another set of dissertations which must have required a large amount of patience and reference on the part of the respondent, such as the Flora Anglica of 1754, soon followed by Fl. Alpina, Fl. Palastina, and Fl. Monspeliensis, 1756, chiefly based on comparing certain published Floras with the recently issued Species Plantarum. After a short interval we find also Fl. Danica, Fl. Capensis, Fl. Jamaicensis, and Fl. Behjica (excluding Fl. Akeroensis and Fl. Bybyensis). The Flora Anglica is a list of names, with references to the third (Dillenius) edition of Ray's Synopsis, so that the name has to be established by a double reference, with the risk of a wrong number vitiating the result. Fl. Monspeliensis labours under the same defect, con- sequently when the Index Keivensis was in course of compilation, I was careful not to include any of the Floras above mentioned, though the dissertations on new genera and the Centuries were of course utilized. We see, therefore, that the prevailing custom was for the praeses to suggest, dictate, and correct the academic exercises of his pupils, and he therefore took them to be his own work. This point of view long prevailed in Sweden. As an instance, I may mention the elder Agardh's Aphorismi Botanici, a volume of sixteen dissertations issued as the work of as many students, whose names appear on the respective title-pages. The work is divided amongst them, a sheet apiece, ending sometimes in the middle of a word, SHORT NOTES 103 which thus enters into the compositions of two different authors. This is the best instance known to me as showing how completely the praeses in this instance was the author. If a further instance of this peculiarity were required, that might be cited of C. P. Thunberg and his Museum Naturalium Academics Upsaliensis, consisting of twenty-two parts, issued from 1787 to 1797 : and his Nova Plantarum Genera, sixteen parts from 1781 to 1801. SHOBT NOTES. Stellaria aquatica Scop. var. scandens Lej. — Mr. H. Stuart Thompson's reference (p. 48) to the occurrence in Switzerland of this plant with shoots four feet long reminded me that last October, while botanizing with Mr. V. Murray at Suleham, Berks., where he showed me Azolla caroliniensis, I noticed the above- named variety growing to a height of eight feet, in a damp wood, where it was supported by the surrounding vegetation : here also grew Angelica sylvestris and Scrophularia aquatica nine feet high. — G. C. Druce. Sagina procumbens L. forma (Journ. Bot. 1912, 288). — The interesting form referred to by Mr. Turrill was described and figured by Baxter in his British Phcenogamous Botany (hi. t. 199, 1837). It was found by the Eev. H. Davies, the author of Welsh Botanology, in 1817, near Beaumaris. This form flowered in the Oxford Botanic Garden on Aug. 22nd, 1836, and Baxter counted in one flower no less than forty-four perfectly formed petals, all of which in a fully expanded state occupied a circle of only one- tenth part of an inch in diameter. — G. C. Druce. [Specimens of the plant from Davies's herbarium are in the National Herbarium, with the following note : " Sagina procumbens flore pleno ! This variety I gathered on the green at Beaumaris in the summer of 1815. Each flower bears about thirty petals ; i. e. from twenty-seven to thirty-two. H. Davies." — Ed. Journ. Bot.] BE VIEWS. The Genus Iris. The Genus Iris. By William Kickatson Dykes. With forty- seven coloured drawings by F. H. Bound, one coloured plate of seeds by Miss P. M. Cardew, and thirty line draw- ings by C. W. Johnson. Cambridge : At the University Press. 1913 [Dec. 1912]. Folio, half-leather, pp. 245. Price £6 6s. net. This very handsome volume appeals alike to the art lover, the horticulturist, and the botanist. It is of course from the last standpoint that any criticism offered in these pages must be attempted ; the others may be briefly dismissed, but will doubtless find fuller notice elsewhere. We must, however, pay tribute to the beauty and accuracy of Mr. F. H. Pound's plates, 104 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY which are in themselves sufficient to make the book a treasured possession ; the treatment and colouring of the flowers and buds leave nothing to be desired— the green of the leaves is, we think, a little monotonous. The woodcut figures in the text are excellent, and Miss Cardew's figures of the seeds (which strike us as unnecessarily large) are admirably executed. No assurance is needed as to Mr. Dykes's competence to speak with authority on all that concerns Iris cultivation ; the fact that he has grown nearly all the species he describes is sufficient testimony to his skill as a gardener, and the observations scattered through the book, as well as his excellent introduction, show that he has adequately considered the bearings of the results of his experiments in growth upon the question of the limitation of species. He has, whenever possible, procured plants or seeds from the localities whence the types of the species were obtained ; " seedlings of as many species as possible have been raised in order to determine the limits of their variability ; " "in analyzing the results thus obtained, it has been impossible to avoid feeling how utterly the Mendelian laws have shaken the basis on which our ideas as to what constitutes a species were founded." As a result of his experiments and investigations the number of species recognized by previous monographers of the genus has been largely reduced, and relationships have been pointed out which may eventually lead to further reductions. The descriptions, evidently from living plants, are detailed and elaborate, although one notes in them just that absence of detail which in other respects mars the book; thus on p. 116 we read "filaments short, anthers longer than the filaments," and on the opposite page "filaments" [followed by a space], "anthers longer than the filaments" — no measurements being given in either case. So far, however, the book is satisfactory enough, but it is to be regretted that in its botanical aspect it is open to criticism which a greater familiarity with modes of book -preparation would have rendered unnecessary. Mr. Dykes acknowledges " invaluable hints as to method" from Dr. Stapf ; these, however, if sufficient, can hardly have been acted upon, for we do not remember to have seen a work of equal importance from which satisfactory "method" has been so entirely absent. We are at a loss to understand how the Cambridge University Press, with a com- petent man like Dr. Moss always at hand, can have allowed itself to issue a volume in which the aid of typography to the intelligent presentment of the text is so conspicuously ignored ; this criticism, which no one who opens the volume and who knows how books should be produced will consider too severe, wo propose to justify later ; at present we confine ourselves to the botanical and literary aspect of the volume. We may preface our comments by saying that we have been through Mr. Dykes's book with the care to which its importance entitles it, and have noted for discussion a number of points upon which space will not allow us to dwell. At the outset we note a certain absence of arrangement in THE GENUS IRIS 105 details which, small in themselves, greatly affect the usefulness of a book. Thus the list of plates faces the introduction, but no reference is given to list or figures in the (in many respects excellent) index, so that one consulting that is left in doubt as to whether a species is figured or not. The notes on "The Litera- ture of Iris" are disappointing. Among pre-Linnean literature, Clusius is practically the only author treated ; we should at least have expected some account of the numerous species described and figured by Parkinson in his Paradisus. If it had been thought desirable to discuss the uses of Iris in folk-medicine, this should have been done more fully. One of the funniest slips we remember to have seen in any book is in the supposed quotation from Turner's Herball which runs : " Of Xyris or Spourg- haurt ; The vertues of the Dichebur," &c. Mr. Dykes has trans- posed " the vertues of the Dichebur" (Xantliium) — which appear at the top of the folio and are a continuation from the preceding — to below the name of Xyris, with the above curious result. We should have expected to find some account of the gradual bringing of the species into cultivation ; even under the species them- selves such information is lacking for the earlier introductions. Mr. Dykes tells us that he confines his citations of specimens to those which he has himself seen, but he does not seem to have recorded all that have come under his notice, even when these are of considerable importance. For example, in the long list of " unidentified specific names " we find three from Miller's Gardeners Dictionary : I. picta, I. sativa, and I. bicolor. Miller's specimens of each of these are in the National Herbarium and must have passed through Mr. Dykes's hands." Solan der's type specimens of I. cristata in the National Herbarium are not referred to (the locality " prope Ohio" should have been added to the reference to Bartram's specimen), nor are those of I. lurida (also types) mentioned. This defect seems to prevail throughout the book, e.g., the National Herbarium contains the types of Pallas 's i". flavissima and a specimen from Kitaibel of /. arenaria W. & K., which Mr. Dykes unites with it; but the importance of these in determining the species is in no way indicated. More- over, it may be pointed out that this limitation of records is likely to mislead; for example, the entries under Great Britain for 1. faztidissima are limited to Dorset, Isle of Wight, "Ventor" [Ventnor ? ] , Loch Leven, and Godalming — in this order repre- senting the Kew, Berlin, and Vienna herbaria, the last being * Mr. Baker (Handbook of Iridece, p. 12) places I. picta and I. sativa under I. versicolor: Miller's specimen of the former is not very satisfactory; the latter is named by Mr. Baker in the Herbarium I. Pseudacorus, to which Mr. Dykes doubtfully assigns it. I. bicolor Miller is not cited in the Handbook, but Miller's specimen agrees well with I. sibirica. Mr. Dykes places Miller's I. mari- tima under the species last named, but Mr. Baker rightly names it versicolor, although in his book he places the species under sibirica. We do not under- stand on what principle books or figures are cited; thus, under 7m fcetidissima, " O'Brien & Parkinson, Wild Fl. Undercliff " is quoted— the book also appears in the bibliography on the strength of this one reference— but such easily accessible books as English Botany and Curtis's Flora Londinensis find no place. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [March, 1913.] i 106 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY cultivated by the author; " Gansange " is given as collector of the "Ventor" and Loch Leven specimens. The manner in which the references to plants, as well as to books, are printed is needlessly extravagant, but to this we shall return later. The abbreviations employed, so far as explained, are on pp. 1 and 20, those for books cited (which are often unsatisfactory— e.g., " Hdk." for Handbook) are not given at all, so that the unini- tiated may be puzzled by such extreme brevities as "J.L.S.", especially as he will not find the Journal of the Linnean Society under " J " in the bibliography, although the Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society appears under that letter. The bibliography itself might be improved; e.g., the dates of the Flora of British India are rightly given as 1872-97, but the only part of the work referred to — the Indacecs — is dated 1892. The abbreviations are not infrequently misprinted — " Art." (p. 106) and " Crit." (p. 171) should be " Ait.," and " Trans. Hort. Soc. ser. II part iii. p. 115" should be "Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. II. vol. iii." The accidental checking of a reference raises doubt as to how far these are to be trusted; under I. macrosiphon (p. 43) "J. cali- fornica Leichtlin, The Garden, Aug. 14th, 1897 " is cited, but the paragraph referred to is headed I. macrosiphon and the plant, which is figured as well as described, is stated by Purdy (op. cit. 1898, p. 1) to be i". Purclyi, although neither figure nor description is quoted by Mr. Dykes under that species. There is evidently ground for criticism in matters of nomencla- ture— for example, if the reductions indicated on p. 196 be accepted, the plant which stands (p. 196) as I. sincljavensis (1884) must take the specific name Aucheri, having been thus described under Xiphion by Baker in 1877. There are inconsistencies of citation — thus X. Aitchisoni stands as the first reference for I. Aitchisoni (p. 198), while X. Stocksii (p. 201) is rightly placed as a synonym; under the former the reference to Baker's Handbook is omitted. I. Biliotti (p. 175) should be Biliotii, and I. palastina appears throughout as palestina. Here and there we find an odd suggestion — e.g., on p. 172, where we read of I. sambucina and I. squalens: "Their history is not at all clear and we may perhaps be permitted to infer that Linnaeus had some doubt as to their claim to specific rank from the fact that he did not include them in his first edition of the Species Plantarum " ! On p. 215 Mr. Dykes points out an extraordinary blunder of Ascherson and Graebner (Syn. Mittel. Eur. Fl. iii. 514) in naming I. juncea " I. imberbis." Poiret named the plant " Iris juncea (nobis) imberbis, foliis junceis," &c, and the German authors have taken the first word of the description as the specific name ! We are not convinced by the reasons given (pp. 145, 146) for dropping I. bi flora L., and it does not appear that Mr. Dykes consulted the specimen in the Linnean Herbarium. I. kumaonensis is cited as published from "Wall. Cat. no. 5052," but this is not a valid publication ; the next reference is to Baker's Handbook (1877) ; but the species was published by D. Don (who wrote the name " kamaonensis ") in Proc. Linn. Soc. i. 8 (1838?) and in Trans. THE GENUS IRIS 107 Linn. Soc. xviii. 311 (1840, fide Dr. Jackson). A synonym for this is "L tigrina Jacquemont MS." but why MS.? the name is published in Baker's Handbook, p. 24; " Winterbotham " is given throughout for Winterbottom. The same author is differ- ently quoted; we have " Gawl," " Ker," " Ker Gawl," and " Ker- Gawl" — the latter two are incorrect, though the former may stand, as Ker changed his name to Gawler and published under both. The missionary after whom I. Gatesii is named is entered as "T. G. Gates" on p. 118 and as " G. F." on p. 227; Foster called him " F. S." and Baker "T. F." ; we doubt whether the species is validly published in either of the books standing first in the citations. The inconvenient manner in which the book is printed makes it difficult to detect the new species, and the introduction does not call special attention to these. We note however as new I. tenuissima (p. 44) from California ; I. sikki- mensis (p. 44, t. 31) based upon the author's "I. kumaonensis caulescens" and "probably from Sikkim " — Mr. Dykes is not yet satisfied it may not be merely a hybrid ; I. mesopotamica (p. 176) ; I. montana Nutt. (p. 91) ; and I. histrioides (p. 224, t. 46 f. 1) — the last already known as a variety and raised to specific rank on characters which seem rather slight. I. montana is based on a specimen so named by Nuttall in the National Herbarium; Mr. Dykes cites as a "synonym" " I. pelogomis Goodding in Coult. Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. p. 68 (1902)" but adds "their identification is probable but not quite certain;" should it be definitely ascertained, Goodding's name will of course stand. One or two notes will interest British botanists. I. versicolor — which finds no place even in Mr. Druce's too comprehensive List — " has become naturalized in a disused lock on the river Calder in Yorkshire" (p. 81); "the pale ochraceous yellow unblotched form" of I. Pseudacorus, known as Bastardi, "was found growing in a field near Llanfairfechan in North Wales, and a certain proportion of seedlings of the golden yellow type are pale yellow-flowered [pale-yellow flowered ?] forms " (p. 78). It is, however, as has been indicated, in the printing of the work that there is most ground for criticism — such a combination of meanness with extravagance has never come under our notice. In such a book, each species should of course begin a page ; here they follow each other with an entirely inadequate separation by space, and are rendered inconspicuous by being printed in faint small italic capitals, the initial of the genus only being prefixed. On the other hand, the wasteful method of printing the references seriously detracts from the appearance of the book and can serve no useful purpose. Not only does each locality occupy a line, but each collector in that locality : e.g. (p. 137) : — "Pesth, 1815, Kitaibel (B). 18—, Kovats (V). 18—, Kichter (V). 18— Schiffer (E). 1830, Martius (E). 1876, Poruten (E). 18-, Gyorgy (BM)." 10S THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY The localities for I. Sisyrinchium printed in this manner occupy very nearly two whole pages ! In the same way each part o( the flower has a line allotted to it, even when it is not described: thus (p. 105) :— " Crests, large triangular, Stigma, Filaments, Anthers, Pollen." Book-references appear in similar fashion, even when the same author and the same work are quoted ; we take from the same page : " Hance in Journ. Bot. xiii. p. 196 (1875) xiv. p. 75 (1876)." It is unnecessary to point out the effect of this method on the appearance of a folio page. Even more open to criticism is the typography of the volume. Every one knows how7 greatly reference to a book is facilitated by a judicious employment of the resources of type ; this handsome work however is printed almost throughout in one font of lower case type and one of italics. The former is employed for text, book-references, localities, countries, and collectors' names ; the latter for synonyms, names of species and varieties (except for heading of each), for parts of the plant (in Latin and English), headings of groups ; the use of capitals (large) is reserved for headings of groups and (small) for the words " Plate," " Synonyms," and "Distribution"; clarendon appears only for the sectional name on page-headings. The heading of each species appears in the curious form : — " f ! I. CLABKEI (Plate V) Baker, Hdk. Irid. p. 25 (1892)," &c. The i and } employed throughout indicate respectively that Mr. Dykes has grown and flowered the plant and raised it from seed ; the dissociation of the name from its authority is odd, but far stranger is the placing of the name of the section where the authority usually stands; e.g., I. persica Juno." The page- headings contain only the names of sections wThere the name of the species beneath should appear ; those names which 11 probably represent plants that have no real claim to specific lank," but are "retained here since they are of some use in the garden to denote certain classes of hybrids," are in no way differentiated in type or by special heading from the species retained ; had these latter been numbered, as is usually the case in monographs, some indication of their different position would have been apparent, but unfortunately this is not the case. On the other hand, the names of species which have been fully described as such, but of which Mr. Dykes has been unable to obtain speci- mens, are sometimes printed in lower case italics (see p. 209). The printing of the index, howTever, is quite satisfactory ; the species retained are in black type, which is also employed for STUDIES IN SEEDS AND FRUITS 109 the principal references. But here again the ineptitude of the arrangement is manifest ; no reference to the plates is given — for this one has to turn hack to a list (facing the introduction), of which no indication is given in the contents of the book. Moreover, although the principle of having only one index is rigidly adhered to, the index is far from complete — e.g., the synonyms, other than those under Iris, are omitted (Xiphion for example finds no place). We regret to find so much ground for criticism in so handsome and so important a volume, but we have by no means exhausted the notes which we jotted down when going through the work. These of course relate to points which concern the botanist only, and the horticulturist, to whom the book chiefiy appeals, will not be affected by such matters of detail. The lovers of beautiful pictures also will not be deterred from acquiring the volume, for the appeal to them is in no way lessened by what has been said as to the letterpress. But the University of Cambridge has thrown away an opportunity of producing a work which might easily have been as beautiful in its typography as it is in its illustrations. Studies in Seeds and Fruits : an Investigation with the Balance. By H. B. Guppy, M.B., F.K.S.E. Williams & Norgate. Price 15s. net. Dr. Guppy is to be envied in that he can devote all his time to original research, and can apparently pursue such research in any part of the world to which its needs may direct him. His previous work led us to expect at his hands painstaking observa- tion and experiment, and cautious unprejudiced deductions. Such work is bound to yield some results of interest and value. In the present volume we have these same qualities ; and yet we feel dissatisfied with the result. In the first place, Dr. Guppy restricts his methods to the simplest — to little beyond an oven and a balance — when we should often be glad of the additional information that chemical testing or analysis could afford. Secondly, he glories in the discursive character of his work, a feature which renders it very difficult to estimate with any regard to brevity or coherency. Lastly, it is borne in upon us that the book is too big, that its five hundred pages contain masses of notebook details which we could well spare, though these serve, of course, to demonstrate the author's conscientiousness. We hasten, too, to acknowledge that he lays us under an obligation by providing excellent summaries of his chapters. After this grumble, however, one is fain to admit that his results, though mostly physiological, constantly prove very sugges- tive in many other directions. An impermeable seed-covering proves effective in securing delayed germination or greater lon- gevity for the resting seed. Hygroscopicity is shown to be a physical, rather than a vital, property; and it is certainly a warning against much of the exaggerated post-Darwinian teleo- logy that Dr. Guppy is able to show most convincingly that HO THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY wings and parachutes to seeds and fruits, though they may serve accidentally in aiding short-distance, or even long-distance, dis- persal, do not always do so, and were not originally developed for this end. In this view he is professedly following Goebel ; but Benthani had brought forward the same argument years before in reference to the Com/posit®. The insistence on the comparison of a ripe dry fruit with a shrivelled, and not with the merely ripe and still juicy, succulent fruit, may prove of some importance ; while the distinction between capsules and legumes — that the former dehisce and dry, while the latter dry and dehisce — is certainly so ; but we own to having hoped for more from chapters headed " The Homologies of Fruits." Has it ever, for example, been demonstrated by an adequate developmental study that Brazil-nuts are true seeds and not endocarps '? Such systematic descriptions of the ripe fruits as occur in Miers's papers on the Lecythidacese are, of course, by no means conclusive. We merely throw out a query for Dr. Guppy, or some other worker in the tropics. Most attractive descriptions of the variety of colour in the seeds of plants seen in Jamaica and in Devonshire convey little suggestion as to any explanation of this variety, neither does Dr. Guppy mention one striking instance among plants familiar to British botanists, the turquoise seeds of Impatiens biflora Walt., nor, curiously enough, the lilac testa of the ivy, though he gives an admirable illustrated account of the development of the ruminate perisperm and embryo in the latter. We remember a gathering of botanists some years ago being a good deal puzzled by a quantity of these seeds dropped down a chimney by starlings. As to the interesting point of the very varied rest-period of seeds and the generalization, which Dr. Guppy quotes from the late Mr. Hart, of Trinidad, that most tropical seeds have a very fugitive vitality, it seems obviously probable that longevity, an acquired character most desirable in more temperate climates, is not so much needed where seed-production, like the other stages of plant-life, is hardly restricted to any one part of the year, and that it has, therefore, not in these cases been acquired. One hardly expects side-lights on systematic botany from such researches as these ; but the conclusions (p. 487) that green coty- ledons occur generally among the DisciflorcB of Bentham and Hooker, and (p. 482) that Bidens tripartita L. is a dry-condition form of B. ccrnua L. will interest others than physiologists. Dr. Guppy is, perhaps, a little ahead of our modern tacticians when he suggests (p. 17) that an army is to be led by its airmen, though many previous thinkers have proclaimed that the dreamers are the leaders of the world. After the interesting array of carefully ascertained facts which he has provided for us, it wTould, we suppose, be churlish to grudge him his flights of fancy in his final chapter, even if we fail to find any great gain in considering the seed as adapted to lunar or other " cosmic " conditions, while the full-grown plant is " more conditioned," so as to be merely 11 terrestrial." f, a „ G. S. BOULGER. Ill BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, &c. Under the heading " The Society for the Promotion of Nature Eeserves," we have received the following circular : " In view of the dangers which at the present time threaten our indigenous fauna and flora with extinction, it has been thought advisable to found the above Society, the principal objects of which are the following : — i. To collect and collate information as to areas of land in the United Kingdom which retain their primitive condi- tions and contain rare and local species liable to extinction owing to building, draining, and disafforestation, or in consequence of the cupidity of collectors. All such information to be treated as strictly confidential, ii. To prepare a scheme showing which areas should be secured, iii. To obtain these areas and hand them over to the National Trust under such conditions as may be necessary, iv. To preserve for posterity as a national posses- sion some part at least of our native land, its fauna, flora, and geological features, v. To encourage the love of nature and to educate public opinion to a better knowledge of the value of nature study. While it is fully recognized that something has already been done in this direction by certain societies and by individual enterprise, it is certain that a great deal may yet be accomplished to prevent further destruction, if prompt action is taken. It is proposed to effect these objects by means of the Press, by personal efforts, by correspondence with local societies and individuals, and by such other means as may suggest them- selves from time to time." The President of the Society is the Eight Hon. J. W. Lowther ; Dr. Bayley Balfour, Sir Francis Darwin, Mr. Druce, and Sir David Prain are members of the Council. Communications should be addressed to the Secretary of the Society, at the Natural History Museum, Cromwell Koad, S.W. A remarkable feature of the Society is that " there shall be no subscription " ; " members shall be elected by invitation of the executive committee." In Annals of Botany for January, Miss Winifred Brenchley continues her investigations on the weeds of arable land, of which she publishes a third part. In this she deals with West Norfolk, where the total number of species and genera was far in advance of those for Bedfordshire and the West Country, though the number seen once or twice only was practically the same in each of the three districts. At the end " an alphabetical list of the more important weeds " is given, giving the common, and where possible, the local names ; we presume the latter have been restricted to those collected by Miss Brenchley herself in the district, for a reference to the Dialect Dictionary or the Dictionary of English Plant-Names would show many additions for West Norfolk. Veronica Toumefortii is called " Buxbaum's Speedwell " — which can never have been in common use and was applied to the plant in books when it was called V. Buxbaumii — and " Cuckoo's Leaves," a pretty name referring perhaps to its early appearance. " Makebeg," Spergula, has many analogies; "Ram's glass" for 112 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Banunculus acris must be a variant of the Dorset " Eam's Clas " (or claws) applied more appropriately to B. repens ; "Floatweed" for Tussilago must we think be a misrendering of Clote-weed — the plant is called Clot or Clote in East Norfolk ; " Wee Gweedie " for Euphorbia Peplus is analogous to the Scotch "Little Good'' —in Aberdeenshire " Little Gweedie " — for E. Helioscopia, and was probably introduced by a Scottish farmer. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on February 6th, 1913, Miss Bancroft read a paper, of which the following is an abstract : — The structure of Bhexoxylon africanum, a fossil stem described by Dr. A. W. Rogers as probably coming from the Karroo rocks of Cape Colony, indicates affinities with the Medulloseas of later Palaeozoic age. The vascular system consists of an inner ring of elliptical steles, each composed of a large inversely orientated part from which traces may separate, and a small normal part. The "partial pith " of each stele is much reduced. Externally is a series of " partial steles," having normally orientated elements only. The lateral margins of the partial steles are often much broken by the separation of traces. The protoxylem elements are situated at the inner margins of the xylem-masses ; the metaxylem elements typically possess biseriate bordered pits. The medullary rays are uniseriate throughout. Scattered irregu- larly throughout the parenchymatous ground tissue are vascular strands, bands of periderm and sclerotic nests. The outer layers of the stem are absent. The name Bhexoxylon is suggested as being descriptive of the broken-up nature of the xylem. The new genus is included in the Medulloseae, although it differs from the typical members of the family in the " coniferous " texture of the wood with its uniseriate medullary rays and Araucarian type of pitting. The foolish and mischievous outrages by which certain women are damaging what we believe to be an excellent cause have included an attack upon the orchid-houses at Kew. It may not be generally known that the intention of the attack was philan- thropic ; this we learn from a speech by Mrs. Pankhurst, the "militant" leader, as reported in the Morning Post of Feb. 11. " There were people," she said, " who said it was wrong to destroy in a single night choice flowers which had taken years to reach that pitch of perfection, but how many lives were sacrificed in collecting the plants from the swamps where they grew, and what a useless sacrifice that was as compared with the great benefits which they hoped would come out of the destruction of these orchids at Kew ? Was it not necessary for women to do these things in order to call attention to the horrors that people had to suffer in the production of these beautiful flowers?" Are we to infer from this that the mulier fortis and her followers had made themselves acquainted with the history of the species damaged, and confined themselves to attacks upon swamp- loving species ? 113 THE BRITISH SPECIES OF ARCTIUM. By A. H. Evans, M.A. Of late years there has been a widespread idea in Britain that the genus Arctium presented great difficulties to its students, both as regard nomenclature and the identification of our native species. The synonymy certainly involves some difficult questions, but I hope here to show that the identification is comparatively simple. A great part of the confusion is probably due to excessive reliance on herbarium specimens, the use of which, though most important in their proper place, should in the case of Arctium follow, and not precede, the examination of freshly gathered material. Most of the forms lose something of their characteristic appearance when pressed, and, if the examples to hand are not mature and care- fully selected, they may easily lead to erroneous conclusions. The difficulties are of course greatest to those persons residing in districts where only one or two of the forms are found, when they attempt to follow the arrangement in a single text-book. In Cambridgeshire, however, we are particularly fortunate, as all the members of the genus recorded for Britain are comparatively abundant, and in at least one locality may all be found growing within a few hundred yards of one another. I have been interested in this small group of plants for many years, and for the last two or three have made a careful study of it, receiving much assistance at the British Museum, from the Editor of this Journal, and others, as well as from various friends and correspondents. Last year I spent most of the summer vacation in revisiting various counties in search of species of Arctium, going by way of Surrey, Hants, and Devon to Cornwall, and thence northwards to Northumberland and the Eastern Border counties, with a short sojourn in Stirlingshire. I also procured specimens from many places which I was unable to reach in the time at my disposal, while I had previously visited Orkney and Shetland. No one who has examined a large number of these plants in the field is likely to assign his specimens to more than four species, and this is in accordance with Professor Babington's conclusions in 1856 (Ann. Mag. N. H. xvii. 369), if we allow for the fact that, of the five there given, he afterwards admitted that A. tomentosum was unknown in Britain. But I submit that there are only three species as yet known in the country, and that the fourth form is a subvariety, which I have renamed to prevent confusion, as will be seen in the synonymy given below. This is "A. nemorosum auct. angl," which Babington, in the fourth edition of his Manual of British Botany, and in the article cited above, identified with A. intermedium Lange. He then called the real A. intermedium A. pubens, though he subsequently withdrew this name and changed it on every sheet in his herbarium. Our largest species, A. Lappa, can hardly be confounded with any other by those who have once seen it in flower and mature Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [April, 1913.] k 114 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY fruit. It is a plant of the outskirts of woods, copses, and shady places, distinguished from all its British congeners by its solid petioles, and has large almost hemispherical heads, which become more and more flattened above as they ripen, while the phyl- laries are unusually spreading. It is locally known as the Great Burdock. The remaining British forms have not unfrequently been classed under the general heading of A. minus, whether as subspecies or varieties, but this procedure is only possible to those who have not studied growing plants. A. minus is a very distinct species, prac- tically confined to woodlands or even woods proper, and is on the whole the tallest of the British forms, though less stout than A. Lappa, and with somewhat smaller leaves, which are more nearly serrate than crenate. The small heads also are oval, and are racemose instead of subcorymbose in properly grown speci- mens, while they are as nearly as possible closed by the appressed phyllaries in fruit. A third species is A. vulgare (= A. intermedium of Lange), which is undoubtedly the most common British species. During the whole of my above-mentioned trip I found little else, from Cornwall to mid- Scotland, whether I was investigating wood margins, shady lanes, dusty hedges or roadsides, sea-cliffs or sandy dunes. It is a much shorter plant than either of the foregoing, and has not the small closed heads of A. minus when in fruit, though the petioles are hollow, as in that species. In fruit it is, as Lange's name implies, intermediate between A. Lappa and A. minus, but can never be mistaken for either. The large sub- corymbose heads separate this plant readily from the latter, and the hollow petioles from the former. The heads, moreover, are open in fruit, as in .4. Lappa, but never to so great an extent, since the phyllaries spread much less. "A. nemorosum" of British authors is merely a subvariety of A. vulgare, with comparatively sessile heads at the ends of the branchlets, and apparently no other constant feature. Inter- mediate specimens are constantly to be found with every variation in the length of the peduncle, while the heads are never really sessile, though often conglomerated at the ends of the branches." This form is that which is usual north of the Border, and reaches North Cornwall, though uncommon there. It also reaches the Orkneys and the Shetlands, while I have not yet found typical A. vulgare north of Haddingtonshire and the Isle of May. Eecords of A. minus from Northern Scotland probably refer in most cases to this subvariety. Throughout my investigations in the field I have only met with one plant which appeared to be a hybrid, and that was a doubtful case, as it was in bad condition. Where three or four of the species grow close together hybrids might be expected, but I have seen none such. On the other hand, there is no limit to the hybrids that might be propounded from dried herbarium material, * The same conglomerated heads may often be seen in A. minus. THE BRITISH SPECIES OF ARCTIUM 115 especially from immature specimens of A. Lappa or poor examples of A. vulgare, while the heads of A. minus, when pressed, often look so large that students may well be excused if they fancy that they recognize hybrids with one of the two other species. I hope to recur to this subject, however, at a later time, as I have plants in various localities under observation, though I believe that all will prove to be robust specimens of A. minus or small shade- grown forms of A. Lappa. As regards Britain, undoubted hybrids have yet, it appears, to be found, and the theory sometimes mooted that A. vulgare — that is, A. intermedium of Lange — con- sists of a series of varying hybrids is quite untenable. On the other hand, we have in this country several for nice : for instance, A. minus, as well as A. vulgare, may be green or purplish in general coloration, and all three species may have more or less arachnoid heads. In some years the arachnoid condition is much less evident than in others, or it may be entirely absent ; this is usually the case in a dry season, though it cannot yet be asserted with certainty that drought is the sole cause of the disappearance of the " wool." So also green and purplish forms may grow in the closest proximity, though not in the same patch. It is notice- able that the green form of A. minus constantly has light pink flowers, like those of A. Lappa, whereas the purplish form has the darker flowers of A. vulgare. Exceptionally arachnoid specimens of the green form of A. vulgare probably misled Babington into giving them the appellation of A. pubens, as far as we can judge from his herbarium and his description. By the International Eules we must take as our starting point Linnasus's Species Plantarum, ed. i. (1753), where the genus stands as Arctium. Lappa as a generic name must therefore be discarded. In conclusion, I give a somewhat extended synonymy of the British members of the genus, adding that of A. tomcn- tosum in brackets, for it is possible that it may yet be discovered within our islands, perhaps on the dry sands in Norfolk or Suffolk. Herein I have had the inestimable advantage of the aid of Dr. Moss, Curator of the Herbarium at Cambridge. As early as 1761 Hill (Vegetable System, iv. 28) gave very fair descriptions and unmistakable figures of three British species, so that the confusion that has subsequently arisen as to their proper names is very largely due to students ignoring his work. The Great Burdock must stand as A. Lappa L. Sp. Plant. 816, excl. var. {$." The Small Burdock must stand as A, minus Bernhardi Syst. Verz. Erf. i. 154. It is the Lappa minor of Hill. The medium-sized Burdock must stand as Arctium vulgare mini. The name is really due to Hill, and it is with the greatest * It is perhaps worth noting here that the only specimen in the Linnean Herbarium is very poor, and consists of a short branchlet with very small leaves and tomentose heads. Linnaeus labelled it I. Lappa, but it may be A. vulgare. In Smith's Herbarium we find only two examples, referable to A. minus (certainly) and ".-1. nemorosum" (probably). K 2 116 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY reluctance that I follow the received practice among botanists of attributing it to myself, though there appears to be no way of avoiding such action. Miller (Gard. Diet. ed. 8) was very nearly first in the field with his name of A. personata; for his reference to Yaillant, and that writer's further reference to a figure of Lobel's, show that the present species was intended, as indeed is pretty clear from Miller's remarks on its distribution. Typical specimens of "A. intermedium" sent by Lange to Babington correspond exactly to the British plant ; on the other hand, the description and photograph of Lejeune's "A. nemorosum" seem to be conclusive as to its being A. minus. A. macrosperma Wallroth has by some authors been used for A. vulgare, but the description in Linncea, xiv. 63 a is surely that of A. Lappa, though by some confusion " Lappa major" is mentioned also. The so-called species "A. nemorosum" of British authors generally — not necessarily of Continental — I sink to a subvariety, as stated above, and for it I propose the name of pycnocephalum. The mere fact of conglomerated heads, nearly but not truly sessile, is not sufficient to characterize a valid species or even variety. The distribution of the different plants needs further investiga- tion, and I hope to be able to do more work in that direction : meanwhile, I should be most grateful for fruiting specimens from the various counties, which may be fresh or dried, so long as they are not pressed or in any way flattened. 1. Arctium Lappa L. Sp. PI. 816 (1753), excl. var. (3; L. Flor. Angl. 22 (1754) ; Miller, Gard. Diet. ed. 8, No. 1 (1768) ; Willdenow, Sp. PI. iii. 1631 (1800) ; Babington in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iv. 254 (1840); id. Man. Br. Bot. 171 (1843) ; Schinz und Keller, Fl. Schweiz. 569 (1909). Lappa Arctium Hill, Veg. Syst. iv. 28, fig. 2 a, b (1761). L. glabra Lamarck, Fl. France, ii. 37 (1778), excl. var. /3. L. officinalis Allioni, Fl. Ped. i. 145 (1785), partim; Ascherson und Graebner, Fl. Nord. Flachl. 743 (1899). L. major Gaertner, De Fruct. ii. 379, t. 162, fig. 3 (1789). A. majus Bernhardi, Syst. Verz. Erf. i. 154 (1800) ; Schkuhr, Bot. Handb. iii. 49 (1808) ; Fries, Fl. Suec. 264 (1828) ; Wimmer et Grabowski, Fl. Siles. iii. 105 (1829) ; Babing- ton, Man. Br. Bot. ed. 2, 182 (1847), including A. tomen- tosum, id. in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser 2, xvii. 373 (1856), including A. tomentosum,o^. cit. ser. 3, xv. 9 (1865); Rouy, Fl. France, ix. 94 (1905). L. macrosperma Wallroth in Linncea, xiv. 639 (1840), non v. Dalla Torre und v. Sarntheim. L. vulgaris Williams, Prodr. i. 53 (1901), non Hill. Icones.— Hill, ut supra; Reichenbach, Icon. xv. 54, t. 812, figs. 3-11, as L. officinalis ; Fl. Dan. t. 2423, as L. tomentosa, t. 2424, as L. major: Syme, Eng. Bot. v. t. 699, as A. majus. A. Lappa forma subtomentosum mihi. A. majus subvar. subtomentosum Legr. in Bull. Assoc. Fr. Bot. ii. 69; Rouy, Fl. France, ix. 95 (1905). THE BRITISH SPECIES OF ARCTIUM 117 [Arctium tomentosum Miller, Garcl. Diet. eel. 8, No. 3 (1768) ; Bernhardi, Syst. Verz. Erf. i. 157 (1800) ; Schkuhr, Bot. Handb. iii. 49, t. 227 (1803) ; Persoon, Syn. ii. 383 (1807) ; Rouy, Fl. France, ix. 96 (1905), non Babington. Arctium Lappa var. ft, L. Sp. Fl. 816 (1753). Lappa tomentosa Lamarck, Fl. France, 263 (1778) ; Allioni, Fl. Ped. i. 144 (1785) ; Ascherson unci Graebner, Fl. Nord. Flachl. 744 (1899). A. Bardana Willdenow, Sp. PI. iii. 1632 (1800), non Smith. A. Lappa Fries, Fl. Suec. 263 (1828), partim. Icones. — Sven. Bot. t. 63, as A. Lappa-, Fl. Dan. t. 642, as A. Lappa; Reichenbach, Icon. xv. t. 811, fig. 2, as L. tomentosa.] 2. Arctium vulgare mihi. Lappa vulgaris Hill, Veg. Syst. iv. 28, fig. la, b (1761). A. Per sonata Miller, Gard. Diet. ed. 8, no. 2 (1768), non L. L. officinalis Allioni, Fl. Ped. 145 (1785), partim, non Ascherson und Graebner. A. Lappa Schkuhr, Bot. Handb. iii. 48 (1803). L. intermedia Lange, Fl. Dan. t. 2663, fasc. 45, 8 (1844). A. intermedium Lange, Dansk. Fl. 463 (1851) ; Babington in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xv. 9 (1865). A. pubens Babington, op. cit. ser. 2, xvii. 376 (1856) ; Man. Br. Bot. ed. iv. 185 (1856). A. majus subsp. nemorosum Rouy, Fl. France, ix. 95 (1905), ? including A. pubens. L. nemorosa Koernicke in Schrift. Phys. Okon. Ges. Konigs- berg, 63 (1864) ; Ascherson und Graebner, Fl. Nord. Flachl. 743 (1899). A. macrospermum Ascherson, Fl. Brand. 353 (1864) ; v. Dalla Torre und v. Sarntheim, Blutenprl. Tirol, vi. pt. iii. 595 (1912), non Wallroth. A. minus subsp. intermedium Syme, Eng. Bot. xxv. t. 700 (1866). Icones. — Hill, ut supra', Reichenbach, Icon. xv. t. 812, figs. 1-2, as L. intermedia ; Fl. Dan. t. 2663, as L. intermedia ; Syme, ut supra. A. vulgare subvar. pycnocephalum mihi. A. intermedium Babington in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xvii. 374 (1856) ; Man. Br. Bot. ed. 4, 184 (1856). A. nemorosum Babington in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xv. 10 (1865) ; Man. Br. Bot. ed. 7, 197 (1874), non Lejeune. A. minus subsp. nemorosum Syme, Eng. Bot. v. 25, t. 701 (1866), excl. syn. A. Neivbouldii A. Bennett in Journ. Bot. xxxvii. 342 (1899); in Irish Nat. xii. 289, 290 (1203). A. vulgare forma subtomentosum mihi. = ? A. pubens {partim) Babington in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xvii. 376 (1856). 118 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY A. intermedium var. subtomentosum A. Bennett in Bot. Exch. Club Brit. Isles Rep. for 1891, 328 (1892). A green plant, with densely tomentose heads. A. vulgare forma purpurascens mini. Lappa m inort purpurascens A. Blytt, Norges Fl. ed. i. 610 (1861). 3. Arctium minus Bernhardi, Syst. Verz. Erf. i. 154 (1800) ; Schkuhr, Bot. Handb. hi. 49 (1803) ; Babington in Ann. & .Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xvii. 375 (1856) ; Rouy, Fl. France, ix. 95 (1905). Lappa minor Hill, Syst. Veg. iv. 28, fig. 3 a (1761): DC. Fl. France, iv. 77 (1805). L. glabra var. p Lamarck, Fl. France, ii. 37 (1778). A. major var. minus Gray, Nat. Arr. ii. 435 (1821). A. Lappa Fries, Fl. Suec. 263 (1828), partim. L. glabra var. minor Duby, Bot. Gall. i. 282 (1828). A. nemorosum Lejeune, Comp. Fl. Belg. hi. 129 (1836), non Babington. .1. minus subsp. euminus Syme, Eng. Bot. v. 26, t. 702 (1866). L. glabra Ascherson und Graebner, Flor. Nord. Flachl. 743 (1899). Icones. — Hill, ut supra; Curtis, Fl. Lond. ii. 173, as A. Lappa ; Smith, Eng. Bot. t. 1228, as A. Lappa; Reichenbach, Icon. xv. t. 811, figs. 1-3, as L. minor; Woodville, Med. Bot. t. 15, as A. Lappa; Fl. Dan. t. 2662, as L. minor; Syme, ut supra. A. minus forma paniculatum mihi. L. minor var. paniculata Lange, Dansk. Flor. ed. 4, 357 (1886). A. minus forma purpurea mihi. L. minor forma ? purpurea Blytt, Norg. Fl. 710 (1906). Several hybrids have been reported at different times from abroad ; these are here given in case they are hereafter found in Britain ; in fact, Beeby (Journ. Bot. xlvi. 380 (1908) ) records the first from several counties, without specifying them : — 1. A. Lappa x minus comb. nov. A. subracemosum Nyman, Consp. Fl. Europ. Suppl. ii. 179 (1889), nomen. Lappa notha Ruhmer in Konigl. Bot. Gart. i. 238 (1881). L. glabra x officinalis Ruhmer, loc. cit. ; Aschers. & Graebn. Fl. Nord. Flachl. 744 (1899). x A. subracemosum Rouy, Fl. France, ix. 98 (1905). [2. A. Lappa x tomentosum Beck, Fl. Nied. Oesterr. 1228 (1893). Lappa major x tomentosa Haussprecht in Oesterr. Bot. Zeit. xiv. 206 (1864). ,1. ambiguum Nyman, Consp. Fl. Europ. Suppl. ii. 179 (1879-80). Lappa ambigua Celakowksi, Prod. Flor. Boh. 249 (1871). L. officinalis x tomentosa Aschers. & Graebn. Flor. Nord. Flachl. 744 (1899). x A. ambiguum Rouy, Fl. France, ix. 97 (1905).] 3. A. Lappa x vulgare, comb. nov. L. officinalis x nemorosa (L. cimbrica) Aschers. & Graebn. Fl. Nord. Flachl. 743 (1899). TWO NEW SCOTTISH HAWKWEEDS 119 [4. A. MINUS X TOMENTOSUM, COHlb. IIOV. L. Bitschliana Ascherson, Ber. Deut. Bot. Ges. ix. 99 (1891). L. glabra x tomentosa Aschers. & Graebn. Fl. Nord. Flachl. 744 (1899).] 5. A. minus x vulgare, comb. nov. L. maasii M. Schultze, B. V. Thiir. ii. 214 (1884). L. nemorosa x glabra Aschers. & Graebn. Fl. Nord. Flachl. 743 (1899). TWO NEW SCOTTISH HAWKWEEDS. By the Eev. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S. Hieracium Isabella^ n. sp. — Planta 2-5 decim.alta. Caulis subflexuosus, pilis sparsis longioribus gracillimis albidis praeditus ; superne flocculosus ac saepe glandulosus. Folia tenuiora, flaccida, in apricis brunneo-purpurascentia, ciliata, in margine hinc inde micro-glandulifera, utrinque plus minus albido-pilosa ; radicalia 3-4, in petiolum subalatum laminam (exceptis primariis) saepe a3quantem cuneato-attenuata, ambitu lanceolata, vel in exemplis robustis ovali-lanceolata, apicem versus integerrima, acuta aut mucronata, utrinque dentibus subtriangularibus (in primariis grossis) 3, rarius 4-6, mucronatis instructa; caulinum solitarium, in speciminibus parvis aliquando 0, vel bracteae simile, lanceo- latum lineari-lanceolatumve ; petiolum late alatum ; lamina ad apicem integram acutissimam atque ad basin sensim attenuata. Bractece anguste lineares, acutae. Pedunculi recti, rarius curvuli, dense flocculosi glandulosique. Gapitula 1-3, rarius 4-5, mediocria vel majuscula, basi cuneata, serius paullulum rotundata. Phyllaria linearia, pilis albidis crispulis eglandulosis, glanduliferisque rectis inaequalibus (nonnunquam perpaucis), flocculoque, praecipue basin versus, induta ; exteriora obtusiuscula, subsenescentia ; interiora glabrescentia, acuta, margine vel tota hyalina. Ligula aureag, phyllariis interioribus subduplo longiores, apice glaberrimae. Styli e livido nigrescentes. Achenia nigro-castanea. Pappus sordide albus. Plant 2 to 5 decimetres high. Stem usually flexuose, with scattered, rather long, very slender, whitish hairs ; flocculose and often glandular, above. Leaves thinnish, flaccid, purplish-brown in exposure, ciliate, with occasional small glands on the margin, more or less whitish-pilose on both sides ; radical 3 to 4, narrowed like a wedge into the somewhat winged petiole, which often (except in the primary ones) equals the blade, lanceolate, or in strong examples oval-lanceolate in outline, quite entire towards the point, acute or mucronate, with 3, more rarely 4 to 6 pairs of subtriangular, mucronate teeth (coarse, in the primary ones); cauline solitary, sometimes absent or bractlike, in small speci- mens, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate ; petiole broadly winged ; blade narrowed to the entire, very acute point and the base. Bracts narrow-linear, acute. Peduncles straight (rarely a little curved), densely flocculose and glandular. Heads 1 to 3, more 120 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY seldom 1 to 5, medium-sized or rather large, wedge-shaped at the base, afterwards slightly rounded. Phyllanes linear, clothed with whitish, rather curly, eglandular, and straight, unequal, glandular hairs (sometimes very few), and, principally towards the base, with fine floccose down ; outer bluntish, rather senescent, inner glabrescent, acute, hyaline at their borders, or wholly so. Ligules golden yellow, about twice as long as the inner phyllaries, quite glabrous at the tips. Styles livid or blackish. Achenes dark chestnut. Pappus dirty white. Exsiccata.— E. S. Marshall, Nos. 3589, and 3610 to 3617, inclusive. I name this striking plant after my wife Fanny Isabel {nee Foster), in commemoration of our recent " silver wedding " and in gratitude for her constant, sympathetic companionship on so many botanical excursions, over and above the fact that some of the gatherings on which this species is founded were made by her while I was amusing myself by fly-fishing on Loch Ericht, with indifferent success. H. Isabella is frequent by rocky alpine and subalpine streams in the neighbourhood of Dalwhinnie, E. Inverness (Shoolbred & Marshall, July, 1911), extending over the county " march " into Perthshire, at 1800 to 2500 feet. Doubtless it will be found else- where. The stations at present known to me are as follows : — V.-c. 88, Mid Perth. — Allt Coire Luidhearnaidh, west of Dalna- spidal, and north of Loch Garry. V.-c. 96, East Inverness. — Allt a' Choire Bhathaich ; Allt Beal an Sporain ; streamlets on the west side of Ben Alder, below Coire Chomlain ; and Allt an Lochain Dhuibh, about five miles north of Cluny Castle. All these are somewhat shaded localities, with the exception of the Perthshire one, where alone the bronze-leaved state was obtained. It seems to be equally at home on gneiss and granite. I believe that this species should be referred to the subsection Aljpina Nigrescentia; the root-leaves show considerable resem- blance to such members of the group as H. nigrescens Willd., and //. submurorum Lindeb., though they have a peculiar fades of their own : and the presence of a few small marginal stalked glands favours such a conclusion. Like H. hyparticum Almq. (otherwise totally different), it has cuneate-based heads; but there are never so few black-stalked glands on any other British member of the subsection. Its nearest ally appears to be //. callistoplujllum F. J. Hanb., the var. cremnanthes of which (fust published under H. Marshall* F. J. Hanb.) has winged petioles. Their head-clothing is much alike, though the simple hairs are more plentiful in H. callistophyllum, which also I incline to refer to Alpina Xigrescentia, and consider to be closely related to II. MarshalM. Lindeberg at first called H. callistophyllum "H. nigrescens* forma; at squamae obtusiores et magis floccosae." i.e. //. ewrvatum Elfstrand (' nig rescens' Fries, Lindeberpr, Backhouse, non Willdenow). TWO NEW SCOTTISH HAWKWEEDS 121 That is, of course, thoroughly distinct from H. curvatum, but hardly belongs to the Vulgata section. The Rev. E. F. Linton's comment on my No. 3617, in the Watson Botanical Exchange Club Beport, 1911-12, p. 343, rather supports the view now taken : — " There is a look of Nigrescentia about the foliage of these plants, but not in the heads, which are like some of the Silvatica. It may be one of the connecting links between these two groups. I have no name for it." H. Isabella is sure to occur in Atholl Forest, v.-c. 89 East Perth ; one of its known stations is close to the county border. Hieracium Shoolbredii, n. sp. — Planta 1-5-4 decim. alta. Caulis sulcatus, curvulus, prope basin crinibus albis gracilibus longioribus pubescens aut villosus, ad medium glabrescens, superne parum flocculosus, admixtis hinc inde setis glanduligeris, supra medium fere ramosus. Folia laete gramineo-viridia, in apricis purpurascentia, firma, sed vix carnosa, superne glabra, inferne (ad costam praecipue medianam) pubescentia, longius albo-ciliata ; radi- calia primaria orbicularia vel late ovata, saepius integerrima, obtusa vel mucronata ; reliqua ambitu valde varia, ovata vel oblongo-ovata, in plantis proceris exciso repandove dentata (dentibus plerumque patentibus, prope basin subtruncatam longioribus), apicem versus subintegra, in exemplis minoribus nonnunquam minute sinuata, parce dentata, breviter acutae vel subobtusae ; caulinum unicum, sessile vel breviter petiolatum, lanceolatum, in apicem gracilem protractum, interdum 0 vel bracteiforme. Bractece parvae, subulatae. Pedunculi subrecti, longi longissimive, cano-floccosi, plus minus glandulosi (rami secundarii acladium evidenter superant). Capi- tnla 1-6, pro hac subsectione majuscula, campanulata. Phyllaria exteriora curta, obtusa, linearia vel oblonga ; interiora ante anthesin eximie porrecta, anguste linearia, praelonga, acutissima ; cuncta distincte senescentia, cano-floccosa, setis glanduliferis brevibus, mediocribus, necnon longis numerosis, pilisque longis albis simplicibus vestita. Ligulce citrino-luteae, neque aureae, phyllaria interiora subduplo superantes, apice pilosissimae. Styli nigrescentes. Achenia maturitate nigra. Pappus albus, nitescens. Plant 1*5 to 4 decimetres high. Stem furrowed, somewhat curved, pubescent or villous near the base with rather long, slender, white hairs, glabrescent in the middle, slightly flocculose upwards, wTith occasional glandular bristles, generally branched above the middle. Leaves bright grass-green, purplish in ex- posure, firm, but scarcely fleshy, glabrous above, pubescent beneath (chiefly on the midrib), fringed with rather long hairs ; primary radical ones orbicular or broadly ovate, mostly quite entire, blunt or mucronate ; the rest varying much in outline, ovate to oblong- ovate, scalloped or repand-dentate in strong plants (teeth usually patent, longer at the subtruncate base), subentire towards the tip, in small plants sometimes minutely wavy, sparingly dentate, shortly pointed or bluntish ; stem-leaf one, sessile or shortly stalked, lanceolate, tapering into a slender point, sometimes absent or bract-like. Bracts small, subulate. Peduncles nearly straight, long or very long, cano-floccose (the secondary branches 122 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY clearly exceed the aclaclium). Heads 1 to 6, rather large for this subsection, campanulate. Outer phyllaries short, blunt, linear or oblong ; inner remarkably porrect in bud, narrow-linear, very long and acute ; all decidedly senescent, cano-floccose, clothed with short, medium- sized, and long gland-tipped bristles, and with many long, white, simple hairs. Ligules lemon-yellow, not golden, about twice as long as the inner phyllaries, very pilose at the tips. Styles blackish. Ripe achenes black. Pappus white, rather shining. Exsiccata.—E. S. Marshall, Nos. 3284-5 ; also 3602-9, inclusive. I dedicate this species to my old friend W. A. Shoolbred, in whose company the whole series was collected. It is very striking when alive ; but some of the characters are obscured in the process of drying. Both W. A. S. and Rev. E. F. Linton have suggested H. sanguineum Ley for it ; but Rev. Augustine Ley remarked, on the original gatherings : — " Not sanguineum, but sil- vaticum var. tricolor " — an identification which cannot be upheld. Later, Mr. Linton thought that it might be "a local species"; his present view is that " this species will have to be placed near H. sanguineum Ley," and I fully concur. Superficially, the resemblance between herbarium examples of both is very striking; but a closer comparison renders their union impossible. In H. Shoolbredii the leaves are extraordinarily vivid green, not dull, with longer ciliation ; the heads are still larger, but not so broad in proportion, and the very porrect phyllaries (in bud) are a good distinctive mark. The stalked head-glands are far more nume- rous, stouter, and more unequal ; while the simple hairs are long, white (not dusky), and considerably more abundant. Instead of being slightly ciliate, the ligules are extremely so ; and the styles are a good deal darker. Several minor divergences might be added ; but this is hardly needed. We first found this hawkweed in 1908, near Inchnadamph, in three stations, and used to speak of it as " false hyparcticum," from a superficial resemblance in their habit (the lower branch of a specimen in my herbarium, including the peduncles and heads, rather exceeds 1-5 decimetres!). Up to 1911 we regarded it as a purely limestone species ; but in that year it was again obtained near Dalwhinnie in several spots, both on gneiss and on granite, so it is probably of wide distribution in the Highlands. It has, so far, been observed as follows, chiefly on fairly dry rocks, but sometimes by alpine streams ; the range of elevation varying from about 800 feet, in the north, to 2200 feet or more, further south: — V.-c. 88, Mid Perth. — Hillside, Sgairneach Mor, facing and west of the Sow of Athole. V.-c. 96, East Inverness. — Creag Dhubh, south of Loch Ericht ; Coire Chuirn (adjoining Atholl Forest, v.-c. 89, East Perth) ; and Allt Beal an Sporain (halfway between Dalwhinnie and Dalnaspidal). V.-c. 108, West Sutherland. — Near the Traligill River and the Allt-na-Glaice-Moire: also on a hill overlooking Loch Maol-a- Choire (" Gillaroo Loch "), near Inchnadamph. 123 NEW PLANTS FROM JAMAICA.— II. (including notes on some linnean species of coccoloba.) By William Fawcett,B.Sc, F.L.S., & A. B. Eendle, D.Sc, F.R.S. The genus Coccoloba dates from Linnaeus's Systema, ed. 10, 1007 (1759), and was adopted from Patrick Browne's name Cocco- lobis (Hist. Jam. 209) ; Browne's name cannot be revived, as he gives no generic diagnosis. In the Species Plantarum (1753) Linnaeus included the only known species, tivifera, under Poly- gonum ; to this he adds in the Systema four, as follow : — " C. pubescens C. fol. coriaceis orbiculatis. Pluk. Phyt. 222, f. 8." There is no specimen of this in the Linnean Herbarium, but Plukenet's specimens are preserved among his plants in Herb. Sloane. In Species Plantarum, ed. 2, 523 (1762), where the trivial name is misprinted rubescens, Linnaeus cites in addition C. grandi- folia Jacq. (Enum. PI. Carib. 19 (1760) ), which is undoubtedly the same plant, and also Coccolobis arbor ea foliis orbiculatis Browne, Jam. 210, and in his own copy of Browne's work at the Linnean Society, has written G. pubescens against this description. " 0. excoriata C. fol. coriaceis ovatis." The specimen in the Linnean Herbarium consists only of a leaf-bearing twig which we are unable to refer to any known species. Linnaeus received the plant from Browne, and in his copy of Browne's History identifies it with Browne's C. montana major arborea, foliis subrotundis, cortice levi, which Browne calls " Mountain Grape-tree," and which he says is " frequent about the Cross in Clarendon." In Sp. PI. ed. 2, 524, Linnaeus cites, in addition to Browne's descrip- tion, Jacquin's description of his C. nivea (Enum. PI. Carib. 19), which is the same as C. venosa L., a distinct species. He also adds Browne's query, whether Plukenet's Arbor indica, glycyrrhizce, &c, Amalth. 22, t. 363, f. 4 is the same species; this, as the specimen in Herb. Sloane shows, is not a Coccoloba. " ft venosa C. fol. oblongo-ovatis venosis. Pluk. Phyt. 237, f. 4." There is no specimen in the Linnean Herbarium, but the original of Plukenet's figure is preserved in Herb. Sloane ; it consists merely of leaves, the fruit represented in the figure is obviously not a Coccoloba, and is not found in the Herbarium. Linnaeus does not cite Browne, but his diagnosis is copied from Browne's Coccolobis, no. 3 (Hist. Jam. 210), against which in his own copy he has written ft venosa. Browne also cites Plukenet's figure. In Sp. PI. ed. 2, 523, Linnaeus changed the name to C. punctata, and cites, in addition to Browne and Plukenet, Jacquin's diagnosis of C. coronata (Enum. PI. Carib. 19), which is a native of Cartha- gena, in Colombia, and is, in our opinion, a distinct species. A leaf of C. nivea Jacq. from Jacquin's own herbarium in the National Herbarium shows this species to be the same as C. venosa L. This species is apparently widely distributed in the West Indies, but, although it is mentioned both by Browne and SwTartz as betng native, we have seen no specimen from Jamaica nor any later record of its occurrence there. 124 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY " C. tcnui folia C. fol. membranaceis ovatis. Browne, Jain. t. 14, f. 3." The excellent flowering specimen in Herb. Linn., received from P. Browne, is the species which has been recently described by Lindau as G. jamaicensis in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xiii. 206 (1890). dler description of C. tcnuifolia is given in the Elor. Jamai- censis published in the Amcenitates (v. 397, 1760), to which, in Sp. PI. ed. 2, 524, reference is made, the original reference to Browne being also given. In his monograph of the genus, Lindau includes C. tcnuifolia L. among "species dubiae et oblivione digine " (torn. cit. 220). Coccoloba Priorii. Arbor vel frutex. Folia parva coriacea glabra elliptica breviter acuminata, basi obtusa rotundatave, petio- lata, nervis supra planis, subtus prominulis, venis supra incon- spicuis, subtus densiuscule reticulatis planis. Ochrece glabrae laxiusculae persistentes infra tubulosaa, apice bidentatae. Bacemi folia subajquantes, geminati aut solitarii, terminales erecti laxi- nori ; rhachi, bracteis, ochreolis, pedicellis, perianthioque tomen- tellis ; nodulis 1-floris. Bractei et ochreolce minuti. Pedicelli apice articulati, bracteis multo longiores. Fructus ... G. tenuifolia Griseb. Fl. Br. W. Ind. 162 (1859) non L. Type in Herb. Kew. Leaves 1-8 cm. 1., 2-4 cm. br. ; petioles 7-12 mm. 1. Ochrece 8-12 mm. 1. Bacemes 4-8 cm. 1. Bracts and ochreolce scarcely •0 mm. 1. Pedicels 2 mm. 1., patent. Perianth, tube 2-3 mm. 1., lobes 1*5-2 mm. 1. Hab. — Jamaica, Prior ! Coccoloba nigra. Arbor vel frutex glaber. Folia coriacea anguste elliptica vel lanceolata, breviter petiolata ; apice et basi obtusa, nervis venisque utrinque prominulis, venis dense reticu- latis. Ochrece laxae ovatae non tubulosae persistentes. Bacemi densinori erecti terminales foliis breviores ; nodulis plurifloris ; rhachi nigrescente. Bractcce triangulares coriaceae nigrescentes. Ochreolce bracteis multo longiores bilobae mucronatae membra- naceae, translucentes. Pedicelli breves. Perianthii tubus brevis- simus. Fructus . . . Type in Herb. Edinb. Leaves 6-10 cm. L, 2-5-4 cm. br. ; petioles 4-5 mm. 1. Ochrece 8 mm. 1. Bacemes 7'5 cm. I. Bracts 1-5-2 mm. 1. Ochreolce :j nun. 1. Pedicels about 1 mm. 1. Perianth about 3 mm. 1.; tube Less tlian 1 mm. 1.; lobes elliptical. Hab. — " Jamaica," fide Grisebach MSS. in Herb. Edinb. with- out name of collector; named by Grisebach " C. punctata L." This species belongs to Lindau's section Campderia, and is therefore related to C. venosa L. (C. excoriata Lindau (non L.) in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xiii. 211), but differs from this species in the leathery leaves and erect racemes. Coccoloba neglecta. Arbor vel frutex ramulis glabris. Folia late elliptica, apice rotundata, basi acuta, obtusa rotundatave, nervis subtus prominentibus, venis inconspicuis. Ochrece apice deciduffl, intra persistentes. Bacemi foliis longiores subdensinori, rhachi tomentella, nodulis 1-rloris approximatis. Pedicelli bre- vissimi. sed ochreolis minutis multo longiores. Fructus late GYMNOCOLEA ACUTILOBA IN BRITAIN 125 ovoideus, basi rotundatus, perianthii lobis coronatus. — Type in Herb. Jam. Leaves attached just above base of ochreae, 5-7 cm. 1., 3-4*5 cm. br., glabrous ; petioles 5-6 mm. 1. Ochrece about 8 mm. 1. Bacemes 8-14 mm. 1. ; pedicels scarcely 1 mm. 1. Flowers not seen. Fruit 8 mm. 1. (incl. lobes), about 5 mm. br. ; lobes 1-1*5 mm. 1. Hab.— In fi\, Feb. ; Green Valley, Harris ! 5094. This species is near C. diversifolia Jacq., but differs in the nerves, veins, rhachis, and fruit. Coccoloba polystachya Wedd. var. jamaicensis. Kamuli, folia et ochreae glabri, folia apice rotundata. Type in Herb. Kew. Hab. — In fl., Jan. ; interior of Westmoreland, Purdie I The typical species occurs in tropical S. America, and is not known from the West Indies. Pilea lamiifolia Fawc. & Eendle var. puberula. Caulis et folia subtus ferrugineo-puberuli. Cystolithi valde inasquales, majores fusiformes minores punctiformes. Perianthii segmenti intermedii lobus lateralis latior. Hab. — On rocks and logs in woodland ; John Crow Mt., 1500 ft., Harris dt Britton, 10,777. GYMNOCOLEA ACUTILOBA IN BEITAIN. By D. A. Jones, F.L.S. On boulders and among scree on the north-western face of Khinog Fawr, Merionethshire, and just below the summit at an altitude of about 2000 ft., there grows a hepatic which has puzzled British botanists for some time. It forms beautiful dark- green patches on the boulders, or grows in graceful strands among the fine tufts of Bhacomitria that adorn the vertical faces of those boulders. It was first found by Messrs. Cleminshaw, Owen, and the writer, in June 1910. We named it Gymnocolea inflata var. heterostipa (Carr. & Spruce) Lindb., a plant found many years ago on the Glyders by Mr. E. M. Holmes. The clue to the identification of this critical species was, however, supplied by Prof. Schiffner, of Vienna, to whom specimens were sent. He suspected it to be G. acutiloba, although the specimens were too immature to enable him to arrive at a final decision. In the meantime specimens were submitted to Dr. Kaalaas, of Chris- tiania, who first described the plant. He was quite convinced, after comparing it with original specimens of G. acutiloba, that it belonged to that species. Perhaps it ought to be mentioned that Prof. Schiffner, after the examination of more mature plants, declared in favour of G. inflata var. heterostipa. Messrs. Mac- vicar and Pearson, who know the latter variety well, are inclined to accept Kaalaas' view on the matter. As Kaalaas remarks, the two species are, no doubt, very nearly allied to each other, and are probably connected by intermediate forms. The numerous inter- calary postical branches, which are considered the most striking 12G THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY character of G. inflate var. heterostipa are not present in the Welsh plant to the same extent, as compared with the lateral branches. The latter, as a rule, have a " stutzblatt " or one-lobed, widely lanceolate, rarely bilobate leaf, at their base. The lobes of the leaves in our plant agree with G. acutiloba in being acute, whereas in G. in data var. heterostipa they are obtuse. The leaves are also more erect and turned forwards. It differs only from the original in having the leaves more distantly placed on the stem, on account of which Kaalaas suggests the name acutiloba forma laxa. The following is a translation of Kaalaas' original description, slightly modified : — 11 Only sterile plants known. In complete tufts ; brownish green when dry, brown to blackish brown, 1-1*5 cm. long ; in habit somewhat like small forms of Jungermannia inflata or Cesia revoluta. Plants divided in a forked manner with specially shaped ' stutzblatt,' but also here and there having postical branches. Stem yellow or brownish green, little curved, creeping throughout its whole length by hyaline or brownish, fairly short radicles, about 0-14 mm. in diameter, composed of short rect- angular cells, of which there are about twenty at the periphery. Leaves fairly distant, hardly touching each other, attached trans- versely or a little diagonally, not decurrent, erect or nearly so and, as a rule, slightly curved towards the postical side of the stem, 0-1 mm. long and 03-04 mm. wide, oval quadrate to inversely egg-shaped, with a distinctly narrowed base, somewhat concave, divided for $-f into two lobes by a narrow, sharp, or rounded sinus ; lobes narrowly egg-shaped to widely lanceolate or tri- angular, usually acute, more rarely somewhat obtuse, with in- curved points, the ventral lobes most frequently somewhat larger, the dorsal edge (more rarely also the ventral edge) of the leaf having a blunt tooth at one corner. Occasionally three-lobed leaves are met with. Leaf-cells everywhere uniform in size, elongated and rounded, polygonal, 0-20-0-028 mm. long and 0-020- 0-033 mm. wide, in the younger leaves filled with oval or rounded chloroplasts, cell-walls throughout, particularly at the angles, strongly thickened, without, however, any distinct trigones. Under-leaves usually absent, only evident here and there on inno- vations, small, subulate, and curved inwards." Synonymy : — Gymnocolea acutiloba K. Mull. Lebermoose, i. 745 (1910); Macvicar, Brit. Hepat. 158 (1912). Jungermannia acutiloba Kaal. in Nyt. Mag. f. Nat. xl. 250 (1912). Lophozia acutiloba Schiffn. in Hedwigia, xlviii. 187 (1909). Pleuroclada acutiloba Steph. in Bot. Centralbl. ex. 317 (1909). Distribution.— Grodener Tal, South Tyrol, on schistose detritus (Schiffner, 1899). Gross Alrtal, Salzburg, in copper mines mgartner, 1908). Kavines near Eseli, in the Trapezant District. Asia Minor, on cuprous tufa (Handel-Mazzetti, 1903). Nesheimshorgen, in Granvin, Hardanger, Western Norway (Haraas, 1898) ; original. Rhinog Fawr and Bwlch Tyddiad above Cwm Bychan, near Harlech, North Wales, on sandstone grit. ROSA AFZELIANA 127 It would be interesting to examine our copper mines for this rare species. Hitherto we have not succeeded in detecting it in Merioneth in such habitats, although all forms of G. inflata grow here very profusely. In Hechvigia, xlviii. (pp. 187, sqq.) Schiffner describes and figures in a very interesting paper a variety heterostipoides of this species. It is a smaller plant, with closer and more concave leaves, sinus often narrower, lobes large, incurved, often obtuse, and rarely acute. He considers it to be an intermediate form between G. acutiloba and G. inflata, but nearer the former. It forms a connecting link between the two through the var. hetero- stipa of G. inflata. ROSA AFZELIANA Fries. By C. Traaen (Stabaek, Christiania). Having for many years been in communication, exchanging observations and specimens, with Mr. W. Barclay, a keen student like myself of the genus Bosa, I have now come into possession of a very valuable collection of Scottish roses. As Dr. Almquist had last summer completed his work describing the Scandinavian forms of B. Afzeliana Fr. ( = B. glauca Vill. x B. coriifolia Fr.), it came into my mind to make a closer comparison, according to Dr. Almquist's system, between the Scottish and the Scandi- navian Afzelianse. I mentioned this to Dr. Almquist, who took a great interest in my idea and promised to revise and correct my determinations. This he did, and I now give a brief summary of the result of our joint examination, in the hope that it may interest some British botanists. The specimens examined, in number nearly ninety, were found to contain about thirty-eight of Dr. Almquist's types. A few were doubtful, owing to the material being defective. It appears that the Scottish Afzelianae exhibit a great simi- larity to those of Scandinavia. Among the Scottish forms we meet with many that, with us, are peculiar to West Scandinavia (B. glauca Kattegatensis Almq., Palmeri A. & M., proloiigata A. & M., Lindstrcemii Almq., Icevigata Winsl., B. glauciformis Almq., arietaria Mts., &c). Naturally, some of wider distribution also occur in Scotland, some, e.g., which are found in Southern Sweden. On the other hand, the green-leaved glabrous sub- species, so common in Northern Scandinavia, seem to be wanting in Scotland, with the exception of the widely spread B. virens Wahl. subspecies data Mts. With regard to the leaves, there is no difference so far as respects their consistency, but there is a remarkable difference in regard to their clothing. On the west coast of Norway hairy-leaved forms of B. Afzeliana are very rare, but increase in number as you proceed towards the east. In Eastern Norway, and in Central and Southern Sweden, hairy green-leaved forms [OS THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY are by far the most frequent. In Scotland again, according to Mr. Barclay's collection, hairy glaucous forms seem to be most prevalent. Amongst these it is interesting to find a subspecies not as yet found in Scandinavia, which we have named B. glauci- formis Almq. subspecies prolong atula, and which is described in the sequel. It belongs to Almquist's subgroup Halogense, so called because its members are found only in the vicinity of the sea-coast. No hairy subspecies of this group has up to the present been found in Scandinavia. Several hairy subspecies with compound leaf -teeth, occurring frequently in Scotland, are specially remarkable for their sub- foliar glands. These are usually confined to the midrib and secondary nerves, but in some cases are spread over the whole under-surface (B. glauciformis subspecies glaucifrons A. & M., defirmata Mts., inserta Mts., decurtatula Almq., insertiformis Almq.). In this respect the Scottish Afzelianae are much more differentiated than the Scandinavian, which very rarely exhibit glands on the nerves. As regards serration, the Scottish forms generally have the teeth smaller and narrower. In spite of the differences above-mentioned there is no diffi- culty in identifying the Scottish forms with those of Scandinavia, according to the principles set forth by Dr. Almquist. Where any determinations are doubtful, the doubt is to be ascribed to defective material. Besides the above-mentioned new subspecies belonging to the Halogenae — B. glauciformis, subspecies prolong atula Almq. k Tr. — other°new subspecies were found in Mr. Barclay's collection. One of these is green-leaved glabrous, the other green-leaved hairy, both corresponding to the glabrous glaucous form B. glauca Vill. sub- species Icevigata Winsl. For these Dr. Almquist proposes the names respectively of B. virens Wahl., subspecies scotica Almq. & Tr., and B. virentiformis Almq., subspecies Barclayi Almq. & Tr. The diagnoses of the three new subspecies may be given as follows : — Rosa glauciformis Almq., subspecies prolongatula Almq. & Tr. — Leaflets rather thin, pubescent on under surface, glaucous dull green, the uppermost on the flowering branches ovate elongate, acuminate, narrow below ; the middle leaves with leaflets obovate, prolonged or elliptical, roundish at the top, narrow or cuneate at the base ; the lowest leaves with leaflets prolonged obovate, cuneate based. Teeth acuminate, deep, close ; of the upper leaflets a little outward turned, of the middle nearly straight, of the lowest incurved. Prickles weak, projecting, feebly curved. Fruit pyriform. Rosa virens Wahlenb., subspecies scotica Almq. & Tr. — Leaflets glabrous, light green, very firm, almost cartilaginous, the uppermost on the flowering branches ovate, sublanceolate, acuminate ; middle leaves with leaflets elliptical, the base narrow roundish or cuneate ; lowest leaves with leaflets broad obovate, cuneate based. Teeth of the upper and middle leaflets deep, PLANTS FROM WESTERN CHINA 129 straight ; of the lowest incurved, coarse. Prickles projecting, point curved, more or less strong. Fruit oval, narrowed below. E. virentiformis Almq., subspecies Barclayi Almq. & Tr. — Similar to subspecies scotica, except for the pubescent leaves on under surface. Upper leaflets of the flowering branches ovate elongate, acuminate, narrow based; middle leaflets elliptical ovate ; lowest broadly obovate, oval, narrow at the base. Teeth of the upper and middle leaflets straight ; of the lowest incurved, coarse. Prickles projecting, strong, point curved. Flowers deep red. Sepals with many lanceolate pinnae. In Almquist's system B. Afzeliana ~Ei\ = B. glauca Vill. X B. coriifolia Fr. Almquist divides B. Afzeliana Fr. into four subgroups, viz. : — B. glauca Vill. = glaucous forms of our B. glauca Vill. B. glauciformis Almq. = ,, ,, ,, B. coriifolia Fr. B. virens Wahlenb. = green ,, ,, B. glauca Vill. B. virentiformis Almq. = ,, ,, ,, B. coriifolia Fr. PLANTS FROM WESTERN CHINA. By R. S. Adamson, B.A. The following is an account of a small collection made by Mr. F. K. Ward on a recent expedition in China in 1909-10. The plants were collected in the mountainous regions round Tatsienlu, in W. Szechwan, and in S. Kansu Mts. The collection was sent to Professor Seward at Cambridge, who kindly handed the plants over to me for investigation. The specimens are in the Cambridge University Herbarium. I have to acknowledge considerable help from Dr. C. E. Moss, of the Cambridge University Herbarium, and also from Dr. 0. Stapf and other members of the staff of the Kew Herbarium during the process of identification of the speci- mens, many of which were unfortunately very small. The collection contains five new species, three of which are now described ; the others will be described by Mr. R. A. Rolfe. The nomenclature is in most cases that adopted in Mr. Hemsley's Enumeration of Chinese Plants. Juncus modicus N. E. Brown, or near this species. Tatsienlu. Tovaria tatsiensis Franchet, or near this species. Disporum pullum Salisb. Tatsienlu. Pikow, S. Kansu Mts. Polygonatum erythrocarpum Hua, or near this species. Tat- sienlu.— P. latifolium var. commutatum Baker. Oligobotrya Henryi Baker. Tatsienlu. Paris poly phylla Sm. Tatsienlu. Trillium Tschonoskii Maxim. Tatsienlu. Ophiopogonjaponicus Ker, var. Wallichianus Maxim. Tatsienlu. Aletris lanuginosa Bur. & Franch. Tatsienlu. Cypripeclium arietinum R. Br. Tatsienlu. Orchis Chusua D. Don. Tatsienlu. Cephalanthera erecta Lindl. Pikow, S. Kansu Mts. Ccelogyne prcecox Lindl. Tatsienlu. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [April, 1913.] l 130 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Oreorchis nana, 0. Wilsonii Bolfe spp. nov. ined. Tatsienlu. To be described. Houttuynia cordata Thunb. ScJuvpfia jasminodora S. & Z. Ansto'lochia moupincnsis Franch. Tatsienlu. Polygonum criopolitannm Hance. Hupei Prov. Aquilegia vulgaris L. Tatsienlu.— A ecalcarata Maxim. Tat- sienlu. Delphinium minutum Lev. & Vaut. Pikow, S. Kansu Mts. Anemone chinensis Bunge. Honan.— A obtusiloba Don. Tat- sienlu. Oxygraphis glacialis Bunge. Tatsienlu. Epi medium sagittatum Baker. Schizandra elongata Hook. f. & Thorns. Meconopis integrifolia Franchet. Drosera peltata Sm. Szechwan. Saxifraga sarmentosa Linn. f. Tatsienlu. Deutzia discolor Hemsl. Pittosporum pauciflorum Hook. & Arn. Spircea cantoniensis Lour. (= S. lanceolata). Tatsienlu. Neillia rubriflora D. Don. Tatsienlu. — N. sinensis Oliv. ' Kerria japonica DC. Pikow, S. Kansu Mts. Potcntilla ambigua Cambus. Desmodium tilicefolium G. Don. Tatsienlu. Gueldenstsedtia flava, sp. nov. Eadix longus summus crassus. Caules pleures rainosi nodis basilibus radicatis glabri. Folii pin- nati, longipetiolati. Sfcipulae scariae subrotunda6 obtusae. Petiolus glabrus. Folioli 7-9 distantes elliptico-rotundi obtusi vel apice retusi, basi breviter attenuati brevissime petiolulati subtus in venis marginibusque pilis flavis dense in aliis partibus et supra tenuiter, vestitis. Inflorescentia longe pedunculata foliis subaequantia vel paullo breviora axillaria. Pedunculi basi subglabri et supra pilosi, summa pilosissimi pilis brevissirnis. FlOres lutei vel flavi rare ccerulescentes umbellati peclicellis brevibus pilis fuscis vel atro- purpureis tecti. Fructus non videtur. Tatsienlu. This is apparently the same as Pratt, No. 578, and Wilson, No. 3423, at present unnamed. Xanthoxijlum stenophyllum Hemsl. Viola bi flora L. Tatsienlu. Elaagnus umbellata Thunb. Hehvingia chinensis Batalin. Pikow, S. Kansu Mts. rola rotundifolia L. Tatsienlu. Casswpe selaginoides Hook. f. & Thorns. Tatsienlu. Enkianthus himalaicus Hook. f. & Thorns. Tatsienlu. Picris formosa D. Don. Pikow, S. Kansu Mts. — P. ovalifolia D. Don. Szechwan. — P. villosa Hook. f. Vaccinium setosum C. H. Wright. / Vaccinium Wardii, sp. nov. Suffrutex. Caules basi decum- bentes, radicantes, supra ramosi pilis vel setis longis rigidisque PLANTS FROM WESTERN CHINA 131 tenuiter tecti. Folii lanceolati, coriacei, serrati, breviter petiolati, apice acuti basi plerumque cuneati, venis infra prominentibus supraque valleculosis, infra et in petiolis pilis similibus caulibus tecti, superne glabri. Inflorescentia ramosa, axillaria pilis brevi- bus mollibusque intecta. Flores pedicellati. Bracteae et bracteoli conspicue persistentes, flores fere aaquantes. Flores parvi rubri. Calyx dimidio corollae brevior. Corolla purpurea subglobosa. Tatsienlu. This species is rather closely allied to V. Forrestii Diels. Benieuxia Thibetica Decne. Szechwan. My r sine africana L. Primula amethystina Franchet. Tatsienlu. — P. Cockburniana Hemsl. Tatsienlu. — P. delexa F. Duthie. Tatsienlu. — P. dry- adifolia Franchet. Tatsienlu. — P. incisa Franchet. Tatsienlu. — P. polyneura Franchet. Tatsienlu. — P. sikkimensis Hook. Tat- sienlu.— P. muscarioides Hemsl., or near this species. — P. penduli- flora Petitmangin, or near this species. Tatsienlu. Androsace chamcejasme Host. Tatsienlu. — A. sarmentosa Wall. Tatsienlu. Jasminum Wardii, sp. nov. Perennis. Caules ramosi, juvenes quadrati angulis jugis parvis projectis, glabri. Folii simplices, parvi breviter petiolati lanceolati glabri acuti vel acumi- nati basi rotundati marginibus paullo revolutis. Flores plerum- que ternati, terminales pedicellati pedicellos aequantes vel paullo superantes. Corollae tubus calyce bis longior infundibuliformis lim- bus tubo paullo brevior. Stamina in medio tubo corollae inserta. Szechwan. This is the same as Ducloux, No. 6, undescribed in Herb. Kew. Gentiana Piasezkii Maxim. Pikow, S. Kansu Mts. — G. rho- dantha Franchet. Scutellaria amcena C. H. Wright. Szechwan. — S. angulosa Benth. Pikow, S. Kansu Mts. Mazus rugosus Lour. Shensi Pro v. Didyssandra plicata Franchet. Mschynanthus aeuminatus Wall. Pinguicula vulgaris L. Tatsienlu. Chasalia curviflora Thwaites. Viburnum erosum Thunb. var. ichangense Hemsl. Abelia uniflora B. Br. Dipelta floribunda Maxim. Pikow, S. Kansu Mts. Lonicera stejihanocarjja Franchet. Tatsienlu. Leycesteria formosa Wall. Aster hispidus Thunb. Shensi Pro v. Anaphalis pterocaulon Maxim. Shensi Pro v. Leontopodium japonicum Miq. Shensi Prov. Gnaphalium hypoleucum DC. Shensi Prov. Chrysanthemum sinense Sabine, var. vestitum Hemsl. Honan Pass. Ainslicea undulata Diels, or near this species. Pikow, S. Kansu Mts. l 2 132 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY PHILIP MILLER'S PLANTS. By James Britten, F.L.S. The general though late recognition — due in great measure to the attention which has been called to it in this Journal — of the eighth edition (1768) of Miller's Gardeners Dictionary as a starting-point for species, has naturally been followed by a similar interest in the plants of his herbarium which represent such species. It is generally known that this herbarium was purchased by Banks and was incorporated in his own, which forms the basis of the National Herbarium ; but the specimens from Miller are not always readily distinguishable and their significance may easily be overlooked. This difficulty is in process of being removed, as a printed label has been prepared which is being attached to the sheets of Miller's plants ; it may however be worth while to bring together such information as throws light upon its general contents. Philip Miller was appointed to the Chelsea Garden in 1722 — the year in which it was conveyed by Sir Hans Sloane, who recommended his appointment, to the Apothecaries Company — and remained there until 1770, the year preceding his death. This is not the occasion to refer to his work in connection with horticulture, but his "extensive correspondence with persons in distant parts of the globe " added greatly to botanical knowledge ; Pulteney, from whom this remark is quoted, says : " From the Cape of Good Hope, from Siberia, from North America, and particularly, by means of Dr. William Houstoun, from the West Indies, his garden, for a long series of years, received a plentiful and perpetual supply of rare and frequently of new species, which his successful culture seldom failed to preserve. It was the remark of foreigners that Chelsea exhibited the treasures of both the Indies" {Sketches, ii. 246). Houstoun (1695-1733) was the most important of Miller's correspondents, and at his death bequeathed to him " all his papers, drawings, and collection of dried plants;"" the plants were incorporated with Miller's herbarium, and are, with the MSS. and drawings, in the National Herbarium (see Journ. Bot. 1897, 225). It was through Miller that Linnaeus became acquainted with Houstoun's plants ; in the account of his own herbarium he writes : " Miller, of Chelsea, permitted me to collect many in the Garden, and gave me several dried specimens collected by Houstoun." t Miller's herbarium was acquired by Banks about three years after his death; Solander, writing to Ellis on Dec. 21, 1774, says: " Mr. Banks has bought Miller's herbarium, and we have been busy these two weeks in getting it home and into some order. As there are a great many of Houstoun's plants from Vera Cruz, &c, I think it a valuable acquisition " (Smith, Linn. Corr. ii. 22). ' Miller, Figures of Plants, i. 30 (1755). t Pulteney, General View, ed. Maton, 575. PHILIP miller's plants 133 It was evidently an extensive collection ; writing to John Bar tram on Jan. 12, 1758, Miller says " my Hortus siccus is now replete with near ten thousand specimens, [and] I am very solicitous to make it as complete as I can." * In the preface to ed. 7 of the Gardeners Dictionary (1759) he says of the descriptions : " The far greater number are from the growing plants, which the author has under his care, and the others are from dried samples, which are well preserved; of which he has, perhaps, as large a collection as can be found in the possession of any private person." I do not think the collection as acquired by Banks can have contained anything like as many as 10,000 specimens. The difficulty of determining which of the sheets in the Banksian collection are from Miller's herbarium is increased by the way in which these are endorsed. As is well known, at that period it was customary to write information on the back of the sheets, in accordance with Linnaeus's direction (Phil. Bot. 7), "historica [altered in later editions to 'historia'] a tergo." Solander made this endorsement in three ways : sometimes he wrote: "Herb. Miller," which is of course clear enough, but at others he contented himself with " Hort. Chels." or " Hort.," and sometimes, I think, omitted even this. In many cases, the identity of the specimens is made clear by the presence on the sheets of labels containing the diagnoses from the Dictionary in Miller's own hand; in others it can be deduced from the pencil " tick" which was placed (no doubt by Solander) before the name of the plant in Banks's copy of the Dictionary at the time Miller's plants were received. An illustration will make this clear. In the genus Iris in the National Herbarium are four of Miller's species represented by four specimens, to which are attached labels bearing the diagnoses of the Dictionary in his own hand: — I.maritima (n. 11), I.bicolor (n. 13), J. sativa (n. 15), and I. picta (n. 16) ; the first of these is endorsed " Hort.," the others " Hort. Chels." The three last are written up by Solander with Miller's name, followed in the case of the second and fourth by " Mill. Diet." ; I. maritima has remained nameless until I wrote the name on it the other day, yet the identification is as unquestionable as that of the others. I. verna (n. 17) and I. florentma (n. 22) are not Millerian species, but " Mill." in Solander' s hand follows their names, they are endorsed respectively "Hort." and "Hort. Chels.," and are •' ticked " in the Banksian copy of the Dictionary. The evidence in this case is practically as conclusive as in the preceding instances. The specimens doubtless were preserved by Miller loose in folded sheets, as was the case with the collection of Chelsea Garden plants sent to the Eoyal Society which, when trans- ferred to the British Museum in 1781, were in that condition and remained so until they were incorporated with the National Memorials of Bart ram, p. 381. 134 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Herbarium about 1884. The paper on which Miller's plants were laid out corresponds with that used by Banks ; Miller's names were probably written on the wrappers and thrown away with them, which would account for the fact that, except when descriptive Libels were included, there is no evidence in his hand to indicate the name of the species, and would also explain their being written up by Solander with the indication " Mill." or " M." which often follows or sometimes precedes the "L." appended to the name ; they were no doubt laid out at the time the copy of the Dictionary was " ticked." Occasionally sheets containing mounted specimens bear names in Miller's hand, and these wTere no doubt found in that state in his herbarium — an example may be seen under Miliaria, on which, by the way, as has sometimes happened, Solander's pencil MS. of the name has been darkened by a later hand, the character of the writing being thus somewhat altered. The material for determining Miller's species is by no means confined to his own herbarium. A large collection of his Chelsea Garden plants is in the Sloane Herbarium, collected at dates extending from 1727 to 1739. The specimens, which are very good and are labelled in Miller's hand, will be found in the following volumes, some of which they occupy entirely : 228-30, 244, 294-5, 316-17, 323-4. In all except 228-30, in which they are pasted on, his labels are written on the folios ; the sheets would thus seem to have been prepared by Miller — the title to H. S. 296 states, in Sloane's hand, that the specimens contained in it were "gathered, dryed, and fastened" by Miller himself. Further information as to the plants cultivated in the Chelsea Garden during Miller's rule may be obtained from the lists of the plants which, in accordance with the terms of Sloane's conveyance to the Apothecaries Company, were sent annually to the Eoyal Society — "fifty specimens of distinct plants, well dried and pre- served, which grew in the garden the same year, with their names or reputed names ; those presented in each year to be specifically distinct from every former year, until the number of two thousand si mil have been delivered." These lists appear in the Philo- sophical Transactions from 1722 to 1774— a period which only slightly exceeds the term of Miller's Curatorship of the Garden (1722-1770). Miller himself, however, seems to have had nothing to do with this part of the work, which devolved upon the official who was styled "Demonstrator of Plants and Prsefectus Horti." Nos. 1-900 of the lists were transmitted by Isaac Band (1722-39) ; nos. 901-1250 (1704-46) by Joseph Miller; nos. 1251-2150 (1747-64) by John Wilmer; nos. 2151-2400 (1765-69) by William Hudson ; nos. 2401-2500 (1770-1) by Stanesby Alchorne ; nos. 2501-50 (1772) by William Curtis. The specimens representing these were in 1781 transferred to the British Museum and are now incorporated with the National Herbarium, where are MS. lists, apparently never published, carrying the numbers on to 3150; from 1781 inclusive the plants seem to have been sent directly to the Museum from the Garden ; the last 50 were delivered in PLANTS EPIPHYTIC UPON PALMS AT HYERES 135 1784. The provision that the plants presented in each year should be specifically different from those of every former year was by no means strictly carried out ; the interest of the specimens is very limited, as they consist for the most part of plants com- monly cultivated at the period, their only relation to Miller being that they were grown during his Curatorship. PLANTS EPIPHYTIC UPON PALMS AT HYERES. By H. Stuart Thompson, F.L.S. It may be interesting to publish a list of the Phanerogams growing upon the Palms at Hyeres on the French Riviera, as observed during December and the first week of January. The Palms of the streets and public places are the Date Palm (Phamix dactylifera) and the shorter P. canariensisr The town is noted for its beautiful avenues of Palms, and in the Avenue Gambetta they are intermingled with that graceful Pine-like angiosperm Casuarina tenuissima. In that street there are a number of seedling Casuarina upon the Palms, the two largest being respectively three feet and five feet high. As is to be expected, most of the epiphytic plants grow on the lower half of the trees, and sometimes Parietaria ramiflora and Stellaria media on the portions of the roots above ground. The older trunks often have the appearance and colour of rough cork ; and between the remains of the leaf-bases a fibrous material, like decaying cocoanut matting, is often visible. This is apparently derived from scale-like structures between the leaf-stalks. It is this which forms a humus upon which seeds germinate, and it is often aided by accumulations of Pine and Casuarina needles. Doubtless, wind and birds are the chief agencies of dissemination. It may be mentioned incidentally that in November each year the Palms and other trees in the streets of Hyeres have their dead leaves and branches carefully cut off, in order to make them look tidy for the approaching season. The Palm most covered with vegetation is one just off the Avenue des lies d'Or. On this tree is a specimen of Pimts halepensis, two feet high (the commonest Pine in the district), three small fig trees, a couple of wheat plants in fruit, and a mass of Sonchus oleraceus, Cotyledon Umbilicus with dead flowering spikes a foot long, Geranium rotimdifolium, Sedum dasyphyllum, and Piptatherum multiflorum, a handsome grass very common in the neighbourhood. On a Date Palm at the entrance to the Hotel des lies d'Or is an Opuntia Ficus-indica, a yard across, springing from a woody stock six inches thick. On another tree in a garden are several specimens of an Agave and a small kind of Cactus. * A short avenue of Pritchardia Jilamentosa— Wasldngtonia robusta, near the Jardin d'Acclimatation, has little or no vegetation upon the trees, some of which are 7| feet in circumference. 136 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY It is remarkable that no ferns were observed, though Adiantum Capillus- Veneris, Asplenium Triclwmanes and A. Adiantum-nigrum are so common in the immediate district. In addition to the following list there were nine or ten plants in a winter state unfit for determination, including a couple of small woody shrubs, one of which had round, entire, smooth leaves. Doubtless this list is otherwise incomplete, and it probably could be added to in the spring or early summer. The great majority of the plants are either in flower or fruit this winter, and, therefore, may be considered as more or less permanently established upon the Palms. Perhaps the most common species are Parietaria rami flora, Cotyledon Umbilicus, Erigeron canadense, Sonchus oleraceus in various forms, from a variety with entire leaves to one with deeply cut pinnatifid leaves, like those of S. tenerrimus, Sedum dasyphyllum, and Stellar ia media. The Ivy (Hedera Helix), Kentrantlius ruber, and the Fig (Ficus Carica) are also quite frequent. The following is a complete list of those sixty-eight plants whose genus at least I could determine with certainty in the winter. The names with an asterisk are escapes from cultivation. Alyssicm maritimum, extremely common on the Riviera, Di- j)lotaxis Erucastrum, locally abundant in the fields, *Matthiola sp., Funiaria major, Fumaria sp., Stellaria media, Cerastium glomer- atum, Geranium molle, G. rotundifolium, Erodium sp., Oxalis comiculata, -Acacia longifolia, A. retinoides, Rubus sp., Sedum dasyphyllum, Cotyledon Umbilicus, Hedera Helix, *Opuntia Ficus-indica, -''Cactus sp., Lonicera implexa, Kentrantlius ruber, Phagnalon sordidum, Senecio vulgaris, Taraxacum officinale, Crepis sp., -Anthemis punctata (an Algerian species determined by Mr. F. Raine), Erigeron canadense, Sonchus oleraceus, Calendula arvcnsis, Carduus sp., Andryala integrifolia, Campanula Erinus, -'■Plumbago sp., Fraxinus excelsior (three feet high), Heliotropium europaum, Solarium nigrum, S. villosum, *S. Lycopersicum (Tomato), Linaria Cijmbalaria, Veronica Cymbalaria, V. agrestis, ■'Antirrhinum sp., A. Orontium, *Maurandia semperftorens, Lamium amplexicaule, Plantago lanceolata, Chenopodium murale, C. urbicum (?), Theligonum Cynocrambe, Euphorbia Peplus, Euphorbia indet., E. exigua, Urtica dioica, -'Ficus Carica, Mcrcurialis annua, *Casuarina tenuissima, -Agave sp., -Narcissus sp. (a robust plant with four leaves eighteen inches long), *Dasy- lirion gracilis, Asparagus acutifolius, Poa annua, Scleropoa rigida, Piptatherum multiflorum, Bromus sp. (perhaps B. madritensis), Kulcria sp. (probably K. phleoides), "Triticum (Wheat), -Arena sp. (Oat), Pinus halepensis. P. S. (later). — The following may be added to the above list: Oxalis cernua, Viburnum Tinus, Bhagadidus stellatus, Vinca media, ami Cuprcssuv scmpcrvirens. 137 SPERGULARIA ATHENIENSIS Aschebson IN ENGLAND. By G. Claeidge Deuce, M.A., F.L.S. The history of this as a British plant is as follows: — In June, 1906, I found growing in mobile sand, on the foreshore near the railway between the Grand Hotel and the first tower, St. Helier's, Jersey, specimens of a Spergularia, which on my return home I identified as the above (see Eep. Bot. Exch. Club, 1906, 196 (1907), and Journ. Bot. 1907, 401). In the Jersey habitat, as several aliens occurred, a native status could scarcely be claimed for this Mediterranean species. I visited Jersey again in 1907 and 1910, but on each occasion too early in the year, and found to my dis- appointment that so many changes had taken place on the fore- shore, that few of the plants that I had seen there remained, and no further specimens of the Spergularia were obtainable. In 1911 I visited Aldeburgh, in Suffolk, in order to search for a Cerastium, and gathered a quantity of Spergularias there, among which I have since detected S. atheniensis. This gives it a distinct status as a British plant, and its occurrence there is another instance of the extension of a Mediterranean plant spreading up the shores of Spain, Portugal, and Western France, and eventually reaching the eastern coast of England. In 1912 Dr. Vigurs collected some Spergularias at Par, Cornwall, one of which I discovered to be S. atJieniensis ; but Par is so full of aliens that we cannot claim the plant as a true native there until it is found in other places on the southern coast. In 1912 Mr. W. C. Barton was in Guernsey, and collected many Spergularias ; among these are typical speci- mens from L'Eree on the northern coast, and others from Cobo less well-marked, but near the specimens distributed as atheniensis in the Flora Italica Critica, n. 792 and 792 bis. The name dates from 1867, when it was published with synonymy by Ascherson in Schweiufurth's Beitrag zur Flora jEtliiopiens, p. 305 (the name occurs earlier in the book (p. 267) but is there a nomen nudum). The following descriptions by Willkomiri k Lange (as S. campestris) and by Eouy & Foucaud practically cover our plants, which in appearance resemble salina forms, but differ in their more repeatedly branching and denser cymes, small capsules and aphyllous inflorescences. The seeds are small, 0'5 mm. or less, somewhat pear-shaped, slightly com- pressed, papillate, but never winged ; they resemble those of rupestris, but the capsules are smaller, the petals are shorter than the small calyx : the plant is in Britain apparently only of annual or biennial duration. The broadly triangular dull-coloured stipules, the lighter-coloured and papillate seeds, and absence of central rosette distinguish it from S. rubra. "Annua, glanduloso-puberula, viscida, basi glabra, caulibus numerosis in orbem expansis prostratis vel adscendentibus, dicho- tome ramosis, 4-9 " 1. ; foliis linearibus planiusculis mucronato- acuminatis, internodia plerumque elongata non aequantibus, stipulis brevibus ovatis acutis, basi connatis, sordide albis non micantibus; 138 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY cymis floribundis primo dichotoniis postea racemiferis, racemis longis secundifloris, aphyllis stipulaceo-bracteatis ; floribus breve pedicellatis, pedicellis calycem subaequantibus, fructiferis sub- rectangulo-patentibus ; sepalis concavis subcucullatis oblongis obtusis late albo-marginatis, petalis calyce brevioribus roseis v. all)is ; capsula ovoidea calycem excedente, seminibus minutis pyriformibus compressis, margine altero valde incrassatis, basi attenuatis, sub lente minutissime tuberculatis, primo subfuscis demum atris. Tota planta sordide virescens vel canescens." Willkomm & Lange, Fl. Hisp. iii. 165, 1880. " Plante annuelle ou bisannuelle. Feuilles allongees, linearies. Stipules le plus souvent ternes, subtriangulaires, presque aussi larges a la base que longues. Pedicelles plus courts que la capsule. Fleurs nombreuses, rapprochees en grappes assez serrees ou en petites cymes denses. Petales plus courts que les sepales. Graines d'un brun grisatre." Eouy & Fouc. Fl. Fr. iii. 310 (1896). It may be mentioned that, while Willkomm & Lange regard it as an annual, Eouy considers it annual or biennial, while Halacsy (Flora Grceca, i. 251 (1901)) describes it as perennial. Although separated rather widely from S. salina by M. Eouy in his "Conspectus of French Spergularias " (Bull. Herb. Boiss. iii. 222 (1895)), in nature the difficulty will be to separate aberrant forms of one from the other ; the chief points of distinction being the more slender habit, the fan-like spreading of the branches — " caulibus numerosis in orbem expansis " — the upper branches of which are aphyllous, the short peduncles and denser cymes of smaller flowers, the somewhat smaller papillate seeds, which are never winged, and by the base of the stipules being less enlarged. It apparently prefers dry sandy situations in the vicinity of the coast in full sun exposure. ANDEES DAHL (1751-1789). By B. Daydon Jackson, Ph.D., Sec. L.S. The statement on p. 30 concerning Anders Dahl induces me to send a short note about him, as very little seems known about him outside his own country. Dr. J. G. Acrel, who carried out the sale of the Linnean col- lections to Dr. J. E. Smith on behalf of the family of Linne, was not unwilling that they should remain in Sweden, for he applied to the Secretary of State, E. Schroderheim, that through him the King of Sweden, then in Italy, might be invited to buy them ; probably the King was never informed of this request, but the delay in answering Smith's letter was no doubt due to Acrel waiting tor an answer from Italy. There was, however, another person in Sweden to whom Acrel turned, and that person was Baron Clas Alstromer. In his letter Acrel referred to the Baron as the " most enlightened Maecenas of Natural History in Sweden," and whether he would allow the ANDERS DAHL 139 heirs of Linne to retain the " small herbarium " which the younger Linne had promised him, or else — which the heirs con- sidered far more desirable — to purchase the collections in their entirety. The latter proposal Alstromer declined ; " on account of his indifferent health he would be unable to make such good use of them as they deserved." Acrel also stated that this was confirmed by Alstromer's representative Dahl, unless the heirs would be contented with 2220 riksdalers, that is to say, less than half what Smith had declared himself ready to give ; also that upon no condition would he forego the small herbarium. Another attempt was then made by Acrel to induce Count Creutz, the Chancellor of the University, to acquire the collec- tions for the University, but the final answer was that they were too costly (at Smith's price), and were not indispensable. About this time Dahl himself intervened with an offer on money lent by the Gothenburg merchant, J. Mauhle, to buy the collections on his own account, and he was especially anxious that the Alstromers should know nothing of it until the sale was accomplished. There appears to be some doubt about this offer, but the fact remains that, next to Acrel, Dahl was seemingly the only Swede to take any active steps to preserve these treasures for his country. He even applied to the King, begging him to inter- vene and to stop their exportation, even if they were already on board ship. As a reason for this he alleged not only that he con- sidered he had the heirs' promise before Smith's offer came, but that foreigners would reproach them with their inability to retain such valuable collections, and, further, the purchaser would be able to act as Dictator in Natural History, so that its lovers would have to impart their discoveries, that they might be compared with the Linnean collections and manuscripts ; he ended by stating that he had had the good fortune during several years of being an inmate of Linne's house until his death. Dahl, indeed, was the last amanuensis employed by Linne, always excepting his own son, and the use the acquisitive Dahl made of his opportunities may be seen in Prof. Lindman's article, " A Linnean Herbarium in the Natural History Museum in Stockholm " (Ark. f. bot. vii. 1908, No. 3). Dahl was the possessor of a thick shock of hair, and thus obtained the name of "Mop-headed Dahl"; Thunberg probably alludes to this fact in his Dahlia crinita ( = Trichocladus crinitus Pers.). Later he became assistant to Baron Clas Alstromer and superintendent of his museum ; of his industry in getting plants from the Linnes, father and son, Prof. Lindman has given a very interesting account in the paper just cited, pages 6-8, and throughout the remainder of the article on the Linnean plants now in the keeping of the Natural History Museum in Stockholm. The result of Dahl's appeal to the King was to extract a statement from the Outwards Customs Department, dated 8th October, 1784, that the vessel with the collections on board had passed Dalaro, at the entrance of the sea-channel from Stock- holm, on the 29th September, outward bound, and that therefore 140 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY it was altogether too late to effect anything. The vessel actually passed Helsingborg on the 5th October, and was already out of Swedish waters and on the high seas when the official document was drawn up. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES. LII. — Jacquin's ' Select arum Stirpium Historia Iconibus Pictis.' fematists are indebted to Nicolaus Joseph Jacquin (1727-1817) for many fine phytographical works, of which the subject of the present note is an admirable example. This work embodies the botanical results of a four years' stay in the West Indies and the adjacent mainland from 1755 to 1759, and gives us a very fair idea of Jacquin's merit as a botanist, and of his ability as an artist. It had been preceded in 1760 by a brief enumeration of the plants collected by himself and his assistants, and in 1763 by the first edition of the Stirpium Historia, containing ample descriptions of the plants, and illustrated by 183 rather crude copper-plates after his own original drawings ; this is a small folio, published at Vienna, and is comparatively common ; copies are readily obtainable for about 30s. The imperial folio edition with coloured plates is extremely rare: a copy was sold in England a few years ago for £225 (Junk, Bibl. Bot. no. 963, 1909). The number of copies of this edition, which was issued at Vienna about 1780, is given by Pritzel {Thesaurus, ed. 2, no. 4363) as eighteen, but this is at variance with the record left us by Ebert whose entry is worth quoting here. He writes : " It is asserted that not more than twelve copies exist (consult Bibl. Firmiana, T. 3, P. II., p. 61; Esprit des joiirn,, Janv., 1782; Cobres Ratal. II,, 590; Catal. Bibl, Banks. III., 188), and the copy in the Royal Library at Dresden was bought in 1818 for 500 dollars. Besides this edition, a MS. list of Jacquin's writings drawn up by the book- seller Artaria, which I have before me, also mentions Ejusdem opcris cditio picta with 264 tables painted by the hand, of which only twenty-five copies exist " (Bibl. Diet, ii., 833, 1837). London possesses three copies of this work, others are at Vienna and Gottingen, in the Royal Libraries at Berlin and Dresden, the Library of Congress at Washington, and in the New York Botanical Garden ; an account of the acquisition of the last of these is given by Mr. J. H. Barnhart in the Journal of that institution for 1912 (p. 99). We are thus able to locate nine of the copies issued. Of those in London two are at the British Museum at Bloomsbury, in the Banksian and King's Libraries respectively; the other is in the Department of Botany at South Kensington. From the botanist's point of view these are identical ; but the bibliographer observes several differences: the matter is the same in each, but the "make up " is different SHORT NOTES 141 The title-page and plates are drawn and coloured by hand. The wording of the title is: "Nicolai Josephi Jacquin, Selectarum stirpiurn Americanarum historia, in qua ad Linnseanum systema determinates descriptaeque sistuntur plantae illae, quas in insulis Martinica, Jamaica, Domingo aliisque, et in vicinaa continentis parte observavit rariores ; adjectis iconibus ad autoris archetypa pictis." The border round this is similar in the Bloomsbury copies, but differs from that in the copy at South Kensington, which is from a much finer design. The Banksian copy has a half-title, and at the end of the text a "Prospectus stirpiurn contentarum " of two pages, which do not appear in the others. The text is also in larger type and occupies 137 pages, with an "Explicatio Tabularum " of three pages; in the other copies, the typographical differences between which are mainly due to resetting, the collation is pp. 136, iv. The Berlin copy agrees with the Banksian in this respect (see Urban, Symbolce Antillancs, i. 77). The nomenclature of the first edition is revised, and Linnaeus's Systema Vegetabilium ed. 13, 1774, is cited through- out. The 264 plates are copied from originals by Jacquin, and are of equal merit in the three copies examined ; up to 258 each plate is devoted to one plant, the remainder have fragmentary figures of nearly a hundred different species. They are from the original drawings which were used in the preparation of the copper-plate illustrations of the first edition, in which, however, many of these plates do not appear. Eeduced to octavo size, they were issued at Nuremberg in 1785 ?-1789 under the title Dreyhundert auserlesene Amerikanische Geivachse, a most in- different production. Several of the plates are omitted, others are added from J. S. Mueller's Illustr. Syst. Sex. (1775-77), and Trew's PL Select. (1750-77); t. 69 = P. Miller's Fig. PI. Garcl. Diet. t. 180, and t. 94 is from Jacquin's Misc. i. t. 4. The text was re-issued in octavo size at Mannheim in 1788, and can be bought for a few shillings. F. G. WlLTSHEAR. SHOBT NOTES. Two Alchemillas. — 1. Last summer I collected a series of Alchemilla vulgaris forms in Scotland, and when sending them to Dr. H. Lindberg, of Helsingfors, for confirmation of the names, Mr. G. C. Druce allowed me to include an example of " A. acuti- dens " from Ben Lawers, collected by Dr. Ostenfeld (see Journ. Bot. 1912, 201). The example has been returned, labelled "A. alpestris Schm., specim. autumnale ! " by Dr. Lindberg, who tells me that Dr. Ostenfeld has also sent him two further examples which are exactly the same thing. Unless the specimens of A. acutidens from other British localities (Journ. Bot. I. c.) prove to be different from the Ben Lawers plant, the name must for the present be withdrawn from our lists. 2. During 1912 Alchemilla vulgaris was reported to me from 142 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Hambledon, Surrey, and an example forwarded for examination. To my intense surprise it was undoubtedly A. pubescens Lam. Mr. E. B. Bishop, the discoverer, kindly took me to the spot and showed me the plants— a clump of three or four— in situ; the locality was a sandy, gorse-and-heather-growing situation, and there was nothing "suspicious" in the neighbourhood. I was not, however, quite satisfied that it should be considered a new British plant without further investigation, and, on making some enquiries in the village, and obtaining particulars in other ways, eventually it was ascertained that its origin was to be explained in quite a simple manner. I cannot do better than quote from a letter from the former owner of a large house not very far from the spot where the plant grew : — " I remember the plant quite well. I probably got it in Norway in 1891, but am not now certain. When I sent plants by post my gardener used to put them in the shade of a very high hedge to the west [in the garden] . I remember the plant being there. At the point you say the plant was found, rubbish from that corner of the garden used to be thrown, as the gorse and the conformation of the ground concealed it. Either the plant was grubbed up and thrown there after I left or its seeds were put there with other stuff when tidying up." I have given this explanation at some length as showing how necessary it is to make enquiries before publishing a "new record," there being nothing as regards distribution, latitude, &c, against A. pubescens being native in this land. — C. E. Salmon. Sagina scotica Druce (p. 89). — Mr. Bennett writes that a plant which my wife and I collected (August 20th, 1887) on the very summit of Ben Lawers (3984 ft.), associated with S. nivalis Fr. and S. saginoides Dalla Torre (S. Linncei Presl ; S. saxatilis Wimm.), is this species. The robust habit, long pedicels, and large cap- sules (many of which had already shed their seeds, though others contained plenty) at once caught my eye ; and I appear to have written to him that " it seemed very different from saxatilis, when fresh ; the plant figured in Sm. E. B. as Stellaria saginoides" He kindly sent specimens of this and other Ben Lawers gatherings, made on the same day or four days later, to Prof. J. Lange, of Copenhagen, who called them " S. saxatilis, forma" ; 1 accordingly left them under that, and for a long time forgot the matter. Mr. Bennett urges (and I fully concur) that E. B. 2105 is really S'. scotica. This can hardly be a hybrid between S. procumbens and 8. saginoides, both of which have smaller fruit and petals (usually none, in the former) ; and I quite think that Mr. Druce is right in describing it as a species. Dr. Moss showed me roots of S. scotica growing in his Cambridge garden, early last June ; and, at that stage — not yet flowering — the resemblance to S. pro- cumbens is great. I have specimens of good S. scotica from Craig-an-lochan, near Killin, 88 Mid-Perth ; Canlochan Glen, 90 Forfar ; and Meall Buidhe (adjoining Ben Dothaidh, where Mr. Druce found it), 98 Argyle. Some other gatherings in my SHORT NOTES 143 collection may belong here, but are not so fully developed. — Edward S. Marshall. Scirpus setaceus L. var. major Lej. — In the year 1896 the late Mr. A. Somerville sent me specimens of the above species with a distinctly creeping rootstock. All the Floras I consulted insisted on this being " caespitose " or "tufted," and I could find no mention of such a form. A short time ago, looking up some plants in Lejeune's Bevue cle la Flore des Environs cle Spa (1824), I found (p. 12) a " var. major, radice subrepente. Obs. Cette variete, beaucoup plus robuste et plus elevee que l'espece, n'est pas comme elle disposee en gazon dense, au contraire ses chaumes sont souvent isoles et la racine est bien rampante." Mr. Somer- ville's plant only differs in being of the usual size of the species. — A. Bennett. Culinary Mints. — In this country Mentha spicatalj. (viridis L.) is now, no doubt, the usual " mint " of kitchen gardens. Mr. W. Watson, of Chislehurst, however, tells me that "in S. W. Norfolk they cultivate M. rotundifolia L. exclusively in their gardens for sauce " ; and that an allotment-holder at West Chislehurst grows M. gentilis L. for the same purpose. I once found M. alopecu- roides Hull (aquatica x rotundifolia ?) spreading out of a cottage garden near Grayswood, between Witley and Haslemere, Surrey. Probably this does not exhaust the number of forms which have been grown ; and the importance of former cultivation as the origin of many well-established colonies should not be overlooked. — Edward S. Marshall. BE VIEWS. LlNNiEUS. (1) Bailey, Sir William Henry. Linnceus and the Beign of Law. Eep. and Proc. Manchester Field Naturalists' Society, 1910 (1911), pp. 69-75. (2) Griffiths, A. B. Biographies of Scientific Men. London (Sutton) 1912, pp. xvi, 203, illustrated. [Linnaeus, pp. 62-74, portrait.] (3) Greene, Edward Lee. Carolus Linnmis. With an Intro- duction by Barton Warren Evermann. [And " Linnaeus as a Zoologist," by Dr. William H. Dall.] Phila- delphia (Sower Co.) [1912] pp. 91, 2 portraits. These three works have been grouped as their intention is to give a popular account of the great Swedish naturalist. With so praiseworthy an object, it is to be regretted that the respective authors of the first and second works should have been content to repeat, or even to amplify, statements which are not supported by evidence. This may be partly attributed to the want of a good life of the illustrious Swede in English, corrected to the present 144 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY standpoint of knowledge, but it is to be feared that the actual facts have been enlarged not from knowledge but from guesswork, a distorted image being the result. That the above criticism is not too severe, some extracts are subjoined, and the actual facts added for comparison. (1) Sir William Bailey speaks of "Baron von Linnaeus" (p. 70); Linnaeus was ennobled in 1761 and took for name Carl von Linne m consequence, but he never attained the rank of baron. 11 In the account of Linnaeus taking several men to Lapland, there is a description of the method in which this man of genius divided the labour. . . . Another had to study the manners and customs of the Laplanders. . . . The only one in the company who had no watch was the leader, for Linnaeus could tell the time of day or night by the opening or closing of the flowers. He suggested a botanical clock" (pp. 73-74). This account is confused with the journey to Dalecarlia (Dalarna), which was done in company, each member having his own duties specially assigned to him. The Lapland journey was a solitary expedition save for the occasional local guide. Sir J. E. Smith did not present the Linnean collections as stated to the Linnean Society ; they were bought by subscription after his decease. (2) Of the fifteen worthies whose lives are given in the second volume cited above, Linnaeus is the sole botanist, and consequently the only one to be mentioned here. The author tells us in his preface that " the biographical, historical, and scientific details have been compiled from the best available sources." The biography of Linnaeus must therefore be the exception to the rule, for statements are made regarding him which do not agree with the " best available sources." Many, if not most, appear to have been taken without sufficient care from Trapp's translation of Stover's life, and the portrait has been taken from that work, but reversed in reproduction. In order to show that these are no random assertions, some passages are cited below, followed by a narration of the actual facts. 1. "In the same year that England and Scotland were united into one kingdom, and two days after the Act of Union came into operation (3rd May, 1707) there was born at Eoeshult, Sweden, Carl Linnaeus, the father of modern botany " (p. 62). The Act of Union took effect on the 1st May, 1707, O.S. = 12th May N.S. ; Linnaeus was born at Kashult on the 13th May, Swedish Old Style, corresponding to the 23rd May, New Style elsewhere. 2. " He was so enraptured with botany that he was compelled to confess to his father that he had no inclination whatever for the ministry. This was such a severe blow to the father that, without further delay, Carl was apprenticed to a bootmaker " (p. 63). The account as given by Prof. Fries is as follows : — The master of whom he [*. e. Nils Linnaeus] enquired, declared decidedly and simply that his son, as regards the subjects LINN^US 145 requisite for becoming a priest, was hopelessly deficient, and that he would far better succeed as a workman — a joiner or tailor. (In a note Prof. Fries remarks that this episode of his youthful days made so little impression upon him, that he passed it over without a word in his earlier autobiographies, and only in later years did he refer to it as a piquant matter.) The result of the advice so given was as follows : — " Deeply depressed he [the father] came afterwards to Dr. Eothman, to whom he confided his troubles, and he did not remain unhelped. Eothman stated that, so far as Carl was concerned, the schoolmaster was right, he would never become a priest, but, on the other hand, he was sure that Carl would become an eminent medical man, by which he could maintain himself as well as by being a clergyman." Eoth- man also undertook to take the young man into his own house, and to give him special instruction for the University. 3. " In 1730 Linnaeus was appointed Lecturer on Botany at Upsala. The vivacity and novelty of his lectures charmed his audiences, and he was greatly esteemed by the college authorities" (p. 68). Linne was appointed by Eudbeck to be his deputy, although still a student, an irregularity which was only suffered by the University because of the want of a graduate to fill that place ; it was ended after Nils Eosen came back to Uppsala, having taken his doctor's degree at Harder wijk. 4. " The Eoyal Academy of Sciences sent Linnaeus to collect the floia and fauna of Lapland . . . and in 1748 he published a book on his travels " (p. 68). The Academy named was not founded till seven years later, not until Linnaeus had returned to Sweden from his eventful journey to the Netherlands. The Society which commissioned Linnaeus to explore Lapland was the Eoyal Society of Sciences (Eegia Societas Scientiarum) at Uppsala. The Flora Lapponica was published in 1737; the volume "in 1748" is probably the " Olandska och Gothlandska resa " of 1745. 5. " On his return Linnaeus was elected a member of the Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Academien (Stockholm) . . . " (p. 69). Linnaeus was one of the founders and the first president, in 1739. The rest of the paragraph is equally at fault. 6. " In 1735 he set out for Holland, spent some time at Leyden, obtained his medical degree . . ." (p. 69). The degree was taken at Harder wijk, not Leyden. 7. " Cliffort's gardens and hot-houses were an El Dorado for Linnaeus, and from this home he wrote and published his Funclamenta Botanica and Bibliotheca Botanica (1736). Both of these books established his fame, and attracted attention in all parts of Europe " (p. 70). These two books were already written when he left Sweden, although he probably added some book-titles to the Bibliotheca while with Clifford; but his Sy sterna Natures, Flora Lapponica, and Genera Plantarum created greater astonishment. The books Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [April, 1913.] m 146 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY he wrote at Hartecamp were the Musa Cliff or tiana, Viridaruun Cliffortianum, and the splendid Hortus Cliff ortianus. 8. " Owing to the financial difficulties of Cliff ort, Linnaeus was obliged to leave the beautiful and historic gardens at Hartecamp ; but shortly afterward he obtained employment in the botanical garden at Leyden " (p. 71). Linnaeus left Clifford because the Dutch climate did not suit him ; on his way home he was induced to stay at Leyden to help in rearranging the botanical garden there, and falling ill, was taken back by Clifford and nursed into convalescence. Clifford's pecuniary troubles occurred at a later period. 9. " Linnaeus visited Leipzig, Saxony, Denmark and Paris " (p- 72)- ... He visited Paris and returned home by sea direct from Rouen to Sweden; his intended visit to Leipzig and Gottingen was broken off by his illness. 10. "In 1739 he married. . . . The next year he was appointed Professor ... in the University of Upsala . . . and became its Rector" (pp. 72-73). He became Professor in May, 1741 (not 1740), and in turn became Rector in 1750, 1759 and 1772, each time for six months, which then was the custom. 11. " He died of apoplexy on 10th January, 1778" (p. 74). He suffered from apoplexy, but the actual cause of death was ulcera- tion of the bladder. (3) The third work on our list is of quite a different stamp. It is the product of one who has studied the works of the master in a sympathetic spirit, with a desire to do justice to his subject. He even claims that he was in essence an evolutionist, and points to notes under Tlialictntm, Clematis, Beta, Achillea, and Cynara in support. The contention is that Linnaeus wTas forced by the dominant theology of his time to assert the permanence of species, yet in later life he is found giving expression to his doubt as to the correctness of this view in many cases. But even in this little volume we find a few errors which should be noted. Celsius and Linnaeus are said (p. 35) to have met "one autumn day"; the actual date was 8th April, 1729, very early spring in Uppsala. The portrait in Lapland dress is entitled " Carolus Linnaeus as he appeared when starting upon his journey to Lapland in May, 1732 " (p. 38). The dress was obtained during his journey, and served afterwards to please his friends at various times. On page 40 a letter is omitted from the name Harderwijk ; Hoek (p. 29) should be Hook, and Burman, as a Dutchman, did not duplicate the final consonant of his name (pp. 46, 46) in the vernacular. But these are but small blemishes when we read the volume, written with such fresh, hearty good will and enthusiasm. In the present system of teaching botany, hosts of students are in danger of never acquiring a knowledge of those early workers whose pioneer efforts have formed the basis of present-day knowledge. B. Daydon Jackson. CLASSIFICATION OF ANGIOSPERMS 147 L'origine et Ic systeme phyUtique des Angiospermes exposes a Vaide de lew arbre genealogique. Archives Neerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles : Ser. III. B i. (1912), pp. 146-234. Seven figs, in text, and six phyletic tables. By Hans Hallier. This ambitious and, in many ways, remarkable essay repre- sents, according to the author, his fifth attempt at a natural system of classification of the Angiosperms. In the brief intro- duction he claims that he has succeeded in defining sharply the limits of the various orders, and not unjustly criticises " ce qu'on appelle le systeme d'ENGLER " (the italics are ours) as marred by more than one " agglomerat tout-a-fait heterogene." The introduction, of about three pages, is followed by a lengthy " abrege raisonne de ce systeme " (pp. 148-202). A list of twenty-three relative papers then precedes the exhibition of the system itself, which occupies the remainder of the work. The essay reveals throughout the remarkable grasp of details and the familiarity with all the groups of Angiosperms which the writer undoubtedly possesses. He is thoroughly at home with his subject ; but he affords us but a poor view of his household gods. He has, it would appear, endeavoured to compress into ninety pages what could hardly be made clear in five times that number; the result is that, although he makes us feel that lie is sincerely convinced, he leaves us unconvinced : and this the more for not a few drastic alterations upon recognised systems which he urges upon our acceptance. Thus, to quote a few instances at random, Crassulaceae are associated with the families comprised in Engler's Centrospermae ; Chloranthaceae stand next to Lauraceae : Buxus and Batis are included in Hamamelidaceae ; Boraginaceae, including Lennoaceae, are sepa- rated widely from their customary associates and appear close to Loasaceae, CampanulaceaB, and Compositae ; " Amentaceae," Urticaceae, and Aceraceae stand in close connection with Terebinthaceae ; Engler's Ebenales are entirely disintegrated — Symplocaceae following close upon Celastraceae, Ebenaceae and Styracaceaa are included in Santalales, while Sapotaceae, regarded as the progeny of Linaceae, are assigned separate ordinal rank ; Euphorbiaceas are classed with Salicaceaa and Elacourtiaceae in " Passionales ; " Salvadoraceae are reckoned among the near relations of Polygalaceae ; Primulaceaa and Myrsinaceae are referred to an Ochnaceous ancestry and removed far from Centrospermae — though Plumbaginaceae are associated with the last-named group. At the outset of his exposition the author supports vigorously the primitiveness of the Eanalian floral type (Polycarpicees) ; and from this type he proceeds to derive all the Angiosperms without exception. The Angiosperms are thus regarded as monophyletic in the strictest sense of the term — i.e., they are referable to a single angiospermous ancestor. This is the weakest point of Hallier's system; for he neglects the much more probable and reasonable view that certain groups of Engler's Archi- 148 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY chlamydeae (e.g., Amentiferae, Centrosperinse) may be referable to ancestors which existed before the separation of Monocotyledons from Dicotyledons, or even before the advent of the present Angiosperms. Monocotyledons and Dicotyledons may, in the same way, owe their origin to distinct proangiospermous ancestors. The purpose of arranging all the Angiosperms in one genea- logical tree with a Eanalian ancestor at its root has driven the author to many forced and improbable conclusions. He persists in the one-time fashionable idea, fostered by the work of Arber and Parkin, that the Eanalian Angiosperm is directly connected with the Bennettitean Gymnosperm ; it is surely time to recog- nise the fundamental difference between the closed carpels of Magnolia and the interseminal scales of Bennettites. The latter may represent an unsuccessful effort at angiospermy ; but it has nothing essential in common with the angiospermy of our modern flowering plants. Thirty-two reasons — some of them excellent — are given for regarding the Eanalian floral type as primitive ; but the relative element in the primitive character is overlooked. The Amentiferae may have also their primitive type, corresponding to their portion of the angiospermous phyletic tree ; but it is incapable of com- parison with the Eanalian type, w7hich lies at the base of a group totally distinct (see New Phytologist, xi., 385). Berberidacese are regarded by the writer as containing the most primitive floral types — relatively to all the Angiosperms — and these he links closely with Cycad-like Gymnosperms (" voisin des Bennettitacees ") ; from these all the Dicotyledons, and later the Monocotyledons, have descended. We cannot but condemn the system in so far as it reflects the supposition that the Angiosperms form a closely monophyletic group, let alone that its foundation is tainted w7ith the significance accorded to the resemblance between the flowers of Bennettites and Magnolia ; but there is much to be admired in Mr. Hallier's work. The system itself is commendable in its recognition of the affinities of the various sympetalous groups with their several polypetalous ancestors, and the " agglomerat heterogene " Sym- petalae is abolished. The polyphyletic nature of this latter group is thus admitted ; why, then, should not the so-called Archi- chlamydeaB and the Monocotyledons be polyphyletic also ? Some interesting matter — e.g., a review of the theoretical morphology of the leaf (177-186) and the perianth (186-195)— is comprised in the "abrege," but too much stress is accorded to characters which are open to the suspicion of phyletic insignificance. The importance of floral as against vegetative characters in the determination of the larger groups is not sufficiently emphasized. Above all, the principles underlying the system are not made clear; characters of any and every description are used promiscuously in the determination of affinities, without reference to their relative phyletic value or the reasons for it. Biology may not be so neglected as it is in this system. PLANT DISEASES 149 It is easy to find fault with a work like the present ; but we welcome it as a much-needed stimulant to the current of thought in a direction where too much is apt to be taken for granted ; and it reflects throughout the close study, the considerable experience, and the keen interest of the writer. H. F. Wernham. Plant Diseases. 1. Grundzilge der Allgemeinen Phytopathologie. By Professor Dr. H. Klebahn. Berlin : Gebriider Borntraeger. 1912. Pp. 147. 74 figs. Price 4 mk. 80 pfg. The science of Plant Pathology which deals with conditions and organisms hurtful to plant life has received ever increasing attention in recent years. So many facts and observations concerning the causes of arrested growth or premature decay in the vegetable kingdom have been tabulated, that a stage has been reached when it seems not only possible, but highly desirable, to make a general survey — to take stock of the addi- tions to our knowledge in this field of research. Dr. Klebahn's work on the characteristic features of Phytopathology provides us with just such a general consideration of the subject. Under "causes of disease" he enumerates chemical, physical, and climatic conditions, wounds and attacks by parasitic organisms — plant and animal. He also includes the more obscure disturb- ances in the metabolism of the plant, and diseases of which the origin or cause is unknown. As Dr. Klebahn points out, it is very rarely that disease can be traced to any single one of the causes given. Usually it is the interaction of a series of adverse conditions. Poverty of the soil, for instance, may so affect the vitality of the plant that it succumbs easily to cold or drought, or falls a ready prey to parasitic attacks. The author deals in this treatise with broad principles, leaving aside the detailed account of particular cases of disease, and he winds up with a chapter on teratology, abnormalities and varia- tions, the origin of which is doubtful. They are not generally reckoned as diseases, but they may cause serious disfigurement. His book will be welcomed by students as a helpful and suggestive contribution to the science of Plant Diseases. It includes a bibliography of 269 citations, and a copious index, and is illus- trated by figures in the text which are clear and good. A. L. S. 2. Plant Diseases. By Dr. W. F. Bruck, translated by J. E. Ainsworth-Davis. Blackie & Son, Ltd. 1912. Price 2s. net. Pp. 152. Illustrated. This attractive-looking little book is a translation of Brack's Pflanzen-Krankheiten in the well-known Sammlung Goschen series. It is the best short introduction to the study of plant diseases that we know, but we should have thought that one of 150 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY our own phytopathologists could have written a book of similar scope, at least equally well. On the whole, the translation seems "ood, but it reads like a translation. The translator has in some cases stuck too closely to the original, as, for instance (p. 40), where he says : " In hetercecious rusts it sometimes happens that the BBcidium stage is omitted from the life-history," and (p. 39), where concerning the teleutospores, it is stated that " they consist of more than one cell." The Introduction deals with methods of work and aims, followed by a summary of the classification and structure of pests, plant and animal. In the special treatment the pests are arranged according to their hosts, e.g. agricultural pests of cereals. The last chapter, which is concerned with the treatment of plant discuses, is particularly interesting. The translator tells us in his Preface that his few additions are in square brackets. The largest addition concerns Ghrysophlyctis endobiotica. The reader is informed that it is a " notifiable disease," whatever that may mean to the beginner, for whom such a book is obviously intended, and also that "the classificatory position is doubtful : Eriksson places it in the Chytridiacese, while others regard it as a Myxomycete." Why Eriksson is specially mentioned we do not know ; we had thought that all systematists regarded Chrysophlyctis as a member of the Chytridiaceae. The use of square brackets seems, however, to have been somewhat of an obsession, as they are freely indulged in where the ordinary round bracket is used in the original. The information (p. 57) that Alternaria solani is an Oomycete might also have been put in square brackets! In the Preface " the low price at which the English edition is issued" is mentioned; but the German edition can be obtained in this country for tenpence, and there seems little reason why the English translation of a five- years-old book should cost more than tw7ice as much as the original. j R BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on 20th February, 1913, Dr. Stapf showed an abnormal fruit of Acer Pseudo- platanus. The specimen was found near Woodstock, Oxfordshire, on September 16th, 1912. There are seven distinct carpels, six of which have perfected seeds. The fruit is apparently composed of two parts, the larger having four carpels, each of which has perfected seeds, and the smaller three carpels, one of which is sterile, though a good wing has been produced. Transverse sections through the pedicel were compared with similar sections made through the pedicel of a normal two-winged fruit. There are Blight differences in structure between the two sets of sections, but nothing to indicate so large an increase in vascular strands as might he expected if two or three flowers had fused together. O. Penzig {Pjlanzen-Tcratologie, vol. i. p. 364) makes the following BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 151 statements concerning an increase in the number of carpels of the flowers and fruits of the Sycamore : — " An increase in the number of carpels in the flower is very frequent ; three, four, five, and even eight carpels have been seen in one flower. The accessory carpels are often inserted somewhat higher than the normal ones, so that (in four-winged fruits) the pistil appears to be made up of two decussate pairs of carpels." At the same meeting a paper by Mr. W. B. Hemsley was read in abstract by the Botanical Secretary, on the genera Badamcea Benth. and Nesogenes A. DC. Badamcea montana is a shrub from Madagascar, and some imperfect specimens of a similar plant were referred to his B. prostrata. On comparing these specimens with some collected on the ' Sealark ' Expedition by Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner and Mr. J. C. F. Fryer, Mr. Hemsley found it had to be transferred to its proper genus, Nesogenes. Four species of the latter genus are now known, including a new one from Aldabra named N. Dupontii Hemsl., after the discoverer. The present known distribution of Nesogenes is peculiar, being limited to two distant areas in the southern tropic ; one in the Pacific Ocean with a mean longitude of 145° W., the other in the Indian Ocean with a mean longitude of 60° E. The plants are, however, inconspicuous, and may readily be passed by without notice. The Council of the Linnean Society have had under considera- tion the application of the bequest of £100 left to the Society by the late Sir Joseph Hooker. They feel that the Fellows of the Society would not desire this legacy to be applied to the ordinary purposes of the Society, but that they would wish it to be used for some memorial of the illustrious donor in connection with the Society. Such a memorial would be peculiarly appropriate, since the late Sir Joseph Hooker was for nearly seventy years one of the strongest supporters of the Society, taking the keenest interest in its work. The Council have agreed that the most suitable memorial would be an adequately endowed Sir Joseph Hooker Lecture, to be delivered every second, third, or fourth year, and to be published by the Society. They propose that the Lecture be on some subject especially associated with the name of Sir Joseph Hooker, and that the Lecturer be appointed by the Council, not necessarily from among the Fellows of the Society. They suggest that the generous bequest of £100 should form the nucleus of a Fund to be raised for the purpose of carrying this proposal into effect. The Council are gratified to know that their proposal meets with the warm approval of Lady Hooker. The Council consider that a total sum of not less than £600 should be obtained, and confidently appeal to the Fellows of the Linnean Society and others to contribute. Messrs. Dent have added to their shilling series of " Temple Primers " an excellent treatise on Plant Geography by Mr. Boulder. In the limited space at his command, he has given us an ex- ceedingly complete and accurate survey of the subject, showing a 152 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY great amount of reading— a useful bibliography is appended— and a careful correlation of facts. It would be impossible to produce a more admirable summary, and we warmly recommend it. There is an excellent index. The last number (February) of the Journal of Genetics contains no paper of exclusively botanical interest, but deals with problems which indirectly affect botanical study. The principal paper, which has an excellent coloured plate, is by Prof. Toyama, of the Imperial University of Tokyo, and deals with " Maternal Inhe- ritance and Mendelism," as illustrated by the eggs of silkworms. Mr. Clifford Dobell writes on " Mutations in Bacteria," and Dr. Trow on " Forms of Eeduplication, Primary and Secondary," illustrated by his own observations on Senecio vulgaris and those of Mr. Gregory on Primula sinensis. The Plant Protection Section of the Selborne Society is carry- ing out a scheme by which it is hoped to elicit the sympathies of all the local natural history societies on the question of Plant Protection, and to appoint correspondents in as many places as possible. The Executive Committee of the Section, which was appointed at a meeting held at 42, Bloomsbury Square, on January 30th, consists of Dr. A. B. Bendle (Chairman), Professor G. S. Boulger, Professor Cavers, Mr. E. M. Holmes, Mr. C. E. Salmon, and Mr. A. K. Horwood as Eecorder, together with the Executive Officers of the Council. Under the somewhat ambiguous title Frequency in Floral Analysis, Mr. Woodruffe-Peacock has added to his "Eural Studies Series " a sixpenny pamphlet dealing with the methods of record- ing the frequency of a plant in a given district. The scheme proposed is, he tells us, " the result of eight failures and thirty years' loss of time," and is ingenious and complete. Mr. Peacock gives as an illustration his treatment of Lamium album, which indicates the method to be adopted in his flora of Lincolnshire, which we are glad to learn is in an advanced state. The some- what elaborate division of the twelve pages into parts and sections gives the pamphlet a confused appearance which is increased by the typographical arrangement, It is supplied by Messrs. Gould - ing, of 20, Mercer Eow, Louth. Messrs. Lovell Eeeve have issued as Parts x, xi, and xii a con- tinuation of Fryer's Potamogetons of the British Isles, edited by Mr. A. H. Evans from the author's MSS. and from his notes published in this Journal. The existence of Morgan's excellent plates will enable the work to be brought to a conclusion, and we are glad to learn that the descriptive portion will be undertaken by Mr. Arthur Bennett, who has throughout contributed the portion relating to distribution. The mode of citation of synonyms offers some ground for criticism and discussion, but all will welcome the continuation and approaching completion of the work, which many had feared would share the fate of Mr. Hanbury's mono- graph of British Hicracia, Journ. Bot. Tab. 526. Diplophyllum gymnostomophilum KclclL 7. 9. Mdrsupella apicutata jSchijfn . Jf. Q. Jameson del. 153 MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF SOUTH ABEKDEEN. By W. E. Nicholson. (Plate 526.) The following notes are the results of a holiday mostly spent with Mr. H. H. Knight at Braemar, where we botanized together from the 12th to the 24th July, 1912. Mr. Knight also spent a few days at Ballater before I joined him, and from the 21th to the 30th July I was at the Spital of Glenshee, where Mr. Peter Ewing, F.L.S., helped me in many ways to explore the surrounding country. The district does not appear to have been recently worked very closely for mosses and hepatics, and this, coupled with the fact that wTe found two novelties to the British list, besides the rare and recently discovered Gephalozia Loitlesbergeri Schffn., has induced me to think that a few notes upon what we found might be of some interest. The rocks about Braemar are almost exclusively of granite formation with small outcrops of limestone at Creag Choinnich, Morrone Hill, and for a small area in Glen Clunie. Except on Morrone Hill, where the limestone reached to about 2500 ft. under rather unfavourable conditions, the outcrops of limestone were at low elevations. The whole of the extensive mass of Ben Muich Dhui is of siliceous rocks, and in consequence hepatics were far better represented in the district than mosses. From Glenshee, limestone and schistose rocks reaching an elevation of over 3000 ft. at the head of Canlochan were accessible, and the flora generally, especially the phanerogamic flora, is richer. One of the most striking features of the hepatic flora of the Braemar district was the prevalence of the genera Gymnomitrium and Marsupella, of which no fewer than sixteen of the twenty-two species recorded for Britain occurred, including the rare M. sphace- lata and M. sparsifolia and the newly discovered ill", apiculata. Braemar is a good centre, but some of the best ground is a long way off. The summit of Lochnagar is twelve miles distant, and that of Ben Muich Dhui twenty miles, and as in both cases the route is only practicable for any kind of conveyance for about half way, an early start is necessary if any time is to be devoted to exploration of the higher ground. Besides South Aberdeen (92) the region examined embraced small portions of Banff (91), East Perth (89), and Forfar (90). I am indebted to Mr. Knight for many additional notes; to Mr. S. M. Macvicar for much assistance with several critical species, especially of Scapania ; and to the Eev. H. G. Jameson for kindly drawing the excellent plate of the novelties. In the following list the nomenclature of the mosses is that of Mr. Dixon's Students' Handbook of British Mosses, while that of the hepatics follows for the most part the arrangement of Mr. Macvicar's Sfoule?its' Handbook of British Hepatics recently published. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [May, 1913.] n 154 the journal of botany Mosses. Sphagnum Austini Sull. var. imbricatum Lindb. 92. Glen Callater, sparingly. Andrecea nivalis Hook. var. fuscescens Hook. 92. Lochnagar ; abundant on Ben Muich Dhui. Catharinea tenella Kohl. 89. Moist sandy ground by a road- way near Glenshee Lodge, c. fr. Oligotrichum hercynicum Lam. 92. In good fruit on Lochnagar. Ditrichum tenuifolium (Schrad.) Lindb. 92. Stony ground by the roadside, Glen Clunie. Seligeria Doniana (Sm.) C. M. 92. Creag Choinnich, Braemar, c.fr. Brachyodus trichodes (W. & M.) Fiirn. 92. Near the summit of Lochnagar, c. fr. Cynodontium strumiferum (Ehrh.) De Not. 92. Glen Clunie, c. fr. — C. laxirete (Dixon) Grebe. 92. Coire Etchachan, alt. ca. 3000 ft., c.fr. Dicranum fulvellum (Dicks.) Sm. 92. Ben Muich Dhui, c.fr. — D. schisti (Gumb.) Lindb. 89. Glenshee, c. fr. — D. molle Wils. 92. Near Loch Etchachan, c.fr. Fissidens osmundoides (Sw.) Hedw. 92. Glen Clunie. Grimmia incurva Schwgr. 92. Creag Cluny, near Braemar. — G. Hartmani Schp. 92. Loch Callater. — G. atrata Mielich. 92. Iron-bearing rocks above Loch Kander, c. fr. Pottia latifolia (Schwg.) C. M. 89. Schistose rocks, Glen Beag, c.fr., sparingly. Zygodon lapponicus (Hedw.) B. & S. 90. Canlochan, c.fr. Orthotrichum speciosum Nees. 92. Linn of Corriemulzie, on ash, c. fr. (Edipodium Griffithiaimm (Dicks.) Schwgr. 92. Above Loch Kander, sterile, with gemmae. 90. Canlochan, c. fr. Oreas Mielichoferi Brid. 92. Iron-bearing rocks above Loch Kander with Grimmia atrata. Weber a annotina (L.) Schwgr. 92. Near Loch Callater, c. fr. — W. Ludwigii (Spreng.) Schp. 92. Ben Muich Dhui, abundant. Bryum pallescens Schleich. 92. Glen Callater, c. fr. — B. Mildeanum Jur. 92. Loch Callater. Mnium spinosum Schwgr. 90. Canlochan. Pseudoleskea patens (Lindb.) Limpr. 90. Canlochan, c. fr. Amblystegium Sprucei (Bruch) B. & S. 92. Creag Choinnich, Braemar. Hypnum arcticum Sommerf. 92. Glen Callater. — H. strami- neum Dicks. 92. Among dry rocks near the summit of Lochnagar ; a rather remarkable, robust, long-stemmed form. Hylocomium umbratwn (Ehrh.) B. & S. 92. Coire Etchachan. Hepatics. Biccia sorocarpa Bisch. 89. Schistose rocks, Glen Beag, c. fr. Aneura latifrons Lindb. 92. Boggy ground near Ballater and Braemar, MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF SOUTH ABERDEEN 155 Metzgeria conjugata Lindb. 92. Linn of Corrieinulzie. — M. pubescens (Schrank) Eaddi. 92. Linn of Corriemulzie and Creag Choinnich. Moerckia Blytii (Morck) Brockm. 89. Canlochan, c. fr. 92. Lochnagar and Ben Muich Dhui, c. fr. 94. Near Loch Avon, c. fr. Gymnomitrium concinnatum (Lightf.) Corda. Abundant in all the districts and not infrequently fertile, descending to about 1200 ft. — G. obtusum (Lindb.) Pears. Apparently rare. 89. Lower slopes of the Cairnwell. 92. Glen Clunie. — G. adustum Nees. 92. Eocks above Loch Kander and near the summit of Lochnagar, c. fr. — G. varians Lindb. Schffn. 92. Not infrequent on Ben Muich Dhui and Lochnagar. — G. crassifoliwn Carr. A few stems from Lochnagar seem to be referable to crassifolium rather than varians. — G. alpinum (Gotts.) Scuff. 92. Wet rocks below the summit of Lochnagar and on Ben Muich Dhui. Marsupella condensata (Angstr.) Kaal. 92. Ben Muich Dhui, at alt. ca. 3700 ft., sparingly. — M. apiculata Schffn. (Plate 526, figs. 7-9.) 92. Ben Muich Dhui, sparingly, with the last. For further notes on this species, vide Journ. Bot. 1912, 367. — M. Stableri Spr. 92. Moist rocks and soil near the summit of Lochnagar and Ben Muich Dhui, rather frequent. When growing on moist soil the plant is often more compact, with shorter, sub- erect stems. — M. sparsifolia (Lindb.) Dum. 92. Moist ground a little below the summit of Lochnagar, alt. ca. 3500 ft., near a spot where M. sphacelata was growing submerged in a stream, c.fr. I took it indeed for a starved form of sphacelata in the field. The locality is probably the original one in which the plant was discovered by the Messrs. Sim. — M. ustulata Spr. 92. Eocks above Loch Callater and near the Linn of Muich, near Ballater, c.fr.— M. Funckii (W. & M.) Dum. 92. Wall by the roadside near Braemar, sparingly. — M. emarginata (Ehrh.) Dum. A small blackish form occurred on rocks above Loch Kander, associated with Oreas Mielichoferi and Grimmia atrata. A reddish form showing some approach to M. Pearsoni occurred on Creag Choinnich. — M. aquatica (Lindenb.) Schffn. 92. Coire Etchachan and on wet rocks above Loch Etchachan. — M. sphacelata (Gies.) Lindb. 92. Submerged in a small stream on Lochnagar, alt. ca. 3500 ft., not infrequent where it occurred and fruiting very sparingly, also on Ben Muich Dhui. 94. Streams above Loch Avon. — M. Sullivantii (De Not) Evans. 92. Moist stony ground on Creag an Loch above Loch Callater and on Lochnagar. Alicularia compressa (Hook.) Nees. 92. Abundant on Ben Muich Dhui up to about 3500 ft. Huge swollen tufts occurred near the top of Coire Etchachan. — A. Geoscyphus De Not. 92. Near the head of Glen Callater, sparingly, c.fr. — A. Breidleri Limpr. 92. Near the summit of Lochnagar and on Ben Muich Dhui, not infrequent anywhere over 3500 ft. elevation. Eucalyx obovatus (Nees) Breidl. 92. Not uncommon near Braemar, c. fr. A very minute bright red form occurred on rocks n 2 156 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY by the road to Inverey. — E. paroicus (Schiffn.) Macv. 92. Kocks by a stream close to Braemar, c. per. Haplozia sphcerocarpa (Hook.) Dum. 90. By a stream on Canlochan in rather large tufts, c.per. — H. cordifolia (Hook.) Dum. 92. Glen Quoich and Glen Derry ; not infrequent. — H.riparia (Tayl.) Dum. 92. Eocks by a little burn from Morrone Hill; sparingly and mixed with the next species, c. per. — H. pumila (With.) Dum. 92. With the last, c. per. — Vai\ rivularis Schffn. 92. Submerged in a stream route to Lochnagar, alt. ca. 3000 ft., c. per., sparingly. — H. Schiffneri Loitlesb. 89. Schistose rocks, Glen Beag, very sparingly, c. per. Mr. Macvicar states that the leaves are rather broader than in Dr. Fergusson's original gathering from this locality. The whole plant is a little larger than the forms which I have seen from high altitudes on the Continent. Anastrophyllum Donianum (Hook.) Steph. 92 and 94. Among boulders on the rough stony ground between Loch Etchachan and Loch Avon at an altitude of a little over 3000 ft. Gymnocolea inflata (Hucls.) Dum. 92. A small blackish form, often scarcely larger than a Cephaloziella occurred on iron-bearing rocks above Loch Kander, associated with Grimmia atrata, &c, var. heterostipa (Can* & Spr.) K. Mull. 92. Moist rocks, Creag Choinnich. A small tuft of the variety was found on Ben Muich Dhui near the ruins of the hut erected by the Ordnance Survey not far from the summit, and well above the 4000 ft. line. Lopliozia badensis (Gotts.). 89. Schistose rocks, Glen Beag, c. per., sparingly. In this plant the trigones are well marked and the whole plant is highly aromatic, far more so than the Sussex plant which is not noticeably aromatic. — L. Muelleri (Nees) Dum. 92. Creag Choinnich and rocks at the Linn of Corriemulzie. — L. heterocolpa (Thed.) Howe. 92. Creag Choinnich, sparingly. — L. longidens (Lindb.) Macoun. 92. Eocks and rotten stumps widely distributed near Braemar. — L. alpestris (Schleich.) Evans. 92. Lochnagar and Ben Muich Dhui, where it nearly reaches the summit. — L. Wenzelii (Nees) Steph. 92. Cairn Taggart, with Hcupanthus Flotoivianus. 89. Slopes of Glas Maoll, at an eleva- tion of about 2800 ft. — L. bicrenata (Schmid.) Dum. 92. Morrone Hill, Braemar, c. per. — L. incisa (Schrad.) Dum. 92. Lochnagar and Ben Muich Dhui, where it ascended to at least 3750 ft. — L. Hatcher i (Evans) Steph. 89. Walls by the roadside near the Post Office, Glenshee. 92. Eather common about Braemar, often with L. longidens. Sphenolobus minutus (Crantz) Steph. 92. Common near Braemar, c. per. — 8. ovatus (Dicks.) Schffn. 92. Near Ballater aud Braemar, not uncommon, c.per. — S.Helleriamis (Nees) Steph. 92. Decaying logs, Glen Quoich, sparingly. — S. politus (Nees) Steph. 92. By a stream near the head of Glen Callater with the small darker form, var. medalpadicus Arm, which seems, however, to be little more than a state of the type directly induced by the drier ground upon which it grows. Anastrepta orcadensis (Hook.) Schffn. 92. Among rocks between Loch Etchachan and Loch Avon, sparingly. MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF SOUTH ABERDEEN 157 Harpanthus Flotowianus Nees. 92. Cairn Taggart and Glen Clunie, descending to about 2000 ft. in the latter locality. Gephalozia bicuspidata (L.) Dum. 92. Some very puzzling- forms, blackish or rosy coloured, with closely imbricated leaves, occurred on Lochnagar and Ben Muich Dhui, which I was inclined in the field to refer to G. ambigua Massal., but the lobes are generally more pointed and the leaf-cells larger than in authentic specimens of that species. The plants are perhaps best referred to alpine forms of the var. confer ta Huben., though it is probably not always easy to distinguish between certain forms of the variety and C. ambigua. — C. pleniceps (Aust.) Lindb. 92. Morrone Hill, c.fr. 94. Moist ground by a streamlet above Loch Avon, c. fr. — Var. macrantha (Kaal. & Nicholson) K. Mull. 92. Marshy ground among Sphagnum, Glen Callater, c. per. Further research with the Sussex plant proves it to be clearly monoicous, and I am inclined to agree with Dr. Miiller in referring it to a variety of C. pleniceps. — C. Loitlesbergeri Schffn. 92. Among Sphagnum on the banks of the Lui Water not far from its junction with the Dee, c. per. (H. H. Knight). A slight doubt attached to the plant from Cockerham Moss, as the bracts and perianth were not mature. The present plant has both fully developed bracts and perianths, and agrees well with authentic material from the Continent. — C.macrostachya Kaal. 89. Sphagnum bog near Glenshee Lodge. — C. leucantha Spr. 92. Morrone Hill, c. per. — C. Francisci (Hook.) Dum. 90. Peaty ground below Glas Maoll. 92. Glen Quoich. Nowellia curvifolia (Dicks.) Mitt. 89. Glenshee, c. per. 92. Not uncommon about Braemar, c. fr. Cephaloziella byssacea (Both) Warnst. 92. A rather remark- able plant occurred on wet grassy ground near Loch Etchachan with long rather acutely-pointed lobes, frequently toothed at the base. I was inclined to refer it to a form of C. grimsulana Jack, but this has obtuse lobes, and Mr. Macvicar and Herr Kaalaas agree in referring it to the present species. Somewhat papillose forms occurred near Ballater and in Glenshee, but they are not sufficiently marked for the var. asperifolia (Jens.) Macv. — C. rubella (Nees) Warnst. forma subsimplex Lindb. 92. A very minute, deep red plant, hardly larger than Prionolobus striatulus, with the bracts rather highly connate, occurred on Sphagnum in Glen Callater and on Cairn Taggart, c. per. After reading Dr. Miiller's illuminating treatment of this perplexing genus, I am inclined to refer the plant to this form. Prionolobus striatulus Jens., Schffn. 92. Bare, but appar- ently widely distributed, Cairn Taggart : Glen Callater : Glen Quoich, c. per. Only a few stems were found in each locality. Hygrobiella lax if olia (Hook.) Spr. 89. Canlochan. 92. Morrone Hill and Glen Callater, sparingly. Pleuroclada albescens (Hook.) Spr. 92. Lochnagar and Ben Muich Dhui. Bazzania tricrenata (Wahl.) Pears. 92 and 94. Sparingly 158 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY scattered over the district between Loch Etchachan and Loch Avon. Chandonanthus setiformis (Ehrh.) Lindb. 89. Eocks near the Post Office, Glenshee, sparingly with the var. alpinus. — Var. alpinus (Hook.) Kaal. 92. Creag Choinnich, sparingly; Morrone Hill and Cairn Taggart, fairly common. — Var. nemoides Kaal. 92. Eocks above Kander, sparingly, but well-marked. A form closely approaching this variety also occurred in Glen Beag near the Cairnwell, but it is perhaps better referred to a depauperate form of the var. alpinus, though there is no sharp line of demar- cation between the two varieties. DiplophyUum taxifolium (Wahl.) Dum. 90. Canlochan. 92. Ben Muich Dhui among rocks at about 3700 ft., well characterized. — D. obtusifolium (Hook.) Dum. 89. Moist micaceous earth, Glen Beag, c. per. DiplophyUum gymnostomophilum Kaal. in Beitrage zur Leber- moosflora Norwegens von B. Kaalaas, Christiania, 1898, p. 4. Scapania gymnostomopliila Kaal. in Bot. Notiser, 1896, p. 21. (Plate 526, figs. 1-6.) Dioicous, male and female plants in separate tufts, in growth and appearance very like a small Scapania, growing scattered or in small tufts between mosses or creeping over them, most often over tufts of Gymnostomum rupestre and G. curvirostre, rarely in small flat growths directly on the ground, dark green, colourless below to 2 cm. long and to 2 mm. broad with the leaves. Stem simple, rarely branched, brown, in the younger parts yellowish, creeping with erect apices, compara- tively thick and rigid, very brittle when dry, sinuose, thickly clothed with long hyaline root-hairs on the under side ; transverse section oval, rather more strongly arched on the ventral side, antico-postical diameter 0-42 mm. diameter in breadth 0-25 mm. ; cortical cells in 2-3 layers, strongly thickened and brownish, about 14 fx, the rest thin-walled to 20 /x. Leaves in two rows, approximate or touching one another, rarely overlapping, of equal size throughout, squarrose or slightly decurved, occasionally slightly antically secund, strongly arched on the back when dry, so that the plants are convex on the under side, rather thick and rigid, semi-amplexicaul, divided to ^ to f into two unequal con- duplicate lobes ; commissure curved or nearly straight ; postical lobes obliquely oval to elongate-reniform with strongly rounded lower margin, scarcely decurrent, obtuse or more or less pointed and erose where gemmae have been formed ; antical lobes only one-third to one-fifth as large, reaching to about the middle of the stem, obliquely oval to ovate-lanceolate, acute, rarely obtuse, rarely with the apex recurved ; margins of both lobes entire. Leaf-cells obscure and opaque, irregularly 4- to 6-sided, often arranged in distinct longitudinal rows, of about equal size, 17-23 \i, closely packed with chlorophyll and oil-bodies, cells on the lower margin of the postical lobes in 1-7 rows, empty and transparent ; marginal cells smaller, quadratic 12 /x ; cell- walls moderately thickened all round. Cuticle smooth or slightly papillose. Perianth terminal or apparently lateral owing to MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF SOUTH ABERDEEN 159 subsequent branching of the stem, obovate, finally clavate, to 2*5 mm. long, almost round in transverse section or a little com- pressed antically, plicate in the upper part with a contracted, oblique, finely toothed mouth, of a single layer of cells throughout; archegonia to 10 ; perichaetial leaves like the stem-leaves, but a little larger. Fruit unknown. Male plants weaker, bearing antheridia in the middle and towards the apex of the stems, perigonial leaves, similar to the stem-leaves, but slightly saccate at the base ; antheridia solitary, greenish-yellow, oval to spherical (224 and 166 /*) on stalks of a single series of cells a quarter to half as long. Gemmae common, in large masses on the apices of the upper leaves, greenish when young, reddish-brown later, ellip- tical to oval, 18-25 /x, generally two- rarely one-celled. 89. Earth among schistose rocks, Glen Beag, very sparingly, st. The above diagnosis is largely borrowed, and that of the perianth wholly taken, from the description by Herr Kaalaas (loc. cit.). The Scotch plant was found growing directly upon the ground and not among mosses ; the stems are shorter and greener and the antical lobes of the leaves are generally a little larger than in a Scandinavian specimen kindly sent to me by Herr Kaalaas, but there can be no doubt as to the identity of the Scotch plant which was first suggested by Mr. Macvicar, and has since been fully confirmed by Herr Kaalaas himself. Though rare, it appears to have a fairly wide distribution in Norway from the sea-level to the Alpine region, and it has also been found by Dr. Douin near Gavarnie in the Pyrenees. The plant is of interest as standing on the confines of several genera, or rather as showing the doubtful limits which some genera possess. I was inclined to refer it when gathered to Scapania, to which, indeed, it was assigned by Herr Kaalaas until the discovery of the perianth, and Dr. V. Schiffner has shown (Bryologische Fragmente, xlix. p. 2) that the plant may with equal, if not greater, reason be assigned to Sphenolobus. It is rather closely related to S. ovatus, and should perhaps be consistently placed in the same genus. It may readily be distinguished from this species by the more rounded commissure, the less acutely-pointed lobes, and the apparently constant presence of gemmae. Scapania compacta (Both) Dum. 92. Craigandarroch, near Ballater; Glen Clunie. — S. subalpina (Nees) Dum. 92. Glen Quoich and elsewhere, fairly common. A rather flaccid form with conspicuous orange-red gemmae occurred on rocks above Loch Etchachan. — S. cequiloba (Schwgr.) Dum. 90. Canlochan.— S. aspera Bernet. 92. Morrone Hill, Braemar. — S. nimbosa Tayl. 92 and 94. Sparingly among boulders between Lochs Etchachan and Avon at an altitude of not less than 3000 ft. — *S. ornitho- podioides (With.) Pears. 92 and 94. Sparingly with the last species and Anastrophyllum Donianum. — S. dentata Dum. 92. Bather common and variable on the high ground. — S. intermedia (Husn.) Pears. 92. Moist decaying log, Linn of Corriemulzie, well characterized. — S. undalata (L.) Dum. 92. A rather puzzling series of reddish forms occurred on Lochnagar and Ben Muich 160 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Dhui. — S. obliqua (Am.) Schffn. 92. Apparently not uncommon on Lochnagar and Ben Muich Dhui. This plant, which seems to be one of the most distinct of the recently distinguished species of Scapania, is generally recognizable at a considerable distance by its brownish colour and the swollen tufts which rise con- spicuously above the level of the other plants growing round the spring heads which it often affects. — S. paludosa K. Mull. var. vogesiaca K. Mull. 90. Canlochan, rare. 92. By a spring on Lochnagar, alt. ca. 3500 ft., a tall red-stemmed plant with the marginal cells of the leaves not so strongly thickened as in the Canlochan plant, but otherwise well characterized. — S. rosacea (Corda) Dum. 89. Near the head of Canlochan, sparingly. — S. umbrosa (Schrad) Dum. 92. Common on logs near Braemar. Radula Lindbergii Gotts. var. germana Jack. 90. Canlochan. Madotheca rivularis Nees. 92. Linn of Corriemulzie. Cololejeunea calcarea (Lib.) Schffn. 92. Limestone rocks, Creag Choinnich, not uncommon. FruUania fragilifolia Tayl. 92. Bocks, Craigandarroch, near Ballater ; trees, Creag Choinnich, sparingly. Explanation of Plate 526. — Figs. 1-6, Diplophylhim gymnostomophilum Kaal. 1, stem with leaves ; 2,3, antical lobes ; 4, leaf-cells of antical lobe ; 5, leaf-cells of postical lobe; 6, gemmae (Glen Beag). Figs. 7-9, Marsupella apiculata Schiffn. 7, portion of stem ; 8, leaves ; 9, areolation of upper part of leaf (Ben Muich Dhui). NOTES ON THE MYCETOZOA OF LINN^US. By G. Lister, F.L.S. The International Botanical Congress, which met in Brussels in 1910, decided that the publication by Linne of the Species Plantarum in 1753 should be taken as a starting-point for the earliest generic and specific names of the Mycetozoa. In this book the binomial system of nomenclature is employed throughout for the first time ; and, although as regards Fungi the work shows less grasp of the subject than that of some of Linne's predecessors, the fact of its publication gave an impetus to botanical study which soon led to a fuller recognition of Fungi, and with them of the Mycetozoa. In the following notes reference is made first to the species of Mycetozoa described in Species Plantarum, and afterwards to the specimens preserved in the Linnean herbarium in the rooms of the Linnean Society at Burlington House. While examining the specimens I had the invaluable assistance of Dr. B. Daydon Jackson, Secretary of the Linnean Society, whose knowledge of the correspondence of Linne enabled him in many cases to identify the handwriting of the notes on the sheets on which the specimens are mounted. In the second edition of Species Plantarum, published in 1762-3, six or possibly seven species of Mycetozoa are described NOTES ON THE MYCETOZOA OF LINN^US 161 under the fungus genera Clathrus, Lycoperdon, and Mucor. Although Linne's own descriptions here quoted are usually very- short, they are in most cases accompanied by references to descriptions and illustrations of previous authors which permit the species to be identified. The species are Clathrus denudatus, C. nudus, C. recutitus, Lycoperdon radiatum, L. epidendrum, Mucor septicus, and M. Embolics. " Clathrus denudatus. C. stipitatus, capitulo oblongo valvato. C. pediculatus purpureas capite oblongo Guett. Stamp, p. 17. Clathroides purpureum pediculo donatum Mich. Gen. p. 214, t. 94, fig. 1. Habitat in Europa australiori." The reference to Micheli's description and illustration makes it clear that this is the species now called Arcyria denudata Sheldon (syn. A. punicea Persoon). " Clathrus nudus. C. stipitatus, capitulo oblongo axi longitu- dinale adnato. Fl. Suec. n. 1264. Clatliroidastrum Mich. Gen. p. 214. Habitat in Italiae lignis putridis." This brief description, and the diagrammatic figures of Clatliroidastrum in Micheli's Nov. Plant. Gen. tab. 94, may apply to almost any species of the genus Stemonitis. Eostafinski follows Fries in giving Clathrus nudus as a synonym for Stemonitis fusca Both. " Clathrus recutitus. C. stipitatus capitulo globoso, glande ovali. Fl. Suec. n. 1264. Habitat in Suecicae truncis arborum." In the thirteenth edition of Linne's Sy sterna Natures , edited by G. F. Gmelin (1791), this species is placed in the genus Stemonitis, with the following description : — " Stemonitis albida fills ovatis, stipite brevi." On the strength apparently of Gmelin's definition Fries gives Clathrus recutitus as a synonym for Arcyria cinerea (Bull.) Pers. (Syst. Myc. iii. 180). 11 Lycoperdon radiatum. L. disco hemispherico, radiato, colorato. Habitat in Suecicae lignis Abietinis putridis, ad praedium nostrum Saefja, ubi lectus 1760 a Filio. Magnitudine dimidii fructus Coriandri. Discus subglobosus, fuscus, elastice dehiscens, expellensque cum avolante polline lanam bombycinum, tumes- centem, fuscum, rariorem adhaerentem. Limbus campaniformis, niveus, sectus fere ad basin in partes 12 aequales, disco paulo longiores, basi integri ovali cingente discum." There is evidence to prove that the type here referred to is in the Linnean Herbarium (see below). The species is Diderma radiatum Lister. " Lycoperdon epidendrum. L. cortice farinaque purpurea. Fl. Suec. n. 1114. L. epidendron miniatum pulverem fundens Buxb. Hal. p. 203. L. sanguinewn sphcericum 1 Buxb. cent. 5, p. 15, t. 29, f. 2. Habitat in Lignis parietis antiquis." This species is undoubtedly Lycogala epidendrum Fries. " Mucor septicus. M. unctuosus flavus. Fl. Suec. n. 1117 ; 1285. Mucilago flava ramosissima mollis Hall. helv. 5. Spongia fugax mollis flava amcena March. Act. 1727, p. 472. Habitat^ in vaporariis deservientibus visibili incremento, maturus semina 162 THE JOURNAL OP BOTANY explodens." There is no doubt that this refers to Fuligo septica J. F. Gmelin. The reference to Jean Marchant's article quoted above is insufficient, and not quite correct. The full title of the article, in which the general appearance and growth of this species is graphically described, is as follows : — " Touchant une Vegetation particuliere qui nait sur l'Ecorce du Chene battue et mise en poudre, vulgairement appellee du Tan," published in Hist. d'Mcm. de V Academic Boyale des Sciences, p. 335, tab. 14, fig. 1, 2 ; read Dec. 1727 ; published 1729. A short abstract of this paper is given on pp. 40, 41 of the same volume. " Mucor embolus. M. seta nigra, villo fusco. Embolus seta nigra villo fusco, Fl. Suec. n. 1138, 1288. Embolus niijcmmus villo albo adspersus. Hall. helv. 8, t. 1, fig. 1." This is given by Fries as a synonyn for Stemonitis ovata Persoon, a species now known as Comatricha nigra (Pers.) Schroeter, but it would seem that the description and Haller's illustration might apply equally well to Comatricha typhoides (Bull.) Host, or to several species of Stemonitis (see note on specimen marked " Embolus" below). It is not surprising that the earlier authors failed to distinguish these species, for their characters can only be completely recognized with the aid of microscopic appliances unknown in their day. In the Linnean Herbarium the following species are represented. Within the cover marked " Clathrus " are four specimens of Stemonitis, each fastened down on a separate sheet. With Dr. Jackson's permission I took a little of the spore-dust and some minute fragments of broken capillitium that were lying loose on the sheets, and examined them under the microscope. Fortunately in this genus the size and markings of the spores usually afford characters by which the species can be recognized. On the first sheet is a specimen of Stemonitis ferruginea Ehrenb. The long-stalked sporangia form a fair-sized tuft, and measure 11 mm. in total height. The fragment of capillitium examined shows a close surface-net of rather stout threads, attached to the columella by few strong branches ; the pale reddish spores are 4 to 5 n diam. The sheet is marked in Linne's hand " Clathrus 3 nudus " ; the numeral 3 refers to C. nudus being the third species described by him in the genus. The specimen on the second sheet is also Stemonitis ferruginea Ehrenb. The sporangia are similar to those on the first sheet, except that the spores are rather larger and average 5 //, diam. The sheet is headed " Clathrus Linn. spec. 3, p. 1179 " in the hand- writing of Professor Johan Leche. At the foot of the paper Sir J. E. Smith * has written " nudus " in pencil ; below this, again, is written in a neat foreign hand : — " In parcecia Ulfsby, Biorne- * Sir James Edward Smith, the British botanist (1759-1828), purchased the Linnean Herbarium in 1784 from the widow of Linne. He was the first President of the Linnean Society, founded 1788. NOTES ON THE MYCETOZOA OF LINN^US 163 burgo adjacente lectus a Frid. Eeinh. Brander inBetulis putridis." Bjorneborg is in the province Abo-Bjorneborg, S.W. Finland. Brader is referred to by Linne as "Magister," probably of Abo University. He may have been a friend of Leche's. The latter (born 1704, died 1764) was Professor of Anatomy and Medicine at Abo University; several sheets from his collection appear in the Linnean Herbarium. On the third sheet is a fine specimen of typical Stemonitis splendens Eost. The total height of the sporangia is 14 mm. ; the capillitium has a firm surface-net, with rounded meshes 20 to 30 ix diam., attached to the columella by few strong branches. On the sheet is written in pencil " Clathrus nudus," followed by an abbreviation that looks like " Angl." Dr. Jackson thinks the handwriting is that of the Swede, Jonas Dryander, a distinguished pupil of Linne, and that the note was probably made when he and Sir J. E. Smith went over the Linnean Herbarium together in 1784-5. It seems unlikely that the doubtful word " Angl " indicates that the specimen came from England, since Stemonitis splendens apparently requires a warmer climate than ours for its perfect development ; the typical form has not been recorded from England, and is rare in Europe ; but is abundant in the United States and in the tropics. On the fourth sheet is a weathered specimen of Stemonitis fusca Both., the spores of which, when highly magnified, show characteristic spinulose reticulation, and measure 7 fx. At the head of the sheet Linne has written " Embolus " ; at the base the word " lichenoides " is written in a handwriting which re- sembles that of the great Swiss botanist, Albrecht von Haller, although Dr. Jackson feels that he could not assert that the writing is Haller's." It seems probable that this specimen is the type of Mucor Embolus L., the description of which has been quoted above. Within the cover marked " Lycoperdon " are three specimens of Mycetozoa, representing the species Diderma radiatum Lister, Lycogala epidendrum (Linn.) Fries, and Trichia Botrytis Persoon. The specimen of Diderma radiatum consists of about eighteen sporangia loosely clustered on five slips of wood. They are either sessile or on short stout brownish stalks ; the sporangium-walls have split into five to ten widely-spreading lobes, pale brown or fawn-coloured on the outside, white within ; from every sporan- gium the capillitium and spores are dispersed, leaving exposed the hemispherical fawn-coloured columella. The sheet is marked, in a handwriting which Dr. Jackson does not recognize, " Lycoperdon radiatum L., Sp. PI. ed. ii. vol. ii. p. 1657, n. 7 " ; below this Eostafinski has written his name. Although Linne has not actually named this specimen, there can hardly be a doubt that it is the type of Lycoperdon radiatum, for, close to one of the slips of wood, he has written in a very small hand the word "filii," * Mucor lichenoides L. is a lichen, Calicium quercinum Pers. var. lenticu- tare Nyl. 164 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY from which we infer that this is the gathering made by his son near their farm at Saefja, described in Spec. Plant, ed. 2, p. 1654 (see description of L. radiatum quoted above). The specimen of Lycogala epidendrum consists of a cluster of three aethalia on a slip of wood. They measure from 6 to 8 mm. diarn., and are brownish-purple in colour. The sheet is marked " Lycoperdon epidendrum" in the handwriting of Rostafinski, who signed his name below. It is very possible that this may be Linne's type, but we have no proof that it is so. The specimen of Trichia Botrytis is probably the variety latcritia. On a piece of wood are several small clusters of nearly black sporangia, with long, closely adhering, dark stalks ; the spores are warm buff in colour. The sheet on which the specimen is mounted is marked " Lycoperdon English nigrum Lightfoot," in a handwriting as yet unrecognized. The Rev. John Lightfoot (1735-1788) made a journey to Scotland in 1772 with Thomas Pennant, the antiquary and naturalist, and afterwards published a Flora Scotica. Lycoperdon nigrum Lightfoot (El. Scotica, 1069) is referred by Eries to the fungus Sphceria spermoides G. F. Hoffm. (Syst. Myc. ii. p. 460, and iii. Index p. 112). PLANTS OF THE DALWHINNIE DISTRICT, JULY, 1911. By Rev. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S., & W. A. Shoolbred, F.L.S. To a traveller on the Highland Railway this neighbourhood appears very bleak and barren ; we found it so, upon the whole, as the rocks are mostly archsean gneiss, hard, intractable, and not affording much foothold for alpine species, though one or two of the combes are fairly productive. The exceptionally dry, hot season was also unfavourable to collecting. On our only ascent of Ben Alder time did not allow us to work the magnificent eastern corrie, one of the chief haunts of the golden eagle. Hieracia are numerous and interesting ; unfortunately a selection was sent to our friend Rev. E. F. Linton just too late for him to examine them, as he was fully occupied with a revision of the British Salices, and he has not yet been able to send us a report. It seems best to give an account of those which we could determine with some confidence, leaving a few over. Two of the more prevalent and characteristic have been recently described (pp. 119, 121) as new species (H. Isabellce and H. Shoolbredii). A few gatherings were made in 88 and 89, v.-c. Mid and East Perth (Bryanthus coeruleus Dippel has not decreased since 1888 on the Sow of Atholl, and should occur on some of the Badenoch hills ; but its early flowering season, and the superficial resem- blance of its foliage to Empetrum, make detection difficult). The rest came from v.-c. 96, East Inverness. Supposed new records are starred. Ranunculus rcpens L. vai\ ■■'pirostratus Gaud. 96. Wet, gravelly margin of the Allt Cuaich, at 1200 ft.; a small, neat plant, with PLANTS OF THE DALWHINNIE DISTRICT 165 decumbent, rooting stems, finely divided leaves, and few, solitary flowers, which Mr. G. C. Druce considers to be rightly named. It agrees very well with the description of B. reptabundus Jord. in Eouy & Foucaud, Fl. de France, i. 100 ; they regard this as a subspecies, citing as synonyms B. repens var. prostratus Gaud, and var. subacaidis Breb. Hieracium anglicum Fr. 96. Apparently very uncommon ; it was only observed at over 2000 ft. on Creag Dubh, east of Loch Ericht, both as var. ■•'acutifoliuvi Backh. and var. amplexicaule Backh. {cerinthiforme Backh.), the latter not quite so well marked. [H. iricum was not seen.] — H. eximium Backh. 96. Very scarce in Coire Chuirn, at 2500 ft., associated with il. gracilentum Backh. var. graniticolum (W. E. Linton), which grew more plentifully on another set of rocks not far away, and was again seen above a waterfall at the head of Coire Chais, a few miles farther east in the same range, just out of reach. This second plant was gathered for H. globosum Backh. ; but its foliage and strongly pilose- tipped ligules accord much better with monocephalous examples of graniticolum, though the soil is not granite but mica-schist. — H. lingulatum Backh. 96. The form with yellow styles grows by the Allt a' Choire Chais, and on cliffs above Loch Dubh, six miles north of Cluny Castle. — H. chrysanthum Backh. var. microcephalwn Backh. 96. Stream sides, at 2000 ft., below Bealach Breabag, at the south end of Ben Alder. Nearer the variety than the type, though yellow- styled ; just like a form found on the slopes of Lochnagar, descending to the Dhu Loch, which was placed here by Rev. W. E. Linton.— *ff. Leyi F. J. Hanb. 96. At 2000 to 2200 ft. by the Allt a' Choire Chais and the Allt Coire Chuirn ; the usual form of Scotland, diverging a little from the Welsh type by its pure yellow styles, glabrous-tipped ligules, &c. — H. argenteum Fr. 88. Eocks on the west side of the Sow of Atholl. 96. Streams on the west side of Ben Alder. — H. Sommerfeltii Lindeb. *96. Allt a' Choire Chais, at and above 2000 ft. ; a form differing from the type (of which it has the foliage) and our named varieties in the heads, which are less pilose and floccose, but much blacker, with more numerous and longer glandular setae. The same form occurs at about 2700 ft. at the head of Cama Choire, in Atholl Forest, 89, just over the "divide." — H. Pictorum Linton. 96. This name was suggested by Eev. E. F. Linton for a plant from cliffs above Lochan Dubh, in the Botanical Exchange Club Beport for 1911, though the specimens submitted to him were in poor condition ; and we believe that this is correct. — H. rotundatum Kit. "96. Evidently frequent in Badenoch, though always met with sparingly ; as a rule it grew by rocky streamlets, from 1800 to 2500 ft. Below Coire Chomlain, Ben Alder ; Allt Coire Chuirn ; Allt Beal an Sporain ; Allt Coire Bhathaich ; Allt a' Choire Chais. We found one specimen high up the Allt Coire Luidhearnaidh, west of Dalnaspidal, "88. — H. eaprepes F. J. Handb. 96. Very rare ; Allt Coire Chuirn, above 2000 ft. A few plants, which we consider to be var. *glabratum Linton, were obtained by the Allt an Lochain Dhuibh, 166 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY at about 1800 ft. — H. corymbosum Fr. var. Halicifolium Lindeb. 96. By the Spey, between Newtonmore and Kingussie ; a yelloiv- styled form, which must be placed here, the leaves being subentire and floccose. It grew with H. auratum Fr. and the stylose form of H. striatum Fr. var. opsianthum Dahlst. ■■'Taraxacum spectabile Dahlst. 96. Frequent by alpine rills, &c. ; usually the leaves are faintly blotched, much less so than in Mr. Beeby's var. maculiferum Dahlst. from Shetland. It is an early-flowering species, and we only saw it in fruit. Rfrinanthus stenophylhis Schur. 96. Fine and abundant in grassy places near the Calder Eiver, Newtonmore. A small plant, locally abundant at Dalwhinnie, w7hich we referred to B. monticola Druce, is considered by Mr. C. E. Salmon to be B. stenophylhis ; they are very nearly allied, but it looked different from a few specimens of the latter found close by. — B. borealis Druce. 96. Cliffs above Loch Dubh. The largest example that we gathered is fully a foot high, which is quite exceptional. Chenopodium Bonus-Henricus L. 96. One very fine plant by a ditch near the bridge over the Calder, Newtonmore ; doubtless a relic of former cultivation, as there is a farmhouse close by. Bumex crispus x obtusifolius, B. crispus x longifolhis (pro- pinquus Areschoug), B. longifolius x obtusifolius (conspersus Hart- man). 96. Dalwhinnie, where these three species grew together plentifully. Though they wTere collected at the end of July, the fruit-characters of our specimens are not yet fully developed ; but we cannot doubt their correctness, as a careful comparison was made. Dr. C. E. Moss has pointed out to us that B. longifolius DC. is an earlier name than B. domesticus Hartm. Betula pubescens Ehrh. var. ■'microphylla (parvifolia Eegel). 96. Very fine and characteristic in a natural birch wood at 800 ft., about a mile south of Laggan Bridge, by the road to Dalwhinnie. — Var. -''sudetica (B. carpatica /3. sudetica Keichb. Icones, 3564-5 !). Allt an t' Sluie, at 1500-1600 ft. ; here also occurs a third form, which is near var. microphylla, but agrees better with the descrip- tion in DC. Prodromus, xvi. part 2, p. 168 (1868), of B. alba, subsp. vii. pubescens h. Friesii Eegel. It is there given as occurring in Sweden, the Ural region, Bohemia, Germany, Swit- zerland, Scotland, and Iceland, chiefly in hilly or subalpine places, and is said to be the B. glutinosa, forma prima, of Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. (1849), p. 556, the B. glutinosa (and its forma fruti- cosa) of the Summa, p. 212 (1846), as wTell as of his Herbarium Normale. Pending further enquiry, this identification is, of course, merely tentative. — B. nana L. 96. We only found the dwarf birch in one locality, by the Allt an t' Sluie and its tributary the Uisge Geal, from 1600 to 2200 ft. Several bushes were un- usually large, and fruited freely. No hybrid with B. pubescens rewarded a fairly careful search. Salix myrsinites L. 96. Coire Chuirn, in two stations, at about 2500 ft., with the prostrate habit and foliage of the form (or variety) S. procumbens Forbes. The bushes were mostly without catkins, and presumably male, but the few pieces collected in fruit PLANTS OF THE DALWHINNIE DISTRICT 167 are remarkable. Mr. Linton wrote as follows of the sheet sent to him: — ". . . . has glabrous ovaries, with long pedicels, for which combination none of our willows will account but S. nigri- cans. It is curious that (on my specimen) there is no more evidence of S. nigricans." This applies equally to our own herbarium examples. S. phylicifolia, though decidedly scarce, does grow in the district ; but we saw nothing of S. nigricans, and there is no sign whatever of it in the wood or the foliage. Thus it seems likely that we have to deal with a new, glabrous- fruited variety. Eriophorum latifolium Hoppe. 96. Heathy bogs near the Allt an t' Sluie (1600 ft.). Carex atrata L. 96. Coire Chuirn, at 2400 to 2600 ft. Eecorded by Messrs. H. & J. Groves in 1886 from the Larig Ghru Pass, the only other station in E. Inverness. — C. canescens L. {curta Good.) v&\\fallax~F. Kurtz (ex Ascherson & Graebner, Synopsis). -;'89. Allt a' Chama Choire, Atholl Forest. "96. Allt a' Choire Chais ; Allt Coire Chuirn. By streams and in peaty bogs, from 2600 to 2800 ft. ; locally abundant. — C. aquatilis Wahl. var. *epigeios Laestad. 89. Peaty bogs near the Allt a' Chama Choire, at 2600-2700 ft. Spikelets very dark ; plant often dwarf, perhaps owing to the dry season. Mr. Arthur Bennett agreed that our plant was either this variety or very near it. A hybrid with C. Goodenowii Gay also occurred there ; the local form of this second parent had very narrow leaves, black spikelets, and stems from seven to ten inches high. — *0. Goodenowii x rigida. 96. Bog near the Allt Coire Chuirn, at 2700 ft. ; very scarce. — C. rari- flora Sm. 89. Locally plentiful in spongy bogs near the Allt a' Chama Choire (2600 to 2800 ft.). The only other known Perth- shire station is on Meall Odhar, close to Canlochan Glen, and just within the same vice-county. 96. Near the head of Allt Coire Chuirn and Allt a' Choire Chais. These three stations are practically one. — G. vaginata Tausch. 96. Sparingly at 2300 ft., on cliffs above Loch Dubh ; we believe that it was also seen in Coire Chuirn, but no specimens were kept. — *0. capillaris L. 96. Coire Chuirn, with C. atrata. Alopecurus alpinus Sm. 96. Allt Coire Chuirn, between 2500 and 2800 ft. ; it flowered very little, that year. Poa nemoralis L. 96. A peculiar alpine form or variety grows above Loch Dubh. Mr. Bennett was much interested in it, but could suggest no name, as it was rather young. Athyriwn alpestre Milde. 96. Rocks at the head of Coire Chais, and remarkably luxuriant on Ben Alder, where it is plentiful up to 3600 ft. One small plant of A. flexile Syme was found at the top of the eastern corrie. Lycopodium annotinum L. 96. In profusion on a heathy moorland below Coire Bhathaich, about two miles south-east of Dalwhinnie ; not observed elsewhere. 1G8 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY THE GENUS CTENOMERIA. By Sir David Prain, F.R.S. The South African Euphorbiaceous genus Ctenomeria was established by Harvey in 1842 (Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. i. 29) for C. cordata Harv., a Natal plant collected by Krauss. This species, which has otherwise all the facies of a Tragia, has 50-60 stamens in place of the usual 3 ; its generic status was deduced by Harvey from this fact. In 1845 Hochstetter (Flora xxviii. 85) based upon " Krauss 186 " his species C. Kraussiana. Failing to find in its male flowers more than 40 stamens Hochstetter was satisfied that this plant must be specifically distinct from that on which C. cordata Harv. was founded. In another plant, also a Ctenomeria, collected in the Uitenhage division by Drege, and issued as Drege 8239, Hochstetter did find 60 stamens ; this plant he therefore concluded must be the one intended as C. cordata by Harvey. But the examples of C. cordata Harv. in herb. Kew and herb. Dublin also bear the number " 186," so that the type of C. cordata is a co-type of C. Kraussiana, and these two names denote one species. We now know that the range of variation in the number of stamens is from 30 to 60. The large number of stamens in the male flower is not the only effective character in differentiating Ctenomeria from Tragia ; quite as important is the circumstance that in Ctenomeria the styles are long, slender, flexuous, free, and fimbriately stigmatic throughout their length. The genus was accepted by Endlicher in 1843 (Gen. PI. Suppl. III. 98) ; by Sonder in 1850 (Linnaea xxiii. 110) ; by Baillon in 1858 (Mud. gen. Euphorb. 494), and in 1862 (Adansonia iii. 161). But in 1866 Miiller (DC. Prodr. xv. 2, 925), while keeping Ctenomeria apart from Tragia, associated with it, owing to both having numerous stamens, the genus Leptorhachis Kl. based by Klotzsch in 1841 (Wiegm. Archiv. vii. 189) on a Brazilian species which differs markedly from Ctenomeria as regards the nature of its anthers and of its styles. In 1868 Hooker (Harv. Gen. S. Afr. PI. ed. 2, 339) did not admit that Ctenomeria is congeneric with Leptorhachis. Shortly thereafter Miiller reconsidered his conclu- sion, and in 1874 (Mart. Fl. Bras. xi. 2, 403) reduced Leptorhachis to Tragia, a proceeding which only concerns us because Miiller at the same time reduced Ctenomeria to Tragia. In 1880 Bentham, (Gen. PL iii. 329) after showing how little ground there is for uniting Leptorhachis and Ctenomeria, again reduced both to Tragia. In this Bentham was followed by Pax in 1890 (Nat. Pflanzenf. iii. 5, 65) with, however, the improvement of treating both Leptorhachis and Ctenomeria as distinct sections. Pax might, as regards the latter, have treated it as the valid genus it is. Instead, he reverted in 1898, perhaps unintentionally, to Miiller's position of 1874 by publishing as Tragia Schlechteri Pax (Bull. Herb. Boiss. vi. 735) a Natal plant which is certainly a Ctenomeria, and is perhaps too closely related to C. cordata Harv. THE GENUS CTENOMERIA 169 Hochstetter was not the only author who felt doubtful as to the number of species included in Ctenomeria. The plant in which he failed to find more than 40 stamens, which is not only the basis of C. Kraussiana but also that of C. cor data, differs from Drege 8239 in being nearly glabrous instead of distinctly pubescent, and in having crenate or subentire ovate-cordate leaves in place of dentate and often shortly acutely 3-lobate ones. Hochstetter has explained that, from its description, the plant which Thunberg named Tragia capensis in 1794 (Prodr. PL Cap. 14) and in 1823 (Fl. Cap. ed. Schult. 37) must be a Ctenomeria not a Tragia, though in the absence of specimens it was unsafe to say whether the plant of Thunberg was the same as that of Drege or as that of Krauss. We find then that of these two forms of Ctenomeria the glabrous one received a new name C. Kraussiana Hochst., while the name C. cordata Harv., which really belonged to the glabrous form, was transferred to the pubescent one. Sonder only accounted for one species, which he described as C. Kraussiana. His description was based on specimens distri- buted by Ecklon & Zeyher as " 71," and by Ecklon as " 3845." These specimens agree with each other and with " Drege 8239," so that Sonder in effect reversed Hochstetter's arrangement ; C. Kraussiana Sond. is precisely equivalent to C. cordata Hochst., and as a result the C. cordata, of which Sonder suggests that C. Kraussiana Sond. vix Hochst. may be only a variety, is really G. cordata Harv. It would appear, however, that Sonder had no opportunity of examining a specimen of this glabrous form, his knowledge of which was derived from the description by Harvey ; there is, however, a definite reference to that glabrous form (Linnaea xxiii. 109) as C. capensis Harv., under Tragia rupestris, /3 glabrata Sond.::: The use of this name may be due to Sonder having received from his friend Harvey an intimation that the pubescent Ctenomeria was congeneric with, yet specifically distinct from, the nearly glabrous G. cordata Harv., and that this pubescent one is identical with Tragia capensis Thunb. Against this sugges- tion, however, is the fact that Sonder, while identifying T. capensis Eckl. & Zeyh. with the pubescent Ctenomeria, did not, any more than Hochstetter, venture to identify either it or the glabrous one with T. capensis Thunb., and the further fact that, in using the name C. capensis Harv., Sonder did so in such a fashion as to restrict it to the glabrous form which Harvey had actually described as C. cordata. The only reasonable explanation of the use of the name C. capensis Harv. by Sonder is that Sonder wrote it by accident in place of C. cordata Harv. * This plant was treated by Miiller in 1866 (DC. Prodr. xv. 2, 940) partly as T. rupestris, /3 glabrata Sond., partly as T. rupestris, y minor Miill.-Arg. The latter is a valid species, T. minor Sond. (Linnaea xxiii. 108). So too is the former, and this fact Miiller at one time himself appreciated, for in herb. Stockholm he wrote the species up as T. affinis Miill.-Arg. This name has since been published (Keic Bulletin, 1912, 334). Unfortunately in 1894 a Mexican species, T. affinis Robinson & Greenm. (Proc. Am. Acad. xxix. 393) was described under the same name ; it is therefore necessary to alter the name T. affinis Miill.-Arg. non Robinson & Greenm. to T. Wahlbergiana. Journal op Botany.— Vol. 51. [May, 1913.] o 170 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY This is not the only difficulty connected with Sonder's treat- ment of Ctenomcria. In 1843 E. Meyer (Drege Zwei Pfl. Docu- mente 226) had issued as Tragia capensis, or as Tragia capensis ft, certain plants collected by Drege under the belief that they are, or belong to a variety of, T. capensis Thunb. This is true of a specimen collected by Drege at Galgebosch, in Uitenhage, which is identical with Drege 8239, but it is not true of any of the other specimens collected by Drege, and issued as T. capensis by E. Meyer." Baillon's treatment of the specimens known to him marks a distinct advance on that of Hochstetter and Sonder. The two plants, Drege 8239 and Krauss [186] , which Hochstetter had treated as distinct species, Baillon treated as one species, under the name C. cordata Harv. But while taking this step Baillon still maintained C. Kraussiana Sond. vix Hochst. ; not having seen either of the specimens cited by Sonder, and apparently confused by the double citation of Tragia capensis, Baillon was in doubt as to whether Sonder's plant could be a Ctenomeria at all. This doubt was not justified ; G. Kraussiana, as described by Sonder, is not exactly C. Kraussiana Hochst. ; it is, however, exactly C. cordata Hochst. non Harv., and is, moreover, exactly Tragia capensis Thunb. ; what Baillon, had he been aware of these facts, must have done was not to suggest the exclusion of C. Kraussiana from the genus, but to include it in his widened C. cordata. The doubt expressed by Baillon in 1862 explains the suggestion of Hooker in 1868, that in the genus Ctenomeria there are 1-2 species. It is interesting to note that, while Baillon was certainly right in treating the pubescent Ctenomeria and the nearly glabrous one as conspecific, there would appear, after all, to be another recognisable South African form. This is the species described * These specimens, from Pondoland and Natal, named T. capensis or T. capensis /3 by Meyer, represent two states, a more pubescent and a nearly glabrous, of a climbing Tragia. Taken conjointly these two conditions consti- tute T. capensis E. Mey. ex Sond. (Linnaea xxiii. 110) and ex Baill. (Adanso- nia iii. 162) ; Sonder and Baillon were right in considering that T. capensis /J does not, as E. Meyer supposed, differ varietally from the more pubescent form, mistaken by E. Meyer for the true 2'. capensis Thunb., which is really a Ctenomeria. Muller in 1886 (DC. Prodr. xv. 2, 938) after eliminating the true T. capensis as Leptorhachis capensis, in intention followed E. Meyer, and altered the name T. capensis E. Mey. ex Sond. & Baill. non Thunb. to T. Meyeriana, a hirsute, and /3 glabrata. But while T. Meyeriana, /3 glabrata Mull.-Arg. is exactly T. capensis p E. Mey., T. Meyeriana a hirsute Mull.-Arg. is a mixture of a pubescent form of T. Meyeriana /3 glabrata, and of a very distinct erect and never twining species which Drege did not collect and Meyer never saw. Of these two strikingly distinct species, one erect, the other twining, the one which has been described by Muller is the erect species ; the name T. Meyeriana, therefore, must be retained for the species with which Meyer had nothing to do. For the intelligent segregation of these two species, as T. Bolusii and T. durbanensis respectively, we are indebted to Dr. 0. Kuntze (Rev. Gen. PI. iii. 2, 293). His name T. Bolusii for the erect plant must unfortunately be sunk in T. Meyeriana Mull.-Arg., but his name for T. dur- banensis stands because T. capensis E. Mey. non Thunb., which is its precise homonym, though accepted by Sonder and by Baillon, was not accompanied by a description. THE GENUS CTENOMERIA 171 by Pax in 1898 (Bull. Herb. Boiss. vi. 735) as Tragia Schlechteri, from Natal specimens collected by Schlechter. This differs from the other species in being still more pubescent, and in having deeply 5-lobed leaves with the lobes usually obtuse. As regards its flowers, this plant is not distinguishable from C. capensis, and further field study may supply links connecting the two. Ctenomeria Harv. (1842). Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. i. 29 ; Endl. Gen. PL Suppl. iii. 98 ; Hochst. apud Krauss in Mora xxviii. 85 ; Baill. Etud. gen. Euphorb. 494 ; Hook. f. in Harv. Gen. S. Afr. PL ed. 2, 339. Tragia Thunb. Prodr. PL Cap. 14 et in Fl. Cap. ed. Schult. 37 ; Miill.-Arg. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xi. 2, 403 ; Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. PL iii. 329 ; Pax in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iii. 5, 65 : omn. pro parte, nee Linn. Leptorhachis Miill.-Arg. in DC. Prodr. xv. 2, 925 : pro parte, nee Kl. Flores monoici, apetali ; discus 0. Fl. $ : Calyx in alabastro globosus, per anthesin valvatim 5-partitus. Stamina 30-60, pluriseriata, filamentis tenuissime capillaribus liberis ; antherae anguste oblongae introrsum longitudinaliter 2-rimosae. Ovarii rudimentum 0. Fl. 2 : Calyx alte 6-partitus, segmentis 2-seriatis imbricatis pinnatifidis. Ovarium 3-loculare ; styli 3, elongati, flexuosi, liberi, indivisi, ubique dense papillosi ; ovula in quoque loculo solitaria. Capsula 3-dyma, in coccos 2-valvos dissiliens. Semina globosa, ecarunculata ; testa Crustacea ; albumen carnosum ; cotyledones latae, planae. Herbae perennes, volubiles, pubescentes vel fere glabrae. Folia alterna, petiolata, basi cordata, margine saepe plus minusve lobata. Bacemi terminales vel oppositifolii, androgyni floribus $ in parte superiore glomeratis ? in parte inferiore singulis. 1. Ctenomeria Schlechteri. Folia palmatim 5-lobata lobis centrali lateralibusque oblongis basalibus suborbicularibus omnibus obtusis vel subacutis, utrinque sed praesertim subtus secus nervos setulosa. — Tragia Schlechteri Pax in Bull. Herb. Boiss. vi. 735 (1898). Natal : secus fl. Umkomanzi, 3000 p.s.m., Schlechter, 6701 ! 2. Ctenomeria capensis Harv. ex Sond. in Linnaea xxiii. 109 (1850). Folia triangulari-ovata saepe breviter raro altius 3-lobata lobis acutis vel breviter acuminatis, nunc utrinque plus minusve pubescentia, nunc supra glabra subtus parce puberula. — Tragia capensis Thunb. Prodr. PL Cap. 14 (1794) et in Fl. Cap. ed Schult. 37 (1823) ; E. Mey. in Drege, Zwei Pfl. Documente 226, quoad spp. Galgebosch tantum (1843) ; Hochst. apud Krauss in Flora xxviii. 86 (1845). Ctenomeria cordata Harv. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. i. 29 (1842) ; Hochst. apud Krauss in Flora xxviii. 86 (1845) ; Baill. Adansonia iii. 161 (1862). C. Kraussiana Hochst. apud Krauss in Flora xxviii. 85 (1845) ; Sond. in Linnaea xxiii. 110 (1850) ; Baill. Adansonia iii. 161 (1862). Leptorhachis capensis (forma " luxurians " inclusa) Miill.-Arg. in DC. Prodr. xv. 2, 926 (1866). 172 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Colonia capbnsis : in ditione George ; prope George, Muiid ct Maire, 215! in ditione Knysna; in silvis Knysnae sinusque Plettenberg, Bowie ! inter fl. Keurbooms et fl. Bitou, Burchell, 5292 ! in ditione Hurnansdorp ; prope Hurnansdorp, 200 p.s.m., Kennedy ! Macowan, 314 ! in ditione Uitenhage ; prope Uitenhage, Thunberg.l Ecklon, 676! Zeyher, 3845! prope fl. Coega atque in lriontibus YVinterhoek, Ecklon <& Zeyher, 71 ! Galgebosch, Drege ! secus fl. Bosch, Drege, 8239! Kleine Place, Priori in ditione Albany; apud Howison's Poort prope Grahamstown, Mrs. Huttoji ! Mrs. Barber, 113 ! Williamson ! in ditione Komgha ; prope fl. Kei ostium, Flanagan, 451 ! Transvaal : in ditione Barberton ; apud Urnvoti Creek, 3000 p.s.m., Galpin, 1002 ! Caffraria : in ditione Transkei ; apud Kentani, 1000 p.s.m., Dna. Pegler, 287 ! Natal : Durban, Krauss, 186 ! Gueinzius ! Ecklon ct Zeyher, 792 ! Gerrard, 310 ! Gerrard & McKen, 604 partim ! Behmann, 8807! prope Clairmont, Schlechter, 2843 ! Berea, 200-300 p.s.m., Wood, 6335! Inanda, Wood, 707! 801! in ditione Alexandra, apud Dumisa, 2000 p.s.m., Budatis, 799 ! SHOBT NOTES. The Colour of Papaver hybridum L. — In Hooker's Student's Flora of the British Isles, ed. 3, the flowers of P. hybridum are described as " scarlet with a black disc," and those of P. Argemone L. " smaller and paler." In France the flowers of P. hybridum are not scarlet, but pale purplish red or wine-colour, with a black blotch at the base of each petal. Gillet & Magne say "rouge pourpre" Coste " rouge violacc" Ardoino "rouge purpurin" and Arcangeli " rosso vinoso." The petals in the bud stage seem to be redder — i. e. more scarlet ; and the anthers of unopened specimens are a beautiful pale blue, turning more slaty afterwards. The petals are broadly ovate, 18-20 mm. long, the largest I measured being nearly an inch in length, and they are ragged at the top. Here, at Carqueiraune, in the Var, the petals are so fugacious that one day at 11.30 I passed a small field red with them, and at 12.15 not a flower was left. This peculiarity, in addition to the scarcity of the plant in England, makes me think that the flowers may be little known at home. I remember seeing fresh flowers only once or twice in England ; but have a vague notion that I have old herbarium specimens from Somerset with almost scarlet petals. It is hardly possible the colour could get redder in the process of (hying, especially if exposure to the light and sun tends to make living specimens somewhat paler. Having made this small dis- covery, is it possible that the less amount of sunshine in England may account for the flowers being " scarlet " ? If so, it is contrary to what is usual in the case of Alpine flowers found naturally or cultivated in Britain. I have no other British " Flora" here to consult, and merely send this note in case other CENTRAL AFRICAN PLANTS 173 botanists in Britain agree with Hooker in the colour of the flowers, for, if so, the British plant may not be identical with what is known as Papaver hybridum L. = P. hispidum Lamk. in France. The root-leaves have a petiole as long as the leaf, while the stem-leaves are sessile. On the under side of the leaves the petiole has a prominent raised rib clothed with long bristly hairs, which continue upwards along the centre of the leaf segments. The peduncles supporting the buds are always much deflexed, and afterwards assume an erect position. — H. S. Thompson. Paludella squarrosa in Cumberland ? — While engaged in working through the collection of Mosses made by the late Rev. Augustin Ley, which, together with his collection of Flowering Plants, have been left to the University of Birmingham, I have found a specimen of Paludella squarrosa, gathered by Mr. Ley, labelled " Scawfell Pikes, Cumberland, August 1871." The speci- men consists only of a single stem, probably found among other mosses, and sent in 1874 to Mr. H. Bos well for verification. I wish to draw attention to this specimen so that search may be made for the moss in the above locality, with the hope that it may be found to be still growing in Britain. — E. Cleminshaw. REVIEW. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Detctschen Zentral- Africa-Expe- dition, 1907-1908, unter Filhrung Adolf Friedrichs, Herzogs zu Mecklenburg. Botanik : herausgegeben von Dr. J. Mild- braed. Parts i-v. Leipzig : Klinkhardt & Biermann, 1910-1912 (Price 21 m. 60 pf.). This work is a record of the botanical results of an expedition to Central Africa under the leadership of Adolph Friedrich, Duke of Mecklenburg. The object of the expedition was a systematic exploration of the North-west portion of German East Africa, and of the great valley from Lake Kivu to the Albert Nyanza and the neighbouring districts of the Congo Free State, whence a course was taken across the continent to the Cameroon s. The numerous memoirs by well-known experts contained in this record bear eloquent testimony to the conscientious thoroughness with which the task was executed. Our German brethren enjoy a deservedly high reputation for energy and enthusiasm in the field, a reputa- tion in no wise dimmed by Dr. Mildbraed, who accompanied the expedition as botanist and under whose editorship the work has been published. In the first part the Pteridophyta and Mono- cotyledones are dealt with, the Ferns and the Orchids specially predominating ; the second treats of the remaining Cryptogamia, with the Mosses and Hepaticae as chief items ; parts 3 and 5 are concerned with the choripetalous Dicotyledones ; while to the Sympetalous part 4 is dedicated, its chief constituents being the Rubiaceae and Compositae. The value to science of work of this kind is twofold. On the one hand it introduces to notice forms, generic and specific, 174 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY hitherto unknown; on the other it adds to the information we possess relative to the distribution of forms already brought within our ken. It is obvious that to obtain lasting results in both these departments, careful examination of literature is neces- sary ; for if the distribution be insufficiently stated, one knows that records have been missed, and this being so, descriptions also may have been overlooked. When they are given, the references to distribution are usually trustworthy, but this can scarcely be said of all of them, as the few instances which follow will show. Thus we are told that the West African Dictyandra arborescens, found by Dr. Mildbraed in the Beni district, has not been met with hitherto so far to the east, whereas its range has been known for some years as extending to Uganda. Again, Gardenia tigrina, said to have occurred previously only in Angola, has also been recorded as a Uganda plant. Heinsia pulchella, too, known as an East African species with a range as far south as Gazaland, is mentioned as hitherto from West Africa alone, and more strange still, Bandia octomera as only from the Congo, whereas it was originally described from a plant raised from Fernando Po seeds, and Nigerian specimens have for years been in our herbaria. Again, Afromendoncia is not restricted to West Africa, two species being members of the Madagascar flora ; neither has Crossandra guineensis been found hitherto only on the West Coast, as we are told, for both Dr. Bagshawe and Dr. Wollaston obtained it in Uganda, and the discovery was, in each case, duly published. Moreover, Thunbergia fasciculata and Dicliptera macidata have both been previously recorded from Uganda. Incidentally, it may be remarked that the plant here supposed to be Helichrysum declinatum Less., found by Dr. Mildbraed in Euanda and said to occur also in the Masai highlands, is most probably its honio- plast Gnaphalium unionis Sch. Bip. The former, which is re- stricted to South Africa, so closely mimics the northern plant that without dissection it is virtually impossible to distinguish the tw7o. When, however, we remember the large amount of literature bearing on the Tropical African flora already extant, a few slips like the above may easily be pardoned in a work which adds so much to our knowledge. Its sixty-seven plates and the forty-six inset figures of Hepaticae will doubtless be very helpful in future research. Dr. Mildbraed and his coadjutors have fairly earned and are hereby offered our heartiest congratulations. S. M. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on April 17th, Mr. Edmund G. Baker gave an account of some British varieties of the Bee Orchis, Ophrys apifera Huds. He stated that in the typical form of the Bee Orchis the labellum is broad convex, with a terminal, reflexed appendage, brown-purple, disk spotted with orange-yellow. In 1840 Hegetschweiler, in Die Flora der Schiveiz, described and figured Ophrys Trollii, a plant with the middle lobe BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 175 of the labellum narrow lanceolate, elongated, purplish-red in the centre, gold at the edge. The three outer perianth-lobes lanceolate pointed. The plant came from Winterthur. In this country there appear to be a series of intermediate forms connecting the typical form with 0. Trollii, some being more nearly allied to the former, some to the latter. The plant from Eeigate, which has been called Trollii, closely approximates to a figure in Eeichenbach's Icones, vol. xiv. t. 457, fig. II., but it is not very like the plant of Hegetschweiler. The plant, on the other hand, figured by Mr. White in the Flora of Bristol more closely approximates to the true Trollii. There is an interesting note in the Phytologist, n. s. vol. v. p. 175, on some additions to an interleaved copy of Blackstone's " Harefield Plants," formerly belonging to Peter Collinson, stating that three roots of the Wasp Orchis were found at Clifton in 1787, the lip being very narrow, yellow streaked with dark purple. There are also plants from Oxford and Lewes which are inter- mediate between the Eeigate plant and that from Bristol. * At the same meeting a paper by Dr. Hisayoshi Takeda was communicated by Dr. Stapf on the Flora of Shikotan, the follow- ing being an abstract of his remarks : — Shikotan is the southern- most of the Kurile Islands, which are distributed in the form of a chain between Kamtschatka and Yezo, and lies between about 43° 35' and 50' N. and 146° 30' and 55' E. Its area does not perhaps exceed 140 sq. m. The island is hilly, and some of the hills are covered with forests of conifers and deciduous trees, others with dwarf bamboos — species of Sasa. There are many streams along which bogs and swamps are often well developed. The vegetation of this island has hardly been touched by human hands, but left in quite a primitive state. The number of the higher plants known to the author is 324, belonging to 213 genera and 62 families, of which 245, including 8 new species, are new to the flora of this island, while 136 species are not mentioned in Miyabe's Flora of the Kurile Islands, published in 1890, and also 58 genera and 8 families are additions to that publication. Composite (34), Graminese (26), EosaceaG (22), Cyperacese (17), Eanunculaceae (14), Orchideae (14), Caryophyllacese (13), and Umbelliferae (12) are families comparatively rich in species. Of the 324 species, 261 (83-0 per cent.) are common to Hondo or the main island of Japan, 256 (79-3 per cent.) to Saghalien, 299 (92-3 per cent.) to Yezo, 266 (69-8 per cent.) to the S. Kuriles, and 143 (41-4 per cent.) to the N. Kuriles. Thirty-five species, or 10-8 per cent., of the Shikotan flora are mainly distributed in the Archipelago of Japan (a few are, however, known to occur but seldom in Corea) ; 8 are endemic in the Kuriles ; 35 are known from Hondo and Yezo, but not from Saghalien ; and 30 occur in Saghalien and Yezo, but not in Hondo. Among those plants which are common to Shikotan (and also other islands of the Kuriles) and Yezo, or Yezo and Hondo, but not found in Saghalien, there are a number of plants which are distributed over North- eastern Asia, the Aleutian Islands, &c. These plants are believed by the author to have been introduced through the Kurile chain, 176 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY but not through Saghalien. At the same time certain plants which have their headquarters in North Japan, but are not known from Saghalien, are nevertheless met with in the Kuriles. From these facts the author conjectures that La Perouse Strait was probably formed earlier than Tsugaru Strait. Messrs. Cassell send us two volumes which owe their principal merit and chief attractiveness to the illustrations from photographs partly in colour, " direct from Nature," by Mr. H. Essenhigh Corke. Wild Floivers as they Groiu (5s. net.) has already received wide appreciation : the volume before us, the fifth series, contains twenty-five plates, representing the plants "in their habit as they lived " with remarkable success — a success, indeed, so uniform that it is impossible to single out any one for special commendation. In the other volume, Trees and how they Groiu (6s. net), the fifteen autochromes are equally good: the 186 black-and-white figures, although less attractive, are useful and instructive. The text of the volumes is by Mrs. Clarke Nuttall, whom the publishers describe as " one of our foremost botanical experts." We do not think the claim to this position would be recognized by British botanists, but the letterpress to the volume on Trees is full and carefully compiled, and the "popular" portion which is a necessary feature in books of this kind is better done than it is in most of them — " gaped " (p. 169) should be " japed." The text to the Wild Floivers is slighter and less informing: take for example this paragraph from the description of the " Hedge Stachys " (why not Hedge Woundwort ?) : "There are five species of Stachys growing wild in our country — -the once much valued Betony ; the Woundwort, a doubtful native and actually known as the Stachys Germanica ; the Marsh Stachys, whose smell is bad but not so bad ; the low creeping Field Stachys ; and our friend of the illustration — and all are more or less coarse and hairy herbs " (p. 177). There is no need to point out the many ways in which this paragraph is unsatisfactory and it will be noted that Stachys alpina is altogether ignored. There are many typographical slips — on p. 162 we have " Tabernamontanus " (twice) and " Hirunolinaria " for Hirundinaria. The issue of a second edition of the Census Catalogue of British He-patics (W. Ingham, 52, Haxby Eoad, York. 1913. 36 pp. Is. net ; Is. 6d. interleaved) affords evidence of a grow- ing interest in the study of this little group of plants — a study which underwent a long period of comparative neglect last century before a supply of adequate books and illustrations became available. The recent publication of Macvicar's Students' Hand- book removes any valid excuse for further neglect. But since in that work the distribution of the species is only indicated in general terms, a gap remains which is usefully filled by the county records supplied in the Census Catalogue. These records are mainly the outcome of the activity of the Moss Exchange Club, and may be taken as authenticated. Several of the counties appear to be quite unworked, or at any rate will yield a larger output in future editions of the Catalogue. 177 MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF KILLARNEY. By D. A. Jones, F.L.S. Much has been written about the mosses and hepatics of Killarney from time to time by such ardent botanists as Moore, Carrington, McArdle, and Canon Lett, and it is difficult to add anything new to what has been published. However, a short account of the distribution of the rarer species up to the present time may prove of some interest and assistance, especially to those botanists who may visit this charming and rich spot at some future time. During the last seven years the district has been visited by Messrs. J. Wilson, J. B. Duncan, S. J. Owen, and the writer on three separate occasions. We made our headquarters at Muckross, which is a very convenient centre from which to work the richest ground. The weather favoured us each time, and we were able to see the country at its best. The wealth of vegetation and the variety of rare species that abound, both in the higher and lower ground, cannot fail to attract the attention of the botanist who visits this wonderful locality. Every rock and tree seems to form the habitat of some rare mosses or hepatics, and it is amazing to find the number of minute rarities that a small tuft of vegetation from these places yields. Merionethshire, with its numerous deep and sheltered glens, is very rich in its cryptogamic flora, but we must admit that our county seldom approaches this favoured spot in profusion and luxuriance. Tore Glen, the locus classicus of the older botanists for these plants, continues to yield a fair number of rarities. Eagle's Nest compares very favourably with it for mosses and hepatics, and in some respects is even richer. Cromaglown produces some species in profusion, while the woods near the Old Weir Bridge and O' Sullivan's Cascade form a very interesting hunting-ground. The rocks, loughs, and streams in Horse's Glen and Mangerton Mountain abound in some of the most coveted species. The higher ground about Mangerton was only visited by us on three occasions. It is a rich part, where Mastigophora Woodsii grows, and it would well repay further investigation. Scapania nimbosa and ornithopodioides, which accompany the former in other places along the west coast of Ireland, should be looked for. It is gratifying to know that all the rare species are well distri- buted throughout the district, grow in fair profusion, and appear to be well able to hold their own without much danger of extinction. I will now enumerate some of the most interesting mosses and hepatics, and mention a few of the localities in which they grow. Polytrichum gracile Dicks. Bog near Eagle's Nest. Campylopus Schwarzii Schp. Abundant in the upper part of Horse's Glen. — C. setifolius Wils. Fine on Cromaglown and Eagle's Nest. Mangerton. — C. fragilis B. & S. Tore Mt. ; fruiting freely. — C. introflexus Brid. Low-lying rocks near Eagle's Nest. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [June, 1913.] p 178 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Dicranodontium longirostre B. & S. Frequent. Dicranum Scott ianum Turn. Not uncommon, and often in fruit. Grimmia retracta Stirt. In fine tufts among Pterogonium gracile and FruUania tamarisci on rocks and boulders, shores of Upper Lake, near Cromaglown. Campylostelium saxicola B. & S. Among scree in woods at Tore Mt. and Loo Bridge. Leptodontium recurvifolium Lindb. Above Tore Cascade. Tnchostomum crispulum var. elatum Schp. Rocks, Tore Mt. — T. tenuirostre v&r.Holtii Braithw. Horse's Glen. — T. hibemicum Dixon. In fine sheets at Eagle's Nest Mt., Cromaglown and Tore Mt. Horse's Glen (sparingly). — T. nitidum Schp. Rocks near Dinis. — T. tortuosum Dixon. Not uncommon in fruit. Ulota Drummondii Brid. Tore Gen. — U. calvescens Schp. Tore Glen, on hawthorn. SplacJinum ampullaceum L. Bog near Loo Bridge. Bryum Mildeanum Jur. Mangerton Mt. Daltonia splachnoides Hook. & Tayl. Tore Glen and Mt. Eagle's Nest. Hooker ia Icete-virens Hook. & Tayl. Very fine on wet rocks by 0' Sullivan's Cascade. Brachythecium illecebrum De Not. Walls, Muckross, in fruit. Eurhyncliium circinatum B. & S. Innisf alien. Sematophyllum demission Mitt. Generally distributed on the lower ground and in fruit. — S. micans Braithw. Tore Glen, rocks near Hunting Tower, Cromaglown, Eagle's Nest, Glena and O'Sullivan's Cascade. No fruit was seen. The var. badense Herzog, first found in the Black Forest, Germany, occurs in Merionethshire, and at Rosthwaite, Cumberland. No trace of this form was found in Killarney. Plagiothecium elegans Sull. At Cromaglown and near O'Sulli- van's Cascade, in fruit. Orthothecium intricatum B. & S. A peculiar green form, much more robust than the type, was gathered by Mr. Duncan on wet rocks at Eagle's Nest. Hypnum imponens Hedw. Found by Mr. Duncan near O'Sullivan's Cascade, and submitted to Mr. H. N. Dixon, who named it this species. — H. circinale Hook. Much difference of opinion has existed as to whether this plant has ever been found in Killarney. No fruiting specimens were ever met with in this country, and the difference in vegetative characters between those gathered in the district and H. cupressiforme var. mamillatum Brid. was not such as to enable one to establish the occurrence of H. circinale with any degree of certainty, in the absence of fruit. Moreover, the difficulty was increased, according to Mr. Dixon in his Handbook, p. 538, because the sterile plants from these parts, upon which the record is based, differed from the true North American specimens of H. circinale in the lower areolation, and in the peculiar form of leaf base not being so clearly marked. Cardot, in the Revue Bryologique, 1890, p. 17, refers a plant MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF KILLARNEY 179 gathered by Moore on humid rocks, Killarney, and distributed as H. hamtdosum B. & S., to that species, and Dixon (Rev. Bry. 1899, p. 91) also thinks that a barren plant, gathered by Rev. C. H. Binstead in June, 1896, on a rock near Muckross, Killarney, belongs to H. circinale. However, in his notes upon H. circinale in the Handbook (I. c), Dixon expresses a hope that fruit may be found, in order to clear away all doubts of its identity. Mr. Binstead kindly sent me a tuft of the plant already referred to. The presence of a certain lichen among the stems gave us a clue to a probable habitat in another part of the district, where we might find it. On the last day of our visit in August, 1906, we drove to Cromaglown, and in a short time we had the pleasure of finding on rocks a moss in fruit resembling H. cupressiforme L. in habit with denticulate leaves as in the var. mamillatum of that species, but with smaller capsules, not unlike H. molluscum Hedw., as described by Dixon in the Rev. Bry. (I.e.). We suspected it to be either H. circinale or H. canariense Mitt., another critical species requiring fruiting plants to prove its identity. The matter was finally submitted to Mr. Dixon, who declared that our plant was H. circinale Hook. Dumortiera hirsuta var. irrigua Wils. In plenty at Tore Cascade in fruit. Aneura pinguis (L.) Dum., A. multifida (L.) Dum., and A. sinuata (Dicks.) Limpr., in several places. — A. palmata (Hedw.) Dum. Common on decayed stumps. Metzgeria furcata var. fruticulosa (Dicks.) Lindb. On trees at the base of Tore Mt. — M. hamata Lindb. Tore Cascade and other places. Eucalyx obovatus (Nees) Breidl. Tore and 0' Sullivan's Cas- cades, in fruit ; frequent. Aplozia cordi/olia (Hook.) Dum. Mangerton Mt. Acrobolbus Wilsoni (Tayl.) Nees. We saw a fair quantity of this very rare and interesting species on rocks and boulders about Tore, where a few years ago Mr. W. H. Pearson gathered it. It was in young perianth. Plagiochila tridenticulata Tayl. Tore Cascade and Mt., O'Sullivan's Cascade. — P. spinulosa var. killarniensis (Pears.) Macv. Tore Glen, very sparingly. — P. punctata var. Oivenii (Steph.) Macv. This plant was named after one of our party, the late Mr. S. J. Owen, of Croesor, by Stephani, who described it as a new species, P. Oivenii. Macvicar, in his Brit. Hep., lately published, has reduced it to a variety of P. punctata, where it undoubtedly belongs. It differs from the type in form of leaf, margin almost entire, and in cell structure. A small tuft was found in Eagle's Nest by Owen in August, 1905. Leptoscyphus cuneifolius (Hook.) Mitt. (Clasmatocolea cuneifolia Spruce). It grows rather freely on birch and Frullania on rocks at Cromaglown and Horse's Glen, also Tore Cascade, very sparingly. Lophocolea fragrans Moris et De Not. (L. spicata Tayl.) Generally distributed in the glens, mixed with mosses and other hepatics. p 2 180 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Harpanthus scutatus (Web. et Mohr) Spruce. Eagle's Nest. Cephalozia connivens (Dicks.) Spruce. Bogs near Hunting Tower and Eagle's Nest. — C. hibemica Spruce. Gathered at Cromaglown and near O'Sullivan's Cascade ; also in the woods at Old Weir Bridge, on peat among Plagiothecium elegans. — G. media var. pallida (Spruce) Massal. Cromaglown. — C. serriflora Lindb. Cromaglown and near O'Sullivan's Cascade. — C. leucantha Spruce. Bog near Hunting Tower. — G. fluitans (Nees) Spruce. Bog near Eagle's Nest. Drionolobus Turncri (Hook.) Schffn. After repeated search in the original station near the Hunting Tower, no trace of this plant was seen. Adclantlius decipiens (Hook.) Mitt. Generally distributed. Calypogcia Tricliomanis var. aquatica Ingham. Bog near Eagle's Nest. — C. arguta Nees et Mont. Muckross, and in several places. Bazzania tricrenata (Wahl.) Trevis. Common. — B. triangu- laris Pears. Not uncommon. — B. Pearsoni (Steph.) Pears. A fine tuft in Horse's Glen. Lepidozia pinnata (Hook.) Dum. Generally distributed. Abundant below Tore Mt. — L. trichoclados C. Mull. Frib. In O'Sullivan's Cascade ; also between Muckross and Horse's Glen, and in other places. Herberta adunca (Dicks.) Gray. Very fine masses of this beautiful hepatic occur in many places. Mastigopliora Woodsii (Hook.) Nees. On ledges in the upper part of Horse's Glen, Mangerton Mt. Scapania gracilis var. laxifolia Carr. Horse's Glen. — S. nemo- rosa (L.) Dum. Common. — S. intermedia (Husnot) Pears. Eagle's Nest and near Loo Bridge. — S. curta (Mart.) Dum. Not un- common.— S. umbrosa (Schrad.) Dum. Frequent. Badula voluta Tayl. Not uncommon in the glens. In large masses above the Cascade at Tore. — B. Holtii Spruce. Frequent about the falls in Tore Glen, pure on the rocks or mixed with other hepatics. Macvicar, a few years ago, detected fruit in some material which I sent him. I am not aware that fertile plants had ever been found before. Duncan met with a fine quantity of this exceedingly rare hepatic on rocks at Eagle's Nest last year fruiting rather freely. A small quantity was also seen at O'Sulli- van's Cascade and on Tore Mt. Hitherto, I believe, Tore Glen was the only station in the district from which it had been recorded. — B. aquilegia Tayl. On wet rocks in most of the glens. — B. Carringtoni Jack. This rare species is common in the district. At Eagle's Nest it covers the rocks in extensive sheets. It takes the place of the common B. complanata (L.) Dum. which is comparatively rare here. Fruit was found at O'Sullivan's Cascade. A smaller and darker form occurs at Tore Cascade which might easily be confused with B. Holtii. Pleurozia purpurea (Lightf.) Lindb. Frequents most of the bogs in the lower and upper parts. Madotheca laevigata (Schrad.) Dum. Rather common. — Var. MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF KILLARNEY 181 killarniensis Pears. MS. Fine at Tore Glen, with the type. — M. Thuja (Dicks.) Dmn. Shores of Lough Garagarry. Also rocks by lake near O'Sullivan's Cascade. — M. Porella (Dicks.) Nees. On boulders, Lough Garagarry. This very rare plant occurs in several of our rivers in Merionethshire, Devon being the only other county where it has been found outside Ireland. Colurolejeunea calyplrifolia (Hook.) Schffn. Eocks in Horse's Glen and boulders in Tore Glen. This very minute and beautiful species can be detected in the dry state as greenish-yellow spots on Frullania, or on the bare rock itself. Cololejeunea microscopica (Tayl.) Schffn. At Tore Glen and Mt. and O'Sullivan's Cascade mixed with other hepatics. — C. Rossettiana (Massal.) Schffn. Landing-place, Muckross Demesne, growing on Porotrichum alopecurum and on limestone rocks where it occurs in pure patches. Lejeunea flava (Swartz) Nees. Frequent on trees and rocks in several places. It seems to be very rare in Tore Glen, but at Old Weir Bridge and Eagle's Nest one often meets with it. — L. Holtii Spruce. Fairly common at Tore Glen in pure tufts or mixed with other hepatics. Mr. Duncan has seen fine quantities on rocks on Tore Mountain in August, 1911. — L. cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb. Abundant. — Var. planiuscula Lindb. Fine specimens of this variety grow in the stream that flows through Horse's Glen. It is mixed with an intermediate form between this and the var. heterophylla Carr. — Var. heterophylla Carr. Not uncommon, mixed with other hepatics in many places. — L. patens Lindb. Fine on rocks and boulders in a stream on Tore Mt., also Horse's Glen, Cromaglown, and O'Sullivan's Cascade. Microlejeunea ulicina (Tayl.) Evans. Common, especially on firs behind Muckross and O'Sullivan's Hotel. Drepanolejeunea hamatifolia (Hook.) Schffn. Frequent on trees and rocks everywhere. Harpalejeunea ovata (Hook.) Schffn. Common on damp rocks. Marchesinia Mackaii (Hook.) Gray. Abundant in many places, especially on old walls and calcareous rocks in Muckross Demesne. Jubula Hutchinsice (Hook.) Dum. Common in waterfalls. Frullania Tamarisci var. robusta Lindb. Eocks, Cromaglown. — Var. comubica Cart. Firs near Old Weir Bridge. — T. maritima Steph. A plant growing on Arbutus near Brickeen Bridge is mentioned by Macvicar on p. 412 in the Handbook of British Hepatics as closely resembling this new species, but the under leaves are less deeply bilobed and less obcuneate. Another in- teresting form which we found common on boulders on the shores of the Upper Lake near Cromaglown, where it is often submerged, has been submitted to Prof. Schiffner, of Vienna. It is not unlike the var. atrovirens Carr. — F. microphylla (Gottsche) Pears. On rocks and trees at Old Weir Bridge and Brickeen Bridge. — F. fragilifolia Tayl. Frequent. — F. germana Tayl. In many places, and especially about Cromaglown. A short visit was paid in August, 1905, to Glengariff, Co. Cork. 182 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Fissidens polyphyllus Wils. grows in a stream by Bodies Hotel, and in peaty ground near Adrigole Campylopus Shaivn Wils., first discovered there by Rev. C. H. Binstead, still thrives, accompanied by C.flexuosus Brid. and var. uliginosus Ren., C.pyriformis Brid., C. fragilis B. & S., C. atrovirens De Not., and vars. falcatus Braithw. and muticus Milde, and C. brevipilus B. & S., with its var. auriculatus Ferg., a fine array of Campylopus species, not often found growing together within an area of a few square yards. A NEW HYBRID ROCK-ROSE. By the Rev. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S. Helianthemum Chajlecistus x marifolium, n. hybr. ( x H. Bickhami E. S. M.). — Duae exstant formae ; haec H. Chamcecisto, ilia H. mar if olio habitu propior. Prima flores habet majores ; sepala sat copiose appresso- vel adscendenti-pubescentia, crinibus quam in H. marifolio subduplo brevioribus, albisque, nee fusce- scentibus ; petala saepius rubro tincta vel ad apicem colorata ; folia majora, H. Chamcecisto accedentia. Secunda primo obtutu H. marifolium paene omnino simulat ; tlores parvi et folia densissime conferta parentem alteram vix indicant, sepalorum tamen pubescentia (arete appressa, curta, rara) notam indubiam H. Chamacisti praebet. Utraque forma folia exhibet (ut in H. Chamcecisto) stipulata; necnon in ambobus capsulas vidimus perfectas : ergo, ut videtur, hybridum fertile est. Two forms occur ; one approaching H. Chamcecistus in habit, the other, H. marifolium. The first has rather large flowers ; sepals with fairly plentiful appressed or ascending pubescence, the hairs about half as long as in H. marifolium, and white, not brownish ; petals frequently tinged or tipped with red; leaves rather large, approaching H. Chama?cistus. The second, at first sight, almost entirely resembles H. marifolium ; the small flowers and very densely crowded leaves hardly suggest its other parent ; but the pubescence of the sepals (closely appressed, short, scanty) affords a sure sign of H. Chamacistus. Both forms bear stipulate leaves (as in H. Chamcecistus) ; we have also observed well-formed capsules in each, so the hybrid is, to all appearance, fertile. On June 28th of last year Rev. E. F. Linton and I, guided by Mr. Spencer H. Bickham, went to Llandudno, t.-c. 49 Carnarvon, and were greatly struck by the abundance of these two species on the south side of the Great Orme's Head, above the town. Being aware that hybrids are not uncommon in Helianthemum, we thought that intermediates might be found, though H. marifolium was already quite past flower, in this warm spot ; and a short search was rewarded by three or four plants of the first form being detected. A few days later Mr. W. A. Shoolbred came across the same form close by ; so it is probably not scarce there. On July 9th the second form — one root only — was obtained near ALABASTRA DIVERSA 183 the top of the west side ; both parents were still in flower, the situation being much more exposed and bleak. I adopt Miller's name (H. marifolium), following Mr. F. N. Williams ; Cistus canns L. appears to differ from the British species, which has been called H. canum Dunal. ALABASTKA DIVEKSA.— Part XXIII. By Spencer le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S. 1. Plantarum novarum Africanarum a Rev. F. A. Rogers lectarum pugillus.* Vernonia (^ Lepidella) Rogersii, sp. nov. Planta fere tri- spithamea caule e radice sat valido sparsim fibrilloso erecto hac atque iliac ramulos breves emittente hispidulo-piloso tandem glabrescente, foliis oblanceolatis vel anguste oblongo-obovatis obtusis basi in petiolum brevem latumque gradatim desinentibus supra scabriusculis subtus costa centrali pilosa exempta glabris, capitulis mediocribus subhemisphaericis circa 50-flosculosis in cymam longam laxam sparsim bracteatam oligocephalam digestis, pedunculis propriis capitula excedentibus subaequantibusve, invo- lucri 3-4-serialis phyllis anguste linearibus ceteris gradatim lati- oribus intimis lineari-lanceolatis omnibus longe acuminatis necnon puberulis, corollis haud exsertis purpureis, achaeniis subcylindricis (basin versus leviter angustatis) 4-5-costatis inter costas rugulosis appresse puberulis, pappi straminei squamis anguste lineari- lanceolatis acutis quam setae scabriusculae corollis subaequilongae 7-plo brevioribus. Hab. Portuguese East Africa, Machado ; Bogers, 4527. Caulis 5 mm. diam., longitrorsum optime sulcatus. Folia longit. 10 cm. attingentia, latit. 3 cm., saepius vero minora, ramu- lorum 2-3 cm. x 6-10 mm., papyracea, in sicco viridia; costa centralis crassus, pag. inf. maxime perspicua ; petioli circa 1 cm. long., 2 mm. lat., hispidulo-pilosi. Cyma speciminis unici nobis obvii circiter 30 cm. long. ; hujus rami griseo-purpurei, longi- trorsum sulcati ; bracteae oblongae (summae lineares) + 1 cm. long. Pedunculi proprii nunc ± 1 cm. nunc + 3 cm. long., sub capitulis dense pubescentes. Capitula 1 x 1-5 cm. Involucri phylla extima 6-7 mm., intermedia 8 mm., intima 10 mm. long., haec trinervia, omnia viridia apice vero ipso pallide purpurea. Corollae in toto 7*5 mm. long., harum lobi aegre 2 mm. Styli rami 2 mm. long. Achaenia 2-5 mm. long. Pappi squamae fere 1 mm., setae 7 mm. long. This is near V. demulans Vatke, from which it can be dis- tinguished on sight by the larger capitula with their lengthily acuminate involucral leaves. * The types of the plants described are in the National Herbarium. 184 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Vernonia (§ Strobocalyx) brachylaenoides, sp. noy. Fruti- cosa, ramosa, ramis sparsim foliosis subteretibus longitrorsum sulcatis prima juventute pubescentibus citissime glabrescentibus, foliis parvis brevipetiolatis apice mucronatis basi plus minus obtusis margine denticulis distantibus praeditis coriaceis utrobique glabis necnon pallide nitentibus, capitulis parvis 7-9-nosculosis in corymbos breves oligocephalos bracteatos griseo-tomentosos ordi- natis, involucri 2-3-serialis phyllis ovato-oblongis obtusis pube- scentibus interioribus quam extima plane longioribus, corollis exsertis, achaeniis cylindrico-turbinatis aliquantulum compressis 4-5-costatis dense sericeis, pappi setis ciliolatis sordide albis paucis extimis reliquas circiter semiaequantibus. Hab. South Congo, Elisabethville ; Bogers, 10,300. Eamuli ascendentes nisi patentes, 3-4 mm. diam. Folia 4*5-5 x 2-2-5 cm., in sicco griseo- vel badio-viridia ; costa media pag. inf. optime eminens, reticulum utraque facie perspicuum; petioli circa 5 mm. long. Corymbi pled que 1*5-2 x 2-2-5 cm. ; riorum bracteae oblongae, obtusae, tomentosae, + 3 mm. long. Capitula pansa (corollis inclusis) 9x6 mm. Involucrum 5 mm. long. ; phylla extima 2-2*5 mm. long., cetera 3*5-4 mm. Corollse purpureas, extus glandulis nitentibus sat copiose praeditae ; tubus anguste infundibularis, 5*5 mm. long. ; lobi triangulares, 2 mm. long. Styli rami 2 mm. long. Achaenia 2 mm. long., pappi setae exteriores + 3 mm., interiores circa 6-5 mm. Near V. glabcrrima Welw., but different in the foliage, the short few-headed tomentose cymes, the pubescent involucres, &c. Helichrysum (Lepicline § Aptera) angustifrondeum, sp. nov. Caule bispithameo erecto subsimplici omnimodo crebro folioso tela araneoso-tomentosa arete obclucto, foliis sessilibus linearibus margine revolutis supra araneoso-pubescentibus deinde glabrescentibus subtus incano-tomentosis, capitulis parvis cylin- drico-turbinatis homogamis circa 25-flosculosis in cymam brevem ramosam subdense agglomeratis, involucri circiter 5-serialis phyllis extimis obovato-oblongis reliquis gradatim longioribus oblongis omnibus appendice haud radiante obtusissima brunneo-straminea nitente onustis, corollis inclusis, achaeniis hucusque crudis cylin- drico-turbinatis glabris, pappi setis pluribus ima basi connatis deciduis scabridis sordide albis. Hab. N.W. Khodesia, Lake Chirengwa ; Rogers, 8406. Also Angola, Kubango, in open woods at Gimbundo Jamaiambe ; Gossiccilcr, 3975. Caulis inferne validus, sc. 3 mm. diam., etiam sub tela mani- feste striatus, superne attenuatus. Folia inferiora usque ad 4 cm. long, et 1-5 mm. lat., superiora in summa modo 1 cm. long. gradatim imminuta. Cymae 2 cm. diam., hujus rami araneoso- tomentosi ; bracteae foliis summis similes nisi minores. Pedunculi proprii solemniter circa 2 mm. long. Capitula 4x3 mm. In- volucri phylla extima 2 mm., intermedia 3 mm., intima 4 mm. long. Receptaculi squamae anguste oblongae, truncatae, *5 mm. long. CorolUe 3 mm. long. Antherae simpliciter tenuiterque caudatae. Achaenia *6 mm., pappus 3 mm. long. NEW AFRICAN PLANTS 185 The heads of this plant are much like those of H. Lastii Engl., but the foliage is quite different. Judging from the description, its probable affinity is with the recently published H. leptothamnus Moeser ; but this, inter alia, has heterogamous heads with only fifteen florets. Senecio Rogersii, sp. nov. Fruticulus humilis caule abbre- viate erecto sparsim folioso superne ramulos paucos breves foliosos in pedunculum sat elongatum desinentes emittente griseo-pubes- cente cito glabro, foliis prope apicem caulis basinque versus ramulorum approximatis sessilibus oblongo-spathulatis obtusis- simis basi angustatis crassiusculis in sicco aliquanto glaucis puberulis demum glabris, capitulis ramulos solitatim terminanti- bus mediocribus homogamis circa 35-flosculosis longipedunculatis pedunculis erectis ipso sub capitulo leviter incrassatis glabris, involucri ecalyculati campanulati phyllis 11-13 oblongis apice acutis piliferisque margine membranaceis sulcis 3-5 percursis, corollis inclusis luteis, styli ramis truncatis penicillatis, achaeniis cylindricis longitrorsum pluricostatis furfuraceo-puberulis, pappi setis scabridis albis. Hab. South Congo, Elisabethville ; Bogers, 10,176. Planta alt. 10 cm. vel paullulum ultra. Caulis circa 1*5 cm. alt. Folia usque ad 2 cm. long, et 7 mm. lat., pleraque vero minora. Pedunculi nudi, summum circa 8 cm. alt. Capitula 12-13 x 8-10 mm. Involucri phylla 12 mm. long., 1*5-2 (raro 2-5) mm. lat., in sicco grisea. Corollae 8 mm., styli rami 1*5 mm., achaenia 5 mm., pappus 8 mm. long. This belongs to Muschler's § Emilioidei, and is nearest S. Marlothianus O. Hoffm., and especially the var. minor of that species ; from this it can easily be distinguished by the more congested differently shaped leaves, the shorter peduncles, and the more numerous hair-tipped involucral leaves. Berkheyopsis bechuanensis, sp. nov. Suffrutex fere a basi ramosus ramis foliosis patule spinuloso-hispidis, foliis oblongis vel anguste lineari-oblongis apice breviter spinuloso-acuminatis mar- gine revolutis integris nisi dentatis pinnatifidisve sparsim ciliatis coriaceis supra verrucis crebris prominentibus scaberrimis subtus tomento albo indutis, capitulis terminalibus solitariis breviter pedunculatis radiatis, involucri campanulati 4-serialis phyllis circa medium usque liberis lanceolatis (intimis quam cetera longioribus ovato-lanceolatis) margine rigide hispido-ciliatis, ligulis longe exsertis, achaeniis lineari-turbinatis albo-villosis, pappi squamis ovato-lanceolatis breviter acuminatis denticulatis vel denticulato- ciliatis interioribus exterioribus similibus. Hab. Bechuanaland, Mahalapye ; Bogers, 6106. Folia pleraque 2-3 cm. long., 3-5 mm. lat., pag. sup. in sicco lutescenti-viridia. Pedunculus 2*5 cm. long. Involucri phylla extima 6-8 mm., intima 11 mm. long. Kadii flosculorum ligulae oblongae, apice denticulate, 17 x 4-5 mm. Disci corollae 6-5 mm. long. Pappi squamae scariosae, dilute brunneae, circa 2 mm. long. This I take to be con specific with a specimen in the Kew Herbarium collected by Bolus in Bechuanaland (Hb. Bolus 186 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY no. 6342), and named by him, from description, " Berkhopsis Kuntzii 0. Hoffm.," which is described, however, as having longer and narrower leaves glandular-pilose below, larger heads and a different pappus. Thunbergia (§ Eu-Thunbergia) subfulva, sp. nov. Veri- similiter suffrutex humilis caule erecto puberulo ramulos patentes vel patenti-ascendentes pilis hispidulis subfulvis sparsim pube- scentes emittente, foliis distincte etsi breviter petiolatis lanceolatis vel ovato-lanceolatis sursum attenuatis apice acutis basi rotun- datis 5-nervibus (nervis 2 externis in nervum marginalem arcuatum mox transeuntibus intermediis 2 folium fere totum percurrentibus) utrobique sparsim scabride subfulvo-pubescentibus, floribus in axillis solitariis, pedunculis foliis subaequilongis, bracteolis uno latere fere omnino connatis lanceolatis acutis extus subsparsim fulvo-hirsutis, calycis dentibus subulatis tubum excedentibus, corolla? tubo bracteolas plane superante fere cylindrico (medio leviter inflato) lobis obovatis quam tubus duplo brevioribus, antherarum loculis inter se subsimilibus basi incurvo-calcaratis altero barbato altero angustiore, nunc barbato nunc calvo, stigmatis labio superiore late obovato-spathulato inferiore triangulari-ovato obtusissimo. Hab. Belgian Congo, Trehinsenda ; Rogers, 10,400. Videtur stirps vix spithamea. Folia 2-5-3 cm. long., 5-8 mm. lat. ; petioli 3-6 mm. long. Pedunculi sub floribus pansis 3 cm. long, vel paullulum ultra, sparsim subfulvo-pubescentes. Bracteolae 15-16 mm. long., 4*5 mm. lat. Calyx totus 2-5 mm. long., hujus dentes fere 2 mm. long., microscopice puberuli margineque ciliolati. Corollae tubus paullulum (4-5 mm.) supra basin pulvina circulari instructus, 24 mm. long., basi 3*5 mm. lat., cito ad 4-5 mm. dilatatus, juxta medium 6 mm. ore 5*5 mm. lat. Fila- menta compressa, breviores 5'5 mm., longiores 7 mm. long. ; antheras apice obtusae, loculi (calcare incluso) 5-5'5 mm. long. Ovarium vix 2 mm., stylus 14 mm. long. ; stigmatis labium sup. 2-5 mm., labium inf. 1*8 mm. long. The place of this is evidently close to T. proxima De Wild., to which, on the strength of the excellent figure in the Flore du Katanga (pi. xxxiv.), 1 was at first inclined to refer it. The chief differences lie in the smaller bracteoles of T. subfulva, its broader- tubed corolla exserted far beyond the bracteoles, and the hairy annulus nearer the base of the corolla. M. De Wildeman describes the leaves of T.proxima as "hastees ou simplement cordees a la base " ; but the drawing shows them exactly like those of T. subfulva. Thunbergia (§ Thunbergiopsis) collina, sp. nov. Caule hoibaceo ascendente ramoso ramis ascendentibus interdum proba- biliter prostratis ad nodos tumidis glabris, foliis sessilibus lineari- oblongis obtusis basi obtusis nequaquam amplexicaulibus uni- nervibus leviter crassiusculis cito glabris, floribus in axillis soli- tariis raro binis, pedunculis bracteolas aequantibus superantibusve sursum aliquantulum incrassatis glabris, bracteolis inter se liberis NEW AFRICAN PLANTS 187 ovato-lanceolatis acutis trinervibus fere omnino glabris, calycis dentibus deltoideis obtusissimis glabris, corollae tubo ex bracteolis eminente paullulum supra basin contracto inde gradatim dilatato lobis rotundatis abbreviatis, antherarum loculis basi barbatis loc. altero valide incurvo-calcarato, stigmatis ore triangulari angulis barbatis. Hab. N.W. Ehodesia, Broken Hill ; Rogers, 8642. Folia magnitudine valde diversa, inferiora circa 35 x 4 mm., superiora adusque 8 vel etiam 9 cm. long, et 5-7 mm. lat., omnia in sicco griseolo-viridia et longitrorsum rugulata. Pedunculi 23-30 mm. long. Bracteolae circa 22 x 8 mm. Calyx 1-75 mm. alt. ; hujus dentes lxl mm. Corollae tubus 27 mm. long., juxta medium 8 mm. faucibus 10 mm. lat. ; lobi circa 5 mm. long. Antherarum connectivus apice breviter productus, loculi (incluso calcare) 3 mm. long. Stigma 4 mm. diam. To be inserted in the genus next T. stellarioides Burkill, from which its different foliage and larger and broader bracteoles afford easy means for separation. Thunbergia (§ Thunbergiopsis) glaucina, sp. nov. Erecta, humilis, caule plerumque ramoso glabro, foliis sessilibus anguste linearibus acutis primo minute puberulis mox glabris et (ut caulis bracteolaeque) aliquanto glaucis, floribus in axillis solitariis vel binis pedunculis folia interdum excedentibus fultis, bracteolis inter se liberis ovatis apicem versus attenuatis apice obtusis glabris a basi 5-nervibus nervis haud conspicuis aliquanto perlucidis et reticulum arctum ostendentibus, calycis dentibus abbreviatis del- toideis, corollae tubo bracteolas leviter excedente paullulum supra basin constricto inde gradatim amplificato lobis obovatis tubo brevioribus, antherarum loculo altero basi obtuso barbatoque altero incurvo-calcarato aut barbato aut (verisimiliter rarius) calvo, stigmate late infundibulari ore triangulari ad angulos barbato. Hab. South Congo, Elisabethville ; Rogers, 10,320. Planta 8-12 cm. alt. Folia infima parvula, 5-7 mm. long., superiora 2-3-5 cm. long., 2 mm. lat. vel etiam minus. Pedunculi compressi, glabri, plerique 1*5-3 cm. long. Bracteolae 2-2-2-5 cm. long., summum 1 cm. lat. Calyx 1-25 mm. alt. ; dentes -5 mm. Corollae tubus fere 3 cm. long., ima basi 6*5 mm. paullulum supra basin 4 mm. lat., faucibus 13 mm. ; lobi circa 12 mm. long. Filamenta compressa, 9-11 mm. long. ; antherarum connectivus ultra loculos usque ad 1 mm. productus ; loculi alteri 2*5 mm. alteri 3 mm. long. Stylus 13 mm. long, ; stigma 7 mm. long., ore 6 mm. lat. Under the same number Mr. Eogers sends other specimens with linear-oblong leaves 4-7 mm. broad, but otherwise agreeing with those just described. Thus may be distinguished as var. LATIFOLIA. The plant, which is allied to T. stellarioides Burkill, does not seem conspecific with any one of several recently described species having the same affinity. From T. stellarioides it is at once known by the leaves and the bracteoles. 188 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Strobilanthopsis Rogersii, sp. nov. Suffrutex humilis caule erecto sparsim ramoso pubescente, foliis oblongo-oblanceolatis obtusis vel obtusissimis nonnunquam retusis basi in petiolum brevem coarctatis membranaceis utrobique microscopice glandu- loso-pubescentibus, floribus ad apicem vel in axillis ramulorum brevium solitariis breviter pedunculatis pedunculis pubescentibus, bracteolis quam calyx brevioribus foliis similibus nisi minoribus, calycis basin usque divisi segmentis inter se fere aequalibus lineari- bus obtusis superne leviter amplificatis glanduloso-pubescentibus, corollae tubo calycem facile superante dimidio sup. inflato lobis oblongo-obovatis apice rotundatis, antherarum loculis basi bre- vissime calcaratis, stylo incluso, ovulis in loculis 2. Hab. Belgian Congo, Kamatanda, about seventy-five miles north of Elisabethville ; Rogers, 10,329. Planta semispithamea vel minus. Folia 1-5-2-5 cm. long., 4-8 mm. lat., in sicco viridia ; petioli circiter 3 mm. long. Pedunculi summum 5 mm. long., saepe vero breviores. Bracteolae circa 10 x 2 mm. Calycis segmenta 14 x 1 mm. Corollae tubus 20 mm. long., dimidio inf. 2 mm. lat., dimidio sup. 6-8 mm. ; palatus valde prominens ; lobi 11 mm. long. Antherarum loculi oblongi, 3 mm. long. Ovarium 3 mm. long., praesertim superne glandulis sessilibus vestitum. Stylus pubescens, 17 mm. long. Capsula 13 mm. long., deorsum angustata, apice umbonata, glan- dulosa, disperma. The lowly habit, the foliage and the indumentum are the chief distinctive marks of this species. Justiciar Calophanoides) rhodesiana, sp. nov. Spithamea vel ultra, ramosa, ramis gracilibus subdistanter foliosis ut folia, bracteolae calycesque segmenta subtiliter pubescentibus, foliis parvis plerisque quam internodia brevioribus breviter petiolatis lineari-oblongis basi apiceque obtusis, floribus parvis in axillis solitariis vel 2-3-nis, bracteolis minutis subulatis, calycis segmentis 5 inter se subaequalibus anguste lineari-lanceolatis sursum attenu- atis, corollae tubo calyci aequilongo subcylindrico (prope basin leviter angustato) extus minute pubescente labio postico tubo paullulum longiore ovato-oblongo integro labio antico late obovato trilobo, capsula pubescente. Hab. Rhodesia, Bulawayo ; Rogers, 5740. Bechuanaland, Mahalapye ; id., 6098. Folia raro 2 cm. attingentia, plerumque circa 10-12 mm. long., 2-3*5 mm. lat. ; petioli 1-3 mm. long. Bracteolae vix 1 mm. long. Flores verisimiliter albi. Calycis segmenta 2-5 mm. long. Corolla tota 5-5 mm. long. ; tubus 2*5 x 2*5 mm. ; labia 3 mm. long., labii antici lobi subquadrati fere 1 mm. long. Antherarum loculus sup. 1 mm. long., loculus inf. (incluso calcare apice truncato) 1*75 mm. Ovarium 1*5 mm. long. ; stylus inferne puberulus 3 mm. long. Capsula anguste oblongo-ovoidea, obtusa, 5-5 mm. long. This can be told easily from J", filifolia Lindau by its small leaves ; the narrow calyx-segments and much smaller lower lip of the corolla are additional marks. (To be continued.) 189 THUIDIUM BEGOGNITUM (Hedw.) Lindb. and its Allies. By H. N. Dixon, M.A.; F.L.S. The difference between Thuidium tamariscinum (Hedw.) B. & S., T. delicatulum (Hedw.) Mitt., and T. recognition (Hedw.) Lindb., was first clearly pointed out by Lindberg (Manip. Muse. ii. 415, in Notiser Sallsk. Fauna et Fl. fenn., forh. xi. 1870). These differences may be briefly tabulated thus : — Apical cell of branch-leaves acute, smooth ; peri- chaetial leaves ciliate tamariscinum. Apical cell of branch -leaves cylindrical, truncate, crowned with 2-4 papillae — Perichgetial leaves ciliate delicatulum. Perichaatial leaves not ciliate recognition. In that paper Lindberg gave the first European record of T. delicatulum (the common North American plant), viz. from Hogland, an island off Finland. It was not recognized as a British plant in the London Catalogue of British Mosses, 1881, nor by Hobkirk (Synops. of Brit. Mosses) in 1884. It was first detected with us by Mr. Holt, at Tyn-y-groes, N. Wales, in 1885. In 1895 I gathered it fruiting at Lodore, where the Kev. C. H. Binstead also had gathered it in 1889, taking it for T. recognitum. These two localities are all that were known in 1896, when the part of Braithwaite's British Moss Flora dealing wTith Thuidium was published. I have now ten sheets of T. delicatulum in my British herbarium, from about twenty distinct localities, collected by myself, besides half a dozen specimens sent by other collectors. In 1893 Philibert described a fourth species of this group as T. intermedium ; this name, however, having been already em- ployed by Mitten for a New World species, Limpricht rechristened it T. Philiberti. The most conspicuous feature about this species was the long acumen of the stem-leaves, ending in a filiform point consisting of a single articulate thread of several linear cells. This species I gathered in Perthshire in 1893, and recorded as T. Phili- berti in Journ. Bot. 1897, p. 16. Dr. Best, who had then very carefully studied these plants, confirmed my determination, adding, " it always grows in wet places." As I understood the plants at that time, they could be fairly well separated with the aid of ecological characters. Thus T. tamariscinum was almost entirely a woodland plant, fairly universal, and known at once by the smooth, acute apical cell of its branch-leaves from the others. T. delicatulum was a plant of moist, siliceous soil in mountain woods or by waterfalls, frequently growing in sand by mountain streams, and entirely absent from the eastern parts of our islands, at least south of the Firth of Forth. It was to be known generally by the delicate, always (or nearly always) tripinnate branching, the shortly pointed stem- leaves, resembling those of T. tamariscinum, and the ciliate perichaetial bracts. T. Philiberti was a rather large, straggling plant, sometimes bipinnate, more usually tripinnate, always found 190 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY in wet, rocky places, and known by the filiform apex of the longly acuminate stem -leaves. T. recognition then formed the residuum, was nearly always bipinnate only, had moderately long, often recurved apices to the stem-leaves, which, while often finely acuminate, did not end in the long filiform point of T. Philiberti ; and was almost entirely confined to dry, calcareous habitats, fre- quently among grass in open places, but also, rarely, in calcareous woods. In the former station it was usually sterile, in the latter it was more frequently fruiting. Several recent works published on the Continent, however, show that Continental bryologists have a different conception of T. recognitum and T. Philiberti from that prevailing with us. a, a, Thuidium recognitum ; b, b, T. Philiberti : c, c, T. delicatulum . T. recognitum is described in these works as having the stem- leaves plane- margined and small, the nerve broad above and filling the acumen. It is further described as usually fertile ; while T. Philiberti is spoken of as a more frequent plant, usually sterile, with larger stem-leaves, having recurved margins, and long, tapering points, with a weaker nerve which reaches only part of the way up the acumen. After considerable correspondence and exchange of specimens with Continental authorities, I have at last been able satisfactorily, I think, to correlate our British plants with the Continental ones. The main result that emerges is that the plant which we have here considered as the common form of T. recognitum, the small, bipinnate, sterile plant of dry (calcareous) banks, quarries, chalk downs, &c., is really T. Philiberti ; the plant of wet mountain THUIDIUM RECOGNITUM AND ITS ALLIES 191 rocks referred by me to that species, in the article previously mentioned, being the plant described by Limpricht as T. pseudo- tamarisci, but reduced by Eyan and Hagen — certainly correctly — to a var. of T. Philiberti, of which it is merely a robust, usually tripinnate form. One or two points will make the matter clearer and at the same time will explain in part how the difference of view has arisen. The Continental view of the species is undoubtedly the correct one, but the distinctive characters attributed to them have been, I think, in some respects erroneous, and this has led to misunderstanding. In the first place, T. Philiberti is by no means confined to wet places, as stated by Dr. Best, but is quite as frequently found on dry banks. In this case the hyaline piriform points of the stem- leaves are but little developed, and are easily lost, so that their presence is often scarcely to be detected. In the second place, T. recognitum has not plane-margined stem-leaves. The margins are indeed much less strongly recurved than in the allied species, and very frequently only one margin is reflexed, and that slightly ; but in all the plants received from Continental authorities as the true T. recognitum, I have never found the margins actually plane, except, possibly, in a single leaf here and there. Nor does the nerve actually fill the acumen, as is frequently stated. It is quite true that it remains broad and stout, and reaches very nearly if not quite to the apex, and is very different in appearance from the structure in T. Philiberti and T. delica- tulum, but this is due not only to the greater extension of the nerve, but to the fact that the cells of the lamina in the acumen become elongate, narrow and incrassate, resembling the elongate cells of the nerve itself, and thereby rendering the delimitation of the latter less easily observed. In the two allied species the cells of the acumen, while often slightly elongate are not markedly so, and are scarcely altered in character from those of the rest of the lamina, so that the acumen is of a quite different texture from that of T. recognitum. The size of the stem-leaves, frequently given as a specific test, does not appear to me reliable ; thus I frequently find T. delica- tulum with stem-leaves quite as small as in T. recognitum, Another character relied on by some authors is the abrupt narrowing of the stem-leaves into the acumen supposed to be characteristic of T. Philiberti, as compared with a gradual nar- rowing in T. delicatulum, but I have found this, in practice, quite unreliable. For all that the two plants are really distinct, and are recog- nized when once known without great difficulty. The distinguish- ing characters may be pointed out thus : — T. recognitum is usually a plant of calcareous woods, and is frequently fertile — much more so, probably, in relation to its rarity, than T. tamariscinum. The stem-leaves are small as com- pared with well-developed T. Philiberti and — usually — T. delicti- 192 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY tulion, wider in proportion to their length, abruptly narrowed to a stout point, which is often recurved ; the margins only slightly and narrowly renexed here and there, one side often being plane. The nerve is stout and narrows but little upwards, filling a great part of the acumen, which is therefore more deeply coloured than the upper part of the lamina, and with more elongate cells, and is also more rigid than in T. Philiberti. T. recognition is nearly always bipinnate only, and is not a variable plant. T. Philiberti is, as has been stated, commonest on dry calcareous grassy banks, but is also found in quite marshy places, and also on wet rocks. In characters, as well as in habitat, it is a dis- tinctively variable plant, both in size and branching, and in the form and size of the stem-leaves. These, however, are always more longly acuminate than in T. recognition, sometimes gradually tapering, sometimes more abruptly narrowed, always finely pointed at the apex, and normally ending in the characteristic filiform point, which is, however, much better developed and more persis- tent in moist places than in dry situations. The margins are widely and strongly recurved, the nerve tapers above, and is soon lost in the acumen. The true T. recognition Lindb. appears to be distinctly rare with us. It occurs in the older herbaria, e. g. at Kew, from Mat- lock, leg. Sir J. E. Smith, 1820, c. fr.; and from Helks Wood, Ingleton, 1838, leg. W. Wilson. Wilson's No. 395, Muse. Brit., issued as H. delicatulion Linn., is also T. recognition. On the other hand, the specimens at Kew labelled " In old quarry near Malton (Spruce's original locality), Yorkshire, 1854, coll. A. 0. Black," and "Woolsonbury Hill, Sussex, leg. Mitten," belong to T. Philiberti. The British forms of this group may be analyzed as follows: — [Apical cell of branch-leaves acute, smooth ; perichsetial bracts ciliaie ; lj tripinnate tamariscinum. (Apical cell of branch-leaves truncate, papillose 2 (Stem-leaves small, nerve stout in acumen, percurrent or almost so ; bipinnate; perich. bracts not ciliate recognitum. Nerve of stem-leaves narrowing above and lost in mid-acumen ... 3 [Acumen of stem-leaves short, simply acute, perich. bracts ciliate; oj tripinnate or more rarely bipinnate delicatulum. I Acumen of stem-leaves long, gradually tapering to a shorter or longer \ filiform point ; perich. bracts not ciliate 4 . (Stems bipinnate Philiberti. (Stems tripinnate var. j^eudo-tamarisci. Most of the records hitherto given for T. Philiberti in Britain belong to the var. pseudo-tconarisci ; I have had especially fine specimens of this var. as robust and strongly tripinnate as the larger forms of T. tconariscimon from a tree-stump, Golspie, Sutherland, collected in 1902 by Miss H. M. Crampton. It will be seen from the above that British records of T. recog- nitum and T. Philiberti will require revision. 193 NOTES ON MID-PERTH PLANTS. By J. R. Matthews, M.A. The following notes have been drawn up after several years' investigation of the flora of Dunning district in Mid-Perth, v.-c. 88. I have made constant reference to Dr. White's Flora of Perthshire. In that work several species, which are regarded as introduced or naturalized plants in the county, are simply referred to as having been found, and are not recorded under the usual definite formula. Some of these form part of the present list, and I am inclined to regard most of them in this neighbourhood as " outcasts." So far as I know, the plants have not been cultivated for many years past in gardens in the vicinity, and as many of them have become well established in natural habitats, it may be of some value to have the localities more fully recorded. Those plants recorded for Dunning in " Lowland Earn" in the Perthshire Flora are included in the list with additional notes to bring the information regarding them in this district as up-to-date as possible. Notes extracted from the Flora of Perthshire are given within inverted commas, and seven species not mentioned in the Flora are marked with an asterisk. My best thanks are due to my former tutor, Mr. Barclay, for much kind assistance, and to Mr. Bennett for many valuable suggestions. ■''Anemone ranunculoides L. On the left bank of Duncrub Burn below Jockslodge Bridge. Not abundant. Flowers rather smaller than those of herbarium specimens I have seen from Kent and South Europe. Aconitum Napelhis L. " Occurs as an escape in a few places on the banks of the Tay and Earn." In Sawmill Wood. Berberis vulgaris L. Several plants in a hedge which runs west from Monhook Wood to Broadleys. Chelidonium majus L. " A naturalized plant in hedgerows." Fairly plentiful on the hedgebank by Station Road ; near Kirk- lands quarry. Claytonia perfoliata Donn. "Escape, more or less established." The dominant species of the ground vegetation in Sawmill Wood, and occurring in patches for several miles down the stream which flows through the wood. There seems to be no definite clue as to the manner in which this species has been introduced. *Oxalis comiculata L. Fairly plentiful at Duncrub. Medicago sativa L. " Occurs — not commonly — as a natura- lized plant." On the railway bank a little south of Dunning Station, and, I believe, merely as a casual. *Levisticum officinale Koch. Bridgend, Dunning. Introduced at least sixty years ago, but now7 growing wild. Comus sanguinea L. " Occurs as an escape (not planted) on the right bank of the Tummel below Pitlochry." In Sawmill Wood, probably introduced. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [June, 1913.] q 194 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Linncea borealis Gron. " Duncrub — not recently found." I fear it is now extinct in this station. Bid ens cernua L. " Whitemoss, Dunning (P. Gloag) — no recent record." I have failed to find this species at the Whitemoss. Artemisia vulgaris L. Hedgebanks near Dunning. Doroni 'cum plantagineum L. Plentiful in Sawmill Wood and at St. Andrews, about a mile down the stream. This species is much more uncommon in the county than D. Pardalianches L., which, though not occurring near Dunning, is abundant at Dupplin five miles east. Centaurea Scabiosa L. " Near Dunning in L. Earn (P. Gloag) (!)." Abundant on the railway bank about two miles south of Dunning Station. dehor i um Intybus L. Has occurred for several years on meadow ground near Dalreoch ; Keltie, 1912. Hieracium aurantiacum L. "In abundance on a railway bank about a mile south of Dunning Station (Dr. F. B. White) (!)." Still abounds and seems to be spreading. Phyteuma spicatum L. " Has occurred in shrubberies." A single plant at Duncrub, first observed by me in 1907, has flowered each year but never bears seed. Although this plant occurs rarely in Norway it is not a northern species. The question at once arises — How did it reach this station ? It was certainly not intentionally introduced by man, and its occurrence here is one of those problems in seed dispersal which must remain unsolved, though speculation is possible. No species of Phyteuma has been grown in Duncrub Gardens for at least thirty years, but a few seeds may have been accidentally introduced with the annual seed supply ; or, as Mr. Bennett suggests, seeds may have been carried with straw that had been used as packing. Instances of this occurrence have come under his personal observation. ■'Lysimachia ciliata L. Well established in Sawmill Wood. L. Nummularia L. "Is naturalized (or native ?) in several places." Several plants on left bank of Duncrub Burn opposite Parsonage. Vinca minor L. In abundance on the banks of Dunning Burn above the village. Symphytum officinale L. and var. patens Sibth. " Occur — rarely more than one or two plants — in a good many places." Considered by Dr. White to be an escape. Both the type and the variety are abundant on the south side of Steelend Den, the former being dominant. I can get no information regarding the cultivation of the plant in this district, but it used to be grown for fodder in many parts of Scotland, and I believe the plant in its present station to be a relic of cultivation. Anchusa sempervirens L. " Is a rare escape." Fairly plentiful by the roadside opposite Findony ; a few plants in Sawmill Wood. Pulmonaria officinalis L. Plentiful in Monhook Wood. Linaria Cymbalaria L. On walls in the village. No doubt planted. NOTES ON MID-PERTH PLANTS 195 ■'~L. minor Desf. As a casual at North Lodge, Duncrub, 1910, 1911. Scrophularia vernalis L. Abundant on a sunk wall near Duncrub. Mimulus Langsdorffii Donn. Sparsely distributed along Dunning Burn ; plentiful in a marsh south of the village. Utricularia vulgaris L. " Whitemoss, Dunning (!)." I have not succeeded in finding this plant in the loch, but as I have been limited to hand-dredging I am not in a position to say that it has here become extinct ; yet I shall not be surprised if this proves true, judging from the abundance of Elodea and Myriophyllum in the loch. Lamium maculatum L. At Jockslodge. Plantago media L. On lawns at Duncrub, almost certainly introduced with grass seed. Polygonum Bistorta L. Given only for "Forth" area in Fl. Perthsh. "Naturalized in a few places in some of the other districts, but not common." Well established near Millhaugh and at St. Andrews. Humulus Lupulus L. Several plants in the hedge by Station Eoad ; a relic of cultivation. Elodea canadensis Michx. Plentiful in Whitemoss Loch. Polygonatum multiflorum All. Monhook Wood ; Sawmill Wood ; Duncrub, not abundant. *Muscari racemosum Lam. & DC. At Duncrub ; no doubt a relic of cultivation. ■'Ornithogalum umbellatum L. Sawmill Wood; Duncrub. Fairly plentiful at both places. Arum maculatum L. A naturalized alien in Perthshire. Abun- dant in Sawmill Wood. Alisma ranunculoides L. " Loch west of Dunning (Arnott in Fl. Scot. 1821). No recent record." I have specimens gathered in 1908. The plant still grows at this station (no doubt the Whitemoss Loch) in small quantity. I first observed the plant near the south-east corner of the loch, but, owing to the over- crowding of such marsh plants as Potentilla Comarum and Menyanthes trifoliata, it disappeared from here and reappeared on a small mud-fiat at the north-east corner, a spot which it had not, to my knowledge, previously occupied. Potamogeton filiformis Nolte. " Whitemoss, near Dunning (W. Martin) (!)." Mr. Bennett has kindly verified my gatherings, and although 1 have never obtained specimens in fruit, he has little doubt that the determination is correct. The plant is plentiful in the loch, the only recorded station in Fl. Perthsh. for the county. I do not know of any recent records. It is surprising that this pondweed should be " very rare " in Perthshire, for in some of the Fife lochs it abounds. Zannichellia pakistris L. "Whitemoss, near Dunning (!)." Also " very rare " in Perthshire, So far I have failed to find the plant in the Whitemoss. Eleocharis acicularis Roem. & Schult. " Loch west of Dunning 196 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY (Arnofct in Flora Scotica, 1821) (this is probably the Whitemoss), not recently found." Apparently extinct. This species likes open spaces, and it has probably been crowded out. During recent years the conditions of the vegetation of the Whitemoss have altered very considerably, and these changes would form an interesting ecological study. Carex teretiuscula Good. "Whitemoss, near Dunning (!)." Plentiful at the west side of the loch. Phalaris canariensis T. Has occurred (1907) as a casual near Dunning. Glyceria aquatica Wahlb. " Whitemoss Loch, Dunning." Still occurs here ; also plentiful in a marsh south of the village. Boa Chaixii Vill. " Has been found at Dunkeld and Birnam. It is, of course, not a native." Kincledie Wood, evidently long established. This grass has now been recorded from a good many places in Britain, and, as Mr. Bennett has pointed out, it is either spreading or has been overlooked. Characece. — My gatherings, all from the Whitemoss Loch, were determined for me some considerable time ago by Messrs. H. and J. Groves. Ghara fragilis Desv. — C. aspera var. sub- inermis Kuetz. Not recorded for v.-c. 88 in Fl. Perthsh. — Nitella flexilis var. crassa Braun. — N. opaca Ag. — N. translucens Ag. Not given for v.-c. 88 in Fl. Perthsh. SHORT NOTES. Aurostis nigra Withering in France. — In April I found a few good specimens of this grass growing with typical A. vulgaris With. (Arr., ed. 3, ii. 131 (1796) ) at the side of a cart-road through an arable field near Carqueiranne, Var, France. Monsieur Emile Jahandiez, who has a good botanical library, believes it has never before been recorded from France — indeed I am unaware if this little known grass has previously been noticed out of England. It is mentioned in Husnot's book on the Grasses of France, Belgium, Switzerland, and the British Isles, but only from a few of the English Midland counties. Since Withering's time it appears to have been overlooked until Mr. J. E. Bagnall re- discovered it near Birmingham, and published an illustrated account of it. in this Journal (1882, 65, t. 227). In 1893 he pointed it out to me in arable fields in Warwickshire, and I was so struck by its appearance that not long afterwards I saw it in Somerset, and I think sent voucher specimens to the Watson Bot. Exch. Club. Here in the south of France it assumes the same rigid habit and the same brown colour. It is taller and more robust than A. vulgaris, with more scabrid panicle and larger spikelets. Now that its known range is so much extended it may prove to have been overlooked elsewhere. — H. Stuart Thompson. Cornish Notes for 1912.— Viola epipsila Led. This was found by me at the Holy Well, Roche, v.-c. 2, in 1910, and in HERBALS, THEIR ORIGIN AND EVOLUTION 197 1912 at Quintrell Downs, near Newquay, and Penhallow Moor, St. Newlyn East ; both v.-c. 1. It is probably common in Corn- wall.— Spergularia atheniensis Aschers. Plants from Par, v.-c. 2, which I sent to the Bot. Exch. Club as S. rubra, with a note expressing doubt, have been named as above by Mr. Druce. A specimen was given me by Mr. A. O. Hume in 1901 as " S. rubra ?" This is apparently the first record for Great Britain. The status of most plants at Par is more or less doubtful, but I consider this is as native as Linaria supina.* — Malva syhestris L. var. acuti- loba Relak. Par, 1912. — Trifolium repens L. var. phyllanilium Seringe. Par, 1912. — Erica cinerea L. var. splenclens mihi. A striking form of E, cinerea L. with long densely-flowered racemes, and often with large and pale flowers — found at Carnon Croft (F. H. D.) and Kea Down (G. C. D.), both in Kea parish, and at St. Newlyn East Downs (C. C. V.) ; all v.-c. 1 — I have ventured to name as above. — Plantago Timbali Jord. Miss Cardew and Mr. E. G. Baker have lately thus determined plants which I sent in 1910 to the Bot. Exch. Club as P. lanceolata L. forma. Mr. Baker tells me they have seen no other British specimen of the true plant. I doubt it being a native of Par, where I collected it. — Chambre C. Vigurs. Senecio squalidus L. — On May 22 I saw this in some quantity on the left hand of the line going from "Oxbridge Road to Worm- wood Scrubs, not far from the former station. Further on Lepi- clium Draba occurred also in some quantity. — James Britten. REVIEWS. Herbals, their Origin and Evolution : a Chapter in the History of Botany, 1470-1670. By Agnes Arber (Mrs. E. A. Newell Arber), D.Sc, F.L.S., Fellow of Newnham College, Cam- bridge, and of University College, London. Cambridge University Press. Royal 8vo, pp. xviii + 254. With frontis- piece, 21 plates, and 113 text-figures. Price 10s. 6cZ. net. In this Journal for 1910 (p. 112) we noticed at some length The Craftsman's Plant-Book— a, collection of figures of plants from sixteenth-century herbals arranged for the use of the decorator by Mr. R. G. Hatton. What Mr. Hatton thus did— and did well — for the artist, Mrs. Arber has done for the botanist, and not for him alone, but for all who are interested in our early scientific literature, and more especially in the history of the development of science and art. We do not think a book on Herbals could have been better done, and the only point on which we differ from the author is the statement in the first sentence of the preface that the work " calls [ * But is L. supina certainly native ? and can a plant given under a doubtful name and not published be considered a "first record"? — Ed. Journ. Bot.] 198 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY for no apology." There is, indeed, as she says, " a multitude of books about books," very many of which might be described as biblia a non biblia, but a work such as this which she has given us, stamped as it is throughout with evidence of thorough know- ledge of a branch of literature generally unknown, can only be regarded as a valuable addition to our sources of information. Considering the number of books which are put forth dealing with the popular aspects of botany, it is astonishing how few of them betray even a superficial acquaintance with our early botanical literature. " Dear old Gerarde," indeed, figures prominently enough, certain stock quotations being copied from one author to another, often sufficiently indicating that the references have not even been verified. But his predecessor William Turner and his contemporary and successor John Parkinson rarely figure in popular books, although the admirable English of the latter, more especially in his Paradisus, might well have obtained for him a place. (It may be said in passing that Dr. Arber's book is as ad- mirable from the literary standpoint as it is in all other respects.) The book is divided into nine chapters, dealing respectively with the Early History of Botany ; the Earliest Printed Herbals (Fifteenth Century) ; the Early History of the Herbal in England ; the Botanical Eenaissance of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Cen- turies (treating of the Herbals of Germany, the Low Countries, Italy, Switzerland, France, and England, with an interesting dis- quisition on the Kevival of Aristotelian Botany) ; the Evolution of the Art of Plant Description ; the Evolution of Plant Classifica- tion ; the Evolution of the Art of Botanical Illustration ; the Doctrine of Signatures, and Astrological Botany ; and Conclusions. To these are added appendixes giving a chronological list of the principal herbals and related botanical works published between 1470 and 1670, and a list, in alphabetical order, of the principal critical and historical works dealing with the subjects discussed in this book, with of course an excellent index. Each of the divisions is treated with a thoroughness which leaves nothing to be desired, and the book throughout is illustrated by an ad- mirable selection of plates (21) and text-illustrations (121) excel- lently reproduced, including a number of portraits and two beautiful reproductions of drawings by Albrecht Diirer and Leonardo da Vinci. We are especially glad to see the portraits of Leonard Fuchs's draughtsmen and engraver, to which we referred in the notice already referred to, and to note Dr. Arber's high apprecia- tion of the author : " Of all the botanists of the Renaissance, Fuchs is perhaps the one who deserves most to be held in honour ; . . . his herbal rivals or even surpasses that of Brunfels in its illustrations and that of Bock in its German text." The scholarship which characterizes the book extends to every detail — in the list of illustrations, for example, the source of each is indicated, and the bibliographical appendixes are models of their kind. The volume is beautifully printed and suitably bound, and in every respect reflects credit upon the Cambridge University Press, which moreover has produced it at a very reasonable price. 199 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, &c. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on 3rd April, Mr. C. E. Salmon exhibited a large series of forms of Alchemilla vulgaris Linn., on which he made the following remarks. During a short holiday in Scotland last year, all the known British forms were met with. There are three main sections, Pubescentes, Hirsutce, and SubglabrcB. A. pubescens Buser represents the first section (which also includes A. hirsuticaulis Lindb. and A. plicata Buser); all these are more or less wholly densely sericeous. A. pubescens is not British, but occurred last year in a wild situation in Surrey (see p. 141). In the Hirsute section, we get three out of the four British species. The first, A.pratensis Schmidt, is widely distri- buted over the British Isles and Ireland ; the glabrous flowers, hairy stem, and glabrous upper leaf -surface help to distinguish it. A. minor Huds. is the next and is our most frequent form ; may be known by its hairy pedicels and flowers. The third, A. minor subsp. filicaidis Lindb., is extremely local in Britain, only occur- ring in a few stations in Scotland, but widely distributed in Norway, Sweden, Faroes, &c. It is less hairy in all its parts than A. minor; the pedicels and top of stem are glabrous. The remaining British species, A. alpestris Schmidt, belongs to the section Subglabrce and is much more glabrous than any of the others in stem, leaves, &c. Its distribution in Britain is more northern than that of A. pratensis or A. minor, but an isolated colony exists in Sussex. A. acutidens Lindb. was reported from Ben Lawers in Aug. 1911, on the occasion of the Phyto-Geogra- phical Excursion : Dr. Lindberg has now named the original plants of the 1911 gathering as autumnal states of A. alpestris (see p. 141). The other non-British species are — under section Hirstitce — A. pastoralis Buser, leaves pilose above, pedicels gla- brous ; A. micans Buser, with the veins on the under leaf- surface shining; A. subcrenata Buser, leaves much less hairy above and teeth broad and obtuse ; and A. acutangi da Buser, with long, more or less acute, leaf-lobes. Under Subglabrce, comes A. obtusa Buser, which is close to acutidens but has broader leaf-lobes and teeth, and sepals and episepals broader and shorter; and A. glomeridans Buser, with flowers in somewhat close heads. From the careful maps prepared by Dr. Lindberg, showing the distribution of these various forms, it will be seen that Great Britain may yet claim some of them as true natives. Messrs. Dent have added to their shilling "Temple Primer" series a very excellent little volume on Plant Geography from the pen of Mr. G. S. Boulger. Into small compass the author has compressed a vast amount of information, which he divides into four "books," the first dealing with the evolution of the plant- world, the second with the factors of distribution, the third with floristic regions, the fourth with botanical ecology or to geo- graphy. An excellent bibliography shows that Mr. Boulger is fully acquainted with the literature of his subject, to which he 200 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY acknowledges his obligations, and there is a useful index. The name of the author is sufficient guarantee that the work is care- fully done. YVi: have received the first number of The Journal of Ecology, which is edited for the British Ecological Society by Mr. Frank Cavers. It contains papers on the Vegetation of Blakeney Point, Norfolk, by Prof. F. W. Oliver, and on Raunkiaer's Life Forms and Statistical Methods by Mr. William G. Smith. Mr. Tansley contributes a long and important critical review of Brockmann- Jerosch and Rubel's suggestions for " a Universal Classification of Plant-Communities": there are also briefer articles, and ex- ceedingly interesting and valuable summaries of recent ecological work at home and abroad. The Journal (a small quarto), which is to appear quarterly — the present, issued May 5, is the March number — is beautifully printed. Each number costs five shillings net ; members of the Ecological Society (the subscription to which is a guinea annually) receive it free by post, and, if we may judge by the first number, will obtain full value for their money. By desire of the Committee of the Somerset Archaeological and Natural History Society, the Rev. E. S. Marshall, of West Monkton Rectory, Taunton, is preparing a Supplement to Murray's Flora of Somerset ; he will be grateful for any new information, which should reach him not later than the end of October. In the case of critical forms, he would like to see specimens (to be returned, if not duplicates). A good deal of work has been done since 1896, especially in the north of the county, and Mr. J. W. White has generously allowed full use to be made of his excellent Bristol Flora. A new Flora of Norfolk is in course of preparation. Mr. W. A. Nicholson, late Hon. Sec. of the Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists' Society, who has been accumulating materials for the purpose for some years past, is acting as editor. It will include articles dealing with the " History of Botanical Research in Norfolk," by the Editor ; " Meteorology," by Mr. A. W. Preston, F.R.Met.Soc. ; " Soils," by Mr. L. F. Newman, B.A., of the School of Agriculture, Cambridge ; and " Physiography and Plant-Distribution," by Mr. W. H. Burrell, F.L.S. It is pro- posed to utilize as far as possible the work of the many students of the Flora of the county, both resident and non-resident, with a view to showing the progress that has been made in the detailed study of the local plants, and the changes, if any, that have occurred since the publications of Sir J. E. Smith, the Hookers, Rev. Kirby Trimmer, and others. The MS. is well advanced, and will, it is hoped, be ready for publication in the autumn. Jou.rn.Bot P.Highley del.ethth. WestjNewman imp. Apidarum montanum Ridley. 201 SOME BORNEAN AROIDE^. By H. N. Ridley, C.M.G., F.R.S. (Plate 527.) Aridarum, nov. gen. Planta pusilla herbacea, foliis pluribus linearibus angustis coriaceis enervibus, marginibus et costa incrassatis. Scapus apud folia exortus brevior, gracilis. Spatha parva cylindrica rostrata. Spadix brevior cylindrica. Flores feminei circiter 16 ad basin, pistillis subglobosis, oblongis, stigmatibus discoideis ; ovulis pluribus orthotropis. Flores masculi, stamina oblonga marginibus undulatis apicibus complanatis, canaliculars. Flores steriles duo ad latera staminum adnati ; basi breviter triangulares, apice longo setiformi. Aridarum montanum, species unica. Herba parva, radici- bus crassiusculis lanuginosis. Folia plura linearia acuminata basi angustata, coriacea, marginibus et costa incrassata, enervia, 12 cm. longa 4 mm. lata. Scapus gracilis bracteis 6 linearibus acumi- natis papyraceis rufo-brunneis 3 cm. longis 3 mm. latis. Pedun- culus 8 cm. longus. Spatha cylindrica abrupte rostrata 16 mm. longa. Spadix cylindrica obtusa brevior. Flores feminei ad 16, dissiti oblongo-subglobosi, stigmatibus discoideis aurantiacis medio depresso. Flores masculi elongato-oblongi, apice lato margine undulato,? canalicula in medio. Flores steriles basibus triangulari- bus apicibus setiformibus. Sarawak, Santubong, C. J. Brooks. This very remarkable little plant, of which there is only a single specimen in the collection, is allied to the section ChamcBcladon of Homalomena. It differs generically from this genus in the linear coriaceous leaves, and in the peculiar structure of the male flowers. The stamens are longitudinally oblong, and have a rather deep longitudinal groove in the centre. From the sides of each stamen rises what is presumably a sterile flower, consisting of a minute triangular portion ending in a slender seti- form process, which, in the specimen, lies horizontally over the top of the stamen. These processes are about half as long as the stamen. The base of this body is adnate to the lower part of the stamen. The occurrence of sterile flowers usually club-shaped is not infrequent in Homalomena, but they are almost invariably lateral to or among the female flowers, and never adnate to the male flowers nor of this peculiar shape. The inner face of the spathe and the stamens are sprinkled with small red purple dots apparently glandular. The plant is obviously xerophytic, which is very unusual in the section to which it belongs. The mountain Santubong, on which it occurs, is at the apex distinctly xerophytic, and has at some period clearly been an outlying island. It has been visited by Beccari and several other botanists, but no one seems to have obtained this little Aroid previously. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [July, 1913.] r 202 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY I am indebted to Mr. N. E. Brown for assistance in working out the structure of this plant. Abisjema microspadix Engler, Jahrb. xxxvii. 112. Sarawak, C. J. Brooks. This plant was described from specimens collected in Java by Zollinger, and is an addition to the flora of Borneo. Piptospatha elongata N. E. Br. This Bornean plant was described by Engler (Bot. Jahrb. i. 183) under the name of Rhynchopyle elongata. N. E. Brown transferred it to his earlier genus Piptospatha, the type of which is Piptospatha insignis, also from Borneo. In 1910 (Bot. Mag. t. 8330) he described and figured under the name of Gamogyne pulchra a very pretty Borneo Aroid obtained by me in a pool at the foot of a cascade on Mt. Gading, near Lundu, in Borneo ; I find, however, that this was the exact spot on which Beccari collected the plant later described by Engler as Rhynchopyle elongata (Beccari, Nella Foresti di Borneo, p. 168), and there is no doubt that Gamogyne pulchra and Rhynchopyle elongata are the same thing. Rhyn- chopyle and Gamogyne seem to be generically identical, and are distinguished from Piptospatha by their truncate stamens and crowded angular ovaries, Piptospatha having a prolonged con- nective to the anther and separated cylindric ovaries. The Malay Peninsula plant described by me (Materials for Flora of Malay Peninsula, iii. 35) as Piptospatha elongata, and also by Hooker (Fl. Brit. Ind. vii. 539) under Schismatoglottis elongata Engler, is certainly distinct from the Borneo plant described by Engler as Rhynchopyle elongata. It differs in the broader, thinner foliage, smaller narrower white spathe, and truncate woolly-topped stamens. Since writing the above Engler has published the part of the Pflanzenreich dealing with this genus. He retains the genus Gamogyne (for G. Burbidgei N. E. Br. only), and makes the Malay Peninsula plant a variety of Piptospatha elongata under the name var. perakensis. It is impossible to retain it as a variety of this species, so it will remain as Rhynchopyle perakensis Eidl. Explanation of Plate 527. — Aridarum montanum Ridley. 1, plant natural size; 2, end of leaf and cross-section of same; 3, spathe cut open; 4, several male flowers viewed from above ; 5, three views of a male flower with accom- panying pair of sterile flowers; 6, two female flowers; 7, two ovules. Figs. 2-7 enlarged. MA1ANTHEMUM BIFOLIUM Schmidt IN ENGLAND. By A. Bruce Jackson. These observations on the occurrence and distribution of Maianthemum in England are the outcome of a visit paid last summer to Ken (or Caen) Wood, near Hampstead, where I was much interested to find it still nourishing in its locus classicus. For the purpose of establishing its claims as a native species in the MAIANTHEMUM BIFOLIUM IN ENGLAND 203 south of England, as well as in its other localities in this country, I have brought together all records known to me. It is undesirable to describe the Middlesex locality in detail, although, as the plant is in private grounds, it is in some way protected from extermination. On June 18th, 1912, Mr. H. B. Watt showed me a good-sized patch of the Maianthemum growing in a high open part of a wood, under a large beech-tree ; it certainly has every appearance of being indigenous. The soil is a sandy loam with much humus. The dominant tree is Quercus sessiliflora ; hornbeam, sycamore, mountain ash, holly, Scots pine, larch, and a few birches also occur, with two or three specimens of Pyrus torminalis. Mr. Tansley, who knows the spot, suggests that the beech may be native there ; and he also considers that the Maianthemum may well be indigenous. The plants were mostly quite past flowering, but hardly any fruits were developing, indeed, nearly all the flowers had withered away and left only the pedicels remaining. Specimens sent to Dr. Trimen in August, 1866, by the then gardener, James Kay, are in the British Museum Herbarium : these are in a similar condition to those gathered last year. There are one or two fruits on each specimen, and about a dozen pedicels without fruits, and the gar- dener suggests that they may have been bitten off by birds or vermin. The first notice of Maianthemum as a Hampstead plant is to be found in Park's Topography and Natural History of Hamp- stead, pp. 28-9 (1818), where Hunter mentions it as growing in the wood with Convallaria maialis, C. verticillata, and C. Polygo- natum. The date of the record is 1813. Hunter was steward to Lord Mansfield, the owner of the estate. In the volumes of the Phytologist, from 1813 onwards, there are notes on Maianthemum at Hampstead, which it will be well to summarize here. In 1829 Irvine observed it at Hampstead (see Phyt. iv. 232, n.s. (I860)). The gardener, however, informed him that it was no new discovery, for that it had been known in that wood in two spots above fifty years. Its introduction was unknown. The lower patch had disappeared several years ago, and its disappear- ance was attributed to the alteration of a walk in the wood. The higher patch had considerably increased in 1852 ; the plant covered double the area it occupied in 1829. In 1852 the same patch of plants was seen by Mr. H. L. de la Chaumette, who remarked that he had observed it growing under almost exactly similar conditions in Switzerland (Phyt. iv. p. 519 (1852)). In 1835 Edward Edwards, of Bexley, Kent, found several patches of Maianthemum in the same locality, " apparently well established and really wild, under the shade of fir-trees, near the higher parts of the wood" (Phyt. i. 579). Mr. Borrer reports {Phytologist, ii. 432 (1846)) that he found the plant existing " in two large patches, one of them a circular one of seven paces in diameter, in a part of the park which is said to have been never cleared from the aboriginal forest. Opinion will vary as to whether it is indigenous or not." b 2 204 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Iii Bot. Gaz. i. 319 (1849), Henfrey makes the following remarks on the Middlesex locality : — " C. bifolia did undoubtedly grow at Caen Wood in 1840, for we possess a specimen gathered there at that period by Mr. R. S. Hill, in company with whom and Dr- F. J. Farr, we ourselves saw it growing. But it must be understood that Caen Wood is the name given to Lord Mansfield's grounds, long since enclosed and strictly private. None of our party had any idea but that the plant was naturalized. Although occurring plentifully in point of absolute number, it was confined to spots on which the plants grew thickly, as if spreading from a centre ; and in all probability the plant was an outcast from a garden." The plant has since been collected in the locality by other botanists, as will be seen from the list of specimens given at the end of this paper. County Records. I now proceed to consider the conditions under which the plant has been found in other localities. The records are arranged in chronological order : — Lancashire. — In Gerard's Herbal, 330 (1597), we have the earliest record of Maianthemum as an English plant. He gives a good figure of it, and says : — " Monophyllon groweth in Lanca- shire, in Dingley wood, sixe miles from Preston, in Aundernesse and in Harwood neere to Blackeburn, likewise. It fiowreth in May and the fruite is ripe in September." Bedfordshire. — In the early thirties Mr. Edwards saw the plant growing under fir-trees in Apsley Wood, Bedfordshire, but it does not seem to have been found there since, although the locality has been often visited by other botanists. Watson (Cyb. Brit. ii. 465) thought that Edwards had possibly mistaken some other plant for the Maianthemum both in Apsley Wood and at Hampstead, more especially as he wrote on the recollection of some years, but we know now that there was no doubt about where Edwards found the plant. Northumberland. — Mr. R. Embleton, in Proc. Berwicksh. Nat. Club, ii. 20 (1843), writes :— " The Rev. Osd Head, of Howick, discovered it growing rather sparingly under the shade of a wide-spreading beech, in one of the woods at Howick." Mr, Borrer reports (op. cit. ii. 432 (1845) ) that the plant had been extirpated at Howick. Watson (Cyb. Brit. ii. 465) observes that the Howick locality was close to Earl Grey's garden. I was unaware that the plant had been re- discovered in the county until the other day, when I found, at Kew, a specimen collected in Northumberland in June 1891. The specimen is accompanied by a letter from the Rev. T. R. Archer Hind, of Newton Abbot, who states that the plant was found growing in considerable quantity in a wild wood near the moors ; a more detailed description of the place is wisely withheld. Many interesting plants, such as stone- bramble, Vaccinia, oak and beech ferns, and Pyrola, were found in the same neighbourhood. Prof. D. Oliver states (Journ. Bot. MAIANTHEMUM BIFOLIUM IN ENGLAND 205 1896, p. 431) that he was informed that it had been found near Kothbury, in central Northumberland, some years previously, by a Mr. Dinning. This locality may be the same as the one described by Mr. Hind. Yorkshire. — In Borrer's herbarium at Kew there is a letter, dated I860, accompanied by a specimen, from Mr. J. Breby to Borrer, describing the habitat of Maianthemum in its well-known station near Scarborough, where Breby and Reynolds discovered it in 1857. He describes the place as "about seven miles from Scarborough on the top and side of a precipitous cliff . . . in a beautiful valley lying between a continuation of the famed Forge Valley. The plant was growing in peat soil or clay (evidently never disturbed) shaded by low brushwood and oak trees, rather small and unthriving just in that locality, diffused around for several yards and down the cliff, reaching along the side from 50 to 100 yards and down the side about 20 yards. On the one side the steep cliff and on the other reclaimed moorland for a field or two, then the great unreclaimed moorland for miles. The only house near is a farmhouse in the valley several hundred yards below where the plant was found. I have made careful enquiry, and all tell me there never was a house near and the land was never cultivated. The plant was growing intermixed with Trientalis europea, Habenaria bifolia, and not far away were several ferns, Lastrcea Oreopteris, Poly podium, Phegopteris, and P. Dryopteris, but such is the precipitous character of the cliff that all these may be found except Trientalis, and the Maianthemum not seen." Mr. J. A. Wheldon tells me that he was very familiar with the Scarborough station in the late seventies and early eighties and saw the May Lily there in 1887. He says it is most plentiful near the upper edge of the escarpment, which is considerably under 1000 ft. altitude, he thinks, but extends down into the wood in scattered patches for about 50 or 60 ft. and longitudinally for perhaps 100 to 150 yards. He thinks the local botanists regarded it as truly native. He points out, how- ever, that there are planted trees in the wood, although a great deal of it is no doubt aboriginal. His only difficulty in accepting the species as native there is its restricted range in a situation where there are miles of suitable stations for it. It does not occur in any of the other dales in the vicinity which cut deeply into the great limestone mass and are very similar in their vege- tation to that of Forge Valley, and in Forge Valley itself it is restricted to this one patch. It spreads chiefly by the root, as in some seasons it flowers very sparingly. This would look as if it had spread in this locality from one central focus. He would feel more satisfied that it was native if it occurred in several distant parts of Forge Valley or in some of the adjacent similar dales. In the seasons when it flowered freely the blossoms were hawked in small bunches in Scarborough as " May Lilies," and he has seen fine baskets full of blooms being carried from door to door by itinerant vendors, who knew it was considered a rarity. I am informed that the Maianthemum still exists in its Scarborough 206 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY locality, and I have therefore purposely refrained from describing its whereabouts in detail. Lincolnshire. — The Rev. E. Adrian Woodruffe-Peacock sends me the following interesting note: — " Maianthemum bifolium was first discovered in Lincolnshire at Turnby in 1895 by Miss Rawnsley. It had certainly been there for seventy years. It is an open oak wood on rather peaty soil. The rock is old river gravel. It is a plant of the Hyp?ium peats. The old river gravel is about one-third Lincolnshire limestone. M. bifolium is found with us in Turnby Wood only. I think it is a late-comer like Iris spuria. We know that it has been on the estuarine alluvium a hundred years, yet it was only discovered by the late B. M. Burton in 1894. If I remember rightly, it requires limestone water, half shade, full shelter, and fair moisture. In my termino- logy it is a 'local areal.' By means unknown to us it has gained a position in which it can survive and spread for a certain local area. Vicia sylvatica is a local areal and native. Galanthus is a local areal and alien : but I fancy Maianthemum does not belong to a list with it ; you can safely put it with V. sylvatica for the present, along with CorydaUs claviculata." Durham. — In the late summer of 1896 Prof. D. Oliver found the May Lily in Durham, and records its occurrence in Journ. Bot. 1896, 4bl. He says: — "I came upon a large patch of the plant — say twenty to thirty feet in extent — in a plantation on a steepish bank near the Derwent under Hunstanworth, on the Durham side of the river. It is just the habitat for it as I remember the plant in Norway, so far as I can judge. The trees about are spruce, larch, oak, birch ; the general undergrowth of the plantation Luzula sylvatica, Oxalis, Geranium sylvaticiun, with male, shield, and oak ferns. The deciduous trees of the plantation not imme- diately near, besides the above, are sycamore, beech, and mountain ash — no trace of gardener's work, as Vinca, rhododendron, and such like. I do not see why it should not be a genuine station. My friend Mr. Howse, of Newcastle Museum, informs me that a station for the plant near Blanchland — I think probably the place in which I found it — is known to the Bev. Mr. Dunn of that village." Oxfordshire. — Some years ago Mr. Druce w7as shown a specimen of Maianthemum which was said to have been gathered by a young man in Thame Park, in a hedgerow between Thame and Wheatley, but though Mr. Druce has carefully searched the locality many times since, he has never been able to rind it there. The plant is a native of the temperate regions of the northern hemisphere and is found throughout Europe with the exception of the Mediterranean region ; its Continental distribution is entirely in favour of its being considered a native species in the South of England. Nyman gives its distribution as England, North, Central and West France, Belgium, Holland, Germany, Switzer- land, N. Italy, Austro-Hungary, Slavonia, Moldavia, Croatia, Bosnia, and Russia. In Belgium it is found in the provinces of MAIANTHEMUM BIFOLIUM IN ENGLAND 207 Antwerp, Brabant, and Limbourg. I saw it in a fir wood on the south-east slope of Mount Pilatus, in Switzerland, some years ago, and also in wToods near Lucerne, growing under similar con- ditions to the Hampstead locality. It is also found in N. China, Korea, Japan, and is plentiful in the Northern United States. Summary. The foregoing observations show that Maianthemum occurs in at least five English counties under similar naturally ecological conditions. Moreover, the Middlesex locality does not differ in such a way from the other stations as to make it likely that the plant wTas introduced there. If the localities are compared it will be found that they have much in common. Another point in favour of its being indigenous, that the wood at Hampstead where it grows is believed to be one of the few natural woods still existing in Middlesex. I do not attach much importance to the fact that Anemone apennina, an introduced species, is found in the same woods or that the locality is in private grounds, though of course these are points against its nativity. :;c De Candolle (Geogr. Bot. 696, 1855) has the following note on the status of this species in England : — " On a ernis des doutes soit sur la presence soit sur l'origine de cette espece dans la Grande- Bretagne (Bab. Man. 2 edit. p. 324 ; Wats. Cyb. ii. p. 465 ; iii. p. 514). Cependant d'apres les citations memes de ces auteurs, Gerarde l'indiquait comme spontanee dans deux localites et de nos jours on l'a retrouvee ca et la apres avoir efface l'espece des Flores anglaises. Elle abonde dans la peninsule scandinave et in Allemagne jusque dans la partie occidentale ; elle existe dans le nord de la France, par consequent aucune raison geographique ne peut fair soupconner une exclusion de la Grande-Bretagne. Loin d'etre naturalisee elle semble avoir existe jadis plus frequemment et avoir diminue avec les forets." The view that the May Lily was formerly much commoner than at present but has decreased with the woods is suggested by Parkinson, who says (Theatr. Bot. 505(1640)): — "It groweth in moist shadowie and grassie places of woods in many places of the Kealme." I have seen the following British specimens : — Middlesex. — Hampstead : Coll. A. Irvine, without date (Herb. J. S. Mill, Kew); W. Borrer, 1845 [Herb. Bovver, Kew) ; J. B. Syme, May, 1852 (Hevb. Watson, Kew, and Hevb. Mus. Brit.) ; Herb. Maude, 1853; W. Thiselton-Dyer, 1863 (Herb. Kew); H. Trimen, May 21, 1863, and May 22, 1866 (Herb. Mus. Brit.) ; James Kay, August, 1866 (Herb. Mus. Brit.). N.E. Yorks. — Scarborough : Coll. J. Breby, 1860 (Herb. Borrer) ; P. Reynolds, June, 1861 ; Wilkinson, June, 1866 ; * In Dr. Trimen's interleaved copy of the Flora of Middlesex in the British Museum Herbarium, there is a MS. note suggesting that it may have been introduced by the Earl of Bute, of whom Lord Mansfield (then Solicitor- General) bought the estate in 1755. 208 THE JOURNAL OP BOTANY J. Ward, June 15, 1867 (Herb. Watson) ; Cornelius Fox, June, 1871 (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Northumberland. — Cornm. T. Archer-Hind, 1891 (Herb. Keiu). Durham. — Hunstanworth : Coll. D. Oliver, September, 1896 (Herb. Keiv and Herb. Mus. Brit.). N. Lincoln. — Turnby Wood: Coll. Eev. E. A. Woodruffe- Peacock, 1896. ALABASTEA DIVEESA.— Part XXIII. By Spencer le M. Moore, B.Sc., F.L.S.* (Continued from p. 188.) For the two descriptions immediately following I am indebted to Mr. H. F. Wernham. Fadogia Rogersii Wernham, sp. nov. Frutex ramulis graci- libus mox cortice cinereo glabro indutis novellis dense albo-lanatis; foliis parvis ad ca. 3 cm. x 1*3 cm. apice rotunclatis basi acutis, supra araneosis subtus densissime lanugine alba indutis, petiolo brevissimo ; cymis 2-3-floris, sessilibus, floribus extus omnino albo-arachnoideo-lanatis ; calycis limbo truncato dentibus obso- letis; corolla tubo ampliuscalo insuper parum dilatato 1*8 cm. longo curvato, lobis lanceolatis ad ca. 5 mm. longis. Congo: Elisabethville, 4800ft., Bogers, 10,221 Distinct in the small leaves, dark-green and cottony above and woolly below, and the large white flowers clothed with silky wool. Bogers, 10,396, from the Belgian Congo, is identical w7ith Fadogia stigmatoloba K. Sch., based on Goetze, 1428, from Nyasa- land. Cephaelis australis WTernham, sp. nov. Glaberrimus, ramulis validis superioribus compressis v. quadrangularibus ; foliis superi- oribus lanceolatis ca. 10 cm. x 3 cm. utrinque angustatis, seni- oribus majusculis 20 cm. x 10 cm. ovalibus basi cuneatis apice breviter acuminatis, petiolo valido qua vena subtus prominens centralis albido 2-3 cm. longo, venis secunclariis utrinque ca. 15, stipulis membranaceis late ovatis v. oblongis ca. 2'3 cm. x 1*5 cm. acuminatis ad medium v. altius bifidis, mox caducis; cajpitulis paucis, pedunculo vix 1*5 cm. longo, ca. 2 cm. diam., bracteis involucrantibus majusculis ovatis flores 5-6-meris occludentibus ; ovario 2-3-loculari. S. Congo : Lufira, sixty miles north of Elisabethville, Bogers, 10,304 The nearest affinity seems to be C. peduncular is Salisb., readily distinguished by the long peduncles and exposed flowers. Helichysum (Chysolepidea § St^echadina) squamosifolium, sp. nov. Caule sat tenui semispithameo erecto albo-araneoso- tomentoso, foliis radicalibus desunt, caulinis paucis bracteiformibus sessilibus oblongis obtusis supra fere glabris subtus margineque * The types of the plants described are in the National Herbarium. NEW AFRICAN PLANTS 209 araneoso-tornentosis, capitulis homogamis circa 10-flosculosis in corymbum pluricephalum subdensum araneoso-tomentosum dis- positis, involucri turbinati 4-serialis phyllis oblongis exterioribus dorso araneoso-tornentosis interioribus appendice oblongo-ovata obtusa vel acuta laete flava haud radiante onustis, corollis inclusis breviter lobatis, antherarum caudis abbreviatis, achaeniis cylindricis pubescentibus, pappi setis pluribus corollis fere aequilongis ima basi connatis scabriusculis sordide albis. Hab. Congo, Kamatanda; Rogers, 10,331. Folia caulina circa 15 x 3 mm., cauli subapproximata in- ferneque eundem leviter amplectantia. Corymbi 1-2 x 2*5-3 cm., hujus rami abbreviati ; pedunculi proprii 0-3 mm. long. Capitula circa 8x5 mm. Involucri phylla ext. 5-5-5 x 1-1-25 mm., int. 7x2 mm. Corollas 5 mm. long. ; lobi triangulares, longit. -5 mm. segre adasquans. Antherarum caudas simplices, "3 mm. long. Achsenia 1'5 mm. long., pappus 4-5 mm. Very close to H. congolanum Schlechter & 0. Hoffm., from which it differs chiefly in the somewhat smaller heads, shorter involucral leaves, the inner ones ending in a bright yellow (not a horn-coloured) appendage, the very short lobes to the corolla and short tails to the anthers. Gnaphalium araneosum, sp. nov. Annuum, parvulum, a basi ramosum ramis ascendentibus attenuatis foliosis araneosis, foliis sessilibus anguste lineari-spathulatis obtusis araneosis, capitulis ultra 50-flosculosis in glomerulos densos oligocephalos araneosos ordinatis, involucri parvi 4-serialis phyllis ext. ovatis obtusis interioribus longioribus ovato-oblongis appendice oblongo- lineari obtusissima deorsum rosea sursum dilute brunnea onustis, flosculis intimis 4-8 hermaphroditis, corollis apice breviter 5-lobis, styli ramis truncato-capitatis, achaeniis cylindricis glabris, pappi setis scabriusculis albis. Hab. N.W. Ehodesia, Lake Chirengwa, with Helicliysum angustifrondeum; Rogers, 8406, in part. Planta 1-3 cm. alt. Folia circa 5 x *5 mm., sunnna more involucri capitula stipantia. Glomeruli 8-12 mm. diam. Capitula 3*5 x 3 mm. Involucri phylla ext. 3 mm. int. 3-5 mm. long. Flosculi fern, pro capitulo circa 50. Fll. hermaph. corollas 2 mm. long. ; hujus lobi *2 mm. long. Achsenia -6 mm. long., pappus 2 mm. G. prostratum DC, to which this comes nearest, has different foliage and involucral appendages. The linear-oblong, very obtuse, pale brown appendages to the involucral leaves are a characteristic feature of the species. 2. ACANTHACE^E AFRICANS NOV^E VEL RARIORES. Thunbergia (§ Eu-Thunbergia) Monroi, sp. nov. Frutex scandens ramis crebro foliosis hirtulo-pubescentibus, foliis parvis petiolatis cordatis obtusissimis margine undulatis raro obscuris- sime trilobis quinquenerviis membranaceis supra scabridis subtus scabride pubescentibus, floribus in axillis solitariis pedunculis pube- 210 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY scentibus folia plane excedentibus fultis, bracteolis ovato-oblongis acutiusculis inconspicue quinquenerviis hirtulo-pubescentibus, corollae glabrae tubo bracteolas excedente ad 3 mm. supra basin leviter contracto superne subcylindraceo limbo quam tubus bre- viore, antherarum connectivo baud producto loculis barbatis basi sat longe productis calcaratisque, stigmatis lobo infero late deltoideo. Hab. Ehodesia, Victoria ; C. F. H. Monro, 652 a, 653. Foliorum lamina 2-5-4 x 2-3-5 cm. ; petioli saepissime 1-2 cm. long. Pedunculi 5-8 cm. long. Bracteolae 17 x 6 mm. Calycis dentes 1*25-2-5 mm. long. Corolla in toto 3 cm. long. ; tubus 2 cm. long., ima basi 3 mm., paullo supra basin 2-5 mm., superne 7-8-5 mm. diam. ; lobi late obovati, 1 cm. long. Antherarum loculi 3 mm. long. Stigmatis lobus inferus 1*5 x 2 mm., superus 2-75 mm. long. Capsula 2 cm. long., pars seminifera 5-6 x 8 mm., rostrum 3-5 mm. lat. Semina scapbaeformia, verrucosa rugataque, pallide brunnea, 4 x 2-5 mm. From T. alata Boj. and its allies this is easily recognized by its indumentum and foliage. The corollas of the specimens are in a rather unsatisfactory state, so that one stamen only was dissected out uninjured from the flower examined. Thunbergia (§ Thunbergiopsis) Kassneri, sp. now Caule herbaceo ascendente ramoso ut rami folioso quadrangulari sparsim pubescente cito bifariatim puberulo, foliis sessilibus oblongo- oblanceolatis obtusis basi rotundatis vix amplexicaulibus uninervi- bus firme membranaceis utrinque scabriusculis, floribus in axillis solitariis pedunculis quam bracteolae longioribus insidentibus, bracteolis inter se liberis late ovatis obtusiusculis 5-nervibus reti- culato-nervosis scabriusculis, calycis dentibus abbreviatis deltoideis, corollae mediocris tubo bracteolas facile excedente superne dilatato lobis suborbicularibus tubo manifeste brevioribus, stigmate ad angulos barbato. Hab. South Congo, Bamva, M. Kubwa ; Kass?ier, 2280. Folia solemniter 3*5-5-5 cm. long., 8-13 mm. lat. Pedunculi circa 2-5 mm. long., puberuli. Bracteolae 14 x 9 mm. Calyx 1 mm. long. Corollae tubus 25 mm. long., inferne 4*5 mm. superne 7 mm. lat. ; lobi 10 x 12 mm. Ovarium 2 mm. long. Stylus 13 mm. long. ; stigma 7 mm. long., ore 5 mm. diam. Two stamens only, and those not in good condition, were seen, the others having apparently been devoured by some insect. One of the stamens has both of its anthers (which are 3 mm. long) spurred at the base, and the connective produced at its apex, the other has not a produced connective, and the cells of the anther appear to be only bearded at the base. Differs from T. lancifolia T. And., inter alia, in the smaller leaves, the much smaller and relatively broader bracts, and the narrower tube of the corolla. Thunbergia (j Thunbergiopsis) valida, sp. nov. Erecta caule valido ramoso striato angulatoque ut rami subtiliter pube- scente, foliis sessilibus obovatis vel obovato-oblongis obtusissimis NEW AFRICAN PLANTS 211 vel obtusis nonnunquam apiculatis basi angustatis uninervibus membranaceis supra scabriusculis subtus velutino-pubescentibus, fioribus in axillis solitariis pedunculis velutinis quam bracteolae brevioribus insidentibus, bracteolis ovatis obtusissimis basi levis- sime cordatis 5-nervibus, calycis pubescentis lobis brevibus del- toideis, corollae mediocris tubo bracteolas facile excedente paullo supra basin contracto inde gradatim ampliato lobis quam tubus rnulto brevioribus, antherarum connectivo producto loculo altero basi incurvo-calcarato altero barbato, stylo glabro. Hab. N.W. Rhodesia, near Malangushi River, under trees ; Kassner, 2038 a. Rhizoraa circa 8 mm. diam., fibras paucas validas sparsissime fibrillosas 5-8 mm. diam. emittens. Folia pleraque 6-8 x 3-3-5 cm. Pedicelli circa 1 cm. long. Bracteolae summum 2-3 x 1-7 cm., sublaxe reticulato-nervosae. Calyx 2 mm. long. Corolla 4-8 cm. long. ; tubus 3*8 cm. long., ima basi 4 mm., paullulum supra basin 2-5 mm., faucibus circa 2 cm. lat. ; lobi suborbiculares, 1 cm. long. Antherae fere 3 mm. long. Discus valde incrassatus, 1-5 mm. alt. Ovarium 2-5 mm. long. Stylus compressus, 14 mm. long. ; stigma 9 mm. long., ad angulos barbatum. T. angolensis S. Moore, the species to which this seems nearest, has a different indumentum, as well as foliage and bracteoles not at all like. The flowers have a deep violet limb and much yellow in the tube. Synnema (§ Eu-Synnema) limnophiloides, sp. nov. Planta aquatica glabra, caule repente submerso folioso hac atque iliac ramulos breves ascendentes florigeros ad apicem usque foliosos gignentibus, foliis submersis oppositis multisectis segmentis fili- formibus, foliis normalibus parvis sessilibus oblongo-ovatis obtusis inferioribus nonnunquam pinnatifidis vel saltern margine dentatis reliquis integerrimis firme membranaceis, floribus in axillis superi- oribus solitariis subsessilibus, bracteolis dummodo exstent lineari- oblongis obtusis calyce brevioribus, calycis segmentis inter se subsequalibus lineari-lanceolatis obtusis glabris vel hispidulo-cili- atis, corollae tubo calyce paullo breviore cylindrico (faucibus levis- sime ampliato) labio postico usque ad medium lobato labii antici lobis oblongo-quadratis emarginatis, antheris subinclusis, ovario oblongo-ovoideo obtuso, stylo exserto, ovulis pro loculo 4-5. Hab. Angola, Cuito River at Capunda ; Gossiveiler, 3043. Caulis fistulosus, ad nodos levissime constrictus, 2-5 mm. diam. ; rarnuli 6 cm. alt. vel minus. Folia submersa summum 2*5 cm. long., sed saepe breviora. Folia normalia approximata, + 8x3-5 mm. Bracteola3 2-5 mm. long. Flores verisimiliter albi vel lutei. Calycis segmenta 6 mm. long. Corollae tubus 5 mm. long. ; labium posticum quadrato-oblongum, 4x3 mm. ; labium anticum late obovatum, 4*5 x 4 mm. ; hujus lobi 2 x 1*75 mm. Filamenta per paria connata ; antherae oblongae, longit. 1 mm. paullulum excedentes. Ovarium 2 mm. long ; stylus 7*5 mm. long. This is a very remarkable plant on account of its finely divided submerged leaves, which render it, so far as 1 am aware, unique 212 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY among Acanthaccce. Indeed, except for a few genera, such as Acanthus, Blepkaris, Mellera, and Brillantaisia, entire or at most slightly undulate leaves are the rule throughout the order. A few Indian species of Synnema with the lower leaves, very rarely all, pinnatifid are also exceptional in this respect ; but in none of these does the division approach the fineness characteristic of the species under notice. Before examination, S. limnophiloides would be sorted unhesitatingly into the Scrophulariacea, as actually occurred at the Museum. One specimen dissected bore but a single flower (in the pen- ultimate axil), and this had no bracteoles. Dyschoriste decora, sp. now Eamis subteretibus pube- scentibus cito puberulis ad nodos saepe ramuliferis, foliis sub- sessilibus ovato-oblongis obtusis vel obtuse acutis basi cuneatis tenuiter coriaceis supra glabris subtus in nervis puberulis, flori- bus mediocribus in cymis axillaribus densis plurifloris dispositis, bracteolis anguste lineari-lanceolatis acutis calycem circiter semi- tequantibus ut calyx piloso-hirtulis, calycis segmentis ima basi solummodo connatis anguste lineari-lanceolatis longe acuminatis, corollas tubo ex calycis tubo breviter eminente superne inflato limbo bilabiato (lobis posticis sat alte connatis), antherarum loculis basi calcaratis, stylo puberulo. Hab. Congo, Kasomena, under trees ; Kassner, 2563. Folia solemniter 3 -5-4 -5 x 1-5-2 cm., margine nonnunquam subtiliter denticulata, subtus pallidiora ibique costas laterales magis aspectabiles ostendentia. Folia floralia ceteris similia sed minora. Bracteola3 9 x 12 mm. Flores purpurei. Calyx 16'5 mm. long. ; segmenta summum 1-5 mm. lat. Corollas tubus extus puberulus, 18 mm. long., dimidio inf. 2 mm. lat., sursum adusque 8*5 mm. dilatatus ; palatus mediocriter prominens ; labium posti- cum 8 x 6-5 mm., hujus lobi 3*5 mm. long. ; labium anticum 9*5 x 10 mm., lobi 6 mm. long. Antherse subinclusse, 1*25 mm. long. Ovarium 2 mm., stylus 21 mm. long. D. trichocalyx Lindau has shorter calyx-segments united one- third of the way up, a character affording an easy distinction from D. decora. The almost free calyx-segments are exceptional for the genus. Disperma scabridum, sp. nov. Frutex fere orgyalis cauli- bus pluribus sat validis ascendentibus vel ssepe procumbentibus, ramulis omnimodo foliosis pilis hispidis (glandulosis intermixtis) crebro obsitis, foliis sessilibus ovato-oblongis junioribus oblongis in folia floralia transeuntibus acutis basi cordatis margine apicem versus denticulatis coriaceis utrinque scabridis, floribus in axillis pluribus summis solitariis, foliis floralibas ovato-oblongis ovatisve ut inflorescentiae axis et bracteolae et calyx copiose glanduloso- hispidis, bracteolis oblongo-obovatis acutis calyce paullulum brevioribus, calycis segmentis ad medium usque (anticis minus alte) connatis lineari-lanceolatis acutis, corollse tubo subcylindrico calyci aequilongo lobis oblongo-obovatis obtusissimis, staminibus subinclusis, ovulis in loculis solitariis. NEW AFRICAN PLANTS 213 Hab. Angola, between Old Menongue and N'jaio ; Gossioeiler, 4140. Folia pleraque 3-6 cm. long., 1-5-2 (raro 2-5) cm. lat., summa circa 15 x 8 mm., in sicco griseo-olivacea. Bracteae + 11x6 mm. Bracteolae 9-10 x 5 mm. Calyx 10 mm. long. Corollae tubus extus superne puberulus, 11 mm. long., basi 2-5 mm. faucibus 4 mm. lat. ; labia 6 mm. long., horum lobi 3-5 mm. Antherae 2 mm. long. Ovarium glabrum, 2 mm. long. Stylus puberulus, 8-5 mm. long. From D. dentatum C. B. Clarke this can be told on sight by the sessile leaves and the broad bracteoles. Gossweiler's No. 3954, gathered on rocky ground near Menongue, is to be referred here. The leaves are entire, or at most repand, and the bracteoles narrower (11 x 2*5 mm.) but otherwise I can see no difference. Strobilanthopsis glutinifolia S. Moore. Congo, near Sakania ; Rogers, 10,021. Blepharis Kassneri, sp. nov. Suffrutex erectus gracilis sesqui-bispithameus, ramulis ascendentibus vel ascendenti-patulis attenuatis sparsim foliosis patule pubescentibus, foliis verticillatis paris alterius altero multo brevioribus omnibus linearibus vel anguste lineari-lanceolatis acutis obtusisve integris coriaceis utro- bique scabridis, noribus sub apice ramulorum sat elongatorum verticilloque foliorum stipatis solitariis, bracteis circa 7 interiori- bus gradatim majoribus cymbiformibus lanceolatis acuminatis integris longitrorsum nervosis firme scariosis, bracteolis 0, calycis (ut bracteae) glabri segmento antico 4-nervi lanceolato apice bilobo lobis angustissime lineari-lanceolatis acutis segmento pos- tico anguste ovato-oblongo obtuso segmentis lateralibus oblongo- lanceolatis acutis quam segmentum anticum plane breviore, corollae tubo late subcylindrico ipso sub limbo dilatato limbo ob- longo-obovato tridentato, antheris majoribus latere minoribus solummodo juxta medium barbatis, ovulis quove in loculo unicis. Hab. South Congo, Mazila ; Kassner, 3003. Caulis aliquanto anfractuosus, 1 mm. diam. vel paullulum ultra ; internodia plerumque 5-8 cm. long. Folia majora 5-8 cm. long., 6-7 mm. lat. ; minora 13-20 x 2-3 mm., omnia pallidissime nitentia necnon margine in nervisque pilosa. Inflorescentia pansa 27 x 9-10 mm. Bracteae extimae 6 mm. long. ; intermediae 9 mm., intimae 13 mm. long., omnes ut calycis segmentum posti- cum lineis rubris percursae. Calycis segmentum anticum 17 mm. long., hujus lobi 2-5 mm. long. ; segmentum posticum 27 mm. long., segmenta lateralia 11 mm. Corollae tubus antice atque postice barbatus, 3 x 3-5 mm. ; limbus verisimiliter albus vel luteus, pubescens, intus prominenter 3-carinatus, 27 mm. long. Filamenta 8 mm. long. ; staminum anticorum antherae 5*5 mm. long., posticorum 4-5 mm., illorum antherae loculi vestigium 5 mm. long. Ovarium anguste ovoideum, 2 mm. long. ; stylus glaber, 11 mm. long. Very near B. glumacea S. Moore, of which in habit and foliage it is the counterpart ; the longer acuminate striated (not blotched) bracts enable one to distinguish B. Kassneri without difficulty. 214 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Crossandra pinguior, sp. nov. Suffruticosa, circiter spi- thamea, fere a basi ramosa, ramis pubescentibus cito glabrescentibus, foliis sessilibus obovato-oblongis obtusis nisi obtusissimis basi longe attenuatis ita petiolum alatum simulantibus firme membranaceis utrinque scabriusculis necnon in nervis pubescentibus, spicis anguste ovato-oblongis plurifloris pedunculis validis sat elongatis pubescentibus insidentibus, bracteis oblongo-ovatis acuminatis integris longitrorsum pluristriatis papyraceis subtiliter puberulis, bracteolis oblongo-obovatis breviter aristulatis bracteas circiter semiaequantibus, calycis segmento postico integro ovato-oblongo breviter aristulato nervo unico centrali percurso quam antica longius aristulata paullulum breviore segmentis lateralibus anticis similibus nisi paullo brevioribus, corolla3 tubo bracteis aequilongo superne leviter ampliato extus (triente inf. glabra exempta) pubescente limbi lobis posticis quam ceteri roinoribus, staminibus supra medium tubum insertis. Hab. Congo?, N'Yenyeshi Eiver, between trees ; Kassner, 2225. Folia (adjecta parte petioliforme) summum 18 cm. long, et 5 cm. lat., sed plerumque minora. Pedunculi 8-10 cm. long. Spicae ±6x2 cm. Bracteae circa 25 mm. long., 10-11 mm. lat. Bracteolae 14 mm. long., juxta medium 5 mm. lat. Calycis segmentum posticum 12 mm., segmenta antica 13 mm., lateralia 10 mm. long. Corollae tubus 25 mm. long., faucibus 3 mm. diam. ; limbus 18 x 22 mm., hujus lobi postici 3 mm.,reliqui 6 mm. long. Stamina ad 6 mm. infra corollae os inserta ; antherae 2-25 mm. long. Ovarium 4 mm., stylus 14 mm. long. Distinguishable on sight from C. puberala Klotzsch by reason of the broader spikes with differently shaped bracts. The entire 1 -nerved hinder segment of the calyx is another of the peculiar features. Crossandra Warneckii, sp. nov. Planta + spithamea caule ascendente paucifolioso dense ferrugineo-velutino, foliis petiolatis ovato-oblongis obtusissimis basi cordatis margine undulatis firme membranaceis supra pilis albis appressis sparsim praeditis subtus praesertim in nervis pubescentibus, spicis folia excedentibus linearibus plurifloris floribus saltern inferioribus subdistantibus, bracteis pro rata parvulis lanceolatis longe acuminatis ut bracteolae sibi ipsis similes nisi minores calycisque segmenta papyraceis glabrisque, calycis bracteas circiter aequantis segmentis inter se subaequalibus (lateralibus paullulum angustioribus) anguste ob- longo-lanceolatis acuminatis segmento postico integro uninervi, corollae tubo calycem facile superante subcylindrico (basi leviter ampliato) glabro lobis oblongo-obovatis quam tubus multo brevioribus, staminibus ad 5 mm. infra corollae os affixis. Hab. German East Africa, Amani ; Warnecke, 230. Folia pleraque 5-6-5 x 2-5-3 cm., in sicco olivaceo-grisea ; petioli 1-3 cm. long., dense velutini. Spica summum longit. 10 cm. excedens, hujus internodia profecto evoluta 1 cm. long. Bracteae 7 mm. long., basi aegre 3 mm. lat. ; bracteolae 6 x 1*5 mm. Calycis segmenta lateralia 7-5 x 1 mm., reliqua 8 x 1*5 mm. Corollae tubus 12 mm. long., basi 2 mm. superne 1*75 mm. lat. ; NEW AFRICAN PLANTS 215 lobi 5x3 mm. Antherse curvatae, fere 2 mm. long. Ovarium 2*5 mm., stylus 13 mm. long. By an obvious oversight this has been distributed as C. guineensis Nees. The small bracts are peculiar, and remind one of the Madagascar genus Stenandfiopsis, which, however, has different pollen, that of C. Warneckii being quite normal for Crossandra. Like the species just described, this has an entire 1-nerved hinder segment of the calyx, a rare occurrence in the genus. C. primuloides Lindau (ex descript.). Angola, in the shade of trees near Sange ; Gossweiler, 4468. Neuracanthus decorus S. Moore. Angola, Kuelai, Masaca ; Gossweiler, 2894, 3074. Congo, Shuvele, under trees ; Kassner, 2482. N. gracilior S. Moore. Angola, in' woods on the Kuebe near Munongue ; Gossweiler, 3101, 3579. " Bracts dusky purplish. Flowers violet white, opening only in the morning." Lepidagathis (§ Neuracanthopsis) sciaphila, sp. nov. Caule bispithameo erecto folioso ramulos breves hac atque iliac emittente tomento fulvo obducto, foliis brevipetiolatis ovatis saepius ovato-obiongis basi apiceque obtusis utrinque sed praesertim pag. inf. pilis stellatis fulvis inspersis, cymis caulem ita ramulos summos perpaucos terminantibus ambitu ovatis vel ovato-oblongis dense multifioris, bracteis bracteolisque scariosis dorso superne villosulis illis ovato-lanceolatis sat longe acuminatis quam hae lanceolatae longiusque acuminatae brevioribus, calycis scariosi villosuli segmentis longe et rigidiuscule acuminatis nequaquam spinosis seg. postico ovato-oblongo segmentis anticis lineari- lanceolatis quam lateralia linearia paullo longioribus, corollae tubo calycem superante deorsum cylindrico faucibus leviter constricto ore dilatato labii antici lobis oblongis obtusissimis intermedio quam laterales minore labio postico antico aequilongo late oblongo apice truncato, antheris posticis 1-locularibus, stylo exserto, ovulis pro loculo 2. Hab. Belgian Congo, W. Kundelungu, under trees ; Kassner, 2800. Tanganyika, Uvira ; id,, 3070. Folia pleraque 4-6-5 cm. long., 1*3-3 cm. lat., exstant vero minora ; petioli + 4 mm. long., fulvo-tomentosi. Cymae 2-4*5 x 1*5-3*5 cm. Bracteae 10 mm. long., bracteolae 12 mm. Caly- cis segmentum posticum 13 x 3 mm. ; segmenta antica 11*5 x 1*5 mm., lateralia 9 x *75 mm. Corollae tubus 14 mm. long., inferne 2 mm. faucibus aegre 5 mm. lat. ; labia extus piloso- villosula ; labium anticum 8 mm. long., hujus lobi laterales 5*5 x 2*75 mm., lobus intermedins 5x2 mm. ; labium posticum 4 mm. lat. Antherae 1*5 mm. long. Ovarium fere 2 mm. long., disco maxime prominente circumdatum. Stylus puberulus, 23 mm. long. To be inserted in the genus next to L. laguroidea T. And., but 216 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY quite different from it in the indumentum and in the cymes. In general appearance it greatly resembles the Indian L. hyalina Nees. L. Lindaviana Buscalioni & Muschler in Engl. Jahrb. xlix. 494 (1913) = L. nemorosa S. Moore in Journ. Bot. 1910, p. 253. Justicia andongensis C. B. Clarke. Angola, common in thickets about the Forte Princeza Amelia and elsewhere ; Gossweiler, 2394. Justicia (i Calophanoides) umbratilis, sp. nov. Suffrutex ramosus caule ramulisque foliosis quadrangularibus scabriusculis, foliis breviter petiolatis lanceolatis obtusis basi obtusissimis membranaceis utrobique scabridis, floribus in axillis superioribus (vetustioribus satis distantibus junioribus approximatis) 2-3-nis, bracteis calycem paullo excedentibus oblongo-ovatis obtusis sparsim hispidulis, bracteolis minutis, calycis segmentis 5 lineari- lanceolatis longe acuminatis hispidulis, corollae extus puberulac tubo calycem leviter excedente sursum paullulum amplificato labio antico tubo paullo longiore suborbiculari 3-lobo lobo inter- medio quam laterales multo latiore labio postico ovato-oblongo apice bidentato, staminibus exsertis, capsula 4-sperma glabra. Hab. Like Moero, Lukongolava, under trees ; Kassner, 2804. Folia usque ad 3-8 x 1*3 cm., sed pleraque + 20 x 8 mm., in sicco griseo-olivacea. Bracteae circa 6-7 x 2-5-3 mm. Bracteolae subulata?, 1 mm. long, vel paullo ultra. Calycis segmenta 5-5 mm. long. Corollae tubus 6-5 mm. long., inferne 2 mm. faucibus 3-5 mm. lat. ; labium anticum 75 x 6-5 mm., hujus lobus inter - medius 1*5 x 2-75 mm., lobi laterales 1*5 x T25 mm. ; palatus optime prominens ; labium posticum 6*5 x 2-5 mm. Filamenta 4-5 mm. long; antherarum loculus sup. basi obtusus, 125 mm. long., loc. inf. (calcare incurvo incluso) fere 2 mm. Ovarium 1-5 mm., stylus 7 mm. long., hie deorsum pilosus. Capsula oblongo-ovoidea, apice subito acutata, 8 mm. long. Semina par- vula, plano-compressa, subtiliter tuberculata, dilutissime brunnea, diam. 1 mm. leviter excedentia. Differs from J. Galeopsis T. And., with which the alliance seems closest, in several respects, e. g. the scabrous foliage, the broad bracts, narrower more lengthily acuminate segments of the calyx and smaller apparently white (or yellow) corollas. J. Lazarus S. Moore. Congo, bank of Lafuka River; Kassner, 2869 a. British East Africa, Embu district ; Lieut. Orcle Browne. Monechma platysepalum S. Moore. Benguela, Lengue ; Gossweiler, 4933, 4949. Adhatoda Eylesii, S. Moore. Congo, West Kundelungu, under trees ; Kassner, 2795. Peristrophe usta C. B. Clarke. Congo, Elisabethville ; Rogers, 10242. 3. Note on Samara polygama Roxb. Two species of Samara are described in Roxburgh's Flora Indica (ed. Carey, i. p. 435). For want of type specimens these NOTE ON SAMARA POLYGAMA 217 species have hitherto remained uncertain, the chief objection, besides our ignorance in the matter of the placentation, to their inclusion in the genus Samara (i. e. Embelia) having to do with their alleged possession of opposite leaves. S. paniculata, the former of the two, is a native of India, and A. De Candolle (Prod, viii. p. 139) regards it as a doubtful Ardisia {A. ? paniculata A. DC.), at the same time reproducing Roxburgh's short diagnosis. In the Flora of British India, curiously enough, we find no mention of it. Mez, the latest monographer of the Myrsinacece (Pflanzenfam. 9 heft. (iv. 236), p. 154), places it at the end of Ardisiaindb short list of "species omnino obscurae," with the note " Anne Embelia? vel potius ex ordine excludenda." Bearing in mind the .close relations at the beginning of last century between the Calcutta Botanic Garden and the British Museum, there is always a possibility that doubts about a plant of Roxburgh's may be settled by consulting the National Herbarium. In the case of S. paniculata, unfortunately, I have failed to find a Roxburgh specimen, but of the second species S. polygama Roxb., a native of the Moluccas, the Museum has a specimen answering the description and accompanied by a label in Roxburgh's handwriting. This second species A. De Candolle regarded as an Ardisia (A. polygama A. DC. 1. c. p. 138) ; by Mez (I. c.) it is treated precisely as the other. The specimen now to be noticed (Roxburgh, No. 2603 in Herb. Mus. Brit.) is nearly 40 cm. long and consists of a branched woody stem nearly 4 mm. in diameter below and less than 2 mm. near the top, surrounded by a reddish-brown cortex. The branches, of which there are several pairs, are short, patent, leafy and strictly opposite. The leaves, also strictly opposite, are lanceolate, caudate-attenuate from near the end with an obtuse tip, thinly coriaceous with upwards of a dozen pairs of nerves rather prominent below (alternately inserted upon the midrib) in either half, mostly 7-10 cm. long and 2-3 cm. broad, smooth, palely shining, grey-green above and brown below ; petioles + 5 mm. long. Flowers small, in apparently short axillary cymes (no complete inflorescence is to hand), drying black. Calyx 4-lobed, with ovate, obtuse, | mm. long lobes. Petals 4, free, broadly oblong, concave on the inner face, 1-75 mm. long. Stamens 4, at the base of the petals ; anthers extrorse, oblong, ^ mm. in length, the connective not produced. Ovary of the flower examined apparently rudimentary. The specimen has but two flowers, of which one was examined with the above result. But incomplete as it is in some respects, one is driven to the conclusion that it belongs without doubt to the Oleacece, all its characters so far ascertained being those of a tetrandrous Linociera : as L. polygama, therefore, it will be found at the Museum. Though very like several other species of Linociera, I have sought in vain to match it either at the Museum or at the Kew Herbarium: in general appearance it greatly resembles the Indian L. purpurea Vahl. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [July, 1913.] s 218 NEW RUBIACEiE FROM TROPICAL AMERICA. — II. By H. F. Wernham, B.Sc. (Continued from Journ. Bot. 1912, p. 244.) Pteridocalyx minor, sp. nov. Frutex 3-pedalis, ramulis strigoso-pubescentibus ; foliis elliptico-lanceolatis, utrinque leniter et longiuscule acuminatis apice acuto, utrinque nisi in venis appresse pubescentibus fere glabris, petiolatis, stipulis triangu- laribus acutis integris extus strigilloso-puberulis ; cymis unila- teralibus pubescentibus multifloris, bracteis lanceolatis, floribus secundis ; calycis lobis lineari-lanceolatis nisi uno in laminam saepius elliptico-lanceolatam utrinque acuminatam acutam pro- ducto ; corolla tubo cylindraceo extus sparse praesertim basin versus puberulo, lobis oblongis obtusis glabrescentibus ; capsula anguste oblonga obtusa sparse strigillosa. Hab. British Guiana: Potaro River, Sheenabowa, Jenman, 1282 ! Hb. Kew. The leaves are almost exactly similar to those of P. Appumi, the only other species hitherto described (Wernham in Journ. Bot. xlix. 317), measuring 10-16 cm. x 4-5-5 cm., with petiole about 2 cm. long. Stipules 3 mm. long. Peduncle to 3*5 cm. In- florescence about 5 cm. broad. Flowering calyx-lobes 2-3 mm., the foliaceous lobe to 4 mm. x 5 mm. with stalk 3 mm. long. Corolla-tube 16 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, lobes 5-5 mm. x 2 mm. The chief distinction from P. Appunii lies in the undivided stipules, the much narrower foliaceous calyx-segments, and the wider corolla-tube. My thanks are due to the kindness of Dr. Stapf, Keeper of the Kew Herbarium, in placing this interesting plant at my disposal for examination. Tournefortiopsis minor, sp. nov. Frutex sempervirens ramulis praesertim novellis araneoso-lanuginosis ; foliis coriaceis lanceolatis ad 12 cm. x 4 cm. utrinque leniter angustatis obtusis supra glaberrimis nitentibus subtus discoloribus densissime flavo- lanuginosis, petiolo ad 1-5-2 cm., stipidis ovatis acuminatis acutis ad 12 mm. longis membranaceis extus glabris ; floribus dilute rubentibus in cymis unilateralibus dichotomis multifloris axillari- bus secundis ramis ad 3 cm. pedunculo 1-1-3 cm. longis ; calyce breviter et obscuriuscule dentato ; bacca tota vix 4 mm. longa glabra ovoidea nigra, calyce persistente obscuro. Andes, Quichara, 6000 ft., Pearce, s. n. ! Herb. Mus. Brit. Fl. and fr., November. Distinguishable from the Bolivian T. reticulata Rusby, the only other species, by the smaller stipules and berries, and the subentire calyx-limb, which is only just perceptible in the fruit. Gonzalea grisea, sp. nov. Frutex ramulis sparsiuscule griseo- strigosis ; foliis ovato-lanceolatis ad ca. 16 cm. x 5-8 cm. longe acuminatis acutissimis basi saepius acutis, petiolo vix 1 cm. attin- gente, utrinque praecipue in venis sparsim asperulo-strigosis, stipulis a basi triangulari parvo in setam ad 8 mm. longam pro- NEW RUBIACE^ FROM TROPICAL AMERICA 219 ductis dorso in linea centrali pilosis ; spica ad 6 dm. elongata densiflora internodiis brevibus saepe occlusis, pedunculo ca. 5 cm. et rachide qua ramuli induto, cymulis 7-8-floris sessilibus, bracteolis conspicuis setaceis ; calycis lobis linearibus 3 mm. acutis nonnun- quam subglabris ; corolla extus dense cano-sericea tubo gracili 1-5 cm. longo, lobis ovatis obtusis 2-3 mm. x 2 mm. ; bacca sparse pilosa, calycis limbo erecfco persistente coronata, lobis ad 3-5 mm. longis, biloculari. Trinidad : Fendler, 401 ! Margarita, Venezuela : El Valle, Miller & Johnston, 217 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. The affinity is with G. spicata DC, but the present species is readily distinguished by the relatively broader leaves, the denser and longer spikes of larger flowers, and the dense silvery-grey indumentum of the corolla. Gonzalea Hayesii, sp. nov. Frutex 4-6 pedalis ramulis gra- cilibus pubescentibus ; foliis ellipticis utrinque angustatis ca. 10 cm. X 3-3-5 cm. longe acuminatis acutis, utrinque in venis plus minus sparse hirtellis aliter supra scabrellis subtus fere glabris, petiolo 1 cm. nee excedente, stipulis parvis a basi triangulari in setam brevem acuminatis ; spica 20-23 cm. internodis apparentibus, pedunculo ca. 2 cm., cymulis 2-3 floris, bracteolis setaceis parvis nee conspicuis ; calycis lobis brevissimis late triangularibus sub- obtusis glabratis ; corolla extus fere glabra tubo gracili insuper ampliato 1-4 cm. longo, ore 2 mm. lata, lobis 4 ovatis apice rotun- datis 4-5 mm. x 4 mm. In woods, near Panama : Hayes, s. n. ! Hb. Mus Brit. Approaches G. panamensis Pers. in the calyx, but is readily distinguished by the large glabrous corolla with ample spreading lobes. Gonzalea mollis Spruce MS. in Hb. Mus. Brit. Verisimiliter frutex ramulis dense flavo-tomentosis ; foliis ellipticis utrinque angustatis ca. 6 cm. x 2'7 cm., petiolo tomentoso 5 mm. nee excedente, supra dense hispidulis subtus pariter, flavo lanugine etiam araneoso densiuscule indutis, stipulis triangularibus setaceo- acuminatis tomentosis ; spica 10 cm. v. longiore, densiflora, bracteis bracteolisque setaceis 5-6 mm. longis ; calycis extus ut ovarium hispidulo-tomentosi lobis breviter subulatis ; corolla extus dense sericeo-strigosae tubo ca. 1 cm. insuper ampliato, lobis rotundatis vix 2 mm. x 2 mm. In the Andes of Ecuador : Spruce, 5052 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Interesting on account of the indumentum, which readily distinguishes this species. Gonzalea asperula, sp. nov. Frutex ramulis ferrugineo- pubescentibus mox glabrescentibus ; foliis ovalibus basi rotundatis acuminatis obtusis ca. 7 cm. x 3*3 cm., supra in vena centrali densiuscule aliter sparsim asperulo-strigillosis, subtus in venis prominentibus similiter indutis aliter pilis longioribus sparsiusculis griseis, petiolo brevissimo vix ad 5 mm., stipulis triangularibus caudato-acuminatis nee tamen setaceis ; spica ca. 35 cm. cymulis ampliusculis multifloris, pedicellis 5 mm. v. longioribus ; calycis s 2 220 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY dense strigosi lobis brevissimis ; corolla extus asperulo-strigosa tubo validiusculo 6*5 mm. insuper ampliato, lobis oblongo-rotun- datis vix 2 mm. x 1*5 mm.; bacca sparse strigillosa 4-loculare. Colombia : Triana, 137 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Distinct in the minutely rough brown indumentum, the small leaves with rounded base, the non-setaceous stipules, and the small flowers with very short calyx-lobes and tetramerous ovary. Note. — Gonzalca glabra Watson, in Proc. Amer. Acad. xxv. 152, based on Pr ingle 2442, is a species of Citharexyhun, near C. Pringlei Greenm. Machaonia sulphurea, sp. nov. Frutex ramulis glabris ; fohis ovalibus basi acutis vix acuminatis ca. 5 cm. x 2-5 cm. glabris, petiolo brevissimo v. obsoleto, panicula ramulis pubescentibus ; floribus minimis ; calycis lobis oblongis *6 mm. apice rotundato, dorso glabrescentibus marginem versus dense tamen minute pube- rulis ; corolla extus glabrata tubo 1*6 mm., lobis oblongis obtusis- simis -9 mm. longis, intus minutissime puberulis ; ovario oblongo densissime pilis sulphureis hispidulo 1*8 mm. longo. Venezuela : Ernst, 483 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Distinct in the minute flowers with the hispid ovaries giving the whole inflorescence a lemon-yellow tint. Machaonia peruviana, sp. nov. Frutex ramulis nisi in- florescentiae glabris ; foliis membranaceis utrinque angustatis acuminatis acutis, supra sparsissime hirtellis margine ciliato subtus nisi in venis sparsim hirtellis glabratis, petiolo supra puberulo vix ad 5 mm., stipulis parvis 2-4-laciniatis ; panicula pro rata laxa et pauciflora ramulis inferioribus minute 2-3-lineatim superioribus uniformiter puberulis, floribus pro genere inter majores ; calycis lobis anguste lanceolatis acutis glabris 1—1*5 mm., ovarium minutissime puberulum v. glabrum 2-3-loculare excedentibus ; corolla 2*5 mm. longa extus glabra ; disco minute flavo-puberulo 2-3-fido. Peru : Pavon ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Remarkable for the laciniate stipules and frequently trimerous ovary, as also for the rather lax, few-flowered panicle. Machaonia grandis, sp. nov. Frutex ramulis nisi inflores- centiae glabris ; foliis crassiuscule papyraceis, utrinque nisi subtus in vena centrali nonnunquam hie incle minute strigillosis glabris, saepius ovalibus breviter acuminatis acutis basi cuneatis, vel nonnunquam ad oblanceolatis apice rotundato, saepius ca. 8 cm. X 4 cm., petiolo glabro ad 1*4 cm., stipulis brevissimis latis mu- cronatiscaducissimis; inflorescentia amplissima trichotoma 15 cm. x 15 cm. excedente, ramulis pubescentibus; calycis lobis oblongis obtusis margine minute ciliatis vix 1 mm. ; fructu oblongo glaberrimo. Colombia : Choro, Barbacoas, Triana, 1625 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Resembles M. rotundata Griseb., which, however, inhabits marshy places on the sea-coast in Jamaica, Panama, &c. ; dis- tinguished by the much ampler inflorescence, the stipules, the glabrous fruits, &c. TWO SOUTH AFRICAN PLANTS 221 Malanea megalantha, sp. nov. Frutex ramulis subglabris ; foliis ovalibus utrinque glaberrimis 10-12 cm. x 5*5-6*5 cm. bre- viter acuminatis subobtusis, petiolo sparsim appresse puberulo v. subglabro 1*5-2 cm. longo, stipulis oblongis apice rotundis basi parum angustioribus ad 1*2 cm. x 1 cm. extus prsesertim basin versus hirtellis ; inflorescentia thyrsoidea dense appresse flavo- pubescente ad ca. 5-5 cm. x 3 cm., flo rib us flavis suaveolentibus pro genere maximis ad ca. 7 mm. longis ; cahjcis fere glabri dentibus latis brevissimis acutis patentibus; corolla extus appresse pubescente. Hab. West Indies : Tobago, Broadivay, 4024 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Notable for the flowers, which are by far the largest of the genus. Cephaelis peruviana, sp. nov. Frutex (?) ramulis densi- uscule ferrugineo -pilosis demum glabrescentibus ; foliis late ellip- ticis ca. 6 cm. x 3*5 cm., obtusis vix nisi junioribus acuminatis, basi rotundatis, coriaceis, supra nitentibus nisi in venis sparsim hirtis glabris subtus in venis pilis paucis patentibus conspersis aliter glabris, petiolo dense ferrugineo-pubescente ad 5 mm. longo, stipulis late ovatis glabrescentibus, ad 7 mm. latis parte integro breviore insuper in aristis binis distantibus 3-3*5 mm. longis productis; capitulo tubuloso-oblongo, ca. 2*5 cm. x 1*2 cm., pedunculo ut ramuli induto ad 2*5 cm. longo, involucri bracteis 4 extus nisi basin versus puberulis glabris ovatis, floribus saepius 3 pro genere inter maximos bracteolo quoque parvo lanceolato ; calyce breviter dentato ; corolla infundibulari-cylindracea tubo extus infra glabro, 1*5 cm. longo in ore 5 mm. lato, insuper extus qua lobi ovati obtusi 5 mm. x 3*5 mm. flavo-piloso. Guayaquil, Ruiz & Pavon ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Readily recognized by the shining leaves and the compact heads, each with three large flowers. TWO SOUTH AFRICAN PLANTS. By R. Dummer. Acmadenia barosmoides Dummer, sp. nov. Fruticulus ad 1 m. altus (fide Niven) ; ramuli conferti, brevissimi, angulati, parcipilosi, brunei densifoliosique. Folia ascendentia, mox patula subrecurvave, late obovata, apice rotundata obtuse apiculata, basin versus in petiolum complanatum circ. 1 mm. longum pilosulum evanida, 5-7 mm., longa 3-4 mm. lata, planiuscula, supra nitente atroviriclia, subtus magis pallidiora, obsolete costata, medio glandularum seriebus binis instructa, coriacea, primo pilosula, mox utrinque glabra, margine incrassata, subrecurva, glanduloso- punctata. Flores solitares, perbreviter pedicellati, ramulis ter- minati ; pedicelli 1-1*5 mm. longi, pubescentes. Calyx 5*5-6 mm. longus, scariosus, segmentis anguste oblongis obtusis dorso carinato-convexiusculis glabris, intra profunde concavis, margine creberrime pilosis. Petala unguiculata, circiter toto 1 cm. longa, 222 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY glabra, limbis ovalibus albidis (sicco) obtusis vel rotundatis 3-35 mm. latis in unguem sulcatum attenuatis. Stamina petalis subaequilonga, glaberrima. Stylus crasse filiformis, 5 mm. longus, glaber, stigmate truncate The recognition of A. barosmoides should offer no particular difficulties in view of the Barosma-like facies of this species. The specimen upon which the preceding description has been founded is preserved in the British Museum, and was collected by Niven, one of the earlier travellers, on alpine stony places in Lange Kloof, in the Uniondale district of Cape Colony. Argyrolobium amplexicaule Diimmer, comb. nov. — Lotus amplexicaulis E. Meyer, Comment. PI. Afr. Aust. 92. — Harvey in Harv. & Sonder, Fl. Cap. ii. 158. E. Meyer, having only seen fruiting material of this plant, was led to regard it as a Lotus, Harvey following him in this, owing also to paucity of material. Kew, being in possession of flowering specimens of Drege's, as also of subsequent collections, presented an opportunity of investigating this point, which suggests that the species has been wrongly interpreted, and should be referred to Argyrolobium, approaching A. barbatum Walp. most closely, but differing in the larger leaflets and stipules, and many-flowered subsessile heads. The following specimens have been examined : — South Africa. — Coast Eegion, Komgha ; between Zandplaat and Komgha, 600-900 m. Drege ! Eastern Region, Tembuland ; Bazeia, Baur, 497 ! Griqualand East ! grassy slopes above Clydes- dale, 750 m.; Tyson, 1914! 1256! Natal, Inanda, Wood, 1181! on a grassy hill, Mooi Eiver, Wood, 4074 ! Gerrard, 1729 ! LORD AVEBURY. (1834—1913.) The writer has pleasant recollections of certain warm summer afternoons spent during a Cambridge Long Vacation term nearly thirty years ago in company with two little books — Flowers, Fruits, and Leaves, and British Wild Floicers Considered in Bela- tion to Insects. To a student training in the somewhat restricted morphological and physiological school of the period, these intro- ductions into the field of plant biology came both as a relief and a revelation. They showed the plant as a living organism in close association with its environment, and suggested underlying meanings for the wonderful diversity in position, form, and arrangement of the vegetative and floral organs. The author, Sir John Lubbock, a close friend and ardent disciple of Charles Darwin, and withal an easy writer in a simple popular style, did much to popularise the principle of adaptation to environment in the plant kingdom. These excursions into botanical fields were rather the recreations of a mind busied with many and more serious matters than elaborated scientific treatises ; but if his SHORT NOTES 223 conclusions have sometimes been criticised as narrow or amateurish, it is beyond dispute that in his published botanical works Lord Avebury has brought together a considerable mass of facts — the result of much careful observation. The most important is the book on Seedlings, a standard work in which are minutely described and carefully figured the form or structure of the seeds and seedlings of a large number of species arranged in their genera and families in systematic order. The book contains a wealth of information, and has been freely drawn upon by sub- sequent writers. The volume on Buds and Stipules, which appeared in the International Scientific Series, is an interesting account of the methods of bud-protection and the nature and uses of stipules in a number of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants. Lord Avebury's last important botanical work, Notes on the Life-history of British Flowering Plants, which appeared in 1905, was an attempt to supplement the more technical British Floras by notes on the life-history of the plants. While admittedly incomplete, the book is a useful and suggestive companion to the severely systematic Flora. Lord Avebury also communicated botanical papers on similar lines to the Journal of the Linnean Society (of which he was President from 1881-1886), and quite recently published in the Eoyal Microscopical Society's Journal the results of a long series of observations on the form of the pollen in numerous species of flowering plants. A notice of Lord Avebury's services to botany would be in- complete without some reference to the great interest, both per- sonal and as a trustee, which he took in the Department of Botany of the British Museum. He was strongly opposed to the dismemberment of the Natural History Section by the separation of its botanical side. A. B. R. SHORT NOTES. The Myrrh Plant. — The identification of the myrrh plant was for many years a vexed question, arising from the difficulty of obtaining good flowering or fruiting specimens. In Bentley & Trimen's Medicinal Plants (t. 60) the fruit figured does not belong to the plant illustrated. The illustration of the plant given (t. 355) by Nees under the name of Balsamodendron Myrrha in Beschreib. off. Pflanz. 1829, right-hand figure, shows the fruit attached, and is correct, agreeing perfectly with specimens of the plant brought for me by Mrs. Lort Phillips, from Somaliland, together with pieces of the bark of the same tree with true myrrh attached to the bark. When, however, Prof. Engler superseded the genus Balsamodendron by Commiphora, and published a Commiphora Myrrha Engl, from Arabia, which he expressly states is not aromatic, and yields no resin, and so obviously could not be the source of the myrrh of commerce, further confusion was created. Of this tree he describes a variety, " Mol-mol," which corresponds 224 THE JOUBNAL OF BOTANY exactly as regards leaves with Nees's Balsamodendron Myrrha. Moreover, " Mol-mol " is the Somali name for the gum-resin from myrrh, so that apparently Engler makes the true myrrh plant a variety of his G. Myrrha, vJiich yields no resin, has no aroma, and possesses trifoliate leaves with much larger lateral leaflets than the myrrh plant. This I explained in the Pharmaceutical Journal for Jan. 14th, 1899, pp. 26, 27, giving illustrations of the plants, and pointing out that Nees's specific name should be retained, and that the plant which yields myrrh should be called Commiphora Myrrha (Nees). As it is now necessary to introduce correct nomenclature into the forthcoming new edition of the British Pharmacopoeia, I venture to suggest that to save further confusion the name Commiphora Myrrha Holmes should be adopted as the name of the tree yielding Somali myrrh with the synonyms Commiphora Myrrha var. "Mol-mol" Engl., excl. type; Balsamodendron Myrrha Nees. It may be noted that the Somali name " Mol-mol " is only applied to the gum-resin myrrh, but the tree is called "Didin," pronounced "Didthin." An excellent account of the myrrh tree and the allied species is given in N. E. Drake-Brockinan's Somali-land, 1912. The Somalis distinguish the myrrh produced near the coast-line on lower rocky ground as Guban myrrh, and that produced on the inland range of mountains as Ogo myrrh, but there seems to be little difference in the two trees except in size. — E. M. Holmes. Authorship in the « Amo^nitates Academic js ' (p. 101). — A note from W. Coxe's Literary Life and Select Works of Benjamin Stilling fleet, ii. 185 (184) may be added to Dr. Jackson's paper : it is appended to the opening sentence in the " Preface to the Miscellaneous Tracts," which runs : — " The following pieces were selected from many others pub- lished by several ingenious members of that great and hitherto unrivalled school of Natural History, the University of Upsal in Sweden, under the presidence of Linnaeus." The note is as follows : — " Linnaeus, Phil. Bot. p. 9, has these words, ' vid. dissert, nostra de ficu." Now there is a piece in Amcenitates Academics, vol. 1, on this subject, in which the matter referred to is contained. This piece goes under the name of Cornelius Hegardt, though Linnaeus plainly quotes it as his own. How far that may be the case of all the other pieces in the Amcen. Acad. I cannot pretend to say. But it is most likely from the practice in foreign univer- sities, in relation to theses held for degrees, that they must, in great part, be attributed to him at present. Mr. Stillingfleet after- wards learnt from Dr. Solander that the materials of these pieces were furnished by Linnaeus. He adds that the President employed each of his disciples in studying and investigating the nature of a plant, particularly in relation to soil, site, and aspect, time of flowering and foliation, and to what insects it furnished food. The result of these observations he threw into the form of Essays, which were communicated to those who were to read disser- tations on taking degrees, or on other occasions." — James Britten. SHORT NOTES 225 Iris versicolor, — In his review of Mr. Dykes's Genus Iris (p. 107) the Editor remarks, "This plant finds no place even in Mr. Druce's too comprehensive List." Although not included in the List, it is to be found in the " Additions" to it which appeared in the Report of the Botanical Exchange Club, p. 350, 1908, from the locality cited by Mr. Dykes. It is surprising that the author of the Monograph should have omitted any reference to the occurrence of I. spuria in Lincolnshire, which was published in this Journal for 1902, p. 101, by the Eev. A. Woodruffe-Peacock. It has grown there for upwards of a century, and previous to the publication of his work I sent Mr. Dykes freshly gathered speci- mens from that county. He named them I. spuria, as did also Mr. J. G. Baker, although the colour of the flowers did not appear to me to agree with the descriptions in his work. Mr. Dykes says that he has no doubt that my Lincolnshire specimens repre- sent some form of spuria, but he adds that " the whole spuria question is a puzzle." I am not quite sure that Mr. Dykes's summary dismissal of the varieties of L Pseudacorus will be found to be justified. It may be that in the locality where his Bastardi grew that the type also occurred. In that case the plants may have hybridized, and it would not be surprising if the offspring were mixed. In a work of such importance some reference should have been made to the variety citrina of I. foztidissima. On the whole, to British botanists The Genus Iris will, I am afraid, be found to be disappointing. — G. Claridge Druce. Culinary Mints. — A mint not mentioned by Mr. Marshall (p. 143) is M. gracilis var. cardiaca Baker, which, according to an article on " Oil of Spearmint " by Mr. E. M. Holmes in the Perfumery and Essential Oil Becord (1911, p. 198), was one of the species of garden mint cultivated in the Middle Ages. He identifies it with the plant described and figured by Fuchs in 1513 under the name of Mentha hortensis verticilla Ocimi odore. Parkinson includes it with spearmint, under which name it was cultivated in gardens in his day, and is still grown as the true garden mint, especially in Wiltshire, Somersetshire, and in some parts of Kent, replacing M. viridis in many gardens. By the old herbalists it was considered inferior to M. viridis as a febrifuge, but as a stomachic and cardiac it was believed to be superior, whence its name. I have tried it once or twice for mint sauce, but found it somewhat inferior in flavour to M. viridis. Mr. Druce says it has also been cultivated in Oxfordshire as a 11 mint." — A. Bruce Jackson. To the list of mints mentioned by the Eev. E. S. Marshall M. alopecuroides may be added ; I have seen it not only in Scot- land but also in England cultivated as a pea-mint. I have also seen hybrids of M. longifolia so used. — G. Claridge Druce. Euphorbia Lathyrus L. — This plant, more often seen in cottage gardens than elsewhere, occurs in some few coppiced woods in various parts of England. In this kind of habitat some British botanists seem disposed to accept the caper spurge as 226 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY indigenous. Continental opinion, on the other hand, inclines to the view that this plant is non-indigenous in Western Europe. It has long been known to inhabit certain woods in Kent and Sussex, but I am not aware of it having been noticed under similar conditions in the neighbouring county of Surrey. Kecently, when searching in a wood at Chelsham, in company with Mr. Walter Turner, the latter drew my attention to numerous plants of this species, forming part of the herbaceous undergrowth of the wood. — C. E. Britton. Colour of Flowers of Papaver hybridum. — At p. 172, reference is made to this being stated in Hooker's Student's Flora to be "scarlet." I have already directed attention (see Fl. Oxf. 18; Fl. Berks, 34) to the fact that they are crimson, and this is so stated in Syme's English Botany. Babington (Manual) says they are purplish ; Withering (Nat. Arr. ed. 3, 594), dark dirty scarlet; Gray (Nat. Arr. ii. 704, under the name Cerastites hybrida) says they are " scarlet, violet at the base" ; and Smith (English Flora, iii. p. 10) that they are deep scarlet or crimson. We need not, therefore, attribute the " scarlet colour " of the British plant to " the less amount of sunshine in England," or assume that the British plant is different from the Continental one, but may con- sider that there has been a confusion in the minds of those who recorded it as scarlet of colour. — G. Claridge Druce. Elymus arenarius in South Devon. — During the past two years Mr. H. A. Druett has brought me examples of this grass from Exmouth, where he has seen two or three large patches of it. I believe it has required verification as a South Devon plant. — C. E. Britton. REVIEWS. Vegetation of the Peak District. By Dr. C. E. Moss. Demy 8vo, pp. x. -f- 235. With 36 illustrations and 2 fully coloured vegetation maps in pocket of cover. Cambridge University Press, 1913. 12s. net. This book has long been awaited by British ecologists. The investigation, the author tells us in his preface, wTas commenced at the beginning of 1903 : it is more or less common knowledge that the field w7ork was practically completed at the time he took up the Curatorship of the Cambridge Herbarium in 1908. The delay in publication has been chiefly caused owing to the expense of printing the maps. The Board of Agriculture flirted with the idea of publishing the memoir, and this entailed some additional mapping which is not utilized in the work in its present form. It is regrettable that there is no Government undertaking for the publication of botanical maps, having regard to the value of such works to scientific agriculturists, foresters, geographers, &c, and the knowledge they furnish with regard to the nature and possible utilization of the " waste lands" of the country. VEGETATION OF THE PEAK DISTRICT 227 Dr. Moss has been a pioneer in this branch of botany, and has made numerous substantial contributions to the study. His work with Dr. W. G. Smith in Yorkshire, his account of the vegetation of Somerset, and his paper on the Fundamental Units of Vegeta- tion must be regarded as landmarks in the history of the study of British vegetation from the plant geographer's point of view. The area investigated is that comprised in Sheet 99 of the Ordnance Survey Series, together with the southern half of S. 86 and the northern half of S. Ill, i.e. an area of 360 square miles, including portions of Lancashire, Cheshire, Staffordshire, Derby- shire, and Yorkshire. The maps are printed in twelve colours, each colour representing a different association ; where there is a mixed association this is represented by stippling or patching. The maps are on the scale of one inch to the mile, the scale which experience has shown to be a suitable one for maps in- tended to show the distribution of the more important plant associations of the British Isles. In the field, maps on the scale of six inches to the mile were used. The present writer can bear testimony to the care with which the mapping was done, and many botanists have accompanied the author on lonely tramps across the moors during the years in which the work was in pro- gress. The northern map deals with the vegetation of the non- calcareous sandstones and shales of the Coal-measure, the Mill- stone Grit, and the Yoredale or Pendleside series. Here moorland zonation is particularly well seen, the various associations stand- ing out in sharp contrast. The southern map includes the vegeta- tion of the calcareous Carboniferous limestone, and shows well the distribution of ash woods. In the text there is so much matter of interest to the student of all aspects of plant life that only a mere indication can be given of the contents. In the introductory chapter many important general points are considered, with special reference to the specific area. Two exceedingly useful tables are provided, one giving the chief geological strata and soils of the district and the general character of the accompanying vegetation, the second dealing with calcareous, siliceous, and acidic peaty soils and their characteristic plants. Tables are also given of the average monthly rainfall for the years 1870 to 1899 ; the temperature, the direction and velocity of the wind, and the humidity of the atmosphere at 335, 500, and 700 metres during about 600 days of the years 1908 and 1909. The consideration of such matters and their application to the district show how thoroughly the author has entered into his task. His concept of the units of vegetation — a concept which was adopted in and really made possible the writing of the Types of British Vegetation, edited by Mr. Tansley — is briefly but clearly stated. The chief interest in the book to many phytogeographers will be in the working out in detail of these concepts in a definite area. The further chapters deal with Woodland, Scrub, Grass- land, Eocks and Screes, Marsh and Aquatic associations, Moor- land, and cultivated land. In each case lists of characteristic plants are given, with an indication of the relative abundance of 228 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY each. The factors which appear to be of importance in account- ing for the presence and also of the differential distribution of the various associations in the district are given at length. Of great interest is the chapter on woodland association, where the differentiating factors seem to be the chemical nature of the soil, the depth of the soil, and the altitude of the woodland site. The account given of the conversion of woodland into scrub, and of scrub into grassland, heath, or moor, is clear and convincing. In the case of moorland associations, in particular, much has been added to our knowledge. Factors related to the distribution of the associations are clearly stated, and the transitional associa- tions, so puzzling to beginners in ecology, are fully worked out. Many interesting facts are given by the way, e. g. the comple- mentary plant community of the calcareous heath (Calluna and Potcriiun), and that of the dry places in ash woods (Mercurialis and Adoxa), the nunatak nature of the Peak, &c. The book is full of useful tables and diagrams. Appendices are given of " Summary and Eelations of the Plant Communities of the Peak District," " Summary of British Plant Formations and Associations," and " List of Works referred to in the Text." The text is interspersed with numerous references to related literature ; there is also a useful index. The book is well got up, illustrated by many good and appropriate photographs, and written in an exceptionally clear and attractive style. J. Eamsbottom. Sporeplanterne (Kryptogamerne) med 513 i teksten trykte figurer eller figurgrupper af L. Kolderup Eosenvinge. Kjobenhavn og Kristiania : Gyldendalske Boghandel, Nordisk Forlag : 1913. Large 8vo, 388 pp. The text of this work is in Danish. The author states in the introduction that when Prof. Warming was contemplating the publication of a new edition of his Systematiske Botanik, he proposed that Dr. Eosenvinge should prepare the Cryptogamic section and publish it as an independent volume co-ordinate with the Phanerogamic section, which was to be elaborated by Prof. Warming himself. Dr. Eosenvinge willingly undertook the task ; but instead of merely remodelling the text of the older work, he has given an entirely new presentation of the sub- ject. This was necessary, owing to the great increase of knowledge which has arisen in such branches as developmental history and cytology. The extent of the book is accordingly larger ; and the value to the student is correspondingly increased. This latest text-book of cryptogamic botany comprises the following: — (i) Thallophyta with eleven classes — Bacteria, Cyano- phyceae, Myxomycetes, Flagellata, Dinoflagellata, Diatomeae, Chlorophyceae, Phaeophyceae, Ehodophyceae, Phycomycetes, Myco- mycetes, with the Fungi Imperfecti and the Lichenes as unclassed groups; (ii) Archegoniatae with two classes — Bryophyta and Pteridophyta (ending with the Cycadofilices). It is to be hoped BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 229 that an English translation of this useful compendium of crypto - gamic botany may soon be forthcoming ; for it is a pity that the text should be issued in Danish only, a tongue which is not commonly understood. The figures are abundant, and are of course easily appreciated. They form a remarkably fine series of types selected throughout the cryptogamic kingdom. Many have been specially drawn. A. & E. S. Gepp. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, &c. A pleasant little function took place at the Criterion Restaurant on the evening of June 9th, when, in commemora- tion of the jubilee of this Journal, the present Editor, who has filled that post for more than thirty-three years, was entertained at dinner by a representative gathering of contributors. The chair was occupied by Dr. Rendle, who in proposing the health of the guest of the evening, summarized Mr. Britten's work. He recalled the fact that Mr. Britten's connection with the Journal began with the first volume, in which his name appeared as a contributor. Before assuming the editorship in 1883, Mr. Britten had for a time acted for the previous Editor, Dr. Henry Trimen, after the latter left England for Ceylon. The Journal has been not merely the recognized organ of British Botany, but had also justified its title as regards foreign botany, and the scope of the articles contributed covered a very wide range. The General Index, promised in 1884, was still a desideratum. Special refer- ence was made to Mr. Britten's contributions to botanical biblio- graphy, and the great services rendered to working systematics by his indication of the wealth of material contained in the important early botanical collections in the Department of Botany of the British Museum, and the hope was expressed that Mr. Britten would shortly put the seal to his valuable contributions to historical botany by the completion of his Catalogue of the Sloane Herba- rium. Mr. Britten had also played an important part in the movements of the last ten years, tending to the precision of our Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, and the abandonment of the old go-as-you-please methods. In his editorial capacity he had been sometimes criticized by his contributors, but those contributors who were loudest in complaint were frequently the most indebted for the useful work done by Mr. Britten on their papers, the effect often being to transform an almost hopeless muddle into a valuable contribution. Dr. Rendle was followed by Sir David Pram, Dr. Daydon Jackson, the Rev. E. S. Marshall, Mr. F. N. Williams, Mr. James Groves, Mr. G. S. Boulger, Mr. H. N. Ridley, and Dr. Otto Stapf, all of whom made reference to the useful place filled by the Journal, and to Mr. Britten's wide knowledge of the literature of taxonomic botany, which was always at the service of enquirers. Several of the speakers also gratefully recalled the help they had received from Mr. Britten during a period of friendship lasting 230 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY for very many years. Besides those present, numerous British botanists had written to express their regret at their inability to be present and their good wishes to the Journal and its Editor. Mr. Britten, in acknowledging the kind things that had been said, made special reference to Mr. C. E. Salmon, to whom the proposal and execution of the programme was mainly due. The Department of Botany of the British Museum has added to its publications an important contribution to Nigerian Botany in a Catalogue of the Plants collected by Mr. and Mrs. P. A. Talbot in the Oban District. The important discoveries in other branches of science by these travellers have attracted con- siderable attention, and their botanical collections present many features of interest. We learn from Dr. Rendle's introduction that of the 1016 species and varieties, 195 are new, 9 of which are new genera — Alphonseopis and Dennettia in Anonaceae ; Cra- teranthus (Myrtaceae) ; Afrohamelia, Dorothea, Diphsporopsis and Globulostylis (Rubiaceae) ; Scyphostrychnos (Loganiaceae) ; Talbotia (Acanthaceae ; antedated by Afrcfittonia Lindau, published on March 28) ; and Amauriella (Araceae). The work has been undertaken almost entirely by the officers of the Department of Botany — the Polypetalae by Mr. E. G. Baker ; the Gamopetalaa by Mr. Wernham and Mr. S. Moore ; the Monocotyledons by Dr. Rendle ; the Fungi by Mr. Ramsbottom, who gives a very interesting description of Lentinus Tuber-regium : a complete list of all the plants collected is given separately. The memoir, which costs 9s., is illustrated by seventeen plates ; a selection of the large collection of drawings by Mrs. Talbot, which have proved of great assistance in working out the collection, will be published separately. The veteran Australian botanist, Mr. F. Manson Bailey, has published in a large and very heavy volume — it weighs 4 lb. 2 oz. — a Comprehensive Catalogue of Queensland Plants, both indi- genous and naturalized. The preface is dated 1909, the titlepage bears no date : but a note prefixed to the appendix (p. 835) is dated December 1912, so that the volume was issued during the present year. The appendix contains two new species — Aristotelia trilo- cularis and Sarcochilus minutiflos. The book is, as stated, merely a list, with occasional notes ; it is extravagantly printed on shiny paper and contains 976 poorly executed figures and 16 fairly good coloured plates. " The present publication," we are told in the preface, " is a second edition of the Catalogue of the Indigenous and Naturalized Plants of Queensland which was published in June, 1890"; from a bibliographer's point of view it is to be regretted that the title was changed. Apart from its purely systematic contents, the latest part (vol. iv. pt. 1, published May 31) of the Transactions of the British Mycological Society contains two papers of special interest. The President, Miss Gulielma Lister, gives an exceedingly interesting account of " The Past Students of Mycetozoa and their Work," and Mr. Ramsbottom, in the paper modestly entitled " Some Notes on the History of the Classification of the Uredinales," gives BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 231 a very full account of that history, which he prefaces with Robert Plot's (not " Plot£ ") account of " Meldews " (1686) and concludes with a full list of the British species of the group. Miss Lister also enumerates the Mycetozoa found during the " foray" in the Forres district last September, with the description and plate of a newT species, Lamproderma insessum : the other papers include notes on the fungus-flora of the Moray district, by D. A. Boyd ; notes on British species of Corticiwn, by E. M. Wakefield ; descriptions of two new species (Ascobolus Carleioni and Calycella Menziesii) by M. Emile Boudier, with a beautiful plate by Mr. Carleton Rea ; and descriptions of new and rare British fungi by the editor, Mr. Carleton Rea, Miss Lorrain Smith, Mr. J. W. Ellis, Dr. Jessie Elliott, and Mr. Ramsbottom. The part, which con- tains 198 pages, is issued by Messrs. Baylis & Son, of Worcester, and is issued to non-members at the reasonable price of 10s. 6d. It is w7ell printed, but we think the practice followed in this Journal of printing the names of new species in conspicuous type would add to the convenience of reference, and it seems a pity not to utilize the headings of the pages for giving information as to the matter to be found beneath. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on May 1, a paper by Prof. Percy Groom, F.L.S., and Mr. W. Rushton, entitled "The Structure of the Wood of East Indian species of Pinus," was explained by Prof. Groom. The paper contained an account of the structure of the secondary wood of the five Indian species of Pimis. The following points of more general interest were mentioned. In P. Khasya and P. Merkusii there occur radial bundles of bent tracheides having bordered pits on all their walls. In P. Merkusii the pits on the radial walls of the normal spring- tracheids are often triseriate but typically abietinean in form and arrangement ; but often they are grouped together in " nests " of three or four, forming patterns like those in the fossil Cedroxylon transiens W. Gothan, which, in addition, showed typical araucarian pitting. According to Sanio, one or more bordered pits arise in a " primordial pit-area," and frequently do not occupy the whole area; the authors, relying on Sanio, point out that the band-like markings fringing individual pits in uniserate type, or pairs, or threes, or groups of pits in the other species of Pinus, represent the persistent margins of the original primordial pit-area : hence they term these bands " Sanio's rims." Where a Sanio's rim occurs the structure of the wall is peculiar ; the middle lamella is pectic and not perceptibly lignified ; the remaining part of the wall is lignified. Elsewhere the middle lamella does not stain so deeply or typically with pectin reagents, but does stain with phloroglucin and hydrochloric acid. These " Sanio's rims " are the structures termed by Miss Gerry " Sanio's bars," and are in no way composed of cellulose, as she alleges. The term " Sanio's bars " was invented by G. Muller, and he defined them as rod-like structures crossing the lumina of tracheides or constituents of the phloem, which are lignified in the xylem but not so in the phloem. C. Muller made the generalisation that "Sanio's bars" occur in 232 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY all subdivisions of the Conifer ce, including Araucariacea and Taxacece, also in Ginkgo. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on 5th June Mr. H. W. Monckton showed a flower of Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill., which had been found on Dartford Heath a short time before. Miss L. S. Gibbs gave an abstract of her paper entitled "A Con- tribution to the Flora and Plant-Formations of Kinabalu and the Highlands of British North Borneo," illustrating her remarks with a series of lantern-slides. Mr. A. D. Cotton explained the principal points of Mine. Weber van Bosse's paper on the Eed Marine Algae from the Indian Ocean. A paper, by Prof. E. J. Harvey Gibson, on Mystropetalon Harv. was briefly explained by Dr. Stapf. The material was sent by Mrs. Solly of Sir Lowry's Pass as M. Thomii, but was found to differ ; the rhizome was attached to roots of Protect. A very intractable brown deposit in the cells is not " Balanophorin," but some unknown carbohydrate of the cellulose group, for which the name "Mystrin" is proposed. The male and female flower are described, and the name M. Sollyi proposed for the new species. The short notice of the Census Catalogue of British Hepatics, second edition (W. Ingham, 52, Haxby Road, York. 1913. Is. net; Is. 6d. interleaved), which appeared in the May number of the Journal (p. 176), was unfortunately premature, inasmuch as the whole issue (save some half dozen early copies) was spoiled by a blunder at the printing works. No copies, therefore, were available for distribution. This misfortune proved in one way, however, to be a blessing in disguise, in that it enabled Mr. Ingham to intercalate numerous further records supplied by members of the Moss Exchange Club, thus rendering the geo- graphical distribution of the species and varieties more complete in the revised issue which is now ready for sale. Attention may also be drawn to the Eighteenth Annual Report of the Moss Exchange Club (York: Coultas & Volans. March, 1913, pp. 61-87). It contains lists of the mosses and hepatics distributed among the members, with some scattered critical notes on the more interesting specimens. The Rev. E. F. Linton has issued a circular of which the following is a copy : " It is some years since the four Fascicles of the Set of British Willows was issued, and several interesting forms have been met with since then ; some have been grown in the garden, and others have been met with, by myself or other botanists, which are different, in sex or in some structural points, from those sent out before. I propose to issue such forms in small batches, as they come to hand, not waiting to get together enough to form a fascicle, as willows are so difficult to preserve from insect ravages, especially the male flowers. At the present time I have seven sheets ready for issue, during the next month or so, and offer them at Id. a sheet post free. The present issue will therefore be 4s. Id. ; and any future issue w7ill be at the same rate." Mr. Linton's address is Edmondsham Rectory, Salisbury. 233 THE MUSSiENDAS OF THE AFRICAN CONTINENT. By H. F. Wernham, B.Sc, Department of Botany, British Museum. The Rubiaceous genus Musscenda occurs in the warmer parts of Asia and Africa, and in the Mascarine and Pacific Islands. It is notable for its showy flowers, with the frequent development in many species of one or more of the calyx-lobes, in the exterior flowers of the corymbose inflorescence, as an attractive petaloid lamina. This phenomenon is parallel, biologically, with the development of "ray" flowers in Umbelliferce, Composites, &c, in which, however, the lobes of the corolla, not of the calyx, are concerned. Its significance lies in the attraction of insect- visitors to an entire, compact inflorescence, instead of to a single flower, so that several flowers may be cross-pollinated at a single brief visit from a suitable insect. The floral arrangement is correlated with that " umbellifloral tendency " which lies at the root of the Rubiaceous ancestry * — i. e. the presentation of a continuous floral surface to visiting insects. Musscenda is particularly interesting from the aspect of the biological principle of insect-attraction. The tube of the corolla is typically long and slender in all the species and does not vary much; but the limb displays considerable variation in relative size, in accordance, usually, with the species. In some species (§ Landia) — most of those native in Madagascar, for example, about a dozen in all — the calyx-lobes are all normally small and equal, or nearly so. In these the attractive function is adequately discharged by the corolla, for the limb is amply developed. The same applies to the African M. elegans, dealt with in the present paper, in which the bright scarlet corolla-limb may attain 6 cm. in diameter, while in none of the specimens are the calyx-segments modified into an attractive petaloid lamina. In species like* M. tenuiflora, on the other hand, the width of the inconspicuous corolla-limb is reduced to a few millimetres, and the calyx- segments lying towards the periphery of the inflorescence are petaloid. M. [arcuata seems to represent a transitional stage in this regard ; "the petaloid development is quite rare, and the corolla-limb is of very variable relative width. The examination of several recent collections in the National Herbarium has directed my attention particularly to the African species of the genus, and has revealed the existence of several novelties. These are described below, together with references to the descriptions of all the known species indigenous in the African continent. Details of the specimens in the two principal British herbaria are given, as well as a key to all the species, with one or two doubtful exceptions. My grateful acknowledgments are due to the authorities of the Kew Herbarium for placing the material under their control freely at my disposal. * See Wernham, New Phytologist, xi. (1912), 226, 227. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [August, 1913.] t 234 the journal of botany Distribution of the African Species. As just now mentioned, about a dozen species are peculiar to Madagascar and the neighbouring Mascarine Islands. One species, M. arcuata, is common to these islands and to the African Continent. M. frond osa, widely distributed over Malaya, India, China, and Polynesia, has not been recorded from Africa. M. elegans and M. arcuata have the widest distribution of all the African species. The former appears in Senegal, where it is the sole representative of the genus ; following the west coast, we find records of it in Sierra Leone, from Liberia to Nigeria, in the Cameroons, the Congo basin, and Angola ; in Central Africa it occurs in Monbuttu-land ; and it has been collected by Dawe in Uganda, its most easterly station. Following a similar direction, M. arcuata has been found from Sierra Leone to Angola ; in Niamniam-land and Djur-land, in Uganda, and in Nyasa-land. The same species occurs abundantly about the east coast from Mombasa to Gaza-land, and its distribution extends to the Mascarine Islands. M. erythrophylla, a striking species commonly cultivated, with showy red flowers and petaloid calyx-lobes, is found along the west coast from Sierra Leone to the Cameroons, in the Congo basin and Angola, and, like M. elegans, as far east as Uganda. Two other West African species are M. Isertiana and M. grandi- flora, the distribution of the former extending from Sierra Leone to the Cameroon Eiver. The latter, a very distinct species (q. v.), has been recorded only from Sierra Leone and Liberia. M. tenui- flora occurs from Nigeria to the Cameroons, and, as a variety, in Angola. For the rest, one species is endemic in Sierra Leone, three in Liberia, two in Lagos, one in the Gold Coast, one in Nigeria, one in the Cameroons, one in Gaboon, one in the Congo basin, three in Angola, four in Central Africa (Nile-land), and six about the east coast. Key to the Species. Note. — The term "calyx-lobes," unless otherwise stated, refers throughout to the normal small lobes, not to those with petaloid development. a. Calyx-lobes short and tooth-like, or subulate, then rarely so much as 2*5 mm. long (M. monticola) ; or broadly lanceolate, triangular, ovate or oblong, then usually less than 3 mm., rarely so much as 7 mm. {M. Afzelii). Branchlets scabrid with rigid backwardly-curved hairs 1. scabrida. Branchlets not scabrid. Corolla-tube densely yellow pubescent or hirsute ex- ternally, with hairs all directed to base. Calyx-lobes obtuse 2. rivularis. Calyx-lobes apiculate-acuminate 3. Afzelii. Corolla-tube hairs, if present, not directed toward the base, except occasionally in lower part, b. Primary lateral leaf-veins 7 at least on either side of the midrib, usually 10 or more. THE MUSS^NDAS OF THE AFRICAN CONTINENT 235 c. Corolla glabrous externally, or with a few closely adpressed hairs. Branchlets hispidulous with rather long sub- patent hairs (ex descr.) 4. monticola. Branchlets minutely pubescent or puberu- lous, or glabrescent. Branchlets not glabrous, stipules bifid. Ovary four or five times as long as the calyx-teeth 5. Buntingii. Ovary subequal to the calyx-teeth... 6. Chippii. Branchlets glabrous, stipules entire... 7. abyssinica. cc. Corolla puberulous, pubescent or hispidulous externally (sometimes subglabrous in M. Isertiana). Stalk of petaloid calyx-lobe usually less than 1 cm. ; small lobes very short and broader than long 8. Isertiana. Stalk of petaloid calyx-lobe usually reaching 2-3 cm. ; small lobes much longer than broad. Corolla-tube barely 2 cm., limb more than half tube-length in diameter 9. brachyantha. Corolla-limb upwards of 2*5 cm., limb usually much less than half-tube length. Calyx lobes oblong-obtuse 10. afzelioides. Calyx-lobes acute-acuminate or subulate. Branchlets densely hispidulous with red deflexed hairs 11. landolphioides. Branchlets shortly puberulous or pubescent. Corolla-tube 2*4-2-6 cm. ; leaves truncate at base (ex descr.) 12. obtusa. Corolla-tube upwards of 3 cm. ; leaves not truncate. Primary peduncles short 13. angolensis. Primary peduncles 3-4 cm. long 14. microdonta. bb. Primary lateral leaf- veins 3-4 on either side of midrib. Corolla-tube glabrous or nearly so externally 15. polita. Calyx-lobes relatively long and narrow, subsetaceous if short; or narrowly lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate or linear oblong. d. Calyx-lobes short, 5-6 mm. at most, unless setaceo- acuminate, then as much as 8 mm. Calyx-lobes filamento-setaceous in the capsular fruit 16. luteola. Calyx-lobes not filamentous. Ovary and calyx glabrous, or sparsely and inter- ruptedly pubescent ; corolla glabrous or scantily pubescent. Stipules ample, over 7 mm. x 5 mm., un- divided ; inflorescence with long divaricate peduncles 17. perlaxa. Stipules small, inconspicuous ; or divided. Fruit lengthily oblong, about 2 cm. x 6 mm. 18. stenocarpa. T 2 236 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Fruit ovoid or ellipsoidal. Corolla-tube very slender, limb usually much less than 1 cm. diam., fruit dehiscent 19. Monteiroi. Corolla-tube not sleuder, limb 1-5-2-5 cm. or more in diam., fruit indehiscent 20. arcuata. Ovary, calyx and corolla all more or less densely and continuously pubescent or hispidulous. Leaves rough and hispidulous above... 21. tenuiflora. Leaves smooth and glabrous, or nearly so, above. Primary peduncles 6 cm. or longer ... 22. Holstii. Primary peduncles 3 cm. or less... 23. ulugarensis. dd. Calyx-lobes attaining 1*5 cm. or more in length. e. Corolla-limb narrow, rarely more than about 1*5 cm. in diameter, which is usually much less than the tube. Leaves glabrous, except for a few spreading hairs on the veins ; secondary veins few, distant 24. conopharyngiifolia. Leaves hairy. Calyx-lobes subulate-setaceous 25. Soyauxii. Calyx-lobes flat, to 2-4 mm. broad. Calyx-lobes coloured or tinged with deep red, ovary 2-merous 26. erythrophylla. Calyx-lobes not coloured red, ovary 3-merous 27. tristigmatica, ee. Corolla-limb ample, attaining 3-5 cm. in dia- meter, which is equal to or greater than the tube. Leaves smooth and glabrous above, with fine yellowish conspicuous tertiary veins 28. Zerikeri. Leaves hispidulous above, tertiary veins not conspicuous. Leaves elliptic or oblong, secondary nerves rarely so many as 10 pairs, not glabrous below 29. elegans. Leaves broadly lanceolate, secondary nerves 12-16 pairs, glabrous below 30. Jiispida. aaa. Calyx-lobes ample, oblong or ovate, exceeding 1 cm. x 6 mm. 31. grandiflora. The species dealt with below are arranged in the order of their appearance in the preceding key. 1. Musssenda scabrida Wernham, sp. nov. Frutex ramulis divaricatis pilis rigidiusculis ferrugineis decurvatis scabridis ; foliis ellipticis ad obovatis 9-10 cm. x 5*5-7 cm., basi obtusis v. rotundatis, brevissime acuminatis acutis, supra scabridis subtus pnesertim in venis hispidulis, venis secundariis utrinque 10-12, petiolo brevissimo hispido, stipulis deciduis basi lato, floribus . . . fructu biloculari indehiscente ellipsoideo breviter rufo-hispido, calycis limbo dentibus triangularibus brevibus acutis persistente coronato. Lagos: Botanical Station, Millen, 95! Hb. Kew. Eeadily distinguished by the scabrid branchlets and upper leaf -surf aces, and by the short triangular calyx- teeth. The rela- tionship, in the absence of flowers, must remain in doubt. THE MUSS^NDAS OF THE AFRICAN CONTINENT 237 2. M. RivuLAEis Welw. ex Hiern, Cat. Welw. Afr. PL 452 (1898). Angola : Huilla, in dense forests by cataracts near Lopollo, Wehuitsch, 1118 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. A stout shrub, climbing extensively to a height of 30 ft. 3. M. Afzelii G. Don, Syst. iii. 490 (1834). Sierra Leone : Afzelius ! Don, 130 ! et s. n. ! Barter ! Hart ! Smythe, 14 ! Smeathmann ! Scott Elliot, 4166 ! South Nigeria : Ibu, Vogel, 7 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. A shrub or tree, reaching about 20 ft. high, growing near streams. 4. M. monticola Krause in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xlviii. 406 (1912). Uluguru : Holtz, 1720. 5. M. Buntingii Wernham, sp. nov. Frutex ramulis puberulis, foliis ellipticis v. oblongis ca. 10-12 cm. x 4*5-6 cm. basi saepius acutis breviter acuminatis acuto apice, supra scabrello-pubescenti- bus subtus discoloribus in venis sparse strigillosis aliter nisi minute papillosis glabris, venis secundariis utrinque ca. 12, petiolo gracili puberulo 1-1-5 cm. ; stipulis diutius persistentibus trian- gularibus apice bifido ad 4-5 mm. longis; infiorescentia trichotoma pedunculis ad 5 cm. longis puberulis, cymulis ca. 6-8-floris ; calycis ut ovarium sparsiuscule strigillosi lobis brevissimis pler- umque triangularibus apice subsetaceo, uno in laminam ovalem petiolo ad 2-5 cm. nonnunquam producto ; corolla tubo gracili ad 2*5 cm. vix ampliato, extus insuper saepius strigilloso nonnun- quam glabro, limbo patente 1 cm. diam. excedente lobis ovalibus acutissimis nee acuminatis. Liberia : Gola, Begwai, in farm-scrub, Bunting, 144 ! Kaka- town, Whyte ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. Resembles M. tenuiflora, but at once distinguished by the short calyx-lobes. 6. M. Chippii Wernham, sp. nov. Frutex ramulis ferrugineo- puberulis ; foliis ellipticis v. oblongis ca. 10-12 cm. x 5-6 cm., basi brevissime acutis v. subrotundatis, apice breviter acuminatis obtusiusculis, supra aspero-hispidulis subtus in venis strigillosis aliter minute papillosis aliter glabris discoloribus, petiolo dense ferrugineo-pubescente, stipulis ad basin in stipellis duobus trian- gularibus acutis distantibus bifidis; infiorescentia 2-plo tricho- tomis, pedunculis primariis 4-5 cm. longis ; calycis lobis brevibus triangularibus apiculatis ovarium subaequantibus strigillosis nisi uno in laminam ellipticam candidam petiolo 3*5 cm. longo dilatato ; corollce extus sparsissime puberulae tubo insuper parum ampliato nee gracillimo 2*5 cm. excedente, lobis ovatis brevissime acuminatis acutissimis ca. 4-5 mm. x 4 mm. ; ovario brevissimo subglabro. Gold Coast : Amokokrom, W. Apollonia, in tall evergreen forest, Chijip, 323 ! Hb. Kew. Near the Liberian M. Buntingii, but distinct in the relative length of the ovary, &c. 7. M. abyssinica Chiovenda in Ann. Bot. Roma, ix. 67 (1911). 238 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Nubia : Tzellemti, Mai Taclit, abundant in the neighbourhood of the fourth cataract, Chiovenda. Remarkable, according to the description, for its almost complete glabrousness ; as well as for being the most northerly- occurring representative of the genus. 8. M. Isertiana DC. Prod. iv. 371 (1830). M. macrophylla Schum. non Wall. Beskr. Guin. PI. 118 (1828). M. Isertiana var. laxiflora Benth. in Hook. Nig. Fl. 393. M. Isertiana var. glabri- flora Hiern in Fl. Trop. Afr. iii. 67. Sierra Leone : Don ! Lagos : Barter, 3236 ! Millen, 46 ! S. Nigeria : Oji R, Kitson ! Brass, Barter, 58 ! Dejema, New Calabar, Holland, 126! Bonny, Kalbreyer, 221! Eket, Talbot, 3000! 3124! Old Calabar, Holland, 11! Oban, Talbot, 2068! Abbeokuta, Irving, 95 ! N. Nigeria : Bassa, Elliott, 94 ! Fernando Po : Vogel, 226 ! Cameroon E. ; Mann, 2209 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. Of variable habit — a shrub or small tree, sometimes scandent. The very short broad calyx-teeth make this species readily identifiable. 9. M. brachyantha Wernham, sp. nov. Ramulis gracili- bus pilis deflexis hispidulis ; foliis ssepius ellipticis ad 13 cm. X 5-5 cm. acuminatis subacutis, supra sparsiuscule scabrellis subtus nisi hie inde in venis pilis paucis conspersis glabris, venis secundariis utrinque 12-15, petiolo ad ca. 1*5 cm. longo, stiptdis lanceolatis acuminatis apice bifido ; inflorescentia pedunculis pri- mariis ad ca. 2 cm. dense rufo-pubescentibus ; calycis lobis a basi latiusculo lanceolatis acuminatis acutis ca. 4 mm. longis extus dense rufo-pilosis ; corolla tubo vix 2 cm. longo insuper parum ampliato, extus pilis nisi inferioribus nonnunquam deflexis ascen- dentibus dense pubescente, limbo vix 12 cm. diametro patente, lobis ovatis apice apiculatis acutissimis. Liberia : Gola, Begwai, Bunting 147 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Near ill. landolphioid.es, but distinct in the short corolla, with relatively broader limb. 10. M. afzelioides Wernham in Cat. Talb. Nig. PI. 40 (1913). S. Nigeria : Oban, Talbot, 212 ! 275 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. A climbing shrub. 11. M. landolphioides Wernham, sp. nov. Frutex veri- similiter scandens ramulis novellis pilis longiusculis ferrugineis deflexis dense hirsutis tardiuscule glabrescentibus ; foliis ob- lanceolatis v. ellipticis ad ca. 13 cm. x 5 cm. basi rotundatis v. subtruncatis acuminatis acutis, supra hispidulis subtus nisi in venis sparse patente pilosis glabris, margine ciliato, venis secun- dariis utrinque ca. 12, petiolo ad 1*5 cm. longo, stipulis triangu- lares apice bi-setaceis extus dense ferrugineo-pilosis ; inflore- scentia densiuscula trichotoma omnino dense ferrugineo-hispidula, bracteis setaceo-subulatis, pedunculis primariis ca. 4 cm. longis ; calycis lobis brevibus triangularibus acutissimis extus hispidulis, uno nonnunquam in laminam petiolatam aucto ; corolla tubo parum ampliato 2-5-3 cm. longo extus dense pilis adscendentibus THE MUSSJSNDAS OP THE AFRICAN CONTINENT 239 v. patulis hirsuto, limbo 5-6 mm. lato lobis brevissimis suberectis setaceo-apiculatis. Lagos : Ibadau, Foster, 157 ! Milieu, 100 ! Hb. Kew. Eeadily distinguishable by the rather long narrow leaves, and hairy slender corolla with very narrow limb. 12. M. obtusa Krause in Herzog zu Meckl. Zent.-Afr. Exped. 315 (1911). Aruwimi : Mildbraed, 3171. An undershrub, about 5 ft. high. 13. M. angolensis Wernham, sp. nov. Eamulis dense pube- scentibus, foliis ellipticis ca. 10 cm. x 6 cm. vix acuminatis basi acutis apice subobtuso, utrinque hie inde pilis paucis hirtellis prsecipue in venis conspersis aliter glabris venis secundariis utrin- que 10-12, petiolo ca. 1*2 cm. longo ; inflorescentia densiuscula, pedunculis primariis brevibus; calycis lobis breviter lanceolatis ca. 3 mm. longis acutis, extus flavo-hispidulis ; corolla extus pilis appressis nisi infra deflexis ascendentibus pubescente, tubo angusto insuper parum ampliato 35 cm. excedente, lobis lanceo- latis acutis 7-8 mm. longis patentibus. Angola: Long. 15° 5' E., lat. 12° 44' S., 4340 ft., Wellman, 1800 ! Hb. Kew. Near the Liberian M. brachyantha, but readily distinguished by the longer corolla, &c. 14. M. microdonta Wernham, sp. nov. Eamulis quadrangu- laribus novellis compressis obscuriuscule appresse pubescentibus ; foliis oblongis v. late ellipticis ca. 16 cm. x 9 cm., utrinque angustatis, utrinque nisi in venis appresse puberulis subglabris, venis secundariis paribus ca. 12, petiolo vix 1*5 cm. sparsim pube- rulo, stijmlis caducissimis ; inflorescentia laxiuscula trichotoma pedunculis primariis complanatis appresse pubescentibus 3-5 cm. longis, bracteis parvis setaceis vix 3 mm. longis ; calycis dentibus 2 mm. longis rigidiusculis subpatentibus setaceo-subulatis acutis- simis ; corollce extus dense appresse pubescentis tubo ad 3 cm. gracili insuper parum ampliato, lobis ovatis brevissime setaceo- apiculatis ; ovario calycis lobos duplo superante, densiuscule sed minute appresse puberulo. German East Africa : Usambara, Buchivald, 431 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. 15. M. polita Hiern in Fl. Trop. Afr. hi. 67 (1877). S. Nigeria : Calabar, Williams, 25 ! 26 ! 36 ! Cross Eiver, Holland, 228 ! Cameroon : Efulen, Bates, 430 ! Lolodorf, Staudt, 351 ! W. Africa, lat. 1° N. Mt. John, E. Kongin, Mann, 1799 ! Gaboon: Sibange Farm, Munda, Soyaux, 13! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. A glabrous, shining, spreading, or scandent shrub, or a small tree. 16. M. luteola Delile, Cent. PL Afr. Cailliand, 65, t. 1, f. 1 (1826). M. agyytiaca Poir. in Lam. Encyc. iv. 394. M. lanceo- lata Spreng. Syst. i. 705. Mittu-land: Schiveinfurth, 2855 ! Nile-land : Freeman & Lucas, 240 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 1 ! Petherick ! Speke & Grant, 669 ! Lake Eudolf : Wellby ! Uganda : Waki E,, 2800 ft., Bagshatce, 834 ! Entebbe, Fyffe, 130 ! at 4000 ft., Dawe, 630 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. A small erect shrub with pubescent branchlets ; it is frequently cultivated. Eeadily recognized by the almost filamentous fruiting calyx-lobes. 17. M. perlaxa Wernham, sp. nov. Frutex scandens ramulis sparsim pilis patentibus indutis ; foliis ca. 16 cm. x 8-5 cm. ellip- ticis utrinque angustatis, supra glabrescentibus subtus praecipue in venis puberulis, venis secundariis subtus prominulis utrinque ca. 10-12, petiolo sparsissime piloso ad 4 cm. longo, stipidis amplis glabratis ad 1 cm. x 9 mm. obtusis ; inflorescentia tri- chotoma cymulis paucifloris pedunculis elongatis ad 7 cm. ; calycis lobis linearibus acutis ad ca. 3 mm. longis extus in vena mediana strigillosis, uno in laminam breviter petiolatam sub- orbicularem utrinque nisi dorso in venis minute strigillosis glabram nonnunquam dilatato ; corolla tubo pro genere brevi 1-5-1-7 cm. longo extus insuper sparse strigilloso basin versus glabrato, lobis late triangularibus suberectis brevissimis ; ovario peranguste in- fundibulari in pedicellum brevissimum angustato. Zanzibar : Kirk ! Hb. Kew. Eemarkable for the long leaf-stalks, the stipules, and lax straggling few-flowered inflorescences ! A plant collected in the Nyika country by the Eev. T. Wakefield (Hb. Kew), bearing fruits but no flowers, is probably referable to the same species. The fruits are glabrous and oblong, 2*3 cm. long and 7 mm. in the widest part. 18. M. stenocarpa Hiern in Fl. Trop. Afr. iii. 68 (1877). Monbuttu-land : near Munsa, Schweinfurth, 3362 ! Hb. Kew. A small shrub, notable for its oblong fruit, as much as f in. long. 19. M. Monteiroi Wernham, sp. nov. Frutex sparse ramosus. ramulis rectis virgatis, novellis sparse et minute puberulis mox glabrescentibus ; foliis membranaceis pro genere inter minima 5-6 cm. x 1-5-2-8 cm., utrinque angustatis obtusiusculis, supra sparsissime hirtellis subtus nisi in venis puberulis glabris, venis secundariis utrinque 4-5 reticulo tertiario manifesto, petiolo tenero brevi, stipidis a vagina brevissima breviter 2-apiculatis ; inflore- scentiis trichotomis ramulis puberulis, bracteis brevibus sub- setaceis, cymulis 6-8-floris ; calycis lobis sparse hirtellis ad 2-5- 3 cm. longis angustis subsetaceis, uno nonnunquam in laminam ellipticam candidam utrinque glaberrimam petiolo vix 2 cm. dila- tato ; corolla extus sparse puberula gracili insuper parum ampliata ad 2-2-5 cm. longa, limbo 8-9 mm. diam. lobis apiculato-acutis ; fructu breviter oblongo-ellipsoideo ca. 7 mm. x 4-5 mm. glabro loculicide ab apice dehiscente. Angola : Gossiveiler, 563 ! In rocky thickets, Anha-Benguella, Gossweiler, 4273 ! Boma, Monteiro ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. Eemarkable for the small thin leaves and dehiscent fruit ; the characters of the latter distinguish this species from S. steno- carpa, the nearest ally. (To be concluded.) 241 CAKNAEVONSHIKE PLANTS. By Spencer H. Bickham, F.L.S., Key. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S., and W. A. Shoolbred, M.R.C.S., F.L.S. We spent about three weeks of July, 1912, together at Capel Curig, Rev. E. F. Linton being also a member of our party for ten days. The season was very unfavourable ; before our arrival there had been six weeks of almost complete drought, which was soon followed by three or four broiling hot days : then came torrential rains, and, when these ceased, easterly winds prevailed, accompanied by dense mist. Under such circumstances very little work could be attempted on the higher hills ; and the vegetation of the valleys (not specially rich in the district) was rather backward and stunted : this applies particularly to the Rttbi, which are numerous and interesting, but were mostly unfit for collecting. A few apparently unrecorded plants (starred) were observed; also some others in stations not mentioned in Mr. J. E. Griffith's Flora of Anglesey and Carnarvonshire (1895). Thalictrum mains Crantz. Very scarce on the cliffs of Cwm Idwal, above 2000 ft. ; strikingly different from T. minus L. (collinum Wallr.), with which it is here associated, by its robust habit, larger, more entire leaflets, and much longer, simple pedicels ; it also flowers a little later, and no trace of fruit was to be found on July 13th. Trollius europceus L. Sparingly near the head of Llyn Crafnant. [Meconopsis cambrica Vig. By an odd slip, this is ranked as an alien in the Flora.] Corydalis claviculata DO. Near Capel Curig, and on a cottage roof at Hendre, above Llyn Crafnant. Fumaria Bastardi Boreau (confusa Jord.). In cultivated ground at Trefriw. Polygala oxyptera Reichb. In good quantity, and often very fine, on a roadside bank between Bettws-y-Coed and Capel Curig, near the Swallow Falls. — The large-flowered Milkwort of the Cwm Idwal cliffs, referred to by Mr. Druce in Journ. Bot. 1902, pp. 182-3, where he places it as a form of P. vulgaris L., and mentions that Herr Freyn said it approached P. Saltelii Legrand, 11 sed erectior, floribus majoribus," appears to us to belong rather to P. serpyllacea Weihe ; this species is frequent on mountains, but restricted P. vulgaris, according to our experience, is usually a low-ground plant. We did not see the Cwm Idwal form in fruit, and unfortunately omitted to send home roots. It should be tested by cultivation, as it is, at least in the wild condition, most remarkable and handsome. Silene nutans L. In fair quantity on the hill above Deganwy Castle ruins. Arenaria leptoclados Guss. Very characteristic, on a wall-top at Gogarth, Great Orme's Head. Hypericum maculatum Crantz (dubium Leers). Abundant about Capel Curig, especially by roadsides. 242 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Geranium Bobertianum L. var. *modestum (Jord.). A pretty form, found on walls near Cobden's Hotel, Capel Curig, seems to come under this : petals small, their blade about as long as the claw ; sepals glabrescent, sometimes with a few sessile or shortly stalked glands (colour of anthers not noted, but probably purplish). Bubus lentiginosus Lees (cambricus Focke). Gathered in good quantity by S. H. B. at Capel Curig, its original station. AJchemilla vulgaris L. The handsome plant of the cliffs near Twll Du is confirmed by Mr. Linton as A. alpestris Schmidt, which probably represents the Linnean type. Bosa agrestis Savi (sepium Thuill.), var. One very dwarf, browsed bush, by the road round the Great Orme's Head, near Gogarth. Flowers small, white ; fruit globose ; leaves with appressed hairs on the upper surface, densely hairy and glandular beneath, with extremely fine, acute, compound, forward-pointing teeth. Perhaps a new British form. Pyrus Aria Ehrh. All the Great Orme's Head trees or bushes which we saw appeared to be Syme's subspecies P. rupicola = Sorbus salicifolia ; Mr. Griffith only cites this as growing at Bangor. Cotoneaster integerrima Medic. A new station was found in a limestone "pavement " not far from the Great Orme Lighthouse, where two or three very small specimens occurred. It has been suggested (we believe by Mr. F. N. Williams) that this rarity may not be indigenous, but bird-sown from gardens at Llandudno ; but it was far more plentiful forty-five years ago, when the place was a mere fishing village ; and S. H. B. knows that such bushes as now occur in the town and cliff gardens were imported from the cliffs or rocks. The existence of such native outliers is hard to account for, but cannot be explained away on a priori grounds. Saxifraga hypnoides L. In Cwm Idwal grow various inter- mediates, apparently hybrids and mongrels, between this and a very pretty, subglabrous, vivid green form or variety of S. sponhemica. Drosera longifolia L. {intermedia Drev. & Hayne). In a bog near the head of Llyn Crafnant, very local ; boggy meadow, Capel Curig. Epilobium obscurum Schreb. Though classed as " rather rare " in the Flora, this is frequent about Capel Curig, and doubtless elsewhere in the county. — E. obscurum x palustre. Boggy meadow, Capel Curig. — E. alsinefolium Vill. Cwm Idwal, at 2000 ft. Hieracium Schmidtii Tausch. A peculiar form, with yellow styles and rather floccose heads, is referred to this by Mr. Linton ; it grew sparingly beyond Ogwen Cottage, on rocks near the bridge, above the Falls of the Ogwen. Mr. Griffith notes that the Cwm Idwal form, which we failed to see, has livid styles ; but the species is variable in this respect. — H. argenteum Fr. A few stylose specimens were gathered in Cwm Ffynnon Lloer, at 2000 ft. ; it is typical in Cwn Tryfan, and on the bridge near Ogwen Cottage. — II. Sommerfeltii Lindeb. A beautiful form of CARNARVONSHIRE PLANTS 243 this was found on rocks above the tarn called Fynnon Lloer ; the leaves have larger and more numerous blotches than usual, and the ligules are copiously ciliate with long hairs, but Mr. Linton does not separate it from the type. — H. hypochceroides Gibs. var. "saxorum F. J. Hanb. The most abundant hawkweed in Own Idwal, where it often clothes the almost inaccessible cliffs, rang- ing from 1800 to 2300 ft. or more. The leaves are firm, bluish- green or glaucous, usually (but by no means always) spotted ; styles pure yellow. Allowing for reduction in size, due to a sub- alpine situation, this agrees well with specimens from near Auchterneed, E. Boss, &c. We suspect that it is the Cwm Idwal ' Sommerfeltii ' of the Flora, as no true H. Sommerfeltii was met with there ; but both may occur. — H. sciaphilum Uechtr. Fre- quent and variable, about Capel Curig ; a very large state was found by the Llugwy, and on slate debris at Dolwyddelan railway station. — Var. Hransiem Ley. ? This name is suggested by Mr. Linton for a peculiar plant, with lemon-yellow ligules (slightly ciliate- tipped), glandular, floccose, but almost epilose heads, and unusually small foliage, found beside the road from Capel Curig to Penygwryd ; we believe it was also seen at Hendre, near Llyn Crafnant, only in bud, and therefore not gathered. Possibly a new and distinct variety. — H. diaphanoides Lindeb. Wall-tops, Capel Curig ; rocks near Ogwen Cottage ; stream-sides, &c, in the Pass of Llanberis ; also, unusually luxuriant, on slate debris at Dolwyddelan. — Var. ornatum Dahlst. ? On large boulders of volcanic ash in Cwm Idwal, from 1250 to 1750 ft. Perhaps owing to the situation, or the dry early summer, or both, the leaves were mostly tinged with purple (often almost black) ; the more or less floccose phyllaries also distinguish it from type. Mr. Linton, who suggested the name, thinks that this is the plant referred to in his brother's British Hieracia, p. 70 ; indeed, we saw nothing else to which the note could apply. — H. gothicum Fr. A yellow-styled form of this (confirmed by Mr. Linton) grows in plenty by a tributary of the Llugwy, most likely the Nant-y-Waen, nearly two miles above Capel Curig ; it varied very much in size and leaf-cutting, but was evidently all one thing. Small specimens are often 1- to 3-headed; one large example bears twelve heads. — H. stictophyllum Dahlst. In three distinct stations near Capel Curig ; yellow-styled, as is often the case in Scotland. This is the H. ' sparsifolium ' of the Flora, which used the name accepted at that time. — *2T. sparsifolium Lindeb. var. placerophyllum Dahlst. On a bank near the Llugwy, above Capel Curig ; extremely scarce. It is practically identical with specimens from W. Yorks and E. Perth, and differs greatly from H. gothicum, latifolium, to which Mr. Linton — who does not know placerophyllum — was disposed to assign our specimens, in habit, foliage, head-clothing, darkened styles, &c. — H. corymbosum Fr., "type. Eocky bank of the Llugwy, a little above Capel Curig Church ; rather small and young, but characteristic. Mr. Linton concurs. '''Taraxacum spectabile Dahlst. Cwm Idwal, already past flower at 2000 ft. on June 26th ; leaves more or less spotted. 244 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Myosotis repens. Though called "rare" in the Flora, this is common enough on the uplands near Capel Curig, especially in Glan Llugwy. Euphrasia scotica Wettst. Wet bogs, Capel Curig, and near the head of Llyn Crafnant. Mclampyrum pratense L. var. hians Druce. This beautiful variety was alone observed ; it is abundant in open woods and bushy places about Capel Curig. Orobanche Hederce Duby. Deganwy Rocks ; only one plant was seen. Orchis ericetorum Linton. Very common on wret moors and in damp pastures. — Restricted 0. maculata L. was only met with on the Great Orme limestone. Habenaria virescens Druce (chloroleuca Ridley). Between Capel Curig and Dolwyddelan ; also near Llyn Crafnant. Sparganium affine Schnizl. In the lower lake, Capel Curig, opposite the Hotel. Potamogeton polygonifolius Pourr. Llyn Ogwen, in profusion. Scirpus pauciflorus Lightf. Bog near Llyn Crafnant; Erio- phorum vaginatum L. and Carex dioica L. grow close by. Bynchospora alba Vahl. Between the road and the lake, close to Capel Curig Hotel. Carex fulva Host {PLomschuchiana Hoppe). Not uncommon ; the hybrid wTith C. Oederi Retz. var. cedocarpa And. was found above Llyn Crafnant. Dactylis glomerata L. The Great Orme's Head plant which has been called var. congesta Gren. & Godr. proves to be (as we supposed, before seeing it alive) a mere state, due to the local conditions, and quite unworthy of a special name. Festuca rottbosllioides Kunth (Poa loliacea Huds.). On a wall near Gogarth, Great Orme's Head. Hymetwphyllum tunbridgense Sm. Locally abundant on boulders in an oak wood, Capel Curig. MISCELLANEA BRYOLOGICA— I. By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. Tetraphidopsis Broth. & Dixon. This genus was founded (Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot., xl, 451, t. 21) on a New Zealand moss, T. novce-seelandice, sp. nov., collected by Mr. W. Gray at Mauriceville, Wairarapa, North I. I have recently, in wrorking at New Zealand Bryology, had occasion to enquire what was Meteoriwn pusillum H. f. & Wils. (Fl. N. Z., ii. 101, t. 88). No specimens were to be found at Kew, nor in the general collection at the British Museum ; but on referring to Wilson's herbarium the plant was found, a " scrap only," as Wilson describes it in his notes, labelled " Colenso, 484 & 484 b." To my surprise I at once identified it as our Tetraphidopsis. It is not, perhaps, remarkable that this plant was overlooked by MISCELLANEA BRYOLOGICA 245 Brotherus and myself, seeing that, in all probability, it exists nowhere outside of Wilson's herbarium ; that the figure in Fl. N.Z. represents the capsule as smooth, no doubt drawn in the moist condition (it is described as sulcate in the text) ; that no mention is made of the gemmae, which in Mr. Gray's specimens are the most conspicuous feature of the plant, and that the moss is in no way a Meteorium, and was, therefore, not likely to be looked for under that genus. It is, however, absolutely identical, and Colenso's specimen was gathered also in the Wairarapa dis- trict. Our moss must therefore stand as Tetraphidopsis pusilla (H. f. & W.) Dixon. The male inflorescence has not, I believe, been described. Mr. Gray has recently sent me further specimens, among which I have detected a few male plants. The male flowers are terminal on the ordinary branches, a very unusual situation in the Pytchomniacese and allied orders ; gemmiform, compara- tively large, and brownish ; the outer bracts rather large, and pointed like the normal leaves, the inner gradually shorter and more obtuse, the interior laxly areolate, widely convolute, very broadly ovate or suborbicular, and quite obtuse. Antheridia few (about 7), pale, with scarcely any paraphyses. DlTEICHUM BRACHYCARPUM Hampe. In working out the New Zealand species of Ditrichum, the above plant came under my notice. The synonymy appears to have become curiously confused. Paris Ind. Suppl. p. 130, has — " DlTRICHUM BRACHYCARPUM Hpe. Anisothecium ferrugineum Mitt, in Trans, and Proceed, of the Roy. Soc. of Victoria, 1880,* p. 57. Leptotrichum ferrugineum ej. in Fl. Tasman. II, p. 171. 2. Terr. — Pac. Tasman." In the second edition it appears as follows — 11 Ditrichum brachycarpum Hpe. in Linn. 1871-73, p. 514. Anisothecium ferrugineum Mitt, in Trans, and Proceed, of the Boy. Soc. of Victoria, 1880," p. 57. Leptotrichum brachycarpum t ej. in Fl. Tasman. II, p. 171 (1860). 2. Terr. — Pac. : Austral, or. (Victoria), I Tasman." I do not know on what grounds Paris makes Anisothecium ferrugineum Mitt, a synonym of D. brachycarpum. It is possibly through some lapsus calami. In any case the Tasmanian Blindia ferruginea (Mitt.) Broth, is a totally different plant, and has nothing to do with D. brachycarpum Hampe, and Tasmania should be ex- punged from the synonymy in the Index. Watts and Whitelegge (Census Muse. Australiens.), following * This should read 1882-3. f A slip for ferrugineum. ♦ Error for N.S.W. 246 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Paris, have transferred D. brachycarpum Hampe to the synonymy of Blindia ferruginea. They also give — 11 186. D. brachycarpum CM., Symb., No. 166 ; L. cylindri- carpum Hpe. N.S.W., Blue Mts. : F. v. M., 72. D. brachycarpum, Hpe. See No. 220 (Blindia ferruginea). D. cylindricarpum, Hpe. See No. 186." From this it would seem that D. brachycarpum CM. in Hedw., 1898, p. 112 (Symbolae ad Bryol. Austral.) was a different plant from Hampe's species of the same name. This, however, is not the case. I have examined the types of both plants in Hampe's and C Midler's herbaria. They are identical, and represent the same gathering, "N.S.W., Blue Mts., F. v. Miiller." Probably C Miiller had his specimen labelled with the name D. brachy- carpum, and forgetting that it was Hampe's name and had already been published by him, described it as his owm species in the Symbol® (Hedw., 1898). I have not examined D. cylindricarpum, either of Hampe or C. Miiller, and am unaware how far they should figure in this synonymy, which should read as follows — Ditrichum brachycarpum Hampe in Linn., 1872, p. 514. Syn. Leptotrichum brachycarpum CM. in Hedw., 1898, p. 112. Distr.— Australia (N.S.W.). Weisia Welwitschii Schimp. Syn. Ed. 2, p. 52. Limpricht (Laubm. Ill, 682) gives Weisia welwitschii Schimp. as a synonym of Campy lostelmm strictum Solms. ; in this he has been followed by all or most subsequent authors. He does not give his authority for the reduction, nor does he mention having himself examined Welwitsch's plant. Having occasion recently to study C. strictum, I examined Welwitsch's plant in Schimper's Herbarium at Kew (" 346, ad cataractas, Sa. de Cintra, Maio, 1849 "). There is an extremely close resemblance between the leaves of the two plants, but a closer examination, especially of the fruit, show-s that they are perfectly distinct. In the first place, C. strictum is a dark green plant of hard granite rock, while the Weisia is a bright green moss, growing on very distinctly calcareous, white and chalky-looking soil. The areolation of the leaves, while superficially similar, is less so when carefully examined. In the Campylostelium the cells are in two strata at margin for a great part of the lamina (as in C. saxicola), incrassate, not crowded, and the hyaline cells at base occupy a very short space. In W. Welwitschii the cells are comparatively thin-walled and therefore closer, chloro- phyllose, and in one layer throughout ; and the hyaline basal cells occupy a considerably larger area of the leaf. The nerve, also, is wider and more solid in the Weisia. The capsule in the Weisia is quite different, short, elliptical, slightly asymmetrical, very different from the subcylindrical, exactly symmetrical, pachydermatous capsule of C. strictum, A NEW ALPINIA FROM BORNEO 247 which, moreover, is nearly always distinctly, though lightly, pli- cate when dry. The exothecium cells are quite distinct, somewhat widely elliptical or rhomboid-hexagonal in the Weisia, with thin walls ; much narrower — elongate rectangular — with very thick walls in the Campylostelium. The latter, also, has a broad annulus, of which I could find no evidence in the Weisia, though I cannot vouch for its absence. Finally, the peristome in the two mosses differs toto ccelo. In the Campylostelium it is characteristic of the genus, the teeth divided into long, filiform crura, densely papillose below, smooth above. In Schimper's species they are short and irregular, broad, scarcely divided, remotely and thinly transversely barred, smooth or almost so ; in fact, entirely Weisioid. W. Wekvitschii is, in short, a good species. Eoth suggests identity with Eucladium verticillatum var. angustifolium, but the leaf base is quite different. It is more like Gyroweisia linealifolia Kindb., but that, inter alia, is gymnostomous, and has mere highly papillose leaves. A NEW ALPINIA FROM BORNEO. By H. N. Ridley, C.M.G., F.R.S. ' Alpinia longilora, n. sp. Folia lanceolata caudata glabra costa subtus pubescente excepta, 16 cm. longa -2 cm. lata, petiolo brevissimo 3 mm. longo hirto, ligula glabra brevi emarginata, dentibus brevibus duobus. Panicula decurva glabra 6 cm. longa. Flores bini in pedunculis brevibus 3 mm. longis, pedicellis aequi- longis. Bractea spathacea ovata oblonga apice rotundata lata, margine scariosa glabra '15 mm. longa 10 mm. lata caduca. Calyx cylindricus gracilis, obscure bilobus lobis brevissimis ovatis, uno latere emarginatus. Corollae tubus gracilis 15 mm. longus, lobi lineares oblongi undulati 15 mm. longi, 5 mm. lati. Labellum stamine ad basin aclnatum ungue elongato lineari canaliculato antheram superante, in medio incrassato marginibus tenuioribus, limbo lineari-lanceolato latiore, abrupte deflexo profunde bifido, lobis lanceolatis undulatis undique glabrum, basi unguis hirto excepto. Stamen, filamento brevi in unguis basi involuto et eo adnato, anthera breviore quam unguis oblonga, connectivo elon- gato lineari -lorato parce ad basin hirsuto. Sarawak, Puak ; C. J. Brooks. This curious Alpinia belongs to the section Genolophon with crested anthers, a section more abundant in Borneo than else- where. The peculiar adnation of the filament to the claw of the lip is very unusual in the genus, and the very long strap- shaped prolongation of the connective is also a very distinctive character. -/ 248 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY LICHENS OF ARRAN (v.-c. 100). By J. A. Wheldon, F.L.S., and W. G. Travis. There appears to be very little in print to indicate to what extent the lichens of Arran have hitherto been investigated. Beyond the mention in Leighton's Lichen Flora of Great Britain and Croinbie's Monograph of British Lichens, of Arran localities for a few lichens, mostly gathered by Prof. J. H. Balfour, of Edinburgh, we know of no published record of earlier work. Our paper includes these records, and also the results of field- work done by one of us in July, 1910, and by Mr. Wm. West, F.L.S., in August of the same year. On hearing that we were working at the lichens of the island, Mr. West kindly placed at our disposal a mass of material collected by him. His gatherings, which were particularly rich in corticolous species, have, on examination, yielded many interesting lichens ; and we are much indebted to him for allowing us to supplement our list so materially by the inclusion of particulars of his finds. It may be added that some of the material collected has been distributed through the Lichen Exchange Club, and was referred to in the Report of the Club for the year 1911. It should be explained that practically the whole of the field- work was done on the coast, little or nothing being done on the mountains, owing, to some extent, to inclement weather. The eastern side of the island, from Corrie to Lamlash, received most attention ; but some collecting was also done on the western coast between Drumadoon Point and Tormore, and on the south coast in the neighbourhood of Bennan Head and Kildonan. The corticolous species were mainly gathered in the woods about Brodick and Corrie, and in the lower wooded portions of Glen Rosa, Monamore Glen, and other glens opening to the east coast. In Arran lichens are abundant and in fine condition on the shore-rocks ; and most of the saxicolous species in our list were collected on the coast, more especially at Corriegills, just south of Brodick. The outcropping rocks on the shore there are mainly of sandstone and conglomerate, but are intersected by numerous dykes of igneous rocks. A note was taken, so far as practicable, of the kind of rock on which the saxicolous species were met with, with a view of ascer- taining to what extent they exhibit a preference for a particular type of rock substratum. The data obtained are hardly sufficient to warrant more than a brief reference to the subject. Many of the silicicolous lichens were found to occur indifferently, as might be expected, on siliceous sedimentary rocks (sandstones and conglomerates) as well as on some of the acid igneous rocks. Thus, on sandstone rocks on the shore at Corriegills the following lichens were noted as common: — Physcia aquila, Xanthoria parie- tina, Lecanora parella, L. atra, Verrucaria maura, Callopisma ferru- (jineum var. festivum, Lecanora campestris, Ramalina cuspidata, Physcia stellaris, P. tenella, and Placodium tegularis. These LICHENS OF ARRAN 249 lichens constitute the principal components of a well-marked lichen-association on the barer sandstone rocks just above high- water mark. Most of the foregoing species were also noted on quartz-porphyry, an acid igneous rock which is very promi- nent at Drumadoon Point and other localities on the Arran coast. A few species were found to occur not only on sandstone and acid igneous rocks, but also on igneous rocks of basic type, e.g., basalt, but unfortunately the lichen-flora of the basic rocks was not sufficiently examined to yield data for comparative purposes. It may be mentioned that certain lichens (e. g., Verru- caria nigrescens, V.maculiformis, Placodium tegularis, and P. lobu- lation), which in many parts of the country are restricted to calcareous rocks, were observed on siliceous rocks on the Arran coast. From this it would appear that these exposed, spray- washed maritime rocks afford the requisite xerophytic conditions which in other districts are only furnished by limestone, and the chemical composition of the substratum does not come into question in these cases. As bearing on the question of the part played by the texture or grain of a rock- surface so far as some lichens are concerned, it may be mentioned that on the Arran coast the sandstone, when adjacent to intrusive igneous rocks, is usually close-grained and indurated, and that several species, e. g., Lecanora squamulosa, L. picea, Lecidea rivulosa, and Bhizocarpon petrceum, were found on this type of rock, and were not seen on the unaltered sandstone. The coarse conglomerates, such as are met with near Corrie, are poorer for lichens than the sandstones, this being probably due to the fact that when the sandstone matrix weathers, a very uneven surface, mainly consisting of quartzose pebbles, results. The granitic rocks were not much examined, but at the lower elevations, at all events, the granite is charac- terized by a paucity of species ; on the exposed crags of the high peaks, however, some of the boreal lichens found on other Scotch granite mountains may be expected to occur. In the following list, one hundred and nineteen species of lichens are enumerated. It must be understood, however, that our list does not at all pretend to represent the lichen-flora of the island : it is simply a catalogue of the lichens collected and observed during a holiday visit, supplemented by a few previously published records which have come under our notice. Lichina confinis Ag. On sandstone rocks at tide-level, Corrie- gills. A form also occurs in the same locality, on boulders well above high-water mark, in which the spores are monostichous, but slightly different in shape and measurement from the normal (16-5-19-5 X 13-2 p). Collema furvum (Ach.) var. tunceforme Nyl. On sandstone, Corriegills shore. — C. pulposum (Ach.) c.frt. Among mosses, on earth, Corrie, West. Synechoblastus nigrescens (Ach.). On an ash, Monamore Glen, West. A more divided form than usual, and, perhaps, may be a distinct variety. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [August, 1913.] u 250 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Leptogium lacerum Gray. Among mosses, on shady rocks, Come, West. — L. pulvinatum Nyl. On mossy boulders, Corrie- gills.— L. scotinum Fr., c. frt. On the ground among mosses, Corrie, West ; on mossy boulders, Oorriegills. Stictina fuliginosa Nyl. Corrie, West. Lobaria pulmonaria Hoffm. " Arran," Prof. Balfour, Leighton's Lichen-Flora. Peltigera canina and P. polydactyla Hoffm. " Arran," Prof. Balfour, Leighton's Lichen-Flora, p. 102-3. — P. rufescens Hoffm. On the sandy shore by the mouth of the Kosa burn. — P. horizon- talis Hoffm. " Arran," Prof. Balfour ; Corrie, and among mosses on rocks, Monamore Glen, West ; on sand-dunes at Blackwater Foot. Sphcerophorus coralloides Pers. " Arran," Prof. Balfour ; on peaty soil, near Brodick ; Monamore Glen, West. Bamalina farinacea Ach., c. frt. On bark, common. — B. sco- pulorum Ach. "Arran," Prof Balfour; on quartz-porphyry, at sea-level, Bennan Head. — B. cuspiclata Nyl., c. frt. On sand- stone, Corriegills shore ; very fine on quartz-porphyry at Druma- doon Point. Usnea florida var. hirta Hoffm. Common on bark. — U. ceratina Ach. On alder, near Lamlash, West ; on the bark of trees, Brodick. Cetraria aculeata Fr. On the sandy shore, Invercloy ; pro- bably common. Platysma glaucum Nyl. Common on bark and on rocks. Evernia pntnastri Ach. On bark, common. Parmelia perlata Ach. On the bark of sycamores, Lamlash, and also near Corrie, West ; on bark, Brodick. — P. ciliata Nyl. Among mosses, Corrie, West. — P. cetrarioides Nyl. On sycamore bark, Lamlash, West. — P. saxatilis Ach. Common on bark and on rocks. — P. sulcata Tayl. Lamlash, West. — P. omphalodes Ach. Common, on granite and pitchstone. — P. Borreri Turn. On bark, near Brodick and Lamlash, West. — P. caperata Ach. On mari- time rocks, King's Caves. — P. sinuosa Ach. Brodick Castle, Sir W. J. Hooker, Leighton's Lichen-Flora. — P. olivacea Ach. Corrie, sparingly in fruit, and also at Lamlash, West. — P. exaspc- rata Nyl. On alder, Corrie, West. — P. frdiginosa Nyl. Common both on bark and rocks (noted on granite and pitchstone). — P. physodes Ach. Common on bark, especially on birches. Xanthoma parietina Th. Fr., c.frt. Common on the shore- rocks ; noted on sandstone and quartz-porphyry. Physcia pulverulenta Nyl. var. subvenusta Nyl., c.frt. On the bark of ash, Lamlash, West. — P. pityrea Nyl. f. flavescens. On ash, Benlister Glen, West. — P. aquila Nyl., c.frt. Abundantly, on sandstone rocks, Corriegills shore ; also on quartz-porphyry, Bennan Head. — P. stellaris Nyl. var. leptalea Nyl. Common on sandstone rocks, Corriegills. — P. tenella Nyl., c.frt. Common, along with the next preceding, on sandstone rocks, just above high-water mark.— P. ccesia Nyl. On bark, Lamlash, West. Placodium tcgularis Nyl., c.frt. Frequent on the coastal LICHENS OF ARRAN 251 rocks, occurring on sandstone, Corriegills, and on basaltic dykes on the shore at Kildonan. — P. lobulation Hepp., c. frt. On quartz-porphyry, Bennan Head. Callopisma vitellinum Sydow. On bark, near Corrie, West. — C. citrinum Koerb., c. frt. On sandstone rocks, King's Caves. — C. ferrugineum Mudd, var. festivum Nyl. On sandstone rocks on the shore, Tormore, and at Corriegills ; on quartz-porphyry, Bennan Head. Lecanora irrubata Nyl., c. frt. On limestone, Corrie. — L. subfusca Nyl., var. campestris Nyl., c. frt. Common on sand- stone, Corriegills shore. — L. allophana Nyl., c. frt. On ash, Lamlash ; also at Corrie, and near Brodick, West ; on birch bark, North Sannox Glen. — L. Parisiensis Nyl., c. frt. On alder, Lamlash, West. — L. rugosa Nyl., c. frt. On hawthorn, Lamlash, and on hazel, Corrie, West ; on stumps by the shore, Brodick. — L. chlarona Nyl. Common on the bark of trees. The f. minor Oliv., on mountain ash, Corrie, West. — L. Hageni Ach., c.frt. On the bark of a young sycamore, Lamlash, West. — L. sulphurea Ach., c.frt. On a gritstone boulder, Corriegills shore; probably common. — L. expallens Ach., c.frt. On larch, Lamlash, West. The var. lutescens Nyl, near Brodick, and var. smaragdocarpa Nyl., Lamlash, West. — L. atra Ach., c. frt. Very common on sandstone rocks, Corriegills; occurs also on quartz-porphyry, Bennan Head, and on basaltic dykes, Kildonan. — L. badia Ach. On granite, Goat Fell, West ; on quartz-porphyry, Drumadoon. — L. picea Nyl. On indurated sandstone, Corrie, West. — L. tartarea Ach. On bark, Corrie, West. — L. parella Ach., c.frt. Very common on maritime rocks, and almost always there associated with L. atra ; on the bark of an alder, Monamore Glen, West. A specimen collected by Mr. West, on bark, at Corrie, may be the f. porinoides Crombie (spores 4-9 /a). — L. pallescens Nyl., c.frt. On ash, Lamlash, West. Binodina exigua Gray, c. frt. On a basaltic dyke on the shore at Kildonan. Acarospora squamulosa Th. Fr. On indurated sandstone, Tormore. Pertusaria globulifera Nyl. On mossy bark, Corrie, West. — P. amara Nyl. Common on bark. — P. communis DC, c.frt. Very common on bark, and noted on oak, hazel, and mountain ash. — P. leioplaca Schaer., c.frt. On ash, Monamore Glen; on sycamore, Lamlash ; on hazel, Corrie, West. The var. octospora Nyl. On ash, Corrie, West. We have not previously seen this form recorded for Britain. Gyrophora torrefacta Cromb. Near Brodick, West. Eecorded for Arran in Crombie's Monograph. — G. polyphylla Turn. & Borr. On granite rocks, Goat Fell, alt. 1300 ft., West. Bceomyces rufus DC, c.frt. Near Brodick, West. Cladonia pyxidata Fr. Very common. — C. fimbriata Fr., var. tubaformis Fr., c.frt. On decaying wood, near Brodick, West. — C. cervicornis Schaer. " Arran," Prof. Balfour ; on peaty earth, Goat Fell, West. — G. furcata Hoffm. "Arran," Prof. u 2 252 THE JOURNAL OP BOTANY Balfour ; among mosses on the sandy shore near Brodick Castle. — Vars. corymbosa Nyl. and spinosa Hook, Come, West. — G. La- markii Nyl. (C. pityrea var. Lamarkii DC). On ash, near Lam- lash, West. — C. squamosa Hoffm. On peaty earth, Corrie, and near Brodick. — C. ccespititia Floerke. On bark, near Lamlash, West. — G. cocci/era Schaer. c. frt. Common, on peaty soil, Goat Fell; Corrie; Glen Eosa, &c. — C. digitata Hoffm., c. frt. " Arran," Prof. Balfour ; on peaty ground, Corrie, and between Glen Sannox and Loch Ranza. — G. macilenta Hoffm. On mossy tree-trunks and peaty banks, common ; the f. clavata Fr., on a wall near Brodick, West. — C. bellidiflora Floerke. " Arran," Prof. Balfour. Cladina uncialis Nyl. " Arran," Prof. Balfour. Camogonium ebeneum A. L. Sm. On shady, vertical rock-faces of Old Red Sandstone, Corrie, West. Lecidea coarctata Nyl. var. elacista Cromb. On sandstone, Brodick. — L. granulosa Schaer., c. frt. On peaty earth, Goat Fell, and also near Brodick, West. — L. parasema Ach., c. frt. Very common on bark ; f. tabescens Stitz. and var. elceochroma Ach. On ash, Lamlash ; var. limitata Ach. On sycamore, Corrie and Lamlash, West. — L. latypea Ach., c. frt. On sandstone, near King's Caves. — L. contigua Fr., c. frt. Common on sandstone rocks, and occurs also on granite. — L. lactea Floerke ex Schaer. On rock, Brodick, West. — L.rivulosa Ach., c. frt. On indurated sandstone, Corriegills, and also on quartz-porphyry, Drumadoon Point. — L. nigroclavata Nyl., c. frt. On indurated shale, near Drumadoon Point, associated with Verrucaria nigrescens and V. maculiformis. Biatorina lenticularis Koerb., c. frt. Sandstone rocks, Corrie- gills shore. " Must be, I think, B. lenticularis Koerb., judging from the very capitate paraphyses. Spores imperfectly developed, but 'one seen seemed septate, and measured 8x2 p." Miss A. L. Smith, in Rept. Lichen Exchange Club. 1911. — B. erysi- boides Th. Fr., c.frt. On bark, Corrie, West. Bacidia Bechausii Koerb., c.frt. On bark, Lamlash, West. — B. incompta Anzi, c.frt. On ash, Monamore Glen and Lam- lash, West. Buellia myriocarpa Mudd, c. fr. On bark, Corrie, West. Bhizocarpon geographicum DC. Common on granite, and also noted on quartz-porphyry, at Drumadoon Point. — B. petrceum Mass., c.frt. Along with the var. excentricum A. L. Sm. On indurated sandstone, near Drumadoon Point. The variety was also gathered on quartz-diorite, on the String Road. Arthonia gregaria Koerb. var. astroidea, Mudd, c.frt. On the bark of hazels, Corrie ; also along with Graphis scripta and Lecanora subfusca, in Monamore Glen, West. In the latter gathering the f. cuspidans A. L. Sm. also occurred. — A. radiata Ach., c.frt. On sycamore bark, Lamlash, West. var. Swartziana Sydow. On ash and oak, Lamlash and Monamore Glen, West. — A. punctiformis Ach., c.frt. On alder bark, Monamore Glen ; on hawthorn, associated with Opegraplna herpetica, Arthopyrenia epidcrmidis and Lecanora rugosa, Lamlash, West. NEPETA GLECHOMA VAR. PARVIFLORA 253 Opegrapha herpetica Ach., c.frt. On hazel, near Corrie ; on sycamore, Lamlash, and on ash, Monamore Glen, West. — 0. atra Pers., c.frt. On sycamore, Lamlash, and on hazel, near Corrie, West (in the latter gathering the f. parallela Leight. and also the var. arthonoidea Leight. passing into the ordinary form) ; var. denigrata Schaer., on sycamore, Lamlash. — 0. betulina Sm., c.frt. On sycamores, Lamlash, West. — 0. varia Pers., c.frt. On hazels, Corrie, West. — 0. vulgata Ach., c.frt. On the bark of sycamores, Lamlash, West. Graphis scripta Ach., c.frt. Monamore Glen, and on hazel, Corrie, West; var. serpentina Nyl., on ash, Monamore Glen, West. Verrucaria maura Wahl., c.frt. Common on sandstone rocks at tide-level, Corriegills, and near Drumadoon Point. — V. nigrescens Pers., c.frt. On a basaltic dyke on the shore, Kildonan, asso- ciated with Lecanora atra, L. parella, Placodium tegularis, and Rinodina exigua ; on quartz-porphyry, Drumadoon Point, and also on indurated shale near the same locality. — V. maculiformis Krempelh., c.frt. Near Drumadoon Point, associated with the next preceding species. — V. rupestris Schrad., c.frt. On lime- stone rocks, in an old quarry at Corrie. Acrocordia gemmata Koerb., c.frt. On hazel, Corrie, and along with Opegrapha betulina, on sycamore, Lamlash, West. — A. biformis Oliv., c.frt. On hazel, Corrie, West. Arthopyrenia epidermidis Mudd, c.frt. Corrie, and on hawthorn, Lamlash, West. — A. fallax Arm, c.frt. On hazel, Corrie, West. Leptoraphis epidermidis Th Fr., c.frt. On hazel, Corrie, West. Pyrenula nitida Ach., c.frt. On ash, near Corrie, West. Mycoporellum obscurum A. L. Sm. On hazel, Corrie, West. NEPETA GLECHOMA var. PAEVIFLOEA Benth. By Eleonora Armitage. I came across a fine patch of this plant on the downs above Merrow, in Surrey, at an elevation of about 350 ft., during the latter part of May this year. Ground Ivy in its typical form is exceedingly abundant on all the extensive down-land hereabouts ; many thousands of plants were then in full flower, but only in one spot did I encounter this exceedingly peculiar and conspicuous variety. Paradoxical as it may seem, this pallid micranthous form, which one might imagine was so unnoticeable as to be passed over altogether, seemed to stand out from the herbage and arrest one's attention. A circle with a diameter of about three yards presented an appearance of soft greyish green mixed with pale lavender on a background of short green herbage. It was this peculiar fades which marked it out at once from the dark-leafed, purple-blue type plant which was growing in its close neighbour- hood, and of which some specimens were taken at the same time for purposes of comparison, as it was in size and growth the usual down-land form of this somewhat variable plant. 254 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY None of the type had invaded this particular area, which was thickly covered with the flowering-stems, mostly as far prostrate as the grassy sward in which it grew allowed, while some were ascending, and from 10-13 cm. high. The usual down-land form was about 10 cm. high. The two plants do not form so striking a contrast in the herbarium owing to the loss of colour in drying. The leaves of both forms are ovate-reniform and deeply crenate, but there is some difference in the crenations ; in the type they are rounded and more cut in at the base, the central one having a rounded apex sometimes terminated by a mucro ; in the variety they are more pointed and the central one is acuminate, without a mucro. With regard to the hairiness of the plant, there is a great difference between the two. The type has a short pubescence on the stem, composed of simple hairs with three or four cells ; in the variety the hairs are longer, containing about eight cells, while the nodal tufts have about sixteen cells, and in the type about ten. The typical down-land plant has dark green or purplish green leaves, with a polished surface and short scattered hairs of one to two cells ; in the variety the leaves are grey-green, with a dull surface, and are covered with long bristly hairs with six to eight cells, which give the leaves the soft hoary appearance. With reference to the flowers, the calyx in the type is 5 mm. long, in the variety 4 mm. The corolla of the type is 16 mm. long, with a longly exserted tube, and the colour is purplish blue. The corolla of the variety is only 8 mm. long, and the corolla- tube is included in the calyx ; the number of flowers in a whorl is more numerous usually than in the type, and the colour is pale lavender. The variety is apparently a female form, for stamens were absent from all the flowers examined. It is curious that the difference in sex should be accompanied by so many variations from the type in the vegetative characters, and should give the plant a more important varietal standing than the remark in Hooker's Student's Flora, "Flowers dimorphic, larger 2-sexual, smaller female." In Babington's Manual, ed. 9, it is thus alluded to, "A small subglabrous form with short corolla is var. parviflora Benth. " ; while, as a matter of fact, the variety as I found it is far more hairy than the type. The flowers were in too young a state to have ripe nutlets ; but both in the type and the variety the young nutlets looked exactly alike as far as comparative development went. No doubt the flowers are pollinated by insects from the typical plants close at hand. The plants were vigorous, and gave the appearance of spreading from a centre. The variety is first mentioned in the London Catalogue in the eighth edition, 1886, and is also placed in the ninth edition, 1895; but in the tenth edition, 1908, it is no longer found. What may be the reason of this ? It is a very marked plant, surely more so than many described varieties, and was evidently thought to be so by Bentham, who described and named it, and who was usually averse to the splitting up of species. 255 BIBLIOGEAPHICAL NOTES. LIII. — John Frederick Miller and his 'Icones.' A reference to this work — as " J. S. [sic] Mill. Fasc. t. 25 (1780) " — in Index Kewensis (under Brucea) led me to consult it in the more accessible edition published in 1796, under the title Cimelia Physica, with descriptions by Dr. George Shaw. For purposes of citation it became necessary to refer to the original edition, and the notes I took when so doing may be worth publishing. The description of the work in Dryander's Catalogue (i. 198) of the Banksian Library runs : — " (Icones Animalium et Plantarum). Painted, engraved, and published by John Frederick Miller. 1776-1794. Tabb. seneaB color. 60, longit. 18 unc. lat. 12 unc. Nomina et loci natales in pagg. impressis 10." Banks's copy, of which the above is a description, is, as indicated above, without title-page ; it is bound in two volumes, which are lettered on the back " Miller's Plates." Bound up with and preceding this is a fascicle of seven plates, to which I can find no reference in any published work. The only lettering on each is " Painted, engraved and published by John Miller according to Act, 1780 " ; they are accompanied by descriptive text, of a character different from that of the Icones, as a transcription of the first will show : — " Tab. I. — Decandria Monogynia. " Sophora tetraptera. 11 Is a native of New Zealand. "Flowered and maturated seeds in the open ground in the Botanic Garden at Chelsea, and in the garden of W. Pitcairn, M.D., at Islington." An. 1779. " Explanation of the Figures. " Fig. 1. The flower-bearing Branch.— 2. The Vexillum seen on the external side. — 3. The same on the interior side. — 4 and 5. The Alae (or Wings).— 6 and 7. The dipetalous Carina.— 8. The Stamens.— 9. The Anthera magnified on both sides.— 10. The Style with a Stamen.— 11. The Style with the Calyx. — 12. The Legumens (or Seed-pots).— 13. Two-joints of the Legumen dissected, so that the membranes (A) appear, which include the seeds. — 14. The The other plants figured are : — Tab. II. — " Phormium tenax Forster " Tab. III. — " Steioartia Malacodendron Linn. . . . Flowered in the royal gardens at Kew." Tab. IV.—" Fothergillia .... Flowered first in the garden of John Fothergill, M.D., at Ham House, in Essex, Anno 1771." 256 THE JOURNAL OP BOTANY Tab. V. and VI. — " Heliconia Bihai Linnaeus. . . . Flowered in the royal garden at Kew, An. 1779 ; and at Bamb. Gascoyne's, Esq., at Barking, in Essex, Anno 1777." Tab. VII. — " Lagerstrcemia indica Linnaeus. . . . Flowered in the royal garden at Kew, and at Sir James Cockburn's, Bart. It is noteworthy that these are dated 1780, and were thus issued (if at all) during the progress of the Icones, the dates of which follow. In the Banksian copy of the Icones 36 plates are in one volume, the remainder in the other. Up to 36 all except 35 bear the inscription " published as the Act directs," usually engraved but sometimes added in MS. : the dates run : — 1776—1-12. 1780—29. 1777—13-18, 21. 1781—31. 1778—19, 20, 22-24. 1782—32-34, 36. 1779—25-28, 30. The plates in the second volume bear no dates, but according to Dryander these extend to 1794. In Diet. Nat. Biogr., following Watt, the date of the volume is given as 1785, but Dryander doubtless had accurate information. The citation of Miller's name and plate of Brucea anticlysenterica by L'Heritier (Stirp. Nov. t. x) in 1784 and by Aiton (Hort. Kew. ii. 397) in 1789 shows that the text as well as the figure was accessible to these authors, for the name does not appear on the plate. Lamarck (Me"m. Acad., Paris 1784, p. 342) seems to have given the same trivial name independently : he says " On donne le nom de Brucea en Angleterre," &c, but goes on to show that no botanist has described it, and adds " Nous le nommerons Brucea anticlysenterica " : this decription he quotes in Encycl. i. 471. Dr. Jackson, as has been seen, dates Miller's plate 1780, but for the specific name he adopts Lt' Heritiev' s ferruginea (1784), although L'Heritier quotes Miller's earlier name as a synonym. Miller made the drawings for the plate at the behest of Banks : Bruce (Travels, v., Appendix p. 72) says : " Sir Joseph Banks employed Mr. Miller to make a large drawing from this shrub as it had grown at Kew. The drawing was as elegant as could be wished, and did the original great justice. To this piece of politeness Sir Joseph added another, of calling it after its dis- coverer's name, Brucea anticlysenterica." In the Department of Botany are two drawings of the plant by Miller, made at Kew in 1776, where it was raised by seeds sent by Bruce, as we learn from Kew specimens in the Banksian Herbarium. The name of the genus was no doubt, as Bruce states, suggested by Banks, with whom, as his letters in the Banksian correspondence show, he was in frequent and friendly communication. In the Solander MSS. (and on one of the drawings) it is in Solander's hand, as is also the very full original description. The synonymy is : — Brucea antidysenterica J. F. Miller, Ic. 25 (1779) and Cimelia Botanica t. 25, p. 51 (1796); L'Herit. Stirp. Nov. t. x (1784), in syn.; Ait. Hort. Kew. iii. 397 (1789) in syn. ; SHORT NOTES 257 Lam. in Mem. Acad. Paris, 1784, 342 (1787) ; Encycl. i. 471 (1784) ; Banks ex Bruce Trav. v. (Appendix) 72 (1790). B. ferruginea L'Herit. Stirp. Nov. t. x. (1874) ; Ait. Hort. Kew. iii. 397 (1789). B. abyssinica Spreng. Pugill. ii. 90 (1815). Not much is known of John Frederick Miller. He was one of the sons of John Miller (Johann Sebastian Muller) and followed his father's profession of artist and engraver. He accompanied Banks and Solander to Iceland (misprinted "Ireland" in Diet. Nat. Biogr.) as artist in 1772 ; a list of his Iceland drawings will be found in Journ. Bot. 1907, 314. He subsequently drew plants for Banks at Kew and elsewhere ; we have in the Department of Botany a number of these, ranging in date from 1772 to 1774 : among them are the original sketches for some of the plates in the Icones — Alstrcemeria Ligta (t. 2), Illicium floridanum (t. 5), Antholyza athiopica (t. 9), and Brucea already mentioned. Of many of these, as of some of the Iceland plants, finished drawings were made (also for Banks and now in the Department of Botany) by Thomas Burgis, who was inferior to Miller as an artist. Miller engraved (and drew ?) some of the plates for Weston's Universal Botanist (vol. iv. 1777). His brother James also drew plants for Banks. James Britten. SHORT NOTES. Maianthemum bifolium in England (p. 202). — In Mr. A. B. Jackson's interesting account of the above species he has not re- ferred (p. 205) to Mr. Braby's (not " Breby ") own account of its dis- covery in Yorkshire in Science Gossip for 1876, p. 210. He there gives the history of his finding it, with extracts from letters from Mr. Mitten, Mr. Borrer, and Dr. Walker Arnott. Mr. J. G. Baker (North Yorkshire, ed. 2, p. 381 (1892) ) remarks, after giving the station : " This is the only British station where the plant is clearly indigenous." Mr. Jackson strangely leaves out its northern distribution. It ranges in Sweden from Scania right up to Lap- land ; in Finland only misses the most northern provinces, and occurs up to 69° 4' N. lat. ; while in Norway it extends up to 69° 50' N. lat. Dr. Boswell Syme, who knew the Caen Wood locality well, never supposed it native there, but the authors of the Flora of Middlesex suggest " possibly native." — Arthur Bennett. Elymus arenarius L. in South Devon (p. 226). — In the Victoria History of the County of Devon (1906), p. 80, I wrote : " The sea lyme-grass was recorded by Hudson in 1778 as inhabit- ing the sea-coast near Exmouth ; it was also reported from the same station by Jones and Kingston in 1829 on the authority of Miss Filmore, and by Kavenshaw in 1860 on the authority of Mr. Edward Parfitt ; but according to a manuscript note in the British Museum herbarium copy of Kavenshaw's List, Mr. Parfitt's speci- 258 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY mens are Triticum (Agropyrum) junceum ; it has been also reported from Paignton and Goodrington sands in the Torquay district. Sir Joseph Hooker, in his Student's Flora, does not extend the distribution of the species to Devon, and Mr. Moyle Eogers has closely searched the Exmouth station and Dawlish Warren for this rare grass, and concludes that it is now absent from South Devon ; recent observations, however, in other parts justify its retention in the county flora." Also, in the addenda to the same History (p. 130), I wrote, for the Honiton botanical district, which includes Exmouth : " Elymus arenarius L. (still found in an old station)." Of my own collecting I have specimens from Exmouth in 1905 and 1906.— W. P. Hiern. Potamogeton Friesii Eupr. in Caithness. — Mr. G. Lillie has sent me a box of specimens gathered from Achkislock (or Loch Stemster), among which is a small example of the above species; it was growing with P. perfoliatus L., P. alpinus Balb., and Utricularia major Schmid. (neglecta Lehin.). It is recorded for the Outer Hebrides ! Orkney ! and then not till Dumbarton ! In Sweden it extends north to Gefleborgs Ian, but does not seem to reach Nordland. In Finland it is rare, is recorded by Hjelt (Consp. Fl. Fenn. p. 541, 1895) from Aland and Karelia onegensis, and I have a specimen from Dr. Kihlman from " Shungii," in the same province, and have seen it in the Vienna Herbarium from "Lake Norstrask, 1875, E. Hult and J. Tickham"— this is about 66° 59' N. lat. ; and in Eussia to Archangel, ex Herder. I have it also for the Faroes. One of the earliest British specimens I have seen is in the De Candolle herbarium, " Notts, 1833, Jowitt herb." — Arthur Bennett. Melampyrum pratense L. var. hians Druce. — A few days ago, at the beginning of July, I found this well-marked variety, with its golden-yellow flowers and open corolla, growing in the Downton Gorge, near Wigmore, North Herefordshire. It is alluded to in the Herefordshire Flora as a yellow variety of the common Cow- wheat, but, as far as I know, it has not been published as a Herefordshire plant under its own name. I have also found it growing at Aira Force, in Cumberland. The picturesque wild rocky gorge formed by the river Teme at Downton, cutting through the Silurian rocks, is well wooded with fine specimens of oak, ash, wych elm, and large trees of Tilia platyphyllos, which, I have no doubt, is native here as well as in South Herefordshire, in the Wye Gorge. — Eleonora Armitage. Damasonium Alisma Mill.— The following interesting note occurs in a paper by Mr. Bennett on aquatic plants, mainly con- cerned with Scottish plants, which is reprinted in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. xxvi. 27 (1913), from the Scottish Botanical Revieiv, 1912, p. 23. Mr. Bennett watched Damasonium in a pond on Mitcham Common through the summer of 1887. "In April it was the form (jraminifolium Gliick ; in May it began to make itself into the form spat hula turn Gliick ; at the end of June it had become the form natans Gliick; flowered through July and part of August; SHORT NOTES 259 at the end of August the water became very low, and the plant here and there became stranded ; it was now the form terrestre Gliick. The only one I could not say I saw was the form pumila Gliick, which he describes as ' misera forma terrestris semine nata,' &c. The figure in English Botany (t. 1615, 3rd ed. t. 1442) shows a state between Gliick's natans and terrestris. In the description no mention is made of any other leaves than the cordate floating ones. The plants noted were simply the growth and evolution of the species, influenced by warmth and depth of water. Certainly in July and August, when gathering this in other parts of Surrey, only the form natans could be seen on the water surface ; but, carefully working in the mud, the form graminifolius was found, probably the result of last year's seeding. Syme in English Botany queries it as a perennial ; Hooker and Babington are silent on this point ; Bentham calls it an annual ; Grenier and Godron call it perennial, and Ascherson and Graebner also. My own opinion is that it is neither, but a biennial, as I never was able to find any stolons as in Hydrocharis or Alisma; and the seeds evidently drop off, sink (they sink at once when ripe!), and in winter or early spring form the little tufts found in July with grass-like leaves." Lamium htbridum Vill. — During 1912 plants of this species were met with in Surrey and in Essex with unusually conspicuous flowers, which almost invited comparison with the long corollas of L. amplexicaule. The existence of this larger-flowered form seems to support the view held by some botanists that L. hybridum is a fixed hybrid derived from L. purpitreum and L. amplexicaule. I find that these larger-flowered plants agree well with the form described by Eouy (Fl. de France, xi. p. 296) as var. dissectum Mutel, " Plante plus robuste ; tube de la corolle nettement et + long, exsert ; feuilles sup. plus cuneiformes a la base, obtuses, a dentelure plus profonde," except that some of my Surrey plants, growing on a dry sandy bank, could hardly be described as "robuste." This larger-flowered form also agrees with Mutel's own description and figures in his Flore francaise, hi. 261, f. 364. — C. E. Britton. Armoracia rusticana with dissected leaves. — In his note on this subject (Journ. Bot. 1912, 95) Dr. Eendle suggested that perhaps the very dry summer of 1911 had had some effect in the production of this abnormality. At Par, East Cornwall, where, in 1911, I noticed only one plant with dissected leaves, in August, 1912 — a remarkably wet season — I noticed many. Entire and dissected leaves grew together, but on separate " crowns," that is to say, each crown produced only one kind of leaf. — Chambre C Vigurs. Plantago media L. — Last year I gathered" in the vicinity of Epsom Downs, Surrey, a remarkable-looking example with narrow, more or less erect leaves, instead of the usual broad leaves appressed to the soil. To some botanists the plant would, I do not doubt, suggest the combination P. lanceolata x media, but I 260 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY do not think P. lanceolata enters into it. My plant agrees admir- ably with the description of P. media var. Monnieri Eouy in the Flore de France, x. p. 133, " Feuilles sublanceolees, long4 petiolees; epi cylindrace," but, in the absence of examples of this variety in the National Herbarium, I am unable to say whether my plant is identical with it. — C. E. Britton. Viola calcarea Gregory. — Mr. Arthur Bennett (p. 22) says V. parvula Opiz (reduced to a variety of hirta by Kosteletzky) is no doubt the above plant. May I ask if he has seen authentic specimens? With plants so highly critical as the violets it is somewhat dangerous to decide by descriptions alone. We have seen that Babington's variety calcarea included also V. Foudrasi. — G. Claridge Druce. REVIEWS. Some Books on Gardening. Several books on gardening have lately reached us, concern- ing which a few words are due. One of the cheapest and most comprehensive volumes we have seen is that by Mr. John Weathers, entitled Twentieth Century Gardening (Simpkin, Is.). This is an attractively bound and well printed volume of more than 300 pages wTith nearly a hundred cuts, and contains practical instructions for every kind of flower-garden, with full lists and brief descriptions of the plants most suitable for each ; fruit-trees and the vegetable garden are fully dealt with, and there is an excellent calendar of garden work for each month as wTell as a capital — and wre are glad to note, only one — index. Mr. Weathers's name is guarantee for the quality of the letterpress; the book should be a boon to all garden lovers, especially to those who have little to spend on books. The same publishers have also reissued at a cheap rate (Is. 6d. each) Mr. Weathers's attractive books dealing respectively with Garden Flowers, Bulbous Plants, Flowering Trees and Shrubs, and Roses. Each volume contains 33 well executed coloured plates — many containing more than one species — and 150 pages of suitable letterpress. Garden Work, by Mr. William Good (Blackie, 5s. net.) is a handsome small quarto volume which gives, as its title implies, a complete summary of the subject in so far as that relates to actual work in the garden. It is intended, the author tells us, not only for those who take up gardening for pleasure, but also for those who are making a special study of it, or who may be preparing for examinations ; for this latter purpose it will be found very serviceable— the chapter on "The Plant," for example, gives a good summary of plant physiology. There are good coloured plates and other illustrations. Messrs. Crosby, Lockwood & Son send us a volume on the Propagation and Pruning of Hardy Trees, Shrubs, &c. (6s. net.), which is mainly of a practical nature. The numerous (56) figures WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION 261 are useful rather than attractive ; the descriptive lists are a little puzzling in arrangment, as, although the name of one species only appears as a heading, the descriptive portion deals with the genus : " Heaths, Erica cinerea " is followed by an account of the cultiva- tion of heaths in general, which can have little to do with E. cinerea. The appearance of the book is not attractive, but that need not detract from its usefulness. School Gardening, " with a guide to horticulture " (3s. 6d.), is a recent addition to the University Tutorial Series published by Mr. B. Clive. It is a compact, solid, and comprehensive volume, almost severely practical and, as the title of the series denotes, intended for the teacher rather than for the youthful gardener, who however will profit through the medium of the former by the ample information conveyed. The book is fully illustrated and crammed with information. Wild Floiuer Preservation : a Collector's Guide. By Mary Coley. With 29 illustrations by Hilda M. Coley. 8vo, fancy cloth. Pp. 191. Price 3s. 6d. net. T. Fisher Unwin. This volume " has been written mainly for the amateur botanist. It has not been written for the professional botanist or for the lordly being who knows quite well that plants cannot be pressed successfully ; so if you are that type of soured or learned person, let me implore you to put the book down at once!" (p. 18). On botanists, indeed, Miss Coley is, we think, unduly severe : " Many in the past had more learning than patience or common sense, and their collections have so dis- couraged the younger generation of naturalists that many of them have given up pressing any but their rough ' finds ' " (p. 20). Miss Coley 's experience seems to have been unfortunate, and, we will add, peculiar : " A few years ago an enthusiastic botanist asked me to look over his collection of rare species. A mighty portfolio was dragged from its place, large mounts were tenderly handled, and the learned one proceeded to declaim (!) upon the rarity of the specimens, their wonderful construction, and their exceeding beauty." Miss Coley " cudgelled [her] brains for suitable yet truthful answers to the poor man's raptures " : she " was gazing at a scarecrow, ugly enough to strike terror into the breast of the most impudent of little sparrows, while a story of the plant's extraordinary beauty was being poured into [her] ears." " The situation had its difficulties," which could hardly have been diminished when " a boy-friend muttered « What a freak ! ' in that sepulchral undertone so beloved of schoolboys " (pp. 112, 113). The author is not ignorant that " a botanist ought to be a fascinating companion and one of the most entertaining of guests at picnic and rambling parties," " but he sometimes " — indeed, frequently, for most of us have met such a person — u posi- tively hurls knowledge at the heads of les autres, and pours forth torrents of Latin at the least provocation " (pp. 80, 81). The accuracy of this description will be at once apparent to our 262 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY readers, especially when supplemented by the information that " some botanists mount their plants in albums " (p. 35). Apart from the unfortunate " gush " which prevails through- out, the book contains useful suggestions as to collecting and drying plants, " still keeping one principal object in view — to preserve their symmetrical shape." But the suggestions are over-elaborate ; thus a chapter is devoted to "A Nature Note- book," which is "the most important item in the botanical outfit — more important than your herbarium, and, in a sense, even more important than your Flora " (p. 46). How many of our readers, we wonder, keep " a Nature Note-book," and how many of Miss Coley's will attain so comprehensive an ideal as that which she describes ? By the way, if they copy references to flowers into the book, as she suggests, it will be well to assign them correctly. Browning's " dark depth on depth of lustre hid in the harebell " relates to the wild hyacinth, which shares the name with Campa- nula rotundifolia. The book includes some useful hints as to popular works which may help the beginner — we regret that the inferior edition of Flowers of the Field (whose author was "Johns," not "John") should be recommended instead of that published by the S.P.C.K. — and an illustrated glossary of botanical terms ; it may thus be regarded as a popular introduction to botanical study, and may prove of service to the beginner. But those who need instruction in collecting will find their wants supplied more efficiently, and more cheaply, in the Instructions for Collectors, No. 10, which may be obtained for 3frf., post free, from the Department of Botany, British Museum (Nat. Hist.). Cromwell Road, S.W. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. A comprehensive account of the " Mosaic Disease of the Tomato and related Plants " appears in the June number of the Ohio Naturalist (vol. xiii. pp. 149-173 (1913) ), where Leo E. Melchers has gathered together all the facts relating to this mysterious disease. It was originally described from the leaves of tobacco-plants, but it has also been found on numerous other hosts — petunias, violets, beans, cucumbers, &c. It is, however, more particularly a disease of Solanaceous plants ; it seems to be present throughout the tobacco-growing regions of the world ; it is not uncommon on tomatoes grown under glass, and has also appeared on greenhouse potatoes. The first symptoms of the disease are the mottled, faded spots that cover the leaf, which indicate a serious loss of vitality in the plants attacked. Though many workers have made a study of the disease, the origin of it is not yet definitely ascertained. The most likely theory is that of bacterial action, but bacteria have not yet been conclusively demonstrated. Other causes have been suggested, such as the " Virus " theory or some physiological disturbance. The virus is supposed to be some soluble substance that has a deleterious BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 263 action on the plant-cell. With regard to the " physiological " theory, various causes are assigned as originating the disturbance ; artificial injuries, soil-conditions, &c. — " some abnormal conditions resulting in a localized over-production of enzymes." Melchers, from his own study and observation of mosaic disease, favours the view that it is due to enzymes, and is often induced by over- forcing. — A. L. S. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on June 19 Mr. Edmund G. Baker gave an abstract of his paper on the African species of Crotalaria, 309 in number, illustrating the sections by lantern-slides. " A Eevision of the Genus Symphytum" by Mr. Cedric Bucknall, was laid before the Society in abstract. It gives a sketch of the history and geographical distribution of the genus, followed by an account of the characters of the species, of former systems of classification, together with the classification now proposed, an analytical key and detailed descriptions of the species. Two new species are described. Dr. C. E. Moss re- ferred to the recent discoveries in Britain of varieties of certain plants, instancing three varieties of Populus nigra and as many of Alnus glutinosa, Ranunculus ficariceformis, Primula scotica, var., Lycium barbarum confused with L. chinense, both of which occur, and Gymnadenia Wahlenbergii and G. densiflora, both figured by Eeichenbach. We have received the prospectus and specimen plates and pages of what will evidently be a sumptuous work on British Flowering Plants. It will form three volumes in royal quarto, bound in buckram, and will be printed on specially prepared paper : the illustrations are from drawings in water-colour by Mrs. Henry Perrin, and the text is supplied by Professor Boulger : the price for the complete work will be twelve guineas and only a thousand copies will be printed. Judging from the specimens sent us, the plates are quite good, though the arrangement of the Euonymus is not pleasing, and we do not know why the root of Vicia Cracca is given, as it does not show the tubercles referred to in the text and is not in itself attractive : there are no dis- sections. The text is of course accurate, and fuller than is usual in books of the kind. We confess, however, that we do not see a public for the work, which is not sufficiently complete for the botanist — only about 285 species will be figured and grasses, sedges and the like are excluded — or even for the advanced amateur, while the price is prohibitive for all but the wealthy, for whose drawing-room tables it will form an attractive ornament. The recent part (vol. xxvi. pt. 1) of the Transactions and Pro- ceedings of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh consists mainly of papers that had already appeared in the short-lived Scottish Botanical Preview, which was described on its title-page as "includ- ing the Transactions of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh." The desirability of uniformity renders such a reissue intelligible ; but from a bibliographical point of view it is surprising and indeed regrettable that no indication is anywhere given that the papers 264 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY have already appeared. Among these contents are new plants indicated as "new species," which of course really date from 1912. The part includes a number of useful " short notes" which seem hardly in place in the "Transactions" of the Society. In the interest of bibliographers as well as of botanists we would venture to suggest that a note explanatory of the circumstances indicated above should be prefixed to the volume when it is completed. A second edition of Mr. Druce's Flora of Oxfordshire is announced for publication by the Clarendon Press. The book has been entirely re-written, and it is intended to make it not only a catalogue of the county species, with their localities, but also a history of them, and of the botanists connected with the University and county. Mr. Druce also announces as in preparation The Flora of Buckinghamshire. This will be on the same lines as the Floras of Oxfordshire and Berkshire, to which it will be a companion volume, and with them will complete the Flora of the Upper Thames province. The sixth volume of the Oxford translation of Aristotle published by the Clarendon Press, which Mr. W. D. Eoss is editing, has been completed by the part containing De Plantis, which has been undertaken by Mr. E. S. Forster. The price of the part is 5s. net. The Journal of Genetics for June (vol. iii. n. 1) contains a " Preliminary Note on Heterostylism in Oxalis and Lythrum," by N. Barlow, who deals with the heredity of the three forms in trimorphic heterostyled plants. The results of the work of Darwin and Hildebrand are stated to be of "no great help to us at present," except with regard to the "self-fertilized Lythrum" of Darwin. The present investigations are mainly based upon Oxalis valdiviana. M. Philippe de Vilmorin writes " Sur une race de ble nain inflexible." Mr. W. K. Maxon's Studies of Tropical American Ferns No. 4 (Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvii. Washington: 1913. Pp. 133-179. 10 plates and figs.) is a careful and thorough piece of work which clears away much misunderstanding that attached to the following groups: — Asplenium Trichomanes and its American allies (nineteen species) ; the North American tree-ferns of the genus Dicksonia (four species) ; the genus Odontosoria in a revised and restricted sense (ten species) ; Bommeria and some related genera. In these and in some notes on Lycopodium and Cyathea he describes a total of sixteen new species. The keys, the cita- tions of literature and exsiccatae, the distribution, critical notes, and the painstaking treatment throughout, show Mr. Maxon's work to be of the highest order. He appeals to pteridologists to revise such genera as Adiantum, Pteris, Blechnum, certain groups of Asplenium and Athyrium, Lindsaya, Polystichum and others ; and to model their work upon Christensen's conscientious and elaborate new monograph of Dryopteris. 265 PLANTS OF THE SUDAN COLLECTED BY DR. D. T. MACDOUGAL. By A. B. Rendle, D.Sc, F.R.S. Dr. MacDougal's work on desert vegetation, and as Director of the Desert Laboratory at Tucson, Arizona, is well known. He has recently made a trip to the dry regions of the Sudan and the Egyptian Desert, the results of which will shortly be published. The plants collected on the expedition by Mr. Sykes and himself have been determined by members of the Staff of the Department of Botany of the British Museum, and will in due course be de- posited in the National Herbarium. As a certain proportion of the species have not been recorded for the area in question, it has been thought worth while to publish a systematic list. The collection contained one new species, a Composite, which Mr. Spencer Moore has described as Geigeria Macdougalii. According to information furnished by Dr. MacDougal the expedition was undertaken for the purpose of studying the physical and biological conditions of the eastern and western slopes of the mountain range between the Nile and the Red Sea, and of an expanse of the Libyan desert. The party landed at Port Sudan, Jan. 20th, 1912, and after a few excursions across the lower slopes and into the foothills as far as Sal Lorn, a saloon car was chartered from the Sudan Government Railway, in which they travelled across the mountains to Atbara and Khartoum. The principal collection on the eastern side of the range was made at Kamobsana, where the bed and margin of Khor Adit and a mountain to the eastward of the rail- way station rising to a height of 2700 ft. were examined. The crests of the range attain a height of over 5000 ft. in this region, but the railway route passes through at much lower elevations at Sinkat, Erheib, and Gebeit. Some time was spent at Talgwareb on Khor el Ushari, on the long gentle western slopes leading down toward the Nile, at which place the conditions are much more arid than on the eastward exposures. Nearly one hundred and seventy species were noted in the ten days' work in this region. From Khartoum the party came down the Nile by rail and steamer to Luxor, where the train was taken to the oasis of Kharga. Here a caravan was organized, and, starting on Feb. 11th, a journey of nearly six hundred miles was taken into the Libyan desert. The old caravan track was followed from Nadura in the oasis of Kharga to Tenida, in the oasis of Dahkla, and then to Smint, Mut, Rashida, and Qasr Dakhl. The ascent of the escarpment was made from the last-named place, and the sand- lanes through the great dunes were followed in a direction slightly west of north to the oasis of Farafra. The route now ran to the north-eastward to the oasis of Baharia, which, like all of the oases, lies at the bottom of a great depression. Ascending the escarpment on the eastern border of the basin late in February Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [Sept. 1913.] x 266 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the traverse to the Nile was made in less than a week, and Minia was reached on March 3rd. But little attention was paid to the vegetation of the irrigated areas in the oases, and only species supposedly native to the region were noted. Of these but twenty- six numbers were collected in making the entire loop out into the desert, a journey of over six hundred miles. The sparsity of the vegetation may be indicated by the fact that in one place the caravan travelled thirteen hours, or over thirty miles, without meeting a single seed-plant alive or dead. The polypetalous Dicotyledons have been determined mainly by Mr. A. J. Wilmott, the gamopetalous and apetalous Dicoty- ledons by Mr. H. F. Wernham and Mr. S. Moore, and the Cryptogams by Mr. A. Gepp. DICOTYLEDONS. Crucifer^e. Farsetia csgyptia Turra var. ovalis Boiss. Near caravan track, Farafra to Baharia, Feb. 23rd. — F. longisiliqua Decne. Sal Lorn, Red Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Matthiola elliptica R. Br. Sandy slopes near Kamobsana, Red Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Sisymbrium Irio L. Sandy soil of khor and mountain slopes, Kamobsana, Red Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Capparidace^;. Cadaba farinosa Forsk. A tree much ravaged by grazing animals, 12 to 20 ft. high. Sandy soil in khors, near Sal Lorn, Red Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. — C. longifolia DC. A shrub. Low ground near shore. Port Sudan, Red Sea Province, Jan. 21st. Capparis decidua Edgew. A tree. Near Port Sudan, Red Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Cleome papilloma Steud. Rocky hill near Sal Lorn, Red Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. — C. paradoxa Br. Slope of hill near Sal Lorn, Red Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Mcerua crassifolia Forsk. A tree along khor ; Talgwareb, Red Sea Province, Jan. 26th. Resedace^:. Oligomeris subulata Boiss. Climbing on Acacia, Port Sudan, Red Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Frankeniace^e. Franhenia pulverulenta L. Tenida, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 14th. Caryophyllace^. Cometes abyssinica R. Br. Sal Lorn hill, Red Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Polycarpcea prostrata Decne. Sandy soil in khor, Kamobsana, Red Sea Province, Jan. 25th. — P. staticeformis Hochst. Flats near Port Sudan and hill slopes near Kamobsana, Red Sea Province, Jan. 21st and 25th. PLANTS OF THE SUDAN 267 Spergula flaccida Aschers. Slopes near Kamobsana, Bed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Spergidaria marainata Bor. Along irrigating channels. Mut, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 16th. Tamariscine^. Tamarix mannifera Ehrenb. Among sand-dunes, Oasis of Kharga, Feb. 11th. Malvace^:. Abutilon denticulatum Webb. Slopes near Kamobsana, Bed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. — A, muticum Webb. Sandy soil of khors, near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Hibiscus micranthus L. fil. A small shrub. Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Pavonia triloba Hochst. Slopes near Kamobsana, at 2700 ft., Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Zygophyllacejs. Fagonia Bruguieri DC. Near Gebeit, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 26th. Tribulus bimucronatus Viv. At 2500 ft., Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Zygophyllum coccineum L. Tenida, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 15th. — Z. simplex L. Forming mats 6 to 16 in. across. Near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 20th. VlTACB^I. Cissus quadrangular is L. A vine, trailing and climbing over bushes in khors, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Leguminos^:. Acacia albida Delile. A tree, 10 to 20 ft. high ; slopes, 2500 ft., Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. — A. pterygocarpa Hochst. ex Benth. Low ground near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Pro- vince, Jan. 21st. Alhagi maurorum Medic. Tenida, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 15th. Astragalus eremophilus Boiss. ? Khor near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Clitoria Tematea L. Flats, Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st. Crotalaria microphylla Vahl. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. — C. senegalensis Bade. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Pro- vince, Jan. 21st. Indigofera anabaptista Steud. Slopes, 2300 ft., Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. — I. argentea L. Hill slopes, Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. — I. spinosa Forsk. Shrubby. Near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Lotononis Leobordea Benth. Slopes, 2500 ft. Near Kamob- sana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Lotus arabicus L. Flats, Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, x 2 268 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Jan. 21st. — L. glinoides Delile. Slopes near Kamobsana, Bed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Sesbania agyptiaca Pers. Tree ; near wells. Mut, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 16th. Crassulace^. Umbilicus horizontalis L. Moist shaded places on slopes, 2600 ft., Kamobsana, Bed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. CUCURBITACE^]. Citrullus Colocynthis Schrad. Slopes near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Coccinia moghadd Aschers. Climber ; near bed of khor, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Corallocarpus Fenzlii Hook. fil. A vine. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd ; and hill slopes, Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Pro- vince, Jan. 23rd. Cucumis proplietarum L. Port Sudan, and mountain slopes, 2600 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd and 25th. FlCOIDACE^I. Aizoon canariense L. Flats near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Pro- vince, Jan. 21st. Gisekia pharnacioides L. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Orygia decumbens Forsk. Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Trianthema pentandra L. Khor near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Umbellifer^:. Pimpinella etbaica Schweinf. Slopes, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Composite. Achyrocline luzuloides Vatke. Slopes, 2600 ft., near Kamob- sana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Bidens pilosa L. Slopes, 2600 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Francceuria crispa Cass. Sandy bed of khor, Talgwareb, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 26th ; and low grounds near Nadura, Oasis of Kharga, Feb. 11th. Geigeria Macdougalii S. Moore, sp. n. Annua, humilis, radice filiformi simplici ; caule abbreviato simplici vel rare ramoso dense folioso glabro; foliis sessilibus oblanceolatis vel lanceolato-oblongis apice mucronatis basin versus angustatis membranaceis margine ciliolato exempto fere glabris glandulis immersis copiose indutis ; capitulis pro rata parvis terminalibus vel in axillis approximates solitariis foliis imminutis saepe stipatis circiter 12-tlosculosis anguste campanulatis ; involucri puberuli circa 4-serialis phyllis oblongis exterioribus spinuloso-acuminatis intimis tantummodo acuminatis his erectis illis superne patentibus vel etiam paullulum refiexis omnibus tenuiter crustaceis ; achceniis adhuc crudis turbi- PLANTS OF THE SUDAN 269 natis villosis ; pappi squamis 10 ovatis 5 exterioribus apice rotundatis vel rotundato-truncatis 5 interioribus arista quam sese breviori onustis. Hab. Hill slopes at Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23. Plant rising at most to 2-3 cm. above the soil. Lower inter- nodes up to 3 mm. in length, upper 2 mm. or less. Leaves 2-3 cm. long, near the middle 6-10 mm. broad, green in the dry- state ; reduced leaves beneath the capitula ± 5 mm. long and about 1 mm. broad. Capitula 6*5 x 3-5 mm. Outermost leaves of the involucre often foliaceous near the top, up to 6*5 mm. long and 1-5 mm. in breadth ; inner leaves about 5 mm. long. Eecep- tacular paleae linear-acuminate divided to the middle or beyond. Corolla of ray-florets 4-5 mm. long, of disk florets 3 mm. Imma- ture achenes 1-1-25 mm. long. Scales of the pappus 1 mm. long, awn of the inner ones *5 mm. long or slightly more. Near G. acaulis Oliv. & Hiern, but entirely different in foliage and indumentum. — [S. M.] Hochstetteria Schimperi DC. Sandy soil of khor, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Launea nudicaulis Hook. fil. Near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st. Lomatolepis glomerata Cass. Khor near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Picridium tingitanum Desf. Eocky slopes near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Triptens Vaillantii Decne. Near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Pro- vince, Jan. 25th. Vernonia cinerascens Sch. Bip. Slopes, 2600 ft., near Kamob- sana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Zollihoferia chondrilloides Desf. Fields, Mut, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 16th. Campanulace^. Heterachcena massauensis Fresen. Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Plumbaginace^. Statice axillaris Forsk. Woody small khors, Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st. Primulace^:. Anagallis arvensis L. Slopes, 2600 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Salvadorace^. Salvadora persica L. A small tree. Slopes, 2700 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. ASCLEPIADACE^. Asclepias flavida N. E. Br. Slopes, 2600 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Calotropis procera E. Br. Along wash, near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. 270 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Duvalia sulcata N. E. Br. Succulent, 8 in. high ; short stems forming adventitious roots ; flower on the ground. Slopes, 1500 ft., Kamohsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Leptadcnia sparteum Wight. Along khors, Port Sudan, and Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd and 25th. Podostelma Schimperi K. Schum. Sandy bed of khor, Kamob- sana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Gentianace^:. Enicostema littoralc Blume. Near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st. BORAGINACE.33. Hcliotropium dubium E. Br. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. — H. longiflorum Hochst. Hill slopes, Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. — H. pallens Del. Near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 24th. — H. strigosum Willd. Sandy soil in khors, Sal Lorn, and slopes at 2300 ft., Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd and 25th. Trichodesma Ehrenbergii Schweinf. Slopes, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. CONVOLVULACE^E. Convolvulus glomeratus Choisy. Prostrate, spreading. Port Sudan ; khor near Port Sudan ; and hill slopes, San Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st-23rd. Cressa cretica L. Flats, Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st, and fields, Mut, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 16th. Cuscuta planiflora Ten. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st. Merremia pedata Hallier f. A trailing vine. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Solanace^}. Lycium persicum Miers. A shrub. Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Pro- vince, Jan. 23rd. Solanum dubium Fres. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st. — S. hirtulum Steud. Sandy soil of khor, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. — S. unguiculatum Eich. 2600 ft., near Kamobsana, and near Erheib, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th and 26th. Withania somnifera Mor. Near railway station, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. SCROPHULARIACE2E. Anticharis arabica Endl. Hill slopes, Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Linaria hastata E. Br. Flats near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st. — L. macilenta Decne. Slopes near Kamob- sana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Lindenbergia sinaica Benth. Slopes, 2700 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. PLANTS OF THE SUDAN 271 Schiveinfurthia aptera Vatke. Port Sudan and sandy flats, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd and 25th. Scropkularia arguta Soland. 2600 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Orobanchace^:. Cistanche lutea Hoffm. & Link. Parasitic. Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Pedaliace^. Rogeria adenophylla J. Gay. Sandy soil of khor, Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. ACANTHACE^E. Barleria triacantha Hochst. Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Blepharis edulis Pers. Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Ecbolium anisacanthus C. B. Clarke. Shrubby. Mountain slopes, 2700ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Buellia patula Jacq. Slopes, 2700 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Veebenace^:. Priva leptostachya Juss. Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Labiates. Lavandula coronopifolia Poir. Small shrub. Slopes, 2700 ft., Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Leucas inflata Benth. Shrubby. Sandy soil of khor, Sal Lorn and Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd and 25th. — L. urticifolia Br. Sandy soil of khor, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Ortliosiphon somalense Vatke. Slopes near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Plantaginace^. Plantago ciliata Desf. Slopes near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Pro- vince, Jan. 25th. Nyctaginace^:. Boerhaavia verticillata Poir. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Amarantace^:. Mrua tomentosa Forsk. Bed of khor near Port Sudan ; hill slopes, Sal Lorn; mountain slopes, 2600 ft., near Kamobsana; and sandy flats, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd-25th. Amaranthus Blitum L. Port Sudan, and sandy soil of khor, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd and 25th. Psilotrichum cor datum Moq. Near Kamobsana, 1500 ft., Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Pupalia lappacea Juss. Slopes near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. CHENOPODIACE2E. Caroxylon fmtidum Moq. In low places near Tenida, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 14th. 272 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Clwnopodium muralc L. Near Kamobsana, Bed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Haloxylon Schiucinfurthii Aschers. Summit of escarpment, north of Qasr Dakhl, Oasis of Dakhla, 1500 ft. Suceda vcrmiculata Forsk. Near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Pro- vince, Jan. 20th. Traganum nudatum Delile. Lower part of defile, north of Qasr Dakhl, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 18th. POLYGONACE^. Calligonum comosum L'Herit. Near " El Wad," caravan track, Farafra to Baharia, Feb. 24th. Bumex vcsicarius L. Hill slopes, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Euphorbiace^. Chrozophora plicata Juss. Tenida, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 15th. Euphorbia arabica Hochst. & Steud. Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. — E. cuneata Vahl. A small spreading tree, with greenish bark. On rocky slopes, Sal Lorn, and Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd and 25th. — E. granulata Forsk. Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. — E. infausta N. E. Br. Near Gebeit, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. — E. scordifolia Jacq. Shallow khor near Port Sudan, and Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Jatropha lobata Mull. Arg. Sandy flats, Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Phijllanthus rotundifolius Willd. Khor near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Urticace^:. Forskohlea tenacissima L. Hill slopes, Sal Lorn, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Salicace^:. Salix Safsaf Forsk. Bir Mansura, Nadura, Khargeh, Feb. 11th. MONOCOTYLEDONS. LlLIACE^]. Albuca Wahefieldii Baker. Slopes, 2500 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Aloe abyssinica Lamb. Near Gebeit, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 26th. Asphodelus tenuifolius Cav. Slopes, 2600 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. COMMELINACE^. Commclina bcnghalensis L. Bed of khor, Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Cyperace^. Cyperus effusus Eottb. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st. — C. Icevigatus Eoem. Along irrigation channels, Nadura, Khargeh, Feb. 11th. — C. rotundus L. Flats near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. plants of the sudan 273 Gramine^. Andropogon annulatus Forsk. Along irrigating channels, Tenida, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 14th. Aristida adscensionis L. Port Sudan, and slopes, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st and 25th. — A. plumosa L. Sal Lorn, Red Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Chloris virgata Sw. Flats near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. Dactyloctenium cegyptium Willd. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Pro- vince, Jan. 22nd. Eragrostis ciliaris Link var. arabica Asch. & Schwein. Flats near Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd. — E. plumosa Lam. Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Heleochloa dura Boiss. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st. Imperata cylindrica Cyrill. " Haifa," Mut, Oasis of Dakhla, Feb. 16th. Melanocenchris plumosa Jaub. & Spach. Hill slopes, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd. Panicum (Digitaria) pennatum Hochst. Slopes, 2300 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. — P. turgidum Forsk. Slopes, Sal Lorn, and Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 23rd and 25th. Pappophorum brachystachyum Jaub. & Spach. Slopes near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Pennisetum ciliare Link. Port Sudan, and Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 22nd and 25th. — P. orientate Eich. Slopes, 2600 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Sporobolus glaucifolius Hochst. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Pro- vince, Jan. 21st. — S. spicatus Kunth. Port Sudan, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 21st. Tristachya barbata Nees. Slopes, Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. FEENS. Actiniopteris australis Link. Shaded slopes, 2600 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Cheilanthes arabica Decne. Shaded slopes, 2500 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Notholcena languinosa Desv. Slopes, 2600 ft., Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. Onychium melanolepis Kze. Shaded slopes, 2600 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. MOSS. Plagiochasma rupestre Steph. (= Aitonia rupestre Forster). Under cliffs, 2600 ft., near Kamobsana, Eed Sea Province, Jan. 25th. ALGA. Enteromorplia intestinalis Link. On coralline rocks, shore near Port Sudan, Jan. 20th. 274 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY THE MUSSiENDAS OF THE AFEICAN CONTINENT. By H. F. Wernham, B.Sc, Department of Botany, British Museum. (Concluded from p. 240.) 20. M. arcuata Poir. in Lam. Encycl. Meth. iv. 392 (1795). M. arcuata Poir. var. parviflora S. Moore in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvii. 301. West Africa. — Sierra Leone: Scott Elliot, 5353! Togo- land : Bilttner, 145 ! N. Nigeria : Nupe, Barter, 1239 ! S. Nigeria: Old Calabar, Bobb ! Oban, Talbot, 203 ! 1052 ! Cameroons : Prcuss, 405! Batanga, Bates, 436 ! Bipinde, Zenker, 2876 ! 3120! 3158 ! 4467 ! Yaunde, 2600 ft., Zenker & Staudt, 73 ! Johann- Albrechtshohe, Staudt, 458 ! Fernando Po : Mann ! Angola : Pungo Andongo, 2400-3800 ft., Welwitsch, 1120! 1121! Ma- lange, Gossiveiler, 1235 ! 1262 ! Kimbunda, Gossweiler, 2965 ! Central Africa. — Niamniam-land : Eoddo, Schweinfurth, 3840! Djur-land: Schiueinfurth, 1742! Muboroni, 4000 ft., Battiscombe, 288 ! East Africa.— Uganda : Entebbe, 4000 ft., Mahon\ Elgon, James ! Nom. vulg. " Toki kuru " — Musozi, Bagshawe, 89 \ British East Africa : Mombasa, Powell ! German East Africa : Usambara, Amani, Warnecke, 217 ! Derema, Scheffler, 203 ! Portuguese East Africa : Mozambique, Zonoe, E. Manica, 2500 ft., Johnson, 257 ! Near Kankanje and Magomero, 3000 ft., Kirk ! (Livingstone Exped.). Zambesiland, Shire Highlands : Buchanan, 114 ! Adamson, 124 ! Sotchi, Scott Elliot, 8523 ! Nyasaland, &c. : Buchanan, 39 ! 404 ! 814 ! 1008 ! Whyte ! Zomba, 2500-3000 ft., Whyte ! Manning, 50 ! Sharpe, 148 ! Mt. Malosa (4000-6000 ft.), Whyte ! Lake Nyasa, Johnson, 505 ! Unango to Mtonia, John- son ! British Central Africa : Namosi, Cameron, 9 ! South of Lake Tanganyika, 5250 ft., Fwambo, Nutt ! Ehodesia : Gaza-land, Chirinda forest, 3800 ft., Swynnerton, 6636 ! Spungabera, 3700ft., Swynnerton, 119 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. f3 pubescens Wernham, var. nov. Eamulis plus minus dense pubescentibus tarde glabrescentibus ; foliis subtus sparse nisi densiuscule in vena centrali puberulis ; corolla, tubo basin versus sa3pe lineatim pubescente. Angola : High plateau, Gossweiler, 4247 ! Central Africa : Bongo-land, Schiueinfurth, 2891 ! 1742 ! East Africa : Uluguru, 3250 ft., Goetze, 208! Kundelungu, Kassner, 2585! 2608 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. This species occurs also in the Mascarine Islands {supra). The corolla is variable in size, as already pointed out (p. 233) ; a variety can scarcely, I think, be based on this as its only critical character, as in the case of the synonym quoted. The species may usually be distinguished by the mottled appearance of the upper surface of the leaves. 21. M. tenuiflora Benth. in Hook. Nig. Fl. 392 (1849). S. Nigeria : West province, dry zone, Kitson ! Eppah, Barter, THE MUSS^NDAS OF THE AFRICAN CONTINENT 275 3308 ! Bket, Talbot, 3001 ! 3116 ! 3117 ! Old Calabar, Robb ! Thomson, 86 ! Holland, 73 ! 81 ! Williams, 9 ! Oban, Talbot, 1050 ! Cross Eiver, McLeod ! Fernando Po : Mann, 60 ! Barter, 1232 ! 2068 ! Vogel, 67 ! Cameroons : Preuss, 879 ! 1165 ! Vic- toria, near seashore, at 2500 ft., Kalbreyer, 71 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. ft l^evis Wernham, var. nov. Inflorescentiae indurnento oirmino appresso, corolla extus sparsim strigillosa, appresse puberula v. subglabra tubo latiore. Cameroons : Efulen, Bates, 219 ! Batanga, Bates, 437 ! Bi- pinde, Zenker, 1151 ! Angola : Golungo Alto, Welivitsch, 1117 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit, Kew. 22. M. Holstii Wernharn, sp. nov. Eamulis sparsiuscule minute appresse puberulis, foliis ellipticis utrinque angustatis ca. 18 cm. x 8 cm. utrinque nisi in venis minute strigillosis glabris, petiolo appresse puberulo 2 cm., venis secundariis utrinque ca. 10-12, stipulis caducissimis ; inflorescentia laxa pedunculis pri- mariis 3-1 cm. longis qua ramuli minute ferrugineo-puberulis ; bracteis mox deciduis ; calycis lobis e basi latiusculo anguste lanceolatis valde acuminatis 5-6 mm. longis, extus rufo-sericeo- strigillosis, insuper glabratis ; corolla tubo valido ca. 3*5 cm. longo, insuper sub lobos ovatos breviter setaceo-acuminatos 6 mm. x 3 mm. ampliato, extus dense appresse pubescente. Usambara : Mtai, Hoist, 2470 ! Hb. Kew. Near M. ulugurensis, but distinct in the lax inflorescence and shape of the corolla-lobes. 23. M. ulugurensis Wernham, sp. nov. Eamulis glabres- centibus, foliis ellipticis ca. 12 cm. x 5 cm. acuminatis utrinque acutis, utrinque nisi in venis minute pubescentibus glabris, venis secundariis utrinque ca. 10, petiolo sparsim piloso brevi ; inflorescentia densiflora omnino dense minute pubescente, pedun- culis 3 primariis 1-5-2-5 cm. ; calycis lobis anguste lanceolatis 5 mm. longis in apicem subacutum leniter angustatis, v. uno in laminam petiolo raro 7-8 mm. excedente dilatato; corollce extus dense pubescentis tubo validiusculo insuper leniter ampliato, ore 5 mm. lato, lobis oblongis 8 mm. x 3 mm. acutis nee acuminatis. E. Tropical Africa : Uluguru Mt, 3900-5850 ft., Goetze, 187 ! Hb. Kew. The affinity is with M. tenuiflora, but the new species is distinct, particularly in the shape and indumentum of the corolla. 24. M. conopharyngiifolia Stapf in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvii. 104 (1905). Liberia : Sinoe Basin, Whyte ! Hb. Kew. 25. M. Soyauxii Biittner in Verh. Bot. Ver. Brand, xxxi. 81 (1890). Gaboon : Munda, Sibange Farm, Sovaux, 8 ! 14, 367 ! Biittner, 142 ; Hb. Kew. 26. M. erythrophylla Sch. & Thonn. Beskr. Guin. PI. 116 (1828). M. fulgens E. Br. ex Tedlie in Bowdich, Mission, 374. M. splendida Welw. in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvii. 36, t. 13. 276 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Sierra Leone : Smijthe, 5 ! Berea, Falaba, Scott Elliot, 5206 ! Kotiu Mt., Scott Elliot, 4608 ! Liberia : Johnstonl Gola; Bunting ! Gold Coast : Aquapim, Beach ! Ashanti, Tedlie ! (nom. vulg. "Dammaram") Cummins, 3p ! Thompson, 52 ! Cameroon : Mann, 1278 ! Prcuss, 766 ! Buea, Deistcl, 642 ! Yaunde, Zenker & Staudt, 30! 246! Johann-Albrechtshohe, Stanch, 965 ! Bitye, B. Ja, Bates, 615 ! Mopanga, Kalbreyer, 93 ! Chari ; Chevalier, 10,572 ! Congo Basin : Bull ! Kasai, Lubefu Lusunbo, Kassner, 3318! Angola: Cazengo, Gossicciler, 752! Loango, Soyaux, 179 ! Pungo Andongo, Welicitsch, 1115 ! 1116 ! Bunhi, Monteiro ! Central Africa: Niamniain-land, Schiveinfurth, 3860 ! Monbuttu- land, Schiveinfurth, 3639. Uganda : Doggett ! Unyoro to Ankole, Mrs. Tufnell ! Unyoro, £?w?i, 401 ! Daive, 1028 ! Foweira, 3400 ft., Bagshawe, 1574 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. A climbing shrub, to a height of 40 ft., in the lowlands ; a small erect shrub, 4-6 ft., at higher altitudes. 27. M. tristigmatica Cummins in Kew Bull. (1898), 74. Gold Coast : Axim, Johnson, 877 ! Dajon, near Axim, in rain-forest, Chipp, 169 ! Ashanti, near Assin Yan Kumassi, Cummins, 41! 113! Kwalue, 2000 ft., Johnson, 716! Ivory Coast, Bingerville : Abidjean, Dabon, Chevalier, 15,173 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. 28. M. Zenkeri Wernham, sp. nov. Bamulis glabratis v. pilis nonnullis arete appressis indutis, foliis obovatis utrinque glabris breviter acuminatis basi acutis 11-16 cm. x 5-7*5 cm., petiolo sparsissime strigoso ad 2-5 cm. longo, venis secundariis utrinque 10-15, venis tertiariis tenuibus conspicuis flavo-albidis ; inflorescentia pauciflora pedunculis primariis sparse strigillosis 3-5-5 cm. ; floribus majusculis, calycis lobis oblongis parum acuminatis acutis ca. 1-5 cm. x 5 mm. extus fere glabris ; corolla tubo extus dense appresse piloso 3 cm. longo 4 mm. lato, limbo 3-4 cm. diam., lobis oblongo-ovalibus 1-8 cm. x 1 cm. apice rotundato ; ovario sparsiuscule griseo-sericeo. Cameroon : Yaunde, Zenker, 1516 ! 2600 ft., Zenker & Staudt, 422 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. The corolla resembles that of M. elegans, the nearest ally, the limb being of the ample, conspicuous type ; but our new species is easily distinguished by the glabrous leaves and broad calyx-lobes. 29. M. elegans Sch. & Thonn. Beskr. Guin. PL 117 (1828). M. discolor Thonn. ex DC. Prod. iv. 372. Gardenia coccinea G. Don in Edin. Phil. Journ. xi. 343 (1824). Bertiera coccinea G. Don, Germ. Syst. iii. 506. Senegal: Heudelot, 806! Kangola, Chevalier, 850! Sierra Leone : Afzelius ! Barter ! Don ! Miss Turner ! Vogel, 51 ! Whitfield ! Wilford ! Sherbro, Kegent, Lokko, Scott Elliot, 5795 ! 5871 ! 5817 ! Bagroo River, Mann, 844 ! Liberia : Gola Forest, Yumboo, Bunting ! Gold Coast : Johnson ! Beade ! Chipp, 231 ! Cape Coast, Brass ! Aquapim, Vogel, 841 ! Ewe, Krause ! Togo: Baumann, 198! Lagos: Macgregor, 714! Bowland ! Dodd, 418 ! Yoruba, Moloney ! S. Nigeria : Baikie ! THE MUSS^ENDAS OF THE AFRICAN CONTINENT 277 W. province, dry zone, Kitson ! Old Calabar : Holland, 45 ! Monteiro ! Bobb ! Kalbreijer, 147 ! Thomson, 125 ! Williams, 10 ! Oban, Talbot, 273 ! 1047 ! N. Nigeria: Kentish -Bank in ! Gurara Eiver, Shaiu, 52 ! Lokoja, Elliott, 231 ! Anton, Elliott, 75 ! Nupe, Barter ! Cameroons : Bipinde, Zenker, 921 ! 2586 ! 2971 ! 4557 ! Johann-Albrechtshohe, Standi, 942 ! Congo : Semlike, Kassner, 3077 ! Stanley Pool, Johnston ! Angola : G-olungo Alto, Wehvitsch, 1119 ! Central Africa : Monbuttu-land, Schweinfurth, 3480! 3644! Uganda: Daice, 653! 1019! 1064! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. A striking species, the bright scarlet or orange yellow corolla- limb attaining 6 cm. in diameter. This is notably in keeping with the fact that the calyx-lobes are not modified into an attractive lamina, the function of attraction being performed by the corolla (v. ante, p. 233). /3 rotundifolia Wernham, var. nov. Foliis parvis suborbicu- laribus ca. 3 cm. x 2-5 cm. vel oblongis 3-5 cm. x 2-5 cm. petiolo 4 mm. longo. N. Nigeria : Katagum, a woody twiner on rocks, Dalziel, 397 ! Hb. Kew. The species may include other varieties. The following speci- men, described as a small tree, is probably referable to the same species, but it bears fruits only and no flowers. If so, it may be regarded as the following variety : — y psilocarpa Wernham, var. nov. Pedunculis longiusculis, calycis lobis brevioribus, fructu oblongo glabro. Lagos : MacGregor, 104 ! Hb. Kew. 30. M. hispida Engl. Bot. Jahrb. viii. 66 (1887). Congo : Naumann. A lowly shrub, according to the description nearly related to M. elegans, I have not seen a specimen. 31. M. grandiflora Benth. in Hook. Nig. Fl. 392 (1849). M. macrosepala Stapf in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvii. 105. Sierra Leone : Don ! Liberia : Gola, forest scrub, Bunting ! Begwan, Bunting, 146 ! Sinoe Basin, Kakatown, Monrovia, Whyte ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. Eemarkable for the very ample calyx-lobes, attaining 2 cm. x 1 cm., and the stout corolla-tube, over 6 mm. in the widest part. As Hiern suggests (Fl. Trop. Afr. iii. 71), this may prove to be .V. rufa A. Eich. in Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. v. 246 (1829). Species non satis not.e, duble, vel excludend.e. 32. M. rufa A. Eich. in Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. v. 166 (1829). Sierra Leone. It has been suggested that this may prove to be the same as M. grandiflora Benth. (see previous species). The original description is altogether inadequate. 33. M. zanzibarica Bojer in Ann. Sci. Nat. Ser. ii. 264 (1835). 3L rufa Bojer, loc. cit., non A. Eich. Eecorded from dry situations in Zanzibar, Bojer. The whole 278 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY plant is described as being clothed with red hairs ; the flowers are white, with equal calyx-lobes. The original description is unfor- tunately insufficient to enable me to determine the affinities of this species. 34. M. ? heinsioides Hiern in Fl. Trop. Afr. iii. 70 (1877).^ This is referred doubtfully to Musscenda by the author, and in the absence of flowers the genus is questionable. The general habit suggests this genus. The calyx-lobes are linear to spathulate and all equal, and the fruits are borne in groups of three. Congo ; Christian Smith, 59 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. M. capsulifera Balf. fil. in Proc. Eoy. Soc. Edin. xi. 836 (1882). Trans. Eoy. Soc. Edin. xxxi. 116 (1888), t. 29. Socotra : Balfour, 550 ! Schiveinfurth, 455 ! 57] . Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. I am in considerable doubt as to whether this plant is properly referred to Musscenda, but for the present I prefer to reserve the question. The general facies and habit, the shape of the corolla, and especially the very small capsules with deciduous calyx-lobes, lead to the suggestion that this may represent a new genus. The mere fact, however, that the fruit is dehiscent does not preclude its inclusion in Musscenda ; for two typical members of the latter genus — M. luteola and M. Monteiroi — bear loculicidal capsules. M. ? platyphylla Hiern. he. cit. This is, I think, undoubtedly referable to Leptactina, and we may adopt the name Leptactina platyphylla Wernham, comb, nov. The nearest affinity in L. euosmia K. Sch., from which this is readily distinguished by the roughish pubescence of the vege- tative parts and the ribbed fruit. Monbuttu-land : near Bongua, Schiveinfurth, 3626 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew. CAITHNESS PLANTS. By Arthur Bennett. 1. Subularia aquatica L. — By Loch Stemster, Loch Rhuard, and between Lybster and Loch Ehuard with Saxifraga Hirculus L. and Lobelia Dortmanna L. (Mr. Lillie, sp.). Loch Chalinin and Loch Scye, Mr. Crampton (Vegetation of Caithness, p. 73). Known only from one station in the county before 1911. I have it from Shetland (Beeby, sp.) and the Outer Hebrides (Duncan, sp.), but do not think it has been found in the Orkneys. It is generally distributed in Sweden, Lapland, and over Finland to the extreme north, Iceland, and the Faroes. 2. Callitriche intermedia Hoffm., var. homoiophylla Gr. et Godr. Fl. Fr. i. (1848), p. 591 (hamulata), "Variete souvent sterile." — This seems to be by far the commoner form of C. inter- media in the North. Fries has a C. tenuifolia Nov. Fl. Suec. ed. i. (1814), p. 11, which Lonnroth makes a var. of hamulata Kuetz., quoting with a ! ; Fries, Fl. Scanica, 1835, and Persoon, Syn. PI. 1805, where it was made a species. But there is no description in CAITHNESS PLANTS 279 the Fl. Scanica, p. 156 ; this occurs in the Nov. Fl. Suec. ed. 2, p. 280 (1828), where Fries refers it to Persoon. Mr. Williams, Prod. Fl. Brit, part 9 (1912), p. 509, makes this to be the C. angustifolia Hoppe. Taschenb. iii. p. 160 (1792), but some German authors refer it to G. vemalis Kuetz, and Hegelmaier, in his Monograph (1864), p. 56, remarks, "perhaps the same as C. vemalis" Koch, Syn. ed. iii. (1857), p. 212, places it under C. hamulata Kuetz " G. angustifolia Hoppe, forma foliis omnibus linearibus." As Hoppe's name dates from 1792, if the plant is placed under intermedia as a variety it becomes C. intermedia Hoffm. var. angustifolia (Hoppe). There is no doubt the plant has a distinct look about it, but it is difficult to get absolute characters, unless the " Styli et bractese caducse " against the " Styli persistenti " of intermedia is to be so considered. But C. angustifolia is so rarely found in flower, that it is difficult to confirm or deny this. 3. Utricularia vulgaris L. — In the Scottish Bot. Eev. (1912), p. 181, I recorded the above species as "Probably not characteristic." I had not seen specimens, and those submitted to Dr. Trail I supposed were not sufficient to decide on. But on p. 235 I was able to record it definitely, from specimens sent by Miss and Mr. Lillie from Loch Watten, which is on the eastern watershed of the county ; it also grows in Achkisloch (or Stemster), which, although so near the east coast, belongs to the north-west watershed. See also Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. (1911) p. 47. 4. Utricularia major Schmid. (U. neglecta Lehm.). — Loch, Eangag (alt. 375 ft.), and Loch Stemster (alt. 469 ft.), Mr. G. Little, sp. This is on record for E. and W. Eoss, and the Outer Hebrides, and although the late Mr. Beeby had doubts (there being no flowers), I quite think that specimens he sent me from a " loch near Scalloway " will prove to be this rather than vulgaris, though he did not agree to this. 5. Ajuga pyramidalis L. — This species is far more widely dis- persed over the country than was supposed. Mr. Crampton (op. cit.) records it from several stations with rosy-pink, white, and blue flowers, as "on talus below landslip at the Traigh Fhada (Long Beach) one mile north of Babbae, Berriedale ; at Badsallock, north of Berriedale, on gravel talus ; north bank of the Lang well Eiver." The Eev. W. E. Linton also found it near Berriedale, and it occurs in several places up the Thurso Eiver (Mr. Lindsay) ; this year Mr. Lillie has found it near Lybster. I have a specimen gathered by Mr. E. Heddle (10 June, 1847) at Dunnet. There are culti- vated specimens from Dickson's garden at Broad Green, Croydon, "root from Ben Nevis," in the British Museum Herbarium. 6. Potamogeton Sturrockii A. Benn. — Stemster Loch, July, 1913, Mr. Lillie. It grows here with P. alpinus, heterophyllus pusillus, and Friesii. I now have this from co. 52. Anglesea, 86. Stirling, 89. Perth E., and 102. Ebudes S. It is rare in the United States, and I have not yet seen European specimens other than Scottish. Ascherson and Graebner, Syn. Fl. Mitt. Europ. 280 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ed. 2 (1913), p. 530, have no European localities beyond " Schott- land." 7. Isoetes lacustris L. — Tins was marked in a catalogue by Mr. Nicholson with a ?. Mr. Crampton (I. c.) records it from Loch More, Eileneach, Ganeinh, Lochan Dubh-na-Gaoive, Chalinin, Scye, and Shurrey. Occurs in Sutherland (Salmon), Shetland !, and Orkney!. 8. Cochlearia GRffiNLANDicA L. — Short turf on Holborn Head, July 14, 1897, E. S. Marshall, sp. This seems to have somehow been omitted in my former papers,* although recorded in the Supplement to Top. Bot. It is a plant that might be expected occurring in Ross!, Sutherland!, the Outer Hebrides!, Orkney! and Shetland !. SHORT NOTES. Rumex salicifolius in South Lancashire. — A number of plants of this species occurred last year in a clover-field near Walton Prison, Liverpool. It is a North American species which has recently occurred in several localities in Germany and the Netherlands. The name has been confirmed by Dr. Thellung, of Zurich. It is not unlike a slender form of B. crispus in the field, but is of a paler yellowish green, and when in flower its anthers are conspicuously yellow tinted, deepening to orange after anthesis. They are white in B. crispus. The leaves are subcartilaginous, recurved, linear, not crisped, but slightly undulate at the margins, and have a very willow-like appearance. In the same field nume- rous other aliens appeared from time to time last year, and this including Papaver Bhceas L., Sisymbrium pannonicum Jacq., S. orientate L., Silene dichotoma Ehrh., Melilotus officinalis Lam., M. alba Desv., M. Petitpierreana Hayne, M. indica All., Trifolium pratense var. americana Harz, Oenothera Lamarchiana Ser., Daucus Carota L., Artemisia Absinthium L., Potentilla norvegica L., Chenopodium opulifolium Schrad., Rumex dentatus L., and Cynosurus echinatus L. I have seen no previous British record for Rumex salicifolius. — J. A. Wheldon. FESTUCA ROTTBffiLLIOIDES Kunth IN SOUTH LANCASHIRE. — In preparing the Flora of South Lancashire it has been necessary to visit all kinds of localities, whether botanically interesting or uninteresting. The portion of the Mersey shore near Garston belongs decidedly to the latter category. Mr. W. G. Travis, the Secretary of the South Lancashire Flora Committee, decided to pay a long postponed visit to this part of our area on July 19th, and was rewarded by the discovery of this grass on the river-wall at Garston Docks. It occurs in considerable quantity, and there is no reason to doubt that it may have been an original plant of the rocky shores hereabout prior to the building of these walls. Its only associates were native plants, such as Plantago coronopus, Alsine media, Sagina maritima var. prostrata Towns., &c. There * Scott. Nat. 1888, 305 and 357. Ann. Scott. N. H. 1892, 247 ; 1900, 108 ; 1904, 224: 1910, 225: 1911, 44. SHORT NOTES 281 is no Lancashire record for it in Green's Flora of Liverpool, but it was found many years a^o by Dickinson at Parkgate, in Cheshire. It has long been known as a plant of West Lanca- shire, where it was found near Bare by Mr. Newton, as recorded by Eay in 1688 — the first British record. It probably still occurs on the North Yorkshire coast, near Coatham, but it has long dis- appeared from near the old pier at Scarborough, whence it was recorded by Bean. — J. A. Wheldon. Tragopogon minus Mill, forma. — Early in July this year there was a considerable quantity of this plant growing in the turf on Selsley Hill, above Stroud, Gloucestershire. It is a very much dwarfed form of compact growth. I was attracted to it by the very large heads of pappus (If in. high and 2 in. broad) which were growing at about the same height above the ground that one sees dandelion clocks. I gathered a number of plants and measured them from the ground level to the distal end of the pappus. The great majority were 6 to 7 in. in height, the smaller ones 5 in., and a few large ones reached 9 to 10 in. They had not been nibbled by sheep. The stems were either simple and one- flowered, or with a short secondary scape arising within an inch of the base of the stem, and bearing one flower. This was usually in bud or just opening when the first flower had ripened its seeds. The flowers are rather shorter than the involucre, and the fruit agrees with the description in Babington's Manual, ed. 9. I have not met with this form before ; the ordinary roadside plant is from 2 to 2| ft. high and much branched. — Eleonora Armitage. Ehinanthus monticola Druce in Mid-west Yorkshire (v.-c. 64). — I found this plant in quantity on July 27th this year near Malham, at about 1250 ft. It grows in the turf over a wet moory area, about half a mile square, near the head of the Gordale Beck, frequently in close association with Bartsia alpina. I do not think the plant has been previously recorded for the West Eiding. The specimens agree closely with the description given in the article by the Eev. E. S. Marshall in this Journal in 1903, p. 297, and are for the most part about four inches in height, exceptionally reaching five and a half inches. The main stems bear from eight to thirteen or fourteen pairs of leaves (excluding the floral leaves), and from three to five flowers or fruits. The curious colouring of the corollas, well described as "treacly yellow," attracts the eye at once. Usually the whole plant was much bronzed, becoming purplish bronze in the fruiting-calyx. — A. E. Bradley. BEVIEWS. Die Palaeobotanische Literatur. Vol. iii. (1910, 1911, and Appen- dix to 1909). Edited by W. J. Jongmans. Jena : G. Fischer. 8vo, pp. 569. Price 26 marks. The third volume of Dr. Jongmans' bibliographical review of palaeobotanical literature deals with the work published in the years 1910 and 1911, together with some additions to the previous Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [Sept. 1913.] y 282 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY volume. It is of a still larger size than the previous volumes, and the enormous number of papers referred to, and of plants mentioned in these papers, is the best vindication of the useful- ness of such a work and demonstration of its value. When we look through the pages of these volumes, we cannot fail to be struck with the immense amount of literature dealing with fossil plants which is published annually and scattered in such diverse periodicals that some of it may elude the vigilance even of the specialist. While the most industrious botanist finds it difficult to keep in touch with all the literature of his special subjects, the painstaking work of Dr. Jongmans makes it possible for anyone to ascertain easily the year's work on palaeobotanical subjects, or on any fossil plant or group of plants. This should be especially useful for those whose work does not bring them very extensively into contact with palasobotanical memoirs, but who are studying plants allied to some of the fossil forms. For example, opening the volume before us at random, we find no less than eighty-one references to species of Myrica, belonging to periods between Cretaceous times and the present day ; many of these might escape the notice of a worker on this genus. In England, we too often fall into the error of associating Paleobotany only with the study of Carboniferous plants, and of forgetting that it includes the study of all ancient plants whose remains are found buried in the earth. But though the papers on Carboniferous plants mentioned in the present volume are the most numerous, yet they do not form much more than a quarter of the total number of the papers recorded. In this connection it is interesting to notice the numbers of papers dealing with the plants of the different periods. In this volume the number of papers quoted as dealing with Devonian plants is 14, Carbo- niferous plants are dealt with in 152, Triassic in 29, Jurassic in 42, Cretaceous in 80, Tertiary in 100, and Quaternary in 135, the figures being approximate in each case. While a large percentage of the papers on Palaeozoic plants come from the hands of English botanists, only seven out of the one hundred and thirty-five papers which deal with Quaternary plants originated in this country. It is much to be regretted that English botanists take so little interest in the plant-remains in comparatively recent deposits, such as peat and the ancient forest beds of pre- and post-glacial age, for this study almost certainly provides the key to many problems of the distribution of our plants. For example, the presence of the Lusitanian flora in the West of Ireland may well be due to the warmer winters of a milder post-glacial period, of which there is some evidence. This study not only throws inte- resting light on the distribution of many elements in our flora, but also on the past histories of many individual plants. Some idea of the activity of Continental workers in this field may be ob- tained by the perusal of a volume which has provided many refer- ences in Jongman's list, viz., the work published by the Stockholm International Geological Congress entitled Die Veranderungen des Klimas seit dem Maximum der letzten Eiszeit. FLORE DU BAS ET DU MOYEN-CONGO 283 In other fields we notice that the literature quoted includes papers on Tertiary plants found in many different localities, such as Java, Crete, and California. The most noteworthy work of the two years on Mesozoic plants was in the papers of Kidston and Gwynne Vaughan on the Fossil Osmundaceae, Nathorst on some members of the Bennettiales, and Jeffrey on some Conifers. Among the advances in our knowledge of Palaeozoic plants during the period, we are especially reminded of the work of Prof. Oliver and Mrs. Arber on the Gymnosperm seeds, and of the work of Paul Bertrand and W. T. Gordon on some of the curious Palaeo- zoic ferns. But the importance of Jongman's bibliographical review does not lie in reminding us of the more important work of the period, but rather in the analysis of the hundreds of smaller papers which are not readily accessible, and which we should probably never see. The species-index often reveals references in papers where these might be least expected. Undoubtedly the use of these biblio- graphies will not only save labour, but make for thoroughness and completeness in the work of many botanists, and it is to be hoped that the issue of the volumes will be continued. H. H. T. Flore du Bas et du Moy 'en-Congo : Etudes de Systematique et de Geographie Botanique. Ser. v., Tome hi., Ease, iii. Par Emile de Wildeman. Brussels. Nov. 1912. It is now some years since M. de Wildeman began a syste- matic study of Congolese botany as represented in the Brussels Museum by consignments of plants from Belgian lovers of Nature, for the most part officers of the Congo State, who have devoted their leisure to the praiseworthy object of bringing to light the vegetable treasures of that large and still imperfectly known portion of the African continent. Like all its predecessors, this "Etude," issued in the well-known sumptuous form and beautifully illus- trated, is complete in itself, and contains a full index, not only of scientific but also of vernacular names. Though for certain groups the services of experts have from time to time been enlisted, the brunt of the labour involved has fallen upon M. de Wildeman himself, whose studies have therefore, of necessity, been wider in their scope than is usual in these days of high specialization. He has been further handicapped by want of access to the large number of type-specimens, whose preservation in this country and at various Continental centres has resulted from the activity of explorers, British, German, and French, in territories bordering on the Belgian Congo, which have a flora in many respects similar to its own. That some bad species should have been made was, in the circumstances, inevitable, and it says much for M. de Wildeman 's courage and devotion that he has not been deterred by this from pursuing the object he had in view and bringing it so far on the road to realization. In the publication under notice will be found an exhaustive 284 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY study of the Congo species of Dioscorea, a genus of which the economic importance justifies the seventeen plates employed to illustrate them ; also many descriptions of new species, to- gether with new localities for known ones, belonging to most of the natural orders of plants found in the Congo territory. We do not like such terms as " Labiataceoe " and " Compositaceae " ; too high a price may be paid for a uniform system of nomenclature. S. M. Forestry for Woodmen. By C. 0. Hanson. Pp. 222. With 12 plates and 15 text-figures. Clarendon Press. Price 5s. net. A manual of forestry in half-a-dozen bulky and costly volumes is not only a contradiction in terms but is also obviously not to be possessed by mere woodmen. The woodman's requirements are, moreover, in many respects different from those of the forester. It is desirable that he should know the main principles upon which his practice depends, and all that he can as to the practical rearing and tending of woodland and the measurement and utili- zation of its produce. Matters of forest policy, working plans and finance are rather the province of the higher forest officer. As, however, the well-trained and experienced woodman may aspire to rise in his calling, Mr. Hanson may be justified in devoting one chapter in this well-planned little book to such topics. His book was, he tells us, first drawn up for the use of the School of Forestry for Working Men in the Forest of Dean ; and we think that, in the recent revival of the study of forestry, no work has been produced in this country that so meets the requirements of such students as does this. It makes no pretence to originality, the preface modestly acknowledging indebtedness to Sir W. Schlich's Manual, Mr. Pinchot's American Primer, Dr. Nisbet's edition of Brown's Forester, Mr. Simpson's New Forestry, and other gjprks ; but, while fully adapted to English requirements, the book ha - received from its writer's thorough training a scientific character which is independent of mere locality. Starting with the life of a tree, it goes on to deal with climate and soil, pure and mixed woods, nursery management, planting, methods of treat- ment and protection from destructive animals and plants, frost, drought, storm and fire, fencing, draining, felling, &c, with brief but adequate sylvicultural notes on the species commonly grown in England. Printing and binding are creditable to the Clarendon Press, and the book is certainly inexpensive. Cheap as it is, however, we doubt whether the photographic illustrations of woodlands, which must add appreciably to its price, serve any really useful purpose that is not fully met by the text. We hope that the book will find its way, not only into the hands of the woodmen in our larger State woodlands, but also into the libraries of secondary and even primary schools in wooded regions. Its sixteen chapters would furnish themes for a useful course of as many lectures. /-. o -d J G. o. Boulger. 285 ISLE OF WIGHT PLANTS. By Frederic Stratton, F.L.S. The Isle of Wight having been included by Mr. Townsend in his Flora of Hants (second edition, 1904), there is little probability of a separate flora of the island being published. An account of the flowering plants and ferns and their allies, which I wrote in 1908, was published as part of A Guide to the Natural History of the Isle of Wight, edited by Mr. Frank Morey, F.L.S., in February, 1909, and these notes may be taken as an appendix to that account, and also to Mr. Townsend's Flora. The districts in which the plants occur are those of Townsend's Flora, namely : IV. North Wight, 1, 2, 3, 4, and V. South Wight, 1, 2. These districts are bounded by the water partings generally, but in at least two instances this is not so; the portion of the southern slopes of the chalk downs west of Freshwater Bay belong strictly to subdistrict V. 1, and not to IV. 1, and the eastern boundary line of subdistrict IV. 3 does not quite follow the water parting between Arreton Down and Budbridge. For convenience sake the order of Townsend's Flora has been followed. Clematis Vitalba L. Mr. Townsend says of this, " not con- fined to the chalk," and this is so, but in the island it is confined to the chalk and limestone. Wherever it is seen in the island off the chalk it is a sure indication that limestone comes to the surface there. Is this the case in other parts of England ? Thalictrum flavum L. There is a strange error in Townsend's Flora as to this plant. It has always been extremely rare, and no island specimens, as far as I know, are in existence. The entry under "IV. (N. Wight) (1) Totland Bay, abund. B. (Stratton) " must be a slip, for which I am not responsible, for some other plant. I fear the plant is extinct at Wootton, as I have repeatedly searched in vain for it. In Major Smith's copy of Bromfield's Flora Vectensis, there is a MS. note, " ^rmerly in Lee meadows but now extinct, E. M." Banunculus sceleratus L. This plant has a very striking resemblance to a Batrachian Banunculus when it is seen growing in water early in the year (February 7th in my specimens) with only floating leaves, which much resemble very large leaves of B. tripartitus. B. Flammula L. The procumbent rooting state, pseudo-reptans Syme var. radicans Nolte, is a very different plant from B. reptans L., which throws out rooting stems in all directions, whilst the stem of B. pseudo-reptans roots in one direction only. (See Journ. Bot. 1869, 315.) Helleborus viridis L. The entry in Townsend's Flora under H. foztidus, " near Blackbridge Haven Street," belongs to H. viridis, which plant may possibly be a relic of cultivation both at Blackbridge and also in the locality at Alverstone Whippingham, but in the latter locality I saw it in 1868 and 1869 growing in great abundance over a considerable area in Woodhouse Copse. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [Oct. 1913.] z 286 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Aquilegia vulgaris L. District IV. 3. Pan Down, near New- port, amongst furze and hawthorn bushes ; copses, East Standen. Aconitum Napellus L. Still nourishing in both the localities given in Bromfield's Flora ; the date appended to the specimen in his herbarium is June 11th, 1840. F uniar ia. How many of the newly described species can be identified as occurring in the Isle of Wight I am not able to say. It would take probably some years of observation and examination. Out of the thirty-six species in Mr. Pugsley's list at the end of his account of the genus in Britain only four of our island Fumarias remain with the same names as those recorded in Townsend's Flora, namely, F. Borcei, F. muralis, F. officinalis, and F. Vaillantii, the only station for F. Boraii being that " between Cockleton and Gurnet Bay ; Herb. Br. Mus. (Pugsley, 1903)." For F. Vaillantii Lois, only one doubtful record by Dr. Bell Salter in 1855. And for F. densiflora DC. only one record (1865). It is evident that a good deal has to be done in the island as elsewhere in regard to this genus. In my younger days as a botanist I was an enthusi- astic "splitter"; now, from lack of youthful energy probably, I seem to be more inclined to be a " lumper," though I quite appreciate the careful and acute observation of many of the botanical brotherhood. Crambe maritima L. Plants have been observed in June, 1906, on the western shore of Newtown Creek, and in 1907 on the eastern side. Possibly all the plants noted as occurring in the Isle of Wight have been derived from seeds floated across the Solent from Calshot, where it has been known as abundant for many years. The first notice of it as an Isle of Wight plant is in Morison's Plantarwn Historian Universalis Oxoniensis, 1680. Sisymbrium Sophia L. I found this plant in 1867 growing on waste ground, now built over, at St. John's, near Eyde. In July, 1907, specimens from Alverstone, near Newchurch, were sent to me, no doubt casuals. S. Irio L. In August, 1875, this plant occurred on the site of an ancient wall in Newport, pulled down in 1874. It has not been noticed since. Matthiola incana E. Br. Still as abundant as ever on the chalk cliffs from Freshwater Bay to Compton. There is some difficulty as to which of Mr. Townsend's districts this locality is in. And he must have felt the difficulty, as he puts it under both " IV. N. Wight (1) " and ■■ V. S. Wight (1)." The difficulty arises from the fact that the downs from Compton to the Needles slope to the cliffs form the water-parting, and consequently, according to the description of the districts in the Flora, all the plants of the cliffs and of the downs south of the water-parting are in District V. S. Wight (1), whilst Townsend puts many of them under District IV. N. Wight (1). Nasturtium officinale B. Br. IV. 3. East bank of Medina below Newport. N. yalustre DC. IV. 3. Between Shide and Pan, near Newport. ISLE OF WIGHT PLANTS 287 Alyssum calycinum L. The locality, " Bury Hall, Alverstone," is not in District "V. (S. Wight) (2) " but in VIII. (Hants) (3). Thlaspi arvense L. IV. 3. Near Westmill, Newport ; arable field at Whitcombe. Lepidium Draba L. IV. 1. Yarmouth. Viola lactea Sm. IV. 1. Heath east side of the Freshwater Yat, near Beckett's Copse. V. odorata L. The white variety is by far the commonest. In some seasons (especially 1904) I have seen copses on the chalk downs white with them. The variety with reddish purple flowers occurs in a few localities, but the blue-flowered variety I have never seen in the island. In this genus, again, there appears from Mrs. Gregory's book to be ample scope for minuter observation. Dianthus Armeria L. Mr. W. Reeves sent me a specimen in September, 1888, from a locality near Alverstone, which is probably the same locality as that in which it was found in 1848. Saponaria officinalis L. Occurrence at Yaverland recorded by Dr. Bromfield before 1850 ; at Brighstone by Mr. R. Tucker, 1865. In both localities it maintains its ground in hedges. It has also been established for many years in a hedge at Watergate, near Newport. Gerastium pumilum Curt. IV. 2, IV. 3, and IV. 4. Fresh- water Down, Arreton Down, and, I believe, on the whole of the chalk down range from the Needles to Bembridge. But it is sometimes difficult to distinguish this plant from small states of C. tetrandrum Curt. Myosoto?i aquaticum Moench (Stellaria aquatica Scop.). IV. 3. I had searched unsuccessfully for this between Shide and Black- water from 1864 to 1872, when, in the latter year, the banks thrown up from the side of the stream for the railway were covered in various places with it. Herniaria hirsuta L. Occurrence at St. Lawrence in 1910, recorded in Journ. Bot. 1912, p. 378. Montia fontana L. IV. 3. St. George's Down, Staplers. There is no District " IV. (5)." Geranium pyrenaicum Burm. (perenne Huds.). IV. 3. In considerable quantity in two places in high hedge-banks near Merston. G. columbinum L. IV. 1. Totland Bay. G. striatum L. IV. 4. King's Quay Copse, naturalized ; hedge near Wootton Bridge. G. sanguineum L. IV. 4. Waste ground, St. John's, near Ryde. Bhamnus Frangula L. IV. 4. King's Quay. V. 2. Shanklin. B. Alatemus L. IV. 3. Established for many years in a hedge which divides Pan Down from St. George's Down. The trees flower abundantly, but I have not seen ripe fruit. Melilotus altissima Thuill. This plant, which has hitherto been rather uncommon, is now found in great abundance, especially in Districts IV. 1. Totland, IV. 3. Newport. Trifolium arvense L. IV. 1. Totland. IV. 3. East Cowes. z 2 288 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY T. scabrum L. IV. 3. Carisbrooke Castle, Bowcombe Down. V. 2. Arreton Down. Vicia bithynica L. IV. 2. Gurnard ; " rough grassy ground near Gurnard Bay, close to the beach ... in the same locality Luzula Forsteri, Lathyrus Nissolia, . . . and Carex pendula," J. F. Eayner, August 3rd, 1907. Lathyrus pratensis L. v&r.villosus Schleicher. V. 2. St. Law- rence, G. C. Druce, Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 394. L. sylvestris L. V. 2. Kerne ; the very broad-leaved variety, which seems to have been sometimes recorded os L. latifolius L. Spirtsa Filipendula L. IV. 1. High Down, Freshwater. Agrimonia odorata Mill. IV. 3. Bagwich. Pan, Newport. Poterium polygamum Wald. & Kit. (muricatum Spach.). IV. 3. Bowcombe Down. Bubus radula Weihe subsp. anglicanus Rogers. Recorded under District V. 2. " Romsey." Romsey is in Hants. I am not aware of any place so named in the Isle of Wight. B. dumctornm W. & N. var. ferox Weihe. Wootton Creek is in District IV. 4, not V. 2. There is much collecting and identifying of Rubi to be done in the Isle of Wight for those who can recognize the 133 species and the 66 varieties or subspecies of brambles, as set forth in Mr. Druce's List of British Pla?its (1908). This remark applies also in a lesser degree to the roses. In Townsend's Flora the Rev. W. Moyle Rogers has given us the results of his study of these critical genera, both in Hants and the Isle of Wight. Sedum dasyphyllum L. V. 2. Lake near Sandown (1875). Saxifraga tridactylites L. IV. 3. Walls, Newport. V. 2. Godshill. This is a plant which in some years occurs in vast abundance in spots where in other years it is hardly or not at all to be found, as St. George's Down, 1869 and 1877, Carisbrooke Castle north trench, 1902 and 1912. Sambucus nigra L. IV. 3. The variety with pale yellowish fruit grows near Carisbrooke Castle. Asperula odorata L. IV. 3. Copses, East Standen ; Alvington. IV. 4. Long Lane Copse. Crucianella stylosa DC. IV. 1. Tennyson's Lane, Freshwater. V. 2. In the undercliff. An outcast from cultivation in all its habitats. Valeriana dioica L. IV. 3. Wet field between Watergate and Carisbrooke. Valerianella olitoria Poll. IV. 3. Hedge-bank between New- port and Watergate. V. eriocarpa Desv. IV. 3. Last year I found this growing in abundance at Carisbrooke (see Journ. Bot. 1912, 231). This year I watched the locality, and up to May 22nd I could not find a single plant. On May 11th last year the plant was in great profusion ; from May 22nd this year to June 12th I found just one or two plants. On June 20th and since not a single plant. Carduus arvensis Robson var. setosus. IV. 3. Bank of new road, Newport (see Journ. Bot. 1911, 275). Many plants this year. ISLE OF WIGHT PLANTS 289 Matricaria suaveolens Buch. IV. 2. Apes Down. IV. 3. In many localities near Newport and elsewhere. The extraordinary- rapidity with which this plant has spread itself in the island is quite unaccountable, as also is its abundance, though there is less in quantity this year. Achillea Ptarmica L. IV. 3. Abundant in pasture near East Medina Mill ; Staplers ; Mount Misery. Artemisia Absinthium L. Does not occur north of the chalk range. Many localities are given by Dr. Bromfield in the Phyto- logist, vol. iii. 437-490, but none in the Flora Vectensis. V. 1. Chale Green. V. 2 Luccombe; Bordwood. Filago apiculata G. E. Smith. IV. 3. Arable field above Idlecombe. I have a note, "Wight, Newbould, Top. Bot. edn. 2, Supplement," but I do not know to what locality it refers. F. minima Fries. IV. 1. Headon, Freshwater. Gnaphalium sylvaticum L. I have never met with this species in the Island. Senecio sylvaticus L. IV. 3. Abundant on St. George's Down. S. campestris DC. IV. 2. Plentiful over a considerable area on the S.E. (not "Western ") extremity of Westover Down, but not found elsewhere except on Afton Down, where it is very scarce, if it still exists. I have not seen it on Afton Down since 1883. Bidens cernaa L. and B. tripartita L. both occur sparingly in and near the Medina stream close to Newport. Inula crithmoides L. IV. 3. Bank of Medina Eiver at Werrar ; below Newport, west side. I. Helenium L. IV. 3. King's Quay. Petasites fragrans Presl. IV. 3. Naturalized and greatly increasing in many localities. The flowering time here is from the middle of December to the end of January. dehor hem Intybus L. V. 1. Compton. Hypochceris glabra L. IV. 1. Headon, Freshwater. Picris hieracioides L. var. gracilis Jord. IV. 2. " Apes Down ; also (V. 2) near St. Lawrence." G. C. Druce in Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 394. Taraxacum officinale Weber, var. erythrospermum Andrz. IV. 3. Newport ; Standen. Lactuca virosa L. V. 2. The two records in Townsend's Flora probably relate to the one locality near Winford Firs, where I saw it growing in 1875. Crepis taraxicifolia Thuillier. IV. 1. Totland Bay, 1879. In the Supplement to the second edition of Topographical Botany the record is " Wight. J. Groves." C. setosa Hall. IV. 1. Totland Bay, 1879. C. biennis L. IV. 1. Totland Bay, 1879, Hieracium pilosissimum Fries Peleterianum Merat. All my specimens from Freshwater are thickly clothed with long brown hairs and felt, and very much resemble a plant distributed by Billot in his Flora exsiccata, under the name Hieracium mixtum Fral. ap. The hairs and felt of H. pilosella are whiter. A very 290 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY hairy form of pilosella grows at Carisbrooke Castle. The island is not rich in Hieracia, as out of the 133 species and 146 varieties of Hieracia given in the tenth edition of the London Catalogue, only six have been recorded as occurring in the island. But this may be partly due to the lack of skilled observers of the genus. Campanula patula L. and C. Bapunculus L. should both be dropped out of the list of Isle of Wight plants, as, though once recorded as having been found in the south of the island, neither plant has been observed here during the past seventy years. Vaccinium Myrtillus L. IV. 3. Marvel, near Newport ; St. George's Down. Monotropa Hypopitys L. IV. 3. Carisbrooke Castle. IV. 4. Firestone Copse ; N unwell. Gentiana Amarella L. b. prcecox Eaf. V. 2. South slopes of down above Steephill. This is the only locality in which I have seen this plant growing (first on May 27th, 1878). Mr. Tucker's plants from Afton Down (May 25th, 1864) are G. ca/mpestris. Captain A. Steuart reported finding prcecox on May 16th, 1889, on " the down above Bonchurch," and on May 18th, in the same year, on the " slopes south of the monument on Bembridge Downs." I have not seen Captain Steuart's specimens, but in Townsend's Flora the record is " Ventnor Downs; J. H. A. Stewart (Herb. Salmon)." A specimen distributed by Billot as " G. Amarella L., from Mark Brandenburg (Prusse) 7 Aout, 1851," is this plant. G. campestris L. IV. 1. Colwell Heath. A few plants observed in 1879, since which date it has often been searched for in vain, both at Colwell and on Afton Down. There ought to be no confusion betwTeen this plant and the preceding one, as that is clearly closely allied by its flowers to G. Amarella. Menyanthes trifoliata L. IV. 3. Between Gatcombe Mill and Blackwater. Convolvulus Solclanella L. V. 2. Below the cliffs west of Sandown. Atropa Belladonna L. IV. 2. Chalk pit at Westover. IV. 3. Garden of Nodgham, Carisbrooke. Datura Stramonium L. IV. 3. Kailway embankment between Newport and Shide (1873). Verbascum Blattaria L. IV. 3. Field south of Marvel Copse, with yellow flowers (1878). Mimulus luteus L. (Langsdorfii Donn.). IV. 3. Gatcombe (1904); The Wilderness (1912). V. 2. Peartree (1891); Alver- stone, 1904. Veronica Buxbaumii Ten. (Tournefortii C. Gmel.) This plant, which appears to have been first noticed in the island about 1840 (it had not been seen by Bromfield up to November, 1840), is now to be found, probably, in every arable field in the island, a striking instance of the rapid and complete naturalization of an alien plant. V. agrestis L. In Towmsend's Flora the record is " IV. (N. Wight), com. in all the sub-districts. V. (S. Wight), com. in ISLE OF WIGHT PLANTS 291 sub-district (1). (2) Niton ; Eogers." I doubt its being common, and I believe I have never found it in the island. Unfortunately I lent, at his request, in June, 1911, my packet of Veronicas, fifty-four sheets, to Dr. Ernst Lehmann, of Kiel, who informed me that he was engaged on a monograph of the genus Veronica ; I have never been able to get this packet returned to me, but he informed me that none of the plants in the packet were V. agrestis. V. montana L. IV. 3. Copse little Pan, near Newport. Lathrcea Squamaria L. V. 2. " Edge of cliff in Sandown Bay (1870) ; E. Stratton (Br. Mus. Herb.)." A curious error, as I certainly never saw the plant in that locality, nor anywhere in District V. 2. [There is no specimen from this locality in the British Museum Herbarium. — Ed.] Orobanche Picridis E. W. Schultz. An Orobanche, which I have failed to distinguish from this, was growing on Crepis virens, on the chalk down above Cheverton (Dist. IV. 2) this year. In 1868 Mr. J. G. Baker recorded finding 0. minor, " Apes Down, on Crepis virens," a locality very much the same as the one above. Ly copies eiiropceus L. IV. 3. Eord Mill, Newport. Mentha rotundifolia Hudson. IV. 3. Between Marvel and Blackwater. M. rubra Sm. V. 2. Whitwell (G. C. Druce in Journ. Bot. 1905, 394). M. Pulegium L. The locality given in Townsend's Flora, IV. 3. " Plantation on left hand, approaching Carisbrooke Castle from Newport," is no doubt an error, as the plantation is on bare chalk. Calamintha menthifolia Host. var. Briggsii Syme. V. 1. Shor- well Shoot. I have no doubt that this plant and Bromfield's G. sylvatica are the ones we get in the island, but we also have very characteristic plants of typical menthifoliav&r. a genuina of Boswell Syme (Engl. Bot. eel. 3, vii. 34). They agree with the plants distributed by Billot as follows: Bromfield's G. sylvatica is C. officinalis Moench, Billot's specimens being from "les jeunes tailles du calcaire jurassique inferieur a Liverdun pres de Nancy." I found the same plant near the Beatenhohle, on the north side of the Lake of Thun. This is, I presume, Clinopoclium grandi- florum 0. Kuntze. G. menthifolia Host. var. Briggsii Syme is C. ascendens Jordan, which Billot sent from " Lieux sees et pierreux avec ses congeneres aux environs de Lyon." I conclude that Glinopodium Calamintha 0. Kuntze includes both Cala- mintha menthifolia Host, and Syme's var. Briggsii. Eeferring to Townsend's note under C. sylvatica Bromf., I may add that this plant grows and seeds very readily in gardens and greenhouses, as it has done spontaneously in mine for over forty years past. Nepeta Cataria h. IV. 1. "Sconce Tower" (Snooke's Flora Vectiana) is between Colwell and Norton. Scutellaria minor L. IV. 3. Sullens, near Newport. Lamium hybridum Vill. IV. 3. Between Marvel and White- croft (1869) ; St. George's Down. Lithospermum officinale L. IV. 3. Shide; Pan Down, near Newport. 292 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY L. arvense L. IV. 2. Arable field adjoining Barkham's Copse, Oarisbrooke. Lycopsis arvensis L. IV. 1. Headon. Pinguicula lusitanica L. IV. 1. The habitat given in Townsend's Flora under "V. (S. Wight) (1) Colwell Heath," should be IV. 1 ; but the only part of the heath where I saw it growing in 1867 and 1869 has long since been enclosed as the garden of a house. V. 2. Bohemia (1908, 1910, E. W. Pollard). Utricularia vulgaris L. IV. 1. In flower in " ditches in the marsh near Easton," August 12th, 1867 and since, and August 22nd, 1906. Lysimachia nemorum L. IV. 3. Staplers. IV. 4. Osborne. Anagallis tenella Murray. IV. 3. Sullens, near Newport. Ccntunculus miniums L. IV. 3. St. George's Down. Stat ice Limonium L. forma pyramidalis Salmon. IV. 3. Near East Medina Mill. S. humilis Salmon. " IV. 4. Wootton Creek, 1860," H. Tri- men, Herb. Mus. Brit. ; King's Quay. IV. 3. Near East Medina Mill. S. humilis x Limonium (x S. Neumanni Eouy). IV. 1. By the Yar, Freshwater. IV. 3. Near East Medina Mill. Polygonum Bistorta L. V. 2. " Mottisfont " is near Bomsey, Hants ; there is no place of that name in the island. Hippophae rhamnoides L. Has been largely planted at Tot- land Bay. The only place in the island in which it has the appearance of growing wild is St. Helen's Spit, but that locality rests under suspicion, since both Bromfield and A. G. More were guilty of the most reprehensible practice of planting and sowing seeds of various non-indigenous plants there. See A. G. More's Supplement to the Flora Vectensis, Journ. Bot. 1871, 11, 19. Euphorbia Peplis L. V. 2. St. Helen's Spit (Dr. B. Daydon Jackson, 1872). Not recorded since, I believe. Was this another plant of Bromfield's planting ? E. Paralias L. " Saltmead, a bay W. of Burnet Wood (1879)." Neither "Saltmead" nor "Burnet Wood" are known as places in the island. A single, very small, plant was found in Gurnard Bay in 1868, and there is no subsequent record. As I saw it growing in great profusion on the shore of Hayling Island in 1870, forming seed abundantly, and as it was observed there in 1849 by Dr. Bromfield, it would not seem unlikely that seeds might have drifted across to the shores of the island, but the sowing by Dr. Bromfield of seeds both at St. Helen's and Norton Spit (in both of which localities it has flourished for many years) leaves the matter doubtful. E. platyphyllos L. IV. 3. Alverstone Whippingham. V. 2. Steephill. "Newbridge; Tate (Baker)" is in District IV. 2, not V. 2. Mercurialis annua L. IV. 3. Newport. Ceratophyllum dcmersum L. IV. 3. Pond, Heytesbury Farm, near Newport. Typha angustifolia L. This species increases and seems to ISLE OF WIGHT PLANTS 293 take the place of T. latifolia ; and where the two grow together, the slender species appears to drive out the robuster. S par g anium neglectum Beeby. V. 2. Near Landguard, Shanklin. Arum italicum Miller. This plant is still abundant in the undercliff from Ventnor to Niton. The leaves appear towards the end of September, the flower about the beginning of June, the fully-ripe fruit in October, and the young seedlings in February. I am not sure that I have not seen plants with white-veined leaves, but certainly not often. In Jersey in April, 1871, Dr. Trimen and I collected plants with white-veined leaves. Lemna polyrrhiza L. The Sandown locality is in District V. 2, not IV. Zannicliellia palustris L. V. 1. The locality is " Mottistone Mill," not " Mottisfont." Hydrocharis Morsus-rana L. IV. 1. Pool on a small heath between Freshwater Farm and Norton. Eloclea canadensis Michx. Stated in Mr. A. G. More's Supple- ment to have been planted in a pond near the Spencer Eoad, Eyde, before 1850. In 1860 it was found at Barton, near Osborne, and by 1864 it was abundant everywhere in the island ; another instance of the rapid dispersion of the plant. By 1880 it had ceased to be the prevailing plant in the ponds and mill-streams in the neighbourhood of Newport, but in 1908 it seemed to be making some progress again, which up to the present time it has not maintained. Aceras anthropophora E. Br. V. 2. Shanklin Down. Orchis pyramidalis L. IV. 3. Pan Down. IV. 4. Arreton Down. 0. ustulata L. V. 1. Shorwell. 0. latifolia L. IV. 3. Clatterford Pan, near Newport. Gymnadenia conopsea E. Br. IV. 3. Carisbrooke Castle ; Pan Down. Ophrys apifera Huds. and 0. muscifera Huds. Both are becoming much more scarce with us, greatly due, I believe, to the so-called "nature study" now very popular in our schools. It is very desirable that a horror of collecting numbers of speci- mens of rare plants should be instilled in the minds of children and others. Neottia Nidus-avis Eich. V. 2. Fremantle Wood, near Godshill. Eptipactis latifolia All. {helleborine Hill). IV. 3. Alverstone Whippingham. Cephalanthera grandiflora Gray. IV. 2. Westover. IV. 3. Carisbrooke Castle. V. 2. St. Lawrence. Colchicum autumnale L. IV. 3. This plant has for at least fifteen years grown freely and without cultivation in the grassy borders of the garden of Blackwater House. The locality agrees fairly with that mentioned by Bromfield, " a field by the Medina above Shide Bridge," in which the plant was found many years ago. I do not know if it was ever planted at Blackwater. Cyperus longus L. The brave struggle for existence which 294 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY this plant makes in its station at Apes Down was noted in this Journal for 1910 (p. 112). Cladium Mar i sens R. Br. I have never been able to find this plant in its only island locality. If it still exists "in the bog at Easton Freshwater Gate " it, as well as all the bog plants still growing there are threatened by proposed conversion of the marsh into a " pleasure garden " ! Eriophorum latifolium Hoppe. IV. 1. There is, alas! now no " boggy part of Colwell Heath," and this plant must, I fear, be considered extinct. Carex Bmnninghausiana Weihe. V. 2. Parsonage Lynch, July, 1872. Spartina Townsendi H. & J. Groves. IV. 3. This plant is taking the place of S. stricta in the creeks on the east side of the Medina below Newport. In 1867 there was only S. stricta to be found in these creeks and, I believe, elsewhere in the island. Now it is difficult to find S. stricta. Alopecurus bulbosus Gouan. V. 1. Yarmouth. Agrostis pumila L. IV. 3. St. George's Down. Catabrosa aquatica Beauv. IV. 3. Clatterford, Carisbrooke. Glyceria aquatica Wahl. No longer to be found in the only known station in the island — Colwell Bay. I last saw it there in 1886. Poa compressa L. IV. 3. Shide. Festuca Myuros L. V. 2. Knighton. Aspleniwn Buta-muraria L. IV. 3. Carisbrooke Castle. V. 2. Gatcliffe, near Godshill. Osmunda regalis L. IV. 3. Extinct, I fear, in the Wilderness. Though in 1870 I walked through thickets of it five or six feet high, I have not been able to find a single plant in late years. This is due to the rapacity of fern dealers, and the folly of fern buyers. Botrucliium Lunaria Sw. V. 2. Meadow north of Cook's Castle, near Wroxall. THE LAKDIZABALACEiE OF JAPAN. By Seiitchi Narita. (Of the Tokyo Botanical Society.) Conspectus of Genera. Sepals 6 ; petals 0 Stauntonia Decne. Sepals 3 ; petals 0 Akebia Decne. Stauntonia Decne. S. hexaphylla Decne. Ito et Matsum. Tent. Flor. Lute. i. p. 289; Palibin, Conspec. Florae Koreas, i. p. 21; Matsum. et Hayat., Enum. PL Formos. p. 17; Nakai, Flor. Kor. i. p. 40; Matsum. Ind. PI. Jap. iii. p. 127. Hab. Nippon (Mainland) ; Kiusiu ; Liukiu (Lutchu) ; Formosa. THE LARDIZABALACE^: OF JAPAN 295 Akebia Decne. 1. Leaves 5-foliolate 2 Leaves 3-foliolate 4 2. Male flowers numerous (25-30) in a raceme ; inflorescence very elongate ; sepals (of male flowers) 3 mm. long A. longeracemosa Matsum. Male flowers rather few (3-5) in a short raceme ; sepals (of male flowers) 4-5 mm. long 3 3. Leaflets entire on the margin, subequal in size but not very variable A. quinata Decne. Leaflets often undulate or undulate-dentate on the margin, very variable in size A. lobata Decne. var. pentajihylla'M.&k. 4. Leaflets ovate or oval, entire or loosely dentate on the margin A. lobata Decne. Terminal leaflets lanceolate, obtuse at the tips, truncate at the base ; lateral ones slightly smaller than the terminal ones, entire on the margin (also on the margin of the terminal ones), petiolules shorter than those of the terminal ones A. sp. Hayat. A. lobata Decne. Matsum. Ind. PI. Jap. iii. p. 128. Syn. A. clematifolia S. et Z. ; A. quercifolia S. et Z. Hab. Yezo ; Nippon ; Kiusiu. Var. pentaphylla Mak. in Bot. Mag. Tokyo. Hab. Nippon ; Shikoku. A. longeracemosa Matsum. Matsum. et Hayat., Enum. PI. Formos. p. 17; Matsum. Ind. PI. Jap. iii. 127. Hab. Formosa. A. quinata Decne. Palibin, I. c. p. 21 ; Nakai, I. c. p. 40 ; Matsum. 1. c. p. 127. Hab. Nippon ; Kiusiu. A. sp. Hayat. Flor. Mont. Formos. p. 40. Hab. Formosa. BYNCHOSPOBA FUSCA R. & S. IN BRITAIN. By Arthur Bennett, A.L.S. The distribution of Bynchospora fusca in the British Isles is peculiar and difficult to account for. In Scotland, in the west, it occurs in Inverness (Watson's Westerness), but geographically also in Argyll ; i. e. on boggy sides of a lagoon on Loch Sheil near the mouth of the River Pollock ; also on the sides of two small lochs (alt. 180 ft.) near Salen, but in different watersheds; on Kentra Moss, Ardnamurchan, in great abundance over an extent of about three miles by a mile and a half. Over all it extends about nine miles by two miles. It can be easily recognized a hundred yards away by the dense brownish-yellow patches (S. M. Macvicar, in Utt.). This is the extreme north of Argyll, in about 56° 46' N. lat. Mr. C. E. Salmon found it in another station, "By Lochan 296 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Dubh, Tor an Tairbert, near Locb Eil (v.-c. 97) in 1902." Tbis is about six miles further inland than Mr. Macvicar's stations. Going south from this, the following stations may be noted: — 73. Kirkcudbright. On Auchencairn Moor, J. McAndrew sp., 1882. 46. Cardigan. Dyfi estuary marshes, A. Ley in Eecord Club Rep. 1881-5-6 (1887), pp. 109, 148. Borth Bog, L. Cuming in Exchange Club Rep. for 1912 (1913), p. 292. 41. Glamorgan. " On Cromyln Bog, near Swansea," E. Forster, 1805, Botanist's Guide, p. 753. There is a specimen in Herb. Brit. Mus., but we have no recent record. 17. Surrey. Ponds near Elstead and Thursley, E. S. Mar- shall sp., 1882. 11. Hants, South. " I found this plentifully in a bog between Southampton and Limington in August," Petiver (1716), Cone. Gram. n. 149. Reeves sp., 1884. 8. Wilts, South. Landford Common, Tatum sp., 1892. 6. Somerset. Sole (1782) in MS. Flora. " Burtle Moor, near Mark," Clark in Proc. Somerset Arch. & Nat. Hist. Soc. 1856. Clarke sp., 1855. The foregoing are the counties for which the records may be accepted. Besides these it has been reported for four others : — 2. Cornwall, E. "Recorded for the county by Ray in Syn. Meth. Stirp. 1690, and from ' within rive miles of Trewhiddle' by Pascoe in Cat. Wats. [i. e. catalogue sent to Watson] . It was accepted for Cornwall by Watson in Cyb. Brit. iii. (1852), un- doubtedly on the strength of Pascoe's Catalogue, drawn up two years earlier ; but in Top. Bot. doubt is cast on its occurrence in the county," Davey, Fl. Cornwall, 471. 40. Salop. Leighton, Fl. Shrop. (1841), pp. 36, 508. We have no modern confirmation, yet the borders of the meres would seem to be a likely locality. 42. Brecon. Watson in Top. Bot. ed. 1 (1874), p. 421, who suggests that the record is erroneous. 62. York, N.E. " Bogs near Turington [Terrington] , growing among the S. albus, rare," Teesdale in Bot. Guide (1805), p. 667 (entered with a mark of doubt). It may be that Teesdale mistook the var. sordida of alba for fusca. It is not noticed by Mr. Baker in N. Yorkshire, ed. 2 (1892), p. 390, and Watson (I, c.) suggests it was an error. Even omitting the four last-named counties, the distribution of the plant is very peculiar, and suggests that careful search will detect it in other counties. The first records for the British Isles are : — England. — " Cyperus minor angustifolius palustris capitulis fuscis paleacis. In occidentalis Angliae." Morison, Hist. Oxon. iii. 239 (1699). Scotland. — A. Bennett in Scottish Naturalist, 1888, 257. Ireland. — " Wet bogs near the bottom of Purple Mountain, Killarney," Mackay in Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. v. (1806), p. 127. In Europe it is generally distributed in Sweden (in fourteen NOTES ON TWO SELAGINELLAS 297 provinces), extending north to Gefleborgs Ian, and reappearing in Swedish Lapland. In Norway it extends up to 62° 35' (Blytt). In Finland it occurs only in five of the botanical divisions in the south up to 62° N. lat. It occurs in France, Belgium, Holland, Denmark, Germany, Bohemia, Switzerland, Tyrol, Transylvania, Lombardy, Middle Eussia, and in a few small States bordering on the military frontier of Austria. NOTES ON TWO SELAGINELLAS. s^ By G. Hieronymus. 1. Selaginella Commersoniana Spring, Mon. ii. in Mem. Acad. Eoy. de Belgique, xxiv. (1849), p. 110. Syn. S. fissidentoides Spring, I. c. p. Ill, pro parte quoad specimen a cl. Perville in insula Mahe collectum ; Baker, Handb. Fern All. p. 51, pro parte; non Lycopodium fissidentoides Hook, et Grew Enum. Fil. n. 151, in Hook. Bot. Misc. S. sechellarum Baker, Fl. Maurit. 523, and Handb. Fern All. p. 52, n. 72 (ex fragmento speciminis authentici) Distribution. The species is with certainty only known from the Seychelles Islands. According to Spring the originals of Selaginella Commer- soniana, collected by Commerson himself, came from the Philip- pines. This information Spring took from the label accompany- ing the type specimen in the Paris Museum. On the other hand, the label of another of Commerson's originals received by the Berlin Herbarium from Paris in 1820 has the note, " Cote de Coromandel," in Kunth's handwriting. Both statements seem to be wrong, the plant having probably been collected in the Seychelles Islands, although I have not been able to ascertain that Commerson visited those islands. However that may be, it is certain that Commerson's plant matches exactly specimens subsequently collected in the Seychelles Islands. Apart from Commerson's plant, the following specimens have to be referred to S. Commersoniana : — Mahe, Perville, no. 76 (1841, in Hb. Mus. Paris and Hb. Berol.-Dahlem) ; Mahe, Coll. ignot. (January or February, 1841 ; Hb. Link, Dahlem), originally labelled by Al. Braun " Selaginella sechellarum," but later on recognized by him as S. Commersoniana ; Kersten, Von der Decken's Exped. (August, 1863) ; J. Home, no. 157 (February, 1872), described by Baker as S. sechellarum ; Barbarons, Mahe, distributed by the Botanic Station as no. 4 ( May, 1910 ; Hb. Prince Roland Bonaparte, Paris); Mahe, Stanley Gardiner (1908; Hb. Kew) ; Silhoutte, Stanley Gardiner (1908, Hb. Kew), and H. C. Thomasset (Hb. Kew). O 2. S. Willdenowii (Desv.), Baker in Gard. Chron. 1867, p. 950, and Handb. Fern All. p. 93. Syn. Lycopodium IcEvigatum Willd., Spec. Plant, v. p. 45 (1810), non Lam. ; L. Willdenowii * Desv. ap. Hook et Grev. Icones Fil. t. lvii. Distribution. Indo-Malayan region, from Madras to the 298 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Himalaya and Cochinchina, Malacca, Sumatra, Bangka, and Java ; Seychelles Islands (Mahe, Victoria, J. Stanley Gardiner). Spring's affirmation that the species also occurs in West Africa refers, as already suggested by Baker, to S. scandens, whilst his further statement that it is found in Brazil is probably based on cultivated specimens or escapes. The specimens collected by Bonpland in Equatorial America and preserved in the Paris Museum are not known to me, but it is practically certain that they do not belong to S. Willdenowii. Spring also enumerates the plant from the Philippines, quoting Cuming, no. 2417, but Cuming's specimen was from Singapore (see Eolfe in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. vol. xxi. 287), and the plant has not been found so far in the Philippines, notwithstanding the exhaustive researches of Merrill, Copeland, Elmer, and others. It is represented there by S. Engleri Hieron. and S. Whitfordii Hieron. Nor do the speci- mens collected by Naumann in MacCluer Bay, New Guinea, in 1875, and named S. Willdenoivii by Al. Braun, belong to that species; they' are rather referable to a closely allied form which, according to a communication by Capt. Van Alder we velt von Eosenburgh, is identical with specimens collected by Treub near Skru, and by Teijsmann near Doreh, New Guinea. This form he calls S. muricata Cesati, var. inermis v. A. v. R. msc. S. TI7//- denowii has therefore to be struck off the list of New Guinea ^-plants. REPORTS OF DEPT. OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, 1908-12. By A. B. Rendle, D.Sc, F.R.S. [Until the Editor left the Department of Botany in 1908, the Reports of the Department relating to the annual acquisitions had regularly appeared in this Journal. By some oversight this was discontinued, and it was only comparatively lately that atten- tion was called to the omission. The Reports, which are included in the Annual Return of the British Museum, are published by H.M. Stationery Office, and may be purchased through any book- seller, but it has been found convenient to refer to the abstracts given in the Journal by various authors — e. g. the information as to the more recent Museum collections given in Alphonse De Candolle's La Phytographie is almost entirely drawn from these pages. We therefore propose to supply the missing Reports, which will we hope be completed by the end of the present year. It will be observed that with the Report for 1911 a new and more convenient arrangement has been introduced. — Ed. Journ. Bot.] Acquisitions, 1908. The following additions have been made to the collections by presentation : — 396 phanerogams from Uganda, from Dr A. G. Bagsiiawe ; 215 phanerogams and 30 cryptogams from Rhodesia, from F. Eyles ; 126 specimens from Uganda, from Mrs Sybil M. Tufnell; 38 specimens from the Soudan, from the Director of REPORTS OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM 299 Woods and Forests, Kartoum ; 200 specimens from Gazaland, from C. F. M. Swynnerton ; 50 specimens of Umbelliferce and Composite^, and 43 monocotyledons from Algeria, from M. A. Joly Elbahy ; 48 specimens from South Africa, from Eev. F. A. Eogers ; 23 specimens from Lake Kivu, Central Africa, from Dr. Wollaston ; 10 specimens from Uganda, from E. Brown ; 10 speci- mens from Fayoum, from Dr. W. A. Cunnington; 5 specimens from South Africa, from Dr. H. Bolus ; 14 specimens of Podostemacece from India, from J. C. Willis ; 4 specimens from Garhwal, from Dr. T. G. Longstaff ; 2 specimens of Wissadula from Brazil, from E. Fries ; 50 specimens of plants from West Australia, collected by W. V. Fitzgerald, from F. S. Brockman ; 4 specimens of Eremo- phila, &c, from Australia, from Prof. A. J. Ewart ; 390 specimens from Chili, Brazil, and the Falkland Islands, from E. Morton Middleton ; 2 specimens of orchids from Jamaica, from W. Fawcett ; 3 specimens of Ophrys from Hyeres, from H. S. Thompson; 2 speci- mens of flowering plants from Eev. W. Moyle Eogers; 3 specimens of cultivated plants from Hon. Walter Eothschild ; specimens of fossil seeds of Najas marina and N. minor from Clement Eeid ; 2 fruits of Martynia from A. E. Stearns ; 3 specimens of culti- vated orchids from Sir Trevor Lawrence ; 4 specimens of cultivated orchids from J. O'Brien ; 2 specimens of Silene from W. B. Paulson ; specimens of Alsophila from Fiji, from Miss M. Benson ; specimens of a tropical moss, Calymperes, recently discovered in Europe, near the fumaroles of Pantellaria, from Dr. Emilio Levier ; 2 species of Halimeda and 3 specimens of Avrainvillea from the Paumotu Archipelago, from M. P. Hariot ; some large specimens of Laminariacece, from the Eastern Telegraph Com- pany's cable near Gibraltar, from V. K. Cornish ; a Japanese species of Ecklonia, from Prof. F. O. Bower ; 11 species repre- senting 4 genera of Lithothamnia from the Indian Ocean, collected during the ' Sea-lark ' Expedition, from J. Stanley Gardiner ; specimens of Cladocephalus, a new genus of Algse from the West Indies, from Marshall A. Howe ; 161 Characea from the her- barium of T. F. Allen, from the New York Botanical Garden. The additions to the British Herbarium by presentation have been : — 3 specimens from Dr. C. C. Vigurs ; 229 specimens from Eev. E. S. Marshall ; 72 specimens from Eev. H. J. Eiddelsdell ; 2 specimens from John D. Young ; 4 specimens from A. B. Jack- son ; 3 specimens of introduced plants from W. B. Allen ; 7 speci- mens from Clement Eeid ; 2 specimens from W. Whitehead ; 10 specimens of Eubi, &c, from Prof. D. Oliver ; 4 specimens from James Groves ; 10 rare British Hepaticce from Symers M. Macvicar. Among the acquisitions by presentation special reference may be made to the collection of Diatoms formed by the late Thomas Glazebrook Eylands, of Warrington, and presented by his daughter, Miss Martha G. Eylands. It consists of about 6000 microscope- slides in cabinets, and includes the collection of the late Dr. Christopher Johnson, of Lancaster, bequeathed to Mr. Eylands. It was formed more than forty years ago, when great activity was 300 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY manifested in the study of Diatomacece ; and the two most active students of the group, Prof. G. Walker Arnott and Prof. E. K. Greville, and their more important correspondents are represented by numerous letters included in the collection. The following additions have been made by exchange of dupli- cates : — 1100 specimens from Brazil, Central Asia, Bussia, &c, from the Director, Eoyal Botanic Gardens, St. Petersburg ; 494 phanerogams and 12 cryptogams from Singapore, Siam, &c, from the Director of the Botanic Gardens, Singapore ; 37 specimens of Coprosma from New Zealand, from J. F. Cheeseman ; 308 speci- mens from South Africa, collected by B. Schlechter, from the Director of the Botanic Museum, Zurich ; 395 specimens from Tibet and 94 specimens from Tropical Africa, from the Director, Eoyal Gardens, Kew ; 56 specimens from Jamaica, from the Director of the New York Botanic Garden ; 138 specimens from Australia, from the Director of the Botanic Garden, Sydney ; 626 specimens from Texas, collected by Lindheimer, from the Director of the Missouri Botanic Garden ; 56 specimens from Java, from the Director of the Buitenzorg Botanic Garden ; 100 Kryptogamae Exsiccatae, from the Hofmuseum, Vienna ; 13 specimens of West Australian orchids, from Oswald Sargent, York, West Australia. The principal purchases during the year were : — 200 specimens "Flora Stiriaca Exsiccata " (fasc. 7-10), from Hayek; 273 speci- mens " Plantae Paraguarienses," from Dr. Hassler ; 227 specimens from South Bolivia, collected by Fiebrig, from Dr. E. Pilger ; 200 specimens of Dorfler's Herb. Normale, Cent. 47 and 48, from Dulau & Co. ; 370 phanerogams and 82 cryptogams from New Caledonia, collected by E. Schlechter, from Dr. Loesener ; 109 phanerogams and 6 cryptogams from Tucuman, Argentina, col- lected by Dr. L. Dinelli, from W. F. H. Eosenberg ; 980 phanero- gams and 107 cryptogams from Japan, from Eev. U. Faurie ; 299 phanerogams and 10 cryptogams from Mexico, from C. G. Pringle ; 62 specimens " Grarnineas Exsiccatae " (fasc. xxi. xxii.), and 40 specimens Cyperacea (fasc. vi.), from Kneucker ; 179 specimens from Cameroons, collected by Zenker, from Dr. E. Gilg ; 440 specimens, including 31 vascular cryptogams from Mexico, col- lected by Dr. Purpus, from Dr. T. S. Brandegee ; 50 specimens " Salicetum Exsiccatum " (fasc. vii.), collected by Toepffer, from Dulau & Co. ; 20 phanerogams and 20 cryptogams from West Indies, from W. E. Broadway ; 50 specimens " Batotheca Europaea " (fasc. v.), from H. Sudre ; 176 phanerogams and 23 cryptogams from Lydia and Caria, and 40 phanerogams and 50 cryptogams from North Persia, and 52 specimens from West Persia, collected by Dr. Strauss, from J. Bornmiiller ; 59 phanero- gams and 1 cryptogam from Transkei, South Africa, from Miss A. Pegler ; 200 North American fungi, from Bartholomew ; 200 German fungi, from Sydow ; 100 Uredinece and 25 Ustilaginece, from Sydow ; 100 fungi imperfecti, from Kabat and Bubak ; 75 ascomycetous fungi, from Eehm ; 150 Westphalian fungi, from Brinkmann ; 50 fungi selecti, from Jaap ; 100 micro-fungi, from Vestergren ; 53 British micro-fungi, and 36 microscope prepara- REPORTS OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM 301 tions, from Miss A. L. Smith ; 40 lichens of North England, from Kev. W. Johnson ; 813 Bavarian lichens, from Britzelmayr ; 20 rare European lichens, from Zahlbruckner ; 1214 coloured draw- ings of lichens, prepared by the late Dr. K. Deakin and illustrating his lichen herbarium, which was presented to the Department in 1889, from Hutchinson; 76 marine algae of South Australia, from Mrs. Harold ; 100 North American algae from Collins, Holden, and Setchell ; 40 microscope preparations of diatoms and 105 of fresh -water algae and Peridiniece from material collected by Dr. W. A. Cunnington in the East African Lakes, from West ; 1007 microscope preparations of British mosses, from Sherrin ; 50 mosses of Malay Archipelago, from Fleischer ; 20 North American Hepaticcz, from Haynes ; 424 mosses and hepatics of India, 74 of Japanese islands, 143 of British New Guinea, 50 of Tasmania, 132 of Guatemala, from Levier ; 59 mosses of France, from Husnot ; 100 mosses of South Europe, from Fleischer and Warnstorf ; 125 cryptogams of Germany, Austria, and Switzerland, from Migula ; 116 coloured drawings of Scottish cryptogams by Greville, from Parritt. Among the acquisitions by purchase special mention should be made of the collection of marine algae made by the late E. A. L. Batters, consisting of more than 10,000 British and 3000 foreign specimens, and more than 3000 microscope preparations. The slides add much to the facilities for studying the algae, and the whole collection affords a good representation of the work done in recent years towards ascertaining the distribution of the species around the coasts of the British Islands. Acquisitions, 1909. The following additions have been made to the collections by presentation : — The herbarium of the late Eev. R. P. Murray, from Mrs. R. P. Murray ; 12 specimens of seeds from Sikkim, from Capt. Gage ; 22 phanerogams from New Guinea, from Capt. F. R. Barton ; 138 phanerogams from the Curator of the Sarawak Museum ; 54 phanerogams from the neighbourhood of Shanghai, from F. W. Styan ; 78 phanerogams and 15 cryptogams from Fiji, from Miss L. Gibbs ; 24 phanerogams from West Australia, from O. H. Sargent ; 9 specimens of Australian woods from Millar's Karri and Jarrah Co. ; 32 phanerogams and 4 ferns from South Nigeria, from A. E. Kitson ; 114 phanerogams and 1 crypto- gam from Nigeria, from C. C. Yates ; 27 phanerogams from Uganda, from E. Brown; 118 specimens from Rhodesia, from E. C. Chubb ; 43 phanerogams from Rhodesia, from Dr. R. F. Rand ; 8 specimens of fruits from West Indies, from A. E. Aspi- nall; 390 specimens from Chili, from R. M. Middleton; 40 phanerogams from Patagonia, from Dr. P. Dusen ; 9 specimens of cultivated plants from Walter Ledger ; 73 ferns of New Zealand and 100 ferns of tropical Asia, from Llewellyn Lewis ; 7 growth- forms of Asplenium Braclleyi, from Tennessee, from R. M. Middle- ton ; 227 algae of Barbados, from the executors of the late Miss Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [Oct. 1913.] 2 a 302 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Anna Vickers; 48 tubes of plankton collected in the African Lakes, by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, from the Tanganyika Committee ; 33 marine algae of the Danish West Indies, from Dr. F. Borgesen; 26 Australian lichens, from Edwin Cheel ; 23 mycetozoa from the Philippine Islands, from E. D. Merrill. The additions to the British Herbarium by presentation have been : — The British Herbarium of the late John Benbow, of Uxbridge, from A. J. Benbow; 35 specimens from C. E. Salmon ; 17 specimens from Rev. E. F. Linton ; 205 specimens from Rev. E. S. Marshall ; 15 specimens from W. H. Beeby ; 5 specimens from Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell ; 74 specimens of rubi from Rev. W. Moyle Rogers ; 30 specimens of potamogetons from A. Bennett ; 3 specimens from W. P. Hiern ; 2 specimens of diseases of culti- vated trees, by W. Gamble ; 2 rare British marine algae, by A. D. Cotton ; 2 fungal diseases of insects, by E. R. Bankes; microscope preparations from a Scottish glacial peat deposit, by H. N. Dixon. The following additions have been made by exchange of duplicates : — 265 phanerogams and 28 ferns from Malaya, from the Director of the Botanic Gardens, Singapore ; 139 phanerogams and 6 cryptogams from South Africa, collected by R. Schlechter, from the Director of the Botanic Museum, Zurich ; 78 phanero- gams from South Africa, from Dr. H. Bolus, Cape Town ; 18 specimens West Australian orchids, from Oswald Sargent, West Australia ; 250 ferns from the West Indies and Mexico, from the U.S. National Herbarium, Washington ; 74 phanerogams, chiefly from the West Indies and Venezuela, from the Director of the Botanic Museum, Copenhagen ; 341 phanerogams and 119 crypto- gams from the Director of the Museu Goeldi, Para, Brazil ; and 200 cryptogams from the Hofmuseum, Vienna. The principal purchases during the year were : — 990 phanero- gams and 16 cryptogams from Hungary, Bosnia, &c, from C. K. Schneider ; 194 phanerogams and 6 vascular cryptogams, " Flora Stiriaca exsiccata," fasc. 11-14, from Hayek; 50 specimens "Salicetum exsiccatum," fasc. hi., from Toepffer; 50 specimens " Batotheca Europaea," fasc. vi., from Sudre; 603 phanerogams and 102 cryptogams from Japan and Korea, from Rev. U. Faurie ; 319 phanerogams and 117 cryptogams from China, from Father Hugh ; 50 phanerogams and 5 vascular cryptogams from Java, from Buysman ; 264 phanerogams and 9 vascular cryptogams from N.W. Rhodesia, from Theo. Kassner ; 128 specimens from German East Africa, from W. Biisse ; 84 phanerogams from German East Africa, from Scheffler ; 362 specimens from Came- roons, from Zenker ; 2807 phanerogams and 37 cryptogams from Angola, from John Gossweiler ; 470 phanerogams and 6 vascular cryptogams from Montana, from J. W. Blankinship ; 55 phanero- gams and 2 Equisetacea from Washington, from W. N. Suksdorf ; 49 phanerogams and 75 cryptogams from Costa Rica, from Tonduz ; 159 phanerogams and 3 cryptogams from South Bolivia, from Fiebrig ; 284 phanerogams and 25 cryptogams from Brazil, from P. Dusen ; 337 phanerogams and 39 cryptogams from New REPORTS OF DEPARTMENT OP BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM 303 Caledonia, from R. Schlechter ; 60 specimens " Graminese," Lief, xxiii.-xxiv., from Kneucker ; 902 microphotographs of woods illustrating minute structure, from J. A. Weale, and single speci- mens from C. C. Tatham and Mrs. Brittan ; 218 cryptogams of the Ionian island of Leucadia, from Mrs. Baden Powell; 90 Pteri- dophytes of South America, &c, from Rosenstock and Schroeder; 34 MuscinecB from South Africa and Siam, from Wilms and Hosseus ; 60 Musci Americae Septentrionalis, from Renauld and Cardot ; 138 Canadian mosses, from Macoun ; 50 mosses of the Indian and Polynesian Archipelago, from Fleischer ; 464 mosses and hepatics of Sikkim, Guatemala and Mexico, from Levier ; 20 American Hepaticce, from Haynes ; 50 Hepaticce Europsese, from Schiffner ; 150 North American marine algae, from Collins, Holden and Setchell; 50 fungi select! and 40 myxomycetes, from Jaap ; 50 fungi imperfecti, from Kabat and Bubak ; 200 fungi columbiani, from Bartholomew ; 50 ascomycetes, from Rehm ; 100 micro- mycetes rariores selecti, from Vestergren ; 50 Uredinea, 25 Ustilaginece and 100 German fungi, from Sydow; 50 Westphalian fungi, from Brinkmann : 16 prepared British fungi, from Hartley Smith ; 66 new or rare British fungi and 46 microscope preparations, from Miss A. Lorrain Smith ; 100 Russian lichens from Elenkin. (To be continued.) INTERNATIONAL BOTANICAL CONGRESS, London, 1915. In connection with the forthcoming Congress, the following circular has been issued: "The International Botanical Con- gress, held at Brussels in May 1910, decided, on the invitation of the Royal Society of London, that the next Meeting of the Congress, in 1915, should be held in London. At a representa- tive meeting of British Botanists, held in London on May 10, 1911, a provisional Bureau was nominated, consisting of three Presidents (Prof. E. O. Bower, Sir David Prain, and Prof. A. C. Seward) and a General Secretary (Dr. A. B. Rendle). The Bureau was empowered to co-operate with the permanent Bureau of the Brussels Congress and to arrange for the appointment, in con- sultation with the British Botanists, of an Organizing Committee. This Organizing Committee was elected at a General Meeting of British Botanists held in London on March 11, 1912 ; and at a Second Meeting, held on May 17, an Executive Committee was appointed. A number of distinguished patrons of botany were also invited to lend their support to the Congress. The following general regulations for the conduct of the Congress have been approved by the Executive Committee : — 1. The Fourth International Botanical Congress shall be held in London from Saturday, May 22, to Saturday, May 29. 2. Membership of the Congress shall be conditional upon subscribing to its regulations and the payment of a subscription of fifteen shillings. Members will 2 a2 304 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY receive all the publications of the Congress. Ladies accompany- ing members may attend the meetings and excursions of the Congress on payment of ten shillings each. 3. The work of the Congress shall include the different branches of Botanical Science; and the Congress will also carry on the work on (1) Nomenclature, and (2) Bibliography and Documentation, left over from the previous Meeting. The permanent Bureaus entrusted with the work concerned with (1) Nomenclature, and (2) Bibliography and Documentation will act in conjunction with the Executive Com- mittee. 4. Any language may be used in the discussions ; if desired by the Members, propositions shall be translated forthwith into English, French, and German. English shall be the official language of the Congress. Particulars of meetings, discussions, excursions, &c, will be issued later." The organizing committee is composed of the Presidents already named and of the following Vice-Presidents : Prof. I. Bayley Balfour, W. Bateson, Esq., Dr. F. E. Blackman, Sir Francis Darwin, Prof. H. H. Dixon, G. Claridge Druce, Esq., Prof. J. B. Farmer, A. D. Hall, Esq., Dr. W. B. Hemsley, Dr. E. Kidston, Prof. F. W. Oliver, E. L. Praeger, Esq., Miss E. Sargant, Dr. D. H. Scott, A. G. Tansley, Esq., Prof. S. H. Vines, H. W. T. Wager, Esq. The long list of members fully represents British Botany. The Executive Committee con- sists of the Presidents, Treasurer, and Secretaries, together with Prof. J. B. Farmer, Mr. A. W. Hill, Prof. F. Keeble, Prof. F. W. Oliver, Mr. A. G. Tansley, and Miss E. N. Thomas. Sir Frank Crisp and Dr. Stapf are respectively Treasurer and Foreign Secretary. To meet the various expenses connected with the Congress it is estimated that a sum of at least £1000 will be required ; and in order to provide this sum the Committee are asking for contri- butions from those interested in Botany in the British Isles. ADOLPHUS HENEY KENT. (1828-1913.) A life of strenuous industry in the face of considerable physiological disadvantages was that which has just come to its close in the death of Adolphus Henry Kent. He was born, I believe, in my own native village, Bletchingley, Surrey, in 1828, where his father was Vestry Clerk and village schoolmaster. With pale sandy hair that early became white, extremely short- sighted, and almost stone deaf, he was severely handicapped in life's race. I first remember him — about fifty-five years ago, when he was acting as his father's assistant, as my father's friendly rival in the budding and cultivation of roses. He taught me the rudiments of Latin grammar before I went to school, and I well remember how when I had declined Musa he asked me when I was going to begin. He taught himself French and some German, so as to graduate as B.A. in the University of London ; ADOLPHUS HENRY KENT 305 but, when his father died, it was obvious to all that, with his afflictions, it was impossible that he could carry on a boys' school. It was a happy thought of the late Sir George Macleay to introduce Kent to Messrs. Veitch, and some years later I remember Sir Harry Veitch — as he now is — saying to me before Kent, though not in his hearing, that it was a happy day both for Kent and for the firm when they met. In spite of his deafness he was able to conduct the foreign correspondence, and then carried out two important botanical works for his employers. In 1881 appeared the first edition of the Manual of the Coniferce, of which a thoroughly revised version appeared in 1900 ; and in 1887-94, the larger undertaking, the Manual of the Orchidacece, in two volumes. Both are exceptionally good specimens of botanical work adapted for horticultural purposes ; and it must be remembered that Kent was practically a self-taught botanist. In 1887 Sir Harry Veitch and I had the pleasure of proposing him for election as an Associate of the Linnean Society, a well-earned honour ; but his work was so completely identified with that of the great Chelsea firm of horticulturists, that there seems some- thing singularly appropriate in the appearance of the announce- ment of the close of his earthly labours almost simultaneously with that of the dissolution of a business which has become historic in gardening annals. In Chelsea Kent did much useful parochial work, in the course of which he found a wife ; but we are here concerned only with his conscientious work for horticultural botany. With advancing years his visits to the Natural History Museum became rare, and he was for some years obviously failing in strength. He died at Fulham on September 12th, in the eighty-sixth year of his age, and some thirty-five years after his first entering the service of Messrs. Veitch. G. S. Boulger. SHOBT NOTES. Senecio sarracenicus L. — In my small stock of dried British material there are two very distinct plants under this name, both of which appear to have been included by Linnaeus in his species ; but I do not yet know which of them is represented in his herbarium. The first occurs plentifully by small streams, some- times in company with our native form of Aconitum Napellus, and looking equally wild, in several parts of Somerset. It agrees very well indeed with De Candolle's description (Prodromus, vi. 353) of S. sarracenicus Jacq., of which 8. fluviatilis Wallr. and S. salicetorum Godr. (see White's Bristol Flora, p. 382) seem to be synonyms. This is large (up to five feet) and strong ; stem -leaves more or less amplexicaul, broad (the lower sometimes an inch and a half), strongly and rather coarsely serrate, with a short point ; phyllaries many (12-15) ; heads often very numerous, with eight ray-florets ; pappus at length exceeding the disc-florets. The 306 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY second appears to be S. Fuchsii Gmel. Fl. Bad. hi. 444, as described in the Prodromus (I.e.). My examples are from a roadside near Colonsay House, Colonsay, N. Ebudes (W. F. Miller, Aug. 3rd, 1886), and from a roadside, Leggygowan, Saintsfield, Co. Down, Ireland (C. H. Waddell, July 16th, 1905), noted as "probably an escape, but has grown here for many years." It seems to bloom considerably earlier, and is much more slender. The stem-leaves are a good deal narrower (an inch across at most), linear-lanceo- late, gradually narrowed to the base and the long apex, very finely (in some cases almost imperceptibly) serrate ; heads fewer and smaller, with fewer phyllaries, and ray-florets not exceeding six in number ; pappus falling short of the disc-florets. S. Fuchsii is said by De Candolle and Eouy to grow in hilly woods, and occurs as far west as Belgium and France. No doubt it was introduced into the two stations mentioned above, but there is a possibility of its occurrence in this country under less suspicious circumstances. — Edward S. Marshall. Alchemilla conjuncta Bab. — This was left out of the London Catalogue, ed 10 ; I believe, on the recommendation of the Eev. E. F. Linton, who agreed with M. Buser that its real occurrence in Britain was very questionable. Mr. Druce retains it in his List of British Plants (as A. argentea G. Don = ? alpina x vulgaris), with a query after the vice-comital census number. Syme (English Botany, ed. 3, p. 139) doubted its being wild in Britain ; but Babington (Manual, ed. 8, 1881, p. 103) marks it as having been seen by him from Clova and from Glen Sannox, Arran. This year I made the acquaintance of Mr. H. Slater, now living at Stawell, near Bridgwater, who informed me that he, in company with his parents, had found it sparingly in Glen Sannox, between 1870 and 1880, and had grown it ever since. He very kindly sent me a living plant, which is, clearly, the right thing. My only herbarium specimen is a cultivated one from Mr. Bennett. Mr. Beeby sent me the following note on it : — "The root is from Cumberland, p. [per ?] Eev. E. Wood (v. Bot. Exch. Club Eeport, 1881). Conf. Annals Scott. Nat. Hist. 1906, p. 121." I have grown both this and A. alpina L. for several years; the latter does not spread by seeding in the garden, whereas A. conjuncta reproduces itself rather freely, and keeps quite true. I see no trace of A. vulgaris whatever. Apparently, therefore, the omission from Lond. Cat. was quite premature. — Edward S. Marshall. Nepeta Glechoma var. parviflora Benth. (p. 253). — At the end of her very interesting paper Miss Armitage asks why this was omitted from the tenth edition of the London Catalogue. Many years ago I consulted Mr. Beeby about it ; he answered that the species was trimorphic, and that he considered the variety to be not worth keeping up. I have since then occasionally come across plants which agreed with the description ; to me also they did not seem to be more than a very slight variation. The SHORT NOTES 307 Merrow specimens found by Miss Armitage appear to come under fi hirsuta Benth. in DC. Prodromus, xii. 391 (1818), as a form (" hirsutior est ") with small, pale flowers ; they do not fit y parviflora Benth. ("omnibus partibus minor et glabrior"), for which he quoted as synonyms G. heterophylla Opiz ! Reichb. Fl. Germ. Exe. p. 316, and G. intermedia Schrad. ! ; so that, as usual, his tendency was towards reducing rather than amplifying, and with more reason than in the case of some very distinct British species, such as Epilobium lanceolatum and Carex depauperata. — Edward S. Marshall. Helleborine viridiflora in Britain. — We have ascertained that Helleborine viridiflora (Epipactis viridiflora Eeichb.), which, we believe, has not hitherto been known as a British plant, occurs on the Lancashire coast. Mr. R. A. Rolfe, of Kew, has compared the Lancashire plant with authentic specimens of the species in question, and finds that they agree. We propose to give further particulars in a future number of this Journal. — J. A. Wheldon & W. G. Travis. Maianthemum bifolium Schmidt (pp. 202, 257). — Mr. Bennett contributes to the Naturalist for August some notes on Mr. Jackson's paper (pp. 202-207), from which we extract the following passages: — "Hunter mentions it as growing in a wood (Caen or Ken Wood) with Convallaria majalis, C. verticillata and C. Poly- gonatum. These two latter species would seem to me at once to suggest doubt as to the other being native there. While the same argument that Mr. Wheldon uses with the Yorkshire plant, • that the plant does not occur in other woods,' may be used with the Caen Wood plant, why does it not occur in Bishop's Wood, or other woods near or at the north of Caen Wood ? . . . So far as the Yorkshire station is concerned a note by Mr. J. Backhouse, Junior, may be quoted : — ' It is growing in the utmost profusion among Trientalis europc&a, Vaccinium, Luzulas, &c, on the slope of a steep brow covered with scattered trees. Suffice it to say that before knowing where the plant ivas, I decided where, if it were a native, it ' ought to be' This was determined partly by the general configuration of the country, and partly by the kind of vegetation clothing the district, and proved quite correct. Never in Norway did I see it more abundant or finer, that I remember. For a considerable distance the hillside is carpeted with it. It is not, however, the quantity merely, but as I said before the general circumstances and position of the locality which leave no doubt whatever on my mind of its being a genuine native ' (Phytologist, p. 318, 1861). ... All the rules of the old records seem to accept without any doubt the idea that Gerard's locality of ' Dingley Wood, six miles from Preston, in Aundernesse,' must be the Lancashire Preston as Gerard so gives it ; but I would suggest it may have been Preston in Holderness, in the East Riding. . . ." 308 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY REVIEWS. Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Watson Botanical Exchange Club, 1911-1912. Vol. ii. No. 8. Cambridge: Printed by J. Webb & Co., Alexandra Street. 1913. The above-named Eeport, which was issued in January of this year, should have been noticed earlier. The referees of the Club are the Revs. E. F. Linton, E. S. Marshall, W. Moyle Rogers, and Mr. C. E. Salmon, and the distribution this year has been under- taken by Mr. W. Barclay, of Perth. It speaks well for British botanists that they should be able to provide material for two annual publications such as this Report and that of the Botanical Exchange Club, as well as contributions to this Journal, and in neither do we indicate any nagging of interest. A note by the distributor may well be reprinted here, as the caution is certainly needed with regard to critical species. The danger referred to is practically unavoidable in connection with distributed sets, even those most carefully prepared, and has un- doubtedly led to confusion. The note runs : — " Mr. Moyle Rogers, as referee for the Brambles, and Dr. Drabble, the referee for the Pansies, wish that all the sheets representing a species should be sent to them for examination, not merely a single sheet representa- tive of the others. Where this is not done, their decisions refer only to the sheets which they have seen, not to the others which they have not seen. With this demand I sympathize, as there is no doubt but that in these genera, and, I may add from my own experience, in the Roses also, mixtures sometimes occur. In the case of the Brambles and Pansies, for which Mr. Rogers and Dr. Drabble are practically the sole referees, the request can easily be complied with, but in the case of other genera, where there are generally several referees, the same thing can hardly be done, as it would certainly lead to considerable delay in the distri- bution, and very probably to some confusion in the specimens. I believe, however, that in the case of the Brambles the danger of admixture is greater than in any of the other genera." Among the notes, those on Roses, by the distributor, hold an important place on account of the special attention he has paid to the genus, and the same may be said of the notes on Hieracium, by Messrs. Linton and Marshall, each of whom describes at length, but does not name, an Inverness-shire form which they believe to be new. Mints occupy five pages, and their identifica- tion gives rise to considerable discussion, in which Messrs. Bennett, Marshall, and Salmon take a prominent part : the specimens dis- cussed are mostly from Cornwall, sent by Mr. F. H. Davey, who is the largest contributor for the year. Dr. Moss contributes notes on Salicornia ; Carex has engaged the attention of Messrs. Bennett and Marshall, the latter of whom has notes on Betula. For the varied information given under these heads reference must be made to the Report itself, for which application should be made to the Honorary Secretary of the Club, Mr. George Goode, REPORT OF THE WATSON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB 309 Lyndhurst, De Freville Avenue, Cambridge. We do not know whether the Eeports are on sale ; if so, it would be convenient if this were stated on the wrapper : the exact date of publication should also appear somewhere. In accordance with our usual practice, departed from last year owing to exigency of space, we give a few extracts relating to individual species, which will, we think, interest our readers : in those on Polygonum of the Avicularia group Dr. Moss incidentally records a species new to the British Flora. We note with interest that certain suggestions which we ventured to make when noticing the Eeport for 1909-10 (Journ. Bot. 1911, 68) have been adopted — we think (naturally) to the benefit of the Eeport. Prunus domestica L. Undercliff, Portishead, N. Somerset, v.-c. 6, April 18 and July 1, 1911. This is an undoubtedly native locality for the wild plum. It occurs in abundance, which is unusual where there are no suspicious circumstances about the position. — Ida M. Eoper. The characters of this specimen do not seem to fit our normal P. domestica at all well in some respects, so far as books go, though of course one ought to see the ripe fruit. My herbarium examples of P. domestica have a smooth and more or less shining bark, very unlike the dull, pube- scent twigs of this Portishead plant. — E. S. M. The plum trees at Portishead have for many years been under observation by Mr. David Fry and myself, and the late Eev. Augustin Ley agreed with us that they afforded as good an illustration of native P. domestica as was likely to be met with. They are trees, are not spinous, the flowers and fruit are larger than those of the bullace, and the fruit is of a different shape. Still, Mr. Marshall's criticism is quite just, and it is to be feared that satisfactory typical speci- mens of the various forms in this aggregate must be rare. With- out doubt there exists a long series of intermediates that connect our plum, bullace, and sloe as described in books. This is well shown by Eouy and Foucaud in their Flore de France, where sixty or seventy named segregates in this group are mentioned ! — J. W. W [hite] . Erica cinerea L. forma. Carnon Croft, near Truro, W. Corn- wall, v.-c. 1, Sept. 2, 1911. A striking form with long and densely flowered racemes. It was seen in situ by members of the Phyto- geographical Excursion, all of whom considered it deserving a name. I have seen it in other parts of the county, but nowhere so fine as at Carnon Croft, where it has the company of E. ciliaris and E. ciliaris x Tetralix. — F. H. Davey. A beautiful form with crowded whorls and much exserted styles, but I think only a form. — E. F. L. A very beautiful form, which, if it keeps con- stant, should deserve a distinguishing name. — C. E. S. This striking form is characteristic of the mild, moist districts of South- western England and Western Ireland. It is abundant, for example, in Connemara. In the drier Eastern England the form of E. cinerea is very insignificant compared with this, but I do not 310 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY doubt that every possible intermediate could be found connecting the extremes. — C. E. M. Lamium maculatum L. var. l^vigatum L. Eoadside, Leigh Woods, Bristol, N. Somerset, v.-c. 6, April 15, 1911. The type is rather frequent about Bristol, but this variety is decidedly rare. — Ida M. Eopee. This may very possibly be a native ; I have never heard of the unspotted plant being cultivated in Britain. It was the only one which I observed near Marburg, Hesse, in 1880. Eouy divides L. maculatum L. into three "races " (Fl. de France, xi. 298) : L. rugosum Ait. (L. maculatum auct. mult., Smith, English Botany) ; L. hirsutum Lam. ; and L. rubrum Wallr. (L. Icevigatum All., L. pro parte), which is apparently Miss Eoper's plant : — " Feuilles irregulierement incisees-dentees, ovales-cordees, a lon- gueur egalant envers leur largeur a la base, acuminees; verticilles 6-10-flores ; plante de 2-4 dec, a feuilles assez petites, ordinaire- ment maculees de blanc ou de noir, rarement vertes." I grow the plant commonly called L. maculatum, and its leaves are always blotched with white. Koch (Synopsis, ed. ii. 649) says that L. Icevigatum L. (Sp. Plant. 808), according to Bentham — who examined the Linnean Herbarium for this [L. Icevigatum Eeichb.] and L. maculatum — does not differ [from the type] ; but so many of the Linnean specimens are badly dried and scrappy that I do not believe that his opinion carries much weight. The aggregate species is common in France, especially westwards, and occurs in Spain, Portugal, Belgium, Holland, &c. ; so there is no prima facie reason why it should not be indigenous in England. — E. S. M. Polygonum , var. vel hybr. nov. ad Angl. Trodden cindery ground, Poole, Dorset, v.-c. 9, Oct. 5 and 9, 1911. Dr. Moss, who was with me when we found this little novelty, will shortly de- scribe it. Having the small fruit of P. microspermum Jordan, it seemed to me at first allied to that plant. By the leaves and habit it is nearer P. arenastrum, with which it was associated. — E. F. Linton. A small form of Boreau's plant. — A. B. I think that this pretty little plant is rightly placed as a variety, or form, of P. arenastrum. I have two gatherings tending towards it, in their small fruit and foliage, though they are more luxuriant and less extreme, found near Hothfield, E. Kent, in September, 1891, and on the sandy coast near Dunster, S. Somerset (with P. Baii Bab.), in September, 1906.— E. S. M. The relationship of this plant to P. calcatum Lindman, Bot. Notiser, 139 (1904), has to be considered. Last September I found this species (new to the British Isles) on Arthur's Seat, near Edinburgh. It has a fruit which is sub-bifacial and not trigonous, and which has convex and not concave faces. Professor Lindman, after seeing my specimens, writes : " Your plant is indeed P. calcatum." — C. E. M. Poa nemoralis L., var. Perranarworthal, W. Cornwall, v.-c. 1, June 6, 1911. — F. H. Davey. Eather weak type, I believe. — E. S. M. This does not seem to agree with any British variety in our books. — A. B. P. nemoralis L., var. vulgaris Gaud., forma PALESTINE PLANTS 311 colorata. This is not a published name, and tends only to state the fact that the spikelets of P. nemoralis var. vulgaris, which are pale green in shady places, become more or less coloured with violet, and often somewhat yellowish brown if the plant grows in sunny spots. All grades of intermediates exist between the two forms, mostly dependent on the degree of insolation. Another effect of the insolation is a more vigorous development of the spikelets, which are mostly 2-fiowered in the shade, 3-nowered (or more) in the sun. — E. Hackel. Palestine Plants. Die Pflanzen Palclstinas auf Grund eigener Sammlung unci der Flora Posts unci Boissiers Verzeichniss. Von J. E. Dinsmoee, mit Beigabe der arabischen Namen von Prof. Dr. G. Dalman. 8vo, pp. 122. Leipzig : J. C. Heinrich. 1911. The Jerusalem Catalogue of Palestine Plants. Third edition, revised. Compiled by the Botanical Department of the American Colony. Paper covers, 45 pp. Jerusalem : Vester & Co. 1911. Price Is. We regret that we have omitted to notice the two useful catalogues above-named, which present in a convenient and cheap form a complete enumeration of Palestine plants. The former was published by the authors in the Zeitschrift der Deutschen Palcistrina-Vereins, and contains the Arabic names in addition to the enumeration of the species ; the latter, however, is the more complete, and its entire rearrangement and numerous additions make it practically a new book. The Flora of Palestine is exceedingly rich, considering the small size of the country (about 10,000 sq. miles or 26,000 sq. km.), on account of the great variety of climate existing on its elevated hill-country, its low plains, and in the subtropical Jordan Valley. Four distinct zones of vegetation are found in Palestine : the maritime, the highland, the Jordan Valley, and the Desert on the east and south. The word " Palestine " is often used indefinitely, to cover a large portion of Syria, but in this catalogue it is restricted to the Bible definition " from Dan to Beersheba." With this definition the actual boundaries on the north are the Litany river and the foot of Hermon ; on the east the Mecca Kailway line (36th degree of east longitude) or the Syrian Desert ; on the south, Wadi Ghuzzeh, from Gaza to Beersheba and thence to the south end of the Dead Sea ; and on the west the Medi- terranean Sea. An attempt is here made to give a complete list of the native and naturalized plants found in Palestine, and to indicate their geographical distribution by letters and marks, which are explained in the preface. For this purpose the country is divided into eight districts : — I. Central Palestine (Jerusalem district) which includes the highland district from Shechem (Nablus) to Hebron. The eleva- 312 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY tion on the west side is from 200 to 800 m., and on the east from 1 to 800 m. II. The Plain of Sharon or Maritime Plain, including the lowland, except the sea coast from Mt. Carmel to Beersheba, with an elevation of 1 to 250 m. III. Maritime or actual sea coast, 1 km. wide, from Tyre to Gaza, having an elevation of 1 to 15 m. IV. Northern Palestine includes Samaria and Galilee from Nablus to the foot of Mt. Hermon and the Litany river, and is bounded on the east by that portion of the Jordan river above sea level, and on the west north of Mt. Carmel by the Maritime district. Its elevation is from 1 to 1200 m. V. The Jordan Valley comprises the country below the level of the Mediterranean Sea from Lake Huleh to Jericho. VI. Gilead and the Hauran is the district east of the Jordan between the Jabbok river and the foot of Mt. Hermon, with an elevation of 1 m. to 1300 m. VII. Moab is the remainder of the East Jordan country, 1 m. to 1100 m. VIII. The Dead Sea is the most interesting district of all, con- taining many strange and rare species, and including the land around the Dead Sea, from Jericho (Wadi Kelt) to the south end of the sea, with the valleys up to the level of the Mediterranean. The total number of species (excluding varieties), as given in the Catalogue, is 2165, disposed in 735 genera and 120 families. New species are continually being discovered, and a supplemental leaf will be added to the Catalogue as occasion requires. A careful selection of the most useful synonyms is given, especially of those given in other lists of Palestine plants but not found in the Flora Orientalis of Boissier. Since, however, this is indisputably the standard work for the botany of South-western Asia, the arrangement of species follows the order of that work, but the families and subfamilies are arranged according to Engler's Syllabus, sixth edition. For this summary of the plan of the list we are mainly indebted to a type-written Bulletin issued by the Botanical Department of the American Colony in Jerusalem. The Cata- logue cannot fail to be of interest for comparative purposes, and its low price brings it within the reach of all. The Living Plant : a Description and Interpretation of its Func- tions and Structure. By W. F. Ganong, Ph.D., Professor of Botany in Smith College. 8vo, pp. xii. 478, tt. 178. London : Constable. 1913. Price 15s. net. Dr. Ganong's book is not designed as a digest of our present scientific knowledge of plant physiology for the use of experts in that subject, but seeks to present to all who have interest to learn an accurate and vivid conception of the principal things in plant life. " I was once myself such a learner," the author remarks, " and I have tried to write such a book as I would then have delighted to THE LIVING PLANT 313 read." He has sought especially to interpret those phenomena of plant life which come within ordinary observation and experience, omitting certain matters which, though of high technical interest, lie outside the experience of the general observer. He is a strong advocate of Darwinian adaptation, regarding causative adaptation as the most rational explanation we possess of the relations of living beings to their environment. While admitting that every individual process of plants is purely mechanical, physical, or chemical, the author assumes a vitalistic influence which holds these processes in orderly sequences — what he defines as a per- fectly natural vitalism based on the superior interpretative power of an hypothesis assuming the existence in Nature of an X-entity, additional to matter and energy but of the same cosmic rank as these, and manifesting itself to our senses only through its power to keep a certain quantity of matter and energy in the continuous orderly ferment we call life. Whether or no we are entirely in agreement with Dr. Ganong's premises, we must admit that he has given us a charmingly written book, in which the story of the living plant is clearly and attractively told. Even the titles of the chapters are translated into ordinary language. Thus chapter i., on " the various ways in which plants appeal to the interests and mind of man," is a readable explanation of the various methods of study in the science of botany, and at the same time a good exposition of the point of view taken by the author. The plan of the remaining chapters, seventeen in number, is as follows : The prevalence of the green colour and its meaning in the life of the plant is first explained, and then the general facts of the morphology and ecology of leaves and stems are dealt with as the result of the need for exposure to light. The work done by plants and the source of their power to do it is the text of a chapter on respiration, and so on. In this way the various life-processes are lucidly explained. In later chapters pollination of flowers and dissemination of fruits are dealt with. The method of origin of new species and structures and the causes of their fitness to the places they live in is the heading of a chapter on evolution and adaptation ; this is followed by a chapter on the improvements made by man in plant breeding, while a final chapter deals in a very general way with the great groups into which plants fall, including the ecological as well as the genealogical aspect. There are a large number of excellent diagrams and figures, and the book is beauti- fully printed. A R "R British Plant-Galls : a Classified Textbook of Cecidology. By E. W. Swanton. Pp. 287 x xv. Methuen & Co., Ltd. 7s. Qd. net. All botanists on their rambles or forays have noticed the curious malformations of plants which they have usually, but of necessity, been content to designate " galls," except in those cases 314 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY where the hypertrophy is caused by fungi. Most English works on the subject have dealt principally with the zoological aspect and have therefore not attracted the general run of botanists. We should imagine that Mr. Swanton's book will appeal to such as have no previous knowledge of the subject. The introduction gives a short but interesting historical account of these " super- crescences, productions, or excretions " ; a resume of Kerner's arrangement of insect and fungus galls, based on their form and general structure ; notes on collecting and preserving galls ; and a synoptic table of the genera of animal and fungus gall-causers of British plants. The interesting life-histories of the gall-causers — sawflies, wasps, beetles, moths, flies, aphides, mites, eel-worms, fungi, and Mycetozoa are then described and useful "economic notes " are added. Then follows a classified and descriptive cata- logue of plant-galls. The primary division is botanical, the host-plants being arranged as in Engler's system ; the galls on each are then tabulated according to the causative organism. There are a number of explanatory text-figures and thirty-two plates, half of which are coloured — the others mostly photo- graphs. All the photographs are excellent. We think this could also be said of the originals of the coloured plates, but some of them have lost much in the printing. There is a useful bibliography and a full index. The book is cheap, useful, and interesting. J.E. An Introduction to the Chemistry of Plant Products. By Paul Haas, D.Sc, Ph.D., and T. G. Hill, F.L.S. 8vo, pp. xii, 401. London : Longmans. 1913. Price 7s. 6d. net. Many of the problems of plant physiology require for solution a combination of botanical and chemical methods. The present work is an attempt to provide students of plant physiology with an introductory account of the chemistry and biological signifi- cance of some of the more important substances occurring in plants. The substances are treated under the following sections : (1) Fats, Oils, and Waxes, Phosphatides; (2) Carbohydrates; (3) Glucosides ; (4) Tannins ; (5) Pigments ; (6) Nitrogen bases ; (7) Colloids ; (8) Proteins ; (9) Enzymes. The subject-matter is mainly chemical ; the classification, means of detection and quan- titative estimation of the various substances are treated in detail, but a valuable summary is also given of the facts relating to the meaning of the substance in the life-history of the plant and its method of formation. Special reference may be made to the section on Proteins and those dealing with Enzymes, which should be of considerable interest to the general student of botany. The book fills a gap, and is a valuable contribution to botanical literature. The subject-matter is well arranged, and there is a useful index. A. B. P. 315 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, &c. Conference on Plant Protection. — A Conference under the auspices of the Plant Protection Committee of the Selborne Society was held, by permission, at the Linnean Society's Eooms at Burlington House on September 19th. Dr. A. B. Eendle pre- sided, and a large number of those interested in the botany of the British Isles were present. The Committee has recently secured the appointment of delegates from many of the Natural History Societies throughout the country to take up the subject of plant protection locally, and the object of the Conference was to secure an interchange of views between the delegates and others inte- rested in our Flora. The Chairman gave a general resume of the subject, pointing out the various main causes of the destruction of our native plants. Causes incident to increase of towns, drainage of country, and the like must be accepted, but the malign influence of large towns on surrounding vegetation might be lessened by rational methods of dealing with smoke, and it would often be found possible, if sufficient local interest were shown, to secure small reservations in which the native flora might be left un- disturbed when areas were subjected to draining, clearing of trees, or laying out of golf-links. Eeference was also made to the selfish methods of collectors and botanists which threaten the local existence of our rarer plants, and to the wholesale destruction effected, especially near large towns, by rooting up of plants for sale ; while much might be done by education and extension of an interest locally in our native flora, it was difficult to see how the traffic could be effectively dealt with except by some form of legislation. An interesting discussion followed, in which various well-known botanists and some of the delegates took part, includ- ing Mr. G. C. Druce, Mr. Miller Christy, Dr. C. E. Moss, Mr. E. M. Holmes, Prof. Boulger, Mr. W. H. Griffin, and Mr. Step. Some difference of opinion was expressed on the question of a legisla- tive measure. Botanists would naturally resent any additional restriction being placed on their movements by landowners. The Chairman, however, pointed out that before any attempt was made to obtain the passage of a Bill its provisions would be very fully discussed by all parties interested in plant protection, and that it should be possible to legislate in such a manner as to pre- vent the ruthless destruction of plants by uprooting for purposes of sale, without interfering with the liberty of the botanist. A review of Dr. John Briquet's Prodrome cle la Flore Corse was given in this Journal (1911, pp. 276-8) on the occasion of the publication of the first volume. The second volume is to appear in two instalments, the first of which is now to hand. It contains 409 pages, and carries the systematic account of the flora from Papaveracece to the end of Leguminosa. In the interval since the preparation of vol. i., additional material has become available, notably that collected on an expedition in the south of the island in 1911. The work, which is on the same lines as in 316 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the previous volume, is eminently critical, and abounds with valuable notes of biological as well as of taxonomic interest. Dr. Briquet has our good wishes for the speedy completion of this useful work. We learn from a recent issue (August 23rd) of The Gardeners' Chronicle that the establishment of a National Botanic Garden in the Union of South Africa is assured. The Government has pro- vided a site — Kirstenbosch, an estate on Table Mountain — and promises a grant, including £1000 per annum for upkeep, provided that additional funds be forthcoming from other sources. To secure this additional support a National Botanic Society of South Africa has been founded. Sir Lionel Phillips and Sir P. de Villiers Graaff have been appointed by the Government to act as trustees for the Garden, and Prof. Pearson has undertaken the honorary directorship. Newspaper Botany. — Mr. B. Paul Neuman, writing in The Westminster Gazette of Aug. 30 asks : "Is the field scabious that grows on its native downs in true Montessori fashion the perfection of its own kind, or is that perfection to be found in the larger, more richly coloured, more sweetly scented flower which the gardener by his interference has produced?" The botanist will be able to answer Mr. Neuman's question by pointing out that the two Scabiouses referred to belong to different species, if not to different genera. We have received the Report of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1912 (vol. iii. parts 3 and 4, price 3s. 6d. each ; Blackwell, Oxford), which was issued in August, and which we hope to notice later. Mr. & Mrs. P. Amaury Talbot are continuing their work of botanical exploration in Southern Nigeria. It may be remembered that an account of their collections in the Oban district was recently elaborated by members of the staff of the Department of Botany and published by the Trustees of the British Museum. On their return to Nigeria last year Mr. and Mrs. Talbot continued their work in the Eket district and have despatched several con- signments of plants to the National Herbarium. Though less interesting botanically than the Oban collections, those from Eket contain a number of novelties, descriptions of which it is proposed to publish in this Journal. The Editor hopes to complete his Catalogue of the Sloanc Herbarium, on which he has been engaged since his retirement from the National Herbarium, during the coming winter. The death is announced of Mr. Peter Ewing, which occurred at a nursing home in Glasgow on the 3rd of August. Journ.Bob. Tab.528. C.E. Salmon del. P. Highleylith. 5 West.ftewmsn imp. Hypericum Desetangsii 317 HYPERICUM DESETANGSII Lamotte IN BRITAIN. By C. E. Salmon, E.L.S. (Plate 528.) About ten years ago the receipt of a dried specimen of Eyperieum, labelled H. duUum Leers, collected by the late Mi T. ffi ton near Lewes, Sussex, caused me to examine: * number.* examples, and to doubt the accuracy of the name [given. A fresh specimen sent in 1908 strengthened the doubt, but ttamih »« a was not sufficient foundation to build upon. I visited the .locality a year or two later, but no flowering-heads could be seen it wal not until this season that time permitted a second visit with most satisfactory results. On a bushy hillside of the , ch att we re five or six splendid heads of a most showy St. John sWort, at first sight not unlike H. perforatum, which grew close by but on closer examination abundantly distinct ; it was, as I had hoped, ^Se^lf S*-**- this plant was described b DesEtangs in Mem. Soc. Agricult. de l'Aube , extr, V-fO^ )• and was also satisfactorily distinguished by BeUynok (Fl • Nam". 31 1855), who named it H. intermedium, with the following descrinti0k--''Tiges de 3-9 decim., fermes, dressees, rameuses, a 4anX peu saillants et non ailes. Feuilles ovales-oblongues, Ltefpa-mees de gros points noirs ^^"^^ tres-nombreux ; a nervures non reticulees.—Sepales ^Qeoies acumTnes Pekles strips de noir, depassant longu ^ent le calme . Fleurs assez grandes, d'un jaune dor6, en pamcules terminates In 1874 Lamotte, in Bull. Soc. Bot. Br xxi. 121, named it H. Desetangsn, and gave a long and careful description, of which '^ge^mu^ eUsst£crvertes degpointe translucides *^W*»£to dans lee feuilles sup&ieures, garmes sur ^^0^^fiX Fleurs A nervures secondaires transparentes peu rami&ees. fleurs erandes 24 aT8mtll.de diametre. . . . Sepales lanc6oles-etroits S'us e'ntiers ou subdentes an sommet, glabres def™ * points noirs. . . . states d'un beau jaune dor^obovaJes.oblongs, L-ondis an sommet, sane points noirs sur le faces ^»^' ; long. . • Graines tres-petites, a peine 1 mill, de long . . . "^Lamotte notes that it may be distinguished by its £>™«U «tpm shane of leaves, less narrow sepals, to., from H.perjoramm , bvTt; tonsluceutly dotted leaves with veins less anastomosing, JOUHHAL OP BOTANY.-VOL. 51. [NOV. 1913.] 2 B 318 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY that Des E tangs considered the plant intermediate between H. quadrangulum and H. tetrapterum, but that J. Gay placed it asa" forme remarquable " of H. quadrangulum. In 1878 E. Bonnet, in Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xxv. 277, gave a detailed account of H. Desetangsii (which he segregated into a genuinum and /3 imperforatum) and allied plants. Space will not permit me to reproduce the article at length, but the more important points are contained in the following extracts : — " H. Desetangsii Lamotte. Tige . . . tres-rameuse dans le haut. . . . Feuilles ... a limbe tantot muni de gros points noirs et de ponctuations pellucides tres-fines, tantot depourvu de glandes, et alors a nervures secondaires reticulees. . . . In- florescence en panicule lache. . . . Sepales souvent inegaux, lanceoles-acumines, subules ou erodes au sommet, taches de quelques points noirs. Petales ovales-oblongs, stries et ponctues de noir. Etamines 15-20 par androphore, un peu plus courtes que la corolle et plus longue que le pistil. Styles de la longueur de l'ovaire. Capsule . . . ovoide-allongee. Graines noires. "a genuinum: feuilles a nervures non reticulees, criblees de ponctuations excessivement fines, tres-nombreuses sur les feuilles superieures, moins frequentes ou meme tres rares sur les in- ferieures ; sepales etroits, lanceoles-aigus, subules. . . . " ft imperforatum'. feuilles depourvues de ponctuations pellu- cides, a nervures secondaires reticulees-transparentes ; sepales inegaux, souvent deux plus courts un peu obtus, entiers ou erodes au sommet, les trois autres plus etroits, acumines, subules ou denticules. ..." It will be noted that some of the details amend those given by Lamotte, particularly as to the black glands on sepals and petals. For the purpose of comparison, Bonnet's description of H. quadrangulum L. is given below in shortened form : — " Tige . . . ordinairement simple. . . . Feuilles ... a nervures secon- daires reticul6es-anastomosees, a limbe depourvu de perforations pellucides. . . . Inflorescence en panicule dense. . . . Sepales ovales-elliptiques, entiers, tres-obtus, taches de points noirs. . . . Petales . . . ovales-oblongs, taches en dehors de points et de lineoles noirs nombreux. etamines 20-25 par androphore, du quart plus courtes que la corolle et a peu pres aussi longues que le pistil. Styles un peu plus longs que l'ovaire. Capsule .... ovoide . . . Graines . . . d'un brun clair . . ." Bonnet sums up by saying that H. Desetangsii is easily distinguished from H. quadra?igulum by its taller stem, laxer inflorescence with longer branches, narrower sepals, which are never oval-obtuse, petals less strongly striated or dotted with black glands, more elongated capsule, and by seeds being blackish and not light brown. H. Schinz throws further light upon these plants in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2nd ser. iii. 10 (1903), and compares H. Desetangsii with H. quadrangulum (of which he creates two varieties, erosum and punctatum) and H. acutum (= tetrapterum). HYPERICUM DESETANGSII IN BRITAIN 319 Very few good figures seem to exist of H. Desetangsii. That in Coste's Fl. Fr. i. p. 259, 1901, is small but satisfactory. No plates in Beichb. Icon. Fl. Germ, exactly agree ; No. 5178 is the nearest, but the flowers are too small ; it is probably correctly named quadrangulum x tetrayterum. A similar plant is figured in Fl. Dan. t. 2837. Eeichb. Icon. Fl. Germ. No. 5180, has the sepals too obtuse; it is labelled H. commu- tatum Nolte. Kouy & Foucaud (Fl. Fr. iii. 336, 1896) consider H. Desetangsii and H. undulatum as two subspecies under H. acutum Moench (= tetrapterum), but the former, at any rate, would be better placed, I think, under their H. quadrangulum, of which it has the large flowers, bright yellow petals, non-winged stem, &c. There is no doubt that H. Desetangsii has been confused with hybrids of H. quadrangulum and H. tetrapterum, or even per- foratum, but I think a good case has been made by the botanists mentioned above for H. Desetangsii as a species next to H. quadrangulum. Bonnet's H. Desetangsii a genuinum is represented in Soc. Dauph. 1880, No. 2409, and agrees well with the Lewes plant upon which Prof. L. Corbiere has reported : " Je crois que votre plante est bien H. intermedium Bellynck = H. Desetangsii Lamotte." The plant distributed by the Societe Dauphinoise (1879, No. 1998) represents Bonnet's var. imperforatum, which I have not seen in a fresh condition ; the dried example in Hb. Kew is a fruiting specimen only, and is not very convincing. The Lewes plant certainly comes under H. Desetangsii genuinum, yet the sepals were noticeably unequal in shape and size upon the same calyx and often denticulate or even more or less eroded at the end. Grenier (Fl. de la Ghaine Jurass. 154, 1865) aptly remarks upon the same feature : — " Sepales lanceoles, aigus ou subules, 6rodes, ce qui rend leur terminaison indecise." Babington's var. maculatum of H. dubium Leers (Man. Brit. Bot. ed. 3, 58, 1851) is not the plant under discussion ; type specimens of this have kindly been lent me by Dr. C. E. Moss for examination. H. Desetangsii has been recorded from Eastern, Northern, and Central France and Belgium (Nyman), Germany, Spain, and Italy (Bouy & Foucaud), and Switzerland (Schinz). England: Rich- mond, Yorkshire, B. B. Bowman {Hb. Kew), and near Lewes, Sussex. It will probably occur in other places in Great Britain. Explanation of Plate 528. — 1. H. Desetangsii a genuinum, drawn from a fresh Lewes specimen, nat. size. 2. Upper leaf of same, nat. size. 3. Sepals of same, twice natural size. 4. Upper leaf of H. quadrangulum, nat. size. 5. Sepals of same, twice natural size. 2b2 320 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY NEW RUBIACE^] FROM TROPICAL AMERICA.— III. By H. F. Wernham, B.Sc. (Continued from p. 221.) The types of the first two novelties following are preserved in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, and I am greatly indebted to the kindness of Dr. N. L. Britton, the Director, for the use of the material for examination. The specimens are taken from the collection made in 1910-11 by Dr. Shafer in the province of Oriente, Cuba. The other specimens described are in the National Herbarium. - ^DD- Flora Tasmania. Vol. i. — Dicotyledones. London, 1860. No. l = pp. 1-80 tt. 1-20 (1855) received Nov. 5, 1855. „ 2 „ 81-160 „ 21-40 „ „ Mav 7, 1856. „ 3 „ 161-240 „ 41-60 (1856) „ Dec. 2 „ „ 4 „ 241-320 „ 61-80 (1857) „ Aug. 6, 1857. „ 5 „ 321-359 „ 81-100 (1856) „ Dec. 3 „ Vol. ii. — Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. London, 1860. No. 6 = pp. 1-80 tt. 101-120 (1857) received July 1, 1858. 7 „ 81-160 „ 121-140 (1858) „ Sept. 9, „ 8 „ 161-240 „ 141-160 „ „ Mar. 3, 1859. 9 „ 241-320 „ 161-180 „ „ Aug. 18 „ 10 „ 321-422 „ 181-200 (1860) „ Feb. 6, 1860. 11 „ i-cxxviii, 1-18, titles & half-titles (1860). F. G. WlLTSHEAR. British Museum (Nat. Hist.). LV. — Miquel's * Plants Junghuhnian^.' The date of publication of Miquel's Plantce Junghuhniance is not printed in the work, but is usually stated as 1851-55 ; but as a great many new species were published in it, it may be useful to give the actual years in which each of the four fascicles appeared. From Wikstrom's Ars-beratt. 1851-52, p. 133, and 1853-54, p. 125, it appears that the four parts were issued as follows : — Pp. 1-98 (Fasc. i.) 1851. „ 99-270 (Fasc. ii.) 1852. „ 271-394 (Fasc. iii.) 1854. „ 395-end (Fasc. iv.) 1855. g T D 359 A NOTE ON LOCAL LISTS. By the Editor. The paper on the Flora of Denbighshire, issued as a Sup- plement to this Journal and concluding with our present issue, suggests a few reflections which we think it well to print for the guidance of those who may be good enough to send us similar preliminaries to a Flora — which, we may add, we are always glad to receive. The contribution in question was printed under a misapprehension ; it had been returned to the author on the understanding that it would be materially reduced in bulk before going to press, and on that understanding the Editor had given instructions for its publication. His absence from England pre- vented him from seeing the first instalment in proof ; and that being printed off, it was of course necessary that the remainder should correspond with it. In the first place, it is entirely unnecessary (at any rate in a preliminary list) to quote every station from which a plant common throughout the county has been recorded. To take an example, the localities for Malva moschata occupy eighteen lines in Mr. Dallman's first list and nine in the second. This would be ex- cessive even in a complete Flora, and is certainly redundant in preliminary lists ; examples of this superfluity are evident on almost every page of the lists. Again, there seems no advantage in such doubtful records as that under Badicula amphibia (p. 7) ; entries of this kind were eliminated from the later portions of the list, and this is only cited as an example of things to avoid. With regard to the citation of names of contributors, this of course is an act of courtesy which should on no account be omitted ; but it cannot be necessary to indicate after each locality for a common plant the initials of the person who found it there — still less to give two authorities, as is often done in the Denbighshire lists. We can quite understand that folk like to have due credit for their observations, but it seems hardly neces- sary to record that they found a daisy or a buttercup in a given locality, and still less that two of them did so. A general acknow- ledgement in the prefatory remarks and special mention in the case of interesting species is all that any reasonable person can require— at any rate, in a scientific publication. There is always an ample outlet in local papers for folk who like to see their names in print. In the Denbighshire lists such acknowledgement is duly made in the preface, and it seems unnecessary to print on every page many times the initials of those whose help has been thus recognised. In a preliminary list of the extent of those in question, some indication of districts or some grouping of localities should be given for the benefit of those unacquainted with the county. If this were done, the needlessness of multiplying entries of definite localities would at once become obvious. We have felt it necessary to make these remarks because we know that we have been criticised for printing the Denbighshire 360 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY papers at such length, and we are bound to admit that the criti- cism is just. We can only say that we put the points raised above before the author of the lists, and that, as we have explained, we had hoped they would have obtained more attention than they received. The later portions have been somewhat abridged in order that the paper might be brought within the limits of this year's Journal. We need not say that we are always most grateful for lists or records of British plants, and that the aim of the Journal is, as it has always been, to afford a medium of communication between British botanists. It is also desirable that more care should be exercised before entering a plant as a "new record" for a county or district. It is impossible that the Editor should check such entries, but it is not unreasonable to expect a local worker to do so. That this is often insufficiently done, the complaints we receive — often from those who are themselves not without blame — abundantly shows. SHORT NOTES. Plants epiphytic upon Palms at Hyeres (p. 135). — Long before my note on this subject was published my friend Mr. Eaine, of Hyeres, had studied the question and sent a list to the Annates de la Soc. d'Hist. nat. de Toulon, but we agreed not to compare notes. His article, " Hotes des Phoenix dactilifera d'Hyeres," was delayed, and published after my own. The list, which is in no apparent order or sequence, and, curiously, rather shorter than my own, contains twenty-seven names of plants not in mine. Eleven of them are composites, viz. Helminthia echioides, Carduus pycnoceplialus, C. tenuiflorus, Gliondrilla juncea, Lactuca Scariola, Sonchus arvensis, S. maritimum, Conyza ambigua, Crepis diffusa, Picridium vulgare, and Pterotheca nemausensis. The others are Fumaria capreolata, F. parviflora, Cheiranthus Cheiri, Pistacia Lentiscus, Cercis Siliquastrum (probably my " woody shrub with round, entire, smooth leaves"), BJiamnus Alatemus, Acanthus mollis, Borago officinalis, Veronica didyma, Eucalyptus globulus, Vitis vinifera, Asparagus officinalis, Holcus lanatus, Mediola sp. cultive, Eriobotryx japonica, and Nicotiana glauca. To my own list, made in the winter, I subsequently added Hyoseris radiata, Picridium vulgare (also recorded by Eaine), Bubia peregrina at San Salvadour, and Galactites tomentosa at Carqueiraune. Allow- ing for discrepancies and the fact that I could determine in winter the genus only of some plants, the combined lists give about eighty- five flowering plants found upon the Palms. — H. Stuart Thompson. Alchemilla conjuncta Bab. (p. 306). — I was glad to see this note from Mr. Marshall, as I never understood why it was left out of the London Catalogue, ed. 10. There are (or were) speci- mens in the Chichester Museum gathered by Dr. Tyacke in Glen Sannox, but Watson always doubted its occurrence. It certainly is not a hybrid of vulgaris x alpina, of which I possess specimens from Switzerland, gathered by Dr. Christ, and given me by the SHORT NOTES 361 late George Nicholson : see M. Buser's note in Exchange Club Beport for 1891 (1892), p. 304. I possess a specimen from Glen Clova, gathered by Mr. A. 0. Black, and given to me by Mr. F. J. Hanbury. 1 also possess a specimen from the Kev. Eobert Wood, of Cumberland, who said it was gathered on the mountains in that county. This was not the record mentioned in " Notes from the Eoyal Bot. Garden, Edinburgh," 1904, p. 108, which was Mr. Bowman's; he always said that the plant brought by himself from Gatesgarth Dale was A. alpina, which remained unchanged in his garden. See also Prof. Trail's note (op. cit.). Now, after many years, Mr. Marshall gives us confirmation of the Glen Sannox station. — Arthur Bennett. Asplenium lanceolatum Huds. var. Sinelii (p. 338).— Mr. Druce complains that we have misrepresented him by crediting him with this name. We have looked up J. F. Eobinson's note on which Mr. Druce's remarks are based, and cannot find that he (Eobinson) published the plant as a variety. In Science Gossip (1880, p. 148) the name appears as "Asplenium lanceolatum (Sinelii) " both in the text and in the index; Eobinson indeed in the text speaks of it as a variety but also refers to it as a form, and the first combination of the names is that by Mr. Druce to which we referred. We note that Mr. Druce says that only a single plant was found; Eobinson speaks of "several roots," but his notorious inaccuracy suggests doubt as to this in view of the definite information from the finder, quoted by Mr. Druce. We fail to see how the plant can be quoted otherwise than as Asplenium lanceolatum var. Sinelii Druce. — Ed. Journ. Bot. REVIEWS. Toadstools and Mushrooms of the Countryside; a Pocket Guide to the larger Fungi. By Edward Step, F.L.S. With 8 coloured plates and 132 illustrations from photographs. Fcap 8vo, cl. gilt, pp. xvi. 143. Price 5s. net. Hutchinson & Co. There was certainly room for a new popular book on Fungi, and the publishers of this volume have done well to obtain the services of Mr. Edward Step, whose works (uniform with the present) on wild flowers and trees have already obtained a large circulation. The volume before us is more needed than was either of these, for there is a plethora of books about wild flowers, whereas fungi have never received much attention, although the large sale of the handy Guide to Soiverbys Models of Fungi published by the British Museum has shown that there was a public for something more extensive in the same direction. Mr. Step's descriptions are full and clear, but the attractive- ness of his book is mainly due to its excellent illustrations from photographs — the result, he tells us, of many years' accumulation. We think, however, it would have been more useful both to the student and to the general reader had it been prefaced with an introduction dealing with the structure of fungi such as that which is prefixed to the Museum Guide already mentioned, with 362 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY accompanying diagrams. "Matters of classification," Mr. Step says, are " of no interest to the majority of the readers for whom the book is projected " ; this is no doubt true, but we think the interests of a somewhat more advanced class might profitably have been considered ; the " classified index " — a mere list of names — in no way supplies what will be felt by many as a want. Other defects are the absence of a glossary or of anything in the way of a bibliography ; the British Mycological Society and its annual forays should at least have been mentioned, for the benefit of those who may be stimulated by the book to proceed further in the study ; we should have expected, too, to find a chapter on edible fungi, with a reference to the British Museum Guide to Mr. Worthington Smith's plates of true and false Mushrooms — the beautiful series of his drawings in the Natural History Museum is duly commended in the chapter on " toadstool-hunting." The attempt to find English names for fungi was the subject of an amusing comment by Mr. Worthington Smith printed in this Journal many years ago. It may be conceded that folk in general are not likely to master without difficulty the Latin names ; on the other hand, the botanist can hardly be expected to recognize what is intended by such titles as " the Blusher," "the Booting Shank," "the Beautiful Horn," "the Wanton Toad- stool," " the Pimply Cobweb-cap," " the Lawyer's Wig," " the Dryad's Saddle," and numbers of similar inventions; or of such names as the Magpie, the Brick, the Mallow, the Sweetbread, the Napkin, the Panther, when applied to objects so entirely different from those to which they are usually applied and to which — not- withstanding the Latin words of which they are in many cases a translation — they bear not the slightest resemblance. All the same, the little volume is a useful addition to our popular scientific literature, and deserves (as it will doubtless obtain) a large circulation. It is, in fact, quite a good book ; our only regret is that it is not better. Die Siissivasser- flora Deutschlands, Osterreichs unci der Schweiz. Herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. A. Pascher (Prag.). Jena: Gustav Fischer. Heft 3, 2, 9, and 10. (1913.) Heft 2. Flagellatce 2, von A. Pascher und E. Lemmermann. This section of the work is exceedingly good and likely to prove of considerable value to the biologist who is interested in Flagel- lates. The classification is the best that has yet been put forward, and the descriptions of the groups and families are clear and precise. The figures are also good of their kind and are drawn with an accuracy which is rarely found in the cheap modern text- book. This little volume of 192 pages can be recommended to anyone who wishes to begin the study of the Flagellata. Heft 3. Dino flagellates (Peridiniece), von A. J. Schilling. Concerning this section of the work one cannot be very enthusi- astic. There is obviously an ignorance of the splendid American work on the Peridinieae which has been done during the past twelve years, in consequence of which the nomenclature employed DIE SUSSWASSER-FLORA DEUTSCHLANDS, ETC. 363 in describing the plates composing the cell-wall is out-of-date and unsatisfactory. The author accepts Klebs' proposals of 1912, although the reasons for the changes suggested by Klebs are by no means clear or sufficient. The Gymnocliniaceas (including Glenodinium) is renamed the " Kyrtodiniaceae " and the Peridini- aceae (excluding Glenodinium) is renamed the " Krossocliniaceae," but these new names are really unnecessary. The figures in some instances, especially of the species of Cerastium, are rather poor. Heft 9. Zygnemales, von O. Borge unci A. Pascher. The special systematic section by Dr. Borge is a good summary of the Zygnemaceae of the three countries under consideration, but the descriptions are sometimes too brief, and the entire absence of critical remarks detracts considerably from the value of what otherwise might have been a most useful work. The figures in many cases are not very good, and they are mostly too scrappy to be really of value in identifying species. Debary's genus Zygogonium (not the Zygogonhmi of Kiitzing), recently upheld by Wille (1909), is here accepted by both authors, although it appears to be founded upon two examples of monstrous conjugation of Zygnema ericetorum. The description of this alga as having "1 axiles Chromatophor mit 1 Pyrenoid" is also wrong. Heft 10. Bacillariales (Diatomea), von H. v. Schonfeldt. This little volume of 187 pages is an attempt to condense the diatom- flora of three countries into a very small space. It may enable the student to identify the larger and commoner types of diatoms, but he would find himself in great difficulties with many of the smaller and more critical species. The figures cannot be described as very good, and they are rather too small. Moreover, few, if any, appear to be original. Good figures of the common forms of fresh-water diatoms yet remain to be published. G. S. West. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, &c. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on 6th November, Mr. H. Hamshaw Thomas, on behalf of himself and Miss Nellie Bancroft, explained the main points of a joint paper as follows : — An investigation of the cuticles of some recent and fossil Cycaclean fronds was undertaken with a view to determining the probable relationships of the modern group to the Mesozoic Cycadophyta. The value of the epidermal and stomatal characters in classifi- cation and comparison is indicated by the fact that each living genus possesses a characteristic cuticular structure ; the guard- cells of the stomata, however, conform to a constant ground-plan. In the case of the fossil fronds, the stomata are constructed on very similar lines to those in the recent forms, though they differ in one or two directions. These fronds fall into two groups — (1) Bennettitales, containing the majority of the Mesozoic fronds previously considered as Cycadean ; (2) Nilssoniales, including such fronds as Nilssonia, Ctenis, and Ptilozamites. The first group is characterized by the possession of epidermal cells with sinuous walls, while the stomata, which have characteristically 364 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY thickened guard-cells, are always subtended by a pair of subsidiary cells. In these points the group is distinguished from the recent forms and from the Nilssoniales, while showing some similarity with the Gnetales. The second group agrees with the modern forms rather than with the Bennettitales, having straight epi- dermal cell-walls and stomata with four or more subsidiary cells. If the ancestors of modern Cycads are to be found in the Meso- zoic rocks, cuticular structure indicates that they are to be sought among forms possessing fronds of the Nilssonia type. The Cambridge University Press publishes in its " Nature Study Series" an excellent and cheap little book on Weeds, by Mr. E. Lloyd Praeger (Is. 6d. net), to wrhich Miss Eosamond Praeger and Mr. E. J. Welch contribute illustrations. It is just the book for intelligent children who, by means of the school- gardens which are making way among us, are familiar with the practical developments of plant-life. The " particular illus- trations," the author tells us, are drawn from Ireland, although the lessons will be found applicable to any portion of the British Isles ; it would however perhaps have been better if the sketch of the vegetation (pp. 8-12) had been more general. The chapter describing " some common weeds " (of which the Irish as well as the English names are given) is admirably done, but indeed the whole book is in every way satisfactory — there is a capital index, and the typography and binding are excellent. As might be expected, the recent war in Tripoli has led to the publication of papers on the natural history of the district. Among them is a " Contribution a la flore algologique de la Tripolitaine et de la Cyrenai'que," by Prof. G. B. De Toni & A. Forti {Annates de VInstitut Oceanographique, v. fasc. 7, 1913, 56 pp.), founded on collections made at Tobrouk and Benghazi by Dr. Vaccari of the Italian navy, and in Tripoli by Prof. A. Trotter. The main interest of the paper is its list of diatoms, no species having ever before been recorded for the Tripoli coast ; 156 species are here enumerated. Amphora incequistriata, a freshwater species, is new to science : and some of the larger algae are also new records for the region. The botanical contents of the September number (vol. iii. n. 2; issued Oct. 28) of the Journal of Genetics are a long paper on " Eeduplication Series in Sweet Peas," by Mr. E. C. Punnett, one of the editors, and a short " Note on Gametic Eeduplication in Pisum" by Miss Caroline Pellew. The other papers in the number treat of genetics in its relation to zoology. Newspaper Botany. — The Westminster Gazette of October 23 had a poem on "the Flowering Aloe," based on the venerable fiction " that the Aloe flowers once only in a hundred years, and then dies." It begins : — " A hundred years to hoard thy sweetness up. n pnia • A hundred years to hold this golden bloom." " Squandering in one brief month the patient years, The Aloe Flower her royal bloom uprears, Then, shrivelled, withered, brown, sinks dead to earth." INDEX. For Classified Articles, see — County Records ; Obituary; itevieics. New genera, species, and varieties 'published in this volume, as well as new names, are distinguished by an asterisk. Acanthaceae, African, 186, 209 Acer Pseudo-platanus, 150 Acinadenia barosmoides,* 221 Adamson, R. S., West China Plants, 129 ; Juncus balticus, 350 African Plants, 174 ; New, 183, 208 ; Acanthaceae, 209 ; Mussaendas, 235 Agropyruin repens, Rootstock of (t. 528a), 341 Agrostis nigra, 196 Ajuga pyramidalis, 279 Alchemilla, 141, 199 ; conjuncta, 306, 360 Alpinia longilora,* 247 Alseis Gardneri,* 321 ' Amcenitates Academicae,' Author- ship in, 101, 224 Angiosperrns, Origin of, 147 Annals of Botany, 111 ' Antarctic Voyage, Botany of,' 354 Arber's (Mrs.), 'Herbals ' (rev.), 197 Arctium, British species of, 113 ; Personata Mill, non L., 91 Argyrolobium arnplexicaule,:;: 222 Aridarurn* montanum- (t. 527), 201 Aristotle's ' De Plantis,' 264 Armitage, E., Nepeta Glechoma var.parviflora,253 ; Melarnpyrum pratense var. hians, 258 ; Trago- pogon minus, 281 Armoracia rusticana, 259 Aroideae, Bornean (t. 527), 201 Arran Lichens, 248 Ascobolus Carletoni, 231 Ascochyta Brassicae, 45 Aspleninm lanceolatum var. Sinelii, 361 Astomum Levieri, 330 Avebury, Lord,f 222 Bailey's (F. M.) Queensland Plants, 230 Bailey, W. H., on Linnaeus (rev.), 143 Baker (E. G.) on African Crotalarias, 263 Baker, Lilian, Accommodation in Polygala vulgaris, 347 Bancroft, N., on Jurassic Gymno- sperms, 31 ; on Rhexoxylon, 112 Bennett, A., Viola calcarea, 22; Scrophularia alata, 61 ; Scirpus setaceus var. major, 143 ; Maian- themum bifolium, 257, 307; Potamogeton Friesii, 259 ; Caith- ness Plant?, 278 ; Rynchospora fusca, 295, 335 ; Potamogeton trichoides, 336 ; Alchemilla con- juncta, 360 Berkheyopsis bechuanensis,* 185 Betula, Scottish, 166 Bibliographical Notes, 140, 255, 355, 358 Bickham, S. H., Carnarvonshire Plants, 241 Blepharis Kassneri,* 213 Bornean Aroideae (t. 527), 201 Botanical Exchange Club Report (rev.), 337 Boulger, G. S., ' Strasburger's Text- book' (rev.), 26 ; 'Early Natura- lists ' (rev.), 62 ; ' Sylviculture in Tropics ' (rev.), 66 ; ' Seeds and Fruits' (rev.), 109; his 'Plant Geography,' 151, 199 ; ' Forestry for Woodmen ' (rev.), 284; A. H. Kent, 304 Bradley, A. E., Rhinanthus monti- cola, 281 Brenchley on Weeds, 111 Briquet's Corsican Flora, 315 British Museum (Dept. Botany) Reports, 298, 330, 353 British Mycological Society Trans- actions, 230, 343 Britten, J., Linnaeus's ' Flora Anglica,' 20 ; John Gerard, 59 ; * Makers of British Botany ' (rev.) , 63 ; Arctium personata Mill., 91 ; Journal of Botany. — Vol. 51. [Dec. 1913.] 2 f 366 INDEX Sagina procuinbens forma, 103 ; 'The Genus Iris' (rev.), 103; Philip Miller's plants, 132; Senecio squalidus, 197 ; Herbals (rev.), 197; the ' Ainoenitates,' 224; Dinner to, 229; J. F. Miller and his ' Icones,' 255 ; Gardening Books, 260 ; Collector's Guide (rev.), 2G1 ; Watson Ex- change Club Eeport (rev.), 308 ; Palestine Plants (rev.), 311 ; Botanical Exchange Club (rev.), 337; Note on Local Lists, 359; Asplenium lanceolatum var. Sinelii, 361; Toadstools and Mushrooms (rev.), 361 Britton, C. E., Euphorbia Lathyrus, 225 ; Elymus arenarius, 226 ; Lamium hybridum, 259 ; Plantago media, 259 Broun's ' Sylviculture in Tropics ' (rev.), 66 Brucea antidysenterica, 256 B ruck's 'Plant Diseases' (rev.), 149 Bucknall on Symphytum, 263 Callitriche intermedia, 278 Calycella Menziesii, 231 Cape Plants preserved, 72 Cardamine pratensis, 54 Carex, Scottish, 167 Carnarvonshire Plants, 241 Cephaelis australis,* 208; peruvi- ana." 221 Chinese Plants, 129 Chiococca capitata, 323 ; erubes- cens,* 322 ; pachyphylla,* 323 ; pulcherrima,* 322 Clathrus denudatus, nudus, recuti- tus, 161 Cleminshaw, E., Paludella squar- rosa, 173 Coccoloba, Jamaican, 123 ; Linnean species of, 123; neglecta,* 124; nigra," 124 ; polystachya var. jainaicensis,* 125 ; Priorii,* 124 Cochlearia grcenlandica, 280 Coley's ' Collector's Guide,' 261 Colloderma oculatum, 97 Comatricha pulchella, 97 ; typh- oides, 98 Commiphora Myrrha, 224 Compton, K. H., Epilobium hybrids, 79 Corke's ' Wild Flowers,' 176 Cornish Plants, 196 Cosmibuena gardenioides,* 321 ; gorgonensis," 321 " County Records: — Anglesey, 103 Berks, 103 Carnarvon, 107, 182, 241, 347 Cornwall, 44, 137, 197, 259, 309 Cumberland, 173, 361 Denbigh, Supplement n. Derby, 5 Devon, 226, 257 Dorset, 71, 310, 335 Essex, 259 Gloucester, 281 Hants (Wight), 285, 335 Hereford, 258 Kent, 222, 310 Lancaster, 61, 85, 280, 307, 336, 346, 350 Lincoln, 48, 107, 152, 225 Merioneth, 125 Middlesex, 197 Norfolk, 51, 111, 200 Oxford, 150, 175 Salop, 45, 71 Somerset, 200, 305, 309, 310, 335 -Suffolk, 137 Surrey, 61, 143, 175, 226, 253, 258 Sussex, 175, 199, 317, 336 Warwick, 42 Worcester, 57 York, 45, 281, 307, 317 [See also Fumaria Records, 50; Maianthemum, 207 ; Ryncho- spora, 295 ; and British Willows (Supplement I.)] Cotoneaster integerrima, 242 Crossandra pinguior," 214 ; War- neckhy1' 214 Crotalarias, African, 263 Ctenomeria, 168; capensis, 171 ; Schlechteri," 171 Cyperus Pseudo-cyperus, 61 Dahl, Anders, 138 Dale, Samuel (frontispiece), 352 Dallman, A. A., Denbighshire Plants, Supplement n. Damasonium Alisma, 258 Darbishire's 'Antarctic Lichens' (rev.), 69 Darluca genistalis, 45 De Wildeman's ' Flore du Congo ' (rev.), 283 Denbighshire Plants, Supplement n. Derbyshire Plants, 5 Diderma arboreum (t. 524), 2 ; glo- bosum, 96 Didymium Wilczekii, 96 INDEX 367 Dinsmore's ' Palestine Plants' (rev.), 311 Diplophylmui gyrnnostoniopilum (t. 526), 158 Dischaea cerifera* (t. 525), 3 Dispernia scabridum,* 212 Ditrichum brachycarputn, 245 ; flexifoliuin, 324 Dixon, H. N., Thuiclium recogni- turn(fig.), 189 ; Miscellanea Bryo- logica, 244, 324 Drabble, E.& H.,DerbyshirePlants, 5 Drosera macrantba and D. stricti- caulis* (t. 523), 33 Druce, G. C, Linnaeus's ' Flora Anglica,' 18 ; Poly gala Babing- tonii, 60; Sagina scotica, 89; S. procumbens forma, 103 ; Stel- laria aquatica var. scandens, 103; Spergularia atheniensis, 137 ; Iris versicolor, 225 ; Culinary Mints, 225; Papaver hybridum, 226;Viola calcarea, 260 ; Flora of Oxon and Bucks, 264 Duinmer, E. A., ' South African Plants,' 221 Dunn, S. T., ' Plantae Junghuhn- ianae, 358 Dykes's ' Genus Iris ' (rev.), 103 Dyschoriste decora,"' 212 Elyrnus arenarius, 226, 257 Epiiobiurn Hybrids, 79 Epiphytes on Palms, 135, 360 Erica cinerea, 309 Essex Naturalists, 352 Evans, A. H., British Arctiums, 113; Potamogetons, 152 Ewing, Peter,f 316 Extinctions, W. Lancashire, 336 Fadogia Rogersii,* 208 Fawcett, W., Jamaican Coccolobas, 123 Ferns, Tropical American, 264 Festuca rottbcellioides, 280 Flagenium, 11 ; arboreurn,*, 12 ; latifolium,* 12 ; triflovum, 12 ' Fruits and Seeds ' (rev.), 139 Fumaria Records, 50, 286, 335 Fungi, new species of, 340 Fungus Forays, 340 Ganong's ' Living Plant ' (rev.), 312 Gardening Books, 260 Gepp, A. & E. S., ' Marine Alga? of Iceland' (rev.), 68; ' Sporeplan- terne ' (rev.), 228; Sargassum, 339 Gerard, John,f 59 Gnaphalium araneosurn,* 209 Gonzalea asperula,* 219 ; grisea,* 218 ; Hayesii,- 219 ; mollis,- 219 Greene (E.L.) on Linnaeus (rev.), 143 Gregory's ' British Violets ' (rev.), 23 Griffiths (A. B.) on Linnaeus (rev.), 143 Groom on Wood-structure of Pinus, 231 Grove, W. B., Mycological Notes, 42 Groves, Henry f (portr.), 73 Groves, James, Henry Groves (portr.), 73 Gueldenstaedtia flava,* 130 Guppy's ' Seeds and Fruits' (rev.), 109 Gymnocolea acutiloba, 125 Gymnosperms, Jurassic, 31 Haas' ' Chemistry of Plant Products ' (rev.), 314 Hallier on Angiosperms, 147 Hamet, R., Sedum Holei,* 55 Hanson's ' Forestry ' (rev.), 284 Helianthemum X Bickharni,* 182 Hehchrysnm angustifrondemn,* 184 ; squamosifolium,:': 208 Helleborme viridiflora,* 307, 343 Hemileia Phaji, 44 (fig.) Hemitrichia, 100 Henslow onVegetable Mechanics, 30 Hepatics of S. Aberdeen, 154 ; Ca- talogue of British, 176 ; of Killar- ney, 179 ; New Welsh, 336 'Herbals' (rev.), 197 Hieracium Isabella?,* 119 ; Shool- bredii,* 121 ; Dalwhinnie, 165 ; Carnarvonshire, 243 Hiern, W, P., Elymus arenarius, 257 Hieronymus, E., two Selaginellas, 297 Hill, T. G., 'Chemistry of Plant Products ' (rev.), 314 Holmes, E. M., Mitlacher's ' Offizi- nellen Pflanzen ' (rev.), 67 ; The Myrrh Plant, 222 Hooker's ' Botany of Antarctic Voyage,' 354 Hooper on Fruit Pollination, 70 Horwood's ' List of British Lichens ' (rev.), 28 Hypericum Desetangsii (t. 528), 317 Ingham's Catalogue of British He- patics, 176, 232 368 INDEX International Botanical Congress, 303 ' Iris, The Genus ' (rev.), 103 ; ver- sicolor, 225 Irish Plants, 45, 46, 61, 89, 117, 306, 309 Isle of Wight Plants, 285, 335 Isoetes lacustris, 280 Italy, Old Gardens of, 72 Jackson, A. B., Maianthernum bi- folium in England, 202 Jackson, B. D., on Linnean Her- barium, 29 ; Authorship in •Amcenitates,' 101 ; Anders Dahl, 138 ; Linnaeus, 143 Jacquin's ■ Stirpiuin Historia,' 140 Japan Lardizabalaceae, 294 Jasrninum Wardii,* 131 Jersey Plants, 16 Jones, D. A., Gymnocolea acuti- loba, 125 ; Mosses and Hepatics of Killarney, 177 Jongmans' ' Palaeobotanische Lite- ratur ' (rev.), 281 Jonsson, Helgi, ; Marine Algae of Iceland ' (rev.), 68 Journal of Ecology, 200 Journal of Genetics, 152, 264, 364 Journal of Linnean Society, 340 Journal of Royal Horticultural Soc, 339 Juncus balticus, 350 Justicia rhodesiana,* 188 ; umbra- tilis,* 216 Kent, A. H.,f 304 Kew Bulletin, 340 ; Gardens Flora, 340 Killarney, Mosses and Hepatics of, 177 Klebahn's ' Phytopathologie' (rev.), 149 Knight, Margery, Rootstock of Agropyrurn repens (t. 528a), 341 Kurile Islands, flora of, 175 Lamium hybriduin, 259 ; lseviga- tum, 310 Lamproderma, 98; insessum, 231 Lardizabalaceae of Japan, 294 Le Blond's (Mrs.) ' Old Gardens of Italy,' 72 Lepidagathis sciaphila,* 215 Leptactinia platyphylla,* 278 Leptoderma* iridescens" (t. 524), 97 Licea pusilla, 99 Lichens, List of British, 28 ; Arran, 248 Linnaeus, Writers on, 143 ; his ' Flora Anglica,' 18 Linnean Herbarium. 29 Linnean Society, 30, 70, 150, 151, 174, 175, 199, 231, 232, 263, 340, 363 Linton, E. F., British Willows, Supplement i. ; proposed set of Willows, 232 Lister, G., New Mycetozoa, 1; Swiss Mycetozoa, 95 ; Mycetozoa of Linnaeus, 160 Local Lists, note on, 359 Lycogala conicum, 99 Lycoperdon epidendrum, radiatum, 161 Macdougal's Sudan Plants, 265 Machaonia grandis,:;: 220; peru- viana," 220 ; sulphurea,* 220 Maianthernum bifolium in England, 203, 257, 307 Malanea megalantha," 221 Marshall, E. F., ' British Violets ' (rev.), 23 ; New Hawkweeds, 119 ; Sagina scotica, 142 ; Culinary Mints, 143 ; Scottish Plants, 164 ; Hybrid Rock-rose, 182 ; Carnar- vonshire Plants, 241 ; Senecio sarracenicus, 305 ; Alchemilla conjuncta, 306 ; Nepeta Glechoma var. parviflora, 306 Marsupella apiculata (t. 526), 155 Matthews, J. R., Mid-Perth Plants, 193 Maxon's American Ferns, 264 Melampyrum pratense var. hians, 258 Miall's ' Early Naturalists ' (rev.), 62 Mildbraed's ' Central African Plants' (rev.), 173 Miller, J. F., and his ' Icones,' 255 Miller's, Philip, Plants, 132 Mints, Culinary, 143, 224 Miquel's ' Plantae Junghuhnianae,' 358 Mitlacher's ' Offizinellen Pflanzen ' (rev.), 67 Moore, S., Central African Plants (rev.), 173; Alabastra Diversa, 183, 208 ; Congo plants (rev.), 283 Moss Exchange Club, 232 Moss, C. E., Specific Names and capital letters, 21; Salicornia dolichostachya, 61 ; his Vegeta- INDEX 369 tion of Peak District (rev.), 226 ; on new British plants, 263 Mosses of S. Aberdeen, 152 ; of Killarney, 177 Mucor embolus, 162 ; septicus, 161 Mussgenda, African species of, 233, 274 ; angolensis,* 239 ; arcuata var. pubeseens," 274 ; brachy- antha," 238 ; Buntingii,* 337 ; Chippii,* 237 ; Holstii,* 275 ; landolphioides,* 238 ; micro- donta,* 239; Monteiroi,* 240; perlaxa,* 240 ; scabrida,* 236 ; ulugurensis,* 275 ; Zenkeri,* 276, var. rotundifolia,* 277 Mycetozoa, New (t. 524), 1 ; Swiss, 95 Mycological Note?, 42; Society, Transactions, 231 Myrrh Plant, The, 223 Mystropetalon, 232 Narita, S., Lardizabalacese of Japan, 294 Nepeta Glechorna var. parviflora, 253, 306 Nesogenes, 151 Newspaper Botany, 316, 364 Newton, F. C, Norfolk Plants, 51 Nicholson,W. E., Portuguese Plants, 12 ; Aberdeenshire Mosses and Hepatics, 153 Nomenclature, 21, 71 ; of Arctium, 113 ; of Statice, 92 ; of Tarenna, 58 ; of Brucea, 256 Norfolk Plants, 51 ; Flora of, pre- paring, 200 Nuttall's Wild Flowers, 176 Obituary : — Avebuvy, Lord, 222 Gerard, John, 59 Groves, Henry (portr.), 73 Kent, Adolphus Henry, 304 Swete, Edward Horace, 69 Oliver's ' Makers of British Botany ' (rev.), 63 Ophrys apifera and Trollii, 174 Opiz's ' Naturalientausch,' 22 Oryza, 70 Palestine Plants, 311 Paludella squarrosa, 173 Papaver hybridum, 172, 225 Parnassia palustris var. condensata (fig.). 85 Pascher's ' Siisswasser-flora Deut- schlands' (rev.), 362 Peacock (see Woodruffe-Peacock) ' Peak District, vegetation of ' (rev.), 226 Pearsall, W. H., Carex Pseudo- cyperus, 61 Pearson, W. H., Hepatics new to Wales, 336 Penicillium, 32 Perichsena vermicularis, 100 Perrin's British Flowering Plants, 263 Perth Plants, 193 Phoma pigmentivora, 43 Pilea lamiifolia var. puberula,* 125 Pinus, Wood- structure of, 231 Piptospatha elongata, 202 Plant Diseases, 149 ; Galls, 313 ; Names, 71 ; Products, 314; Pro- tection, 111, 152, 315; Preser- vation, 261 Plantago media, 259 Polygala Babingtonii, 61 ; vulgaris, Accommodation in, 347 Polygonum, 310 Poppy Hybrids, 48 Portland Flora, 71 Portlandia involucrata,* 320 ; uligi- nosa,':: 320 Portuguese Plants, 12 Potamogeton, 152 ; Friesii, 258 ; Sturrockii, 279 ; trichoides, 336 Praeger's ' Weeds,' 364 Prain, Sir D., Ctenomeria, 168 Primulas, Chinese and Himalayan, 340 Prunus domestica, 309 Pteridocalyx minor,- 218 Puccinia Caricis, 42 ; Zopfii, 45 Pugsley, H. W., Fumaria Records, 50 ; Isle of Wight plants, 335 Queensland Plants, 230 Radainsea, 151 Ramsbottom, J., 'Plant-Diseases' (rev.), 149; 'Vegetation of Peak District' (rev.), 226; 'British Plant-Galls ' (rev.), 313 Reader, H. P., Horwood's 'British Lichens ' (rev.), 28 Rendle, A. B., Jamaican Coccolobas, 123 ; Lord Avebury, 222 ; Sudan Plants, 265 ; Reports Brit. Mus. Dept. Bot. 298, 330, 353 ; Ganong's ' Living Plant ' (rev.), 312 ; ' Chemistry of Plant Pro- ducts ' (rev.), 314 370 INDEX Reviews : — Gregory, British Violets, 23 Strasburger, &c, Text-book of Botany, 26 Horwood, Hand-list of Lichens, 28 Miall, Early Naturalists, 62 Oliver, Makers of British Botany, 63 Broun, Sylviculture, 66 Mitlacher, Officinal Plants and Drugs, 67 Jonsson, Algae of Iceland, 68 Dykes, Genus Iris, 103 Guppy, Seeds and Fruits, 109 Books on Linnaeus, 143 Hallier, Angiosperms, 147 Books on Plant-Diseases, 149 Mildbraed, Central AfricanPlants, 173 Arber (Mrs.) on Herbals, 197 Moss, Vegetation of Peak Dis- trict, 226 Roseuvinge, Sporeplanterne, 228 Books on Gardening, 260 Coley, "Wild Flower Preservation, 261 Jongmans, Palaeobotanische Lite- ratur, 281 Watson Club Report, 308 Palestine Plants, 311 Ganong, Living Plant, 312 Swanton, Plant-Galls, 313 Haas and Hill, Chemistry and Plant Products, 314 Bot. Exchange Club Report, 337 Step, Toadstools and Mushrooms, 361 Pascher, Su?swasser-flora Deut- schlands, 362 Rhexoxylon, 112 Rhinanthus monticola, 281 Rhyncopyle perakensis,* 202 Ridley, H. N., Bornean Aroideae (t. 527), 201 ; Alpinia longilora,- 247 Rogers's (F. A.) New African Plants, 183 Rosa Afzeliana, 127 ; glauciformis subsp. prolongatula,* 128; virens subsp. scotica,* 128 ; virenti- formis subsp. Barclayi,* 129 Rubiaceae, New American, 218, 320; African, 233, 274 Rumex salicifolius, 280 Rynchospora fusca, 295, 335 Sagina procumbens forma, 163, 336; scotica, 89, 142 Salicornia dolichostachya, 61 Salmon, C. E., Jersey Plants, 16; Notes on Statice, 92 ; on Alche- millas, 141, 199 ; Hypericum Desetangsii (t. 528), 317 ; Sagina procumbens, 336 Samara polygama, 217 Sargassum, 339 Sargent, O. H., Drosera macrantha and D. stricticaulis (t. 523), 33 Scirpus setaceus var. major, 143 Scottish Plants, 2, 3, 4, 89, 91, 114, 119, 127, 141-2, 153, 164, 193, 199, 231, 248, 258, 306, 310, 336, 361 Scrophularia alata, 61 Sedum Holei," 55 ' Seeds and Fruits' (rev.), 109 Selaginella Commersoniana, 297; Willdenowii, 297 Senecio Rogersii,* 185 ; vulgaris, 32 ; sarracenicus, 305 Shoolbred, W. A., Scottish Plants, 194 ; Carnarvonshire Plants, 241 Shropshire Flora, preparing, 71 Sisyrinchium angustifolium, 232 Smith, A. L., ' Penicillium ' (rev.), 32 ; ' Antarctic Lichens ' (rev.), 69 ; ' Phytopathologie' (rev.), 149 ; Mosaic Disease of Tomatoes, 262 Somerset, Flora of, preparing, 200 Specific Names and Capital Letters, 21 Spergularia atheniensis, 137 Stapf on Wild Rice, 70 Statice, Nomenclature of, 92 Stellaria aquatica var. scandens, 103 Stemonitis fusca, 97 Step's ' Toadstools and Mushrooms ' (rev.), 360 Strasbnrger's 'Text-Book' (rev.), 26 Stratton, F., Ulex minor, 22; Isle of Wight Plants, 285 Strobilanthopsis Rogersii,* 188 Subularia aquatica, 278 Swanton's ' British Plant-galls ' (rev.), 313 Swete, Edward Horace,! 69 Swiss Notes, 46 Symphytum, 263 Synchytrium Succisae, 45 Synnema liinnophiloides,* 211 Tahara on Sargassum, 339 Takeda on Flora of Shikotan, 175 Talbot's (Mr. & Mrs.) Nigeriau Plants, 230 INDEX 371 Tarenna, Nomenclature of, 58 Tetraphidopsis, 244 Thomas, Hamsbaw, on Cycadean fronds. 363 Thomas, H. H., ' Palaeobotanische Literatur ' (rev.), 281 Thompson, H. S., Swiss Notes, 46 ; Plants epiphytic on Palms, 135, 368; Papaver hybridum, 172; Agrostis nigra, 196 ; Rynchospora fusca, 335 Thuidium of Australasia and Oceania, 326; recognitum and allies (fig.), 199; orientate,* 329 Thunbergia collina,* 186; glau- cina,* 167; snbfalva,* 186; valida,* 210; Kassneri,* 210; Monroi,* 209 Tomato, Mosaic disease of, 262 Tournefortiopsis minor,- 218 Towndrow. R. F., Worcestershire Plants, 57 Traaen, C., Rosa Afzeliana, 127 Tragia, 168 Tragopogon minus, 281 Travis, W. G., Parnassia palustris var. coudensata (fig.), 85; Arran Lichens, 248; Helleborine viridi- flora, 307 Trichia contorta var. alpinum, 100 Tripoli Algae, 364 Trow on Senecio vulgaris, 32 Ulex minor, 22 Uromyces Loti, 44 Utricularia vulgaris, 279 279; major, Vaccinium Wardii,* 130 Vegetable Mechanics, 30 Vernonia brachylsenoides,* 184 ; Rogersii,* 183 Vigurs, C. C, Cornish Notes, 196; Armoracia rusticana, 259 Viola calcarea, 22, 260 'Violets, British' (rev.), 23 Watson Exchange Club Report, 308 Weathers's Gardening Books, 260 Weeds, 111 Weisia Welwiischii, 246 Wernham, H. F. Flagenium, 11 ; Nomenclature of Tarenna, 58 ; on ' Hallier's Angiosperms ' (rev.), 147; New American Rubiaceee, 218, 320; African Musssendas, 233, 274 West, G. S., ' Siisswasser-flora Deutschlands ' (rev.), 362 Westliug on Penicillium, 32 Wheldon, J. A., Parnassia palustris var. condensata (fig.)> 85; Arran Lichens, 248 ; Festuca rott- bcellioides, 280 ; Rumex salici- folius, 280 ; Helleborine viridi- flora, 307, 342; W. Lancashire Extinctions, 336 White, W., E. H. Swete, 69 Wilson, A., West Lancashire Ex- tinctions, 336 Wiltshear, F. G., Jacquin's ' Stir- pium Historia,' 140 ; ' Botany of Antarctic Voyage,' 355 Woodruffe-Peacock, E. A., Poppy Hybrids, 48; Frequency of Plants, 152 Worcestershire Plants, 57 PRINTED BY WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, EC. MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH WILLOWS BY Rev. E. F. LINTON, M.A. Issued as a Supplement to 'Journal of Botany,' 1913 LONDON WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, E.C. 1913 CONTENTS. 4 PAGE INTRODUCTORY 1 Books Quoted 2 Exsiccata 3 SYNOPTICAL TABLE 4 SALIX (Generic Description) 7 CONSPECTUS OF GROUPS 7 ANALYTICAL TABLE OF GROUPS ... 9 SPECIES, HYBRIDS, &c 10-86 HYBRID WILLOWS, DESIGNATION OF . . 87 ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA 88 INDEX 89 Instructions to Binder. — The first 8 pp. of the Salix Monograph in the April number is withdrawn, and the corrected copy in the July number is to be substituted. ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA, &c. (Continued from p. 88.) Page 26, line 2, for OEsterr. read Oesterr. ,, 38, ,,10 from bottom, after Faldonside add (see Note, p. ,, 88, ,,8 from bottom, for 5 read 28. THE BRITISH WILLOWS By the Rev. E. F. LINTON, M.A. Introductory. The serious study of Willows in this country began with Sir J. E. Smith, who had laboured at working out the species for "full thirty years " before the date of his English Flora (1828), observing their growth in the garden of James Crowe at Norwich, who grew them in large numbers. Smith, however, overshot the mark in the multiplication of species through disbelieving in the existence of hybrids, and making species of many forms that were of hybrid origin, and many more that have proved to be but slight varieties, thus expanding our list to the number of sixty-four British species. This list was much condensed by Lindley, Babington, and Boswell Syme, but no thorough revision was made affecting Lst till N. J. Andersson had published his Monographic/, Salicum (1867), of which only part i. was issued, and his complete a*" rant of the genus Salix in De Candolle's Prodromus (1868), His views were adopted and closely followed by Sir J. D. Hooker in the third edition of the Student's Flora of the British Isles (1884), with a reduction of the number of species to eighteen, and were reproduced more fully by F. B. White in his " Revision of the British Willows " (Journ. Linn. Soc. xxvii. 1890), who added some new hybrids to those already known, and further reduced the number of British species to seventeen by combining, as Linnaeus had originally done, S. phylicifolia and S. nigricans. For a detailed account of the various parts of the Willow and their development, Wimmer's Salices Eicropcece, pp. xxiv.-xliv., should be consulted ; also the Classification chs Saules cV Europe, by A. & E.-G. Camus, pp. 11-14, and for the internal morphology, pp. 14-40. Salix is a difficult genus to study ; partly because the floral organs and foliage have to be collected at different seasons, and partly because there is development and change of character in both flowers and leaves during the season of growth. The twigs, buds, and leaves of most of the species are more or less clothed with pubescence at first, and, while this pubescence is persistent in a few species, it is evanescent in more, disappearing very rapidly in some, and more gradually in others. The female cat- Journal of Botany, April, 1913. [Supplement.] b 2 THE BRITISH WILLOWS kins, often oval or even subglobose at first, elongate by degrees, and are usually at length cylindric. The bracts of many species, almost concolorous in the earliest stage, are tipped or rimmed with blackish-brown at maturity. The relative length of the pedicel and nectary is an important character, but very liable to be misjudged and consequently undervalued ; it should be observed that, while the nectary is full-grown from the first, the pedicel of species with pedicelled ovaries goes on lengthening till maturity, and the two organs may be, to begin with, of equal length, and eventually in the proportion of 3-5 to 1 ; the description is, of course, taken from the later stage. Of late some doubt has been thrown on the value of this character in the determination of hybrids. I can only say that I have found the proportion of pedicel and nectary very fairly constant in the same species, and in the case of hybrids always (with one or two exceptions) between the limits of their range in the two parent species, and a very useful corroborative character in the determination of plants whose hybrid origin was suspected on other grounds. The following is a list of the works, books and exsiccata, most frequently quoted, with the abbreviations by which they are referred to : — Books. Anderss. Sal. Lapp. = N. J. Andersson, Salices Lapponicse (1845). Anderss. Monogr. = N. J. Andersson, Monographia Salicum (1867). Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2) = in De Candolle's Prodromus, vol. xvi. part 2 (1868). Camus Monogr. = Classification des Saules d'Europe et Monographie des Saules de France (1904), by A. & E.-G. Camus. Camus Atlas = Atlas to the same work. Doell = Doell, Flora von Baden (1859). E. Bot. = J. E. Smith, English Botany (1790-1814). E. B. S. = Supplement to English Botany (1831, &c). Fl. Dan. = Flora Danica (1761, &c). Forbes = Salictum Woburnense, by James Forbes (1829). Gren. & Godr. = Grenier &Godron, Flore de France (1846-56). Hartman = Hartman, C. J., Handbok i Skandinaviens Flora (ed. 3, Stockholm), ed. 11 (1879). Hoffmann = Hoffmann, Historia Salicum (1785-91). Koch Syn. = Koch, Synopsis Florae Germ, et Helv. (ed. 2, 1843). L. Sp. PI. = Linnaei Species Plantarum, ed. 1 (1753). Ray Syn. = Raii Synopsis Stirpium Brit. (ed. 2, 1696, the most accurate), ed. 3, 1724. Seemen = O. v. Seemen in Ascherson und Graebner, Synopsis Mitteleurop. Flor. vol. iv. (1908-09). Scringe = N. C. Seringe, Essai dune Monographie des Saules de la Suisse (Berne, 1815). THE BRITISH WILLOWS 6 Sm. Engl. Fl. = J. E. Smith, English Flora, vol. iv. (1828). Sm. Fl. Brit. = J. E. Smith, Flora Britannica (1800-04). Sm. in Eees Cycl. = Cyclopaedia, by Abraham Rees, vol. xxxi. (1819) ; Salix, by Sir J. E. Smith. Syme, E. B. = J. Syme (Boswell-Syme), English Botany, 3rd ed. vol. viii. (1868). Wade = Walter Wade, Essay towards a General History of Sallows, Willows, and Osiers (Dublin, 1811). B. White Revision = F. Buchanan White, A Revision of the British Willows, in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxvii. pp. 333-457 (1890). Wimmer Sal. Eur. = F. Wimmer, Salices Europaeae (1866). Exsiccata. Baenitz, Hb. Europ. = Baenitz, Herbarium Europaeum. Billot = Billot, Flora Gallica et Germanica exs. Enander = S. J. Enander, Salices Scandinaviae (1905-10). Fries = E. Fries, Herbarium normale. Hb.Borrer = Herbarium of W. Borrer (at Kew). Hb. Boswell = Herbarium of Boswell-Syme, cura F. J. Han bury. Hb. Edinb. = Herbarium at Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. Herb. Kew = Herbarium (General), Kew. Hb. Linn. = Herbarium of Linnaeus, Linnean Society. Hb. Smith = Herbarium of Smith, Linnean Society. Hb. B. White = Herbarium of F. B. White in Perth Museum (Cat. in Trans. Perthshire Soc. Nat. Sci. vol. i. part iv. (1889-90)). Kerner Hb. Oesterr. Weiden = A. & F. Kerner, Herb. Oesterreichische Weiden (1859). Leefe, Sal. Brit. = J. E. Leefe, Salices Brit. exs. (1842, 1844). Leefe, Sal. exs. = J. E. Leefe, Salices exs. (1870-76). Linton, E. F. & W. R. = E. F. & W. R. Linton, British Willows (1894-98). Magnier = Ch. Magnier, Flora Selecta exs. Toepffer = Ad. Toepffer, Salicetum exs. (1906-11). Wimmer, Sal. Relictae = Salices Wimmeri Relictae. The specimens in the Linnean Herbarium and in Smith's have no numbers for reference ; but in 1907 S. J. Enander examined that of Linnaeus and published a detailed account of the willows it contained (Studier ofver Salices i Linnes Herbarium, Upsala, 1907), in which he applied the numbers previously employed by C. J. Hartman to his description of every sheet, adding figures or letters to distinguish different specimens on one sheet, and these reference numbers are now quoted. Some of Smith's specimens are also referred to, but there are no numbers for identification. The Herb. Sal. and Coll. Sal. of Wimmer & Krause have not been examined, but many of the willows in them are represented in Wimmer's Sal. Relictae, copies of which are in my possession 4 THE BRITISH WILLOWS and in the British Museum, wherein those have been examined which are quoted below. Many sheets of the Exs. of Billot and C. Magnier have been seen in the herbarium of Charles Bailey, F.L.S. ; J. E, Leefe's second set (Sal. Exs.) has been seen in that and other collections, and I possess his earlier set (Sal. Brit. Exs.). Few references are possible to the General Herbaria of the British Museum or Kew, or to those of Borrer (at Kew), of the Eoyal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, or of Boswell-Syme, for want of numbers. The numbered sheets of S. J. Enander's Sal. Scand. and of the Sal. Exs. of Ad. Toepffer, both of whom have supplied me generously with letterpress and specimens, and of the herbaria of the late Eev. W. E. Linton (now in the possession of the Liver- pool University) and of the Eev. E. S. Marshall, to whom I am greatly indebted for very numerous specimens of his collecting with notes, are frequently quoted. Synoptical Table of Species and Hybrids. The following arrangement is based largely on the order adopted by N. J. Andersson in De Candolle's Prodromus, the main divisions of which depend on the number of stamens, viz. Pleiandrce, Synandrce, and Diandrce. He placed Fragiles and Albce among the Pleiandrce because their other floral characters connect them with that group ; and this is their right position, though the stamens are only two, for three are very exceptional. Synandrce are removed from the end of the list, where they were placed by Andersson, next to alpine species (to which they have no relation), to a position preceding the Diandrce, next to the Viminales and Caprea, lowland plants for the most part which are their nearest allies. S. lapponum is taken out of the Nivece, having no great affinity with S. lanata, and placed in the Vimi- nales, in accordance with the views of Wimmer, who pointed out the many features which this species and S. viminalis have in common. A. Pleiandrce. Stamens 2, 3 or more ; bracts concolorous. i. Pentandrae. i. S. PENTANDRA L. ii. Amygdalinae. 2. S. TRIANDRA L. subsp. Hojfmamiiana Sm. x viminalis. iii. Fragiles. 3. S. fragilis L. b. hntannica B. White. x pe?itandra. subsp. decipicns Hoti'm. THE BRITISH WILLOWS b. ccerulea Sm. c. vitellina (L.). iv. Albae. 4. S. alba L. x fragilis. x pentandra. X triandra. B. Synandb^. v. Purpureae. Stamens 2, adnate or connate ; bracts brown or blackish-brown at the top. 5. S. purpurea L. x aurita. x phylicifolia. x repens. x aurita x phylicifolia. x cinerea. X viminalis. C. Diandr^e. Stamens 2, free ; bracts brown, blackish or red at the tip. vi. Viminales. 6. S. viminalis L. - (S. stipularis Sm.) x aurita. X caprea. X cinerea. X — (S. acuminata Sm.). 7. S. lapponum L. x myrsinites. X phylicifolia. X repens. X reticulata. x caprea. x cinerea. 8. S. aurita L. x myrsinites. X myrsinites x nigricans. X cinerea x nigricans. x nigricans. X herbacea. x phylicifolia. x lapponum. X repens. x cinerea. x lanata. x lapponum. x myrsinites. X nigricans. x phylicifolia. x viminalis. 9. S. caprea L. x nigricans. x phylicifolia. x repens. 10. S. cinerea L. x repens. vii. Argenteae. 11. S. REPENS L. THE BRITISH WILLOWS viii. Phylicifoliae. 12. S. nigricans Sm. x phylicifolia, 13. S. PHYLICIFOLIA (L.) Sill. x repens. ix. Arbusculae. 14. S. ARBUSCULA L. x kerbacea. x nigricans. x lapponum. X phylicifolia. x myrsinites ? x. Niveae. 15. S. lanata L. X lapponum. xi. Myrtosalix. 16. S. MYRSINITES L. x nigricans. X phylicifolia. X nigricans x phylicifolia. xii. Herbaceae. 17. S. HERBACEA L. x lanata. x nigricans. X lapponum. x phylicifolia. x lapponum x myrsi- x repens. nites ? x reticulata. x myrsinites. 18. S. RETICULATA. THE BRITISH WILLOWS ( SALIX. GENERIC DESCRIPTION. Trees or shrubs differing from Populus in making no suckers, in the absence of stone cells from the bast, and in the presence in the periderm of cells whose walls are thickened on the outer side only, the thickenings suberised not lignified (E. F. Perredes). Stipules persistent, deciduous or absent. Leaves petioled, usually alternate, simple, deciduous, entire or serrate. Flowers dioecious, arranged in catkins ; catkins erect at least at first, + leafy, usually preceding the leaves or coeval with their early stages ; $ soon deciduous, 2 persistent till the fruit matures ; rachis usually pubescent. Perianth 0 ; bracts entire, pubescent, rarely glabrous, concolorous or discoloured at the tip ; nectary of 1-2 glands ; stamens 2, 3, or more, filaments free or connate, anthers basifixed ; ovaries superior, sessile or pedicelled, 1-celled with 2-4 parietal placentas ; styles long, short or 0 ; stigmas 2, entire or 2-fid ; ovules many inserted on the placentas in the lower half of the ovaries, ascending anatropous. Capsules 1-celled, few- seeded, dehiscing from the top ; valves 2, recurving when mature ; seeds small, wrapped in silky hairs attached to the short funicle ; albumen 0 ; embryo straight, cotyledons oblong plano-convex, radicle short inferior. The seeds germinate with great rapidity under favourable conditions, soon losing their vitality otherwise. CONSPECTUS OF GROUPS. I. Bracts of the catkins not blackened at the tip. Stamens 2 or more, free, i. Catkins terminal; bracts concolorous or reddish, and not blackened at the tip ; stamens 2. Very dwarf alpine shrubs. 1. Herbace^. Leaves glabrous, green on both sides. Catkins on short leafy peduncles ; ovaries glabrous. 2. Eeticulatze. Leaves silky at first, glaucous beneath. Catkins on long leafless peduncles ; ovaries to- mentose. ii. Catkins lateral, bracts concolorous ; ovaries glabrous. Trees or tree-like shrubs, mainly lowland. 3. Pentandr^:. Leaves glabrous, glutinous. Flowers with 2 nectaries ; bracts deciduous ; stamens 5 (4-8) ; ovaries subsessile. 4. Amygdalin^:. Leaves glabrous almost from the first. $ flowers with 2 nectaries; bracts per- sistent ; stamens 3 ; ovaries long-pedicelled ; stig- mas subsessile. 5. Fragiles. Leaves soon glabrescent. Nectaries single; bracts deciduous; ovaries rather short- pedicelled, attenuate into along style; stamens 2. 6. Alb.e. Leaves silvery at first, with subpersistent pubescence. Nectaries single ; bracts soon deci- duous; ovaries and stigmas subsessile ; stamens 2. O THE BRITISH WILLOWS II. Catkins with their bracts blackened or darkened at the tip, + pubescent. Stamens 2. A. Stamens adnate so as to appear single, each with a 4-celled anther (or partially united in the hybrids). 7. Purpurea. Branches and leaves glabrous (or almost so) from the first (hybrids if pubescent soon glabrescent). B. Stamens 2, free (or joined only at the very base). i. Pedicels of ovaries elongating, towards maturity 3-4 times as long as the nectaries; nectaries quadrate or shortly oblong. 8. Capre^e. Leaves not blackening when dried, stipules foliaceous broad; ovaries pubescent, styles usually short or 0. 9. Phylicifolle. Styles long. a. S. phylicifolia. Leaves glabrous (theoreti- cally), subcoriaceous, not blackening, entire at the tip ; stipules not prominent. Ovaries usually pubescent ; 1-year wood polished dark brown. ft. S. nigricans Smith. Leaves very pubescent at first, + glabrescent, blackening when dried ; stipules prominent foliaceous. Ovaries usually glabrous ; 1-year wood dull grey brown. 10. Argente^e. Dwarf shrubs, much branched from the base ; leaves finely reticulate above with raised veins, commonly blackening when dried ; stipules 0 or inconspicuous, narrow ovate. Ovaries com- monly pubescent ; styles usually rather short, ii. Pedicels of ovaries 0 or very short ; shorter than the nectaries (lowest sometimes longer). Styles long. A. Nectaries quadrate, about as long as the pedicels of the ovaries, or only shorter than the lowest. 11. Myrtosalix. Leaves green and glossy on both sides, serrate. B. Nectaries linear, reaching to the broadest part of the ovaries. 12. Nive^:. Leaves pubescent, with long silky hairs in early growth, blades entire. Catkins densely silky ; ovaries glabrous. 13. Arbuscul^j. Leaves commonly pubescent at first, soon glabrous, rather coriaceous, serrate. Ovaries pubescent ; anthers purplish-red. 14. Viminales. Leaves silkily pubescent, blades entire or subentire. Ovaries pubescent sessile ; anthers yellow or slightly tipped with red. a. S. viminalis L. Leaf-blades lanceolate, long, entire or obscurely crenate ; pubescence beneath a] >pressed; stipules lanceolate. ft. S. lapponum L. Leaf-blades short, entire, with lax pubescence ; stipules 0. THE BRITISH WILLOWS Analytical Table. 4- 10 , f Catkins terminal, stamens 2 2 (Catkins lateral on the last year's branches 3 ( Leaves glabrous green on both sides ; catkins on short leafy peduncles, qj ovaries glabrous Herbacese. 1 Leaves ± silky at first, glaucous beneath ; catkins on long leafless 1 peduncles, ovaries tomentose Keticulatae. /'Stamens 2 or more, free ; bracts concolorous, glabrous, or thinly hairy towards the extremities ; ovaries glabrous 4 Stamens 2, free (or united only at the base) ; bracts persistent, tips discoloured, silkily hairy 6 Stamens 2, adnate or + connate ; anthers purple (unless in some hybrids), bracts discoloured at the tip Purpureas. /■Stamens 5 (4-8) ; bracts fugitive ; catkins later than the leaves ; male and female flowers with two nectaries Pentandrae. Stamens 3 ; catkins coeval with the leaves ; bracts persistent ; male flowers with two nectaries Amygdalinae. .Stamens 2 ; catkins coeval with the leaves ; bracts deciduous 5 Ovaries gradually acuminate into a style longer than the stigmas '■> their pedicels twice as long as the nectaries ; stipules large, broad below Fragiles. Ovaries suddenly contracted into a very short style ; pedicels shorter than the nectaries ; stipules 0 or narrow lanceolate Albae. 'Ovaries subsessile or lowest shortly stalked, nectaries quadrate Myrtosalix. Pedicels of ovaries 3-4 times as long as the quadrate or shortly oblong nectaries 7 Ovaries sessile or subsessile, the lowest sometimes shortly stalked ; nectaries linear, exceeding the base of the ovaries 9 „ | Styles long Phylicifoliae. (Styles short, as a rule 8 /Large shrubs or small trees, usually erect growing, stipules foliaceous broad, leaves not blackening Capreae. 8-j Dwarf shrubs, much branched from the base, usually prostrate or ascending, stipules inconspicuous narrow, leaves finely reticulate, \ ± blackened when dry Argenteae. (Ovaries glabrous ; male catkins densely silky with the long yellowish silky hairs of the bracts Niveae. Ovaries tomentose ; male catkins ± silky, variable 10 'Leaves glabrous or nearly so, serrate ; ovaries small, style not long Arbnsculae. Leaves silkily pubescent on one or both sides, entire (S. lapponum), or obscurely crenate (S. viminalis) ; ovaries rather large, with long style and stigmas Viminales. Journal of Botany, May, 1913. [Supplement.] 10 THE BRITISH WILLOWS Pentandrje. 1. Salix pentandra L. Sp. PI. 1016 (1753). Sm. in Eees Cycl. No. 12. Anderss. Monogr. i. 35. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. p. 22. Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 206. Syme, E. B. viii. 202. B. White, Revision, 359. Camus, Monogr. 84. Seemen, p. 61. Icon. E. Bot. t. 1805. Fl. Dan. t. 943. Anderss. Monogr. t. ii. f. 24. Camus, Atlas, t. 4, a-i. Forbes, t. 34. Exs. Hb. Linn. Nos. 1-3. Billot, 1065. Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Herb. Sal. 49 ; Coll. Sal. 7, 8). Leefe, Sal. Brit. Nos. 1, 2. E. F. & W. R. Linton, British Willows, No. 1. Toepffer, Nos. 33-35, 75. A bush or small tree, rising to 20 ft. Branches glabrous, grooved while young, at length polished brown or reddish-brown, fragile at the base. Stipules oval or ^-cordate gland-ciliate, cadu- cous. Petioles with 1-3 pairs of glands (sometimes subfoliaceous) near the top. Leaves glabrous ; blades 2-4 in. long by -f-1 in. broad, oval or obovate-oblong to obovate- or oblong-lanceolate, acute, rounded at the base, finely gland-serrate, ciliate with glutinous glands, glossy or deep green above, pale green and reticulate with deep green veins beneath, fragrant (like bay). Catkins opening rather later than the leaves in May or June, broad, dense-flowered ; peduncles elongate leafy, erect to curved ; rachis woolly-pubescent ; staminate catkins 1-1^ in. long, rounded at the top, bracts oblong or Ungulate obtuse pubescent near the base, glabrous above ; stamens usually 5 (4-8) ; filaments long, crowded, pilose in the lower half ; anthers golden yellow. Pistil- late catkins 1-2 in. long, ovaries at length £ in. long, subulate to ovoid-subulate, glabrous, shortly pedicelled, lower pedicels at length twice as long as the short bipartite nectaries ; style short or 0, stigmas large 2-lobed, spreading. This species varies much in the breadth of the leaves. Andersson (/. c.) makes three leaf varieties, latifolia, angustifolia, and micro- phylla, which are, however, not more distinct than others based on the size of the catkins. A good-sized tree growing in deep peat or in rich soil produces large broad leaves ; a drier climate or a poorer soil may contribute to the occurrence of narrower-leaved forms, such as are commoner on the Continent than with us. 8. pentandra is a lowland species, which is said to be native as far south as Carnarvonshire, Salop, Notts, and Lincolnshire (naturalized or planted southwards), and is generally distributed, though local, over the North of England and the Lowlands of Scotland. It is plentiful and native in the Northern Counties of Ireland, and becomes scarcer southward, where it is more com- monly than not planted. On the Continent it is distributed through North Europe at low levels, in Central Europe in moun- tainous regions, extending as far south as the Pyrenees, Piedmont, the Balkans ; Caucasus, Siberia ; North America. S. alba x pentandra (p. 19). S.fragilis x pentandra (p. 15). THE BRITISH WILLOWS 11 ii. Amygdalina. 2. Salix triandra L. Sp. PI. 1016. Wade, Essay, p. 6. Seringe, Essai, p. 75. Sm. in Kees Cycl. 3 ; Engl. Fl. iv. 166. Leefe in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. i. 158, 159 (1844). Anderss. Monogr. i. 23 ; DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 202. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 12. Syme, E. B. viii. 215. B. White, Eevision, 347. Hartman, p. 361. Seemen, iv. p. 74. — S. amygdalina L. Sp. PI. 1016. Sm. in Kees Cycl. 7; Engl. Fl. iv. 169. Anderss. Sal. Lapp. 17. Doell, p. 489. Icon. Hoffm. Hist. Sal. t. 23. E. B. 1435, and as S. amygda- lina, 1936. Forbes, Sal. Wob. tt. 15, 18 (S. amygdalina). Camus, Atlas, pi. 5, 6. Exs. Hb. Linn. Nos. 15, 22. Hb. Smith (S. amygdalina). Wim- mer, Sal. Eelict. (Herb. Sal. 38, 51, 122 ; Coll. Sal. 13, 14). Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. Nos. 4, 7, 8 ; Sal. exs. Nos. 49, 105. Hb. B. White, Nos. 238, 239, 277, 395, 396. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 26. Toepffer, Nos. 42, 43, 50, 244. A large shrub or small tree, 15-30 ft. high, lax in habit, bark loose and flaking off old stems, twigs rather fragile at the base, + furrowed when young, glabrous almost from the first ; buds ovoid, soon glabrous. Stipules common, broad roundish or bluntly pointed, rather persistent ; petioles with 2 or 3 glands near the top. Leaf-blades very variable, 1-4 in. long by §-lJ in. broad, oblong-lanceolate or ovate-oblong acuminate, evenly serrate, gla- brous (or slightly pubescent on opening), dark green and some- what shining above, paler green (f. concolor) or more commonly glaucous (f. discolor) beneath. Catkins coeval with (or $ even before) the leaves, in late April or May, on short leafy peduncles, slender erect or spreading, basal leaves usually serrate ; staminate catkins 1^-2 in. long, bracts obovate hairy only below or ciliate, stamens 3, filaments pilose at the base ; nectaries double ; pistillate catkins 1J-2 in. long, bracts glabrous or ciliate and glabrescent above, pilose near the base, narrow oblong or rarely linear-lanceolate, yellowish. Ovaries \-^ in. long, conical then ovoid, glabrous, often reddened in exposure, long-pedicelled ; pedicels elongating, at length 3-4 times as long as the short broad single nectaries ; stigmas sessile, short, thick. The leaves of this species vary so much that many varieties have been based on the leaf-blades only. Wimmer arranges these under chief forms : — (a) vulgaris, with leaf-blades narrowly oblong, equally narrowed at both ends, acute rather than acuminate ; (f3) angustifolia, leaf-blades elongate linear-oblong or oblong- lanceolate acuminate; (y) Villarsiana, branches short, leaves small short oval or narrow-oval. Each of these forms is sub -divided into those with glaucous and those with green under side of leaf-blade. Andersson remarks that there are so many forms of leaf and catkin which have sported freely, that it is hard to define the leading varieties ; and then gives four ; the first pair (a and fi) are distinguished by the glaucous or green colouring of the under side of the leaf-blade, each of which has a f. latifolia, f. angusti- c 2 12 THE BRITISH WILLOWS folia, and f. microphylla under it ; the second pair by the breadth of the catkins and density of the flowers. S. amygdalina L., hazy in its origin, was regarded by Smith as a distinct species (E. B. t. 1936 ; Engl. Fl. iv. 169) ; but his description and plate show only a form of S. triandra with a more rounded leaf-base than usual, not worth distinguishing as a variety. S. contorta Crowe (see Engl. Fl. iv. 167) was a $ plant cultivated in Sussex, a small-leaved S. triandra form, said to be introduced and of French origin. Sllbsp. HOFFMANNIANA (Sm.). Syn. S. Hoffmanniana Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 168. E. B. S. No. 2620. Leefe m Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh, i. 159 (1844). Icon. Hoffm. Hist. Sal. tt. ix. x. Forbes, Sal. Wob. 16. Exs. Hb. Smith, " S. triandra ? a shrub of more humble growth, &c. Mr. Borrer, 1825." E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 27. A small bush or dwarf tree, 5-13 ft. high, with bark flaking off, as in S. triandra L., with dense interlacing branches in trees of some age, forming a compact rounded head ; twigs slender, terete or subterete, somewhat fragile at the base. Stipules foliaceous, prominent, rounded. Leaf-blades 1|-2| in. long, ovate-oblong acuminate, of a light or yellowish green, green not glaucous beneath, + rounded at the base, rather crowded, nowhere parallel-sided. Catkins f-l| in. long, fl. May ; $ frequent in Britain, smaller and more slender, and a week or two later in flowering than 8. triandra ; bracts usually more pubescent within and without, as Hoffmann represents them (/. c. t. ix.).::: In E. B. tab. the bracts are drawn with this character reversed, and the bracts of S. triandra the more hairy of the two, which does not agree with Smith's views, who found "no remarkable difference in the catkins of either sort " (Engl. Fl. iv. 168). This form is placed as a subspecies, being much more distinct from S. triandra than most so-called varieties of willows, which differ from their species in the shape of the leaf or the size of the catkin. The $ plant is frequent in the South and S.E. England ; the $ is known to me only from the neighbourhood of Walmer, Kent, and by specimens in Kew Herbarium (Hb. Bromfield) from a brookside not far from Shanklin Church, Isle of Wight, 1840. S. triandra is found by streams and in wet ground as a low- land willow in nearly every English county, and in the most northern and most southern Welsh counties. It is recorded from half a dozen Scotch counties ; usually planted in all its localities in the British Isles, owing to its utility as an osier. It is, how- ever, undoubtedly self-sown at times, and probably native in S.E. and Central England. In Ireland it may be native in four S.E. counties ; elsewhere it is scarce and introduced. It is in great request as an osier for basketwork, &c, and growers distinguish many varieties. In the Elmore osier plantation at Thurmaston, Female catkins, very rare, scarcely differ from those of 8. triandra, unless in the pubescence of the bracts. THE BRITISH WILLOWS 13 Leicester, a few years ago, there were twenty-two named sorts in cultivation, of which " Pomeranians," " Councillor," and " Black Maul" were commended as the best. Subsp. Hoffmanniana was not noticed among these, being probably too " spriggy," a bad defect in an osier. Europe generally ; Asia in the Caucasus, Armenia, Persia, Turkestan, China, and Siberia. S. triandra x alba (p. 20). X fragilis (p. 15). X viminalis (p. 13). SALIX TRIANDRA X VIMINALIS. Syn. S. hippophaefolia Thuill. El. Par. 2 ed. 514 (1799). Doell, 506. Gren. & Godr. iii. 127. — S. triandra-viminalis Wimmer in Flora, xxxii. (1849), 39. Sal. Eur. 140. B. White, Kevision, 357. — S. amygdalina x viminalis Doell, 506. Seemen, iv. 332. — S. multiformis Doell, Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 271. Exs. Leefe, Sal. exs. ii. 45 ; iv. 94. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 28. Var. a, hippophaefolia (Thuill.). A large riverside shrub with glabrescent twigs and buds. Stipules ovate- to cordate-lanceolate. Leaf-blades 3-5 in. long, linear-lanceolate but with some variation in length and breadth, obscurely serrulate or crenate-serrate, dark green somewhat shining above, paler green beneath, pubescent at first but soon glabrous, margin reflexed, vernation revolute. Catkins 1 in. long ; stamens 2, sometimes 3 ; $ elongating to 1| in. ; bracts ovate- oblong obtuse villous, nearly as long as the finely pubescent ovate-conic (at length broadly ovate) ovaries ; pedicels about as long as the narrow oblong nectaries ; styles and stigmas about equal. A curious monoecious form, distributed by the Rev. A. Ley, from near Ross-on-Wye, has stamens and ovaries mingled together on each catkin. S. hippophaefolia is grown in the Thurmaston holts, under the name of " Black Tops," and considered a very good osier. Var. f3, Trevirani (Sprengel). Syn. S. Trevirani Sprengel, Pug. i. 61 (1813). Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 114. — S. triandra x viminalis B. White, Revision, 357. Icon. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 14 (as S. undulata Forbes, non Ehrh.). Exs. Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Herb. Sal. 113, 115 ; Coll. Sal. 249-251). S. Trevirani differs from S. hippophaefolia Thuill. chiefly in being on a larger scale with broader and more attenuate leaf- blades more glabrous from the first, larger catkins and glabrous ovaries. It is nearer S. triandra, as y S. mollissima Ehrh., which Andersson makes a third variety of this hybrid, is nearer S. viminalis. Dr. B. White thought that the Herefordshire and Staffordshire $ specimens (I. c. p. 357) belonged to x S. Trevirani. S. hippophaefolia, to which all our $ plants undoubtedly belong, occurs in seven counties, from Gloucester and Glamorgan 14 THE BRITISH WILLOWS to Derbyshire and Leicester. Central Europe, from France to Russia, and Sweden. iii. Fragiles. 3. Salix fragilis L. Sp. PI. 1017. Anderss. Monogr. 41, n. 28 ; DC. Prodr. xvi (2), 209. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 19. Syme, E. B. viii. 205. B. White, Revision, 368. Camus, Monogr. 76. Seemen, iv. 70._ S. Busselliana Sm. Fl. Brit. 1045 ; Engl. Fl. iv. 186 ; in Rees Cycl. 39. — S. fragilis var. Busselliana Babington, Man. Brit. Bot. ed. 3, &c. Icon. E. B. t. 1808 {Busselliana). Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 28. Kew Bulletin No. 8 (1907), t. opp. p. 312. Exs. Hb. Linn. No. 91. Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. Nos. 53-55. Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Coll. Sal. 9). Billot, No. 1955. Magnier, Nos. 2829-2831. Leefe, Sal. exs. ii. 40. E. F. & W. R. Linton, Nos. 2, 31, 76, 77. Toepffer, No. 25. A tree 30-80 ft. high, with rough bark, lax in habit, branches spreading-ascending, forming a wide angle (60°-90°) with the trunk ; twigs olive, sometimes pubescent at first, with shallow grooves at the buds, sooner or later very fragile at the base ; buds rather long, ovate-oblong, glabrescent. Stipules (usually absent) ^-cordate-lanceolate, deciduous, scarce except on late or apoblastic shoots. Leaf -blades 3-5 in. long by J— 1^ in. broad, narrowly or broadly lanceolate, coarsely serrate, gradually and often obliquely acuminate to a fine point, cuneate at the base, thinly silky at first, soon glabrescent, bright green and shining above, paler and usually glaucous beneath, reddish when young. Catkins coeval with the leaves, narrowly cylindric, dense in flower, rather lax in fruit ; peduncles pubescent upwards, leafy, their leaf-blades entire ; bracts oblong-lanceolate or Ungulate, sub-obtuse, pale straw- coloured, pubescent upwards, soon deciduous ; $ 1-2 in. long, base of filaments hairy ; $ 1|-2| in. long in flower, -3 in. in fruit ; ovaries \-\ in. long, lanceolate with ovoid base when fertilised, commonly unfertilised and subulate, gradually tapering into a style as long as or longer than the stigmas ; pedicels l|-3 times as long as the quadrate nectaries. B. White (I. c. p. 368) defines the type as having the $ catkins dense-flowered, with stamens conspicuously longer than the bracts ; the 2 catkins with ovaries broader at the base, ovate- lanceolate ; and describes var. britannica B. White as having lax- flowered $ catkins with the stamens little longer than the bracts ; ovaries lanceolate- subulate. There seems to be a difference in the $ catkins that amounts to a varietal distinction. But in the ? catkins there is reason to suspect that the narrow ovaries of var. britannica are unfertilised, and that it is a barren state of the type. The leaves afford no characters in either sex. 8. fragilis is a lowland tree frequent by riversides, recorded from nearly every English county and all but four of the Welsh ; occurring through the greater part of Scotland, but doubtfully indigenous beyond the Border ; absent from the northern counties, THE BRITISH WILLOWS 15 unless where casually planted. Frequent in the South of Ireland, rare in the North, probably introduced in all localities. Europe generally ; Asia Minor, Syria, Persia, Caucasus, Armenia, Western and Central Siberia. S.fragilis x alba (p. 19). x pentahdra (p. 19). X triandra (p. 20). SALIX FRAGILIS X PENTANDRA. Syn. S. cuspidata Schultz, Suppl. Fl. Starg. p. 47 (1819). Anderss. Sal. Monogr. 37, and in DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 208. Hart- nian, p. 360. B. White, Eevision, p. 360. — S. fragilis-pentandra Wimm. Schles. Fl. ed. 3, 208. — S. pentandra-j erag 'His Wimm. Sal. Eur. 131.— S. Meyeriana Kostkov. in Willd. Berl. Baumz, ed. 2, 427. Icon. E. B. 2961, 2962 (S. cuspidata). Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 33 ? (S. Meyeriana). Anderss. Sal. Monogr. fig. 26. Exs. Kerner, Hb. (Esterr. Weiden, Nos. 10, 26. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 51. Toepffer, Nos. 33, 35, 128, 179, 275; 276 (as S. Pokornyi). A bush or small tree, 18-25 ft. high, branches with shining grey- brown bark, twigs glabrous ; buds oval rounded above, glabrous. Stipules J-round or ^-cordate-acuminate obliquely pointed. Petioles short, often bearing glands near the blade. Leaf- blades 2-4 in. long, oblong-lanceolate, attenuate to a fine point, cuneate at the base, finely serrate, glabrous, not glutinous (as in S. pent- andra), scarcely fragrant, shining green above, pale green reticu- late with dark green beneath. Catkins intermediate in size, appearing rather late with the leaves or soon after ; bracts obovate- oblong rounded above deciduous, + hairy, yellowish ; stamens 3-5 somewhat dense ; ovaries conic glabrous, stigmas rather large, style stout, not long ; pedicels 2-4 times as long as the short nectaries. Peaty districts, Salop, Cheshire ; Ireland, Kildare, Co. Mayo. Europe : France, Denmark, Sweden, Germany, Austria, Russia. SALIX FRAGILIS X TRIANDRA. Syn. S. alopecuroides Tausch. Ind. Hort. Canal. (1821). — S. speciosa Host. Sal. 2. — S. amygdalina-fragilis Wimmer, Flora, xxxi. 333. — S. fragilis-triandra Wimmer, Denkschr. Schles. Ges. (1853), 156. — S. decipiens B. White, Revision, p. 348. — S.fragilis X amygdalina Seemen, iv. 211. Icon. S. speciosa Host. Sal. 2, t. 17. Exs. Baenitz, Herb. Europ. as S.fragilis x triandra f. andro- gyna Bassum, Hanover, leg. C. Beckmann, with catkins $ below and 3 towards the tip. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 78. Toepffer, No. 26. Shrub or small tree, branchlets dark brown (dry) glabrous shining. Buds glabrous. Stipules rather large, obliquely i-cir- cular or |-ovate, bluntly rounded or acuminate. Leaf-blades 3-5 in. long, f-l-g- in. broad, oblong-lanceolate or ovate-oblong, ± attenuate, cuneate at the base, sharply serrate with close teeth, shining green above, pale green or sub-glaucous beneath, glabrous. 16 THE BRITISH WILLOWS Catkins H-3 in. long ; bracts broadly obovate to oblong-spathu- late, ± hairy or glabrous, dull yellowish; stamens 2 (or 2-3), filaments hairy at the base, peduncles leafy ; $ catkins elongate, pedicels at length 3-5 times as long as the short quadrate nectaries, ovaries ovate-conic, usually tapering into a moderate style. Dr. B. White gives no localities for this hybrid except those for the form which I have placed below as subsp. decipiens (Hoffm.). The willow from St. Neots (I.e. p. 353), which he thought to be x S. alopecuroides Tausch. was proved by cultiva- tion to be S. triandra only. The plant issued as No. 78 in Linton's set of British Willows is from the valley of the Tarrant, Dorset, and though diandrous, fairly represents the hybrid in all other respects. In Herb. Borrer at Kew are two sheets labelled " Salix cort. decid., Croft, Yorkshire," no date, probably gathered in June, which combine the characters of S. fragilis and S. triandra very equally, and the plant no doubt is the hybrid between these two. Its distribution in Britain is very restricted: — Dorset, Surrey, Leicester ? Yorkshire ; in Ireland, near Limerick. Europe : France, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Bohemia, Transylvania. Subs. S. decipiens (Hoffmann). Syn. S. decipiens Hoffmann, Hist. Sal. vol. 2, fasc. i. 9 ; Sm. in Eees Cycl. No. 37 ; Sm. Engl. Flora iv. 183 ; Leefe, Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. i. 160 (1844). — S. fragilis x triandra B. White, Eevision, 348. — S. fragilis v. porcellanea Baenitz (see exs. below). Icon. Hoffm. op. cit. t. 31. E. Bot. t. 1937. Forbes Sal. Wob. t. 29. Exs. Leefe, Sal. exs. No. 50. Fries, Hb. Norm. ix. 61, as S. fragilis var. decipiens. E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 30. — S. fragilis var. porcellanea Baenitz, Baenitz Hb. Europ., from Konigsberg. A small tree ; bark rugose, flaking off on old stems ; twigs somewhat grooved, red or crimson on the exposed side in early growth, becoming clay-coloured or yellowish- grey by winter and highly polished; buds roundly oval glabrous, many turning black in late autumn or winter. Stipules uncommon, |-cordate rounded to acuminate. Leaf -blades 3-3| in. long, glabrous serrate, lanceolate acuminate or attenuate at the tip, parallel- sided in the middle, narrowed or rounded at the base, of a bright oleaginous green above, pale green beneath, often finely reticulate with dark green veins. Catkins few, distant, with a few recurved leaves on the peduncle reticulate beneath ; $ \\ in. long, with 2 nectaries, bracts rather short ovate obtuse concave, silky with long hairs ; stamens 2 (rarely 3) ; $ catkins at length l|-2 in., long, slender, pedicels short, the lower ones perhaps eventually 2-3 times as long as the very short nectaries (as in Hoffmann's figure) ; bracts shortly obovate-oblong, rounded above, ± silky ; ovanes glabrous, ovoid-conic gradually narrowed into a short style. THE BRITISH WILLOWS 17 From Perthshire and Fifeshire southwards, probably always planted ; sometimes grown as an osier, and knowTn as " White Dutch " ; local and not very common. Ireland, near Limerick ; no doubt introduced. Probably rare in Europe (confused with S. frag His) ; Germany. Only the 3 plant is known for certain in Britain ; Dr. F. B. White (I.e. p. 351) claims the $ as British, but gives no locality. His herbarium $ specimens are probably S. viridis, Fr., and his description (p. 352) might be taken from specimens of S. viridis also. He rightly identifies the S. fragilis var. porcellanea, Baenitz, from Konigsberg with S. decipiens, Hoffm. ; and offers a well-reasoned theory in favour of its hybrid origin from S. fragilis and S. triandra, which is possibly the case, though not without objections. Kerner distinguished three varieties of that hybrid, viz., S. subtriandra, S. alopecuroides, and S. Kovatsii, but S. fragilis subsp. decipiens agrees with none of these. iv. Alb^. 4. Salix alba L. Sp. PI. 1021. Hoffm. Sal. I. 41. Wade Essay, 400. Sm. in Eees Cycl. 140. Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 233. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. p. 16. Syme, E. B. viii. 211. Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2) 211. B. White, Eevision, p. 370. Camus, Monogr. Sal. p. 69. Seemen, iv. 78. Icon. Hoffm. Sal. tt. 7 and 8 ; t. 24 f. 3. E. Bot. t. 2430. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 136. Kew Bulletin, No. 8 (1907) plate opp. p. 313. Camus, Atlas, PL 2. Exs. Hb. Linn. Nos. 11 (1), 77, 105. Fries, Hb. Norm. i. 62. Magnier, No. 2035. Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. Nos. 56-59. Kerner, Hb. CEsterr. Weiden, 18. Wimmer, Sal. Eelict. (Coll. Sal. 12 12b ; Herb. Sal. 136). Billot, 847. E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 3. Toepffer, Nos. 1, 101-103, 146. A tree 30-80 ft. high, branches erect-ascending, forming a narrow angle with the trunk (30°-50°), bark not rugged ; twigs tough, not fragile at the base, silky-pubescent, at length glabrous ; buds oblong-oval, pubescent often through the winter. Stipules lanceolate, soon deciduous. Petioles rather short. Leaf-blades 2J-4 in. long, oblong to narrowly obovate lanceolate, evenly acuminate or attenuate finely serrate, silkily pubescent, hairs adpressed partially persistent. Catkins coeval with (or the $ slightly preceding) the leaves, dense-flowered, on leafy peduncles, their leaves entire ; bracts pale straw-yellow narrow oblong, hairy or woolly towards the base, glabrous upwards outside ; $ l-lf m- long, filaments hairy in the lower half; 2 elongate in fruit, 2-2£ in. long, becoming rather lax ; ovaries ovoid-conic, abruptly obtuse, glabrous subsessile, the lower ones developing short pedicels about as long as the quadrate nectaries ; stigmas sub- sessile or with very short style, rather thick, deeply divided. 5. alba has typically olive twigs, persistently clothed with silky hairs on both sides. There are two forms or varieties. 18 THE BRITISH WILLOWS 1. Var. ccerulea Sm. Syn. S. alba fS ccerulea Smith, Engl. Fl. iv. 231. Sm. in Eees Cycl. 141. Syme, E. B. ed. 3, viii. 211.— S. alba f. ccerulea Wimmer, Seal. Eur. 18. B. White, Revision, p. 370.— S. alba, C. ccerulea, Camus, Monogr. 75.— S. alba, D. ccerulea, Seemen, iv. 80. Icon. E. Bot. t. 2431. Forbes, Sal. Wob. No. 137. Exs. Hb. Smith, " Mr. Crowe's garden." Magnier, No. 2839 (S. alba var. virescens F. Gerard). Toepffer, No. 101. A quick-growing tree, making valuable timber. Leaf-blades of a bluish-green, or bluish-grey beneath ; pubescence somewhat deciduous. Smith says the " under side of the leaves loses, at an early period, most of its silky hairs." This glabrescence is per- haps more strongly marked in East Anglia than elsewhere ; trees planted in Norfolk by E. R. Pratt, Esq., were so glabrate that, in the absence of fruit catkins, specimens were mistaken for S. viridis Fr. (see his paper on the Cricket-bat Willow, sub nom. S. viridis Fr. in Journ. Roy. Agricult. Soc. vol. 66 (1905), pp. 19-34). S. alba var. ccerulea gives the best cricket-bat timber, justifying Smith's remark, " its qualities are of the highest importance " (Engl. Fl. iv. 232), and is the true " close-bark " of bat makers. S. alba comes next in value, then S. viridis, while S. fragilis, the " open-bark " of the makers in reference to its rugged trunk, is barely serviceable for the poorest bats (see " The Cricket-bat Willow," by W. T. Bean, Kew Bulletin, 1907, No. 8). 2. Var. vitellina (Golden Willow). Syn. S. vitellina L. Sp. PI. 1016. Sm. Fl. Brit. 1050 ; Engl. Fl. iv. 182. Wade, Essay, 102. — S. alba f. vitellina Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 18. — S. alba, D. vitellina Camus, Monogr. 75. — S. alba P vitellina Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 211. Syme, E. B. viii. 211. S. alba var. vitellina Seemen, iv. 80. Icon. Hoffm. Hist. Sal. t. xi. xii. 24, f. 1. Forbes, Sal. Wob. 20. Engl. Bot. t. 1389. Exs. Seringe 19. Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Coll. Sal. 12, c, d.). Leefe, Sal. exs. ii. 34. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 32. Toepffer, No. 103. A tree 30-50 ft. in height, with slender flexible branches which are soon glabrous, somewhat shining, yellowish, buff, reddish-yellow or red through their first winter. Leaf-blades pubescent at first but soon glabrescent and green above, more densely pubescent beneath at first, at length thinly hairy with appressed hairs and decidedly glaucous. Catkins 2 elongate, bracts long and narrow, about as long as the mature ovaries. From the Clyde southwards to Cornwall and Kent ; Perthshire ; usually planted as an ornamental shrub or as an osier. S. alba, not recorded for some few counties in Wales and the North of Scotland, is otherwise generally distributed through the British Isles. Often planted, it is also sometimes self-sown, and may be native in some parts of the East of England. It occurs THE BRITISH WILLOWS 19 through almost the whole of Europe; Asia Minor, Caucasus, Siberia ; N. Africa ; N. America (planted). S. alba x fragilis (p 19). x pentandra (p. 19). x triandra (p. 20). SALIX ALBA X FRAGILIS. Syn. S. fragilis Sm. Fl. Brit. 1051; Engl. El. iv. 185; Sm. in Eees Cycl. 38. — S. fragilis-alba Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 133. — S. viridis Fries, Anderss. Monogr. 43, n. 29 ; DC. Prodr. xvi. (2) 210. Syme, E. B. ed. 3, viii. 207 (letterpress, not plate). Hart- man, 361. B. White, Revision, 364, 371.— S. subdola B. White, ibid, 354. Icon. E. Bot. 1. 1807 (as S. fragilis). Camus, Atlas, PL 22, a-d. Exs. Fries, Hb. Norm. i. 61 (fol.). Leefe, Sal. exs. ii. 31, 32, 40. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 33. Toepffer, No. 2. A variable hybrid lying between S. alba and S. fragilis ; differ- ing from S. alba in the branches being more spreading, buds sooner glabrescent, leaf-blades rather less silky from the first, lighter green, + glabrescent, somewhat more coarsely serrate. In the ? catkins the pedicels are eventually about 1| times the length of the nectaries, the ovaries more gradually acuminate, but not tapering into the moderate styles. From S. fragilis it may be distinguished by some of the following characters : in S. viridis the branches less spreading, the twigs more flexible and tougher, less ready to fracture off at the base, buds longer more pubescent ; leaf-blades darker duller green, with more persistent hairs, always somewhat silky when young, more finely serrate. In the catkins the bracts may be less pilose on the outside upwards, ovaries J— J in. long ovate- conic, obtuse not tapering into the styles, pedicels and styles shorter. These evidences of the two parents are not equally present in all cases ; sometimes intermediate examples occur, sometimes the vegetative parts show one parent more clearly and the reproductive organs the other. But usually the shape of the ovaries and the comparative length of the pedicels and nectary are + intermediate. A lowland tree, of little value as timber, S. viridis is recorded for several counties from Cornwall and Kent to Worcestershire and Leicestershire; in Scotland for Dumfriesshire, Roxburgh, Edinburgh and Perthshire. In Europe it has been found in most of the countries of Central Europe, from France to Russia. Salix alba x pentandra Kerner, Hb. (Esterr. Weiden, No. 27. Syn. S. Ehrhartiana Sm. in Rees Cycl. No. 10. — S. tetrandra Fries, Novit. Fl. Suec. Mant. i. 41 (1832, &c.).— S. hexandra Ehrh. B. White, Revision, 361 (but S. hexandra is now regarded as S. alba x fragilis x pentandra. Seemen, iv. 208). Exs. Kerner, Hb. (Esterr. Weiden 27 (as S. Ehrhartiana). — S. hexandra ^, Tirol, centr., near Gasteig, Huter in Herb. Kew. Toepffer, No. 51. 20 THE BRITISH WILLOWS A small tree, with branchlets pubescent only while very young, soon glabrous, dark olive brown + polished by the end of the first year; buds ovate-oblong, glabrous, shining. Stipules small, ovate-acuminate, soon deciduous. Leaf-blades 2-4 in. long, sometimes ovate-oblong, usually oblong-lanceolate attenuate, narrowed to the petiole, which is short with 2-4 (or 0) glands, finely serrate, + shining above, paler or glaucous-green and finely reticulate beneath, pubescent at first, soon glabrous. Catkins 1-H in. long, rather late in appearing, slender or medium broad, bracts ovate-oblong or oblong, obtuse, subglabrous to subvillous, yellowish ; stamens 3-6, filaments hairy at the base ; ovaries ovate-conic, lower ones rather lax ; style distinct, rather stout ; pedicels as long as the nectaries or a little longer. Specimens of this rare hybrid are in existence from Kent (Hb. F. J. Hanbury), Essex, Hunts? (Hb. E. F. Linton), and Westmor- land (Hb. C. E. Salmon and Hb. A. Ley). In Scotland, the Duddingston (Edinburgh) plant described by Dr. B. White (I. c. p. 361) appears likely to be this hybrid ; but the Kestenet plant (foliage only) shows little evidence of S.pentandra. Ireland, near Limerick. Europe : Germany, Lower Austria, Tirol. SALIX ALBA X TRIANDRA. Syn. S. undulata Ehrh. Beitr. vi. 101 (1791). Syme, E. B. viii. 213. — S. lanceolata Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 168. Leefe, in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. i. 157. — S. triandra-viminalh var. undulata Wimmer, Flora, xxxii. 39 (1849). — S. triandra-alba Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 144. — S. amygdalina x alba Seemen, iv. 206. [S. subdola B. White, Eevision, 354, is by his herbarium specimens a form of S. viridis Fries.] Icones. Forbes, Sal. Wob. 15. E. Bot. 1436, 2061. Exs. Hb. Smith. Beichenb. Fl. Germ. exs. No. 960 (Hb. Kew). Leefe, Sal. exs. ii. 37 ; Sal. Brit. exs. No. 9. Magnier, Fl. Select, exs. 2293. Hb. B. White, Nos. 264, 286, 288, 292. E. F. & W. B. Linton, No. 29. Toepffer, Nos. 3a, 4. Arborescent shrub with olive-brown branches, bark flaking off the trunk twigs, pubescent at the very first, soon glabrescent. Stipules ^-cordate-lanceolate. Leaf-blades 3-5 in. long, oblong- lanceolate, usually narrow attenuate to a fine tip, narrowed to the moderate petiole, finely and sharply serrulate, dull green hardly shining above, pale green beneath, silkily pilose at first, soon glabrous. Catkins l|-2i in. long, coeval with the leaves on leafy peduncles ; bracts yellowish or greenish-yellow, concolorous, ovate or narrowly obovate roundly obtuse above, concave, slightly hairy at the base, more so at the bearded tip ; ovaries ovate-conic, gla- brous ; nectaries broad ^-clasping the somewhat longer pedicels ; styles distinct, short, rather thick ; stigmas usually bifurcate. S. undulata Ehrh. has been confused by many writers with S. hippophacfolia Thuill. (S. triandra x viminalis), there being a good deal of similarity. Wimmer says that Ehrhart himself mixed them, which would account for the ovaries having been described by some authors as pubescent ; whereas Smith, who had seen Ehrhart's original specimens, declares they were gla- THE BRITISH WILLOWS 21 brous, as they were in his S. lanceolata. Wimmer also relates that he himself had confused them previously, but confesses his mistake (Sal. Eur. p. 145), and declares the two plants to be distinct. He makes the glabrous ovaries of 8. undulata the chief distinction ; but the concolorous bracts not blackened at the tip, and the sharply serrulate leaf-margin are equally good evidence against this plant being derived from S. viminalis or being identical with S. hij^pojjhaefolia. Dr. B. White adopted the views of Andersson and others that S. undulata Ehrh. was one of the forms of S. triandra x viminalis, which Andersson combined under the name of S. multiformis Doell ; and his section headed X S. undulata (I. c. pp. 355-359) calls for the caution that Si undulata Ehrh. (S. lanceolata Sm.) is quite distinct from the group of S. triandra x viminalis hybrids. S. undulata occurs from Surrey and Essex to Yorkshire, in Koxburgh, Berwick and Perthshire, but being found in one sex only is no doubt planted, being often propagated as an osier. Europe Central from France to Eussia, and Scandinavia. [Salix babylonica L. Sp. PI. 1017 (Weeping Willow). Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 212. Seemen, iv. 82. — S. propendens Seringe, Essai, 73. Icon. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 22. Camus, Atlas, PI. I. a-e. A tree with long branches spreading from a divided trunk, recurving and drooping almost to the ground. Stipules narrowly lanceolate, soon deciduous. Leaf-blades narrowly lanceolate attenuate, finely dentate, glabrous, + glaucous beneath. Catkins appearing with the leaves or soon after on leafy peduncles, cylindric, slender ; bracts ovate-lanceolate, glabrescent ; ovaries sessile ovate-conic, glabrous ; style very short. Planted as an ornamental tree ; allied to S. alba, with which it hybridizes, but differing in its glabrous twigs, buds and leaves, narrower catkins, and drooping habit. Native in Central Asia from N. Persia to the Caucasus, it has been introduced for the beauty of its pendulous branches into all parts of the world.] [Salix daphnoides Villars, Dauph. 765. Wimmer Sal. Eur. 4. Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 261. Icon. Hoffm. Hist. Sal. t. 32. Forbes, Sal. Wob. 26. Exs. E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 4. Toepffer, No. 23. A large bush or small tree, branches pubescent when young, soon glabrous turning pruinose, at length reddish-brown shining. Leaf-blades oblong or oblong-lanceolate, acute, subentire or ob- scurely gland-serrate, glabrous or nearly so, ± glaucous beneath. Catkins appearing before the leaves, sessile, densely silky, about H in. long, $ \ in. broad, filaments adnate at the base ; $ about \ in. broad, pedicels about equalling the shortly oblong nectaries ; bracts oblong-obovate bluntly pointed, clothed with long silky hairs ; ovaries ovate-conic glabrous, stigmas oblong entire, as long as the long styles. Not indigenous ; recorded from Great Ayton, Yorks, and found in some quantity by W. E. Linton, 1898, on a bank by Chinley Station, Derbyshire, but since destroyed ; near 22 THE BRITISH WILLOWS Leicester ; near Southport, Lancashire (as var. pomeranica = S. pomeranica Willd. Enum. PL Hort. Berol. Suppl. 1813, 66, a form with narrower leaves and more slender catkins) ; Perthshire. Europe: France, Scandinavia, Italy, Russia, Siberia; Central Asia.] v. Purpurea. 5. Salix purpurea L. Sp. PL 1017. Sm. Fl. Brit. iii. 1039 ; Engl. Fl iv. 187. Wade, Essay, 127. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 29. Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 306. Syme, E. B. viii. 217. B. White, Revision, 447. Camus, Monogr. 98. — S. Lambertiana Sm. Fl. Brit. iii. 1041. Icon. Hoffm. Hist. Sal. t. 1 ; t. 5, f. 1 ; t. 23, f. 1. E. Bot. t. 1343, 1388. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 1, 3. Camus, Atlas PL 7.— S. Lambertiana Sm. E. Bot. 1. 1359.— S. Woolgariana Bow. E.B.S. t. 2651. Exs. Hb. Linn. No. 17 (1, 2), 17 (f, g), 18, 19, 20. Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. Nos. 11, 12, 13, 75, 76. Magnier, No. 3356. E. F. & W R. Linton, Nos. 34, 80; and No. 5 (var. Woolgariana). Toepffer, Nos. 36, 37, 48, 49, 137. A shrub 4-10 ft. high, glabrous, or very nearly so, with straight tough branches often purplish at first, then grey or olive-grey, smooth, rather shining ; buds oblong pointed. Stipules small narrow oblong, rather scarious, soon deciduous, seldom found. Leaf-blades 2-4 in. long, often opposite towards the top of the branchlets, broadly or narrowly oblanceolate, less commonly oblong-obovate, acute or acuminate, attenuate-cuneate at the base, finely and acutely serrate in the upper part, dull green above, pale or glaucous green beneath, coriaceous, glabrous (or pubescent just at first) ; turning black when being dried. Catkins |— \\ in. long, preceding the leaves in March or April, subsessile with a few small leaves at the base, slender, erect then often spreading or recurved, dense-flowered ; bracts obovate rounded above almost villous, reddish below the blackened tip, persistent ; filaments adnate, woolly-pilose at the base, anthers 4-lobed having four chambers, purple or reddish ; ovaries broadly ovoid, obtuse, tomentose, sessile or subsessile, stigmas also sessile or subsessile, short, thick, spreading, usually not divided and often with a purple tinge. British botanists in the past restricted S. purpurea to the narrower-leaved form with spreading or ascending branches and slender catkins, and distinguished two forms of robuster and more upright growth and broader foliage, viz. var. Woolgariana (S. Woolgariana Borr. I.e.) with yellowish twigs and broadly cuneate- obovate leaves ; and var. Lambertiana (S. Lambertiana Sm. I. c.) witli purplish twigs and leaf-blades broadly oblong, slightly enlarged upwards from the broad base. But these forms shade into one another in nature, and are of little use unless for classifying specimens in the herbarium by the breadth and shape of the leaf, and have latterly been regarded only as synonyms of the species S. purpurea. THE BRITISH WILLOWS 23 About S. Helix L. there has always been some doubt. Accord- ing to Fries & Koch (Fl. Germ, et Helv. ed. 2, p. 744) it was a form of S. purpurea, Wimmer, thinking Linnaeus could not have described such a well-marked willow as S. purpurea under two names, makes S. Helix a synonym of his S. viminalis-purpurea (Sal. Eur. pp. 33, 173). Each of these lines has been followed in different Floras, Syme {I. c. p. 221) placing-/ Helix under S. rubra, while Andersson (I. c. p. 307) and Babington (Man. ed. 9, p. 79) place S. Helix (L.) as a variety under S. purpurea. The confusion is reflected very commonly in British herbaria. The name 8. Helix therefore disappears, as an ambiguity, S. rubra Huds. being generally accepted as the name for the hybrid S. purpurea X viminalis. S. purpurea is a useful osier for the finer sorts of basket- work, &c, and several varieties are grown in the Thurmaston osier fields. The bitterness of the bark to some extent protects it against rodents. While often planted in marshy holts and hedges, it is generally distributed, and native through the eastern and central parts of Great Britain, from the South Coast northwards to Aberdeenshire ; and is reputed native in many parts of Ireland, where it occurs rather generally, but as introduced into the northern and south-western counties. Through Central Europe in its widest sense ; and through Central Asia from Asia Minor to Japan. N. Africa ; N. America (planted). S. purpurea x aurita (p. 23). X aurita x cinerea (p. 24). X aurita x phylicifolia (p. 24). x cinerea (p. 25). X phylicifolia (p. 26). X repens (p. 26). X viminalis (p. 27). SALIX AURITA X PURPUREA. Syn. S. aurita-purpurea Wimmer, Fl. Schles. 2 Aufl. Nachtr. (1845) 478 ; Sal. Eur. 165.— S. dichroa Doll. 511. B. White, Eevision, 452. — S. Pontederana 8 dichroa Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 312. — S. aurita x purpurea Camus, Monogr. 283. Seemen, iv. 299. Icon. Camus, Atlas t. 27, fig. a-j. Exs. Kerner exs. Austr. Hung. 1467, Hb. (Esterr. Weiden, No. 22. Wimmer, Sal. Eelict. (Herb. Sal. 61 ; Coll. Sal. 151c, 152, 153, 155). Leefe, Sal. exs. iii. 59. Hb. B. White, Nos. 207, 408, 409. Toepffer, Sal. exs. Nos. 10, 55, 113. A much branched shrub, 3-6 ft. high, with straight slender shoots, + pubescent at first, soon glabrous, dark purplish brown. Buds glabrescent. Stipules |-cordate- or |-broadly-ovate- acuminate. Leaf-blades small, oblong-lanceolate or obovate- oblong acute, narrowed below, hardly rugose, dentate in the upper half, pubescent at first, soon glabrescent, + glaucous with nerves prominent beneath, usually blackening somewhat. Catkins about 1 in. long, preceding the leaves in April, dense-flowered ; 24 THE BRITISH WILLOWS bracts oblong or obovate-oblong, subobtuse, ferruginous below the blackened top, silkily pubescent ; $ with filaments combined below and pubescent at the base, anthers purplish ; $ peduncled, with a few small leaves ; ovaries ovate-conic becoming ovate- lanceolate, tomentose; pedicels 2-3 times as long as the quadrate nectaries ; stigmas oval-oblong, sessile or subsessile. Like S. cinerea x purpurea but with more slender and quickly glabrescent twigs, buds shorter, leaf-blades rather smaller, more dentate, and somewhat rugulose at first ; catkins and ovaries more slender. First found at Rothbury, Northumberland, and issued by Rev. J. E. Leefe as S. Pontederana ?, to which it is closely allied ; near Thornhill, Dumfriesshire ; Perthshire (Hb. B. White). Europe ; France, Germany. Salix aurita x cinerea x purpurea Scholz in Sched. Fl. Silesiaca (1899). Syn. S. confinis Camus, Monogr. ii. 280 (1905). — S. cinerea x aurita x purpurea? Seemen, iv. 300. Exs. Hb. B. White, Nos. 191, 438? 439 (as S. sordida). Like S. sordida Kern. (S. cinerea x purpurea), as it was named by Dr. F. B. White, but showing besides evidence of S. aurita in the more slender twigs, the short subglobose buds, the obliquely- pointed stipules, and the oblong-spathulate floral bracts which are ferruginous below the blackened tips; fl. April-May. Riverside near Perth where S. aurita, S. purpurea and x S. sordida grow together. Europe : Silesia. Salix aurita x phylicifolia x purpurea. Syn. S. sesquitertia (S. purpurea x aurita x phylicifolia) B. White in Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. (1892), 66. Exs. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 52. A shrub 3-5 ft. high, with slender branches slightly pubescent when young, soon glabrous, at length dark brown and somewhat shining. Stipules small roundish or reniform, rarely persistent. Leaf-blades l|-2^ in. long, oblong-obovate rather abruptly pointed, crenate-serrate, rugulose when young, glaucous beneath, thinly pubescent at first, soon glabrous. Catkins f-l| in. long, fl. May, subsessile, monoecious with $ flowers at and near the top and 3-5 small leaves at the base, filaments connate through their whole length, anthers 4-chambered ; bracts oblong-obovate rounded above, reddish-brown below the blackened tip, clothed with long white pubescence ; ovaries conical, tomentose, shortly pedicelled ; pedicels pubescent, about twice as long as the short nectaries ; stigmas usually entire, rather shorter than the moderate style. Banks of the River Nith, near Sanquhar, Dumfriesshire ; one bush only, discovered by Mr. James Fingland. In foliage this willow is much like S. aurita x phylicifolia, the S. purpurea element being conspicuous in the catkins only. The monoecious flowers are of course no part of the characters of X 8. sesquitertia ; the condition is one that occurs now and then in some hybrids, seldom in undiluted species. Endemic in Scotland. THE BRITISH WILLOWS 25 SALIX CINEREA X PURPUREA. Sijn. S. cinerea-purpurea Wimmer, Fl. Schles. 2 Nachtr. 477 (1845) ; Sal. Eur. 162.— S. Pontederana Schleicher, Cat. PL Helv. (1800) ; Doll. Fl. Baden, 510. — S. sordida Kerner, Niederoestr. Weid. 135 (1859). B. White, Eevision, 450.— S. Pontederana y sordida Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 312. — S. cinerea x purpurea Camus, Monogr. 275. Seemen, iv. 294. Icon. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 43. Exs. Wimmer, Sal. Kelict. (Hb. Sal. 10, 59, 100 ; Coll. Sal. 145, 147, 148) ; Magnier, 4077 (S. atrocinerea Brotero). Hb. B. White, Nos. 126, 180, 182, 202, 232. B. F. & W. K. Linton, No. 81. Toepffer, Nos. 21, 121. A shrub 5-9 ft. high, with rather long straight branches and many branchlets, pubescent only at first ; buds glabrescent. Stipules small rounded. Leaf-blades 1|-2| in. long, obovate- acuminate to oblong-lanceolate, crenulate, pubescent while young, of a slightly shining green becoming glabrous above, glaucous or ashen and glabrescent beneath or with some persistent pubescence. Catkins 1-2 in. long, fl. April, subsessile with obovate obtuse silky bracts; stamens + connate, anthers usually tinged with red ; ovaries conic, grey-tomentose ; pedicels rather short, nectaries shorter ; stigmas short, subsessile. This hybrid differs from S. purpurea in stouter twigs which are more branched, young leaves pubescent, stipules + rounded, filaments not wholly united, and ovaries somewhat elongate and pedicelled. It differs from S. cinerea in the reduced stipules, glabrescent twigs and buds, and leaves soon glabrous; shortly conic ovaries shortly pedicelled, filaments + connate, and anthers tinged with red. Wimmer describes two main variations : 1. cinerascens (nearer S. cinerea), and 2. glaucescens (nearer S. purpurea, perhaps S. Pontederana Koch) ; and Andersson follows Wimmer in this sub- division. S. Pontederana Schleich. is said by Kerner to have been applied to hybrids of S. purpurea with others of the Gaprece, and should have been avoided as a doubtful name on account of this confusion; but it is employed by Andersson in this aggregate sense, to include hybrids of S. purpurea with four of the Caprece, (DC. Prodr. I.e.). " As, however, he had not united these species, it is scarcely justifiable to unite the hybrids, if it is at all possible to distinguish them ; and he himself has kept them separate as varieties " (B. White, Revision, p. 450). Under S. sordida Kerner, the name he prefers for this hybrid, though it is ante-dated by S. cinerea-purpurea Wimmer, B. White describes briefly var. rubella (I. c. p. 451), which he suspects may be a cross of S. rubra (with which it grows) and S. cinerea, i. e. S. purpurea x S. viminalis x cinerea. Leaves and habit of S. purpurea ; catkins small or of medium size ; stamens free ; anthers orange-red, turning fuscous when the pollen is shed; leaf- blades oblanceolate, dark green and shining above, glaucous beneath, soon glabrous, pubescent only while quite young ; branches straight slender, pubescent at the very first, soon glabrous. Journal of Botany, June, 1913. [Supplement.] d 2G THE BRITISH WILLOWS S. Bakosiana Borbas, Endeszet Lapok et in CEsterr. Bot. Zetschr. (1883), 359, was issued as a form of this hybrid on the S. purpurea side. It is perhaps the combination Dr. White suspected for his var. rubella. No. 1466 in Kerner's Fl. exs. Austr. Hung., labelled " S. Rakosiana [subcinerea x purpurea) Borbas, Hungaria pr. Budapest, legit Borbas," ex Hb. C. Bailey, shows S. viminalis very plainly in the leaves and in the moderate style, while the small stigmas recall S. cinerea. S. cinerea x purpurea has been found plentifully along the banks of the Eiver Tay near Perth (numerous specimens in Hb. B. White), and in Dumfriesshire (Hb. Fingland,No. 208). Europe: France, Germany, Denmark, Scandinavia, Switzerland, Lower Austria, Tirol, Bohemia, Hungary. SALIX PURPUREA X PHYLICIFOLIA. Syn. S. secemeta (S. purpurea x pliylicifolia) B. White in Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. (1892), 65. Exs. E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 82. A low spreading bush, with straight slender glabrous rather shining dark brown branches ; buds oblong glabrous. Stipules h roundish-lanceolate (seen only in cult, specimens). Leaf-blades 1^-2 in. long, ovate- or oblong-lanceolate, finely serrate, glabrous unless while very young, pale green to glaucous beneath, not dis- colouring when dried. Catkins small, narrow, fl. in May, shortly peduncled with 2-3 small leaves below ; $ |— f in. long, bracts oblong-spathulate to lanceolate, very dark (nearly black) above, clothed with long white hairs ; filaments adnate (on one bush) or united only near the base (on another) ; nectaries short quadrate ; $ 1-H in. long, bracts shortly oblong hairy ; ovaries long -conic grey-tomentose, shortly pedicelled ; nectaries broad, shorter than the pedicels ; stigmas shorter than the moderately long styles. Banks of the Kiver Nith, near Sanquhar, Dumfriesshire, where first discovered by James Fingland. Easily overlooked as S. pliylicifolia in leaf, but exhibiting unmistakable evidence of >$. purpurea in the flowers. Endemic in Scotland. SALIX PURPUREA X REPENS. Syn. S. Doniana Smith, Engl. Fl. iv. 213. Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 315. Syme, E. B. viii. 219. B. White, Eevision, 452. — S. repens-purpurea Wimmer, Fl. Schles. 2 Nachtr. 482 (1845) ; Sal. Eur. 171. Icon. E. B. S. t. 2599. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 85. Camus, Atlas t. 27, f. k-p. Exs. Wimmer, Sal. Eelict. (Herb. Sal. 19, 54; Coll. Sal. 236-238, 241). Leefe, Sal. exs. 1, 99. Baenitz, Hb. Eur. leg. Schatz. E. F. & W. E. Linton, Nos. 6, 83. Toepffer, Sal. exs. No. 77. A shrub 3-5 ft. high, with straight slender reddish-brown branches, soon glabrous ; buds puberulous, glabrescent. Stipules small, linear or narrow, fugitive. Leaf-blades |-2 in. long, often in pairs, usually oblanceolate or oblong-obovate "to oblong-lanceo- late, tip acute, narrowed to the base, with revolute margin, entire THE BRITISH WILLOWS 27 or denticulate in the upper half, glaucous or livid-glaucous and pubescent beneath, sooner or later glabrous, shortly petioled. Catkins about f in. long, coming before the leaves in April or May, subsessile with a few small basal leaves ; bracts obovate, rounded or obtuse, fringed with silky hairs ; filaments + united, slightly pilose at the base ; anthers brick-red shading into orange ; ovaries conic, tomentose; pedicels 1-3 times the length of the quadrate nectaries ; styles very short. Only the 2 plant has been discovered wild in Britain. Smith's plant was said to come from Scotland, but the locality is unknown. Dr. F. B. White rediscovered it for Scotland, near Pitlochry, Perthshire. Specimens of the $ plant were issued in the Set of British Willows (No. 83), from a plant made by design in a Bournemouth garden. Europe : France, Germany, Switzer- land, Lower Austria, Tirol, Bohemia, Moravia, Galicia, Poland. SALIX PURPUREA X VIMINALIS. Syn. S. rubra Hudson, Fl. Angl. 364 (1762). Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 191 ; in Rees Cycl. 50. Syme, E. B. viii. 220. B. White, Revision, 418.— S. fissa Ehrh. Arbor. 2°, 29. Hoffm. Hist. Sal. 61. Seringe, Essai, 32.— S. Helix L. Sp. PL 1017.— S. Helix Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 188. — S. rubra a viminaloides Gr. & Godr. iii. 129. Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 307.— S. viminalis-purpurea Wimmer, Fl. Schles. (1845) ; Sal. Eur. 173. Icon. E. Bot. 1145. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 6. Hoffm. Hist. Sal. t. xiii. f. 1, 2 ; xiv. f. 34. Camus, Atlas PI. 25, f. e-j. Exs. Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. Nos. 15, 16. Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Hb. Sal. 134; Coll. Sal. 234, 235b). Billot, No. 286. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 7. Toepffer, Sal. exs. Nos. 78-80, 140. A shrub 5-8 ft. high, with long shoots turning yellowish with glabrescence, pubescent at first ; buds oval-oblong, puberulous. Stipules linear or narrow-lanceolate, small scarious, soon fugitive. Leaf-blades 3-6 in. long, on short petioles, lanceolate or oblanceo- late attenuate to a fine point, crenate-denticulate or faintly toothed, silkily pubescent at first, then green and glabrous above when full-grown ; paler or glaucous-green and glabrescent beneath, or at times with some persistent pubescence. Catkins f-lj in. long, fl. March or April, slightly preceding the leaves, dense-flowered, peduncles short, with some small narrow leaves ; bracts obovate- oblong, clothed with long silky hairs ; $ ovoid-oblong, filaments + connate, anthers reddish at first ; 2 cylindric ; ovaries ovoid- conic sessile, tomentose, with oblong nectaries exceeding their base; style moderate, about as long as the linear undivided stigmas. S. rubra differs from S. purpurea in the long leaf-blades, silky at first and less distinctly serrate, in the distinct style and equally long stigmas. It differs from S. viminalis in the glabrescent more denticulate leaf-blades with less revolute margins, the more slender catkins, the connate stamens, and anthers tinged with red, the smaller ovaries with short styles and stigmas. Var. Forbyana (Smith). Syn. S. Forbiana Sm. Fl. Biit. 4 ; Engl. Fl. iv. 191 ; Sm. d 2 28 THE BRITISH WILLOWS. in Rees Cyclop. 49. — S. rubra Huds. fi Forbyana Syme, E. B. viii. 221 (1868). B. White, Revision, 449.— S. rubra (3 purpureoides Gr. & Godr. iii. 129. Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2) 308. Icon. E. Bot. t. 1344. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 5. Camus, Atlas, pi. 25, k, l. Exs. Hb. Smith (a type specimen). Leefe, Sal. exs. i. 23. Magnier, No. 3357 ( 2 with double ovaries). Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Hb. Sal. 15 ; Coll. Sal. 235). E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 35. _ A broader-leaved form has long been distinguished by British botanists under the name of S. Forbyana Smith (afterwards reduced to a variety), having obovate-oblong leaf -blades more shortly acuminate, with a flatter and more serrate margin, sooner glabrous, than S. rubra ; darker and less pubescent catkins ; styles usually shorter. This is more nearly allied to S. purpurea and to its broad-leaved varieties. S. rubra was restricted to forms with longer narrower leaves, often more pubescent beneath, margins more revolute and crenate-serrate, more silky catkins, styles longer, forms in fact more nearly allied to S. viminalis. Grenier made a somewhat similar division of this hybrid into two main varieties, viz., var. purpureoides, which includes S. Forbyana Sm., and is nearer S. purpurea ; and var. viminaloides, which includes our S. rubra forms nearer to S. viminalis. Anders- son adopted Grenier 's division. Either of these may be con- venient for arranging collections, but no definite line can be drawn between the two variations. As to S. Helix L., while Smith connected it with S. rubra, it is quite uncertain what Linnaeus meant by it. This hybrid is recorded for numerous counties in England, from Yorkshire and Westmorland southwards ; a valuable osier, it is frequently planted in osier-beds, and elsewhere usually intro- duced, as it certainly is in a few Scotch counties — Peebleshire, Selkirkshire, Lanarkshire, Perthshire, and Dumbartonshire ; also in Co. Leitrim and Sligo, Ireland. Central Europe — from France and the North of Spain to Russia. vi. Viminales. 6. Salix viminalis L. Sp. PI. 1021. Sm. Fl. Br. iii. 1070; in Rees Cycl. 134. Wade, 371. Seringe, 35. Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 228. Wimm. Sal. Eur. 36. Hartman, 363. Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2) 264. Syme, E. B. viii. 223. B. White, Revision, 413. Camus, Monogr. 214. Seemen, iv. 173. — S. longifolia Lam. FL Franc, ii. 232 (1778).— S. folio longissimo Dill, in R. Syn. ed. 3, 450. Icon. Hoffm. Hist. Sal. t. 2, f. 1, 2. E. Bot. 1898. Forbes Sal. Wob. t. 133. Camus, Atlas, pi. 21, a-g. Exs. Hb. Linn. No. 76 b, c. Billot, 1958. Leefe, Sal. Brit, exs. Nos. 17-24. Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Hb. Sal. 126, 127 ; Coll. Sal. 102). Hb. B. White, Nos. 6, 71, 75, 84, 187, 244, 247. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 8. Toepffer, Nos: 45, 95, 295-297. A bush or small tree, commonly 8-12 ft., rarely in wet copses 20-30 ft. ; twigs very pliant, and when cut back as an osier very long ; densely pubescent while young, sooner or later glabrescent THE BRITISH WILLOWS 29 except near the tip ; buds crowded above, pubescent, upper ones persistently. Stipules small lanceolate, soon deciduous ; petioles very short with dilated bases. Leaf-blades 4-10 in. long, sub- linear to lanceolate, broadest below the middle, attenuate upwards, cuneate at the base, with undulate margin subentire or obscurely crenate, revolute when young; green, glabrous or glabrescent above, grey-tomentose with fine closely adpressed shining hair beneath. Catkins fl. April before the leaves, dense-flowered, rather stout, subsessile, with a few small leaves at the base or 0 ; $ 1-lf in. long, ovoid-oblong, rachis very silky ; stamens long, glabrous ; ? about 1 in. long in fl., 1-2| in. in fruit ; bracts oblong-spathulate or obovate-subacute, pilose, rusty brown, blackening much above ; ovaries \-\ in. long, usually broad-based ovoid-conic, subsessile, tomentose, grey or greyish-green with adpressed hair ; nectaries linear, much exceeding the very short pedicels, often incurved ; styles long, nearly equalling the long slender stigmas. There is a curious form from the river- side base of Little Doward, Herefordshire, with cordate-lanceolate stipules \-\ in. long, broad and dentate or denticulate in the lower half, abruptly contracted with attenuate point, which is a good example of the var. stipularis Leefe (British Salices, Arrangement and Description of, No. 12 y, undated). The var. intricata Leefe (I. c. No. 12 /3) was defined as having broader leaves, shorter and broader ovaries, short styles, and stigmas divided reflexed and entangled. Such a plant has been distributed by the Bev. A. Ley from Wilton, Herefordshire (B. E. C. Rpt. 1887, 189), but is scarcely separable from the type as a distinct variety. There is a var. linearifolia Wimmer u. Grab. (Fl. Siles. ii. (1829) 368) with narrow linear leaf- blades, probably the same as ft angustissima Coss. et Germ. (Fl. env. Paris, ed. 2, 618), to which may be referred a plant found at Market Weston, Suffolk ; the product, it may be, of the hard dry ground on which it grew. Osier growers have in cultivation at least six varieties of 8. viminalis which are distinguished by their good or indifferent qualities for commercial purposes — a smooth straight habit, tough- ness of peel and pliability of wood that bends without breaking being the qualities most valued ; " Longskins " is reckoned best by one grower for its tough peel ; " Brown Merrins " next best for its pliable wood ; while " Yellow Osier," which excels in these points, is condemned because " side-sprigged," or running to branchlets, which spoils it for high-class work (on "Cultivation of Osiers," see a paper A3— 93 published by the Board of Agriculture). 21 I S. viminalis is of frequent occurrence, at a low level, through- out the British Isles, except in the North of Scotland ; usually planted, by streams, in hedges on marshy ground, and in osier holts ; perhaps indigenous in eastern and central England, at times self-sown (e.g., in Herefordshire). Throughout Central and Northern Europe ; also in Siberia. 30 THE BRITISH WILLOWS S. viminalis x aurita (p. 30). x caprea (p. 30). x cinerea (p. 31). X purpurea (p. 27). x repens (p. 60). X triandra (p. 13). SALIX AURITA X VIMINALIS. Syn. S. fcrrwjinea G. Anderson, Syme E. B. viii. 228. — S. aurita x viminalis Wimmer in Kegensb. Flora, 319 (1848) ; Sal. Eur. 183. Camus, Monogr. 320. Seemen, iv. 274. — S. fruti- cosa Doll. ii. 515. — xS. Smithiana Willd. ft vekttina, var. ferru- ginea, Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2) 267. — S. Smithiana S ferru- ginea B. White, Eevision, 414. Icon. E. B. S. t. 2665. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 128. Exs. Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. No. 35, 36; Sal. exs. iii. 63. Wimmer, Sal. Eelict. (Herb. Sal. 12, 135; Coll. Sal. 176-178). Hb. B. White, Nos. 128, 181. E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 11. Toepffer, Nos. 44, 57, 258, 259. A shrub 5-10 ft. high, branches slender, pubescent at first, soon glabrescent. Stipules ^-cordate-lanceolate, + dentate on tho outer edge, tip often twisted aside. Leaf-blades 2-5 in. long, rather narrowly lanceolate, undulate, crenate-serrate or often with some serrations above the middle, somewhat wrinkled, green and soon glabrate above, grey and shortly woolly-pubescent (or with adpressed hair), slowly glabrescent (at least in the lower leaves) beneath, tip often twisted. Catkins f-l£ in. long, fl. April, slender, bracts oblong-spathulate to oblong-acuminate, clothed with silky hair; $ elongate in fruit up to 2 in. by ^ in. broad ; ovaries conic tomentose, nectaries linear nearly as long as the pedicels, styles short or medium, about as long as the stigmas. This hybrid, which differs from others of the group by its narrower leaf-blades with undulate margins and its more slender catkins, occurs in lowland situations, very sparsely from Perth- shire southwards ; Co. Kilkenny in Ireland. Europe : France, Germany, Scandinavia. SALIX CAPREA X VIMINALIS. Syn. S. mollissima Sm. Fl. Brit. iii. 1070. — 8. caprea-vimi- nalis Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 178. — S. Smithiana Willd. a sericam (Tausch.) Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 267. B. White, Eevision, 217. — S. caprea x viminalis Camus, Monogr. 309. Seemen, iv. 268. Icon. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 134. Camus, Atlas, pi. 29, a-f. Exs. Hb. Linn. Nos. 48, 76a. Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. Nos. 27, 28, 30, 3], 33, 34 (as S. ruxjosa Leefe); Sal. exs. Nos. 22, 86 ("S. Smithiana W., not E. B."), 101? Wimmer, Sal. Eelict. (Herb. Sal. 74, 118; Coll. Sal. 160, 166, 168). Hb. B. White, Nos. 236, 237. E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 12. Toepffer, No. 60. A large shrub, 10-18 ft. high, with branches rather stout and gradually glabrescent, not striated under the peel ; buds oval, THE BRITISH WILLOWS 31 pubescent at first becoming puberulous or glabrous. Stipules rather large, ^-cordate- to ^-ovate-acuminate, + serrate or dentate on the outer edge. Leaf -blades large, 2-5 in. long by |-1| in. broad, broadly lanceolate, sometimes shortly ovate-lanceolate (S. rugosa Leefe), with margins flat or scarcely undulate, subentire to crenulate, green soon glabrescent above, grey to grey-green densely and softly pubescent beneath, pubescence often subpersistent. Catkins about 1 in. long in flower, stout silky subsessile or shortly peduncled with few basal leaves or 0 ; $ appearing just before the leaves in April, $ with the leaves, elongating to 1^ or 2 in. ; bracts of both oblong-lanceolate to obovate-acuminate, clothed with long silvery or dark grey silky hairs ; ovaries large, tomen- tose ; pedicels shorter at first, at length as long to twice as long as the oblong nectaries, styles and stigmas subequal of moderate length. Several forms of this hybrid have been named, by Wimmer and others, as varieties, the breadth of the leaf and the quality of the pubescence chiefly furnishing characters for distinguishing them. It is, however, of more importance to separate the hybrids of S. viminalis with the three British species of the Caprea than to split up these hybrids into varieties, which are at best indefinite forms shading into one another. Andersson seems to have thought this a hopeless task, and places the hybrids of S. viminalis with S. aurita, S. caprea, and S. cinerea under an aggregate x S. Smithiana, in three groups — a sericans Tausch., ft velutina Schrad., and y acuminata Smith, with x S. stipularis Sm. as an independent hybrid. With regard to the name S. Smithiana, Andersson was right in his treatment of it as an aggregate. From the first, hybrids of S. caprea and S. cinerea with S. viminalis have been confused under this name ; and while modern salicologists have usually set down S. Smithiana as a hybrid of S. caprea, it is evident that the figure in E. B. (t. 1509), with its pubescent flowering shoots, &c, is S. cinerea x viminalis ; while Smith's description (Engl. EL), if not entirely this latter hybrid, blends in it some of those features which distinguish it from the former. Similar confusion is found commonly in British herbaria, in which the larger portion of specimens labelled *S'. Smithiana are S. cinerea x viminalis, a great many of the corresponding S. caprea hybrid being distin- guished under Leefe's name S. rugosa. S. caprea x viminalis has been found in several counties, from Cornwall, Dorset, and Kent northwards to Eoxburgh and Arran, and doubtless occurs in many for which it has not yet been recorded; Co. Limerick, Queen's County, and Antrim, in Ireland. Europe : Holland and Belgium, Vosges Mountains (Hb. Magnier), Germany, Bohemia, Switzerland, Austria, Galicia. SALIX CINEREA X VIMINALIS. Syn. S. Smithiana Willd. (En. Hort. Berol. ii. 1008?). Koch, Syn. 746. Sm. Engl. El. iv. 229, pro parte. Syme, E. B. viii. 226. B. White, Kevision, 418. — S. X Smithiana ft velutina Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2) 268. — S. cinerea- viminalis Wimmer, Sal. Eur, 32 THE BRITISH WILLOWS 181. — S. cinerea x viminalis Camus, Monogr. 314. Seemen, iv. 266. Icon. Forbes, Sal. Wob. tt. 128, 134. E. Bot. t. 1509. Camus, Atlas, pi. 29, m-r. Exs. Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. Nos. 25, 26; Sal. exs. iv. 89. Billot, No. 461. Magnier, No. 2062. Wimmer, Sal. Eelict. (Herb. Sal. 23, 87 ; Coll. Sal. 170, 173 (excl. b), 174, 175). E. E. & W. E. Linton, No. 10. Toepffer, No. 124. A shrub, 6-12 ft. high, much branched, branchlets rather thick torulose persistently pubescent, the wood under the peel marked with the short striations of S. cinerea ; buds oval pubescent. Stipules rather narrowly ^ -ovate-lanceolate subentire. Leaf-blades 2-4^ in. long lanceolate or oblanceolate plane, crenate or sometimes crenulate-serrate, dull green and pubescent above, ashen-grey or glaucous, with silky pubescence + adpressed, sooner or later glabrescent, beneath. Catkins 1-1| in. long in flower in April, appearing before the leaves, subsessile with few small leaves at the base ; bracts obovate usually broad and rounded above, clothed with long silky hairs ; $ catkins ovate to ovate- oblong ; 2 elongate to 2 in. or more, ovaries conic grey-green pubescent ; pedicels at length about as long as the nectaries ; styles moderate, as long or nearly as long as the stigmas. This hybrid is most easily confused with S. caprea x viminalis. It may be distinguished by the rather less stout and persistently pubescent twigs, the leaf-blades rather narrower and with the under side less softly woolly-pubescent and more glabrescent ; narrower and more entire stipules ; catkins not so stout ; and by the presence of striae on the 1-2 year-old wood under the peel. If the name S. Smithiana Willd. were restricted to one definite hybrid, it is perhaps this which should bear the name. Wimmer, after first applying it to S. caprea x viminalis (Sal. Eur. 178), has added in his account of S. cinerea x viminalis the remark, " Nomen • S. Smithiana Willd.' hue potissimum ducendum esse videtur " (/. c. p. 182). But there is much to justify Andersson in regarding it as an aggregate name including all three of the allied hybrids between S. viminalis and the Caprea. A reference to Smith's herbarium shows that S. aurita x viminalis is also concerned. There are two sheets labelled S. Smithiana ; one of these, from a Continental locality, is 8. aurita x viminalis ! the other, from " nr. Pennard Castle, Glamorgan," is either the same hybrid, or else S. cinerea x viminalis. Thus the combined evidence of Smith's plate and description and specimens show's that S. Smithiana, according to him, included the hybrids of S. viminalis with S. caprea, S. cinerea, and S. aurita. Trustworthy records of this lowland willow are no doubt deficient. It is known to occur in several counties from Dorset and Kent, and from Glamorgan in the west, to W. Derbyshire and S. Lancashire ; in Perthshire and Clackmannan ; in Kerry and Leitrim, in Ireland. Europe : France, Germany, Denmark, Scandinavia, Switzerland, Austria, Russia ; Turkestan, Siberia. THE BRITISH WILLOWS 33 x Salix stipulaeis Sm. Fl. Brit. iii. 1069; Engl. Fl. iv. 230; in Eees Cycl. 136. Wade, 376. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 181. Syme, E. B. viii. 225. — x stipularis Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 266. B. White, Eevision, 415. Camus, Monogr. 318. Icon. E. Bot. t. 1214. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 132. Exs. Hb. Smith (S. stipularis, osier-ground near Bury). Leefe, Sal. exs. i. 15. Wimmer, Sal. Eelict. (Herb. Sal. 120; Coll. Sal. 169). Hb. B. White, No. 475, for the $ plant, and unnumbered specimens of the $ . E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 9 (1), No. 84. A bush with the habit of S. viminalis L., but shorter, with broader leaf-blades and foliaceous stipules. Branches and buds softly woolly-pubescent, becoming reddish-brown by winter. Stipules up to 1 in. in length, longer than the petioles, foliaceous subpetiolate, ^-cordate attenuate to a fine point, serrulate or sub- dentate, glabrescent above, softly woolly-pubescent beneath, not fully developed till August. Leaf-blades 5-7 in. long, narrow lanceolate attenuate, slightly undulate, obscurely crenate-serrate or crenate or subentire, with revolute margins when young, dull green and gradually glabrescent above, whitish-grey with satiny pubescence beneath. Catkins appearing in May before the leaves, erect, subsessile with a few small leaves at the base ; bracts ovate- oblong clothed with dense long silky hairs ; $ nectaries very long ; filaments free, glabrous ; 2 catkins 1-lf in. long ; ovaries ovoid tomentose subsessile ; nectaries long linear ; style moderate, stigmas as long or longer, linear undivided. Almost indistinguishable from a broad-leaved form of S. vimi- nalis till the stipules are developed in late summer ; then easily recognized. Wimmer suggested S. dasy dados x viminalis as the origin of X S. stipularis ; others have thought that S. cinerea is the other factor, S. viminalis obviously being one parent. This latter view is most likely, being corroborated by the observations of MM. Camus that the striations on the wood beneath the bark that are characteristic of S. cinerea are found in x S. stipularis ; and that its internal morphology does not differ sensibly from that of S. holosericea Willd. (a more intermediate and commonly recog- nized form of S. cinerea x viminalis). Its distribution is not well ascertained. Syme (I. c.) calls it rare, recording it from Essex and Suffolk. It is known, however, for Dumfriesshire, Colonsay, and near Helmsdale, Sutherlandshire, and there are several stations in Perthshire. Europe : Germany, Denmark, Transylvania, S. Russia. X Salix acuminata Sm. Engl. Fl. 10, 227 ; in Rees Cycl. 129. Syme, E. B. viii. 229. Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 268. B. White, Revision, 420. — S. Calodendron Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 187. — S. dasy- clados Wimmer in Flora, xxxii. 35 (1849). Seemen, iv. 177. — S. caprea acuto long oque folio Raii Syn. ed. 2, 292. Icon. E. Bot. t. 1434. Forbes, Sal. Wob. 131. Fl. Dan. 2669. Exs. Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. No. 37 ; Sal. exs. ii. 27. Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Herb. Sal. 121 ; Coll. Sal. 100). Baenitz, Herb. Europ. 34 THE BRITISH WILLOWS (S. longifolia Host from Breslau). E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 13. Toepffer, Nos. 65, 65 a. A tall shrub or small tree, 10-18 ft. high, with densely woolly- pubescent branches, the pubescence unusually long, subpersistent on later summer shoots to the next spring and turning black ; buds with similar pubescence subpersistent through the winter. Stipules large ^-cordate-acuminate often attenuate to a fine point, + denticulate, erect. Leaves large, blades 4-5 in. long by f-l|in. broad, oblong- to obovate-lanceolate with acute tip, commonly broadest about the middle ; crenate to crenate-serrate, dull green and somewhat pubescent above, glaucous-green to glaucous or ashen, rather softly pubescent beneath, densely at first more thinly later. Catkins appearing with the leaves in late March and April, stout subsessile with few small basal leaves ; white with pubescence then grey-green, ovoid-conic, subsessile (lower ones becoming shortly pedicelled) ; nectaries linear, long, nearly reaching the broadest part of the ovaries ; stigmas long, usually divided, hardly as long as the long styles. S. lapponum varies in the breadth and length of the leaf-blades and in their clothing, but the various forms pass gradually into one another. Smith describes a greener form with leaves less clothed as S. arenaria, adopting a name which Linnaeus had given to a mixture of S. lapponum and S. repens argentea forms; and a form with more woolly leaves as S. Stuartiana. The latter may be the same as Wimmer's b. marrubiifolia (Sal. Eur. p. 41). A more distinct variety is that which Smith described as S. glauca (S. lapponum var. pseudo -glauca Syme), and which Dr. B. White (Revision, p. 428) has well argued is the same as S. helvetica Vill. (Hist. Plant. Dauph. p. 783). If the specimen in the Edinburgh Univ. Herb, labelled " Salix glauca, Ben Lawers " by Winch — which is S. glauca Sm., i. e. S. helvetica Vill. — really came from Ben Lawers, this variety, or subspecies, of 36 THE BRITISH WILLOWS .S'. lapponum, may be claimed as British. But in the absence of any other Scottish specimens of this plant, there is reason to suspect the accuracy of the label. S. lapponum ranges from 1000 to 3000 ft. in the Scotch mountains (700 ft. in the Ochill Hills, B. White, Revision, p. 427), and is chiefly found from Argyllshire and Forfar northwards to Sutherlandshire. It also occurs in Stirlingshire, co. Edinburgh (planted ?), Dumfriesshire, and Westmorland. Mountains of North and Central Europe ; Siberia. S. lapponum x arbuscula. x aurita (p. 43). X caprea (p. 50). X herbacea. x lanata. X myrsinites (p. 36). x phylicifolia (p. 37). x r opens (p. 37). x reticulata (p. 38). Salix lapponum x myrsinites. Syn. S. lapponum-myrsinites (S. phceopliylla Anderss. in Bot. Not. 116 (1867), fide Seemen, iv. 287; but all the original specimens of S. phceopkylla Anderss. are S. herbacea x lapponum, according to what S. J. Enander told me in 1909). — S. Lapponum X Myrsinites Linton in Journ. Bot. 1892, 363. Exs. Hb. E. F. Linton (garden), Nos. 175, 176, 177, 182. A dwarf decumbent shrub with pubescent young branches, at length glabrous polished dark brown ; buds dark brown glabrescent. Stipules not seen. Leaf-blades usually ovate-oblong, sometimes obovate-oblong, obscurely serrate or subentire, dark green glabres- cent and + shining above, grey-pubescent beneath with subper- sistent pubescence. Catkins ^-1 in. long, appearing before the leaves or 2 with the leaves ; $ ovoid to ovoid-oblong, subsessile, with few small leaves or 0 below, very silky, anthers red-tipped ; 2 on short peduncles leafy below, bracts obovate-oblong, obtuse or broadly obovate rounded above, silkily pubescent ; ovaries grey- pubescent, at length ovoid-conic, sessile or lower subsessile ; nectaries linear- oblong entire or notched and slightly expanded at the tip, exceeding the base of the ovaries ; style and stigmas long, often tinged with red. This hybrid has been admitted into the list on the strength of specimens gathered in part of Glen Fiagh, Forfarshire, by W. R. Linton and myself, and believed by us to be of this origin, being of bolder growth and having larger foliage than S. herbacea x lapponum in this or other localities. These are, however, referred together with Andersson's original specimens of S. phceopkylla to S. herbacea x lapponum by S. J. Enander. On this account the above description is made, not from the Glen Fiagh plant, but from a series of plants, S and 2 , raised and grown in the garden at Bournemouth from seed of S. lapponum fertilized by S. myrsinites, where no S. herbacea at the time existed. THE BRITISH WILLOWS 37 Salix lapponum x phylicifolia Gillot in Kevue deBot. (1890) 517. Linton in Journ. Bot. (1892) 362. Enander, iii. Nos. 149, 150, pp. 81, 82 (1910).— S. Gilloti Camus, Monogr. 365.— S. phyli- cifolia x lapponum Seemen, iv. 285. Icon. Camus, Atlas PL 33, b, c. Enander, fasc. iii. Nos. 149, 150 (icon, photogr.). Exs. E. F. & W. E. Linton, Nos. 53, 86 (see note below). A small shrub, 1-4 ft. high, branches pubescent or tomentose when quite young, soon glabrous, at length dark brown, + shining. Stipules not apparent. Leaf-blades 1-2| in. long (1) oval acute or (2) oblong-lanceolate, sometimes slightly obovate, serrate in the case of some of the leaves, or more usually entire or subentire, pubescent at first (1) softly, or (2) slightly, soon glabrescent on the upper only or on both surfaces. Catkins 1 in. long or more, $ elongate, 2-2| in. in fruit, greyish-green, with few small basal leaves or 0 ; bracts obovate obtuse (lower pointed), clothed with long silky hair ; ovaries pubescent ; pedicels rather longer than the oblong nectaries ; styles and stigmas long. The description of this rare hybrid is made from (1) a more pubescent form in which S. lapponum is the obvious partner (No. 152 hort. = British Willows, No. 53), found on rocks 2 m. N. of Ben Lawers, Perthshire ; and (2) a more glabrous plant only somewhat pubescent at the very first, produced in the garden (No. 171, hort. meo). This latter is very similar to a plant from Glen Doll, Forfarshire (No. 88, hort. meo = British Willows, No. 86, issued as S. lapponum x phylicifolia), which, however, appears to have traces of S. Andersoniana in its leaves and stipules, as well as S. phylicifolia. Europe : France (Puy de Dome) ; Sweden. Salix lapponum x repens. Syn. S. lapponum-repens Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 241. — S. repens X lapponum Seemen, iv. 279. Exs. Magnier, No. 2842. Hb. C. Bailey (Fl. suecica, Pitea, Dr. C. Hakansson). E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 87. Hb. E. S. Marshall, No. 2963. A dwarf shrub, 1-1 1 ft. high, with slender branches silkily pubescent at first, + glabrescent in the winter, darkish brown, now and then shining ; buds shortly oval, pubescent, at length only puberulous. Stipules small lanceolate, rarely seen. Leaf-blades f-l| in. long, lanceolate to oval-oblong, mostly acute, subentire or with minute rather distant teeth, margin somewhat reflexed ; dull green and thinly pubescent above, with some depressed nerves, grey with adpressed or loose silky pubescence beneath. Catkins appearing before the leaves in April or May, subsessile or shortly pedunclecl, with a few small basal leaves ; $ oblong, elon- gate to H or 2 in., bracts rather broadly obovate, rounded or truncate-rounded above, villous towards the top, ovaries conic, white-tomentose then grey-green ; pedicels unequal, many elon- gate, 1-3 times the length of the linear-oblong nectaries ; styles moderately long, stigmas rather shorter than the styles. 38 THE BRITISH WILLOWS This description is mainly taken from the intermediate plant raised by me in the garden (see British Willows, No. 87). Some four plants of this have been found (1894-1906) in the valley through which the Lochy Burn runs, near the Spital of Glenshee, Perthshire. Europe : East Prussia ; Sweden. SALIX LAPPONUM X RETICULATA. Syn. S. sibyllina B. White ?, Kevision, 446 (leaves only) ; quoted by Seemen, iv. 329. Exs. Hb. Edin. Bot. Gard. (from Loch Brandy, Clova, Greville, 1824) ?. Hb. E. P. Linton, No. 344 (S. Boydii ined.). The latter plant is here described : — Salix Boydii, nov. hybr. Dwarf erect shrub, rigid, branches thinly pubescent at first ; buds globose, light olive, then dark brown, soon glabrous. Stipules none seen. Leaf-blades small up to } in. long, rotund, usually cordate or subcordate, or rounded, entire, rounded above or retuse, shortly petioled, dark green above slowly glabrescent, rugose with veins deeply impressed, grey beneath with dense persistent pubescence, veins much raised, reticulate, thick, coriaceous, margin revolute. Catkins |— § in. long, appearing with or rather before the leaves, ovoid at first ; bracts obovate, rounded and blackened above, clothed with long silky hair ; ovaries shortly ovoid in the young state, tomentose, sessile ; nectaries solitary, linear, long ; style and stigmas fairly long. This unique plant is very near S. reticulata in the leaf -blades and very near S. lajwonum in its inflorescence, and it might be assumed that X S. Boydii drew its origin from these two parents only ; but there are two characters, the short petioles and the short nearly round glabrescent buds, which neither of these satis- factorily account for. These two characters suggest that a third species, viz. S. herbacea, may have entered into its composition, more or less remotely. S. sibyllina, described by Dr. B. White from leaf specimens only, and thought by him to be S. lapponum x reticulata, matches a plant from Glen Fiagh, Forfarshire (hb. E. F. Linton, No. 50), which is almost certainly one of the numerous forms of S. herbacea x lappomm. The new hybrid form, of which a description in Latin follows, was found by Mr. Wm. Boyd in Glen Fiagh, and has been culti- vated for some years at Faldonside. X Salix Boydii, nov. hybr. Frutex nana ramulis rigidis novellis pubescentibus ; laminis |-f unc. longis subrotundis ad basin cordatis vel rotundatis integris, mox glabrescentibus rugosis venis supra impressis, infra griseo-pubescentibus venis elevatis reticulatis, marginibus revolutis. Iulis |-f unc. longis, ? bracteis obovatis supra rotundatis nigrescentibus, pilis longis sericeis vestitis ; ovariis ovatis sessilibus tomentosis ; nectariis singulis linearibus ; stylis et stigmatibus sat longis. Named after Mr. W. Boyd, who discovered it. THE BRITISH WILLOWS 39 vii. Caprea. Caprea (Koch p.p.) Aaderss. DO. Prodr. xvi. (2), 215. Shrubs or small trees ; branches short, turning dull grey- brown. Leaves pubescent ; vernation equitant. Catkins lateral, usually sessile, with a few small basal leaves ; rachis woolly tomentose ; stamens 2 free, anthers yellow ; bracts persistent, tip becoming discoloured ; ovaries pubescent, silvery, then green ; styles 0 or short, stigmas short, commonly subsessile. Branches and catkins slender 8. S. aurita Ij. Branches and catkins rather stout 2 'Young branches glabrescent, leaf-blades crenate or subentire, very softly pubescent, persistently so beneath 9. S. caprea L. Young branches persistently pubescent, leaf-blades serrate above the middle or crenate, pubescent, usually becoming harsh beneath 10. S. cinerea L. 8. Salix aurita, L. Sp. PI. 1019. Sm. Fl. Brit. 1064 ; inEees Cycl. 117; Engl. Fl. 4, 216. Wade, 326. Anderss. Monogr. i. 69. Doell, 497. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 51. Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 220. Syme, E. B. viii. 232. B. White, Eevision, 382. Camus, Monogr. 171. Seemen, iv. 111. — S. caprea 8 aurita Hud- son, Fl. Angl. 430. — S. folio rotundo minore Dill, in Kaii Syn. 450. Icon. Hoffm. Hist. Sal. t. 4, t. 5, fig. 3 ; t. 22, fig. 1, a-d. Forbes, t. 124. E. B. t. 1487. Fl. Dan. 2600. Anderss. Monogr. f. 43. Syme, E. B. t. 1330. Exs. Hb. Linn. Nos. 686, 70 ? Billot, Nos. 848, 948. Wim- mer, Sal. Eelict. (Herb. Sal. 99, 143 ; Coll. Sal. 34, 36). Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. No. 45 ; Sal. exs. No. 65. E. F. & W. E. Linton, Nos. 15, 89. Toepffer, Nos. 7, 8 (f. bicapsidaris), 46, 108 (f. minor Anderss.), 110. A much branched shrub, 2-8 ft. high, with slender, spreading branchlets, pubescent at first, soon glabrous, at length reddish- brown ; wood striated beneath the bark ; buds shortly oval, soon glabrescent. Stipules often substipitate, reniform, deeply and often irregularly dentate, large, rarely absent. Leaf-blades J- 2 in. long, broadly obovate to oblong-obovate, with a short acute + twisted tip, + narrowed to the base, often cuneate ; undulate, coarsely serrate or serrate-dentate, rugose (veins impressed above, prominent beneath), dull green or grey, with dense pubescence at first, somewhat glaucous and pubescent beneath (hairs often rusty), margin narrowly reflexed. Catkins J-f in. long in flower, subsessile, with some few small leaves at the base, appearing in April before the leaves ; S'. aurita in its larger broader less rugose and usually softer leaf-blades, and in its stouter twigs and catkins. It differs from both in having no striae on the young wood beneath the bark. 11 S. spliacelata Sm. " is a form of S. caprea with entire leaf- blades and usually exstipulate leaves. Such a form occurs in woods and on rocks in Scotland, but seems to be rather an undeveloped state than a distinct variety. In Smith's herbarium the British specimen (labelled " Salix spliacelata, Mr. E. Forster's garden, Hale End, May 27, 1825") is a form of S. cinerea with rather short, broadly obovate leaf- blades, which are grey with dense pubescence in their early state. Another sheet, from Switzerland, on the label of which is pen- 48 THE BRITISH WILLOWS cilled "same as sphacelate, Fl. Brit., Cycl. 125," is entire-leaved S. caprea. This remark is, I believe, in Smith's handwriting. A form has been found in E. Norfolk which has the leaves softly pubescent only while young, the adult leaves being glabrous and harsh to the touch beneath. Wimmer (I.e. p. 57), in mention- ing leaf- variations, remarks, " in montanis saepe foliis subtus fere glabris occurrit"; this, however, is not the case with plants on the mountains of Britain. Gaudin (Fl. Helv.j describes /^ angustifolia, y rotundifolia and S alpina, the last of which is said to be the same as S. sphacelata Sm. ; Seringe (/. c.) gives ten or eleven varieties ; Seemen quotes fj and y of Gaudin, and adds another which he named D. villosa, from Asia, But none of the European forms seem to be well- marked distinct varieties or worth retaining. S. caprea is indigenous and occurs in almost every county of Great Britain, from the south coast to Sutherlandshire, also in the Shetlands. Of no commercial value, it is rarely planted, but makes itself at home on nearly any soil, usually on drier ground than S. cinerea, in w?oodland and hedgerow rather than by water, at any elevation from near sea-level up to 2000 ft. in the High- lands (exceptionally at 2500 ft. in the Breadalbanes) ; distributed generally through Ireland. It is found throughout Europe, from Spain, Italy, and Greece, northward to Iceland, Scandinavia and N. Russia (66J) ; in Northern and Central Asia, eastwards to the Korea, Kamskatcha, and Japan. S. caprea x anrita (p. 40). X cinerea (p. 48). X cinerea x plujlicifolia (p. 49). x lanata (p. 49). x lapponum (p. 50). x mijrsinites (p. 51). x Anderson iana (p. 52). x phylicifolia (p. 52). x repens (p. 53). X viminalis (p. 30). SALIX CAPREA X CINEREA. Syn. S. caprea- cinerea Wimmer, Flora, xxxii. 43 (1849) ; Sal. Eur. 199. — S. Beichardti Kerner, Nied. Oesterr. Weiden, 249 (1859). B. White, Revision, 386. — ,S'. caprea x cinerea Camus, Monogr. 326. — S. cinerea x caprea Seemen, iv. 214. Icon. E. Bot. t. 1437. Forbes, Sal. Wob. t. 127. Exs. Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Coll. Sal. 185). Hb. B. White, Nos. 56? 237. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 55. Toepffer, Nos. 58, 59, 263. The hybrids of S. caprea and S. cinerea are not easy to detect, as the two species have so much in common. The influence of 8. caprea is likely to appear in the earlier glabrescence of the twigs and buds, the broader subcrenate or obscurely serrate leaf- blades clothed at first with soft dense white pubescence, the more pointed stipules, the acuminate floral bracts and the larger cat- THE BRITISH WILLOWS 49 kins. The characters to expect from the influence of S. cinerea are the sub-persistent dusky pubescence on twigs and buds, striae on the two-year-old wood under the bark, the narrowed or longer and more serrate leaf-blades, showing some rust-coloured hairs but becoming subglabrate and rather harsh beneath ; the more rounded and less dentate stipules, the catkins and ovaries rather smaller, and the bracts more obovate, blunt or rounded. All these influences may not appear together, and many examples resemble one parent more than the other ; then clear signs must be looked for of the less evident parent. S. caprea x cinerea is most easily confused with some forms of the variable S. aurita x cinerea. It is far from common, having been seen only from Dorset, Worcestershire, Glamorgan- shire, Derbyshire, Perthshire, and (?) Banffshire. Europe: France, Germany, Scandinavia, Eussia. SALIX CAPEEA X CINEREA X PHYLICIFOLIA ? Syn. S. tepkrocarpa B. White, Eevision, 406 (non Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 205). Exs. Hb. B. White (specimens unnumbered). A shrub 3-6 ft. high, branches stout, dull brown, here and there polished dark brown, young twigs pubescent but soon glabrous. Stipules broadly ^-cordate, obliquely acuminate. Leaf- blades 2-3 in. long, ovate-oboval to obovate-oblong, subentire, crenate- serrate or incurved-serrate, with tip mucronate or shortly acute and base subcuneate, softly pubescent at first, mostly soon glabrescent but some early leaves retaining the pubescence of S. ccqjrea, green above, very glaucous beneath. Catkins 2 the only known, flowering in April, 1^-2 in. long, bracts large obovate obtuse, silkily pubescent, blackened in fully half the upper part ; ovaries long-conic white tomentose ; pedicels three times as long as the short broad nectaries ; style medium long. The contrast between the large blackened part of the bracts and the white tomentose ovaries gives a striking appearance to the inflorescence of this hybrid. The specimens in Dr. White's herbarium, all from a single large bush by the river Tay, near Balmacneil, Perth, show good evidence of S. phylicifolia in the style, bracts, and polish of some parts of the year-old wood ; of S. ccqjrea in the partially crenate softly villous leaf-blades and the size of the ovaries ; and of S. cinerea in the ashen colour and shape of the leaves, and their underneath clothing of numerous rust-coloured hairs. S. tephrocarpa Wimmer in the Sal. Eelict. (Coll. Sal. 259), appears to be a soft-leaved form of S. aurita x cinerea, such as occurs in Dorset or Derbyshire, and no doubt elsewhere, and is quite distinct from B. White's plant. Salix caprea x lan ata. See Journ. Bot. 1898, 123. Exs. Herb. Borrer (ex hb. J. H. Balfour, 5 Salix — ). E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 88. A dwarf shrub, with stem trailing on rocks or ascending and suberect, older bark grey, branches darkish brown, buds yellowish- 50 THE BRITISH WILLOWS to chestnut-brown, roundly ovate, densely pubescent, the woolly pubescence + persistent towards the apex. Leaf-blades obovate rounded above often with a subniucronate twisted tip, obscurely crenate and somewhat waved along the margins, very woolly- pubescent above with long silky hairs at first, then glabrescent, densely pubescent beneath at first, partially glabrescent but with long silky hairs persistent on the nerves, reticulate on the under side of the leaves (like S. lanata). The above description of foliage is made from the sheet in Herb. Borrer, labelled " Ex hb. J. H. Balfour 5 Salix — , Glen Isla, Aug. 1837." Eemarks are added on a slip — " 5 Why not S. lanata ? W. B." " Probably S. caprea by its stipules, 1847." The stipules are not in evidence now. A $ plant of S. caprea x lanata (No. 282), raised in the garden by design, and issued in the Set of British Willows, No. 88, furnishes some more particulars of this new hybrid. Stipules large, rounded or reniform-rounded, often shortly or obliquely pointed. Leaf-blades 1-3 in. long, shortly petioled, lower oval- oblong shortly acuminate, sometimes becoming nearly glabrous, upper broadly oval with short acute often twisted tip, rounded or subcordate at the base, entire or obscurely crenate, rarely a little denticulate, softly pubescent, dull green glabrescent above, grey with pubescence and reticulate- veined beneath. Catkins 1J-2 in. long by 1 in. or more broad, remarkably silky, ovate-oblong; bracts narrowly ovate- to obovate-acuminate, acute, clothed with abun- dant long yellowish- white silky hairs ; stamens ^ in. to nearly J in. long, very numerous, filaments thinly hairy in the lower half; anthers rather small in proportion, tipped with red at first; nectaries shortly oblong. x Salix Balfourii (S. caprea x lanata), nov. hybr. Frutex humilis ramulis subcrassis novellis pubescentibus ; laminis ob- ovatis ad apicem rotundatis vel saepe mucronatis, obscure crenatis, supra lanato-villosis demum glabratis, subtus pilis ad nervos reti- culars persistentibus dense vestitis. A qua diverse variat No. 282 (arte orta) laminis 1-3 unc. longis ovali-oblongis ovalibusve acuminatis vel acutis glabrescentibus integris vel obscure crenatis ; stipulis foliaceis rotundis saspe oblique acuminatis ; julis $ lf-2 unc. longis, 1 unc. latis, bracteis anguste obovatis-rhombicis acuminatis longe ac dense sericeis ; staminibus J unc. longis, filamentis infra parce pilosis, nectariis longis oblongis. Named after J. H. Balfour, formerly Professor of Botany in the University of Edinburgh, from whose herbarium the original specimens came. Found only in Glen Isla, Forfarshire, where also S. lanata occurred. Salix caprea x lapponum. Syn. S. caprea-lapponum Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 192. — S. Lcesta- cliana Hartman, Skand. Fl. ed. 3, 237. Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 278 (a canescens). — S. caprea x lapponum Seemen, 271. Exs. Hb. E. S. Marshall, Nos. 706, 2772. E. F. &W. E. Linton, N«j. 39. THE BRITISH WILLOWS 51 A small shrub, 2-4 ft. high, spreading, ascending ; young branches and buds hoary-pubescent. Stipules 0 or minute. Leaf- blades 1-2 in. long, obovate-oblong to oval-lanceolate, narrowed to both ends, entire or crenate-serrate, pubescent or greyish-green above, silvery with silky pubescence beneath. Catkins coeval with the leaves, fl. May, June ; $ flowers not seen ; ? catkins 1-H in. long, peduncles with few small leaves below, dense- flowered, hardly elongate ; bracts oblong-obovate, + pointed, silky, discoloured upwards ; pedicels much longer than the shortly oblong nectaries ; ovaries finely grey-pubescent ; styles short, about as long as the stigmas. By the Lochy Burn, Glen Shee, E. Perthshire (No. 706, E. S. Marshall) ; a barren bush with larger leaves, probably J , near by (E. F. L.). Clova, Forfarshire (No. 2772, E. S. Marshall). Eeported from Scandinavia, E. Prussia, Silesia, Eussia, Lapland. In hb. Chas. Bailey are good examples labelled " Fl. suecica — Hogheden Lapponiae Pitensis, Dr. C. Hakansson, 1880"; and " Jemtland : Ocke vi, vii. 87, C. F. Sundberg, 2 ." Salix capeea x myesinites Linton in Journ. Bot. 1891, 201. Seemen, 255. Exs. Hb. E. F. Linton, Nos. 46, 299 ; Suppl. Set, No. 115. A small bush with dark branches, pubescent at first ; buds pubescent, then gradually glabrescent. Stipules ^-cordate + acu- minate and serrulate. Leaf-blades lf-2 in. long, shortly oblong- obovate, acute or submucronate, crenate-serrate, softly pubescent at first, shining green, reticulate and glabrescent above, paler green (lower ones shining), reticulate and retaining some pubes- cence on the nerves beneath. Catkins 1 in. long, fl. April (in the garden), bracts narrowly obovate-oblong, bluntly pointed, silky, reddish below the blackened tip ; anthers reddish to reddish- yellow ; 2 1-li in. long, elongating a little; ovaries ovoid-conic, grey-pubescent ; pedicels 2-3 times as long as the square nectaries ; styles and stigmas crimson, rather short. The description given above is drawn from two plants raised in the garden from S. caprea ? and S. myrsinites J , and numbered 299 a and 299 [3. The wild plant, believed to be the female of this hybrid (No. 46), from Glen Fiagh, Clova, differs in having rather broader more mucronate leaf-blades, with rather more distinct >S'. myrsinites serrations in many of the leaves, obtuse oblong bracts and rather smaller stigmas and styles ; but is otherwise much like the garden hybrid. It bears a good deal of resemblance to S. aurita x myrsinites from the same glen, only with broader, more crenate, and more softly clothed leaf-blades and larger catkins ; just the differences that might be expected from S. caprea taking the place of S. aurita. A 8 plant (No. 86), also from Glen Fiagh, was supposed to be this hybrid, but is probably S. Andersoniana x myrsinites. S. caprea x myrsinites, having been found only in Glen Fiagh, Forfarshire, is endemic to the British Isles. The $ plant was described in the Journal of Botany, 1894, p. 201, having been grown from cuttings in the garden and kept for several years. 52 THE BRITISH WILLOWS SALIX OAPBEA X AXDERSONIANA. Syn. S. latifolia Forbes, Sal. Wob. No. 118. B. White, 406. —S. caprea-nigricans Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 226. — S. caprea x nigricans Seem en, 243. Icon. Forbes (I.e.). Exs. Leefe, Sal. exs. iii. 69. Hb. B. White, No. 32. E. F. & W. E, Linton, No. 38. Hb. W. E, Linton, Nos. 159a, 302. A shrub, 5-10 ft. high, twigs and buds clothed with sub- persistent pubescence. Stipules foliaceous, roundish, obliquely pointed, upper often acuminate. Leaf-blades oval- to obovate- oblong shortly acuminate, somewhat narrowed at the base, crenate-serrate or crenate, densely pubescent on both sides at first, glabrescent and dull green on the upper surface, grey- pubescent beneath, blackening somewhat when dried. Catkins preceding the leaves in May, $ about 1 in. long, with a few small basal leaves, 2 1-1 J in. long, not much elongate ; bracts narrowly obovate, obtuse to subacute hairy ; ovaries grey-tomentose ; pedicels 3-4 times as long as the shortly oblong or quadrate nectaries ; styles and stigmas usually shorter than in S. An&zrsoniana. A hybrid with $ flowers, produced in the garden at Shirley, with obovate acuminate leaf-blades rather coarsely crenate-serrate, differs but little from the above description. S. caprea x Andersoniana has been found in Eoxburghshire (hb. A. Ley) ?, Dumfriesshire, Perthshire, and Forfarshire. Europe : Scandinavia, Finland, Germany, Austria, and Tirol. SALIX CAPREA X PHYLICIFOLIA. Syn. S. caprea-phylicifolia Wimmer, Denkschr. d. Schles. Gesellsch. 67. Seemen, iv. 244. — S. caprea-Weigeliana Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 215, pro parte ? Exs. In Hb. Bailey are four sheets of this hybrid, all labelled S. laurina, viz. (1) Wirtgen Herb. PL Sel. Fl. Ehenan. vi. 260 ; (2) Eeichb. Fl. Germ. 1020 ; (3) Wimmer 90 (ex hort. Berol) ; and (4) " S. laurina (S. bicolor x caprea), Thur., Weimar, J. Bornmuller." Hb. E. F. Linton, No. 78 (36). A large shrub, with branches soon becoming glabrous and at length dark brown polished in parts ; buds hairy only at first. Stipules ^-cordate rounded to acuminate. Leaf-blades 1^-2| in. long, ovate or obovate, submucronate to subacuminate, ovate or rounded below, crenate or crenate-serrate, softly villous on both sides while young, green, slightly shining and glabrescent above, glaucous-green and with partially persistent pubescence on the nerves beneath. Catkins, flowering in April or May, ? about lin. long, somewhat elongate in fruit ; bracts spathulate or oblong, subacute or subobtuse, hairy ; ovaries ovate-conic tomentose ; pedicels much longer than the quadrate or shortly oblong nectaries; style and stigmas moderately long, about equal in length. Perthshire plants from Glen Shee (hb. E. S. Marshall, No. 712) and from Killin may with some certainty be assigned to this hybrid. A curious plant from the Clova Valley, some 3 m. below Clova, Forfarshire (hb. E. F. Linton, No. 36 and 78), answers THE BRITISH WILLOWS 53 very nearly to the description above, but has the ovaries densely pubescent in the upper half and glabrous below the middle, the pedicels pubescent near the base and glabrous above, and the nectaries rather long oblong, and is probably S. caprea x Ander- soniana-phylicifolia rather than the simple hybrid S. caprea x phylicifolia. S. caprea x phylicifolia is an extremely rare combination in Britain, and apparently elsewhere. It has been much confused for many years past with S. laurina Sm., which is the corre- sponding hybrid of S. cinerea with S. phylicifolia, and of more frequent occurrence. Andersson interpreted S. laurina as S. caprea x phylicifolia (DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 250), and his views were adopted by F. B. White (Revision, p. 403), and rather commonly taken for granted in this country. For an account of S. laurina Sm. see S. cinerea x phylicifolia, p. 57. SALIX CAPREA X REPENS. Syn. S. caprea-repens (Lasch) Wimmer in Denkschr. Schles. Gesellsch. (1853), 170. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 237. — S. caprea x repens Seemen, iv. 228. Exs. Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Herb. Sal. 73 ; Coll. Sal. 216). Hb. Kew, S. repens-caprea Goteborg (Sweden), 1878, A. P. Win- slow ; S. ambigua Ehrh. Goteborg, 1881, A. P. Winslow ; both very good S. caprea x repens. Hb. E. S. Marshall, Nos. 2153, 2959. A dwarf shrub, with the habit of S. repens in British forms ; twigs pubescent, sooner or later glabrescent. Stipules roundish, blunt or acuminate. Leaf-blades 1-2 in. long, rather broadly oval rounded below with a short tip often twisted, crenate-serrate or subentire, softly and densely pubescent especially beneath while young, gradually and slowly glabrescent. Catkins slightly pre- ceding the leaves in April, shortly peduncled with 2-3 small basal leaves, $ 1 in. long cylindric, bracts subobtuse ; ? catkins (from Hamburg and E. Prussia) \-\\ in. long, bracts oblong acuminate (Tilsit) or oblong-obovate (Hamburg) ; ovaries gradually acuminate to a short style, grey-tomentose; styles and stigmas nearly equal. Very rare ; Glen Callater, Aberdeenshire ; Ardskinid, Suther- land. Europe: Scandinavia, Finland, Germany, Silesia, Bohemia, Tirol. 10. Salix cinerea L. Sp. PI. 1021. Sm. in Rees Cycl. 94 ; Engl. Fl. iv. 215. Doell. 495. Anderss. Monogr. i. 71 ; in DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 221. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 47. Syme, E. B. viii. 230. B. White, Revision, 378. Camus, Monogr. 181. Seemen, iv. 93. Syn. S. acuminata Miller, Gard. Diet. No. 14 (1768). Seringe, Essai, 12. — S. atrocinerea Brotero, Fl. Lusit. i. 31 (1804). — S. aquatica Sm. Fl. Brit. iii. 1065; in Rees Cycl. 118. — S.oleifolia Sm. (non Vill.) Fl. Brit. iii. 1065 ; in Rees Cycl. 119. Icon. Hoffmann, Hist. Sal. t. 6, f. 1, 2 ; t. 22, fig. 2 (S. acumi- nata). Fl. Dan. t. 2601. E. Bot. t. 1402 (S. oleifolia), t. 1437 (S. aquatica), t. 1897 (S. cinerea, not very typical). Forbes, t. 125-127. Anderss. Monogr. t. iv. f. 44. Syme, E. B. viii. t. 1327-1329. 54 THE BRITISH WILLOWS Exs. Hb. Linn. Nos. 74, 75 (2). Wimmer, Sal. Eelict. (Coll. Sal. 27b, 28). Billot, No. 2364. Seringe, Nos. 27, 95. Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. Nos. 39, 44 ; Sal. exs. No. 46. E. F. & W. R. Linton, Nos. 36, 61, 62. Hb. B. White, Nos. 17, 21, 33, 158, 159, 176, 193, 226. A large shrub, becoming under favourable circumstances a small tree, 20-30 ft. in height, much branched ; young branches rather stout, torulose, tomentose, the pubescence usually per- sistent and becoming blackish in the winter ; buds oval similarly pubescent ; wood under the peel, when 2-3 years old, streaked with short striations. Stipules sessile, usually rounded and entire, or sometimes + dentate. Leaves very variable ; blades 1-3 in. long, obovate-acuminate, narrowly obovate-lanceolate (S. oleifolia Sm.), or broadly oblong-obovate or roundish obovate with a short tip (S. aquatica Sm.) ; usually narrowed and not unfrequently cuneate to the base ; when well developed serrate or crenate-serrate in the upper half, + pubescent and dull or greyish-green above, ashen or ashen-green below, and usually pubescent with both white and rust-coloured hairs ; lower leaf-blades commonly entire and + glabrescent. Catkins flowering in March and into April before the leaves, subsessile, with scarcely any leaves at their base ; estris (Sm.), having pubescent ovaries and rather rigid leaf-blades which are not uniformly blackened when dried, are transferred to S. nigricans x phylicifolia. Var. tenuifolia (Sm.) is in the main another hybrid ; Borrer detected the identity of the Kirby Lonsdale plant, on which it was partly founded, with S. laurina Sm., i. e. S. cinerea x phylicifolia (see Journ. Bot. Suppl. 1904, p. 187) ; and a specimen of this Kirby Lonsdale plant in hb. Smith confirms the identification. S. Andersoniana Sm., hitherto known commonly as S. nigricans Sm., usually a subalpine shrub but descending to near sea-level in the North of Scotland, is widely distributed from the Orkneys southwards to Lancashire and Yorkshire, and also occurs in Warwickshire. Smith's records from Herefordshire and Norfolk have not been confirmed. It ascends to 2500 ft. in the Highlands, where it is not unfrequent as a dwarf trailing under-shrub on moist mountain rocks. Recorded from Donegal, Antrim, and Londonderry, but not seen for many years; Westmeath (planted). Mountain regions of Central and Southern Europe, Scandinavia, Russia ; Syria, W. Siberia, and Kamschatka, in Asia. S. Andersoniana x arbuscula (p. 64). x arbuscula x phylicifolia (p. 64). X aurita (p. 45). x aurita x cinerea (p. 42). x aurita x myrsinites (p. 44). x aurita x phylicifolia (p. 45). X caprea (p. 52). 64 THE BRITISH WILLOWS S. Andersoniana x cinerea (p. 55). x cinerea x phylicifolia (p. 56). x herbacea ? (p. 65). x myrsinites (p. 65). x myrsinites x phylicifolia (p. 66). X phylicifolia (p. 66). x repens (p. 67). x reticulata ? (p. 68). Salix Andersoniana x arbuscula. Syn. S. nigricans x arbuscula Seemen, iv. 235 (excluding S. Kraettliana Briigger). Exs. E. F. & W. E. Linton, Nos. 65 ?, 97, pr. pte. {i. e. No. 101, excluding No. Ill, which is doubtful, and may be S. Andersoniana X phylicifolia). Hb. E. F. Linton, Nos. 101 (supra), 137 (?), 139. A dwarf shrub, with branches and buds pubescent at first. Stipules 0, or minute on strong shoots. Leaf-blades f-l£ in. long, broadly or narrowly oval, or oval-oblong, narrowed to both ends, serrate or crenate-serrate, pubescent at the very first, usually soon glabrous, + shining and sometimes reticulate above, glaucous or dull green beneath, blackening somewhat when drying. Catkins \-l\ in. long, appearing with the leaves, only $ observed; bracts narrowly oblong acuminate or subobtuse, pubescent, + brown towards the tip ; ovaries ovate-conic rather small, silvery pube- scent, or, in another form, lanceolate, glabrous below, thinly pubescent in the upper half ; pedicels variable, 1-3 times as long as the oblong nectaries, style rather short or long. This hybrid is not easy to recognize with certainty. Our plants show signs of S. arbuscula in the small size and glabrescence of the leaf-blades, their shining and + reticulate upper surface, in the suppression of the stipules, in the small ovaries, pale or light brown colour of the bracts, and narrow oblong nectaries. S. J. Enander admitted that S. arbuscula is present in Nos. 101 and 139, but was of opinion that S. phylicifolia had a share in the composition of both, as well as in the specimens of the triple hybrid following. It is very doubtful if S. arbuscula x nigricans has been dectected elsewhere, though it has been reported by Floderus for Scandinavia. Our plants have been found only in the Breadalbane Hills, Perthshire, viz. on Ben Lawers, and on the rocks above Lochan na Lairige low down on Meall nan Tarmachan, more than once in each locality. Salix Andersoniana x arbuscula x phylicifolia. This is with difficulty distinguished from S. Andersoniana x arbuscula. The chief difference lies in the leaf-blades, which are less blackened in drying and have the tip entire or subentire, as in S. phylicifolia. This triple hybrid has been obtained from Meall Taurnie, Sgiath Chrom, and the lower rocks of Meall nan Tarmachan above Lochan na Lairige, all in the Breadalbane Hills, in the neighbour- hood of Killin, Perthshire, and was discovered by P. Ewing. Not known elsewhere. THE BRITISH WILLOWS 65 SALIX ANDERSONIANA X HERBACEA? Syn. S. semireticulata B. White, pro pte., Eevision, 444. Exs. Hb. B. White, No. 402. E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 107 ? A dwarf trailing shrub, much resembling some forms of S. her- bacea x lapponum, but with the leaf-blades more serrate (the teeth with small cartilaginous points) and inclined to blacken in drying, and the pedicels of the ovaries in an early stage as long as, and at length exceeding, the linear or linear-oblong nectaries, the lower ones sometimes twice as long or more. Dr. B. White's No. 402 is minutely described by him (I. c. pp. 444-445) ; the specimens show even longer pedicels than he describes, an important character favouring the S. Andersoniana parentage. This plant is described under B. White's name, p. 68. The other plant, Linton, No. 107, is somewhat similar, but has the leaf-blades more regularly serrate, the bracts rather more broadly obovate, and the well-developed pedicels 2-3 times as long as the linear-oblong nectaries. The pedicels and oblong shape of the nectaries seem to show that this is not S. herbacea X lapponum, the only alternative. The latter plant is from Glen Fiagh, Forfarshire ; the former from Meall Ghaordie, Perthshire. This hybrid is endemic to Scotland. Salix Andersoniana x myrsinites. Syn. S. punctata Wahlenberg, Fl. Lapp. 269 (1812).— S. myrsinitoides (Fr.) Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 290. — S. myrsinites- nigricans Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 227. — S. Wahlenbergii Anderss. in Blytt Norges Fl. pt. ii. 473 (1874). B. White, Eevision, 433.— S. nigricans x myrsinites Seemen, iv. 239. Icon. Enander, Nos. 64, 71, 72|. Exs. Leefe, Sal. exs. 1, 14 (S. damascena). Hb. B. White (from Meall Ghaordie, and from Barvic Burn, near Crieff, as S. nigricans). E. F. & W. E. Linton, Nos. 24, 74, 102. Enander, Nos. 62, 63, 65-70, 72, 73-79. Hb. W. E. Linton, Nos. 69, 92, 96. A variable hybrid, in foliage and catkins ; usually a dwarf shrub. S. Andersoniana is shown in the greater pubescence and duller colouring and blackening in dried specimens of the foliage ; in the broader and more foliaceous stipules ; in the partial or total glabrescence of the ovaries, and in the longer pedicels. The influence of S. myrsinites appears in the leaf-blades being + glossy on the upper surface, and not blackening much, the lower ones being usually green and ± shining beneath, their nerves often opaque and their reticulation marked ; the stipules, too, being green beneath and showing some lustre. In the catkins the anthers are tipped with red or crimson, the ovaries + pubescent, the styles tinged with red-purple, owing to the same influence of S. myrsinites. S. Andersoniana x myrsinites is usually a dwarf shrub trailing over damp rocks, rather frequent in Glen Fiagh, found also in Glen Doll, Forfarshire ; in Perthshire it occurs on Ben Laoigh, Meall Ghaordie, Craig Mhor (head of Glen Lochay), and on the lower rocks of Meall nan Tarmachan above Lochan na Lairige ; 66 THE BRITISH WILLOWS Argyll, Meall nan Tigearn ; Aberdeenshire, Little Craigindal. Europe : Switzerland, Tirol, Norway, Sweden, Lapland. Sales Andersoniana x myrsinites x phylicifolia. Syn. S. nigricans x phylicifolia x myrsinites Seemen, iv. 240. Exs. E. F. & W. K. Linton, No. 73 (S. myrsinites forma). Enander, Nos. 80-82. Hb. E. F. Linton, Nos. 135, 181 (4, 5). This resembles S. Andersoniana x myrsinites, but the leaf- blades are of a brighter green, green and not glaucous beneath, and not blackening much when dried, of firmer texture, much sooner glabrescent, the ovaries are more densely pubescent usually (as in No. 135), but may be less so (No. 181 (4) ). This triple hybrid has been found by W. E. Linton or myself on Meall Ghaordie, Perthshire (No. 135), in Glen Fiagh, Forfarshire (Linton exs. No. 73), and in Glen Callater, Aberdeen- shire. No. 181 consists of a series raised from seed in the garden. S. J. Enander has given me much assistance in naming these plants. Europe : Prov. Herjedalen, Sweden. Salix Andersoniana x phylicifolia. Syn. S. nigricans x phijlicifolia Linton in Journ. Bot. 1892, 362. Seemen, iv. 234. — S. phylicifolia-nigricans Wirnmer in Denkschr. Schles. Ges. 168. B. White, Eevision, 400. Linton in Journ. Bot. 1896, 462. — S. nigricans-Weigeliana Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 217. — S. Borreriana, $ , Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 174. — S. cotinifolia Sm. Fl. Brit. 1066 ; Engl. Fl. iv. 220.— S. Forsteriana Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 224.— S. nqiestris Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 222.-6'. tetrapla Walker, Essay, 408. Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 177.— S. nitens (G. Anders.) Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 175. Icon. E. Bot. tt. 1403, 2342 (S. rupestris), 2344 (S. Forsteriana). E. B. S. tt. 2619, 2655 (S. nitens), 2702 (S. tetrapla), 2729 (S. propinqua), 2749 (S. laxiflora). Syme, E. B. viii. tt. 1337, 1341- 1345, 1348-1350. Exs. Hb. Smith (S. cotinifolia). Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. No. 8 (S. Croiueana, 2 , monstrous with double ovaries), 72 ; Sal. exs. Nos. 8 (S. tetrapla), 85. Wimmer, Sal. Eelict. (Herb. Sal. No. 109 ; Coll. Sal. Nos. 69, 72, 75, 78). Hb. B. White, Nos. 186, 210, 299, 388. E. F. & W. E, Linton, Nos. 20 (S. nigricans), 21, 42, 43, 59, 66. Enander, fasc. iii. Nos. 105-115. A protean hybrid, of which several forms have been described as species; consequently difficult to define. The evidence of S. Andersoniana may be seen in the less polished bark of the 1-2-year old branches, their pubescence while young, the blacken- ing of the + pubescent leaf-blades and their apical serration, the more frequent presence of foliaceous stipules, and the reduced or partial pubescence of the ovaries. The influence of S. phylicifolia appears in the presence of some polish on the bark of the 1-2-year old branches, and their rapid glabrescence ; in the modified blackening of the foliage when dried and its quicker glabrescence, the subentire tip of the blade, the reduced stipules, and the ovaries being partially or altogether pubescent. The influence of each species varies so much and so unequally THE BRITISH WILLOWS 67 in regard to these characters that no further description of the hybrid is attempted. Bather frequent in the northern counties of England and throughout Scotland, wherever the two species occur together. In Europe, native in Scandinavia and Finland ; found in Germany and Austria chiefly in botanic gardens, according to 0. von Seemen. SALIX ANDERSONIANA X REPENS. Syn. S. nigricans -rep ens Heidenreich in Anderss. Monogr. i. 131. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 239. B. White, Revision, 394 ?— S. nigri- cans x repens Seemen, iv. 256. Exs. Hb. B. White (Cat. Perthshire Museum, p. 22) ? < B. White (I. c.) describes specimens from two localities in Perthshire as this hybrid, and says they " evidently belong to a hybrid between S. repens and S. nigricans. The specimens appear to me to have only a superficial likeness to the hybrid, to want any clear evidence of S. repens, and to be a small-featured form of S. Andersoniana x phylicifolia. A plant found by the Lochy Burn, Glen Shee, also in Perth- shire, by the Rev. E. S. Marshall (No. 701, sponte non cult.) in 1892, and again by W. R. Linton and myself (No. 259) in 1891, merits notice here as probably combining these two species (with another ?). It was named by S. J. Enander S. aurita x nigricans X repens ? on specimens of both gatherings submitted to him ; to me it seemed rather to be S. lapponum x nigricans x repens. To both of us it appeared to be Heidenreich' s hybrid with the addition of a third element. A description of it follows. A dwarf shrub, 1-2 ft. high, decumbent or ascending, with tomentose young shoots, branches glabrous by winter, dull grey- brown somewhat polished here and there; buds oval at length glabrescent. Stipules almost suppressed, ovate when rarely pro- duced. Leaf-blades f-2 in. long, oval-oblong, rarely broader above the middle, acuminate, usually with a straight tip, narrowed to the base, finely serrate with close or more distant teeth, becoming dull green and glabrescent above, more persistently grey-pubescent beneath (except the narrow basal leaves, which are rather numerous). Catkins ? coeval with the leaves, fl. May- June, about 1 in. long, elongate in fruit, with few small basal leaves very silky at first ; bracts oblong-spathulate clothed with long silky hairs upwards ; pedicels woolly-pubescent, lower ones 2-3 times as long as the linear-oblong nectaries ; ovaries narrow long-conic, pubescent in the upper half, glabrous in the lower ; styles long, stigmas broad rather short, undivided. In this plant S. Andersoniana appears in the pubescence and modified blackening of the foliage and the glabrescence of the lower part of the ovaries; S. repens in the habit of the plant, the shape and size of the leaves and their occasional sparse serration, and the many narrow basal ones ; S. lapponum (if present) in the impressed nerves of some of the leaf-blades, the rather long narrow nectaries, and some polish on the 1-year old branches. This form is from Perthshire. The S. nigricans-repens of Heidenreich is from Tilsit, Prussia, and appears rightly named. 68 THE BRITISH WILLOWS The plant issued by Baenitz (from Innsbruck, Tirol) under this name seems to me merely S. nigricans ? , i. e. S. Andersoniana. [Salix Andersoniana x reticulata. Syn. x S. semireticulata (S. reticulata x nigricans ?) B.White, Revision, 444. Quoted by Seemen, iv. 327. Exs. Hb. B. White, No. 402 ; with which is associated No. 403, and from Hb. Smith, " Salix elliptica, nov. sp., Clova Mountains, Mr. Thomas Drummond, Mr. W. Robertson, 1825." Branches slender, trailing, very pubescent, at length glabrous dark brown shining, buds ovate pubescent, becoming glabrous. Stipules rarely formed, roundish-ovate. Leaf-blades |-1 in. long, 3-4 times as long as the woolly petiole, broadly or roundly oblong, obtuse, truncate or subcordate at the base, slightly crenate-serrate to entire, + hairy at first, dark green, glabrescent above and nearly so beneath, margins slightly reflexed, veins impressed above, reticulate and somewhat raised beneath. Catkins on 3-4-leaved peduncles as long as the catkins, short, ovate, close-flowered ; Dracts broadly spathulate, rounded above, clothed with long white hairs, reddish below the blackened tip ; ovaries subulate-conic, pubescent above, glabrous or glabrescent in the lower half ; pedicels silky, equal to or shorter than the linear-oblong nectaries ; stigmas bifid, yellow, as long as the moderate styles. This description is based on the specimens of No. 402 and the description of the plant by B. White (I. c. p. 444). The plant appears to be a hybrid between two species with a glabrous and a pubescent ovary, and in some respects to have affinity with S. herbacea rather than with S. reticulata (see p. 65). On a minute catkin specimen supplied me by B. White, S. J. Enander commented in 1909, " S. herbacea x reticulata mihi videtur." Nos. 402, 403 were gathered on Meall Ghaordie, Perth- shire. Dr. B. White associates with them a plant in Smith's her- barium labelled " Salix elliptica, nov. sp., Clova Mountains, Mr. Thos. Drummond, Mr. W. Robertson, 1825 " ; with a pencil note, " I have this as a rounder-leaved var. of S. myrsinites." This plant, however, has nothing to do with S. myrsinites, nor with S. reticulata. It is S. herbacea x lapponum. On the whole, the evidence for retaining S. Andersoniana X reticulata in the list is not satisfactory.] 13. Salix phylicifolia L. Sp. PI. 1016. Sm. Fl. Brit. 1049, 1053 ; Engl. Fl. iv. 170 ; in Rees Cycl. 15. Anderss. Monogr. 131 ; DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 241. Syme, E. B. viii. 237. B. White, Revision, 396. Camus, Monogr. 189. Seemen, iv. 140. — S. bicolor Ehrh. Beitr. v. 162 (1790). — S. Croiveana Sm. Fl. Brit. 1043 ; Engl. Fl. iv. 193 (pr. pte.).— S. radicans Sm. Fl. Brit. 1053.— S. Weigeliana Willd. Sp. PI. iv. 2678 (1806). Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 76.-6'. Borreriana $ Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 174.— S. Davalliana Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 175. — S. tenuior Borrer, E. B. S. 2650 (saltern pr. pte.). Syme, E. B. viii. 239. Icon. E. Bot. 1390 (S. Dicksoniana) ?, 1598. E. B. S. 2656, THE BRITISH WILLOWS 69 2660, 2701. Forbes, Sal. Wob. tt. 38, 44, 46, 47. Fl. Dan. 1052. Syme, E. B. viii. tt. 1335-36, 1340, 1345. Camus, Atlas, PI. 19. Enander, Sal. Scand. iii. Nos. 118±, 120 J, f , f, £. Exs. Hb. Linn. Nos. 10 (2, 3), 23, 25, 81, 89. Hb. Smith (S. radicans). Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. Nos. 74, 76-78, 83, 84 ; Sal. exs. 26 (S. Borreriana g), 39 (S. tenuior), 42, 64, 68 (S. tenui- folia). Wimmer, Sal. Eelict. (Herb. Sal. 4; Coll. Sal. 86, 87). Hb. B. White, No. 401. E. F. & W. E. Linton, Nos. 40, 41. Toepffer, Nos. 12, 207, 208. S. J. Enander, Nos. 116-120. A shrub with stems 2-12 ft. high, branching from the base, branches glabrous or often slightly pubescent at first in Britain, at length dark brown and polished ; buds narrow, pointed, yellowish, glabrous or quickly glabrescent. Stipules infrequent, small, cordate-acuminate when well developed. Leaf-blades 1-3 in. long, oval, oblong-acuminate, or oblong-obovate to -lanceolate, ± acute, serrate or crenate-serrate (teeth not crowded), subentire near the base and at the tip, green and shining above, glaucous or grey-green beneath (often green near the tip), glabrous theoretically but often somewhat pubescent at the very first in Britain, firm and becoming coriaceous, not blackening when dried. Catkins usually subsessile with few small basal leaves, preceding the foliage ; bracts oblong to obovate, acute or subacute, + hairy ; $ 1 in. long, filaments glabrous, anthers yellow ; ? 1-2| in. long, elongate, at length lax, peduncles pubescent ; ovaries pubescent to tomentose (rarely glabrous) ; pedicels pubescent elongate, at length 3-4 times as long as the quadrate or shortly oblong nectaries ; styles long, usually longer than the large stigmas. The varieties of £. phylicifolia in Syme E. B. and former editions of the London Catalogue were described as species by Sir J. E. Smith and others, but have latterly been reduced to mere synonyms of S. phylicifolia or its hybrid with S. Andersoniana, since it has come to be recognized how variable these two species are, and how numerous are the variations of the hybrid between them. Since S. phylicifolia has normally pubescent ovaries, glabrous filaments, and a leaf with an entire tip, the following are best regarded as synonyms, forms which vary only in the shape of the leaf-blade : — S. radicans Sm., S. Davalliana, and S. tenuior Borrer, with blades oblong-acuminate or obovate-acuminate to oblanceo- late ; S. Weigeliana Willd., and S. Crowcana Sm. (pr. pte.), having leaf-blades which are broadly or narrowly oval, and rather subacute than acuminate ; of these S. Croweana has its filaments connate near the base. Of the forms described with glabrous ovaries, S. phillyreifolia Borrer seems to be true S. phylicifolia ; so does S. Borreriana Sm. $ ; but the $ plant of the latter and S. tenuifolia Sm. $ and $ for the most part are S. Ander- soniana x phylicifolia, except the Kirby Lonsdale plant, which Borrer saw was a form of "S. bicolor of Hooker's Brit. Flora," i. e. S. laurina Sm. (see Journ. Bot. 1904, Suppl. pp. 185, 187) ; and this is what the specimen in hb. Smith appears to be. Leefe's No. 68, "received from Borrer as S. tenuifolia," differs from 70 THE BRITISH WILLOWS Borrer's plate and description in having pubescent ovaries, and is rather typical S. phylicifolia. Three more of these named forms have the ovaries glabrous below but pubescent in the upper half, a condition which indicates descent from species with glabrous and species with pubescent ovaries. These are S. laxiflora (G. Anders.) Borrer, E. B. S. No. 2749, with obovate blades, S. propinqua Borrer, E. B. S., No. 2729, with oval-oblong blades narrowed to both ends, and S. -tetrapla (Walker) Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 177, with narrow obovate- lanceolate blades ; all of which are best placed among the hybrids of S. Andersoniana and S. phylicifolia. The status of S. Dicksoniana Sm. has long been a problem. B. White suggested S. arbuscula x phylicifolia as a likely solution (/. c. 399, 412). Smith himself connected it with S. arbuscula by its catkins ; but his S. arbuscula was a S. repens rosmarinifolia form. It is possible that the sheet in Smith's herbarium may solve the problem. This sheet labelled " Mr. Crowe's garden — plant sent by Mr. Dickson — S. myrtilloides El. Brit." — then later " S. Dicksoniana Engl. Bot. t. 1390," contains four foliage speci- mens and one of April catkins. The foliage is S. phylicifolia, with no suggestion of S. arbuscula in it and not much of S. repens, if any. The flowering specimen is a S. repens rosmarinifolia form! Is it possible that Smith, not suspecting any mistake or mixture of specimens on Crowe's part, accepted the catkins and foliage, said to be taken from the "plant sent by Mr. Dickson," as one species, which he named S. Dicksoniana in honour of its finder ? and that the S. phylicifolia plant was passed on through Borrer (Leefe, Sal. exs. i. 12) as the plant of Smith? The catkins in Leefe's specimens are not much different from S. phylicifolia type, and bear no resemblance to a S. repens rosmarinifolia form. S. phylicifolia is found in similar situations to S. Andersoniana, from West Yorkshire and North Lancashire northwards to the Orkneys. Usually in hilly or mountainous regions, it is found at quite low levels in the North of Scotland, and ascends to 2200 ft. in the Highlands, but is not common on mountain rocks. In Ireland it was formerly known from Mayo to Donegal, London- derry, and Antrim ; seen in 1885 on Ben Bulben, near Sligo, and in Westmeath (planted). Mountain regions of Central Europe, Scandinavia, Russia ; in Asia, Siberia, Kamschatka, N. China. S. phylicifolia \ X Andersoniana (p. 66). X Andersoniana x aurita (p. 45). X Andersoniana x cinerea (p. 56) X arbuscula (p. 74). X aurita (p. 45). X aurita x cinerea (p. 42). X aurita x purpurea (p. 24). X caprea (p. 52). X caprea x cinerea ? (p. 49). X cinerea (p. 56). X herbacea (p. 83). X lapponum (p. 37). THE BRITISH WILLOWS 71 S. phylicifolia x myrsinites (p. 78). x purpurea (p. 26). x repens (p. 71). SALIX PHYLICIFOLIA X REPENS. Syn. S. repens x phylicifolia Anderss. Monogr. i. 156. See- men, iv. 257.-5. Schraderiana WUld. Sp. PL iv. 695 (1805). B. White, Eevision, 399. Exs. Hb. W. E. Linton, No. 320 (excluding E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 95, which is probably S. Andersoniana x phylicifolia). A small shrub with spreading branches pubescent at first but soon glabrous. Stipules not seen. Leaf-blades 1-2^ in. long, lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, distantly serrate, soon glabrous (the early narrow blades only retaining a few silky hairs), glaucous- green beneath. Catkins $ 1-2 in. long, appearing rather before the leaves, in May or June, becoming lax in fruit ; bracts oblong- obovate obtuse, thinly hairy ; pedicels 3 times as long as the short nectaries ; ovaries ovate-subulate, glabrous below pubescent up- wards ; styles long, stigmas shorter. The plant described (No. 320, hb. W. R. Linton) is from Glen Shee, Perthshire. Reported by Seemen (I. c.) to be known only in botanical gardens, in Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. The plants, however, grown in the Garden at Munich, and issued by Ad. Toepffer, are now withdrawn as S. aurita x phylicifolia, and appear to have no connection with S. repens. x. Arbuscula. 14. Salix arbuscula L. Sp. PL 1018. Anderss. Monogr. 145 ; DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 247. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 102. Syme, E. B. viii. 254. B. White, Revision, 410. Camus, Monogr. 123. See- men, iv. 148. Syn. S. pmnifolia Sm. PL Brit. 1054 ; Engl. PL iv. 193 ; in Rees Cycl. 55. Seringe, Essai, 49. — S. carinata Sm. Fl. Brit. 1055; in Rees Cycl. 63; Engl. PL iv. 197.— S. vacciniifolia Sm. in Rees Cycl. 56; Engl. PL iv. 194. — S. venulosa Sm. PL Brit. 1055 ; in Rees Cycl. 57 ; Engl. Fl. iv. 195. Icon. E. Bot. tt. 1361, 1362, 1363, 2341. Forbes, tt. 57-59, 138. Anderss. Monogr. vii. fig. 80. Syme, E. B. viii. tt. 1371- 1374. Camus, Atlas, pi. 9, e-i. Exs. Hb. Linn. No. 31. Hb. Smith (S. prunifolia, S. cari- nata, S. vacciniifolia, S. venulosa). Leefe, Sal. exs. i. 11 ("S. fusca L. Hook. Br. Fl. p. 361, var. parvifolia," cult, specimens of S. arbuscula ? ), 24 ; ii. 47 (S. venulosa). Hb. Edinb. (S. pmni- folia, Clova ; also " Clova Mountains, Drummond, 1824"). Billot, 1962. Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Coll. Sal. No. 118). Hb. B. White, Nos. 253, 300, 305-307, 315, 463-465. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 22. Toepffer, Nos. 52, 202 (f. bicapsularis), 203 (var. erecta Anderss.). A dwarf shrub, much branched, with stems 1-2 ft. long, ascending, or trailing on rocks, branches often slightly pubescent when very young, dark brown polished when 1-2 years old ; buds 72 THE BRITISH WILLOWS ovoid pointed, glabrous or soon glabrescent. Stipules 0 or small, ovate on strong branches. Leaf-blades f-lf in. long, broadly or narrowly ovate or oval-oblong, more rarely subrotund or narrowly ovate-lanceolate, acute obtuse or even rounded at the tip, usually finely serrate, sometimes subcrenate, shining green and usually glabrous above, glaucous and somewhat pubescent beneath. Cat- kins about 1 in. long, slender, pale, coeval with or before the leaves, on leafy peduncles, fl. May-June; bracts spathulate or oblong-obovate, clasping the base of the ovaries, pubescent, pale at first becoming brown at the tip : $ with glabrous filaments, anthers red or reddish at first ; $ elongate (to If in.) ; ovaries \-\ in. long, ovate-conic to ovate-lanceolate tomentose, mostly subsessile but lower ones pedicelled ; pedicels usually much shorter than the linear or Ungulate nectaries ; styles varying from very short to moderately long, sometimes + bifid, stigmas small. A very variable plant, especially in its leaves, on variations in which Smith (whose S. arbuscula was a S. repens rosmarinifolia form) founded four species, which were long ago reduced to mere varieties ; viz. S. carinata, a larger more erect form, with ovate leaf-blades folded into a keel and recurved, inconspicuously veined, glaucous-green beneath ; S. prunifolia, with leaf-blades ovate, glabrous, flat, glaucous beneath, reticulate above with raised veins when dry ; S. vacciniifolia, with leaf-blades ovate-lanceolate, glaucous and silky beneath, stem decumbent ; and S. venulosa, with leaf-blades ovate, glabrous, reticulate above with prominent veins, rather glaucous beneath. There are, however, no very definite characters in the leaves, and none in the catkins, to separate these forms. S. arbuscula, a willow of rocky ledges on Scotch mountains, is found at 1500 ft. and upwards in Argyllshire, abundantly in the Breadalbane range, Perthshire, from 2000-2700 ft., and was formerly found in the Clova Mountains, Forfarshire. It has been reported also from Dumfries-shire, S. Aberdeen, and the Orkneys, but without satisfactory evidence. Europe : Mountain ranges of Central Europe, Scandinavia ; Siberia. S. arbuscula x Andersoniana (p. 64). X Andersoniana x phylicifolia (p. 64). X herbacea (p. 72). x lapponum (p. 73). X myrsinites (p. 73). X phylicifolia (p. 74). SALIX ARBUSCULA X HERBACEA. Syn. S. simulatrix B. White, Eevision, 439. — S. arbuscula x herbacea Enander, Sal. Scand. exs. fasc. i. No. 23 (letterpress). Icon. Enander (I. c). Exs. Hb. B. White (Coire Dubh Galair ; Meall Dhuin Croisg, ? only, not $ cult.). E. F. & W. E. Linton, Nos. 67, 96. Hb. E. S. Marshall, Nos. 48, 69. Enander, No. 24. A dwarf creeping shrub, stems mostly buried in moss, branches slender, ascending, slightly pubescent at first or glabrous. No stipules seen. Leaf-blades \-\ in. long, obovate or broadly oval, THE BRITISH WILLOWS 73 subacute or rounded (rarely slightly retuse) at the tip, rounded or subcordate at the base, finely serrate ; glabrous (earliest with long silky hairs beneath), green, reticulate when dry with nerves raised often on both sides. Catkins \-\ in. long, slender, ovoid then cylindric ; bracts shortly or roundly obovate + silky ; filaments glabrous ; ovaries small subsessile, or at length lower shortly pedicelled, ovoid or ovoid-conic grey pubescent ; nectaries single, linear, exceeding the pubescent pedicel ; styles rather short, about as long as the stigmas. A form found by E. S. Marshall (No. 1175) in Argyll differs in having broader more coriaceous leaves, glaucous-green beneath, and in being more glabrous from the first. The description above is drawn from $ specimens gathered in Coire Ardran and $ specimens from Meall na Saone, both localities in Perthshire. A plant from the latter mountain S. J. Enander suspects to be S. arbuscida X herbacea x lapponum. Europe : Norway at Kongswold, and Switzerland. SALIX ARBUSCULA X LAPPONUM. Syn. S. spuria (S. lapponum x arbuscula) B. White, Revision, 430 (non Willd.). — S. arbuscula x lapponum Seemen, iv. 285. Eloderus, Bihang K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xvii. pt. 3, n. 1, 39 (1891), and Arkiv for Bot. viii. n. 9, p. 5 (1909). Exs. Hb. B. White, No. 304. E. E. & W. R. Linton, No. 46. Hb. E. E. Linton, Nos. 125, 134, 150. Hb. W. R. Linton, No. 242. A dwarf shrub, 1-2 ft. high, erect or ascending ; branches and buds pubescent at first, sooner or later glabrous. Stipules 0. Leaf-blades f-lf in. long, oval, oval- or ovate-oblong, or oblong- lanceolate, acute or acuminate, serrate, crenate or subentire, + softly pubescent at first, green and sooner or later glabrescent above with the veins often impressed, grey-green or glaucous or sometimes green, glabrescent or not, beneath. Catkins §— 1 in. long, cylindric, coeval with the leaves ; $ small, anthers reddish at first ; ? elongate to 1| in. close-flowered ; bracts obovate- oblong obtuse or rounded, more rarely ovate subacute, turning dark brown in the upper part, silky ; ovaries ovoid-conic, tomen- tose, sessile or the lower ones shortly pedicelled ; nectaries linear long, sometimes exceeded by the lowest pedicels ; styles usually long, stigmas small. S. spuria (Schleich.) Willd., which is S. arbuscula x helvetica, has been often quoted as a synonym of S. arbuscula x lapponum, in error. Since we have no proof of S. helvetica being a British plant, we have no claim to S. spuria as native. S. arbuscula x lapponum has been found on the northern slopes of Ben Lawers, Meall Garbh, Meall Ghaordie, and Meall na Saone, and on other hills, near Killin, all in the Breadalbane range, Perthshire ; and Canlochan Glen, Forfarshire. Europe : Scandinavia. [SALIX ARBUSCULA X MYRSINITES. Syn. S. serta B. White, Revision, 436 ? Seemen, iv. 240. Exs. Hb. Boswell-Syme (" Salix arbuscula. Breadalbane Journal of Botany, Sept. 1913. [Supplement.] g 74 THE BRITISH WILLOWS Mts., Lyon"? " Salix prunifolia. Breadalbane Mts. J. D. Hooker ") ? It is very doubtful if any of the British specimens which have been referred to this hybrid have been rightly interpreted. The descriptions given by B. White (I. c.) seem to exclude the presence of S. myrsinites in any of the specimens discussed. An attempt to cross S. arbuscula and S. myrsinites in the garden failed to produce any seed. The hybrid has been recorded for Scandinavia by Floderus, and for Switzerland by Seemen.] Salix aebuscula x phylicifolia. [Syn. S. Dicksoniana (Sm.) B. White, Kevision, 412, excluded ; also reference in Seemen, iv. 235. Linton in Journ. Bot. 1896, 468.] Exs. Hb. E. S. Marshall, Nos. 1169, 2117 a. Very like S. Andersoniana x arbuscula, but with leaf- blades more acuminate, with the tip free from serrations, glabrous almost from the very first, as are the young twigs. In the catkins (fl. May, June) the ovaries are loosely tomentose, subsessile ; bracts narrow oblong, pale nearly two-thirds of their length below the dark subobtuse tip, thinly pubescent ; nectaries slender linear- oblong, as long as the pedicels, at length half as long ; styles medium long, stigmas small. Found by E. S. Marshall on Ben Chasteil, Argyllshire, 1893. Not known elsewhere ; endemic in Scotland. xi. Nive^e. 15. Salix lanata L. Sp. PL 1019. Sm. Engl. Fl. iv. 205; in Eees Cycl. 88. Wimmer, Sal. Eur. 2. Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 273. Syme, E. B. viii. 251. B. White, Revision, 421. Icon. E. B. S. No. 2624. FL Dan. 245. Syme, E. B. viii. t. 1367 (excluding enlarged stamens). Exs. Hb. Linn. Nos. 55, 56, 57. Hb. Smith ("S. lanata, on rocks among ye Clova mtns. sparingly, Mr. T. Drummond, Mr. W. Robertson, 1825 "). Wimmer, Sal. Relict. (Coll. Sal. No. 20). Hb. B. White, Nos. 319, 468. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 44. A low-growing bush, 2-4 ft. high, with woolly-pubescent young branches and buds ; year-old branches dark brown, here and there a little shining. Stipules foliaceous, often large (J-J in. long), broadly ovate or ovate-lanceolate. Leaf-blades 1-2| in. long by |-2| in. broad, oval or round or oblong-obovate, entire, rounded, cordate or narrowed at the base, often undulate with twisted tip, clothed with long silky hair but sooner or later glabrescent, dull green above (often turning brownish-green when drying), glaucous or glaucous-green markedly reticulate and clothed with long silky hairs beneath. Catkins appearing in June or July with the leaves, often pale yellow at first with the dense yellowish silky hairs of the bracts; dense-flowered, seldom lax even at the base ; ovaries ovoid-conic or sometimes shortly ovoid, sessile or lower ones pedicelled, tomentose at first, often becoming thinly pubescent ; pedicels usually pubescent and shorter than the linear nectaries, lower ones sometimes exceeding them ; styles long or at least longer than the moderate stigmas. A monoecious form occurred in Glen Fiagh, with ^ and £ catkins J-J in. long, the ovaries also of small size and crowded together. S. J. Enander describes in his Exs. several forms and subforms, which show much variation in the clothing of the ovaries as well as other characters. Our forms, varying in leaf-characters, bracts and pedicels, are fairly constant in the ovaries being covered with whitish pubescence at first, which thins out as the capsule ripens. S. herbacea x lapponum has been found on Meall na Saone, in Glen Tilt, and on the Glen Lyon side of Meall Garbh, in Perthshire, in the Clova district, chiefly in Glen Fiagh, Forfar- shire, and sparingly, in Glen Callater, Aberdeenshire. S. J. Enander issues or records it from several localities in Norway and Sweden. Salix herbacea x lapponum x myrsinites. Syn. S. eugenes Linton in Journ. Bot. 1892, 364 (as 8. myr- sinites x reticulata). — S. herbacea x myrsinites x lapponum See- men, iv. 326. — S. lapponum x myrsinites x herbacea Floderus in Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xvii. Afd. in. No. 1, 44 (1891). Exs. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 106. Hb. E. F. Linton, No. 53. Hb. W. R. Linton, No. 118. Hb. E. S. Marshall, No, 2793. A dwarf shrub with decumbent stems, branches slender pubes- cent at first, at length glabrous. Stipules 0. Leaf-blades oval- oblong, rounded or cordate at the base, obtuse or acute, serrate (with erect teeth) or crenate-serrate, rather coriaceous, green and glabrescent above with the veins often impressed, paler green and pubescent beneath, with long silky deciduous hairs on the earlier leaves, veins raised opaque often reddish. Catkins $ about \ in. long, appearing with the leaves in June, on pubescent 2-3-leaved 82 THE BRITISH WILLOWS peduncles ; bracts broadly obovate, thinly clothed and ciliate with long silky hairs, somewhat reddish below the dark brown rounded margin ; ovaries ovoid-conic, mostly subsessile, subtomentose at first but soon dark grey and thinly pubescent ; pedicels pubescent, much shorter than the Ungulate or linear-oblong nectaries as a rule, those at the base of the catkin sometimes as long ; styles very long, red-veined, stigmas large bifid. S. eugenes is much like a form of 8. herbacea X lapponum, for which it has been mistaken, in habit and general appearance, but differing from it in some points in which the influence of S. myr- sinites is apparent ; leaf-blades of firmer texture, more serrate with serratures erect and not incurved, nerves opaque reddish ; ovaries at length thinly pubescent, with the dark-grey look of the ovaries of S. myrsinites ; nectaries rather broad not merely linear ; styles very long reddish, showing red veining under a lens, stigmas large. The marked reticulation under the leaves in an early stage recalled S. reticulata, which was at first thought to be an element in its composition ; the raised veins, however, and their opacity may be a further evidence of the presence of S. myrsinites. This hybrid has been found, on more than one occasion, in a part of Glen Fiagh, Forfarshire, rich in alpine willows. Eecorded by Floderus from Scandinavia. SALIX HERBACEA X MYRSINITES. Syn. S. Grahami (Borrer MS.) Baker in Journ. Bot. 1867, 157. Syme, E. B. viii. 257. J. D. Hooker, Stud. Fl. Brit. Isl. ed. 3, 376. B. White, Eevision, 437. E. F. Linton in Ann. Scot. N. H. (1894), 239, and in Journ. Bot. 1896, 470 (S. myrsinites x herbacea). Icon. Journ. Bot. (1867), t. 66 (except glaucous underleaf). Syme, I.e. t. 1377 (enlarged ovary incorrect). Exs. Hb. Borrer (" Salix — , Sow of Atholl, J. Ball, from C. C. Babington"). Hb. Edinb. (" S. herbacea L. Eocks above Loch Ceannder, Aug., 1830 " ; " var. elliptica Grev. MS." — this would be from Glen Callater, Aberdeenshire). E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 25. Hb. E. F. Linton, Nos. 123 /i, 270. S. Grahami is a dwarf shrub with a prostrate habit, branches rather long slender, pubescent while young, when 1-year-old + polished dark brown ; buds oval, soon glabrescent. Stipules ovate-oblong, acute or acuminate, rather coriaceous, shining on both sides, often present in cultivation on strong shoots. Leaf- blades |-1 in. (-1$ in. cult.) oval-oblong, at length usually oval- orbicular, subentire when young, then crenate-serrate, rounded or obtuse often apiculate, truncate or rounded at the base, sometimes subcordate, reticulate with raised veins and glossy green on both surfaces, pubescent, becoming glabrous above. Catkins $ , fl. June-July with the leaves, |-f in. long, elongate to 1| in. in fruit, rather lax below, with a few oval leaves on the pubescent peduncle ; bracts involvent oboval with a rounded reddish upper margin, pubescent below and ciliate ; ovaries at length \ in. long, ovoid-conic to ovoid-lanceolate, subsessile or lower shortly pedi- celled, pubescent near the base, otherwise glabrous ; pedicels THE BRITISH WILLOWS 83 pubescent, not exceeding the oval-oblong nectaries ; styles long, stained or veined with red, stigmas rather large, bifid. A somewhat similar plant, with the leaf-blades of a less glossy green, the ovaries thinly pubescent all over, + glabrescent in the lower part, and with broadly linear nectaries, was gathered on Meall na Saone, Perthshire, in 1891 (No. 123 J3), and shows the same rubescence of the bracts, styles and stigmas as S. Grahami. Probably both plants are of the same parentage. S. herbacea x myrsinites has occurred in Perthshire, Glen Callater, Aberdeenshire, and at Frouvyn, Sutherland. Eeported from Tirol and Scandinavia (excluding S. Sommerfeltii Andersson, which S. J. Enander states is S. herbacea x lapponum, pr. pte., and S. herbacea x lanata, pro pte.). Salix heebacea x phylicifolia Linton in Journ. Bot. 1896, 470, 471. Icon. Enander, Sal. Scand. exs. No. 22. Exs. E. E. & W. E. Linton, No. 108. (For S. Moorei, No. 109, see below.) The plant (No. 108, supra), raised from seed of S. herbacea $ , fertilized by S. phylicifolia $ , and grown at Bournemouth, is a small shrub of suberect habit with glabrous branches and buds. Stipules rare, minute ovate. Leaf-blades ovate- to obovate-oblong, serrate, glabrous, pale green or glaucous beneath. Catkins 2 , dense-flowered in April or May, f-lj in. long, on short 2-4-leaved pubescent peduncles ; bracts narrow oblong to obovate-oblong, obtuse rarely subacute, slightly pubescent with long white hairs ; ovaries ovoid-conic, grey-pubescent; pedicels about as long as the oblong nectaries, the lower ones often longer ; styles long, stigmas divided nearly as long. This form of the hybrid has the habit and appearance of a S. phylicifolia form ; so much so that S. J. Enander, on first seeing specimens (No. 108, in the British Museum), named it "S. phylicifolia var." Very different in habit is the Irish plant known as S. Moorei, which, whether its other parent was S. phylicifolia or not, has obvious affinity with S. herbacea. Syn. x S. Moorei (" Watson, L. C") B. White, Eevision, 438.-6'. Grahami D. Moore in Journ. Bot. 1871, 300. Bab. Man. ed. viii. 331. — £. Grahami Baker b. Moorei Lond. Cat. ed. 7. — S. herbacea x phylicifolia Linton in Journ. Bot. 1896, 470. Exs. E. E. & W. E. Linton, No. 109. A dwarf low-growing shrub, stems decumbent or ascending, branches pubescent at first, soon glabrous, at length + polished dark brown; buds ovoid-oblong acute to subacute, soon glabrescent. Stipules 0. Leaf-blades |-2 in. long, oval to oval-oblong, serrate or crenate-serrate, tip entire, pubescent at first, soon glabrous, shining and at length reticulate above, paler green not shining beneath. Catkins |-l£ in. long, fl. May with the leaves, on pubescent 3-4-leaved peduncles, lax-flowered below ; bracts linear- oblong to oblong-spathulate, thinly hairy on and near the margins, reddish above ; ovaries \ in. (or $ in. with the style) ovoid-lanceo- 81 THE BRITISH WILLOWS late, pubescent in the upper half then subglabrescent ; pedicels thinly pubescent elongate, at length 2-3 times as long as the linear nectaries ; stigmas cleft, rather shorter than the long styles. This singular hybrid was discovered on Muckish Mt., Donegal, by Dr. David Moore, and described by him, as a " form of S.arbnscula," in Journ. Bot. 1870, 209; and, thanks to Sir F. W. Moore, who sent it me from Glasnevin Gardens, has been under observation in the garden for many years. That S. herbacea is one of its parents is obvious. As to the other, there has been some difference of opinion. B.White (I. c.) suggested S. nigricans, which would account for the pubescence of the foliage but not for its bright colouring and the absence of any blackening when dried, nor for the pubescence on the ovaries. S. J. Enander wrote his opinion on the sheet (No. 109) in the British Museum that it was S. herbacea x lapponum ; and on learning that S. lapponum was not an Irish species, suggested in a letter that it was a form of S. cemua (S. herbacea x repens). The pubescence of the young twigs and leaves would thus be accounted for, and the habit of the plant. On the other hand, from this combination narrower leaves and short obtuse buds and rather short styles would be expected ; whereas the leaf- blades are broadly oval, the buds pointed and often subacute, and the styles remarkably long. S. Moorei is therefore left under S. herbacea x phylicifolia, as its probably right place. Native only in Donegal, Ireland ; and in Jemtland, Sweden. SALIX HERBACEA X REPENS. Syn. S. cemua Linton in Journ. Bot. 1891, 202, and 1897, 362. — S. herbacea x repens E. S. Marshall & W. A. Shoolbred in Journ. Bot. 1909, 223. Seemen, iv. 323. Exs. Hb. E. F. Linton, No. 19. Hb. W. E. Linton, Nos. 121, 118 b (c?). Hb. E. S. Marshall, Nos. 2965, 2966, 2969. E. F. & W. R. Linton, Nos. 110, 111. A very dwarf prostrate or ascending shrub with slender branches pubescent at first ; buds ovoid, pointed or obtuse, soon glabrescent. Stipules 0. Leaf-blades i-f (-1 cult.) in. long, usually ovate or oval sometimes obovate, serrate with small rather distant teeth or subentire, rounded or narrowed at the base, thinly or silkily pubescent at first, glabrescent and reticulate on the upper surface, dull green or glaucous green beneath. Catkins coeval on leafy peduncles, fl. May, June; 8 \-^ in. long, with oblong or slightly obovate bracts obtuse or rounded above, crimson- rimmed, thinly ciliate, otherwise glabrous, concave ; filaments glabrous ; nectaries two (one in front of and one behind the filaments) linear-oblong ; anthers fading a light brown ; ? £-f in. long on 3-1-leaved pubescent peduncles, somewhat elongate in fruit ; bracts obovate-oblong, rounded above, ciliate and with some hairs above otherwise glabrous, involvent, light green or turning reddish upwards ; ovaries ovoid-conic, somewhat pubes- cent or glabrous ; nectaries linear to oval-oblong, pedicels glabrous, as long as the nectaries at first, at length 2-3 times as long ; style stout as long as the rather large divided stigmas. THE BRITISH WILLOWS 85 f. microphylla, very dwarf, branches 2-3 in. long, leaf-blades I in. long, broadly oval ; catkins about \ in. long, 3-5-flowered ; ovaries pubescent at first becoming glabrous. This hybrid was first discovered by me in 1889, at Little Craigindal, Aberdeenshire, grown at Bournemouth, and described (I. c.) in 1894. In 1896 E. S. Marshall found three plants, includ- ing f. microphylla, by the Lochy Burn, Glen Shee, Perthshire ; another plant between Loch Callater and Lochnagar, Aberdeen- shire, in 1903 ; and once more, in Ross-shire (No. 2969), in 1909. There is a foliage specimen in hb. Edinburgh, labelled " St. Kilda, 1889, Salix — , A. H. Gibson," which is apparently the same hybrid. S. herbacea x repens is endemic in Scotland. Salix herbacea x reticulata Linton in Journ. Bot. 1892, 365. [S. onychiophylla (S. herbacea x reticulata) N. J. Andersson is S. herbacea x lapponum pr. pte. and S. herbacea x lanata pr. pte., fide Enander, Sal. Scand. exs. i. Nos. 26, 41.] Icon. Enander (/. c), i. Nos. 3, 4, 6, 7£, 8. Exs. E. F. & W. R. Linton, No. 112. Enander, Nos. 5, 7. A dwarf creeping shrub, 3-6 in. high, with branches and buds glabrous or soon glabrescent. Stipules 0. Leaf-blades |-1 in. long, roundly oval, or obovate, entire, pubescent at first, dark green and glabrescent above, glaucous, reticulate with raised veins, and pubescent with long silky hairs beneath. Catkins \ in. long, fl. June, July, on hairy peduncles with 3-4 oval leaves ; bracts broadly obovate rounded at the tip, clothed with long yellowish silky hair, reddish at first then turning dark upwards ; anthers tipped with red ; nectaries long linear, double in the lower and apparently single in the upper flowers. A plant from Meall Ghaordie, Perthshire, with pubescent ovaries and less pubescent bracts drying light brown, is thought by S. J. Enander to be the 2 of this hybrid. A foliage specimen, collected by W. A. Shoolbred in W. Inverness, is also determined S. herbacea x reticulata by Enander. This has much larger oval-obovate leaf-blades 1-1^ in. long, entire, mostly glabrous, glaucous (and the lower ones silky) beneath, with reddish midribs ; 1-year-old twigs polished dark brown. The localities for the three plants regarded as S. herbacea x reticulata are Glen Fiagh, Forfarshire, Meall Ghaordie, Perthshire, and Aonach Beg, Inverness. Europe : Norway, Sweden. xiv. Reticulata Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 300. Dwarf shrubs with short branches prostrate or ascending. Leaf-blades orbicular or obovate, glaucous and with raised reticu- late veins beneath. Catkins terminal, long peduncled ; ovaries pubescent subsessile ; nectaries laciniate surrounding their base. 18. Salix reticulata L. Sp. PI. 1018. Sm. Fl. Brit. 1052 ; in Rees Cycl. 75 ; Engl. Fl. iv. 200. Wade, 218. Seringe, Essai, 27. Hartman, 374. Wimmer, Sal. Europ. 129. Anderss. DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 301. Syme, E. B. viii. 260, t. 1379. B. White, Revision, 443. Camus, Monogr. 129. Seemen, iv. 67. 86 THE BRITISH WILLOWS Syn. Chamitea reticulata Kerner, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. x. (1860), 277. Icon. Hoffmann, t. 25, f. 1, 2 ; tt. 26, 27. E. Bot. 1908. Forbes, t. 67. Fl. Dan. 212. Camus, Atlas, pi. 9, j-m. Enander, Sal. Scand. exs. 1 b, c, d, f; 2 b, c, d. Exs. Herb. Linn. Nos. 37, 38. Herb. Borrer. Leefe, Sal. Brit. exs. No. 49. Hb. B. White, No. 313, &c. E. F. & W. E. Linton, No. 50. Enander, Nos. la,e; 2 a. Toepffer, Nos. 87, 88; 89, 90 (var. sericea). A compact dwarf shrub with stems on the ground often buried in moss ; branches short, ascending, few-leaved, glabrous or soon gla- brescent, at length dark brown + polished ; buds oval hairy at the tip at first, their scales often persistent, flower-buds large, olive to olive-brown. Petioles rather long, often tinged with red ; stipules 0. Leaves few ; blades J-2 in. long, broadly or narrowly oboval, or oval, or sometimes almost circular, rounded or cordate at the base, or more rarely narrowed to the petiole, rounded above, sometimes apiculate or retuse, entire or with minute gland-tipped nerve-points but scarcely denticulate, margin often reflexed ; coriaceous, clothed with long silky hair while young, soon glabrous deep green and rugose with impressed nerves above, glabrescent rather later and very glaucous and reticulate with raised buff or reddish-buff nerves beneath. Catkins developed after the leaves, fl. June, July, terminal, leaf-opposed with a bud between, slender in flower, on rather long pubescent peduncles ; cf \r\ in. long, peduncled ; bracts obovate or roundish -obovate, clothed with woolly pubescence, light brown; anthers reddish at first, filaments pilose at the base ; 2 J-li in. long, on rather longer and stouter peduncles (h-1 in. long) ; bracts like those of the male or darker brown ; ovaries white-tomentose sessile or the lowest subsessile ; ovaries J-| in. long, broadly ovoid or ovoid-conic, obtuse turning reddish- brown in maturity ; nectaries 2-4 partite embracing the base of the ovaries ; styles short stout. S. reticulata is found at 2200-3600 ft., frequently in the Breadalbane Mountains, Perthshire, and formerly in the Clova Mountains, Forfarshire, where it is now rather scarce ; Glen Callater, Aberdeenshire ; recorded also from Inverness and Suther- land (no specimen seen). Pyrenees ; Iceland and Arctic Europe ; Arctic Asia ; N. America, Labrador, Greenland. S. reticulata x Andersoniana ? (p. 68). x herbacea (p. 85). x lanata (p. 76). x lapponum (p. 38). THE BRITISH WILLOWS 87 THE DESIGNATION OF HYBRID WILLOWS. In this paper hybrids are usually designated by the names of the parent species with a x between them, and the alphabetic order was adopted from the first, with two exceptions. A third exception arose in the course of the work through a change in the name of a species. 1. Since the Synandrce are distinguished by the connation of the filaments from all others which have the filaments free, the hybrids of S. purpurea, which all partake of this peculiarity in a greater or less degree, are kept in one group with S. purpurea, instead of being dispersed in observance of the alphabetic rule. 2. x\nother group of hybrids are kept together on account of their close alliance and general resemblance, viz., those of S. vimi- nalis with the three British species of Gaprece. The difficulty of distinguishing these according to their parentage was evaded by Andersson, in whose account (DC. Prodr. xvi. (2), 264-268) they are placed below S. viminalis, thus : — X >S'. stipularis Sm. ft vestita. XX S. Smithiana Willd. a sericans (Tauschj. var. latifolia. var. angustifolia. var. subobscura. ft velutina Schrad. var. ferruginea (Forbes), y acuminata Sm. (S. caprea-dasy dados Wimmer ; S. Galodendron Wimmer). B. White (Revision, 414) states and criticizes this arrangement, remarking that if S. caprea, S. cinerea, and S. aurita are retained as distinct species, their several combinations should have separate recognition. But on account of the " almost insurmountable difficulty of distinguishing between them," he decided to adopt a slight modification of Andersson's arrangement. Recognizing that the hybrids of S. viminalis with S. aurita, S. caprea, and S. cinerea are very closely allied and not always easily distinguished, I have given them a position under Viminales, and grouped with them S. stipularis Sm. and S. acuminata Sm., which have been suspected of having a similar though unascer- tained origin. This is practically Wimmer 's method (Sal. Eur. 174-190), who, however, imposed a fresh name (S. Galodendron) on S. acuminata, and added S. holosericea Willd., $, as a separate member of the group. 3. Another breach of the rule of alphabetic order occurs in the hybrids of the same three species of the Gaprece with S. Ander- soniana (S. nigricans) Sm. The descriptions of these were in type and in position before it was finally decided to pass over 88 THE BEITISH WILLOWS S. nigricans Sin. (as a nomen confusum), and to revive the name S. Andersoniana Sm. in its stead. The "Synoptic Table of Species and Hybrids" was recast, and the first eight pages were reissued, showing this change of name with some of the conse- quent changes of order ; but in the Caprece (pp. 5, 6) the order was left as before to accord with the arrangement of the hybrids in the body of the work. The name S. Andersoniana was given by Smith in honour of George Anderson, in reference to whom and to Edward Forster, after whom he named S. Forsteriana, he writes: "Two names more dear than these, to the memory of their friends or to botany, can scarcely be recorded in the history of science " (Eng. FL iv. 224). Note on S. Boydii (p. 38). Mr. W. Boyd, who discovered S. Boydii as a seedling plant in Glen Fiagh, and has grown it and cuttings from it in his garden at Faldonside, writes : " I have four or five plants, and none of them are more than fourteen inches high, and very stiff in their growth ; so, as they are seven or eight years old, I take it to be full grown." This dwarf habit, which is also maintained in my own garden, is a strong confirmation of the view that S. reticulata, which is of a compact dwarf and rigid habit, is one of the parents of this very distinct and remarkable hybrid. S. lapponum is of a lax habit, unless growing on rocks, and in a peat bed in the garden attains a height of about five feet. ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA, &c. Page 16, line 23, for subs, read subsp. „ 19, „ 16, after 33, add 113. ,, 19, M 10 from bottom, after Perthshire, add Ireland, near Limerick. ,, 20, ,, 20, 21, dele Ireland, near Limerick. „ 25, „ 4, for (1800); Doll, read (1809); Doll (ex Koch Synopsis, ed. 2, 744). ,, 26, ,, 3, for Zetschr. read Zeitschr. „ 27, ,, 24, after (1845) add Nachtr. 476 „ 30, „ 12, for Doll, read Doll „ 36, ,, 11, after arbuscula add (p. 73). ,, 36, ,, 14, after herbacea add (p. 80). ,, 36, ,, 15, after lanata add (p. 75). „ 39, „ 29, after 89 add 116. „ 41, „ 20 from bottom, after 17 add 119. „ 46, „ 25, for (Herb. Sal.) read (Herb. Sal. „ 47, „ 17, after 54 add 114. „ 49, ,, 5, for " $ the " read the $ ,, 52, ,, 6 from bottom, for style read styles ,, 53, ,, 13 from bottom, for Doell. read Doell, „ 54, „ 5, after 62 add 117, 118 ,, 64, ,, 12, add — >S'. arbuscula x nigricans E. F. Linton in Journ. Bot. 1891, 214. ,, 68, „ 28, after p. 65, add, where I have placed it as S. Andersoniana X herbacea ? THE BRITISH WILLOWS 89 INDEX. Names oj groups are printed in small capitals. The accepted names of British species are in leaded type. British hybrids, varieties, and synonyms are printed in ordinary Roman letters, and those which are not known as British in italics. Salix page acuminata Hoffm 53 acuminata Miller 53 acuminata Sm 31, 33, 34, 87 alba L 17 var. casrulea (coerulea) Sm. . . 18 var. virescens F. Gerard 18 alba x fragilis 19 alba x pentandra 19 alba x triandra 20 Alba 17 alopecuroides Tausch.. . . 15, 16, 17 ambigua Ehrh 40,46 var. major Syme 46 var. undulata Syme 46 amygdalina L 11 amygdalina x alba 20 aniydalina x viminalis 13 amygdalina-fragilis Wimm 15 Amygdalina 11 Andersoniana Sm 61, 87, 88 Andersoniana x arbuscula 64, 74 Andersoniana x arbuscula x phylicif olia 64 Andersoniana x aurita .... 45 Andersoniana x aurita x cinerea 42 Andersoniana x aurita x myrsinites 44 Andersoniana x aurita X phylicifolia 45 Andersoniana x caprea 52 Andersoniana x cinerea 55 Andersoniana x cinerea x phylicifolia 56 Andersoniana x herbacea 65, 88 Andersoniana x myrsinites 51, 65 Andersoniana x myrsinites x phylicifolia 66 Andersoniana x phylicifolia 66 Andersoniana x repens 67 Andersoniana x reticulata ? 68 angustifolia 59, 87 aquatica Sm 53, 54 Arbuscula Sm 59, 70 arbuscula L 71 var. erecta Anderss 71 arbuscula x Andersoniana.. 64 arbuscula x Andersoniana x phylicifolia 64 arbuscula x helvetica 73 arbuscula x herbacea 72 arbuscula x lapponum 73 arbuscula x myrsinites ? 73 arbuscula x nigricans . . 64, 88 arbuscula x phylicifolia .... 74 Arbuscula 71 arbutifolia Willd 77 Journal op Botany, Oct. 1913. Salix page arenaria L 35, 58 argentea Sm 35, 58, 59 Argentea 58 ascendens Sm 58, 59 atrocinerea Brot 25, 53 aurita L 39 var. minor Anderss 39 aurita x Andersoniana .... 45 aurita x Andersoniana x cinerea 42 aurita x Andersoniana x myrsinites 44 aurita x Andersoniana x phylicifolia 45 aurita x bicolor 45 aurita x caprea 40 aurita x cinerea 41 aurita x cinerea x phylicifolia 42 aurita x cinerea x purpurea 24 aurita x herbacea 42 aurita x lapponum 43 aurita x myrsinites 43, 51 aurita x nigricans 45 aurita x phylicifolia .... 45, 71 aurita x phylic. x purpurea 24 aurita x purpurea 23 aurita x repens 46 aurita x viminalis 30, 32 aurita-cinerea Wimmer 41 aurita-lapponum Wimmer .... 43 aurita-limosa Wimmer 43 aurita-purpurea Wimmer 23 aurita-repens Wimmer 46 babylonicah 21 Balfourii Linton 50 bicolor Ehrh 68 bicolor Hooker 69 bicolor Sm 56 bicolor x caprea 52 Borreriana Sm 66, 68, 69 Boydii Linton 38, 88 britannica B. White 14 buddleifolia (Sm. ?) 34 cterulea Sm 18 Calodendron Wimmer 33, 34, 87 canescens Ft 43, 50 caprea L 47 var. alpina • ■ 48 var. angustifolia 48 var. rotundifolia ....•• 48 var. sphacelata Sm 47, 48 var. villosa 48 caprea x Andersoniana 52 caprea x Andersoniana x phylicifolia 53 [Supplement.] h 90 THE BRITISH WILLOWS Salix page caprea x aurita 40 caprea x cinerea 48, 55 caprea x cinerea x phylicifolia ? 49 caprea x lanata 49 caprea x lapponura 50 caprea x myrsinites 51 caprea x nigricans 52 caprea x phylicifolia 52 caprea x repens 53 caprea x viminalis .... 30, 34 caprea-aurita Wimmer 40 caprea-cinerea Wimmer 48 caprea-dasyclados Wimmer . 34, 87 caprea-lapponum Wimmer .... 50 caprea-nigricans Wimmer 52 caprea-phylicifolia Wimmer,... 52 caprea-repens Wimmer 53 caprea-viminalis Wimmer .... 30 caprea-Weigeliana Wimmer.. 52, 57 Caprea 39, 87 capreola Kcrner 40 carinata Sm 71, 72 cernua Linton 84 cinerea L 53 cinerea x Andersoniana .... 55 cinerea x Andersoniana x phylicifolia 56 cinerea x Andersoniana x aurita 42 cinerea x aurita 41 cinerea x aurita x phylicifolia 42 cinerea x aurita x purpurea 24 cinerea x caprea 48 cinerea x caprea x phylicifolia ? 49 cinerea x myrsinites 55 cinerea x nigricans 55 cinerea x phylicifolia .... 56, 57 cinerea x purpurea 25 cinerea x repens 57 cinerea x viminalis 31, 32 cinerea-aurita Wimmer 41 cinerea-nigricans Wimmer .... 55 cinerea-purpurea Wimmer .... 25 var. cinerascens Wimmer .... 25 var. glaucescens Wimmer .... 25 var. rubella B. White 25 concolor Wimm. et Grab 11 confinis Camus 24 contorta Croice 12 coriacea Schlcich 45 cotinifolia Sm 63, 66 Croweana Sm 66, 68, 69 cuspidata Schultz 15 Damascena Forbes 61, 63, 65 daphnoides Vill 21 dasyclados Wimmer 33, 34 dasyclados x viminalis .... 33 Davalliana Sm 68, 69 decipiens Hoffm 16 decipiens B. White 15 depressa Hoffm 58 Diandr.ts 4,5 Salix page dichroa Doell 23 Dicksoniana Sm 68, 70, 74 discolor Wimmer et Grab 11 Doniana Sm 26 Ehrhartiana Sm 19 elliptica Sm. (MS.) 68, 81 elliptica Grev. MSS 82 eugenes Linton 81 ferruginea G. Anders 30 ferruginea Forbes 87 fcetida Sm 58 Forbiana, Forbyana Sm 27 Forsteriana Sm 63, 66, 88 Fragiles 14 fragilis Sm 19 fragilis L 14 var. britannica B. White .... 14 fragilis x alba 19 fragilis x amygdalina 15 fragilis x pentandra 15 fragilis x triandra 15,16,20 fragilis-pentandra Wimmer 15 fragilis-triandra Wimmer 15 Friesiana Anderss 60 fruticosa Doell 30 fusca L 58, 59 Gilloti Camus 37 glauca Sm 35 Grahami (Borrer MS.) Baker . . 82 Helix L 23 helvetica Vill 35, 73 herbacea L 79 herbacea x Andersoniana . . 65 herbacea x arbuscula 72 herbacea x aurita 42 herbacea x lanata 76, 80 herbacea x lapponum 36, 65, 80 herbacea x lapponum x myrsinites 81 herbacea x myrsinites 82 herbacea x phylicifolia .... 83 herbacea x repens 84 herbacea x reticulata 85 Herbaceje 79 hexandra Ehrh 19 hippophaefolia Thuill 13,20 hirta Sm 61, 63 Hoffmanniana Sm 12 holosericea Willd 33, 87 hybrida Vill 47 incnbacea L 58, 59 intricata Leefe 29 Kovatsii Kerner 17 Krasttliana Briigger 64 lacustris Schlcich 45 Laestadiana Hartm 43, 50 THE BRITISH WILLOWS 91 Salix page Lambertiana Sm 22 lanata L 74 lanata x caprea 49 lanata x herbacea 80 lanata x lapponum 75 [lanata x repensj 76 lanata x reticulata? 76 lanceolata Sm 20 lapponum L 4, 8, 35 lapponum x avbuscula .... 73 lapponum x aurita 43 lapponum x caprea 50 lapponum x herbacea .... 80 lapponum x herbacea x myr- sinites 81 lapponum x lanata 75 lapponum x myrsinites .... 36 lapponum x phylicifolia .... 37 lapponum x repens 37 lapponum x reticulata .... 38 lapponum-repens Wimmer .... 37 latifolia Forbes 52 latifolia-rotunda Bay 47 laurina Sm 52, 53, 56, 57 laxiflora Borrer 66, 70 limosa Wahl 35 longifolia Host 33 longifolia Lam 28 ludificans B. White 45 lutescens A. Kerner 41, 42 lutescens x phylicifolia .... 45 major Syme 46 Margarita B. White 42 marrubiifolia Tausch 35 Meyeriana Rostkov 15 mollissima Ehrh 13 mollissima Sm 30 Moorei B. White 83 multiformis Doell 13, 21 multinervis Doell 41 myrsinites L 77 var. latifrons Enander 77 var. rotundifrons Enander . . 77 var. serrata Syme 77 myrsinites x Andersoniana 65 myrsinites x Andersoniana x aurita 44 myrsinites x Andersoniana x phylicifolia 66 myrsinites x arbuscula ? . . 73 myrsinites x aurita .... 43 myrsinites x aurita-nigricans 44 myrsinites x caprea 51 myrsinites x herbacea 82 myrsinites x herbacea X lapponum 81 myrsinites x lapponum .... 36 myrsinites x phylicifolia . . 78 myrsinites-nigricans Wimmer . . 65 myrsinitoides Fr 65 myrtilloides Sm 70 Myrtosalix 77 Salix page nigricans Sm. $ 61, 62, 63, 87 nigricans x arbuscula .... 64 nigricans x cinerea 55 nigricans x myrsinites .... 65 nigricans x phylicifolia .... 66 nigricans x phylicifolia x myrsinites 66 nigricans x repens 67 nigricans-repens Heidenreich . . 07 nigricans-Weigeliana Wimmer 62, 66 nitens G. A riders 66 Niveje 74 Normanni Anderss 78 oleifolia Sm 42, 53, 54 onychiophylla Anderss 85 opaca Anderss 43 ovata Seringe 80 parvifolia Sm 58, 71 pentandra L 10 var. latifolia 10 var. angustifolia 10 var. microphylla 10 pentandra x alba 19 pentandra x fragilis 15 pentandra-fragilis Wimmer 15 Pentandra 10 petraea G. Anders 63 phseophylla Anderss 80 phillyreifolia Borrer 69 phylicifolia L 62, 68-70 phylicifolia x Andersoniana 66 phylicifolia x Andersoniana x arbuscula 64 phylicifolia x Andersoniana x aurita 45 phylicifolia x Andersoniana x cinerea 56 phylicifolia x Andersoniana x myrsinites 66 phylicifolia x arbuscula .... 74 phylicifolia x aurita 45 phylicifolia x aurita x cinerea 42 phylicifolia x aurita x purpurea 24 phylicifolia x caprea 52 phylicifolia x caprea x cinerea ? 49 phylicifolia x cinerea 56 phylicifolia x herbacea .... 83 phylicifolia x lapponum . . 37 phylicifolia x myrsinites . . 78 phylicifolia x purpurea 26 phylicifolia x repens 71 phylicifolia L., /3 61 PHYLICIFOLI.Ti 61 phylicifolia-nigricans Wimmer 62, 66 Pleiaxkr.e 4 Pokornyi Kerner 15 pomeranica Willd 22 Pontederana Schleicher .... 21, 25 porcellanea Baenitz 16, 17 procumbens Forbes 77 propendens Seringe 21 92 THE BRITISH WILLOWS Salix page propinqua Borrer 66, 70 prostrata Sm 58, 59 prunifolia Sm 71,72 pseudo-glauca Synie 35 puberula Doell 55 punctata Wahlenb 65 purpurea L 22, 87 purpurea x aurita 2.5 purpurea x aurita x cinerea 24 purpurea x aurita x phylici- folia 24 purpurea x cinerea 25 purpurea x phylicifolia .... 26 purpurea x repens 26 purpurea x viminalis 23, 27 Purpurea 22 radicans Sm 68, 69 Rakosiana Borbas 26 Keichardti A. Kern 48 repens L 58 repens x Andersoniana 67 repens x aurita 46 repens x caprea 53 repens x cinerea 57 repens x herbacea 84 [repens x lanata] 76 repens x lapponum 37 repens x phylicifolia 71 repens x purpurea 26 repens x viminalis 60 repens-aurita Wimmer 46 repens-purpurea Wimmer 26 reticulata L '. . 85 var. sericea 86 reticulata x Andersoniana ? 68 reticulata x herbacea 85 reticulata x lanata 76 reticulata x lapponum .... 38 Keticulat.e 85 rosmarinifolia L 59, 70 rubella B. White 25, 26 rubra Huds 23, 27 var. viminaloides Gr. &' Godr. 27 var. purpureoides Gr. (& Godr. 28 rugosa Leefe 30, 31, 34 rupestris Sm 63, 66 Russelliana Sm 14 Sadleri Syme 80 saxetana B. White [43] , 44, 45 Schraderiana Willd 71 secerneta B. White 26 semireticulata B. White .... 65, 68 sericans Tausch 30, 31, 87 serta£. White 73 sesquitertia B. White 24 sibyllina B. White 38 simulatrix B. White 72 Smithiana Willd 30, 31, 32, 87 sobrina B. White 80 Sommerfeltii Andcrss 80, 83 sordida Kerncr 24, 25 spathulata Willd 46 Salix page speciosa Host 15 sphacelata Sm 47, 48 spuria Willd 73 spuria B. White 73 Stephania B. White 80 stipularis Sm 33, 87 stipularis Leefe 29 strepida Forbes 42, 55, 56 Stuartiana Sm 35 subdola B. White 19, 20 subobscura Anderss 87 superata B. White 76 Synandr/E 4, 5, 87 tenuifolia Sm 56, 63, 69 tenuior Borrer 68, 69 tephrocarpa Wimmer 34, 49 tephrocarpa B. White 49 tetrandra Fr 19 tetrapla Walker 66, 70 Trevirani Spreng 13 triandra L 11 var. angustifolia Seringe 11 f. concolor Wimm. et Grab. . . 11 f. discolor Wimm. et Grab. . . 11 var. Villarsiana Willd 11 var. vulgaris Wimmer 11 triandra x alba 20 triandra x fragilis 15 triandra x viminalis.. 13,20,21 triandra-alba Wimmer 20 triandra-viminalis Wimmer .... 13 undulata Ehrh 20 undulata Forbes 13 undulata Syme 46 vacciniifolia (Walker) Sm. . . 71, 72 vaudensis Forbes 55, 56 velutina Schrad 30, 31, 87 venulosa Sm 71, 72 versifolia Seringe 46 VlMINALES 28 viminalis L 4, 8, 28, 87 var. angustissima Coss. et Germ. 29 var. intricata Leeje 29 var. stipularis Leefe 29 viminalis x aurita 30, 32 viminalis x caprea 30 viminalis x cinerea 31 viminalis x purpurea 27 viminalis x repens 60 viminalis x triandra 13 viminalis-purpurea Wimmer 23, 27 viminalis-repens Wimmer .... 60 viridis Fr 19 vitellina L 18 Waldsteiniana Forbes 42 Wahlenbergii Anderss 65 Wardiana [Leefe MS.) B.White 42, 5Q Weigeliana Wimmer 68, 69 Weigeliana x nigricans .... 56 Woolgariana Borrer 22 Chamitea reticulata Kerner 86 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE. By ARTHUR A. DALLMAN, F.C.S. Since the publication of a preliminary list of Denbighshire plants with the Journal of Botany for 1911, so much new material has come to hand that it seems desirable to publish a supple- mentary paper, as this tentative list has served a very useful purpose. I regret to note the loss of three valued contributors during the past year, and the previous and present paper show that much is owing to the generous co-operation of the late Miss Hilda M. Williams, of Aston, Mr. W. Hodge (Northwich), and Mr. T. Ruddy, of Llangollen. The present contribution, like the former, is essentially systematic, and is mainly concerned with the less common Phanerogamia and Pteridophyta. Species un- recorded for v.-c. 50 in Topographical Botany or in Mr. Bennett's Supplement (Journ. Bot. Suppl. 1905) are asterisked. Book records and commoner species are purposely excluded. A mark of exclamation is prefixed to records where I have seen a specimen of the plant or independently confirmed the same ; in many cases so indicated I have been present with the finder and seen the plant in situ. A number of herbarium records are from three collections which had not been previously examined. The late Miss E. M. Wood, of Birkenhead, formed a collection of two hundred Phanero- gamia and Cryptogamia illustrative of the flora of Llansannan, which was exhibited and awarded a prize at the Welsh National Eisteddfod held at Rhyl in 1901. The collection (Hb. Wood) is contained in three bound volumes, and is now in the possession of Mr. John Morris, of Liverpool and Llansannan, who has kindly placed it at my disposal. The late Mr. Ruddy collected a con- siderable number of British plants, which are contained in a large volume (Hb. Buddy), now in the possession of his daughter, Miss C. E. Ruddy, of Rhyl, who has kindly given me facilities for examining it. This supplies many North Wales and Denbighshire records, most of the latter being in the Llangollen district. The herbarium of Mr. W. Whitwell {Hb. Whittvell) includes many North Wales plants and supplies numerous Denbighshire records. I have to thank Mr. Whitwell for a very complete list of these plants, the loan of herbarium sheets, and considerable Journal of Botany, Oct. 1913. [Supplement II.] b 3 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE assistance in other ways. Most of these records refer to plants seen or collected between 1862 and 1875. Contrary to expectation, the herbarium of John Williams at University College, Bangor, which by the courtesy of Professor E. W. Phillips was kindly examined for me by Mr. E. H. Day, supplies no information on the flora of our area. For much of the additional material which has accrued during the past two years I am indebted to the active co-operation of many local botanists and observers. To Miss F. M. Thomas and Dr. E. J. Haynes Thomas, of Chester, I am under a special obli- gation for much valued help in many ways. Thanks are also due to Miss E. Foulkes Jones, also of Chester, Mrs. Evans Jones (Dyserth), Mrs. New (Backford), Mrs. Phillips (Caergwrle), Miss C. E. Euddy (Ehyl), and Miss C. I. Thomas, of Chester. Particular acknowledgment is due to Mr. J. L. Harnaman (Derwen) and Mr. J. M. Harnaman (Alvanley). I have also to thank Mr. E. H. Day (Cwm), Dr. H. Drinkwater (Wrexham), Mr. G. Loftus (Liverpool), Dr. W. B. Eussell (Colwyn Bay), Mr. J. Southworth (Stoke-on- Trent), Mr. C. Waterfall (Chester), and Mr. W. E. Williams, of Eglwys Fach. There are several genera, the occurrence and distribution of which are only very imperfectly worked out as yet, and I would commend these to the notice of local workers. Examples of this are provided by Rosa, Carex, Potamogeton, Rubus, Salix, and Callitriche. During the summer of 1911 I resided in the county for about a month. The picturesque and secluded little hamlet of Eglwys Fach (= "Little Church"), in the Conway Valley, proved a convenient centre for exploring some interesting country, of which little was known. The underlying rocks hereabouts consist of Denbighshire Grit and Wenlock Shale, formations typical of a large area of the county. Such plants as Lejridium Smithii, Rubus IdcBus, Sedum anglicum, Jasione montana, Scabiosa succisa, Cam- imla rotundifolia, and Cotyledon Umbilicus, appear to be generally associated with these formations in Denbighshire. Leaving Eglwys Fach, I made my headquarters for the last fortnight of August at Yspytty Ifan (= " St. John's Hospital "). This remote spot is situated towards the south-western extremity of the county near the source of the Eiver Conway and on the border line of Denbighshire and Carnarvon. Immediately around Yspytty Ifan and between here and Cerrig-y-Druidion the Silurian rocks of the Eglwys Fach area have given place to the older Ordovician System, and the change finds reflection in the topo- graphy and vegetation hereabouts. I found the details of the geology of the district somewhat difficult to follow, but the formation seems to be of the Bala type in the main. The Arenig series is also represented but to a lesser extent. Amongst note- worthy components of the flora of this area, Trollms europceus, Viola lutea, Vicia Orobus, Rubus Idceus, Serratula tinctoria, Poly- 2)odium polypodioides, and Equisetum sylvaticum are of frequent occurrence. Spircsa salicifolia and M'nnulus Langsdorffii are thoroughly established and plentiful in places along the valley FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 6 between Yspytty If an, Pentre Foelas, and Cerrig-y-Druidion. The lonely mountainous country in this part of Denbighshire offers botanical possibilities, and many of the remote rocky nants here- abouts should well repay attention. I regret that, owing to the limited time at my disposal and the difficult nature of the district, I had to leave several tempting spots unexplored. Another month was spent in systematic investigation of the flora of the county in 1912. Bhyd-y-Foel (= "The Ford of the Bald Hill"), inland of Llanddulas in the north of Denbighshire, served as a centre for a fortnight in August. The carboniferous limestone is well developed in this neighbourhood, and in con- junction with the varied character of the district conduces to a rich and interesting flora. After leaving Ehyd-y-Foel, I went on to Llansannan (= "The Church of St. Sannan"), a secluded spot among the Hiraethog Hills, where I stayed for a fortnight. Surrounding Llansannan, and especially to the south, east, south- east, and south-west, there is a wild and somewhat dreary expanse of country, where habitations are few and far between, and where a stranger or tourist is rarely seen. This extensive tract of Wenlock Shale supports a rather monotonous moorland vegetation, consisting largely of Calluna vulgaris, Erica cinerea, Vaccinium Myrtillus, Nardus stricta, Molinia ccerulea, and Empetrum nigrum. Here and there, but of less frequent general occurrence, are Erica Tetralix and Viola lutea. Perhaps the most interesting localities to a naturalist in such a district are the nants and lakes, which yield a pleasant variety by comparison. In such an area as we have in mid-Denbighshire, it is hardly re- markable that old customs, traits and superstitions die hard, thanks to the absence of railways and through comparative seclusion from the outer busy world. Here one may still encounter inhabitants who are quite ignorant of a single word of English. There are little mountain farms and cottages where rush-lights are still burnt and the quaint old-fashioned rush-light-holders — canwyll pren canwyll frioyn — are yet employed. Notwithstanding the general adoption of the threshing machines, there are still a few inhabitants of this area who perforin their threshing with a primitive arrangement known as a ffust, or what we should call a flail. The mowing machine is practically unknown in many of the upland farms, where the primitive scythe and sickle are still in general use for reaping. Clematis Vitalba L. A patch on the road between Llanddulas and the sea, 1912, F. M. T. ! South-west slope of Bryn Euryn, 1909, Mrs. Neiv. Boadside hedge, Llysfaen Hill, Russell Trevor Quarry, near Cefn, abundant, 1875, Kb. Whitwell ! Trevor Kocks, 1881, Kb. Ruddy ! Garden hedge by smithy, Bryn, between Buabon and Erbistock, 1911, Loftus ! Bank of Nant Tyrel, close to confluence with Dee, ibid. A patch on shingle between Llanddulas and Llysfaen, 1912. Close to the road just north of Glan Conway. Above the church at Llansantffraid Glan Conway. Boadside at Pentre felin, towards Llangollen. ■i FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE Thalictrum minus L. Bryn Euryn, Russell ! Limestone cliffs, Cem-yr-Ogof. T. flavum L. Eoadside near inn, Pwllglas, near Ruthin, 1912, J. L. H. Several plants on hedgebank of fourth field by path between Court Farm and the Mill, Llandegla. I have not seen achenes, and so cannot tell whether variety or not, /. M. H. In some quantity in a hedge by the roadside just south of the police station at Eglwys Fach, 1911. ^-Ranunculus circinatus Sibth. Ditches between Tal-y-Cafn and Llanrwst, by the banks of the Conway, but on the Denbigh side of the river, W. Hodge. In the Dee at Llangollen, T. Ruddy. R. fluitans Lam. River Clwyd, by Ruthin Prison, J. L. H. (ft Bacliii Wirtg.). By Melin-y- Wern, Llanbedr, ibid. (/3 Bachii). River Dee below Glyn Dyfrdwy. *R. trichophyllus Chaix. Ponds near quarry, Little Orme, Russell. R. Drouetii F. Schultz. Stream at Pwllglas, near Ruthin, 1911, J. L. H. *R. heteropliyllus Weber. Mill stream at Melin Gadeg Llan- sannan, Hb. Wood. Llandudno Junction, 1891 (J. Lloyd Williams), Hb. Waterfall. Llangollen, T. Ruddy. Pond south of Llandudno Junction, 1911, F. M. T. ! A plant observed by Dr. Russell in the Afon Ganol, near Llangwstenin, is referred by him with some hesitation to the present species. R. peltatus Schrank. Stream at Chirk Fish Hatcheries, 1909, Hb. Waterfall. Reservoir, Maes Maelor, J. M. H. Swampy ground, Garth-y-Groes, Llanelidan, J. L. H. In the Dee below Glyn Dyfrdwy. In the stream running from Llyn Aled, close to the lake. R. Baudotii Godr. Llandudno Junction, W. Hodge. A plant observed by Dr. Russell near Llangwstenin is referred here by him with some doubt. *B. Lenormandi F. Schultz. Ditch above Pwll-y-Crochan Woods, Colwyn Bay, Russell. Field by Glan Aber, Derwen, J. L. H. Llyn-y-Chwiaid, about two miles from Llandegla, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Roadside one mile from Bettws Gwerfil Goch, towards Maerdy, ibid. Rills and plashes on Cyrn-y-Brain, F. M.T.I Near Bwlch Gwyn, ibid. Frequent about Llansannan. Bryn Trillyn. Between Pentre Foelas and Denbigh. R. hederaceus L. Near Eglwys Fach, W. E. Williams. Der- wen, J. L. H. Near Clocaenog, /. M. H. Llangollen, T. Ruddy. Roadside runnel, Dinbren, Llangollen, 1868, Hb. Whitwell. Between Llangollen Station and Castell Dinas Bran, J. M. H. Valley between Llyn Gweryd and Graig, ibid. ; near Llansannan. R. sceleratus L. Ditch, Llandrillo-yn-Rhos, Russell. Wrex- ham, T. Ruddy. Gresford, 1909, Hb. Ruddy. Clay pit south of Llandudno Junction, F. M. T.\ Pulford Brook, between Lavister and the Dee, ibid. Foryd. Towyn. *R. Lingua L. Swampy ground, Garth-y-Groes, Llanelidan, 1911, J". L. H. & J. M. H., sp. R. auricomus L. Pen-y-Gardden Wood, Ruabon, F. M. T. & FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 5 E. H. T. Gresford Wood, ibid. Pwll-y-Crochan Woods, Bussell. Lane above inn, Pwllglas, near Euthin, J. L. H. Several places about Llanelidan, ibid. A quarter of a mile from the mill at Llandegla, J. M. H. Near Chirk, Dr. J. W. Ellis ! Eyarth neighbourhood. B. sardous Crantz. Cornfield between Llandrillo-yn-Ehos and the Golf Links, 1902, Mrs. Neiv. B.parviflorus L. Hillside, Llandrillo-yn-Ehos, Bussell. Lane to Glan Tanat, from the Llangynog Eoad, Llanrhaiadr-yn- Mochnant, 1866, Kb. Whitivell. Hedgebank, Pen-y-Bryn, Clocaenog, J. L. H. By Pen-y-Coed, Pwllglas, ibid. Wern uchaf, Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Lane leading to Trevor Eocks, T. Buddy. Trollius europaus L. Banks of Aled, Hb. Wood ! Side of stream near Bettws-y-Coed, Bussell. Just above the bridge at Pont-y-Glyn Diffwys, J. L. & J. M. H. ! Banks of Clwyd, west of Meiarth Hall, J. L. H. ! Field opposite Sun Inn, Derwen, ibid. Shingle below bridge at Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Bank of Alwen, between Bettws Gwerfil Goch and Maerdy, ibid. Field at top of lane leading to Ty'n-y-Coed, Derwen, J". L. H. Along the Conway, between Voelas Hall and Bettws-y-Coed. Afon Cadnant, near Pentre Foelas. Frequent about Pentre Foelas. By the Aled above Llansannan and extending up to the fall at Ehydd-y-Bedd. Abundant along the banks of the Conway at Yspytty Ifan and extending for about three miles above the village. Llangwm. Banks and gorge of Afon Serw near its junction with the Conway. Plentiful along the course of the Marddwr, from Cernioge to its mouth. Afon Calettwr near Yspytty Ifan. Bank of Dee, between Ehewl and Groes lwyd. Ilelleborus fatidus L. One plant near quarry behind Abergele, Miss C. E. Buddy. Wood near Llysfaen, Bussell. Above Plas Llan, Eglwys Fach, 1910, W. E. Williams. *Eranihis hyemalis Salisb. A single plant in Manley Wood, Erbistock, 1910. Doubtless of garden origin, H. S. Marsh. We could find no sign of it here in 1913. Aquilegia vulgaris L. Parsonage Wood, Gresford, 1911, F. M. T. Left bank of Ddulas at Llanddulas, 1911, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Wood at Valle Crucis Abbey, 1865, W. Whitwell. Slate quarry, Llansantffraid Glyn Ceiriog, 1866, Hb. Whitwell. Hillside above Llandudno, 1869, H. S. Fisher. Lane by Ty Newydd, near Llanelidan, J. L. H. By Bryn Ffynnon, Clawdd Newydd, ibid. By Coed Talwrn Farm, South-west of Nant-y- Garth, near Euthin, /. M. H. On the Pentre Celyn Eoad from Llandegla, ibid. Eoadside between Pen-y-Caer and Efenechtyd, J. L. H. Between Llanbedr and Llanfair, <7. L. H. & J. M. II . Common in Nantclwyd neighbourhood, J. M. H. Wood near Graig Fechan, <7. L. H. Frequent about Pen-y-Graig, Llanelidan, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Copse at Graig, Denbigh, 1912, P. B. Foulkes Boberts & A. A. D. Aconitum Napellus L. Catherine Lingo Pool, Llangollen, b FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 1907, lib. Buddy. A solitary plant by the old mill, Llwyn On, near Wrexham, T. Buddy. Bcrberis vulgaris L. Near Llanddulas, 1912, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Hedge near shop, Derwen, J. L. H. In a hedge at Berwyn, T. Buddy. Between Clocaenog and Euthin : the best example of an apparently wild specimen which I have seen, J. L. II. A single shrub in copse at Graig, Denbigh. A solitary example by Groes lwyd Farm, south of Ehewl, near Llangollen. One shrub by remains of old cottage below the New Inn, Bryn Eglwys. Nymphcea lutea L. By the two bridges over the Pulford Brook, about two miles below Pulford, 1912, F. M. T. ! Llyn Syberi. Llyn Serw, abundant. *Papaver somniferum L. Waste ground, Llangollen, T. Buddy. P. Bhceas L. Llangollen, 1866, W. Whitwell. Llandyn, Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Langedwyn to Llanrhaiadr, 1866, lib. Whitwell. Derwen, J. L. H. Cornfield by Nant Morfydd, Derwen, J. L. H. (= [3 strigosum Boenn). Eoadside between Euthin and Denbigh Eoad and Llandyrnog, J. M. H. (f3 strigosum Boenn). Eossett. Lavister. P. dubium L. Llangollen, T. Buddy ! Trevor to Llangollen, J. M. H. Ehewl, near Llangollen. Eossett. P. Argemonc L. Dinbren issa, Llangollen, 1909, Hb. Buddy. P. hybridum L. Cornfield behind Derwen Eectory, 1911, J. L. H. -'-Mcconopsis cambrica Vig. Melin Gadeg, near Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Pont-y-glyn, T. Buddu. In the gorge below the bridge at Pont-y-glyn Diffwys, 1911, J. L. II. & J. M. H. In some quantity in limestone crevices near Minera, 1911, F. M. T. ! Chclidonium majus L. Quarry behind Tan-yr-Allt, Abergele, F. M. T. Lane between Pen-y-Cae and Tai Nant, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Efenechtyd, J. M. H. Bwlch rhiw felin, between Llangollen and Llandegla, ibid. Llansannan. Nant-glyn. Eglwys Fach. *Corydalis lutea DC. Derwen neighbourhood, J. L. H. Established in crevices of walls, south-east of Llangollen. A garden escape, Hb. Buddy. C. claviculata DC. Moelfre Uchaf, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Coed Vron, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Eoadside above Bryn Tirion, Derwen, J. L. II. Near Bryn Ffynnon, Clawdd Newydd, ibid. Hill above Trevor, 1865, W. Whitwell. Dinbren Hall, among furze, and near the County School, Llangollen. Very local in the Llangollen area, and only seen in small amount here. Common in Merioneth, T. Buddy. Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, 1861, IK Whitwell Fumaria capreolata L. Eoadside hedge at Lloran, between Llanrhaiadr and Llansilin, 1866, W. Whitwell. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Tal-y-Cafn. Near Llansannan. Denbigh. The following records refer to variety imllidiflora Jord : — Near Llysfaen Station, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Between Colwyn Bay and Llanelian-yn-Ehos, 1912, ibid. Penmaen Ehos, ibid. FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 7 F. Borcei Jord. Near Denbigh. F. Bastardi Bor. Fields in Nant-y-Glyn, Colwyn Bay, W. Hodge. J J F. officinalis L. Above and south of Mochdre, Miss C. I. Thomas & E. H. T. West slope of Great Orme, W. Hodge. Eoadside near Graig, Eglwys Fach, W. E. Williams. Derwen neighbourhood, J. L. H. Llangollen, 1866, W. Whitwell. Llangedwyn, 1866, ibid, Near Holt, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Near Pulford, F. M. T. ! Llansannan. ■'•Cheiranthus Cheiri L. Valle Crucis Abbey ruins, 1861, Hb. Whitwell. Still occurs here. Eocks by Llanelian Church, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Quarry by Henllan Church, Miss C. E. Buddy. Eocks by Tan-y-Graig, Graigfechan, J. L. H. Waste ground, station yard, Llandudno Junction, 1900, Hb. Waterfall. Apparently native on limestone rocks of quarry, east of Garn, Henllan, 1912, F. M. T. ! Penmaen. The Orme. Badicula palustris Moench. Holt Meadows, 1912, F. M. T. sp. [B. amphibia Druce. In Hb. Buddy there is a yellow flowered Badicula labelled "Nasturtium amphibium. Llwyn On Old Mill, Wrexham, 1906." The specimen is rather fragmentary, and I think the identification is open to doubt. The plant is probably either B. sylvestris or B. palustris.] Barbarea vulgaris Ait. Quarry by Henllan Church, Miss C. E. Buddy. Holt Meadows, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Near Plas Lelo, Derwen, J. L. H. Streamside, Pwllglas, ibid, Llangollen, T. Buddy. Acrefair, J. M. H. Near Llansannan. Lavister. Pulford Brook. *B. verna Aschers. Canal side, Llangollen, 1888, Hb. Buddy. Arabis hirsuta Scop. South of Mochdre, Miss G. I. Thomas & E. H. T. Wall and rocks of quarry by roadside at Garn, Henllan, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! Limestone quarry opposite Llandrillo Church, W. Hodge. Eglwyseg Eocks, Llangollen, 1866, Hb. Whitivelll Llanarmon, /. ill". H. ! Carrey-yr-alltydd, Llandegla, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Castell Dinas Bran, 1888, Hb. Buddy. Eisteddfod Eocks near Minera, F. M. T. I Cefn-yr-Ogof. Cardamine flexuosa With. Derwen neighbourhood, J. L. H. *Al/yssum maritimum Lam. Great Orme, Russell. Very plen- tiful on rocks by Marine Drive, Llandudno, 1907, Hb. Waterfall, Erophila verna E. Meyer. Wall near Hendre Aled, Llan- sannan, Hb. Wood. Eocks near Henblas, Eglwys Fach, W. E. Williams. Derwen, J. L. H. Eoadside between Clawdd Newydd and Pwllglas, ibid. Pen-y-bryn, Llanelidan, J. L. H. Mochdre. *E. pmcox DC. Llangollen, 1866, Hb. Whitwell. Cochlearia officinalis L. Great Orme, 1896, Hb. Buddy ! Salt marsh between Llandudno Junction and Glan Conway, F. M. T. I C. danica L. West slopes of Great Orme, W. Hodge ! ■cHesperis matronalis L. Vicarage Woods, Eglwys Fach, W. E. Williams. Waste ground, Clawdd Newydd, /. L. II. Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Sisymbrium Thalianum Gay. Llangollen, 1866, W. Whitwell. 8 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE Between Clawdd Newydd and Pwllglas, J. L. H. Derwen neigh- bourhood, ibid. *S. yannonicum Jacq. Casual at Llangollen, T. Buddy. Erysimum cheiranthoides L. Pen-y-bryn near Llangollen, T. Buddy. "Gamelina sativa Crantz. Llanddyn near Llangollen, 1909, Hb. Buddy. Subularia aquatica L. Llyn Alwen. *Brassica oleracea L. Abundant and luxuriant on the lime- stone cliffs of Cefn-yr-Ogof, between the caves and the tower, 1912. B. Napus L. By Pulford Brook, F. M. T. ! Ruthin. Near Llandegla. Lavister. Gresford. B. Bapa L. Clywedog stream, Llwyn On, Wrexham, 1910, Hb. Buddy. B. nigra Koch. Riverside near Birch Hill, Llangollen, 1910, Hb. Buddy. Wrexham, T. Buddy. Fields, roadsides, and borders of ditches about Pensarn and Towyn. B. alba Boiss. Laneside, Llangwstenin, 1900, Hb. Waterfall. Sun Halt, Llangollen. Plentiful, 1909, Hb. Buddy. "Diplotaxis muralis DC. /3 Babingtonii Syme. Roadside just outside west entrance to the Great Orme, 1911, W. Hodge ! Coronopus procumbens Gileb. Casual at Ty-canol, Llangollen, 1909, Hb. Buddy. Lepidium campestre Br. Quarry, Tower Hill near Abergele, F. M. T. Llanfair Talhaiarn, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Near Cefn- byr, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Hedgebank at the top of Nant-y- Glyn Road, Colwyn Bay, and also at the edge of the Golf Links, 1911, W. Hodge (var. longistylum Moore). Roadside between Llanrwst and Llanddoget, W. E. Williams. Gwern-ucha', Llangollen, T. Buddy. Between Llanfair Talhaiarn and Llan- sannan. Roadside near Gyffylliog. :;: Tlilaspi arvense L. Llangollen, T. Buddy. The Clwt, north- east of Ruabon, 1912, /. M. H. Teesdalia nudicaulis Br. Field opposite gate, Ty Cerrig, Derwen, and also roadside above Ty Cerrig, J. L. H. On wall in field just above Foel Grachen, Derwen, close to the last station, ibid. Near Valle Cruris Abbey, 1907, Hb. Buddy. Baphanus Baplianistrum L. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Marchwiel, 1906, Hb. Buddy (labelled Sinapis nigral). *Lunaria biennis Moench. Near Gresford, 1911, F. M. T. i0 E. H. T. Beseda Luteola L. Near Valle Cruris Abbey, 1865, W. Whit- well. Near Holt Castle, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Trevor Rocks, T. Buddy. Acrefair, J. M. H. ! Disused quarry at Nantclwyd, J. L. H. Behind and near Pen-y-coed, Graigfechan, J. M. H. Railway bank near Glan Conway, F. M. T. Railway embank- ment between Stansty and Wrexham, and also near Brymbo, ibid. ! Helianihemum Chamcecistus Mill. North of Galltfaenan, 1912, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! Cefn Rocks, F. M. T. Coed Marchon, Pwllglas, J. L. H. Between Efenechtyd and Ruthin, ibid. ! FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 9 Between the old toll-bar and Plas Newydd, Llandegla, J. M. H. Carreg-yr-alltydd, Llandegla, ibid. Roadside near Capel Graig, Llanfair Dyffryn Clwyd, /. L. H. Eisteddfod Rocks, F. M. T. ! Cefn-yr-Ogof. Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. Henllan. About Graig, Denbigh. Llanarmon neighbourhood. Llandegla. Viola pahistris L. Between Llandegla and Llanelidan, J. M. H. Near Banciau, Derwen, J. L. H. Llangollen neigh- bourhood, T. Ruddy. North-east of Cyrn-y-Brain, at about 1100 ft., F. M. T. ! Llyn Syberi. Swampy ground by Tyddyn- uchaf, south-west of Llanelian-yn-Rhos. Nant Mawr, below Pen-cae'r-cwm, above Llansannan. Banks of Conway above Pentre Foelas. V. odorata L. Roadside near Tal-y-Cafn, W. E. Williams. Bodnant uchaf, Eglwys Fach, ibid. Derwen neighbourhood, J. L. H. Trevor Rocks, 1881, Hb. Ruddy. Llangollen, T. Ruddy. Coed Marchon, Pwllglas, J. L. H. Near Rhyd-y-Foel. Bank a little below Groes, between Denbigh and Bylchau. Roadside be- tween Denbigh and Segrwyd. Between Denbigh and Nantglyn. Woodland between Llantysilio Hall and the Church. V hirta L. Gresford, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! Near Tyddyn- ucha, behind Abergele, F. M. T. Pont Newydd, near Cefn, ibid. Very luxuriant by roadside east of Garn, near Henllan, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! Near Pen-y-Graig, north-east of Llanelidan, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Trevor Rocks, Ho. Ruddy \ Behind and near Pen-y- Coed, Graig Fechan, J. M. H. Near the mill at Llandegla, F. M. T. ! Railway embankment between Llanddulas and Llys- faen. Roadside below Garthewin, near Llanfair Talhaiarn Bridge. Near Rossett. V. sylvestris Kit. There are examples of a Viola in Hb. Wood from Cae Du, Llansannan, which are named V. sylvatica. Gres- ford, 1911, F. M. T. sp. Nant-y-Ffrith. V. tricolor L. Near Cefn Byr, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Llan- gollen, T. Ruddy. Between Pentre Celyn and Llandegla, J. M. H. Between Eglwys Fach and Llyn Syberi. Field near Bryn Eglwys. Quite plentiful, in company with Alchemilla arvensis and Rumex Acetosella, on a mound south-east of Bylchau Church. V. arverisis Murr. Llangedwyn, 1866, W. Whitwell. Llan- gollen, T. Ruddy. The record for the present species from " Plas Newydd, Llangollen, 1876, Hb. Jones " (J. B., Supplement, p. 12, 1911), should read " Plas Newydd, Llansilin, 1876." Near Llan- sannan. V. lutea Huds. Road from Cerrig-y-Druidion to Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Above Pentre-llyn-cymmer, on road to Alwen Waterworks, ibid. Plentiful on uplands of Derwen, J. L. H. Lane from Llangwm Church to Pont-y-Glyn, /. L. H. & J. M. H. Among the short turf on the limestone common north of the Eisteddfod Rocks, Minera, F. M. T. ! Woodland by road between Hafodunos, Llangerniew, and Foel Caledeiriau. Several places about Pentre Foelas. About Llyn Aled. Near Cefn Fforest, south-west of Bylchau. Rhos-y-Domen, between Llansannan and Gwytherin. Roadside by Hafod-y-Gog, be- Journal of Botany, Nov. 1913. [Supplement II.] c 10 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE tween Llangerniew and Llansannan. Between Pandy Tudyr and Llansannan. In various places between Pentre Foelas and Cerrig- y-Druidion, and on adjoining hill-slopes. Slopes of Moel Trwyn Swch, immediately behind Moelfryn Serw and Trawsnant. Side of Garn Prys above Blaen-y-Cwm. The variety amcena Symons is much rarer, but I have seen it between Cefn Bryn Sion and Pont-y-Garreg Newydd, north of Gwytherin. It also occurs sparingly with the type at Hafod-y-Gog. Polygala vulgaris L. Behind Abergele, F. M. T. Great Orme, W. Hodge. Henllan Eoad, from Llansannan, Hb. Wood ! Llangollen, T. Buddy ! Near Ruabon, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Llandegla, J. M. H. Derwen. Yspytty Ifan. Near Llanfi- hangel Glyn Myfyr. P. oxyptera Eeichb. Between Efenechtyd and Ruthin, J. L. H. *Sap)onaria officinalis L. Banks of the Ddulas, in quantity, 1911, F. M. T. ! Five Fords, near Wrexham, Dr. H. Drinkivater. Close to a garden between Esgyryn and Pydew, near Llandudno Junction. *S. Vaccaria L. Llwyn On, near Wrexham. Has occurred here near the stream in some quantity for several years in suc- cession, Dr. H. Drinkivater. There is a specimen from here in Hb. Buddy. Silene maritima With. Between Llanddulas and Pensarn. -■'S. anglica L. Llandudno district, Prof. B. W. Phillips. Llan- gollen, 1910, T. Buddy. Cornfield near Derwen, 1911, J. L. H. sp. Lychnis Githago Scop. Wrexham, T. Buddy. Cornfield by Bryn Meilron, Derwen, J. L. H. Cerastium semidecandrum L. Llangollen, T. Buddy. A plant which Mr. J. L. Harmann observed on the roadside opposite Llyn Cyfynwy in 1911 is referred by him with some doubt to the present species. I have seen no specimens. Moenchia erecta Gaertn. Castell Dinas Bran and Valle Crucis Abbey, 1888, Hb. Buddy. Stellaria aquatica Scop. Right bank of Alyn, opposite Gres- ford Station, J. M. H. *S. neglecta Weihe. Roadside between Clawdd Newydd and Pwllglas, <7. L. H S. uliginosa Murr. Moel-y-Faen, near Llangollen, 1875, Hb. Whitwell. Near Clocaenog, J. M. H. Between Cerrig-y-Druidion and Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Between Llangollen and Llandegla, /. M. H. Near Gresford. Arenaria serpyllifolia L. Near Holt, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Derwen, J. L. H. Llangedwyn, 1866, W. Whitwell. Cliff at Colomendy, near Mold, 1869, W. Whitwell. Roadside, Ffrith Agored, Clocaenog, J. L. H. Near Glyndyfrdwy, J. M. H. Be- tween Acrefair and Trevor, ibid. Near Plas Einion, Llanfair Dyffryn Clwyd, ibid. A. peploides L. Stone embankment between Llandudno Junction and Glan Conway, F. M. T. ! Towyn, ibid. Sagina apetala Ard. Llangollen, T. Buddy. FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 11 S. procumbens L. Llangollen, 1866, W. Whitwell. Between Llandegla and Rhydtalog, J. M. H. S. nodosa Fenzl. Between Llandegla and Rhydtalog, J. M. H. Spergula arvensis L. Gresford, F. M. T. Spergularia rubra Pers. By the Holyhead Road near Cernioge. Near Cefn Brith, near Cerrig-y-Druidion. Roadside near Rhyd lydan. S. salina Presl. Salt marsh between Llandudno Junction and Glan Conway, F. M. T. ! [Tamarix gallica L. Llandudno ; planted, Miss C. E. Buddy !] Hypericum Androscemum L. Left side of lane after crossing stream about half a mile above and south of Mochdre, Miss C. I. Thomas. Ty Nant, near Llansilin (before 1865), Miss E. F. Jones. Near Nantglyn, Hb. Wood. Near Glyn Mawr, Derwen, J. L. H. Bank of shingle sloping from canal to high road between Trevor and Llangollen, J. M. H. Hedgebank near Plas Lelo, Derwen, J. L. H. A few plants by roadside south of Eglwys Fach. *H. calycinum L. Abundant about the summer-house over- looking the river, north of Gallt Faenan, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! No doubt originally planted. Occurs as a shrubbery plant by the roadside half a mile north of Bodnant, near Eglwys Fach. H. maculatum Crantz. Llansilin, 1872 (Miss E. F. Jones), Hb. Whitivell. Between Llandegla and Llaneliclan, J. M. H. Half a mile west of Dinmael, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Efenechtyd, J. M. H. Tyn Twll, south-east of Nantglyn, J. M. H. Border of wood, Graig Fechan, ibid. Near Nantclwyd, J. L. H. & J. M. H. H. quadrangulum L. Llanddulas, F. M. T. ! The Clwt, north-east of Ruabon, J. M. H. Thicket near Llysfaen Station, Bussell sp. Above and south of Mochdre, Miss C. I. Thomas & E. H. T. Near Trefnant, ibid. East of Glan Aber, Derwen, J. L. H. Llangollen, Hb. Buddy. Lane near Llangwm Church, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Chirk, 1866, W. Whitivell. Roadside between Bont Uchel and Gyffylliog, J. M. H. Between Ruabon and Pen- y-Cae, ibid. Llanarmon and near Glyndyfrdwy, ibid. South of Rhyd-y-Foel. Railway embankment between Llanddulas and Llysfaen Station. H. pulchrum L. Near Bryngwynallt, Abergele, F. M. T. ! Wood at Valle Crucis Abbey, 1865, W. Whitwell. Penmaen Rhos, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Hendre Aled, Hb. Wood ! Derwen, J. L. H. Near top of Llysfaen Old Village, Dr. F. D. Thomas <& E. H. T. Near Henllan, J. M. H. Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, ibid. Chirk, 1866, W. Whitivell. Llansilin, 1867, Hb. Jones. Roadside between Llanrhaiadr and Pistyll Rhaiadr, 1864, Hb. Whitwell. Still occurs here. Between Llaneliclan and Corwen, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Road between Maercly and Cerrig-y- Druidion, ibid. Near Glyndyfrdwy, /. M. H. ! The Clwt, north- east of Ruabon, ibid. Conway Valley, F. M. T. ! Near Eglwys Fach. About Llansannan. Pentre Foelas. H. hirsutum L. Thicket near Llysfaen Station, Bussell sp. Wood on slope of Elwy between Cefn Caves and Pont Newydd, c 2 12 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE J. M. H. Lane near Tyddyn ucha', Llanelidan, J. L. H. Llan- gollen, T. Baddy. By Eyarth Hall, /. L. H. & J. M. H. Trevor Rocks, Hb. Buddy ! Near summit of road between Pentre Celyn and Llandegla, J. M. H. Graig Fechan, /. L. H. & J. M. H. East of farm called Bryn Ffanigl isaf, between Rhyd-y-Foel and Bettws-yn-Rhos. H. montanum L. Llanelian-yn-Rhos, F. M. T. Near Bryn- gwynallt, Abergele, ibid. ! Great Orme, Hb. Buddy ! Wood on slope of Elwy between Cefn Caves and Pont Newydd, /. M. H. Between Tan-y-craigiau and Rhos isaf, near Llandegla, ibid. Be- hind and near Pen-y-Coed, Graig fechan, ibid. Near Denbigh. Llanarmon. H. elodes L. Llyn Du, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Bog almost south of Gwyndir, south-west of Llanelidan, 1911, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Nant-y-Garth, J. M. H. Near Pont-y-Glyn, T. Buddy. Boggy ground near Llyn Syberi. Pools south-east of Llyn Syberi. Swampy ground by stream to west of road and Rhaiadr Fawr, 1912. Malva sylvestris L. Holt Castle, F. M. T. sp. Llansilin, 1867, Hb. Jones. Erbistock, Bev. W. W. Mason. Common on seashore, Rhos, Bussell. Llangollen, 1866, W. Whitwell. Trevor to Llangollen, J. M. H. Llandudno Junction, F. M. T. ! Glan Conway, Graig. Near Eglwys Fach. Llanelian-yn-Rhos. Rhewl, near Llangollen. M. rotundifolia L. Between Llangedwyn and Llanhaiadr-yn- Mochnant, 1866, W. Whitwell. Llangollen, 1866, ibid. Seen once near Llangollen, T. Buddy. Near Nantglyn, Hb. Wood. By gate, Pen-y-Bryn, Llanelidan, /. L. H. Near Glan Conway. Deganwy. Llandudno Junction. Rhyd-y-Foel. Llysfaen. M. moschata L. Llanfair Talhaiarn, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Between Bont Uchel and Gyffylliog, J. M. H. Glan Tanat-ucha', Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, 1866, W. Whitwell. Near Glyndyfrdwy, J. M. H. ! Wood by roadside near Dinmael, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Llangollen, 1866, W. Whitwell ! Pemy-Graig, near Llanelidan, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Between Llanbedr and Llanfair, ibid. Between Llanarmon and Pentre Coch, J. M. H. Near Llandyrnog, ibid. Llandegla neighbourhood, F. M. T. ! Mochdre. Near Wern, Llangerniew. Near Llantysilio. *Tilia vulgaris Hayne. Dyffryn Aled, Hb. Wood ! By bridge near the Crown Inn, Llandegla. This is the only station I know in the neighbourhood, J". M. H. *T. cordata Mill. Limestone rocks in woodland north of Galltfaenan, 1912, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! Clearly native here and associated with Pyrus torminalis, Euonymus, and Ligustrum. A small tree seen by the roadside between Capel Garmon and Bettws-y-Coed. I noticed an odd shrub in 1912 in the copse close to and east of Garth Gogol, near Rhyd-y-Foel ; this appeared quite native, and Ligustrum and Euonymus were also seen near by. Several small trees in the first wood by the Conway, above Yspytty Ifan. Hedgerow by lane a quarter of a mile east of Plas Jolyn, just before coming to a small cottage. A single FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 13 example seen in a hedgerow by the road north-west of Euthin. Two large trees by junction of Chester and Ellesrnere Canal and the Dee at Llantysilio. Several examples seen between Ehewl and Glyn Dyfrdwy. A hedgerow shrub in steep lane leading from the Conquering Hero Inn, Llantysilio, to Moel-y-Gaer. *Linum angustifolium Huds. Llangollen, T. Buddy. *L. usitatissimum L. Field at Llanddulas, F. M. T. Valle Crucis Abbey, 1870, W. Whitivell. Casual at Llangollen, T. Ruddy. Geranium sanguineum L. Limestone rocks in woodland north of Galltfaenan, 1912, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! Eocks by roadside, Pwllglas, near Euthin, /. L. H. Eglwyseg Eocks, Hb. Ruddy. The Eoft, Harford. *G. phaum L. Euthin Castle, 1909 {Miss C. E. Ruddy) Hb. Ruddy. Near right bank of Alyn between Marford and Gresford, after turning up on left at bridge, 1911, J. M. H. Small field below Nantglyn Church and adjoining the road, 1912. There are some cottages close by. G.pratenselt. Eyarth, 1872, Hb. Ruddy. In the valley south- east of Llangollen, very sparingly, T. Ruddy. By the roadside between Llandegla and Pen-y-bryn, F. M. T. ! Plentiful in several places — and especially Coed Llys Wood — near Llandegla, J. M. H. ! G. pyrenaicum Burm. fil. Eoadside about a mile from Den- bigh Asylum, towards Llanrhaiadr, 1912 J. M. H. Eoad leading to Llandyrnog from Euthin and Denbigh Eoad, ibid. Field near Valle Crucis Abbey, 1865, Hb. Whitivell. Near Marl Hall, near Llandudno. Llantysilio. G. pusillum L. Near Trefnant, Miss C. I. Thomas & E. H. T. Llyfaen Eocks, 1912, F. M. T. ! G. dissectum L. Near Pont Newydd, Cefn, F. M. T. Llan- gollen, T. Ruddy. Near Llanfair, J. L. H. Between Llangedwyn and Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, 1866, W. Whitwell. Plentiful along Pulford Brook below Lavister, and elsewhere in the neigh- bourhood, F. M. T. ! Eglwys Fach — an odd plant. G. columbinum L. Near Abergele, F. M. T. sp. Gresford, towards Marford Hill, 1869, Hb. Whitwell. In quantity between Llanarmon and the Stag Inn, J. M. H. Chirk Station, 1875, W. Whitwell. Bank at Tyno Eocks, Llandegla, J. M. H. Near smithy at Graigfechan, ibid. Between Efenechtyd and Euthin, J. L. H. Eailway embankment, Nantclwyd Station, ibid. Lady Bagot's Drive, J. M. H. Eoadside opposite Denbigh Station, ibid. Between Bron Derwen and Tyddyn isaf, Derwen, J. L. H. By quarry, Pwllglas, ibid. G. lucidum L. Laneside south of and above Mochdre, Miss C. I. Thomas & E. H. T. By Ehuallt, Efenechtyd, /. L. H. Pen-y-graig, near Llanelidan, J". L. H. & J. M. H. Near Capel Ehiw, Llanelidan, ibid. Eoad leading from Denbigh and Euthin Eoad to Llandyrnog, J. M. H. Between Llangedwyn and Llan- rhaiadr, 1866, W. Whitivell. Walls by roadside between Dinas Hill and Voelas Hall. Erodium cicutarium L'Herit. Wood close by the church at Cefn, R. H. Day. Eoadside near the Golf Links near Llangollen, 11 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE T. Buddy. Behind Nantclwyd Station, J. L. H. Tyno Eocks, Llandegla, /. M. H. In quantity below Llysfaen Rocks. ■■'~E. moschatum L'Herit. Llandudno neighbourhood, Prof. E. W. Phillips. ■'Imjxitiens Noli-tangere L. Llyn Catherine Lingo, Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Euonymus europceus L. In a little spinney turning down to Pont Newydd, Cefn, F. M. T. Wood between Tower Hill and Abergele, ibid. ! Eyarth Woods, associated with Comus, J. L. H. Quarry near Pen-y-graig, north-east of Llanelidan, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Frequent about Llangollen, T. Buddy. Above and below Plas Newydd, near Llandegla, J. M. H. Wood overhanging Tan-y-Creigiau fields, by Tyno, Llandegla, J. M. H. Graig Fechan, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Hedge by Tyn twll Farm, Llanfair, ibid. Rocky ledges near the summit of Bryn Euryn, W. Hodge. Along Afon Meirchion, Henllan, J. M. H. Denbigh Road [from Llan- sannan] , Hb. Wood. Between Ruthin and Clocaenog, J. M. H. Limestone rocks and ledges of Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr, near Rhyd- y-Foel. Limestone cliffs, Cefn-yr-Ogof. Between Eglwys Fach and Tal-y-Cafn. Between Glan Conway and Pentre felin. Woodland north of Gallt Faenan. Hedgerow of road above Pen Craig Fawr, Llansannan. Several shrubs in hedgerow east of road in ascent from Llansannan towards Llanfair Talhaiarn, just above Plas-yn- Cornel. A single shrub north-east of Dyffryn Aled, Llansannan. Composing a hedge (along with Prunus Padus) by the road just above Finger, towards Bryn Mawr, between Llansannan and Groes. Near Llantysilio. Skirting a ditch on west side of wood below Graig, near Pen-y-llan, and close to the Dee. Woods along Dee Valley in several places between Erbistock and Nant- y-Belan. Bliamnus catharticus L. Behind Abergele, Miss C. E. Buddy ! Several shrubs in small copse by footpath north-east of Graig Farm, near Denbigh, 1912, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! Limestone rocks in woodland north of Galltfaenan, ibid. ! Roadside by wood, one and a quarter miles from Denbigh, towards Henllan, 1912, J. M. H. Between Pentre Celyn and Llandegla, ibid. Hedges near St. George, Bussell. A single shrub in the hedge by road near Maes Maelor, on the old Llandegla Road, F. M. T. ! In several places for two miles along the road from Llandegla towards Wrexham, ibid. ! *Staphylea pinnata L. Valle Crucis Abbey, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Acer campestre L. Lane south of and above Mochdre, Miss C. I. Thomas & E. H. T. Nant-y-growen, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Pen-y-Cae, near Ruabon, F. M. T. d E. H. T. ! Hedge near Glan Aber, Derwen, J.L.H. Between Llanelidan and Cor wen, J.L.H. (( J. M. II. Between Pentre Celyn and Llandegla, /. M. II. Road above Bryn Ffynnon, near Nantclwyd, J. L. H. tt J. M. II. Near Capel Rhiw, Llanelidan, ibid. Ty'n llwyn, near Nant-y-Garth, J\ M. II. Graig Fechan, J. L. H. & J. M. II. Between Maes * Maelor and Llandegla, F. M.T. & A.A.D. Frequent about Llan- degla, ibid. ! Lavister, ibid. ! Erbistock. Near Pont-y-Trap, FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 15 between Denbigh and Cefn. Woodland between Plas isaf and Plas Newydd, Llansannan. Bryn Eglwys. Llantysilio. Trevor. Genista anglica Li. Llandudno neighbourhood, Prof. B. W. Phillips. On the bogland south-west of and close to Plas Jolyn, near Pentre Foelas, 1911. These plants appeared to be infected with a micro-fungus which attacked the leaves. This may perhaps have been Uromyces appendiculata Lev. Heath between the twTo tumuli at Ehos-y-Domen between Llansannan and Gwytherin, 1912. G. tinctoria L. Eailway bank by Trefnant Station, 1911, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Between Brook Street Halt and Ponkey Halt, Ehos Llanerchrugog, 1912, ibid. Hedgebank near Little Orme, 1907, Hb. Waterfall. A small patch on roadside bank near Cefn-isaf, south-west of Ehyd-y-Foel. Cytisus scoparius Link. Llanelian-yn-Ehos, F. M. T. Pant-y- cefn, Llansannan, lib. Wood. Pant Brickfields, near Llanerchrugog, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Llangollen, W. Whitwell. Gresford, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Derwen neighbourhood, J.L.H. High road between Llangwm and Cerrig-y-Druidion, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Eoadside between Llandegla and Llanelidan, J. M. H. Meadows close to Holt Castle, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Near Llandegla, F. M. T. ! Hill- side below Bryn Mawr, between Groes and Llansannan. Acrefair. Near Llantysilio. Ononis repens L. Derwen, J. L. H. Eoadside near Pwllglas, J. M. H. Common about Llangollen, T. Buddy. Near Llandegla, J. M. H. Near Nantclwyd Hall, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Above Coed Ial Farm, Glyndyfrdwy, J. M. H. Trevor to Llangollen, ibid. A few plants by roadside half a mile east of Pont Deunant. — Var. horrida Lange. Very fine and quite erect on bank of lane south of Borth wryd Farm and close to the smithy, near Ehyd-y- Foel. Eailway bank and shore about Llysfaen. "Medicago sativa L. Near Towyn, F. M. T. ! Eailway banks at Wrexham, cultivated, T. Buddy. '■-21. denticulata Willd. f3 apiculata Willd. Has occurred as a casual at Llangollen, T. Buddy. *Melilotus altissima Thuill. Tan-y-Castell, Llangollen, 1907, Hb. Buddy. In some quantity amongst clover on Plas-onn Farm, east of Ehyd-y-Foel, 1912. *M. alba Desf. Side of a new road at Llandrillo-yn-Ehos, towards Colwyn, 1909, Mrs. Neio. Near Valle Crucis Abbey, 1906. Hb. Buddy. Wrexham, ibid. *M. indica All. Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Near King's Mills, Wrexham, T. Buddy. Tr if 'olium medium L. Euabon, J. M. H. Canal side at Llan- gollen, T. Buddy. Clay bank by shore between Old Colwyn and Penmaen. Between Llanddulas and Llysfaen. Bryn Eglwys. Eisteddfod Eocks. ";-T. incamatum L. A single plant by the roadside about six miles from Wrexham and west of Bwlch Gwyn, 1911, F. M. T. & A. A. D. Field by Nant Morfydd, Derwen, 1912, J. L. H. 16 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE T. striatum L. Eoadside above Pen-y-Coed, Pwllglas, J. L. H. Eyarth Eocks, ibid. ■'T. scabrum L. On inland bank of sea wall, where the road from Khos leads into footpath to Little Orme, 1902, Mrs. Neiv. *T. hybridum L. High road between Llangwm and Cerrig-y- Druidion, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Llandyn, Llangollen, 1906, with proliferous heads, Hb. Buddy. T. fragiferum L. Field by shore at Pensarn, F. M. T. ! T. dubium Sibth. Between Llanrhaiadr and Llangedwyn, 1866, W. Whitivell. Between Denbigh and Henllan, /. M. H. Llanelidan, ibid. Llangollen, Hb. Buddy. T. filiforme L. Gwern ucha', Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Eoadside above Pen-y-Coed, Pwllglas, J. L. H. Canal bank at Llangollen, C. Waterfall. Anthyllis Vulneraria L. Eoadside between Hope and Gresford, between Apothecaries' Hall and Five Crosses, 1912, Mrs. Phillips. About Llansantffraid Glan Conway, F. M. T. ! Marford. Astragalus glycyphyllos L. Bronheulog, Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. In two places along the base of the Trevor Eocks, 1911, Dr. H. Drinkwater ! Ornithopus perpusillus L. Tan Tryfan [near Pont Deunant, Llansannan] , Hb. Wood. Derwen neighbourhood, J.L.H. Com- mon about Dinas Bran, T. Buddy. Vicia hirsuta Gray. Ehos Llanerchrugog, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Between Trevor and Llangollen, J. M. H. Eoadside about a mile and a half from Denbigh, towards Bylchau. Eoadside bank between Nantglyn and Denbigh. V. tetrasperma Moench. Above Mochdre, Miss C. I. Thomas & E. H. T. By the cross-roads about half a mile from Trefnant towards St. Asaph, ibid. Near Derwen, J. L. H. Near Drylliau, Clocaenog, ibid. By path between Eyarth Station and Llanfair, 1912, ibid. Near the railway about half a mile or so above Glan Conway Station on a wooded eminence between the river and the railway, F. M. T. ! Lane by Towyn Church, ibid. ! Near the Hospital at Foryd. V. Orobus DC. Eiver bank below Pentre Llyn-cymer, above Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, /. L. H. & J. M. H. By Hafod-y-llan, about three miles north of Cerrig-y-Druidion, at 1250 ft., ibid. About Pentre Foelas and along the valley to Cerrig-y-Druidion. Plentiful about Yspytty Ifan, and extends along the Conway for about three miles above the village. Between Glasfryn and Cefn-brith. V. angustifolia L. Near Pont Fadog, Ceiriog Valley, 1863, W. Whitivell. Llangedwyn, 1866, ibid. Dinas Bran, Llangollen, 1909, Hb. Buddy. Nantglyn. Between Denbigh and Bylchau. ■'Lathyrus Aphaca L. Eossett, 1912, Miss Millett. Wrexham (casual), Dr. H. Drinkwater. *L. Nissoha L. Wilderness, near Wrexham, Dr. H. Drinkwater. Prunus insititia L. Trefnant, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Gresford, ibid. P. Padus L. Eoadside near Gyffylliog, J. L. H. Eoadside FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 17 between Bettws Gwerfil Goch and Maerdy, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Bershara, Dr. H. Drinkwater. Near Bwlch Gwyn, J. M. II. ! A bush in hedge by roadside about ten miles from Wrexham towards Kuthin, F. M. T. ! By the Afon Gwrysgog, close to Glan Conway. One shrub on rocks at Ehaiadr Fawr, north of Llyn Aled. Near Tan-y-Fron, Llansannan. Skirting the road for a mile or so south-east of Ehyd Llanfair, between Pentre Foelas and Bettws- y-Coed. Derwen neighbourhood. Llangwm. Dinmael. About Yspytty Ifan. Between Pont Moelfre and Ehyd dolwen. *Spircea salicifolia L. Plentiful about the Afon Medrad, below Llangwm, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Near Nebo. Between Pentre Foelas and Nebo. Banks of the Marddwr, near Pentre Foelas. Hedgerow below Hafod las, near Yspytty Ifan. Near Capel Garmon. Above Pont Moelfre. Garden hedge by roadside below the New Inn, Bryn Eglwys. About Yspytty Ifan. *Bubus suberectus Anders. A bramble which I believe to be this species is plentiful by the Conway at Yspytty Ifan. B. macrophyllus Wh. & N. var. Schlechtendalii Wh. & N. On the path leading to Bryn-y-maen, at the foot of the Bramble Mountain, Colwyn Bay, W. Hodge. *R. radula Weihe var. echinatoides Eogers. On the path by the stream above the Mountain View Hotel, Mochdre, W. Hodge. B. dumetorum Wh. & N. var. diver sifolius Lindl. Eailway bank by bridge under railway and adjoining road leading to the "Eoft " at Marford, C. Waterfall (named by Eev. W. M. Eogers)! Near Euabon. — Var. britannicus W. Moyle Eogers. Pwll-y-Crochan Woods, W. Hodge. *B. Balfourianus Blox. Eocky places, Bryn Euryn, 1911, W. Hodge. B. saxatilis L. Eglwyseg Eocks, T. Buddy. About half a dozen plants on rocks in Ceunant, close to Ehaiadr Fawr, 1911 and 1912. A few plants also seen lower down in 1912. Geum rivale L. Meadow below Parsonage Wood, Gresford, 1911, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Banks of Aled, Llansannan, Hb. Wood ! Side of brook, near Wern, Eglwys Fach, W. E. Williams. Banks of Alwen, Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. Langollen, T. Buddy. Near the Tyno at Llandegla, J. M. H. Near Bod Idris, Llandegla, ibid. Second field from the • Eaven,' Llandegla, J. M. H. By the Alyn north of Llandegla, F. M. T. ! Ceunant. Eocks by Ehaiadr Fawr (Ehyd-y-Bedd). Nant Mawr, below Pen Cae'r Cwm, about five miles east of Gwytherin, 1912. By the Conway, between Bettws-y-Coed and Voelas Hall. By the Conway Falls. Melin Gadeg, Llansannan. Gorge of the Conway about three miles Yspytty Ifan. In the steep ravine of the Afon Serw, north- east of Trwyn Swch. G. rivale L. x G. urbanum L. (G. intermedium). Near Bryn Mill, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Eoadside between the bridge, Bryn Eglwys, and Tal-y-Bidwell, 1911, /. L. H. sp. Potentilla pahistris Scop. Left side of river below Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Near Tan-yr-ywen, Eglwys Fach, W. E. Williams. By Hafod-y-llan, about three miles north 18 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLOEA OF DENBIGHSHIRE of Cerrig-y-Druidion, J.L.H. & J. M. H. Marsh in Plas Newydd field, Llandegla, J. M. H. Bog above Gwindir, south-west of Llanelidan, J.L.H. & J. M. H. Llyn Syberi. Llyn Aled. Llyn Ahven. Llyn-y-Foel Freeh. Swampy ground near the two tumuli between Gwytherin and Llansannan. Llyn Ddau-ychain. Llyn Serw. Bog north-west of Plas Jolyn, near Pentre Foelas. Agrimonia odorata Mill. In the lane leading to Blackberry Mountain, Nant-y-glyn, Colwyn Bay, W. Hodge. Between Den- bigh and Henllan, J. M. H. Between Euthin and Clocaenog and also across the river from Gyffylliog Church, ibid. Eoadside above Cae Haidd, Llanelidan, J. L. H. ct J. M. H. sp. Field below Caerddinan, Llanelidan, J. M. H. Ffordd Tyn Celyn, Llanelidan, ibid. Poterium Sanguisorba L. Near the top of Llysfaen village, Dr. F. D. Thomas & E. H. T. Cefn Rocks, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! Eoadside, Pwllglas, J. L. H. Eglwyseg Eocks, T. Buddy. Eoad from Ehos-ddigre to Ty-newydd, Llandegla, J. M. H. Eock over- hanging lete a quarter of a mile from the mill at Llandegla, ibid. Eocks, Graigfechan, J. L. H. Eisteddfod Eocks, F. M. T.\ Marford. Limestone rocks south of Llysfaen. Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. Cefn-yr-Ogof. *P. officinale A. Gray. Meadows on the south side of Pulford Brook, between Lavister and the Dee, 1912, F. M. T. ! Bosa spinosissima L. Nant-y-Plwm [Llansannan] , Hb. Wood. Graig, near Denbigh, and between Denbigh and Henllan, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! Eiver bank below Pentre llyn cymmer, J. L. II. tC J. ill. H. Llandegla, W. Hodge ! By Cefn ffordd, above Dafarn dwyrch, near Llandegla, J. M. H. Pen-llain-wen, between Pentre celyn and Llandegla, ibid. Eoadside near Pentre Foelas. Llys- faen. Nant Mawr, below Pen Cae'r-Cwm, about one and a half miles north of Bryn Trillyn. ■B. Eglanteria Huds. Wood between Pont Llys and Pont-y- Gynnan, Derwen, J. L. H. Carreg-yr-alltydd, Llandegla, J. M. H. ■■'Pyrus torminalis Ehrh. Queried in Top. Bot. Catherine Lingo Pool, Llangollen, 1911, Hb. Buddy. Two trees opposite Efel Ehewl, Llanelidan, 1911, J. L. H. Limestone rocks in wood- land north of Galltfaenan, 1912, F. M. T. & E. H T. ! P. Aria Ehrh. f3 rupicola. Limestone rocks, Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr, near Ehyd-y-Foel. Cefn-yr-Ogof. Llysfaen Eocks. *Cratagus Oxyacantha L. Seen between Llangollen and Glyn Ceiriog some years ago, but I forget the precise station. *Cotoneaster micropliylla. Hedgebank, Pabo Hill, 1900, Hb. Waterfall. In quantity by a wall near a quarry by the roadside, a little south of Gwrych, 1910, B. H. Day. Three plants in turf at Trevor Eocks, T. Buddy. Is quite naturalized in several places on the limestone cliffs of Cefn-yr-Ogof, between the caves and the tower. Saxifraga tridactylites L. Wall near Hendre Aled, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Wall by Mountain View Hotel, Mochdre, W. Hodge. Wall, Henblas, Eglwys Fach, W. E. Williams. Wall, Plas;yn- Llan, Efenechtyd, J. L. H. A very leafy form plentiful in crevices FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 19 of rocky side of Dee above the bridge, Llangollen, near the Town Hall, 1866, Mb. Whitwell. Llanelidan churchyard wall, J". L. H. Wall by Eectory, Llandegla, W. Hodge. Plas Newydd Farm, Llanarmon, ibid. Eisteddfod Bocks, F. M. T. ! Cefn-yr-Ogof. Llysfaen. S. granulata L. Plentiful in Gresford churchyard, 1910, J. Southiuorth. By the Alyn, north of Llandegla, F. M. T. ! S. hypnoides L. Gorge of the Iwrch, Llanrhaiadr, 1863, W. Whitwell Chrysosplenium altemifolium L. Bryn Coch Dingle, near Ehyd-y-Croesau, 1864, Miss E. F. Jones. In several places in the Llangollen neighbourhood, T. Buddy. Llandyn, near Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Eoadside ditch by Dinbren Hall, near Llan- gollen, Dr. J. W. Ellis. Gresford, Dr. H. Drinkivater. Close to the Dee, immediately south of Graig, near Erbistock, G. Loftus ! Nant-y-Belan. Bibes alpinum L. Hedge near Trevor Eocks, T. Buddy. *B. rubrum L. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Hedgerow near Ehyd Llanfair, between Bettws-y-Coed and Pentre Foelas. Bridge over Afon Ystrad, north of Segrwyd, near Denbigh. Cotyledon Umbilicus-Veneris L. Nantglyn Eoad [from Llan- sannan] , Hb. Wood ! By the "Flagstaff," Colwyn Bay, W. Hodge. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Mardy, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Eocks near Valle Crucis Abbey, J. M. H. Capel Garmon. Nant Mawr, about a mile and a half from Bryn Trillyn. Walls of Eectory at Llanfair Talhaiarn. Neighbourhood of Yspytty If an. Eocks by Bryn Kenrick, near Llanfair Talhaiarn. Sedum Telephium L. Along high road from Llangwm to Cerrig-y-Druidion, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Eoadside near Derwen School, J. L. H. Very common on the Tyno Eocks, Llandegla, J. M. H. Eglwys Each. Banks of lane below Pen Craig Fawr, Llansannan. By the sawmill north of Segrwyd, near Denbigh. -S. purpureum Tausch. Near Ehydy Foel, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Llanelian-yn-Ehos, ibid. By the church at Llanfair Talhaiarn, 1911, E. H. T. sp. Cottage garden wall north of Eglwys Bach. Eoadside one and a half miles east of Dolgarrog, close to schools. By the roadside below Pen-y-Gob, about a mile and a half west of Llangwm. *S. album L. Wall by roadside between Pensarn and Towyn, F. M. T. ! Wall by Mountain View Hotel, Mochdre, W. Hodge. Wall by farm by roadside about half a mile south-west of Pentre felin, Llansantffraid Glan Conway. Wall by Post Office, Llanelian- yn-Ehos. Wall of Llangerniew churchyard. S. anglicum Huds. Llanarmon Dyffryn Ceiriog, 1866, W. Whitwell. High road from Llangwm to Cerrig-y-Druidion, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Eoadside above Ty Cerrig, Derwen, J. L. H. Eoadside, Bryn Ffynnon, Clawdd Newydd, ibid. On rocks by the river above Glan Conway Station, F. M. T. ! Near Bodnant and Pentre felin. Between Groes and Pont Deunant. Near Tyddyn uchaf, Llansannan. Frequent in the Llansannan area. Yspytty If an neighbourhood. Cribin Oernant, on slate. 20 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE *S. reflexum L. Quarry by Henllan Church, Miss C. Ruddy. Glyn Farm, near Colwyn Bay, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Embankment, Nantclwycl Station, J. L. H. Old walls of ruined buildings near the farmhouse at the foot of the gorge on the south side of the Geraint, Llangollen, 1864, W. Whitwell. Bridge above Craig Fechan, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Llanelidan, J. L. H. Bettws-yn- Khos. Llanelian-yn-Rhos. Farm wall near Llanddoget. Wall at Grugfryn, south-west of Llanelian-yn-Rhos. In quantity on wall of ruined cottage by roadside above Cefn Isaf, near Bettws- yn-Khos. Groesffordd, near Mochdre. Bank by ruined cottage about a mile west of Groes, near Denbigh. Wall at Tan-y-Fron, near Llansannan. On a pigstye at Ddollwen, Llangerniew. Roadside banks south-east of Llannefydd, in some quantity. By old farm called Pentre du above Llanfair Talhaiarn. *Sempervivum tectorum L. Near St. George, F. M. T. Ty fy-nain Farm, Llanferres, J. Southiuorth. Wall by shop, Clawdd Newydd, J. L. H. Rhewl fawr, Derwen, ibid. Drosera rotundifolia L. Moors near Hendre Aled, Hb. Wood. Marsh above Glan Aber, Derwen, J. L. H. To the right of the road between Llandegla and Rhydtalog, J. M. H. ! Moel-y- Gamelin, T. Buddy. Bog near Llyn Gweryd, J. M. H. Llyn-y- Chwiaid, about two miles from Llandegla, J. L. H. & J. M. H. At top of Oernant, between Llangollen and Llandegla, J". M. H. To left of road by Waenwen, between Llandegla and Llanelidan, ibid. Damp ground on Moelfre uchaf, F. M. T. ! Swamp near Llyn Syberi. Near Llyn Aled and Llyn Alwen and in many places in the surrounding district. Marshy ground between the road and Cefn-y-gadfa, north-west of Pentre Foelas. Frequent both north and south of the road between Pentre Foelas and Denbigh. About Llyn Serw. Near Llyn Bran. Frequent in bogland in valley between Pentre Foelas and Cerrig-y-Druidion, and on adjoining hills. Slope of Gam Prys. *Myriophylktm sulcatum L. Canal at Llangollen, T. Buddy. By engineering works at Acrefair, J. M. H. Llyn Gweryd. Canal at Chirk. *Jf. alterniflorum DC. Mill-stream near the Aled, Hb. Wood. Peplis Fortula L. Pond near Lletty, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Bog below " Whalley's Folly," Trevor, 1875, W. Whitwell. Pit by Bryn Rhedyn above Rhos lydan, 1911, <7. M. H. Ditch be- tween two tumuli between Gwytherin and Llansannan. Ly thrum Salicaria L. Rhuddlan Marsh, F. M. T. Meadows by the Dee at Holt, F. M. T. & E. H. T. By the Alyn between Marford and Gresford, J. M. H. By the Clywedog near Llan- rhaiadr, ibid. Epilobium angustifolium L. King's Mills, Wrexham, 1906, T. Buddy sp. Acrefair, J. M. H. Wood by Bryn Clwyd, Nant- clwyd, J. L. H. A garden weed by the school west of Groes, 1911. Roadside by the Police Station at Pentre Foelas ; doubt- less of garden origin. Near Ruabon. E parviflorum Schreb. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Wood near Nant-yr-hendy, Llanelidan, J. L. H. Swamp near Llanelidan FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 21 J. L. H. & J. M. H. Acrefair, J. M. H. Eglwyseg Eocks, 1866, Hb. Whitwell. Near Llanarmon, J. M. H. Between Graigfechan and Llandegla, ibid. Canal side between Cysyllte and Chirk, 1865, W. Whitwell Near Plas Einion, Llanfair, J. M. H. Be- tween Khyd-y-Foel and Bettws-yn-Ehos. Ceunant. E. roseum Schreb. By the mill below Ehyd-y-Foel. *E. tetragonum Curt. Llangollen, T. Ruddy. Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. E. palustre L. Marsh in Plas newydd field, Llandegla, /. M . H. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. Bog above Gwndir, south-west of Llanelidan, J. L. H. & J. M. H. *CEnothera biennis L. Eastern bank of the Conway by Llan- dudno Junction, 1911, Russell. Several plants growing on rail- way ballast by Wrexham Station, 1911. Bryonia dioica Jacq. Pentre felin, Llangollen, Hb. Buddy. Conium maculatum L. By Thunder Cottage, inland of Aber- gele, F. M. T. Near ford on Aled [Llansannan] , Hb. Wood. Trefnant, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! By Ty ucha Farm, Little Orme, W. Hodge. Near Ty'n coed, Derwen, J. L. H. Efenechtyd, J. M. H. Eailway bank at Sun Halt, near Llangollen. T. Buddy. By Pen-y-coed, Pwllglas, J. L. H. Ehewl [near Euthin] , J. M. H. By farm near bridge at Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. & J. M. H. About Pulford Brook, between Lavister and the Dee, F. M. T. ! Near Marl. Esgyryn. Bank at Denbigh end of bridge at Tal-y-Cafn. A garden weed at Capel Garmon. Bank by Groes lwyd Farm near Ehewl, near Llangollen. Smyrnium Olusatrum L. Penmaen Ehos, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Bryn Howel, Trevor, T. Buddy. About a farm above and east of Eglwys Fach. Eoadside near Esgyryn. By Borth wryd, south of Ehyd-y-Foel. '''Bupleurum rotundifolium L. Eossett and Wrexham, Dr. H. Drinkioater. Apium inundatum Eeichb. fil. Llyn Syberi. -'■Canun Petroselimim Koch. Quarry by Henllan Church, Miss C. Buddy. Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. On rocks in a quarry near Esgyryn. Sison Amomum L. A single plant only seen between Pentre felin and Hendre waelod, near Llansantffraid Glan Conway, 1911. Eoadside between Galltfaenan and Pen Ucha'r Green, at 300 ft. Myrrhis Odorata Scop. Seen somewhere on Creuddyn Penin- sula in 1900, but station not remembered, Mrs. New. Eiver-bank below Pen-y-gardden, near Euabon, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Nant-y- growen, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Pont-y- Capel, Gresford, Dr. H. Drinkioater. Ehostyllen, J. Southivorth. Eoadside on way to Cerrig-y-Druidion from Maerdy, J. L. H. & J. M. H. By Hafod- y-llan, about three miles north of Cerrig-y-Druidion, ibid. Eoad- side one mile from Bettws Gwerfil Goch, towards Maerdy, ibid. Field by Pyllan, Derwen, J. L. H. By Tai Teg, Derwen, ibid. Several places about Llangollen, T. Buddy. Plentiful by Coed Talwrn Farm, south-west of Nant-y-Garth, 1911, J. M. H. Eoadside bank opposite Court, a little over ten miles from 22 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE Wrexham, towards Ruthin, F. M. T. ! An odd plant near Nant- glyn, 1912. Scandix Pecten-Veneris L. Roadside near Glyn Mawr, Der- wen, J. L. H. Ruthin, T. Buddy. Cornfield by Pant-y-Gynnau, Derwen, 1912, J. L. H. ■•'Fceiiiculum vulgar e Mill. Roadside rocks near Llysfaen Station and side of high road above, F. M. T. By Borth wryd, south of Rhyd-y-Foel. (Enanthe fistulosa L. Ditches about Towyn and elsewhere on Morfa Rhuddlan, F. M. T. ! CE. Laclienalii C. Gmel. Towyn. AUthusa Gynapium L. Acton Lane, Wrexham, Dr. H. Drink- water. Roadside between Bettws Gwerfil Goch and Maerdy, /. L. H. & J. M. H. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Derwen district, J. L. H. A weed in grounds of Denbigh Castle. Silaus flavescens Bernh. Nant-y-Glyn Road, Colwyn Bay, F. M. T. A patch by roadside south of Kinmel Park, at 450 ft. Roadside between Gallt Faenan and Pen Ucha'r Green, at 300 ft. "Peucedanum Ostruthium Koch. Close to an old ruined cottage by the roadside near Bryn-yr-Esgob, near Nebo, 1911. Probably a relic of cultivation, as it was growing in company with Lamium maculatum. Two large patches were seen by Mr. G. Loftus and myself in 1912 on a mound in enclosure by stream at north end Llyn Aled. Here also it was probably a relic of former cultivation, as I believe a house formerly existed on this site. Symphoricarpos racemosus was growing close by. Alt. circa 1220 ft. Caucalis nodosa Scop. Penmaen Rhos, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Trevor Rocks, 1906, Hb. Buddy ! Waste ground by Plas Einion, Llanfair, J. M. H. Llangollen neighbourhood, T. Buddy. Comus sanguinea L. Hedges J mile from St. George, F. M. T. Lane by Minffordd, Derwen, J. L. H. Eyarth Woods, ibid. Between Llanbedr and Llanfair, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Trevor Rocks, 1881, Hb. Buddy ! Hedges at Bradley, near Gresford, F. M. T. Top of hill above Gas Works, Nant Clwyd, J. L. H. Roadside for two miles from Llandegla, towards Wrexham, F. M. T. ! Rhyd-y-Foel. Near Llandegla. Copse south of Ffrith. Sambucus Ebulus L. Banks of Alwen, Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. Nant-yr-Hendre, Llanelidan, J. M. H. Roadside near Holt, Dr. H. Drinkivater. *£. nigra var. laciniata Mill. A shrub in an inaccessible position on Llysfaen Rocks, 1912, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! A single tree also on rocky hillside a little to the north of previous station. First noted by Dr. Thomas in 1911. Viburnum Opulus L. Llai, near Pont-y-Capel, under the rail- way bridge, F. M. T. Bank of Alyn between Marford and Gres- ford, J. M. H. Llangollen, T. Buddy. By the River Ddulas, near Llanddulas, B. H. Day. Hendre Aled, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Pen-y-Cae, F. M. T. & E. H. T. By Pen-y-Gaer, Pwllglas, J. L. H. Pant Brickfields, Rhos Llanerchrugog, F. M. T. it E. H. T. Near Pentre Celyn, J. M. H. Roadside near Llidiart Sais, Llanelidan, FURTHEE NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 23 J. L. H. Koadside east of Llandegla, towards Wrexham, F. M. T. ! Eoadside between Glan Conway and the Penmachno Eoad. On rocks below Ehaiadr Fawr, Llansannan, at about 1100 ft. An odd shrub between Groes and Bryn Mawr. Near Llangwm. By the Conway near Pennant, above Yspytty If an. Hedgerow by roadside north-east of Bryn Eglwys. Several places about Llan- degla. Near Euabon. Bubia peregrina L. On limestone south of Abergele, F. M. T. ! Cem-yr-Ogof. Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. East side of Llysfaen Eocks, somewhat sparingly. Galium verum L. Near Derwen, J. L. H. Coed Marchon, J. M. H. By high road between Llangwm and Cerrig-y-Druidion, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Above Pentre Llyn Cymmer, going towards the water works, ibid. Trevor, 1865, W. Whitwell ! Carreg-yr- alltydd, Llandegla, /. M. H. South-west of Bwlch Gwyn, F. M. T. ! Eisteddfod Eocks, ibid. ! Between Llansannan and Groes. Eoad- side west of Pentre Foelas. On the Denbigh road, above Pentre Foelas. Denbigh Castle Hill. Bi:yn Eglwys. *G. erection Huds. Copperas, near Pen-y-Cae, May 16th, 1912, Miss F. M. & Dr. E. J. H. Thomas sp. ! (confirmed by Mr. Arthur Bennett). -G. Mollugo L. Dingle near Colwyn Bay, W. Hodge. Gresford, J. M. H. G. palustre L. Near Llanfair Talhaiarn, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Derwen, J. L. H. Nant-y-garth, J. M. H. Bog above Gwndir, ibid. Marsh in Plas Newydd field, Llandegla, J. M. H. Ditches between road and railway, south-west of Mochdre. Near Bettws- y-Coed. Between Pentre Foelas and Cerrig-y-Druidion.— *Var. Witheringii Sm. Holt Meadows, F. M. T. sp. Aspenda odorata L. In a lane called Efordd las mawr, at the foot of Moelfre, F. M. T. Nant-y-Plwm, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Nant-y-Glyn, F. M. T. Above Mochdre, Miss G. 1. Thomas & E. H. T. Pen-y-Gardden Wood, near Euabon, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Gorge at Pont-y-Glyn Diffwys, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Near Llan- bedr, ibid. Efenechtyd, J. M. H. North of Glyndyfrdwy, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Llangedwyn, W. Whitioell. Llandegla neighbour- hood, F. M. T. ! Eisteddfod Eocks, ibid. Eglwys Bach. Near Bettws-y-Coed. Near Bodchwil, Llanfair Talhaiarn and Trevor. Sherardia arvensis L. Behind Abergele, F. M. T. Fields between Denbigh and Henllan, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! Bradley, near Gresford, F. M. T. Near Cefn Caves, J. M. II. Derwen, J. L. H. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Llanfair, /. M. H. North of Glyndyfrdwy, ibid. Near Pentre Foelas. Between Denbigh and Nantglyn. Valeriana dioica L. Derwen, /. L. H. Bog, Tan-y-Castell, Llangollen, T. Buddy. Field between Llandegla and Llangollen, J. M. H. Canal-side, Llangollen, T. Buddy. By the Tyno, Llandegla, J. M. H. Near Gresford, J. Soutluvorth. Llwyn On, near Wrexham, T. Buddy. Near Ehewl between Llantysiho and Glyndyfrdwy. Ditch near Bryn Eglwys. -Kentranthus ruber DC. Along the railway west of Llandudno 24 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE Junction, especially plentiful on the Conway Bridge. Wall by the Conway, below Victoria Hotel, Llanrwst. Euins of Denbigh Castle. Valerianella olitoria DC. Roadside by gasworks, Nantclwyd, /. L. H. Llangollen, T. Buddy Roadside between Llanfair and Ruthin, J. L. H. Near Capel Gannon. *F. rimosa Bast. Pabo Hill, July, 1900, Hb. Waterfall. V. dentata Poll. Field by Valle Crucis Abbey, 1865, W. Whit- well. Derwen, J. L. H. Rhewl, near Ruthin, J. M. H. Below Pen-y-Coed, Pwllglas, J. L. H. Near Llansantffraid, Glan Conway. Rhewl, near Llangollen. Dipsacus sylvestris Huds. West slopes of Great Orme, W. Hodge. Near Llandudno. D. pilosus L. Trevor Rocks, 1906, Hb. Buddy ! Sun Halt, near Llangollen, T. Buddy. Skirting ditch on west side of wood below Graig, near Pen-y-llan, and close to the Dee, G. Loftus ! Scabiosa Columbaria L. Cefn Rocks, J. M. H. Dinas Bran, T. Buddy. Eisteddfod Rocks, F. M. T. & A. A. D. Cefn-yr-Ogof. Rhyd-y-Foel. Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. *S. arvensis L. Llandrillo-yn-Rhos, 1868, Hb. Harris. Llan- gollen, 1866, W. Whitioell Llansilin, 1867, Hb. Jones. Bettws- yn-Rhos, /. J. Ogle. Slaty moorlands above Colwyn Bay, Russell. Llysfaen and Llanddulas, F. M T. ! Near Cefn Byr, Llansannan, Hb. Wood ! Derwen, J. L. H. Dinmael and Graig fechan, J.L. H. & J. M. H. Efenechtyd, J. M. H. Very common round Llandegla, W. Hodgel Between Abergele and Tower Hill, F. M. T. Near Nantclwyd, J". L. H. & J. M. H. Ruabon to Pen-y-Cae, J. M. H. Acrefair to Trevor, J. M. H. Llanarmon, ibid. Eglwys Bach. Llansannan. Gwytherin. Denbigh. Near Bylchau. By rail- way between Llanrhaiadr and Rhewl. Gyffylliog. Clocaenog. Llanbedr. Near Glyndyfrdwy. Llanrhaiadr-yr-Mochnant. Tanat Valley. Ewpatorium cannabinum L. Behind Abergele, F. M. T. ! By the mill below Henllan, J. M. H. Dinmael, /. L. H. & J. M. H. Roadside, Pwllglas, J. L. H. ! Near Llanrhaiadr, J. M. H. ! Trevor Rocks, T. Ruddy ! Between Llanbedr and Llanfair, J. L. H. ct J. M. H. Ditch opposite Eyarth Station, /. L. H. Nant-y- Garth, J. M. H. ! Nant-y-bryn du, Llanelidan, ibid. Craig-y-Glyn, Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, T. Buddy ! Valley of the Iwrch, near Llanrhaiadr, 1864, Hb. Whitwelll By the Ddulas above Llan- ddulas. Road between Llandudno Junction and Mochdre Station. Damp ground near the Fairy Glen, Bettws-y-Coed. Erigeron acre L. East of Nantclwyd Station, J. L. H. dt J. M. H. Trevor Rocks, Hb. Ruddy ! Cefn-yr-Ogof. Filago germanica L. Vivod, near Llangollen, 1868, Hb. Whit- well. Waste rough ground off Bodfari Road, about 1\ miles from Caerwys, with F. minima, Mrs. New. Above Mochdre, Miss C. I. Thomas & E. H. T. Roadside, Llysfaen Rocks, F. M. T. & E. H. T. ! Eyarth Rocks, J". L. H. F. minima Fr. Abbey Hill and Wern Uchaf, Llangollen, T. Buddy. FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 25 Antennaria dioica Gaertn. Bwlch-y-Ddaer, about l£ miles west of Llechryddan ; before 1865, Miss E. F. Jones. Eglwyseg Bocks, T. Buddy. Behind Cefn-y-Coed, Graig Fechan, J. M. H. ■•'Inula Helenium L. Banks of Alwen, near Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, /. L. H. Ty Du, Llangollen, Hb. Buddy. A large patch on steep bank by canal, about a mile from Llangollen, towards Pentre Felin. I. squarrosa Bernh. Pensarn shore, F. M. T. ! Between Efenechtyd and Euthin, J. L. H. Hill above River Ystrad, between Llanrhaiadr and Denbigh, J. M. H. ! Near Graig-isa', Llanelidan, J. L. H. Llandudno Junction to Glan Conway. Cefn-yr-Ogof. Pulicaria dysenterica Gray. Between Trefnant and St. Asaph, Miss C. I. Thomas & E. H. T. Near Ruabon, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Llanrhaiadr, J. M. H.\ Between Ruthin and Llanbedr, and between Graig fechan and Llandegla, J. M. H. Ditches near Llangwstenin. Near St. George. Between Bettws-yn-Rhos and St. Asaph. Near Rhyd-y-Foel. Bidens tripartita L. Between road and railway between Tal-y-Cafn and Maenan. Anthemis arvensis L. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Chrysanthemum segetum L. Nantglyn road [from Llansannan] , Hb. Wood. Near Llangollen, an odd plant only, T. Buddy. Derwen, J. L. H. Cornfields about Moelfre uchaf, F. M. T. ! Fields near Eglwys Fach. Between Eglwys Fach and Llyn Syberi. Capel Garmon. Gwytherin. Fields between Pentre Foelas and Nebo. Near Bettws-y-Coed. Yspytty Ifan. Cefn Brith. C. Parthenium Bernh. Below Crow Castle, with very small ray florets, 1875, W. Whitwell. Near Garth gynan, Llanfair, J. M. H. By the canal between Llangollen and Llantysilio. Pentre felin. ^Matricaria suaveolens Buch. Acrefair, 1912, J. M. H. The Cambrian Station at Wrexham, July, 1907 ; waste ground by G.W.R. railway-bridge, Wrexham, July, 1909, Hb. Buddy. Tanacetum vulgare L. Lane below Moelfre, F. M. T. Above foot-bridge over the Alwen above Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, /. L. H. & J. M. H. Near Llangollen, T. Buddy. Bron Heulog, Pen-y-Cae, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Field between Rhewl bach and Clawdd Newydd, J". L. H. In quantity near river below Holt, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Field adjoining Derwen School, /. L. H. Banks of Clwyd between Eyarth and Ruthin, ibid. Corner of field near Pont styllod, Llandegla, J". M . H. By Tyn-y-Groesffordd ; Llanbedr, J". L. H. Laneside near brickworks below Llandudno Junction, F. M. T. ! Along bank of Pulford Brook, between Lavister and the Dee, F. M. T. ! Above road between Colwyn Bay and Old Colwyn. About Bettws-yn-Rhos. Hedgerow just above the inn at Tal-y-Cafn. Near Bryn-y-gwynt, Eglwys Fach. Between Eglwys Fach and Llanelian-yn-Rhos. Bank by a farm called Ynys Wen, south-east of Yspytty Ifan— probably originally planted. By cottage between Rhyd lydan and Garn Prys, near Journal of Botany, Dec. 1913. [Supplement II.] d 26 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE Pentre Foelas. Garden hedge by roadside below the New Inn, Bryn Eglwys. Artemisia Absinthium L. Between Cefn Caves and Pont Newydd, F. M. T. Quarry by Henllan Chapel, Miss C. Buddy. Llangedwyn, 1866, Hb. Whitiuell. About a farm, J mile north- east of Llandegla, F. M. T. ! About Ty-mawr, near Eglwys Fach and other farms. Below Llansantffraid Glan Conway. Frequent about farms in Llansannan neighbourhood. By farm south of Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr. ■■'-A. maritima L. About bend of Conway Estuary above Llansantffraid Glan Conway, 1911. *Petasites fragrans Presl. Top of wall, Strut-y-Ehos, Euthin, J. M. H. Churchyard at Llansantffraid Glan Conway. *P. albus Gaertn. Abundant on both sides of mill-race at Pentre Felin (New Mill) Eglwys Fach, 1911. No doubt originally from an adjoining garden. Mr. J. E. Hughes, of Eglwys Fach, informs me that it has grown here for many years. Senecio sylvaticus L. Between Trefnant and Pont Newydd, F. M. T. Near Pont-y-llys, Derwen, J. L. H. Waste rough ground off Bodfari Eoad, 1^ miles from Caerwys, Mrs. Netv. Holt Castle, F. M. T. sp. Llangollen neighbourhood, T. Buddy. Between Llangollen Station and Dinas Bran, J. M. H. Between Euabon and Pen-y-Cae, ibid. Moelfre uchaf, F. M. T. ! Mynydd Bodrochwyn. Bank by Conway, between Tal-y-Cafn and Llan- santffraid. Between Eglwys Fach and Llanddoget. About Moelfre isaf and lanes and roadsides inland of Abergele. Moel Trwysog. Gallt-y-Foel, near Bettws-y-Coed. Gwytherin. On rocks in cutting east of Acrefair Station. *S. squalidus L. Plentiful on railway banks between Stansty and Bryrnbo, F. M. T. ! By engineering works, Acrefair, /. M . H. ! *£. erucifolius L. Lane at foot of Moelfre, F. M. T. Old mill at Llwyn On, Wrexham, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Between Llanddulas and Llysfaen. Llandudno Junction. Llangwstenin. Colwyn Bay. Near Pabo. South of Ehyd-y-Foel. Frequent in valley between Denbigh and St. Asaph. Carlina vulgaris L. East of Nantclwyd Station and Graig Fechan, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Eisteddfod Eocks, F. M. T. ! Pen- y-Corddyn Mawr. Carduus pycnocephalus L. f3 tenuiflorus Curt. Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. Llysfaen. Cefn-yr-Ogof. C. nutans L. Eoadside between Hope and Gresford, Mrs. Phillips. About Tower Hill, Abergele, F. M. T. ! By Ehewl Station, J. M. H. ! Path above Coed Marchon, ibid. Graig Fechan, J.L.H. & J. M. H. Above Coed Ial Farm, Glyndyfrdwy, and near Nantclwycl Station, J. M. H. Efenechtyd. C. crispus L. Wrexham, T. Buddy. Eoadside by Ehewl-bach, Derwen ; field below Llanbedr towards Euthin, J. L. H. Near Eyarth Station, J. M. H. Llangollen. Efenechtyd. Trevor. *Cnicus heterophyllus Willd. Small quarry by roadside near Craig-y-llwyn gwgan at county boundary on way from Bala to Cerrig-y-Druidion, T. Buddy. Abundant at Llandegla, J. M. H. FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 27 *Onopordum Acanthium L. Queried in Top. Bot. A number of large plants by a farm in lane leading to shore at Towyn, 1912 F. M.T.I J *Sih/bum Marinum Gaertn. Roadside between Hope and Gres- ford, Mrs. Phillips. Trevor Rocks, 1906, Hb. Buddy. In some quantity about foot of limestone rocks south of Llysfaen and just above Plas Newydd. Serratula tinctoria L. Common in the Alwen Valley above Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. & J. M. H. ! Among furze by Bryn Dreiniog, Derwen, J. L. H. Roadside bank near lodge of Kinmel Park, about a mile west of Glascoed. By Conway, near Foelas Hall. Roadside above Glasfryn, going towards Cefn Brith. Plentiful on bank of Conway by foot-bridge immediately above Coed Hafod las above Yspytty If an. Gorge of Conway just below the confluence with the Afon Serw. Sparingly on steep banks of the Afon Serw, below Trwyn Swch. Centaur ea Scabiosa L. Quarry at Henllan Church, Miss C. Buddy. Near Llanfair Talhaiarn, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Near Exchange Station, Wrexham, F. M. T. Bryn Euryn, W. Hodge. Path above Coed Marchon, J. M. H. Between Efenechtyd and Ruthin, J. L. H. Railway bank, Gresford, J. M. H. ! Llysfaen. C. Cyanus L. Field near Valle Crucis Abbey, 1865, Hb. Whit- well. Wrexham, T. Buddy. Railway embankment between Derwen and Nantclwyd, J. L. H. Cichorium Intybus L. Abundant in 1912 in lane on left of Trefnant to Bodfari Road, Miss C. Buddy. Field on Pentre Farm, Derwen, /. L. H. Near Crow Castle, Llangollen, 1910, J. South- loorth. Llangollen, 1864, Hb. Whitwell. Eyarth, 1872, Hb. Buddy. Cornfield between Bryn-ffynnon and Eyarth Hall, 1911, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Waste land by Plas Einion, Llanfair, J". M. H. New Broughton, near Wrexham, Dr. H. Drinkivater. Llwyn On, near Wrexham, T. Buddy. Pier is echioides L. Casual at Llanddyn, near Llangollen, T. Buddy. Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. A few plants near Llandudno Junction. *Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill. Naturalized on waste land near railway at Wrexham Station, Hb. Buddy. G. paludosa Moench. Wrexham neighbourhood, T. Buddy. Below Bryn Tirion, Derwen, J. L. H. By the Tyno, Llandegla, J. M. H. Wood between Pont Llys and Llys, Derwen, /. L. H. Stream above inn at Llangwm, J. L. II. it J. M. H. Pont-y-Glyn Diffwys, ibid. Swamp in Plas Newydd field, Llandegla, /. M. II. Nant Mawr, below Pen Cae'r Cwm, about 1^ miles north of Bryn Trillyn. Banks of Conway, Yspytty If an. Marddwr. Llanfihiu Glyn Myfyr. Rhewl, near Llantysilio. Banks of Dee, especially where wooded, between Llangollen and Glyndyfrdwy. ■''Hieracium aurantiacum L. King's Mills, Wrexham : a garden escape on railway side, 1907, Hb. Buddy. ■'\H. wnbellatum L. var. coronowifolium Fr. Foot of Little Orme, near the sea, W. Hodge. d 2 28 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE ■'H. rubicundum F. J. Hanb. Limestone rocks of Great Orme, 1892 (J. Lloyd Williams), Hb. Waterfall ■■'H. stenolepis Lincleb. Limestone rocks of Great Orme, 1909, Hb. Waterfall, Leontodon nudicaule Banks & Sol. Great Orme, 1907, Hb. Waterfall. Derwen, J. L. H. L. hispidumJj. Nantclwyd, J.M.H. Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, 1866, Whitwell. Carreg-yr-alltydd, Llandegla, near Llanarmon, and field below Llanbedr, J. M. H. ■''Taraxacum erythrospcrmum Andrz. Wall, Eossett, C. Water- fall. Eoadside by Derwen School, J. L.H. Shore nearPensarn. *Laetuca virosa L. Rocks near pier at Llandudno, F. M. T. ! Limestone cliffs of Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. Tragopogon minus Mill. Henllan, Miss C. Buddy. Gresford, F. M. T. Chirk, T. Buddy. Llangollen, 1888, Hb. Buddy. Graig fechan and Derwen neighbourhood, J. L. H. Llandudno Junction, F. M. T. ! Denbigh Castle Hill. Lobelia Dortmanna L. Llyn Alwen. Jasione montana L. Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, F. M. T. Eglwyseg Eocks, 1865, Whihvell ! Llangollen, T. Buddy. Llangwm, J. L. H. Woods near Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, 1866 — remarkably large, Whihvell. Eoadside between Pont Fadog and Llansantffraid Glyn Ceiriog, 1863, Whitwell ! Banks, Pentre Saeson Station, F. M. T. ! Clocaenog. Yspytty Ifan. Pentre Foelas. Bwlch Gwyn. Slopes of Llantysilio Mountain. *Wahlenbergia hederacea Eeichb. Queried in Top. Bot. By Dee between Berwyn and Llangollen, Miss E. M. Wood. Moelfre uchaf, F. M. T. ! Berwyn, T. Buddy. Llyn Gweryd to Euthin Eoad, J. M. H. Nant-y-Gollen, near Eglwys Fach. Fairy Glen, Bettws-y-Coed. Campanula Trachelium L. Lady Bagot's Drive, J. M. H. Lane leading to Coed Marchon, Pwllglas, J. L. H. About Pen- y-Graig, near Nant Clwyd, J. L.H. Near Llandegla, J. M. H. Pistyllgwyn, Llanfair D. C, /. L. H. C. latifolia L. By mill below Henllan, J. M. H. Banks of Clwyd opposite Pont-y-gynau, Derwen, J. L. H. Carreg-yr- alltydd, Llandegla ; by Melin-y-Wern, Llanbedr ; and Plas-yr- Esgob, Llanelidan, J. L. H. Eyarth Bridge, near Euthin, 1872, Hb. Buddy. About Pen-y-graig, near Nant Clwyd, J. M. H. Bont Uchel. Copse by road from Ffrith to Cefn-y-Bedd. Vaccinium Vitis-Idcea L. Moel-y-Gamelin, T. Buddy. Oxycoccus quadripetala Gilib. Llyn-y-Chwiaid, 2 miles from Llandegla, J. M. H. Banks of Clwyd below Ffordd Cambwll, Derwen, J. L. H. Near Llyn Syberi. Near Cefn-y-gadfa, by road from Pentre Foelas to Denbigh. Between Cerrig-y-Druidion and Pentre Foelas. Primula veris L. Field going up to Bryn Alyn, Gresford, F. M. T. Derwen neighbourhood, J. L. H At about 1500 ft. in field at Bryn Trillyn. About Denbigh. Erbistock. '■'Lysimachia vulgaris L. Llantysilio Bog, T. Buddy. By Conway, S.E. of Ehyd Llanfair. Plentiful along the Marddwr. FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 29 L. Nummularia L. Eoad from Colwyn Bay to Llandrillo-yn- Ehos, 1912, and by Dee below Holt, F. M. T. Eiver side, Llwyn On Old Mill, near Wrexham, Hb. Ruddy. Prynela Wood, south of Nant-y-Belan tower, G. Loft us ! Anagallis arvensis L. Nant-y-Glyn, F. M. T. Derwen, J. L. H. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Llanelidan, J. M. H. Koadside near Pentre Foelas. Roadside near Cernioge. *A. foemina Mill. Cae boncyn, Derwen, J. L. H. A. tenella Murr. Beyond tunnel, Llysfaen, Ogle. Bank of Clwyd below Foel Grachen, Derwen, and field adjoining Llys, Derwen, J. L. H. Nant-y-Garth, and bog above Gwndir, J. M. H. Near Clocaenog, J. L. H. Ruthin Road at top of Oernant, and by Llyn Gweryd to Ruthin Road, /. M. H. By Afon Aled below Rhaiadr Fawr (Rhyd-y-Bedd). By Conway, 3 miles above Yspytty Ifan. Llantysilio Mountain. Ligustrum vulgare L. Limestone rocks behind Abergele, and in woodland north of Gallt Faenan, F. M. T. ! Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. Cefn-yr-Ogof. Woodland near Dee above Erbistock. "Vinca major L. Lane above Thunder Cottage, near Abergele ; quarry near Bryngwynallt, Abergele ; and side of stream, Llan- ddulas, F. M. T. Roadside between Llandudno Junction and Mochdre Station. ■r-V. minor L. River side by Offa's Dyke, near Ruabon, 1912, F. M. T. North bank of river, east of Llangollen, T. Buddy. Lower end of Nant-y-Glyn, E. H. T. Blackstonia 'perfoliata Huds. Near Pont Newydd, Cefn, F. M. T. Trevor Rocks. Lanes inland of Abergele. Clay bank by shore between Old Colwyn and Pen Maen. Gentaurium umbcllatum Gilib. South of Abergele, F. M. T. Llysfaen, E. H. T. ! Between Trefnant and St. Asaph, E. H. T. ! Near Henllan, J. M. H. Derwen, J. L. H. Near Ruthin ; Trevor to Llangollen ; and near Glyn Dyfrdwy, J. M. H. Trevor Rocks. Near Llansantffraid Glan Conway. Mochdre. Llansannan. Near Groes, between Denbigh and Llansannan. Gentiana Amarella L. Trevor Rocks, Hb. Buddy. Eglwyseg Rocks, T. Buddy ! Coed Marchon, J. M. H. G. ca?npestris L. Field by Ty Cerrig, Derwen, J. L. H. Pastures near Llangollen, T. Buddy. Roadside by top of hill above Graig Fechan, /. M. H. Llysfaen Hill. Rhos-y-Domen, between Llansannan and Gwytherin. Menyanthes trifoliata L. Llyn Dhu, near Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Tan-y-Castell, Llangollen, T. Buddy. By Garw Fynydd, Derwen, J. L. H. Between Llandegla and Llangollen, J. M. H. Near Llyn Syberi. West of Bryn Trillyn. Between Pentre Foelas and Nebo. Between Gwytherin and Llansannan. Near Llyn Serw. Llyn Ddau-ychain. Plas Jolyn, Pentre Foelas. Near Llangwm. Near Blaen-y-cwm, Garn Prys. Polemonium cceruleum L. Lane near Derwen Station, /. L. II. Llangollen, apparently wild, Drinkwater. Canal side, Sun Halt, Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Cynoglossum officinale L. Between Llangedwyn and Llan- 30 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE rhaiadr, 1866, Whitwell. Quarry near Nantclwyd Station, J. L. H. Sun Bank Halt, near Llangollen ; Trevor Eocks, Drinkwater Below Graig to Tywusog-bach farm, near Llanfair, J. M. H. Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. Llysfaen Eocks. Bank below Groes lwyd farm, near Ehewl. Symphytum officinale L. Wood above Llysfaen Station, Thomas. About Llangollen, T. Buddy. Eailway bank near Brymbo, and bank of Pulford Brook, east of Lavister, F. M. T. ! Eoadside between Nant-y-Belan tower and Wynnstay Park, G. Lqftus ! By farm south of Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr. Below road from Tinker's Brook to Lower Farm, Erbistock. *Anchusa sempervirens L. South bank of Dee, Llangollen, T. Buddy. Hilly thicket at Gresford, Waterfall. Eoadside hedge below the police station at Nantglyn, Loftus ! Lycopsis arvensis L. Pwllglas, 2 miles from Eyarth, towards Corwen, T. Buddy. The only inland record (not seen). Between Pensarn and Eoryd, F. M. T. ! Myosotis scorpioides L. Ehuddlan Marsh, F. M. T. Near Derwen, J. L. H. Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, June, 1864, Hb. Whitwell. Field below Caer ddinam, Llanelidan ; near Glyn- dyfrdwy ; Garth gynan, near Llanfair ; by Alyn between Marford and Gresford, J. M.H. By mill at Ehyd-y-Foel. — Var. strigulcsa Eeichb. Wood by Pont Llys, Derwen, J. L. H. Valley by Llyn Gweryd to Euthin Eoad, J. M. H. M. collina Hoffm. Nantglyn Eoad [from Llansannan] , Hb. Wood. Llangollen, T. Buddy. M. versicolor Sm. Voel Fawr, Derwen, and near Clocaenog, School, J. L. H. Eoadside between Llangollen and Pentre Felin, J. M. H. Dinas Bran, 1908, Hb. Buddy. Lithospermum purpureo-cceruleum L. In quantity, in one station only, which I do not specify. L. officinale L. Trevor Eocks, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Wood near Denbigh, J. M. H. Limestone rocks north of Gallt faenan, F. M. T. ! L. arvense L. Eyarth, near Euthin, 1872, Hb. Buddy. Echium vulgare L. Trevor Quarry, 1865, Whitwell. Trevor Eocks, 1885, Hb. Buddy. Llandyn and Dinbren, near Llangollen, 1865, Whitwell. Ehewl, near Euthin, J. M. H. ■'Omphalodes verna Moench. Abundantly in woods about heronry at Pennant Hall, near Eglwys Fach, W. B. Bussell. * Amsinckia angustifolia Lehm. In quantity on farm near Wrexham, 1909, Drinkwater ; introduced with some Chilian wheat. Calystegia sepium Br. By Llanddulas Church, with pink nowers, F. M. T. ! Hedge on high road near Mochdre, E. H. T. Old Colwyn and inland of Colwyn Bay, Ogle. Llangollen, 1866, Whitwell. Llansilin, 1867, Hb. Jones. Eoadside south of Llan- ddulas. Llansannan. Near Llanrwst. Near Bettws-y-Coed. By farm near Derwen Hall. By railway close to Llangollen. Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant. Between Llangedwyn and Llansilin. Erbistock. Convolvulus arvensis L. Between Abergele and Tower Hill, F. M. T. Lane from Mochdre Station to high road, Miss C. I. FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 31 Thomas. Derwen, J. L. H. Tal-y-Cafn Station. Shingle near Llanddulas. Embankment at Trevor Station. Trevor. Eailway between Eossett and Wrexham. Atropa Belladonna L. Entered as " ill vouched " in Top. Bot. Gresford, Southworth. I was informed in 1911 that some " Bella- donna " plants had come up for several years running in a hedge by a wood west of Pentre Felin, near Llansantffraid Glan Conway, but I was unable to find it. '•Datura Stramonium L. Garden weed at Llanrhaiadr, and amongst potatoes at Brymbo, Mrs. Evans Jones. Hijoscyamus niger L." Field off road from Penrhyn to Mochdre Station, 1902, Mrs. New. Verbascum Thapsus L. Llanelian-yn-Ehos, F. M. T. Between Tower Hill and Abergele, ibid. Near Valle Crucis Abbey, 1865, WhitwelU North of Glyndyfrdwy, J. M. H.\ Llangollen, T. Buddy ! Graig Fechan, /. L. H. Near the farm called Garth Gogol below Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. Cefn-yr-Ogof. Coed Hyrddyn, Llantysilio. Graig-ddu, Ehewl. Eailway between Sun Bank and Llangollen. Near Erbistock. V. Lychnitis L. Several plants at Dinbren, Llangollen, 1911, T. Ruddy sp. ■'V. nigrum L. Eubbish-heaps, Brymbo, T. Buddy. *Linaria Cymbalaria Mill. Disused quarry in Pen-y-Gardden Wood, F. M. T. By Mountain View Hotel, Mochdre, W. Hodge. Wall near Bodnant uchaf, Eglwys Fach, Williams. Between Euabon and Pen-y-Cae, Trevor to Llangollen, J". M. H. Bersham, near Wrexham, Drinkioater. Gell If or, north of Euthin, /. M. H. Wall by Lanbedr Eectory. J. L. H. Garth-gynan farmyard, east of Llanfair, /. M. H. Ehostyllen, /. Southiuorth. Wall of Erbistock Mill, G. Loftus ! Bettws-yn-Ehos. Llangerniew. Near Bettws-y-Coed. Walls at Ehyd Llanfair. Llanfair Talhaiarn churchyard wall. Pentre Felin, Llangollen. Near Overton Bridge. L. Elatine Mill. Fields at Llangollen, T. Buddy. ■'L. minor Desf. Eailway ballast, Llangollen, T. Buddy. -■'Antirrhinum Orontium L. Queried in Top. Bot. Field by lane leading from Nant-y-Glyn to Bryn Maen, Colwyn Bay, Hodge. Among turnips in field between Eglwys Fach Church and Nant. Scroijhidaria aquatica L. Holt Meadows, F. M. T. Between Trefnant and St. Asaph, E. H. T. Pwllglas, near Euthin, J.L.H. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Eyarth, near Euthin, 1872, Hb. Buddy. Below Eyarth Hall, J. L. H. Near Llandyrnog, J. M. H. Llwyn On, Wrexham, T. Buddy. By the Alyn, between Marford and Gresford, J". M. H. ! Conway Valley. Near Glyndyfrdwy. Dee Valley near Erbistock. S. nodosa L. Near Henllan, J. M. H. Derwen, Dinmael, and Llangwm, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Efenechtyd and between Clocaenog and Euthin, J. M. H. Llangollen, 1866, Whitwell. Eoad below Eyarth Hall, J. L. H. Between Euabon and Llangollen, J. M. H. Eoadside near Chirk Station, 1909, Hb. Waterfalll Between Llangedwyn and Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, 1866, Whittoell. Llanrwst. Yspytty Ifan. Llwyn On, Wrexham. 32 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE *Mimulm moschatus Dougl. In some quantity along the road- side below Dinas Hill between Bettws-y-Coed and Pentre Foelas, 1911. ■\M. Langsdorffii Donn. Specimens a yard high to left of road between Maerdy and Cerrig-y-Druidion ; by Afon Medrad below Llangwm ; by Cly wedog between Llanrhaiadr and Llandyrnog ; near river between Bettws Gwerfil Goch and Maerdy, J. L. H. By the Dee at Erbistock, Loftus. Eoadside, Ehyd lydan, near Pentre Foelas. Along Marddwr, near Pentre Foelas. Veronica hedercefolia L. Gresford, E. H. T. Derwen, J. L. H. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Near Denbigh. Abergele. Nantglyn. Chirk. Pentre Saeson. Bwlch Gwyn. Erbistock. Between March wiel and Overton. Pont Fadog. V. didyma Ten. Colwyn Bay, Hodge. Llangollen, T. Buddy. V. Toumefortii C. Gmel. Garden weed at Henblas, Eglwys Each, W. E. Williams. Eoadside near Graig, Eglwys Fach, ibid. Derwen, J. L. H. Near Llandegla, J. M. H. Eoadside south- east of Abergele. Near Bettws-y-Coed. Cornfield near Llantysilio. Between March wiel and Overton. V. montana L. Wood behind Abergele, F. M. T. Nant-y-Plwm, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Glascoed Dingle, Llansannan, Miss E. F. Jones. Llangedwyn Wood, 1866, Hb. Whitwell. Near Gresford, E. H. T. Ehostyllen, Soutluvorth. Llwyn On, near Wrexham, T. Buddy. Woods about Erbistock. Woodland in Dee Valley. V. scutellata L. Derwen neighbourhood, J. L. H. Hirwaen, north of Euthin, J. M. H. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Eeservoir, Maes Maelor ; Oernant ; by Pont Lladron, J. M. H. Ditches near Llangwstenin. Ditches between road and railway, Mochdre. Plas Jolyn, near Pentre Foelas. V. Anagallis-aquatica L. Ditch, Pensarn shore, and brick- fields, Pensarn, F. M. T. ! By Alyn, near Harford, J. M. H. Along Pulford Brook, near Lavister, F. M. T. ! Ehuddlan Marsh. ■•'• Euphrasia nemorosa H. Mart, (teste F. Toivnsend). Hen fach, Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, 1864, Hb. Whitwell. Orobanche major L. Bank opposite Bron Derwen, on gorse, and marshy field near Clawdd Newydd, J. L. H. Near Llangollen, on footpath to Eglwyseg Eocks, J. Soutluvorth. 0. Hederce Duby. Limestone rocks at Pen Maen, near Old Colwyn, by west end of tunnel. Lathrcea Squamaria L. Bank of Aled, near Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Pont-y-Glyn, 1870, Hb. Buddy. On hazel by stream near ClwtFarm, Bodnant, Eglwys Fach, Williams. Several places about Llangollen, T. Buddy. Llantysilio, 1900, and Llandyn, Llangollen, 1908, Hb. Buddy. Bank of Nant Tyrel, close to junction with Dee, Erbistock ; three clumps parasitic on Ulmus montana, Loftus ! * Utricularia minor L. Peat ditches between road and Cefn-y- gadfa. Peat ditches and pools at Plas Jolyn, near Pentre Foelas. Pinguicula vulgaris L. Bank of Alwen, above Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Above Glan Aber, Derwen, J. L. H. Hafod bilston, Llandegla, J. M. H. Damp ground on FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 33 Moelfre-uchaf, F. M. T. ! North-west of Pentre Foelas. Near Bryn Trillyn. Ceunant. By road between Pentre Foelas and Denbigh. Banks of Conway some distance above Yspytty Ifan. Garn Prys. Verbena officinalis L. Llandyn, near Llangollen, 1865, Hb. Whitwell. Llandyn Farm, Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Ruddy. Llanelidan, J. L. H. Tan-y-Graig, Graig Fechan, J. M. II. Graig, Denbigh. Near Ehewl, near Llangollen. ■Mentha rotund if olia Huds. By roadside below Llysfaen Eocks (close to a house), E. H. T.\ By laneside close to Nant Fawr Farm, south of Gwrych Castle. M. longifolia Huds. Marchwiel, 1906, T. Buddy sp. Old mill, Llwyn On, Wrexham, 1906, Hb. Buddy. — Var. mollissima Berk. Colwyn Bay, Hodge. — *Var. nemorosa Willd. Waste ground by Trefnant Station, F. M. T. ! *M. spicata L. By Medrad below Llangwm ; Dinmael, J.L. H. & J. M. H. Waste ground, Llangollen, T. Buddy. Old mill, Llwyn On, Wrexham, 1906, Hb. Buddy. '■•31. piperita L. Ehuddlan Marsh, F. M. T. Pentre Felin, Llangollen, 1907, Hb. Buddy. Nant-y-Ffrith, Drinhvater. Stream south-east of Twll-y-dwr farm, near St. George. By the Conway above Glan Conway. Marshy ground between Fron and Bryn Bod, 2 miles north-east of Bylchau. About the Conway, near Yspytty Ifan. Near Llangwm. By stream flowing into Alwen below Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr. M. arvensis L. Between Marford and Gresford, J. M. H. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Llangwm, and below bridge at Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Near Ehyd-y-Foel. Lycopus europceus L. Bank of Clwyd, near Llanrhaiadr, J. M. H. Llangollen, 1885, Hb. Buddy. Swamp near Llanelidan, J. L. H. Bryn Howel, Llangollen, 1909- T. Buddy sp. Between Trevor and Llangollen, /. M. H. Origanum vulgare L. South of Aoergele, F. M. T. ! Quarry by Henllan Church, Miss C. Buddy. Pont-y-Glyn, 1870, Hb. Buddy. North of Glyndyfrdwy ; near Dinmael ; near Nantclwyd Hall, /. L. H. & J. M. H. Llangollen, 1866, Whitiuell ! Graig Fechan, J. M. H. Llandegla neighbourhood, F. M. T. ! Denbigh Castle Hill. Llantysilio. — Var. albiflorum Lej. On the shore at Pensarn, E. H. T. ! Clinopodium vulgare L. Near Cefn Caves, F. M. T. Between Trefnant and St. Asaph, E. H. T. Eoadside between Llanrhaiadr and Denbigh and near Eyarth, J. M. II. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Acrefair to Trevor ; roadside beyond gasworks, Nantclwyd ; between Llanbedr and Llanfair ; and north of Glyndyfrdwy, /. M. H. Calamintha Acinos Clairv. Great Orme, 1896, Hb. Buddy. Cefn-yr-Ogof. C. montana Lam. Hill going up from Llanrhaiadr just before reaching the North Wales Asylum, J". M. H. Eoadside between Llanfair Dyffryn Clwyd and Euthin, <7. L. H. Quarry opposite Llandrillo-yn-Ehos Church, Hodge. Near Esgyryn. 34 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE ■'-Melissa officinalis L. Bryn Melyn, Trevor Eocks, 1908, Hb. Buddy. Near Pen-y-graig, near Nantclwyd, J. L. H. Nepeta Cataria L. Trevor Kocks, 1881, Hb. Baddy. Foot of limestone rocks south of Llysfaen ; north-west of Llantysilio. Scutellaria galericulata L. Ty Coch Farm, Llanynys, near Llanrhaiadr Station, Miss H. M. Williams. Canal side between Cysyllte and Chirk, 1865, Hb. Whitwell. Llantysilio Bog, T. Buddy. Near Llanelidan, J. L. H. By stream east of Pentre Foelas. S. minor Huds. Near Cambwll, Derwen ; near Nant-y-Garth ; above Gwndir, near Llanelidan, J. L. H. ct J. M. H. Near Llyn Syberi. Between Bryn Trillyn and Gwytherin. ■'Mclittis Melissophyllum L. Pentre Felin, Llangollen, 1908, Hb. Buddy. Marrubium vulgare L. Near top of Llysfaen village, E. H. T. ! On limestone, Eyarth Eocks, J. L. H. Near Garth Gogol farm, below Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr, near Ehyd-y-Foel. Stachys arvensis L. Near Pont Newydd, F. M. T. Ffordd Ty Celyn, near Llanelidan, J. M. H. Near Eglwyseg Eocks, 1865, Whitwell. Euabon to Pen-y-Cae, J. M. H. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Above Coed Ial Farm, Glyndyfrdwy, J. M. H. Between Eglwys Fach Church and Nant. Llanddulas. [Galeopsis Ladanum L. The record for this plant which I gave in Journ. Bot. 1911 (Suppl. I., p. 39) cannot stand; Miss Jones's plant is G. angustifolia Ehrh. Mr. J. M. Harnaman tells me that he found G. Ladanum on railway bank at Gresford in 1905, and also between Trevor and Llangollen in 1912 ; I have seen no specimens.] G. speciosa Mill. Eoadside, near Llangedwyn, 1865, Whitwell. Field above Trevor Hall, Llangollen, 1875, Hb. Whitwell. Near Eglwyseg Eocks, 1865, W. Whitwell. Field near Foel Bach, Derwen, J. L. H. Close to Cem-ffordd above Dafarn dwyrch, near Llandegla ; field by Cefn Mawr, Derwen ; Cefn-y-wern, towards Corwen from Llanelidan, J. L. H. & J. M. H. ■'Leonurus Cardiaca L. Timber-yard, Pensarn, F. M. T. Quarry behind entrance of Gwrych Castle, Miss C. Buddy. Lane, Ty Garth-isaf, Moelfre, F. M. T. Llangollen, Dr. H. Drinhvater. ■■'•Lamium amplexicaule L. Hedgebank, Ysgubor-ucha, Llaneli- dan, 1912, /. L. H. ■■'L. liybridum Vill. Near top of Lysfaen Village, Dr. F. D. Thomas ct E. H. T. Near Llandudno Junction. Nursery garden, Llansantffraid Glan Conway. Garden weed, Llanrhaiadr-yn- Mochnant. Waste ground, Wrexham. ■■'L. maculatum L. Near Abergrugoer, Eglwys Fach, W. E. Williams. Near Bron Derwen, Derwen ; by Bryn Ffynnon, Clawdd Newydd; roadside, Tybrith, Llanelidan, 1912, J.L.H. Bank of narrow lane leading from Llandegla Church to the river, F. M. T. ! L. album L. Gresford, F. M. T. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Near Abergrugoer, Eglwys Fach, W. E. Williams. Close to Holt Bridge, 1911, F. M. T. Field near Ehewl Station, J. L. H. Waste FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 35 ground at Wrexham. About Erbistock Mill. Eyton. Road between Overton Bridge and Marchwiel. L. Galeobdolon Crantz. Near Hendre Aled, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Side of stream by Offa's Dyke, near Ruabon, F. M. T. Canal side, Llangollen, Hb. Buddy. Crevices of Eisteddfod Rocks, F. M. T. ! Eglwys Fach. Wood near Llandegla. Eyarth. Woods in Dee Valley. Ballota nigra L. Holt, F. M. T. Valle Crucis Abbey and Trevor Rocks, T. Ruddy. Between Abergele and Tower Hill, F. M. T. Gogarth Abbey, 1896, Hb. Buddy. Cefn Rocks, J. M. H. Near Plas-yn-Ward, Rhewl, J. L. H. Denbigh Castle Hill. Near Erbistock. Plantago media L. Roadside between Denbigh and Henllan ; Pen-llain-wTen, between Llandegla and Ruthin, J. M, H. ! Llan- armon. Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. P. lanceolata L. var. "splicBrostachya Roehl. Eyarth Rocks, J. L. H. Eisteddfod Rocks, F. M. T. ! Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. Eglwyseg Rocks. Littorella imiflora Aschers. Llyn Syberi. Llyn Aled. Llyn Alwen. Llyn-y-Foel Freeh. Llyn Ddau-ychain. Scleranthus annum L. Pen-y-Bryn, near Llangollen, T. Buddy. Roadside, Ffrith Agored, Clocaenog, and field behind Derwen Rectory, J. L. H. Field between Eglwys Fach and Llyn Syberi. * Chenopodium Bonus-Henricus L. Abergele, Miss C. Buddy. Mill on Aled, near Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Derwen district ; Bettws Gwerfil Goch ; Efenechtyd ; near Plas Einion, Llanfair, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Near Eglwyseg Rocks, Southivorth. Near Pontstyllod, near Llandegla, and near Lletty-llygoden, between Llandegla and Bwlch Gwyn, J. M. H. Near Pentre Foelas. About old cottage near Groes, Denbigh. Between Bryn-yr-Esgob and Ty'n-y-mynydd, near Nebo. Cerrig-y-Druidion. Yspytty If an. Llangwm. Nantglyn. Atriplex littoralis L. Between Llandudno Junction and Deganwy, J. M. H. ! *A. Babingtonii Woods. Near Colwyn Bay. Salicornia europaa L. Salt marsh along Conway estuary, F. M. T. ! *Bolygonum Baii Bab. Waste ground, Marine Drive, Llan- dudno, 1908, Hb. Waterfall ! P. Bistorta L. Llangollen, Drinkwater. Field by Cae Gwilym, Derwen, and field, Llanelidan, <7. L. H. By roadside near Llan- degla, F. M. T. ! Path by Dee, above Erbistock. A patch in lane between Nant-y-Belan Tower and Belan Place. ■''Fagopyrum sagittatum Gilib. Holt, F. M. T. Llangollen, T. Buddy sp. Bumex sanguineus L. ft viridis Sibth. Llangollen, Hb. Buddy. *B. pulcher L. Hayfield near County School, Llangollen, 1909, casual, Hb. Buddy. B. Hydrolapathum Huds. Ditches between Pensarn and Towyn, F. M. T. ! ■'-Daphne Laureola L. About a hundred bushes in one placo 36 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE near Gresford, F. M. T. Maes Mynan Wood, near Caerwys, Mrs. New ! Castell Fawr Wood, behind Abergele, E. H. T. Llwyn- ucha, Derwen, J.L.H. Woodland and limestone copse by Elwy below Pont-y-Trap, and along the laneside north of Plas Heaton, F. M. T. Woodland by Lady Bagot's Drive, /. L. H. Bron Henlog, Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Ruddy. Roadside below Pen-ucha'r Green, near Trefnant. Viscum album L. Rhosnesney, on apple, Dr. H. Drinkiuater. ■'Euphorbia Cyparissias L. Plentiful on railway embankment, Ruabon, some years ago ; not found in 1911, T. Ruddy. E. exigua L. Quarry near Tyddyn Ucha, inland of Abergele, F. M. T. Chirk, T. Ruddy. Llangollen, Hb. Ruddy. Between railway and shore, Llanddulas. ■Ruxus sempervirens L. Afon Meirchion, near Henllan, well established, J. M. II. Humulus Lupulus L. Between Llandebr and Llanfair ; hedge between Rectory and Pont-y-Maes, Llanelidan ; by Gwegil-y-Bryn, Llanelidan, J. L. H. Field hedge a little east of Llysfaen. Towards Bettws-y-Coed, from Llanrwst. Llangollen. Near Rhyd-onen, east of Glyn Dyfrdwy. Parietaria ramiflora Moench. Wall, Llanelidan, and between Llanbedr and Llanfair, J. L. H. Stone embankment of the Con- way estuary, F. M. T. ! Esgyryn. Wall between Pensarn and Foryd. Denbigh Castle. Carpinus Betulus L. A few trees at Llangollen, T. Ruddy. Between Llansantffraid Glan Conway and Pentre Felin. Between Tal-y-Cafn and Llanrwst. Near Maes Gwyn, Pentre Foelas. A large tree in hedgerow, | mile from Segrwyd, towards Denbigh. Woodland by river at Rhewl. Hedge between Erbistock Ferry and Overton Bridge. North side of Wynnstay Park. ■■Salix pentandra L. Close to road below Bryn-yr-Esgob, near Nebo. West of Pant-y-griafolen, near Glasfryn. S.fragilislj. Llangollen, T. Ruddy. Yspytty Ifan. ■~'S. purpurea L. Llangollen, Hb. Ruddy. By Dee, near Llangollen. S. repens L. Rhos-y-Domen, north of two tumuli between Gwytherin and Llansannan. ■'Populus alba L. Wrexham, Hb. Ruddy. Near Nebo and Pentre Foelas, perhaps planted. P. tremula L. Eglwyseg Rocks, T. Ruddy. Between Graig and Llansantffraid Glan Conway. Conway Valley between Tal-y- Cafn and Llanrwst. Hill west of Groes, towards Llansannan. Pentre Foelas. Near Nebo. Between Gwytherin and Llansannan. Below Ty'n-y-coed above Yspytty Ifan. Near the Conway below Fedw, east of Llyn Conway. ■•P. nigra L. Llangollen, T. Ruddy. Conway Valley. Three trees (planted), at 1200 ft., at Moelfryn Serw, near source of Conway. Near Wrexham. Empetrum nigrum L. Gyrn Moelfre, near Llansilin, Hb. Jones. Bank of Clwyd below Foel Grachen, Derwen, J. L. H. World's End, Llangollen, 1865, Hb. WhitivelL Llyn-y-Chwiaid, 2 miles FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 37 from Llandegla, J. M. H. Moel Garegog, F. M. T. ! Near Llyn Syberi. Between road and Cefn-y-gadfa, north-west of Pentre Foelas. Above Yspytty Ifan. Llantysilio Mountain. Taxus baccata L. Nant-y-Belan, Loftus ! Limestone cliff below the tower, Cefn-yr-Ogof, between Abergele and Llanddulas. Near summit of limestone cliffs on the S.W. side of Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr, growing vertically against the rock, having a curious flattened aspect owing to the prevailing westerly winds. About Bryn, between Erbistock and Ruabon. Steep limestone rocks in Nant-y-Ffrith. Eloclea canadensis Michx. In the Alyn between Marford and Gresford, J. M. H. Seen in Aled at its source ; doubtless occurs in the lake : altitude about 1220 ft. Neottia Nidus-avis Rich. Southern portion of Wynnstay Park, B. Brown. Lister a ovata Br. Hendre Aled, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Derwen, J. L. H. Pool Park, near Ruthin, B. Brown. Carreg- yr-alltydd, Llandegla, <7. M. H. Ty'n-y-Coed, Derwen, J". L. H. Roadside, 2 miles from Denbigh, towards Bylchau. Roadside between Nantglyn and Denbigh. Dingle below Hafod-y-cefn Plas-onn, towards Nantglyn. Helleborine latifolia Druce. Gresford, F. M. T. By road to Pwll-y-Crochan from Llandrillo-yn-Rhos, Mrs. Netu. Behind Abergele, and lane ascending towards Moelfre uchaf from Bettws- yn-Rhos, E. H. T. ! Llangollen and Wrexham, T. Buddy. Between Denbigh and Nantglyn. *£T. atrorubens Druce. Limestone crevices on Eisteddfod Rocks, F. M. T. ! Orchis injramidalis L. Trevor Rocks, Hb. Buddy. Below Eglwyseg Rocks, 1866, Hb. Whitwell. 0. morio L. Meadow near Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Marshy ground below Ty'n ffordd, Derwen, /. L. H. Near Wrexham, Drinkioater. Llwyn On old mill, Wrexham, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Eyarth Woods, J. L. H. 0. latifolia L. Marsh near Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Near Llangollen, T. Buddy. Carreg-yr-alltydd, Llandegla, /. M. II. Marshy ground near Garth-y-Groes, Llanelidan, J. L. H. Habenaria conopsea Benth. Near lime works, Minera, with the following, T. Btiddy. II. viridis Br. Derwen ; and road above Bryn ffynnon, near Nantclwyd Hall, J. L. H. H. bifolia Br. Near Snipe Pond, Llansannan, lib. Wood. Wood by Ty'n-y-ffrith, Derwen, 1912, J". L. II. Llangollen, Drinhvater. Near Bryn Ffynnon, Clawdd Newydd, and near Nantclwyd Hall, J.L.H. Court field bordering on the Tyno, Llandegla, 1892, J. M. H. *H. virescens Druce. Near Snipe Poel, Llansannan, lib. Wood. Wood near the Clwyd, Derwen, J.L.H. Iris fcetidissima L. I noticed a quantity, in January, 1913, growing about a cottage called Tan-y-Bryn north of road about halfway between Henllan and Llannefydd. The inmates informed 38 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE me that they had brought the plant with them from Henllan, where the plants had been originally found wild twenty years previously : this affords indirect confirmation of Griffith's old record (Bot. Guide, p. 167), " Woods and hedges about the farmhouse of Pen ucha'r Green, in the parish of Henllan." Narcissus Pseudo-Narcissus L. Woodland by Rhysgog, west of Llantysilio, F. M. T. Field adjoining Plas Lelo, Derwen, J. L. H. Meadow west of railway near Gresford, F. M. T. sp. Bryn Ffynnon Woods, Llaneliclan, J. L. H. Near Pennant, Eglwys Fach. Woods by Dee at Erbistock. "Galanthus nivalis L. Field on Pentre Farm, Derwen, J. L. H. Woods at Marl Hall. Tamus communis L. Llanddulas, F.M. T. Between Trefnant and St. Asaph and near Mochdre, Miss C. I. Thomas. Pont Newydd and Nantglyn ; inland of Abergele, F. M. T. Derwen, J. L. H. Common at Llangollen, T. Ruddy. Graigfechan and Llanbedr, J. M. H. Ruabon to Pen-y-Cae ; Acrefair to Trevor ; above Coch Ial Farm, Glyndyfrdwy, /. M. H. Eyarth. ■'Buscus aculeatus Li. Hedge near old house, Nant-y-Gollen, Eglwys Fach, Williams. Hedgerow by roadside below Cae Forys, near Eglwys Fach. *Polygonatum multiflorum All. Cae Boncyn, Comyns, Derwen, J. L. H. "Allium vineale L. ft compactum Thuill. Tower Farm, Llan- gollen, 1907, Hb. Buddy. Narthecium Ossifragum Huds. Bog near Spring Hill, Miss E. F. Jones. Llyn Du, near Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Bank of Alwen above Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr ; Llyn-y-Chwiaid, 2 miles from Llandegla ; Valley below Llyn Gweryd ; bog above Gwndir, near Llanelidan ; and Cefn ffordd, near Llandegla, <7. M. H. Moelfre uchaf, F. M. T. ! By Llyn Syberi. Between Pentre Foelas and Nebo. Near Bryn Trillyn. Ceunant. Moorland near Llyn Aled and Llyn Alwen. Near Yspytty Ifan. Garn Prys. Near Plas Jolyn, Pentre Foelas. Llyn Serw. Paris quadrifolia L. Fox Hall Wood, near Denbigh, /. M. H. Wilderness at Gresford, Drinhvater. J uncus Gerardi Lois. Conway estuary, F. M. T. ! J. maritimus Lam. Along Conway estuary, extending for some distance above Tal-y-Cafn. J. sylvaticus Reich. Bog below " Whalley's Folly" tower, near Trevor, 1875, Hb. Whitwell. Carreg-yr-Alltydd, Llandegla, J". M. H. Pistyll Rhaiadr, 1875, Hb. Whitwell ! Near Pentre Foelas. Llyn Aled. Llyn Serw. Near Yspytty Ifan. Luzula pilosa Willd. Nant-y-Growen, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Pont-y-Glyn, 1870, Hb. Buddy. Gresford Woods, Southivorth. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Wood below Gallt-y-Celyn, Derwen, J.L.H. Nantglyn. Near Erbistock. L. sylvatica Gand. Afon Meirchion, near Henllan, /. M. H. River bank near Bettws Gwerfil Goch and wood above Ty Newydd, Nantclwyd, /. L. H. Ceunant. Woods in Dee Valley. Typha latifolia L. Pond between Holt and Wrexham, F. M. T. FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 39 Gwersyllt, Dr. H. Drinkivater. Near Pulford Brook, between Lavister and the Dee, F. M. T. ! *Sparganium neglectum Beeby. By Alyn between Marford and Gresford and stream near Nantelwyd Station and near Bodidris, J. M. H. Ditches near Llangwstenin. Conway Valley. Valley between Pentre Foelas and Cerrig-y-Druidion. Eiver below Llan- fihangel Glyn Myfyr. Llandegla neighbourhood. S. simplex Huds. Eiver below Liang wm, J.L.H. dt J. M. H. Canal, Llangollen, T. Ruddy. Beservoir, Maes Maelor, and by Alyn between Marford and Gresford, J. M. H. Lemna trisulca L. Pond near Dinorben, St. George, with the next ; ditches about Abergele and Pensarn, F. M. T. L. minor L. Llanfair Talhaiarn, F. M. T. & E. H. T. Gres- ford, T. Buddy. Near Lavister, F. M. T. ! Near Llansannan. *L. gibba L. Ditch in lane leading to shore, close to Towyn Church, F. M. T. ! L. polyrrhiza L. Water Soldier Pond near Gresford, July, 1909, Hb. Buddy. Sagittaria sagittifolia L. Pulford Brook, beginning about a mile below Pulford and extending for some distance, F. M. T. ! Triglocliin palmtre L. Field by shore at Pensarn, F. M. T. Llyn-y-Fawnog, Dr. W. B. Russell. Field between Clawdd Newydd and Comyns, and field opposite ' Sun Inn,' Derwen, J. L. H. Gresford, Drinkivater. Lane from Llangwm Church to Pont-y-Glyn, and field, Coed Llys, Llandegla, J. M. H. Damp ground on Cyrn-y-Brain, F. M. T. ! Conway Estuary, with the next. T. maritimum L. Salt marsh, Llandrillo-yn-Khos, Dr. W. B. Bussell. Fotamogeton polygonifolius Pourr. Moorland pastures above Colwyn Bay, Hb. Waterfall. Bog above Gwndir, Llanelidan, and Beservoir, Maes Maelor, J. M. H. Near Llyn Syberi. Near Yspytty Ifan. P. lucens L. Canal at Llangollen, T. Buddy. *P. prcdongus Wulf. Canal at Llangollen, T. Buddy, with *P. perfoliatus L. Llyn Aled. Llyn Alwen. P. crispus L. Pond near Dinorben, near St. George, F. M. T. Chirk Fish Hatcheries, 1909, Hb. Waterfall. Alyn between Mar- ford and Gresford, /. M. H. P. pusilhis L. Canal, Llangollen, T. Buddy. By engineering works at Acrefair, J. M. H. Pool in Conway Valley, close to river above Tal-y-Cafn. •P. pectinatus L. Pond by the Conway above Eglwys Fach. Alyn, near Gresford. *Buppia rostellata Koch. Pond by brickfields, south of Llan- dudno Junction, F. M. T. ! Scirpus fluitans L. Moorland pastures above Colwyn Bay, Hb. Waterfall. S. setaceus L. Snipe Pond, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. *S. Taberncemontani Gmel. Ditch south of Llandudno Junc- tion, F. M. T. ! 40 FUKTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OP DENBIGHSHIRE S. maritimus L. Conway Estuary, extending almost to Trefriw. Carex pulicaris L. Pistyll Rhaiadr, 1875, Hb. Whitwell. Damp ground about limestone crags of Great Orme, 1900, Hb. Waterfall. By old road from Llandegla to Bwlch Gwyn, J. M. H. Lane near Tyn-y-Ffrith, Derwen, J. L. H. Between Llangollen and Llandegla, J. M. H. Near Tyddyn Felin, Derwen, J. L. H. Near falls at Rhaiadr Fawr. By the Afon Serw. Swampy ground, Garn Prys. ■'C. disticha Huds. Gorge of Afon Serw. G. arenaria L. Interstices of stone embankment near Llan- santffraid Glan Conway, F. M. T. ! G. paniculata L. By Ffynnon Sarah, Derwen, J . L. H. Swramp near Llyn Alwen. G. vulpina L. Marshy ground near Rhos Point, Dr. W. B. Bussell. Ditches and marshy places south of Llandudno Junction, F. 31. T. ! Pensarn. Abergele. Towyn. Near Mochdre. Ditches between iVbergele and Rhuddlan. Conway Estuary. Gresford. C. contigua Hoppe. Near Cefn Byr, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Roadside, Derwen, J. L. H. Near the Conway, S.W. of Eglwys Fach. Near Llantysilio. Rhewl, near Llangollen. C. curta Good. Swampy ground S.E. of Maes Maelor, between Llandegla and Bwlch Gwyn, close to Brymbo waterworks, and Moel Garegog, F. M. T. ! C. leporina L. Gresford, Hb. Potts. Ty'n-y-coed, 1868 (teste A. Bennett), Hb. Jones. Pool, Clawdd Newydd, J. L. H. Old road to Bwlch Gwyn from Llandegla, J. M. H. C. pilulifera L. Moorland pastures above Colwyn Bay, Hb. Waterfall. Foel Fawr, Derwen, J. L. H. C. imllescens L. Pistyll Rhaiadr, 1875, Hb. Whitwell. Field near Nant Morfydd, Derwren, and field at top of lane leading to Ty'n-y-coed, Derwen, J. L. H. Rocks at Rhaiadr Fawr. C. pendula Huds. Woodland along the Conway. Wynnstay Park. Erbistock. C. sylvatica Huds. Pont-y-mwynwr, Llanferres, Hb. Potts. Rhostyllen, Southivorth. Gresford. C. distans L. Bank of Alwen near vicarage at Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. & J. M. H. G. fiava L. Small pool by " Whalley's Folly," near Trevor Hall, Llangollen, 1875, Hb. Whitwell (/? lejridocaiya). Bank of Alwen at Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr ; Pont-y-Glyn Diffwys; swamp near Llanelidan, J. L. H. it J. M. H. Damp ground on Moelfre uchaf. By the Afon Serw. Near Llyn Serw. G. hirtaL. Near Tyno at Llandegla, J.M.H. Near Clocaenog, J. L. H. Swamp at Coed Llys, Derwen, J. M. H. Near Abergele. C. riparia Curt. Near Pulford, J. Southtoorth. C. inflata Huds. Left bank of river below Llanfihangel Glyn Myfyr, J. L. H. & J. M. H. By Lake Fawnog, near Colwyn, 1906, Hb. Waterfall (a narrow leaved state). Reservoir at Maes Maelor, J.M.H. Swampy ground, Garth-y-Groes, Llanelidan, J. L.H. sp. Marsh in Plas Newydd field, Llandegla, J. M. H. Near Llyn Syberi. Llyn Creiniog. The dominant plant at Llyn-y-Foel Freeh. FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 41 Llyn Serw. Llyn Ddau ychain. Bog S.W. of Plas Jolyn, Pentre Foelas. Helium effusum L. Ehostyllen, J. Southivorth. Aim caryophyllea L. Llangollen neighbourhood, T. Buddy. Moel Garegog, F. M, T. ! Near Pentre Foelas. About Cerrig-y- Druidion. A. prcecox L. The Gyrn, Llansilin, 1869, Hb. Jones. Near Bettws-y-Coed. Pentre Foelas. Trisetum flavescens Beauv. Trevor Kocks, 1881, Hb. Buddy. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Llandegla, and Euabon to Pen-y-Cae, J. H. H. ! Meadows skirting Pulford Brook, F. M. T. ! Avena pubescens Huds. Eisteddfod Rocks, Minora, F. H. T. ! Old quarry near Esgyryn. Kcderia gracilis Pers. Pen-y-Corddyn Mawr. Helica nutans L. ( = 31. uniflora Retz). Pont Newydd, jP. H. T. Nant-y-Growen, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Inland of Abergele, F. H. T. Euabon to Pen-y-Cae, J. H. H. By Bryn Ffynnon, Llanelidan, J. L. H. Rocks by the Ceiriog, Llansantffraid Glyn Ceiriog, 1866, Hb. Whitivell. Pen-y-Gardden Wood, near Euabon, E. H. T. Llandegla, F. H. T. ! Tower Hill, Abergele. Near Rhaiadr Fawr. Gorge of Conway above Yspytty If an. Briza media L. Near Pont Newydd, F. H. T. Llandegla, J. M. H. Eisteddfod Rocks, and roadside S.W. of Bwlch Gwyn, F. H. T. ! Between Denbigh and Bylchau. Between Nantglyn and Denbigh. Marford. Glyceria fluitans Br. Pool below " Whalley's Folly," Trevor, 1875, Hb. Whitivell. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Llandegla, J. M. H. G. maritima Mert. & Koch. Conway Estuary, F. H. T. ! Festuca rigida Kunth. Denbigh Castle. Bromus sterilis L. Seashore, Colwyn Bay, Dr. W. B. Bussell. Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Road from Llangollen towards Llandegla, J. H. H. By the railway between Llandudno Junction and Llansantffraid Glan Conway, F. H. T. ! Roadside 1^ miles from Denbigh, towards Bylchau. Erbistock. Agropyrum junceum Beauv. Railway embankment at Old Colwyn. Hordeum nodosum L. Meadows skirting Pulford Brook, between Lavister and the Dee, F. H. T. ! H. murinum L. Side of canal at Llangollen, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Llandudno Junction, F. H. T. ! Denbigh Castle Hill ; Colwyn Bay. ■■'Hymenophyllum peltatum Desv. Dripping rocks in gorge of Conway, 3 miles above Yspytty Ifan. Only seen on the Denbigh- shire side. Rocks by the Afon Serw, just above its junction with the Conway. Cry ptogr amine crispa Br. Wall 1 mile south of Pont Moelfre. Asplenium Adiantum-nigrum L. Holt Castle Rock, 1912, F. H. T. sp. Walls beyond Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, on road to Pistyll Rhaiadr, 1862, Hb. Whitivell. Nant-y-Plwm, Hb. Wood. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Rocky gorge on Geraint Hill, Llangollen, 1864, Hb. Whitivell. Pentre Felin, Llangollen, J. H. H. Crag Journal of Botany, Dec. 1913. [Supplement II.] e 42 FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE of volcanic ash near Llechi-yddan, Oswestry, 1864, Hb. Whitwell. Ceunant. Pentre Foelas. Near Bettws-y-Coed. Walls between Bettws-y-Coed and Pentre Foelas. ■•'A. viricle Huds. Very plentiful on rocks in one station in the Llansannan area. Also occurs near Llangollen. A. Trichomanes L. Mill near the Aled, Llansannan, Hb. Woodl Valley of the Iwrch, near Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, 1864, Hb. Whitwell ! Black Dingle, Colwyn Bay, Dr. W. B. Bussell. World's End, Eglwyseg Eocks, 1868, Hb. Whitwell. On bridge and walls by Cymro Inn at Maerdy ; Graig fechan ; and Pont-y- Glyn Diffwys, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Ceunant. Near Bettws-y- Coed. Nant Mawr, 5 miles east of Gwytherin. A. Buta-muraria L. Bryn, near Llansannan, Hb. Wood. World's End, Eglwyseg Eocks, 1865, Hb. Whitwell. Walls, Colwyn Bay, Dr. W. B. Bussell. Ehostyllen, J. Southivorth. Llangollen, T. Buddy. Ceterach officinarum Willd. I am informed that this formerly grew on a wall between Llandudno Junction and Mochdre, but was exterminated by collectors. Neighbourhood of Bettws-y-Coed, Eglwys Fach and Llangollen and in three other localities. Phyllitis Scolopendrium Newm. Eyarth Bridge, Euthin, 1872, Hb. Buddy. Coppy Woods, Llanelidan, 1912, J. L. H. Gorge below bridge at Pont-y-Glyn Diffwys, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Coed Marchon, Pwllglas, J. L. H. Black Dingle, Colwyn Bay, Dr. W. B. Bussell. Dingles about Eglwys Fach. Ceunant. Bettws- y-Coed neighbourhood. Gorge of Conway above Yspytty Ifan. Gorge of Afon Serw. Near Dee above Erbistock. Cystopteris fragilis Bernh. Ehaiadr Fawr, Hb. Wood ! Gorge east of the Geraint, Llangollen, 1864, and World's End, 1868, Hb. Whitwell. Above Pant-y-ffbrdd isa, near Llandegla, J. M. H. Pistyll Ehaiadr, 1864, Hb. Whitivell (type and /3 dentata). The Berwyns, 1872, 1901, Hb. Buddy, T. Buddy. Eocks near Conway Falls. Ceunant. Gorge of Conway above Yspytty Ifan. Lastrcea montana T. Moore. Nant-y-Growen, near Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Valley below Llyn Gweryd, J. M. H. Wood beyond Meiarth Mill, Derwen, J. L. H. Llangollen neighbourhood, T. Buddy. Eoad crossing Eiver Concwest between Cyffylliog and Nantglyn, J. M. H. The Geraint, Llangollen, 1864, Hb. Whitivell. Nant-yr-hendre, Llanelidan, and between Llandegla and Llane- lidan, J. M. H. Ceunant. Moel Unben, near Llansannan. L. rigida Presl. In one inland station on limestone. Phegopteris Dryopteris Fee. The Geraint, 1864. Very abun- dant in gorge on south side, Hb. Whitwell. Nant-y-Plwm, near Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Wood below Gallt-y-Celyn, Derwen, J. L. H. Black Dingle, Colwyn Bay, Dr. W. B. Bussell. Along gorge of river at Pont-y-Glyn Diffwys, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Very line and luxuriant in the dingle one mile west of Nantglyn. Eocks by the Conway just below the gorge, nearly 3 miles above Yspytty Ifan. P. polypodioides Fee. Base of the Pistyll Ehaiadr, Denbigh- shire side, 1864, Hb. Whitwell. Nant-y-Plwm, Llansannan, Hb. FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE 43 Wood. Ceunant ; very plentiful and fine in shady crevices of rocks, extending up to Khaiadr Fawr. Near Conway Falls. By the Conway near Foelas Hall. Gorge of Conway, 3 miles above Yspytty If an. Gorge of Afon Serw. Nant Llan Gwrach, near Yspytty If an. Eather sparingly on rocks by waterfall just above Yspytty Ifan. Osmunda regalis L. Llangollen neighbourhood, only two plants seen, T. Buddy. Near Llanelidan, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Ophioglossum vulgatum L. Field by roadside between Colwyn Bay and Llanrwst, Dr. W. B. Russell. Near Llangollen, T. Buddy. Botrychium Lunaria Sw. Moors near Hendre Aled, Llan- sannan, Hb. Wood. Llangollen, T. Buddy. A single specimen on Llanrwst Eoad from Colwyn Bay, seen some vears ago, Dr. W. B. Bussell. ' Equisetum maximum Lam. Hendre Aled, Hb. Wood. Valley of the Iwrch, near Llanrhaiadr-yn-Mochnant, 1864, Hb. Whitwell. Trevor Eocks, 1908, and by the mill below Henllan, J. 21. II. Llwyn On Mill, Wrexham, 1906, Hb. Buddy. Conway Valley. Near Derwen. Near Llangollen. Woodland near Lower Farm, Erbistock. E. sylvaticum L. Near Cefn Byr, Llansannan, Hb. Wood. Stream above the inn at Llangwm, and brookside near Llanbedr, J. L. H. & J. M. H. Eoadside about 2 miles west of Groes, near Denbigh. Eoadside between Groes and Bylchau. Ceunant. Eoadside outside Gwytherin. In the valley almost north of Gorsedd Bran. Conway Valley above Yspytty Ifan, both in Denbigh and Carnarvon. Nant-y-Ffrith, E. limosum L. By Ffynnon Sarah, Derwen, 1912, J. L. H. Near Llangollen, T. Buddy. Llyn-y-Foel Freeh, in quantity. Lycopodium Selago L. World's End, Eglwysegle Eocks, 1865, Hb. Whitwell. Sparingly on rocks at Ehaiadr Fawr and along Ceunant. North ascent of Garn Prys, especially on swampy ground. Gorge of Conway above Yspytty Ifan. Gorge of Afon Serw. L. clavatum L. Pen-y-Gwely, Miss E. F. Jones. Moors near Llyn Aled, Hb. Wood ! Slope of Moel-y-Faen, near Llangollen, and World's End, Eglwysegle Eocks, 1865, Hb. Whitwell; and 1907, Hb. Buddy. Near the flagstaff beyond " Whalley's Folly," on the hill near Trevor Hall, 1875, Hb. Whitwell. Mr. Eowlands of Pensarn, Abergele, informs me that he has seen this species on Moelfre Uchaf. Moel Grugoer, near Bylchau. L. alpinum L. World's End, Llangollen, 1865, Hb. Whitwell, Sparingly on Moel Bengam, north-east of Llyn Aled. ■•'Selaginella selaginoides Gray. Wet banks of Ceunant below Ehaiadr Fawr. By Conway, 3 miles above Yspytty Ifan. Gorge of Afon Serw. By the Afon Serw, near Trewyn Swch. Iscetes lacustris L. Llyn Alwen. ik ooiamcai uaraen Librar 3 5185 00265 031 J